The Platinum Dragons Archives
Return To Index
Plans Within Plans
Plans Within Plans: Turn 1
Wednesday May 27th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
The Three enjoy a month of relaxation and recreation. Nonam constantly has to sneak out of the inn or Jus follows him wherever he goes. Flaust is seldom seen unless he is recruiting help for ministering to the poor. Onrad fusses at anyone who will listen about how unfair the people of Osto are for leaving him out of their song. He says that the person who chopped off the head of the Necromancer should have been in the first verse as well as several more. No one much listens. Gareth does calisthenics wherever he goes. Tiburon does a stint of guard duty. Kat takes dancing lessons and gets hired as a dancing girl for several private parties. Flaust constantly tries to take Kat shopping for some "decent" clothing. Kat constantly undoes the top button of Flaust's clothing, grimaces and does it back.
About a week after their return, a "care package" arrives from Osto in appreciation containing 5 gems of 2,000 gp value each, 5 extra healing potions, 2 potions of flying, and 3 invisibility potions. It also includes the preliminary plans for a group sculpture to be commissioned of The Three which will be placed in the newly created Market of Three where the battle vs. the undead in town was fought. Thrasher is being honored as a hero and known as "The Protector." He has opened up a museum detailing artifacts from Som's tower in the corner house where he first met The Three and "they told him to protect that stone and not tell anyone where it was until their return." The song of Thrasher the Protector is now being sung across The Wold." [Jerry says: So I like irony.]
The rumors from Izen keep flowing in warning of missing caravans, mists of Ravenloft chasing travelers, and undead and living armies massing around the Dark Lord's Tower. Pay for soldiers doubles and then triples. No one can leave any city or town without signing a ledger to see if they are eligible to help with the upcoming war effort in some way. The Gold Dragons symbolically signed on as the first to officially join the war effort. They are reputedly working on the Ravenloft connection and have been known to visit Parnoth the Emerald on several occasions cementing the relationship between New Elenna and The Emerald Kingdom. An extreme group of priests and followers of Caeroldra have arisen in Plateau City that actually trace their roots to the Big Float where they guarded the son of Caeroldra are preaching a philosophy of "humans only" there causing quite a stir with the reopening of The Red Wyrm Inn and The High Lord Mayor's pro-adventurers policy. A group, known as The First Ones, have discovered and returned from a HUGE dungeon imported from parts unknown and placed under Plateau City known as Undermountain. The entrance is a deep hole in the ground surrounded by a grandstand within the newly rebuilt Red Wyrm Inn. The Archmage Shafbaffum has not been seen for months now as he was kidnapped by a clan of Sahuagin who also succeeded in stealing the Water Ring of Ascension.
One night late, the party is awakened by a knock at the door. The party instantly coming to alert keeping weapons near and spells ready while Gareth opens the door and Onrad hides behind it. A tall lanky fellow dressed in a Barracks Level Security Uniform delivers a Communication with the seal of the Underlord and the Gold Dragons.
Gareth mutters something and slams the door. He gives the thing to Nonam and says, "Read it."
Nonam seats himself at the table and examines the seals. Satisfies that they are genuine as far as he can ascertain, he breaks them and begins to read aloud.
----------------
To The Three Adventuring Troupe:
Greetings!
Please report ASAP this night to my headquarters on Barracks Level. I have an assignment I'd like you to volunteer for. Come loaded for "Bear" and ready to take the field.
General Livermore
--------------
Onrad turns to Gareth and Jus. "Ever hear of this guy?"
Gareth says, "No."
Jus says, "Yes."
Jus continues, "He is supposedly in charge of the defenses below the 1st Plateau, ya know, the Frontier Towns and such."
Nonam says, "We need to send for Flaust and Tiburon from their temples and get their opinions on this."
Onrad says, "I'm on that."
Onrad leaves the room in a rush grabbing his cloak.
20 minutes later Onrad returns with Tiburon and Flaust dressed for travel and combat.
Flaust says, "May Alemi guide us this momentous night."
Tiburon says, "What's up?"
Nonam shows them the summons.
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Wednesday May 27th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
Jerry says: Experience. Please list in order of preference the top three characters as far as roleplaying and effectiveness was concerned during the last module. This will help me dish out experience. Everyone receives 5,000 xp. This survey is to help me determine bonus xp for roleplaying and effectiveness as I said redundantly above. Please send this privately to me. Do not send this to Woldian@usa.net, thanks.
Jerry says: Please bombard me with requests for hero points. Each character may have several now as per the House Rules which you should now all have access to. You may nominate yourself and/or others as many times as you see fit. These may be sent publicly with your turns.
Jerry says: Several of you have already approached me with what your character wants to do during the month off. I've answered these individually. All players have until the end of the week to let me know what you want to do. Otherwise I'll just assume you hung around the Giggling Ghost with Daphne......hehe.
Jerry says: OK, it's basic expenses time as per the House Rules. Everyone who eats and lives in an "ordinary" fashion needs to deduct 50gp per level for basic expenses. This covers things like fixing your armor, buying spell components etc. that would be boring to role-play. If your character lives in an opulent manner, by choice, or an ascetic one, double or half it. Ascetic status must be announced ahead of time and properly role-played to keep. Both Ascetic status and Opulent must be noted on the character sheet.
Jerry says: If you have gone up a level, consult the House Rules for the obtaining of new spells. I need for mages entire collection of spellbooks to be listed on their character sheets with current spells memorized noted with an asterisk or something. check your DMG for how to create a spellbook. I assume and all spellbooks weigh 20 pounds and take up 2/3rds of a backpack. I firmly suggest that you create a traveling spellbook or a series of them (say one for different settings). I also suggest that you inquire via one-one-one roleplaying with me into various spellbook protections that are available. You may of course shop for spells at anytime or arrange for trade with another mage.
Jerry says: The "care package" from Osto needs to be divided up or not. [evil grin]
Jerry says: Hold off on sending your updated character sheets until you receive your bonus xp from me, probably on Monday.
Jerry says: I'll be running the turns by myself until John returns from his vacation. Then he'll be teaming with me.
Jerry says: The next turn is due Monday by 7:00pm.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 2
Friday May 29th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
During the days before the message: Gareth replenishes supplies. More arrows, food, etc. - 50 GP.
Gareth says, "I want to buy a new sword so I will forgo any potions and stuff for money. New armor might be good too but it comes second to the sword."
When the care package arrives. Gareth says to everyone, "What all did you guys pick up at the Necromancer's castle? I think it needs to be added to the pot to be divided by everyone. Jus, didn't you get some stuff? I didn't."
Tiburon: Did we divide all the treasure ? Who will get what ? I don't necessarily want/need any of the potions if someone else wants them. When the order to appear comes:
When the note comes:
Nonam says, "We might as well meet with the guy and hear what he has to say."
Gareth says "Are we ready? Lets go." And heads to the barracks level with the group.
When Flaust and Tiburon return with Onrad:
Although it may be common to be dragged out in the middle of the night for such things, Flaust is suspicious of a trap, and voices her concerns to the group.
If the group is interested, Flaust questions them about the delivery of the message, then casts Idea to see if the spell confirms her suspicions.
Onrad says: If it will make you happy Flaust, but hurry.
She casts the spell and becomes confident that it is legitimate.
Flaust follows the group to the meeting with the General.
Tiburon quickly scans the note and says " So, what are we waiting for ?" He readies his backpack (with all his worldly goods in it ) and follows where everyone else decides to go.
You travel down to Barracks level and see that the whole place has "come alive" so to speak. Squads are drilling. Sergeants shouting. Wagons of units heading down to the docks.
You find your way with minimal instructions to General Livermore's quarters and enter.
The place looks like Command Central. A huge map of the Plateaus has been set up in the center of the room under some glow globes. A set of catwalks is over it and military figures stand on the catwalks moving figures around with long sticks.
The General is informed of your arrival. He grimaces and motions for you to be sent into the next room.
This room is comprised of a huge conference table, oval in shape. It has a contour map of the area around Edenmoor on it. Another door leads to a military kitchen.
In a few moments, The General, along with a civilian and a mage enters the room. Two soldiers follow securing both doors and closing them.
General Livermore speaks. "The army of the Dark Lord is expanding. Edenmoor is first to be attacked. I'm asking you to volunteer for a mission of vital and secret importance to our defense efforts. You were requested by Loren Kinither of Edenmoor due to your recent rescue of Erilyn f rom Elzid's Tower. It is not lawful to pay for services rendered toward the defense of the kingdom during wartime. Although the Floating City is a self-governing body, a city-state, we have agreed to assist New Elenna's High Lord Mayor in the defense of The Plateaus from this great threat.
Again it is a top secret mission and is VERY dangerous, however it should be within your capabilities. Two other groups will be conducting missions that will lend support to the defense and evacuation of the public from the village of Edenmoor. These are the Red Tigers and The Black Blades. Both groups, although adversaries of each other, are loyal to the defense of the kingdom.
I ask you to accept on faith this secret mission before hearing about your part of it. This keeps leaks to a miminum.
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Friday May 29th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
David says: On XP's:
Gareth was documented as killing the following monsters: 5 skeletons, 2 ghouls, 2 zombies; fighter #2 (1/2); Som, 1 unidentified undead Additionally ath the end there were a number of "non specific" battles in which he probably killed more.
Jerry says: Fine. You are responsible for doing your own individual xp points. Individual xp is found on p.48 of the DMG2 or by looking up Individual xp in the Core Rules CDRom. For your convience, I'm sending these rules cut and pasted from that source in another email. SAVE THIS for future reference. If you don't know the HD of each creature you deserve individual xp for, ask. The onus is on you.
Jerry says: As for the above, Skeletons are 1HD, Ghouls are 2HD, Zombies are 2HD, Som's warriors were 4HD, Som I'm not sure about. Keith would you look up his HD. If Keith doesn't remember, ask me again in a few days and I'll make an official guess. Keith? "Non-specific" battles that were role-played by Keith are assumed to be included in the "story" experience that I've already given.
Jerry says: I included the monster experience (for the group) as a part of the "story" award. I also included a survival award as per the DMG2 p.47.
David continues: Also, do we get more XPs for the rubies and the gems?
Jerry says: I did this for the last few modules, however, now that we're far enough along that I understand better how much xp is needed per level, it's not necessary. It is an optional rule that I'm choosing not to include this time. My usual response to this questions is, "Money and magic are their own rewards."
Jerry continues: Excellent questions David.
David says: Why were we asked for actions and to continue the story line if all our turns were ignored. I'm opposed to broad strokes that exclude the players from doing anything. I would have liked to go back to the tower the following day. I seriously doubt anyone would bother the place and it is not unreasonable to think there was stuff to be had and more undead to kill. Furthermore, if we are going to try and get new stuff, wouldn't more money be a good thing to have? Anyway, I'll get over it - maybe yesterday.
Jerry says: JK did the Actions thing. I didn't see anything wrong with it. Everyone else seemed to understand that there would be a new beginning the next turn. As far as going back is concerned, I DID NOT want to go back to the tower to conduct a boring search of the place. That would be boring and anticlimactic. We're "storytelling" here. Creating our own piece of "fiction" so to speak. That's why I had the care package arrive from Osto of your share of what was found there. Did you not think that the people who had suffered in the town also deserved a share of what was found there?
David says: On experience: Are you giving experience based on monsters killed in addition to a story line base? Or is everyone getting the same?
Jerry says: There is a difference between individual experience for monsters and group experience for monsters. Look it up in the DMG pp.46-47. I hope I answered this above in today's turn.
David Hill says: I was a little confused about obtaining spell books for the priest -- was that part for mages only? I'll draw up my character sheet tonight, listing all possible spells available, and notate the ones requested.
Jerry says: Spell books are only necessary for Mages...look it up...:) I don't do anything that weird....just play by the rules :)
Keith says: I nominate Gareth for a Hero Point because he was always willing ( sometimes foolishly ) to place his body between the foes and the party.
Jerry says: I agree that Gareth probably deserves a Hero Point. I need a specific instance of when he was heroic and placed his body between the foes and the party. Check the website for former turns if it has all become fuzzy to you. I'll try to get the final turns posted in a few days. It may be the weekend, though, cause I'm running all the turn for the next few days, plus all this "month off" stuff.
Jerry says: Please send all "month off" stuff separate from your turn, please. Use the Subject line of "Gareth's Month Off: Turn 1" with your character's name and the proper turn number interposed, unless you're Gareth and it's your first turn.. :)
Jerry says: I included all discussion about treasure dividing with this turn because it fit ok. It won't fit tomorrow, so here's what we'll do. You guys can email each other and discuss it in character....That's right, Email each other. I suggest that you send your comments to everyone so everyone can enjoy it. If it gets to be too much mail, let me know. We can designate a player that is not the current DM to compile these and send them out separately. (Too much work for me and besides it's your money. Want it? Do the work! It can stay in the group kitty for all I care. :) Include both my school address and home in all correspondence in character so I can keep up. Thanks. Questions?
John says: I REALLY hate doing this. Silly as it may seem, I don't like nominating my own character (if he even has something to be nominated for). But, here are a couple of nominations:
Flaust: For sneaking into the tower by herself and scoping things out.
Jerry says: Granted. Flaust add the hero point and the 200xp. There was risk involved, although I'm not so sure of the selflessness of the act. :)
Nonam: For being a true friend, putting his own stubbornness aside, and apologizing to Onrad. This should be given a hero point since JK altered his character's persona to keep the party together.
Jerry says: There was no physical risk involved here. I will award a xp bonus of 500xp for his actions, however.
Jerry says: John, Ifn ya want the points do the nominating.....or sneak it to David and have him nominate you if you're shy....hehe. Guys there's lots more hero points out there. But it's not me that wants them. Ifn ya want 'em, ask for 'em. [grin]
John says: Is the Common Expenses Fee a per-week, per-month, or one-time-between-modules deduction?
Jerry says: Hmm....normally we've said it was a per-month fee. However, it works out easier to just do it by the module. :) Good question. I'll check with the local group about changing the House Rule there.
Jerry says: Received no turn from Anthony as of 1157pm. Anthony are you out there?
Jerry says: The turn tonight along with the 20 odd other emails that had to be answered took me about 3 hours. Whew. If it takes me a few days to get back to you on your individual stuff, please understand.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 3
Monday June 1st, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Flaust agrees to accept the mission.
Gareth says "I'm a bit uneasy about working with the Black Blades but we'll accept the mission for the good of the kingdom. What is the mission?"
Onrad says: I accept with eyes wide open.
Flaust asks, "Could you please provide us with details on terrain, expected enemy units, types of power at their disposal, and the strategic value of Edenmoor?"
The General sniffs at her, turns away and gags...."Hold on there, little.....uh....oh man! Holy Lem! I mean, I haven't heard from the rest of your troupe here."
The civilian leaves the room heaving. The mage swallows an grins a huge grin.
Onrad says, "Hey pus bucket! Flaust! Is your hood on?" To the group in general, "She effects everything we try to do. It's a wonder we get a job at all. Just fighting other gross undead and suicide missions. That's what we get! Hey Flaust, heal thyself! You're giving Alemi a bad name."
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Monday June 1st, 1998 5:30:40 AM
Jerry says: I didn't receive turns from JK, Keith, Anthony, or John. However I did hear from some of these people concerning what they wanted to do during their month off and other issues, but no turn actions were sent. Hey guys! The regular game comes first! We need to hear from you every day. I couldn't legitimately move forward from this point until everyone, or at least nearly everyone chimed in with a yes or no.
Jerry says: I haven't received bonus experience from everyone yet. If I don't hear from you tomorrow, consider any bonus experience you would have earned to have been lost. I'm not going to spend over an hour a night on this stuff if I don't get feedback on stuff when I ask for it. [slightly miffed smile]
David Hott says: First, was Kat mentioned in a turn so far? I didn't see her.
Jerry says: I didn't receive a turn from her. I emailed Anthony at work today about his turns. Hopefully things will smooth out here pretty quick.
David says: Second, here are my hero point nominations for Gareth:
Gareth specifics:
1) Pressing the attack on the undead in Osto as they retreated to the swamp when some of the others wanted to let them go.
(That's a choice, not something heroic. No special risk involved. No selflessness.)
2) Attacking Som when he went invisible and risking several back attacks to prevent him from casting spells on the party.
(granted)
3) Correctly assessing the use of his bow to prevent Som from casting in the room with the four fighters instead of closing with sword. (at least additional XP. Yeah, I guess I'm now an XP-grubbing fighter as opposed to an XP-grubbing MU...)
(300 xp)
4) In Osto undead attack, focused attack on Ghouls at great risk instead of allowing other party members to take their attacks.
(granted)
5) Several times rushing to engage the undead army to prevent them from getting through doors or successfully advancing on the parties position. (The door of the castle [when party entered AND left], the front of Thrasher's (spit!) house, etc.)
(Personally I thought everyone was being pretty selfish about that time. Doing their own thing with no concern for each other in the group. In fact Keith commented on that about that time to me. No one acting as a group.)
Gareth has slots for two additional hero points. I think he deserves both.
(I do too.)
Good thoughts on several other characters already noted. I'll continue to look for others...
(ok)
Just a thought on hero point nominations: I think the person most qualified to nominate a character - other than the DM - for hero points is the person running the character. They made the turn decisions, they worked the character, and therefore they have the best recollection of the actions their character took. DM, of course, did too. This comes as no surprise I'm sure but if you have nominations for your own character a person should not be bashful in nominating them. This is really for the best I think because the adventures we play go back months and it is simply hard to remember every valid situation - even for your OWN character. And consequently to give every character equal consideration would require a review of all the turns which takes a lot of time. Time which could be used to move the adventures forward. This is MHO, of course and not intended to discourage the nomination of characters other than your own. In fact, by nominating your character you may give others the information they were looking for in reference to your character so they can second a nomination if appropriate.
(Thanks for your opinion and sermon, David.) [evil grin]
David continues and continues: Some crossing in the mail. Some of the questions were repeats. Sorry for the extra 'chatter'. Actually my comment about the abrupt ending of the turn was made prior to the care package turn. Not a bad way to handle it. Like I said, I'll get over it, maybe 2 days ago now...
David Hill says: What are the house rules for carrying excess experience over when raising a level? The experience gained from the previous adventure goes well beyond the 3000 xp needed for Flaust to raise to 4th level. Is it lost?
Jerry says: No. Again check the AD&D rules for this. They say you can go up one level, not two. So anything up to, but not including what it would take to go up two levels is allowed.
David Hill says: Regarding the Hero Point: I'd like to convert it to a Role-playing Point, to be used to provide influence in a critical situation.
Jerry says: No, I don't think so.
Jerry says: Again I reiterate. I will not handle treasure period. Write each other. Deal with each other. New rule. No treasure can be taken unless the group has been notified...unless you're stealing it. If you choose to do that, let me know privately. Otherwise is stays in the kitty. Remember the group may not be too happy to just say, I'm taking this. I wouldn't be. Onrad won't be. There I said it.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 4
Wednesday June 3rd, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Kat asks "Who are these Black Blades? Are any of them cute? Who is this Parnoth and the Dark Lord? Are they cute, oh no were supposed to beat them up sorry, that will be harder if they are cute. What exactly do you want us to do? Are we getting paid? How much? Flaust I can design an elegant hooded dress for you so we won't have so much trouble getting jobs."
Jus looks at Onrad plainly saying "how could you?" in his expression. After a moment, he turns to the General and says, "I would be honored to do what I am able for the defense of The Plateaus."
Onrad looks back at Jus plainly saying, "Look at her! She's beyond ugly!"
Later to Nonam, Jus whispers, "I bet this'll put that wimpy undead army to shame!"
Gareth turns to the rest of the party and says "Well?" Once consent is given he turns back to the general and says "We are in agreement. Give us the details."
Gareth curiously looks at Flaust to try and figure out what everyone is so up in arms about...
Seeing the warm reception of her friend Onrad, Flaust removes her veil (something she hasn't done before in this group) and smiles sweetly into Onrad's face. Then she hads him a handkerchief and re-dons her veil.
"AAUUUUGH!" Onrad runs from the room into the kitchen covering his mouth with his hands. He grabs a pan off of the wall and blows chunks.
Gareth's stomach turns, but he controls himself.
General Livermore snorts the drink he was drinking and gets water up his nose.
The General then turns on Flaust and says, "By the gods! Keep that thing covered! Can we get down to business now?"
He pauses for effect staring at Onrad as he re-enters the room and continues. "I now introduce you to Chancellor Millstone: Floating City Minister of Peace and Populace Control. He is here to keep the public calm and prevent panic. He gives me advice within these parameters.
A very white-faced Millstone prepares to speak as General Livermore excuses himself to the War Room.
Millstone dresses in Big Float finery and wears a red crimson cape. He has one glass eye that drips puss. Onrad takes one glance at that and turns throwing up once again in the pan that he is cradling like a baby.
Millstone clears his throat and begins, "We need to get things on the road as soon as possible. To expedite that, I introduce to you now the official overseer of this mission, Roscoe of South Harbor, Gold Dragon, and Archmage."
He then offers the wizard his services in planning the mission hemming and hawing around in the tried and true political fashion. The wizard smiles mischievously and says something to the effect of "Need to know, Millstone, need to know."
Millstone acts peeved for a moment, then shrugs, bows, and leaves."
Roscoe says, "Always putting his fat head where it's not wanted."
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Wednesday June 3rd, 1998 5:30:40 AM
Jerry says: Well as you can see I finished getting ready for Friday night with the help of JK last night. I know that this is an awkward place to end the turn. I wanted to continue, however, as I looked ahead I realized that I was just about to open another grand discussion between the characters and felt we should finish the treasure discussion before beginning another. We're in no hurry, guys. Remember this is a game and we're not on a schedule. Continue to roleplay the treasure thing to your hearts content. We won't run the next turn until then to avoid that kind of confusion. Two discussions at once while also doing things during our month off would confuse you and it would kill me. I had 45 emails in my box tonight counting duplicities concerning the game....whew. Go ahead and send in any responses to this turn that you want to. If you have no response, just send me an email saying, "No response." I'll keep these and wait until we're finished with the treasure thing before proceeding.
Jerry continues: Tell you what, we'll finish dividing it up Monday night, then see if what we decide is ok with David Hill and Keith.
Jerry says: Be sure to bring your character sheets with you for Monday. If you forget, I can print out your latest one to play. Erin of the local group has to go out of town Monday. She owes me 10 cookies for backing out...she set the price. I asked for one...hehe. I should try that more often....[evil grin].
Jerry says: Yes is playing Starplex July 30th. I am now a Yes VIP through the internet and can get up to 6 tickets up close for about $50 each. Anyone interested? I need to know asap to get some before they are gone. This is getting ticket vouchers for seats in a certain area, usually the VIP rows, before they go on sale. They are supposed to be playing in surround sound this tour. Very exciting. Until then Yes has two new albums out this month. One is called Beyond and Before and has the first stuff they ever recorded for the BBC in 1969 remixed and in some cases replayed. The other is a special edition of their latest release from last fall in quadraphonic called "Open Your Eyes." Other news. Tommy Shaw one of the three singers in Styx has a new solo album coming out in June. Styx goes into the studio in June and is supposed to tour with a brand new "theme" album like Kilroy and Paradise Theatre in the fall. They have a new record deal for 5 albums in the next 4 years. Dennis De Young the main singer of the group also has a new album out of his new broadway musical "Hunchback" featuring the song "Paradise." Go fig. It gets high ratings for that kind of song. If you haven't picked up their live album of their recent tour called "Return to Paradise", your missing some great remixes and a couple of new songs as well.
David Hott says: Jerry, I'm not sure I asked the question properly in my turn 3 email: What exactly are you referring to when you say 'bonus experience'? I looked back and could only see references to 'role play and effectiveness'. Is this what you meant or is there more? Sorry if I just missed it. I really did look.
Jerry says: Ok, I've answered this for some and not for others so here it is a final time [grin]. There are two kinds of experience group and individual. The bonus experience I was refering to was individual experience. To help me decide how much bonus experience to give each character for "role-playing and effectiveness" I asked each of you to rate each player character in these areas and send me your top three rated characters. I would use this survey to help me determine how much bonus experience to give each character in this area. I didn't hear from 3 of you. John abstained not wanting to rate himself. John I didn't want you to rate yourself. Just the others. They will rate you. If you haven't and don't object to this on moral grounds...[grin], please do so and send your top three players according to how they were "role-played" and how "effective" they were to help me be fair. I'll send out this bonus experience privately and no one, not even the other DMs will know who has received what. :) Does that clear it up? Questions?
David says: [David Hott] I'm kind of surprised to hear your assessment that 'everyone was being pretty selfish about that time'. I'm assuming your referring to the way the battle with Som went. There were several instances that people wanted to slow up and regroup. There were times that Gareth in particular ignored suggestions of fellow party members that involved not pressing the attack on Som. This was my best attempt to role play his attitude as follows: [Gareth saw that some of the party members had little if any offensive effectiveness against the undead and Som (and they were making the suggestions on how Gareth should fight!). He was also a bit intimidated and angered by Aventine who pushed the assault and 'goaded' Gareth into action at times (being young, impressionable, and having his leadership unexpectedly threatened by an outsider). Add to that Som had the audacity to not die real easy and Gareth concluded it best to press the attack against him at all costs not allowing him to reset and get an edge. Also, there was no way he was letting Aventine get a leadership edge and he was angry that his attacks were not killing Som even with major damage.]
Jerry says: No that was not the combat to which I was referring. I was referring to the combat in Osto by Thrasher's house. No one seemed to be working together leading up to that battle.
David says: I thought the fighters worked well together in that situation. During this time there were also several 'edits' to my submitted turns. Words put into Gareth's mouth and actions that were not put there by me. Even so I would say that Gareth was pretty true to character as represented by me. It may be accurate to say 'Gareth was being selfish' or 'the party members were being selfish' but I'm not sure I agree that the players were being overly so.
Jerry says: It seemed to me that the start of this module up through about the time that combat's tide turned, that the group was acting as individuals. Onrad was probably the worst, only concerned that he be listened to. Nonam was next enjoying his torture of Onrad to the exclusion of group unity. Gareth was so focused on the discussion with the priest of Wardd in the bar that he (and he said this) purposefully ignored the situation until the business with the "outsider" was taken care of. People were running off and doing this and that without even seeing if that was what the group wanted to do. True, such things are open to interpretation, so I guess that's my interpretation of things.
David continues: Just a couple of related notes about the game if your interested: As we have discussed before people's turns were modified on a number of occasions which resulted in more forceful language being used in their subsequent turn submissions. We also had instances where people's intent was misinterpreted (i.e. Kat). Add to this a number of character 'insertions' which were not totally agreed upon in advance by DMs and differences in the handling of the story line between DMs and I'm not extremely surprised that the turns became more 'inward looking' as perhaps there was some discouragement or frustration. I want to emphasize that I never really became aggravated but I got the impression that others may not have been as passive.
Jerry says: I totally agree. We, meaning Keith and I honestly (I'm sure I can speak for Keith here) did our best. I hope you still had fun. That and using this as a means for keeping old friendships active daily is the reason for doing this. If those goals are not being met, then we need to something less competitive....which is an odd thing to say about a role-playing game. But then we were always competitive and have always gotten over it. I remember many a Risk game where differing ones of us got upset at times. That's the by-product of competing with your friends. I even remember Karl Lillie turning the table over when he lost a few times. [big grin]
David continues: I think the game is going great but I imagine, being the perfectionist you are, you would want honest feedback to make it as good as possible. I really don't have a lot of suggestions about how it could be better except that the DM(s) more carefully consider edits to peoples turns. Being 'guided' through a story line is like reading a book. Not playing a game. The end or beginning of an adventure obviously requires it but if the group totally messes up on what the DM(s) had in mind is see that as no reason to edit. The other issues on story line handling I believe will improve over time as you guys get used to working with each other and the players get used to each other. Even though it's been a while everyone has never really met and there have been additions and deletions of characters and players as well. I think this Monday will do great things to improve this area as I'm sure you well know. Probably preaching to the choir but I figured you'd like to have my thoughts since you seem to be indirectly expressing concern over the groups overall performance. Thanks for your hard work. Hope my notes are a help not a burden.
Jerry says: You're welcome. Not many take the time to say they are enjoying or appreciate the time the DMs spend running the turns. Be honest at all times. Dishonestly breeds miscommunication.
David says: Good news. I had lunch with Joey Chapa yesterday and told him about Monday. He is considering coming to the Monday festivities with me. This I think would be a good time for him to be introduced to the group (as if we've all met...) and bring in his new character.'
Jerry says: Great! Looking forward to seeing him after all these years.
JK says: I'm going to have to take a couple of weeks off the game. We're making plans to move in a couple of weeks as well as planning the trip to Mich.
Jerry says: We'll miss you in the local group alot JK. Hopefully you can make friends with David and his wife Kim.
Anthony says: Sorry about no turn yesterday, I was at home. I had surgery on my foot tues.
Jerry says: Ouch! You should have said something.
Jerry says: Joey, I apologize for taking so long to get your macro added. I just kept forgetting. Someone should have reminded me. It's added now as you can tell.
Jerry says: No turn again received from Keith. Hey Keith, don't forget. I'll send Flaust over to your house to kiss you!
Plans Within Plans: Turn 5
Friday June 5th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Gareth shushes Kat and says "You're not going to get mad and disappear like your freind in the dark hood with the one eye showing are you? All I did was ask him who he was! It is good to know at least one of you, Roscoe of the South Harbor. Please tell us about the mission and if you don't mind and know, what was your freind going to tell us at The Giggling Ghost - after we 'met' the Black Blades."
Flaust listens attentively to the proceedings.
Kat" See gentlemen, this is what a real man looks like." as she cuddles up close to Roscoe.
"So Roscoe, is it the size of your wand or the way you use it that matters?"
Roscoe ignores Kat and looks aggravated.
Onrad returns to the room looking somewhat pale.
Gareth waits patiently and attentively for Roscoe to answer.
Roscoe then opens an operations folder, clears his throat, sips at some water, and begins.
"Gentlemen and ladies, this mission will be conducted in 2-5 stages. The success of the first ones will determine the necessity of the latter ones.
Stage One: You will create your strategies concerning the following stages and make some decisions which will concern them. Today you may plan and rest.
Stage Two: You will infiltrate Izen Territory and locate the Dark Lord's Army Camp. Locate the Leader's Tent and deliver false orders which will be provided. Escape the Dark Lord's Army Camp alive and hopefully unidentified. This will occur this very night.
Stage Three: You will intercept the orc adventuring group known as The Bloody Claws who carry the original orders from the Dark Lord for his army and take them out. This will occur during the day tomorrow. One nap spell will be included if needed to allow you to regain spells before this confrontation.
Stage Four: You will make your way to the eastern end of the Valley of Humiliation where the Dark Lord's Army will hopefully head according to the false orders which you planted and join the New Elennian 3rd Brigade to slow down their advance following the orders I will give you at that time. If your help is needed here, you will have to function with whatever you have left. The army will attack tomorrow evening and it is doubtful that you will have time to rest.
Stage Five: You will join the Red Tigers and the Black Blades in Edenmoor proper to help with any final evacuations that are necessary. You will attempt to cover the buildings there with holy water which the priests of Domi will provide hoping that treated buildings will be left standing by the army and not destroyed. This will be done late tomorrow evening or early the next morning depending on how well and long we can hold back the horde in the valley. Again it is doubtful that any rest can be obtained before this leg of the mission.
He pauses and takes another drink. The worry lines on his face deepens as he once again goes over this plan.
"You must now plan your strategies for accomplishing these missions. I can provide you with an assortment of magical disguises up to actual polymorphing into orc forms. I can loan you a mass teleport ring which will enable you to travel to your various destinations quickly. I will also give your mage a Crystal Ball of Reducing which should help you visualize where you are going. I have portraits of t wo of the high ranking officers in the Dark Army: Grazer of the Pulled Tooth Clan and Ruffin of the Gnarly Dog Tribe. Perhaps these will help you locate the Leader's tent.
"I have a sketch of the Bloody Claws insignia. I can give you each 3 potions of healing and two potions of invisibility."
I will now entertain questions.
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Friday June 5th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
Jerry says: I did not receive a turn from Tiburon.
David Hill says: I take it that David Hott doesn't care to have his turn submissions edited :) Here's my (re-expressed) feeling on the matter: I don't have loads of time to lay out twenty possible areas of action each round. We want to retain some semblance of round-by-round D&D action, but I want don't want it to move at a crawl, either. That's why I like for some 'words to be put' in my character's mouth -- I want some movement to occur in the story line.
Jerry says: Uh, oh...here we go. ::ducking::
David says: In reference to your response to my comments: I have indeed greatly enjoyed the game. Both playing and dialogue with friends.
David says: Not to belabor the point. I just want to get it right. Are you looking for specifics such as what I put down for Gareth for all the other characters/players from me or is what I gave you already in the form of nominations cover it? Also, it seems to me you want the following: character nominations for good role play, hero point nominations, and individual experience to be defined as monster killed. You also gave Gareth some XP for a specific combat event nominated as a hero point. I'm not sure if you want a list of those or not. Sounds like you do not by you answer below. Is that all or am I still missing something?
Jerry says: Ok, let's see if I can answer this without confusing things further. JK, Anthony, Keith, feel free to jump in here and help. When I send you experience, write it down. Add your 10% bonus if your character gets it. Keep a running total. I don't want a breakdown of what you earned for what. Everyone is honorable or they wouldn't be asked to play in this game.
Jerry continues: You do individual experience yourself. When you accomplish something (like a solo kill for a fighter, or a pick pockets for a thief) , anything on that chart that I sent last week from the DMG, that had "significant risk" involved in it give yourself the experience and email me the information. You get to decide this honorably for yourself. Just inform me of what you have earned with a quick note.
Jerry elaborates: When you gain a level, or something significant, other than experience points (like a new spell in your spellbook, or a new hero point, or buy something, or get a new magic item) send me an updated character sheet.
Jerry extemporizes: As far as what I asked you to send me. I asked for you to do two things. First, I asked for you to nominate yourself and others for hero points. When you send these in, I evaluate the nominations and grant the hero point, grant just some extra xp for that person to write down, or deny it altogether. Second, I asked everyone to rate the other player characters in the areas of "role-playing and effectiveness" listing the top three in order and sending that to me privately to help me determine a bonus individual experience award that I wished to hand out.
David Says concerning David's comments: All right! A fight!! A fight!!! Hey, did you hear about the gang fight that broke out into a hockey game? They REALLY decided to get serious...- Came to mind as the Dallas Stars advance to the third round of Stanley Cup play tonight.
David continues: In response to Mr. Hill (heh heh)... This issue will obviously be different for everybody. Thus requiring flexibility with all involved. In this case, my modus operandi is to send one, maybe two scenarios with Gareth's turn. Then I add a note to specify intent just in case my scenarios don't work. I could never imagine spending the time to do 20 turns (10 or even 5 - unless an extremely important scenario - maybe 5). This enables the DM to add words or modify actions to add flair as desired. My comment really was not intended to imply that this was not acceptable or desirable. I 'm talking about having entire turns completely ignored, having the character do something directly in conflict with stated intent, or even do something totally different just because the requested action did not 'fit' nicely. Such as not attacking and running instead or saying something a certain way when the intent was clearly the opposite (these are 'hypothetical' examples and do NOT reflect on specific instances of our game FYI - just examples). Sometimes, as for example at the beginning or end of an adventure, this is necessary. Other times it is not so necessary. I was merely reflecting on what I could see becoming a big deal if it were to proliferate and become 'common practice' as opposed to being a very 'special' event.
David extemporizes: This also brings up a good point for character turns. The street runs both ways. The less thoughtful our turns with the characters the more bland the game and the more likely DM intervention is needed. There is also a much higher possibility of misinterpretation by DM due to lack of turn content. I am very surprised that this group has had so little in the way of problems. This speaks very highly of all involved. Again probably preaching to the choir but that should at least clarify my position on the issue. It is indeed no big deal. In fact, my 'quip' about the ignoring of the turn I think was taken entirely too seriously. I DID state I would be over it 'yesterday'...
David Theorizes: So! Perhaps not too scathing of a rebuttal argument ... Feisty after seeing the Stars...Looking forward to pummeling a half-orc again with plenty of tripping. hooking, slashing and just general overall head bashing! He did get DM help last time to keep from being totally humiliated you know.
David sends accolades: Had a great time last night. I think the night was a big success. Especially when Mr. Hill decided to make an appearance. I enjoyed meeting everyone. I think the online game is really going well as I encountered no surprises in role play. This speaks well of all involved. Wish I could have stayed longer. BTW how was your Friday event? As successful I hope? I also enjoyed meeting Erin and Tony. They seem like good folks. Hope your school year ends up well.
Jerry says: I agree David. Thanks to everyone that came. It was a highlight of my year. Keith, you really missed out...and we missed you!
Plans Within Plans: Turn 6
Monday June 8th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Flaust says, "We need to plan a plausible excuse for being in the Dark Lord's camp. We could always use the tried and true "The Captives are Being Delivered" excuse, but it'd be nice to come up with something more creative. Why not take out the Bloody Claws or, better yet, do a switch of their instructions? Then they could waltz in with the orders, lending more credibility. If nothing else, we could take them out, use potions of polymorph to assume their appearance, and sneak in that way."
Lord Roscoe says: "These things were considered by the Council of War and discounted. It was decided that there was not enough time to hit the group first. We needed the orders to arrive early since some sources say they will move before first light. The orders the Bloody Claws are supposed to carry concern the disposition of prisoners etc. not a major change in approach to the attack. Plus it was deemed close to impossible to change those orders by theft.
Lord Roscoe then scowls and says, "Perhaps I was misunderstood. I will accept questions concerning the carrying out of your orders as given. I will not answer or explain the reason behind your orders. Orders are to be obeyed for the success of the larger operation, not questioned. Do I make myself clear?"
Asking the obvious, Flaust says to Roscoe, "Can the Crystal Ball be used to look into the Dark Lord's army camp? Or to locate the Bloody Claws? Or do protection magics prevent us from scrying them?"
Lord Roscoe says, "I know of no protections that would prevent the examination of those whose identity I've already revealed to you. Your mages should understand it's workings Patriarch."
Since you've mentioned it, "Runner bring the item set labeled, Adventurer Group 37 please."
The items listed are delivered.
Flaust goes ahead and packs any items, including healing and invisibility potions.
"I think its obvious what we should do," Jus begins. "It's obvious that we should do the polymorph; it would be much more fun than sneaking around. I'm sure Kat would love to wag her orcish tail!"
Roscoe grins for the first time. "I agree. Finally a true adventurer. Well met."
"Infiltrating the camp might be a bit difficult. Does anyone know the command chain we need to get through to reach the leader? Roscoe, do you know where The Bloody Claws are now? Are you sure we'll get to the leader's camp before them?"
Roscoe says, "I've already given you all the information we have."
Kat suddenly turns serious and says "I have some things to say, First, I'll take the crystal ball. Second I don't like the thought of working with the Black Blades. Third, It seems to me that we should take out the Black Claws Before we deliver the false orders, that way in case we fail no one will know we tried. Fourth, from the sound of it we will need all the magic you offered and more, also we may need some runners so that some of us can purchase some last minute items. Lastly ( she turns and addresses the group) I believe this to be above my ability. I will always stay with you my friends and die for ANY of you as well, but I am afraid. I know much about the only guessed at powers of the dark lord, and his presence even worries Pantheon."
Roscoe frowns and begins to pack up his stuff. He's getting angry.
Gareth continues, "Do we know where the Bloody Claws are and where they are going?". Also "Maybe we can turn invisible, sneak in, drop off the orders, and leave. Can't one of you guys make us quiet or something?"
To Roscoe Gareth says "I take it you are going to ignore my question. What DID he want when he visited us at the Giggling Ghost? Any ideas?"
Roscoe turns to Gareth his eyes spitting fire. He hisses, "Yes. I don't know who you are talking about. No."
Gareth looks confused and says "I'm not much good at sneaking around. I can sure help with the Bloody Claws and slowing down this horde thing. I'll make you this promise. If one of those Black Blades looks at me wrong they're dead - no questions asked. You may say you need everyone but you don't need them. They are cowards and thieves and would just as soon loot and burn the buildings you have sent them to protect ! They will probably be repelled by the holy water just as badly as the horde."
Roscoe SLAMS his books down on the table. His fingers glow with energy wanting to be expended. He wheels on Gareth and says, "These are orders! Orders that if performed successfully by a group of HEROES, could save some innocent lives! How dare you question orders that have been approved by the High Lord Mayor AND the Overlord! Cease and Desist this instant! You are heroes! Heroes that are in no position to question the orders of their lieges! There are REASONS for everything that was done. I care not for your petty adventuring feuds. Any reprisals upon ANY other duly appointed representative of the kingdom during a "Need to know" mission constitutes Dereliction of Duty!"
He whirls and leaves slamming the door behind him.
A few moments later, he returns, straightens his robe, and looks at each of you in turn, softens and sits. He then calls for some wine. He takes a deep draught and says, "I understand where you are coming from. This part of the horde is over 5,000 strong. They are ruled by a power we don't understand. We must buy time for the innocent people of Edenmoor to retreat up to the 1st plateau. Yes it is a tough mission. But you stand a chance of pulling it off and playing a part in the first line of the defense of New Elenna.
"I also realize that adventurers are not used to taking orders. That is the way of the army. You must get used to it. It is a tried and true method of getting elaborate strategies to work. You must know that. It is also a fact that there is always a better plan and a worse one if only all the facts were known beforehand. These plans may not be perfect. They are, however, your orders. Orders you accepted.
"Now, I'm going to leave this room. Talk among yourselves. When I return, we'll discuss how to carry out your orders as they were given, kapeech?"
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Monday June 8th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
Jerry says: Remember, I'm playing a part. No email letter-bombs please.
Jerry says: No turn from Keith.
Jerry says: Keith, please check with Tony to see if he still wants to receive the turns. If so, have him contact me before the end of the week please.
John says: I have to strongly agree. Monday night was a great time. In some ways, I really enjoyed the time at the parkway grill more. It was great getting together and catching up on what everyone is doing. And the surprise showing of Mr. Hill was great.
John says: The gaming was great. It was hard to get back into it in just one session. I wish we had more opportunity to play (next time I won't make the mistake with phantasmal force -- the things one forgets!)
John says: In regards to the editing of turns: Usually I prefer having my turns without edits. However, I think the DMs have done a great job putting words into my character's mouth to tie an otherwise stuttering pace together. So, I guess I like editing to allow continuity in conversations, but not editing to change the actions of the characters. When Jerry started, the conversations flowed seamlessly due to his small tweaks of the character's words. I prefer that to the cut-and-paste turns (although I'm sure it takes MUCH less time).
David to David: I liked your response. And I'm glad to hear about the Stars progress -- I've been a fan of theirs, but haven't had the chance to keep up with the Stanley Cup playoffs.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 7
Wednesday June 10th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Jus smiles when Roscoe returns the first time, wondering how much of this is theatrics. If it is an act, Roscoe may have missed his true profession -- then again, wizardry DOES require more finesse and control than most actors possess.
After Roscoe leaves the second time, Jus begins, "Do you guys realize we could end up in prison if we don't accept these plans. We DID agree to be a part of this before they told us what they wanted. We DID know the Black Bladders were part of this before we agreed. And we ARE rivals to the Black Bladders; It certainly wouldn't look good for us to refuse to accept this when they are helping! We have a duty as citizens who have willingly accepted the hospitality, perks, and laws of this land. As a matter of fact, I would make a bet that if we refused now, their laws would ensure we wouldn't see the light of day until this was over -- maybe ever! Not after they told us what they want to do!"
Speeding up to keep anyone from interrupting, Jus continues, "Yes, I'm lecturing again... SOMEONE HAS TO! If we back down now, we will kiss our reputation goodbye. Who cares about the size of the army! Gareth, don't you relish the idea of 5000 denizens of evil ready to wet your blade; isn't fighting for the higher good what a true hero warrior strives for? Priests, who knows what the Dark Lord would do to the souls of his vanquished; do you want their blood on your hands? Kat, if you are so true to the Pantheon as you have been leading us to believe, how can you even consider backing down from defending them; and what would your mom think about you then?"
Breaking into a grin, Jus lets up a little bit, "Besides, everyone, think how much FUN this will be! I bet none of you have ever been an orc before! Wouldn't each of you like to slap the Dark Lord in the face with this? Wouldn't it be great if even one epic poem, one bard's song, one damned evil corpse had us at its roots? THINK OF IT!!"
Before Roscoe leaves he says "We're sorry to have angered you. You are are right when you say we are not used to taking orders without question. We will attempt to do the job without further incident."
After Roscoe leaves Gareth says "What does 'Kapeech' mean?"
He also says "So what do you think? I like the idea of making ourselves look like the Bloody Claws, marching into camp, and delivering the orders. This will keep down suspicion. This shouldn't be extremely hard because orcs are even dumber than me! Then we can exit camp saying something like we have orders to return somewhere else and leave. Or maybe we can just go into a tent and use that ring thing and leave that way. Is that what happened when those Black Blades disappeared through those magic doors? Then we can intercept the Bloody Claws and take them out. Hey! I bet those Claw guys would really freak out if we showed up looking like them and attacked."
After Roscoee has left Kat turns to her friend and says "I am no soldier, I am a lady and a witch. I do not take orders and have joined no army. I care about the lives of the innocent and the lives of my friends, but I WILL NOT be bullied into jumping through hoops for his majesty out there. I AM SCARED. I felt you all needed to hear that because you will be counting on me. This is not some small time hood dealing a drug, Or some small Necromancer who thinks he is more than he is. This is the DARK LORD. If we as a group choose to do this I will give everything I have to protect all of you. If we as a group think we have a better Idea then I say we take it. If we think there is the only way then we do that, but I will not jump because that old man says we have too, and I will not go with out letting you all know that I think that this if far beyond our skills."
Onrad puts his hand on Kat's leg just a little too high and says, "I'll take care of you Kat."
He pats her leg. "Don't you worry none, hon."
He gives her his "I'm teasing you" look.
Tiburon walks up to Kat and looks her in those pretty eyes and says, " Kat, we're all a little sacred, but if we want to continue enjoying the freedoms we have now , we have to master our fears and do what is necessary. Use your fear , don't let it use you. " He gently pats her hand and goes back to his chair.
Onrad says, "I agree with Kat that this is over our heads. I think we all know that. So be it! It's what I've always dreamed of. This is killing the dragon kind of stuff. One or more of us may not return. So be that too! Let's go kill some orcbutt and save some innocents. I believe in searching out stuff like this, not fretting it. That's what adventuring is all about!!!"
Flaust says, "I like the polymorph potion idea. Let's get going before I manage to hack off Roscoe any further."
Onrad says, "Very well. I'll go get sourmouth."
Lord Roscoe returns and sits, crossing his arms and legs.
Tiburon stands up from leaning against the wall and says," I understand very well the need to follow orders, but you can't expect us to just blindly follow them if we don't have much intel on the opponents. You should know that the better your intel the higher chance of success you stand on any mission. Please bare with us , most here haven't been in the service and aren't used to the rigid structure involved. We'll complete the mission you've given us and I'm sure that everyone will due the best that they can."
Lord Roscoe nods his agreement.
Tiburon looks around the room to see if anyone disagrees . He then asks Roscoe ," Where are you going to insert us? How long to contact with the enemy ? Where is our rally point going to be to regroup in case we're separated? Is there going to be any distractions provided for us or will we have to do it ourselves ? Do we have permission to use extreme prejudice with the foe or should we avoid combat ? Where will the other groups be in relation to us and should we support them if they become pinned down ? "
Lord Roscoe opens his brief and says, "First question: The plan is to insert you via mass transport about two miles from their camp. We'll bring in by teleport one of our spies and use his mind-picture to mass-teleport you there about 2 miles from their camp. 2nd question: The Bloody Claws are due to arrive there during the battle the next day. The Dark Lord army is, according to intelligence, supposed to move out a couple of hours before dawn. You must deliver the message before they begin forming up, say 3 hours before dawn. Third Question: You may rally where you wish. If you mean rally with the rest of our troops after taking out the Bloody Claws, just focus on me with your mass teleport ring. 4th Question: You must do it yourselves. 5th Question: No and yes. You must not cause any suspicion to arise when delivering the changed plans. You may wipe out the Bloody Claws completely. Please do. As long as you don't endanger the mission of changing the enemy's attack plans so that they are diverted through the Valley of Humiliation, do as you wish. 6th Question: None of the other groups will be behind battle lines in your area. You will be alone. If you run into friendly forces, spies, etc. and you can assist them do so, but do not endanger your own mission. You should not run into the Red Tigers or The Black Blades until phase 6. During Phase 6, we are all on the same side. Perform your tasks with that in mind.
Tiburon turns to the group and says ," I think Onrad and I should get one of those magic swords , seeing how others already have one and it will help the group be more effective."
Onrad draws his new magic swords and says, "Tib baby, Whatever are you talking about. You know where the stores are. :)
Roscoe says: There are still some things to be decided. The more things you can decide beforehand, the less confusion in the field. Decide how you will deliver the plans and enter the camp. Decide how you will deal with the Bloody Claws. With the mass teleport ring, you can do alot. Use it. Develop a timetable. Backup plans. etc. Then, report them to me. I'll pass them on to the general and him up the line. Should something happen to you, we will use these contingencies to try and locate you after the battle if possible. I'll leave you to plan. Call me in if you have more questions. He once again leaves to advise in the war room.
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Wednesday June 10th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
Keith says: sorry about the lack of turns, I would have sworn I sent one yesterday but I guess I was dreaming about it.
Jerry says: Wonderful roleplaying fellows. I'm enjoying this.
Jerry says: Will be in Koffman tomorrow. We're visiting a school that has a similar setup to what we want to have next year, except we want it on a larger scale. Leaving about 6AM. Will be home by suppertime. Sorry guys, but I'll be with 4 other teachers and can't like arrange to have lunch or something. Perhaps soon. I want in on one of those legendary Hott-Chapa lunches this summer....:)
Jerry says: I have a dream. Just like Martin Luther. The dream is a beaut. I have a dream of a road trip. A road trip across the country with a carload of friends to ride all the best rollercoasters of the country. The dream always ends with my Grand Prix on the Texas Giant. Sometimes dreams come true.
Plans Within Plans: Jericho Comments
Friday June 12th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Introduction From The Jericho: Some of the group's true character begins to emerge as the importance and danger of this mission begins to take hold. Then they head out and experience how tough combat can be when everyone is not sending in their turns daily. We take a break after this as many of us are going on vacation and with these set of turns we say goodbye to the email.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 8
Friday June 12th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
Gareth says "Nice speech Jus. Who said anything about not taking the mission? I think we should go in the front of the camp changed into the Claws stating we are the Bloody Claws with orders to deliver. We then deliver the orders and leave. If they ask why we're early we say because we traveled fast to get you the orders tonight. We might be ordered to stay. In that case we either have to have an excuse to leave or we must slip out after the horde begins to move. That way they probably won't change the orders and we can then take care of the Claws.
Gareth says to Kat "Don't worry. You never really know how things will come out when your out in the field. It's always a risk. Besides. I swore an oath to protect you. Do the mission because if you don't your mother's home could be destroyed if the horde gets here."
Kat says "OK I am not a statistician, so some one else start talking and I will add in anything when and if I can."
Flaust says,"Question: Can any of us speak Orcish? We'll have to if we're going to fool anybody. If not, can we charm/dominate an Orc in the camp and have him come with us to help in the delivery of the message?"
Tiburon looks around at everyone and says, " I think one of the mages should use the Crystal Ball to locate the leaders tent. That way we will know just where we need to go. We can use the polymorphs once we get inserted so we can have the most time looking like Orcs. Once we get the plans switched, the mages should try to scry the real plans and we can mass teleport there, take the couriers by surprise and wipe them out. We can then join the Lord Roscoe and rest of the army to complete the rout of these scum. Anyone have any other ideas or refinements? "
Onrad says, "I agree with Gareth that we should scry the tent leaders that we have pictures of. We should also use this opportunity to listen in on their plans and conversation just to see if anything valuable to our mission is said.
Onrad says, "How can we scry on the original plans. We don't know what they look like? As I understand it, all we have to locate the Bloody Claws is their insignia. Is that right?
Onrad continues, "What I'm wondering concerning the delivering of the plans is whether the leaders there have ever met the Bloody Claws before? Is this group a usual message carrying group? If so, we could be setting ourselves up."]
After a pause, Flaust clears her throat and announces, "I took an oath with you, and I will keep it. Call when you need me and I'll be there for you. I'll be with my children otherwise."
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Friday June 12th, 1998 6:00:40 AM
Jerry says: Add the following to The House Rules: All PC characters that go inactive for any reason immediately fall under the pervue of the Campaign DM and may be used by him as NPCs in any way he sees fit.
Jerry says: This issue has come up now both in the local game and the online game. No big deal. I just want everyone to understand that you can't leave your character, go to another and still maintain control of what your original character does in any way. There are three reasons for this. First, it is more, especially in the online game, than I want to handle. Dealing with one set of characters is enough for one group. The Second reason is that no two people can play a character the same way. I could try to play Jus and did for awhile when John was out of pocket for a month or so last year. However, I think everyone would agree that I didn't play him like John did. I simply don't want to be held responsible for what I do with a character under my control. This leads to the third reason: I don't want any arguments over who IS in control of non-active Player Characters. You're not currently playing it, therefore I am.
Jerry says: FYI, David Hill and I have not had a chance to discuss all of this yet. David, email me with a time we can discuss things online. How about tomorrow evening? I can be free from 4:30pm till 9:00pm Texas time. Name your time. I'll see you on my buddy list and we can go to a private room to chat.
Jerry says: Tony (Keith's roommate) has been removed from the macros. Keith, have him contact me if he should want to remain on the mailing list.
Jerry says: Don't panic and feel you have to rush through this part of the module. Take your time and do it right. Just enjoy yourselves and don't worry about the pace. I'll control it. Comments about pace are always welcome. Feel free to email me and yell and scream about things. I can yell back or ignore real good. Jerry says: FYI, I only get 5 weeks for summer this year. Therefore I may not be able to get done all the things I wanted to this summer. I hope to send out a revamped player's folder. It will include a Table of Contents, upgraded maps (if JK finishes the labeling of them and gets them back to me), new legends, and the latest version of the House Rules. I also hope to get the Message Boards up and running. Anthony and I hope to do some major campaign brainstorming getting the Southern Continent down in permanent legend form with maps, etc. Finally, I will plan out the next year's campaigning ideas both for online and offline. I'd like to start a second group online this summer as well. I "think" that I have two local players all ready to play in it. A couple of weeks advertising and and contacting those who have visited the site and it should be set. The idea of course is that It should be a strong enough group that they can run themselves inside of 6 months for the most part.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 9
Monday June 15th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Gareth says "I think if we approach the camp from the front that the sentries will take us to the leaders tent. Of course, knowing ahead of time the right tent will be good. If, on the other hand, we SNEAK in and the orders just magically 'appear' then they would be suspicious. I still like the idea of Roscoe changing us to look like the Bloody Claws and just walking right up and giving the orders to them. Also, we should be ready to teleport out - is that the word? - if we are suspected. Oh yeah, what does statistician mean?"
Gareth says "Flaust, couldn't you be more help to the kids if you stay with us and take back your share of the treasure for your kids? I find myself in a similar situation. My family needs money and to move from where they are but they can't because of money. Soon I will be able to help them because I left them to earn money. If I would have stayed they might NEVER be able to get out! Your kids need not only a guide, they also need money and a way to earn it. I sure would hate to lose you over a disagreement like this. Maybe there is another way..."
Flaust says: "I appreciate the show of support even if we disagree about the level of help that they need. I'll be honored to stay with the group as long as you'll have me."
She bows.
Onrad says, "Great. Another problem settled in record time. Now. I suppose once we accomplish the substitution of plans part of the mission, that we have our resident expert on the occult use the crystal ball to locate the Bloody Claws through their insignia. Right? Then wail on them and anyone with them with. We could use a cover story here too like asking them to give us the password and then claim that they are impostors and we were sent to arrest them and take them before the Dark Lord. I'm just assuming the possibility that they are not alone and we have to kill them from within a larger traveling group."
Tiburon leans on the wall, turning his head to look at everyone as they speak. He listens to all the discussion and seems to be mulling over everyone's ideas.
With this the door opens and Sir Roscoe enters. He has Sir Valdor of the Gold Dragons with him. Roscoe defers to Valdor.
Valdor speaks. "Gentlemen and ladies," eyeing Kat carefully, "It has come to our attention that you may have seen through a flaw in our plan. I believe you said that it might be best to take out the Bloody Claws before delivering the false plans. I think I understand, but please explain the logic of your thinking."
Sir Roscoe chimes in with, "I thought your ideas were good ones. Perhaps that's why I.......I didn't like it that I overlooked that angle. So, smart-asses, your ideas please."
Valdor says, "Roscoe!!!"
Roscoe says, "Hey! It's not as if Jandar or Bolerhusk or Oratai or thy holy daughter....or."
Valdor says, "Roscoe!!!!"
Roscoe says, "Yeah, yeah."
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Monday June 15th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
David Hill says: I guess I was confused between the timelines of the 'Treasure/Warehouse conversation' the independent rounds during the month' and 'the standard adventure after the month of respite.' My intent was that, between active adventures, Flaust go off to work on the orphanage. So, my interpretation of the timelines was that the Treasure/Warehouse discussion was occurring roughly simultaneously with the independent rounds (during the month off). Flaust opted out of the warehouse, feeling that it was, at this point in the group's career, extravagant - and that her faith demanded that her monies be used to help the orphans. In the first Turn or so of Plans within Plans, I saw that the group had gone, retrieved Flaust from the now-supposedly-established orphanage for the next great adventure.
David Hill Says: Sorry I didn't get with you earlier for clarification. I had the first truly relaxing vacation this weekend, and never got on-line to check my mail.
Jerry says: Great! Heartfelt relief. I'll include what you wrote above in the turn to straighten everyone up and get things going again. Hmm....in the local game where an adventure lasts three weeks avg. it is much easier to let each group of characters contain two from each player. Online as you can see with things running much slower, I'd rather not do that. When we start alternate groups, if you wish you can play in a second group to help me get them started and play one that way.....if that's ok with you. Personally, not speaking as Onrad, I think you've succeeded in playing a character that no one else I've seen as ever made work....and perhaps in the only medium that it could have worked....and that's high praise from me. A non-violent AD&D character that works. I'm extremely curious as to whether she can continue to be viable at high levels or not.
Jerry says: Then to clear things up, Flaust will not be living in the warehouse but with the kids wherever they end up.
JK says between trips: Jerry, you wrote: << , upgraded maps (if JK finishes the labeling of them and gets them back to me >>
I'll finish these before I do the message board. I've been way too busy lately. I figure there may be some time next week after we get settled in to our place in Ft. Worth. If I don't finish then, I'll have to do it after I get back from Georgia too.
Jerry says: JK, I understand totally. No pressure. I'll just bug ya incessantly until it's done once school's out. heh....heh (laughing like Keith laughs at me when he had a particularly nasty idea to spring on the party heh...heh)
Jerry says: Roscoe talks that way, not me.
Jerry says: TAAS scores came in today. Holding your breath to see if Jerry's school and grade will be plastered all over the papers? No way bub! You're looking at a master teacher! We went up 30 POINTS in average over one month to have 72% of all 6th graders pass the math part of the TAAS. This is in a class where 20% of the students couldn't qualify for special ed because their IQ was too low. So you are all required to brag on my success. All required get it! Or I'll start including math problems with each turn! I'll do it!
Jerry says: No turns from John, who is on vacation, or Keith, who is out of town, or JK, who is moving and taking two weeks off which now sounds like a month....:), or Anthony, who has finals this week. I dutifully ran the turn anyway. I hope to see turn from Anthony tomorrow. I take that back, I got Keith's late around 9:40pm....
Plans Within Plans: Turn 10
Wednesday June 17th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Kat says "It's what I said, if we place the fake message BEFORE we take out the claws everything can backfire. Like if we fail to take them out the real message will be delivered and their guard will be up. It just makes more sense to me to do it the other way. Now I realize that I am just a untried young woman but it was a thought." She smiles slyly blushing at Valdor.
Valdor smiles openly.
Gareth says "Greetings Valdor. I think the idea is that there is a good chance the Claws could get to camp before we have completed phase 1. If we were to take them out say, now, we could then take their place and not be as pressed for time to complete phase 1. I don't see that it would take long to get rid of the Claws. If it does, then we can teleport ahead to make up for it.
"Hmmm...."
Flaust says, "A partial truth will make the deception far more effective. I suggest we use mind-reading abilities in conjunction with the crystal ball to scry on a the leaders in the Bloody Claws group. Then, we can replace a couple of the influential types, say the chief and the shaman, with members from our own party. Basically, we become doppelgangers, knowing enough to keep up the charade parade into the camp. We'll need to get around the communication issue of speaking their language. The rest of our group could assume other forms, such as hobgoblins or ogres, and either come along as part of the envoy, or travel as a separate group. The big issue is knowing just how much scrutiny the orders will face when delivered. We should combine the transfer orders of captives along with the false troop movement orders to help keep the cover-up more believable. We may even consider having a real orc from the Bloody Claws do the final delivery, in case some type of truth- detection is implemented."
"Too chancy," Roscoe says briefly.
Tiburon straightens and says, " Lord Valdor, if it is decided to eliminate the Bloody Claws first, will we be inserted along their course and then moved or will we have to seek them out and destroy them ? "
Valdor says, "Hmmm....."
Tiburon looks at the others and says," If we are going to be looking like Orcs, we should have some recognition signal or word so we can use to be sure we don't get any outsiders in with us or in case we get separated we can get back together. We also need to find a place to meet in case we get separated. We should also plan a retreat path in case it all blows up in our face. Let's look at the likely actions that might happen and plan for those so we won't be surprised when they do. Like Domi says," No plan survives intact after contact with the enemy. "
Valdor says, "Domi says that. Well."
Valdor thinks for a minute and then speaks. "As I understand it, there are changeable parts of this mission, and there are unchangeable parts. Let's go over the unchangeable parts first. The enemy army moves out before morning. The plans must arrive a couple of hours before then....say middle of the night at the latest. Both of our main objectives must be accomplished before then. The reason we put things in the order we did was so that the easier of the two objectives could be accomplished first. Our thinking was that it would be easier to find the camp than the Bloody Claws. We have actual pictures of some army leaders. We only have an insignia of the Bloody Claws.
Valdor continues: "Yes it would be best to take out the messengers first, replace them and then deliver the false plans. We could even with the mass-teleport ring teleport you back to forge new false plans right quick after looking at the original plans.
Valdor continues: On the other hand, all is lost if we can't find the Bloody Claws. A last ditch effort could be to wait near the camp and watch for their arrival. Therefore the simple choice becomes: when do you attempt to locate the Bloody Claws?
Roscoe says, "That one is easy Valdor. I say now. Distance makes no difference when scrying. If we can locate them, we go for them now or this evening depending on how ready this party is to leave. If we can't then we try to figure out another means of locating them and then we have to decide whether to try to plant the false plans while we're looking. Valdor says, "Yes, then if we hit a wall in locating the Bloody Claws, we do the unthinkable. We call in Arion and Schwangu."
Roscoe doesn't say anything. His eyes just focus in surprise on Valdor.
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Wednesday June 17th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
David Hott says: In case anyone didn't know, Jonathan, my youngest son, had surgery yesterday to repair a hernia yesterday. It went well. He's climbing stairs today.
Jerry says: I didn't know. I'm glad he's doing well.
David Hill says: Jerry, thanks for the handling of that last turn.
Jerry says: Sure. You're welcome.
Anthony says: Here is my summer E-mail address. It will be my only e-mail address after June 1 until next year.
Use it or lose it! ; )
Jerry says: Add Anthony's summer address to your macros. Remove his school address June 1st. We don't want his email address full of AD&D stuff during the summer. Trust me. We DO NOT want that.
Jerry says: I heard no bragging on my TAAS scores. Getting out the math book.
Jerry says: John is on vacation. JK is on hiatus and moving to Ft. Worth.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 11
Friday June 19th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Flaust says to Roscoe, "Sounds like a great idea! Let the scrying begin!" Gareth says "We're ready now. It would be good to know how many of them there are and what they can do. Do you have that kind of information? Also, I like the idea of looking at the original orders and THEN making the fake ones. That way we deliver the plans looking like the Claws AND there is no suspicion on how the fake orders look. By the way, who's Arion and Shwangu?"
Valdor gulps and then says, "They are two very powerful arch-wizards, but also very unpredictable. I've...killed....uh...I've had to oppose them sometimes and work with them on others. Arion was or is, who knows, cursed to perform 1,000 deeds of renown and would recruit adventuring groups and force them to help him with one. Schwangu used to run with us. Now, she's married to him. She is an enigma. The only living witch that exists out of the High Order."
Roscoe reaches up his sleeve and pulls out a small compartment which he opens. Inside are some small objects that look like toothpicks, very small fingernail size books etc. He picks up a glowing marble and closes the compartment. He whispers something over it and it grows incredibly into a crystal ball. The ball floats in front of him and he concentrates. He says, "Open my folder Kat and show me the insignia."
Kat does so.
He concentrates again. The lights in the place dim as Valdor goes around and sees to that. After a full minute he is sweating fully, He shudders and pulls away. Nothing. I get snippets and bits but nothing. I tried focusing on the emblem as an emblem and as a shoulder patch. Any other ideas?
Onrad says, "Think everyone! We need another angle."
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Friday June 19th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
David Hott says: Congrats on the TOSS test success! I always knew you were excellent at teaching. You should go somewhere where they not only use your talents but recognize them in a tangible way as well (IMHO, as always...). Have you ever watched the movie "Stand and Deliver"? You should rent it tonight - Seriously.
David Hott says: Matthew did well on his Standardized test. It was from Stanford I think. He did Excellent in Science and History (The things I talk about most..) as well as critical listening; Above Average in Math (Big surprise there, heh heh..) and vocabulary; Average in reading, grammar and spelling. He had NO below average scores. I'm very proud of him. We'll work on his reading this summer. We read to him too much and did not require him to read to us enough. Shame on us for taking the easy way out (i.e. Less time to read it to him when your tired at night...). It cost him. We'll fix it though. Amazing how taking the easy way out ALWAYS causes problems regardless the area of life applied.
Jerry says: David if you need some help here, let me know. Remember that mom is a Reading Specialist and she could give you some pointers. Do get that game they always advertise on the radio. The Phonics Game or something like that. I've heard great things about it as far as basic skills are concerned.
David says: We get our blueprints Sunday! Then we can go to the next phase of the project. Finally!
-----------------
David says to David: I was surprised to hear that Jonathan was already running around. Usually hernias keep you down a few days.
David says to Jerry: Told Shannon (wife) about your TAAS results, and she was very impressed. The question raised was, "How can IQ scores be too low to be in special ed?"
Jerry says: "I've asked that questions myself. The answer I always get from the CM (Content Mastery) teacher, which is our version of Special Ed (the terminology always changes) is that CM is for those students with designated learning disabilities who have IQs from (I think) 85-100 IQ. There is a second program called "Resource" which is used as a collective for three different kinds of students. These types are BA (those who need Behavior Adjustment), Resource (I think) those whose IQ are between 70-85 (I think). These things because of the lawsuits always involved in them which try to interpret what the congress of Texas meant when they set these things up. So there are some that do, believe it or not, slip through the cracks because their IQs are too low.
Now there are two reasons for their IQs rating that low. 1) They are really that low, due usually to something happening during mom's pregnancy such as drug use etc. 2) They have a SEVERE learning disability causing them to test below their normal IQ level because it's impossible to "standard" test someone with so severe a disability. These students can be (I think) tested with oral designed tests to determine their proper IQ without their disability, but it's expensive and difficult.
Notice that I don't know alot of the particulars here. Sorry. It's not my area of expertise, so to speak and these things get very complicated. I've had it explained to me time and time again, as have the rest of us teachers, but they always do so in such a convoluted manner that it's hard to make generalizations. The above is my current understanding of things.
We have 7 CM students our of our 40 and 4 resource students. The CM students take the test but their scores don't count towards the school's total. However, those students who slip through the cracks, of which we had 10, do count. Four of these passed either the Math or the Reading test....just barely for most of them. We tutored them daily with accredited teachers, worked with them after school on a rotating basis. We assigned each of them a mentor from Sheppard Air Force Base to work on their "environment" issues such as home situation, school frustrations etc. Then each was designated as a 504 student, named after the state law section, which allowed for PEPS, Personal Education Plans for each students success. We defined success as passing the TAAS test which is equivalent to having them on level to graduate. Professional councilors were brought in for 3 of these student by-weekly or even daily in one. All were sent to doctors if the parents agreed to have them tested for specific medical disabilities such as ADD or hyperactivity and in some cases medication was prescribed. There's more, but you begin to see the "extra" amount of time and planning necessary to get these kids even ready to begin learning. WE used the PALS program where upper minority students attending WFHS came over twice a week to work one on one with a student of the same minority as a second social mentor or to work in a simple specific skill such as multiplication facts. The hardest part is to work them to the bone without wearing them out or discouraging them. The relationship with these kids is always very special. When I showed actual scores to some kids today who passed by say 2 points, many tears were shed. They were actually hugging each other. Same tears for those who missed passing by 1 or 2 questions. I had one, the worst, in tears from missing academic recognition by one problem. My comment to the principal was that something is wrong when something, anything, caused such stress to 12 year old children, not to mention their teachers. He said that he wished he was a teacher and could comment on that question.
Well, kids that's my monologue for the day.
Jerry says: No turns received from Anthony, or Keith. Guys with John and JK both out right now, we've only four players and 5 characters. We need everyone daily if possible, to make a stab at this.
David Hill says: Got a question: Is it currently evening? Looking back at Turn 1, I think it is. Roscoe confused me with that last comment <If we can locate them (Bloody Claws), we go for them now or this evening depending on how ready this party is to leave.>
Jerry says: Turn 1 says, "One night late, the party is awakened by a knock at the door." Late night to me meant middle of the night which in my mind was around 3:00AM or so. Therefore by now it is early morning. When Roscoe says this evening, then he is referring to the next evening to come.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 12
Monday June 22nd, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Tiburon walks back and forth for a moment and then says, " If we can't find them soon, we need to go and insert the plans and THEN backtrack their path to eliminate them. After all, getting the plans in is the most important part of the plans."
Flaust says, "Do we know anything else about the Bloody Claws? If nothing else, can we focus on the region where the camp is located, then swing back along the expected route of the Bloody Claws, and run across them that way. Are there any rangers or druids in the area that could communicate with the wildlife to check on their passage? The orders supposedly deal with the dispensation of prisoners. Any ideas about which prisoners are involved? Perhaps we track from that angle."
Roscoe says: It doesn't work that way. We must have something we've seen to focus the crystal ball with: a face, an insignia, a building, etc.
Tiburon snaps his fingers and says, " Try the insignia as a Tattoo. Maybe everyone has it tattooed on for identification. "
Roscoe smiles, "Yes, demihumans are notorious for tattoos and brands. He concentrates again and the lights lower. Hmm......something. Ahh....our insignia is incomplete, there is yes, drops of blood or tears dripping of of one end......yes....Whooo! Get Rowdy! I've got them!
A cheer goes up throughout the room. Valdor claps Roscoe on the back and the ball drops. Kat neatly reaches out and catches it.
"Oops, sorry Roscoe." says Valdor turning red.
"Sok, I should have been ready for it after all these years my friend."
Roscoe then focuses once again and says, "Kat, I'm going to cast a spell enabling you too view with me and see what I see. When I nod, put your hands over mine. Stand behind me.....there."
Kat lays her head on his shoulder and then her hands when he nods. Electricity races over both of them. "Better than se....." they both murmur at the same time.
Kat whispers, "Sorry."
Roscoe says, "Not me."
Kat says, "Dirty old man."
Roscoe ignores her and says, "There."
Kat says, "Yes I can see it. The orders are in a sealed tube."
Roscoe says, "Let's see if I can focus in on the seal."
There...."Two glowing eyes of flame set over crossed bones. The tube is 3" diameter and.....3 hands long.....about 18". Made of leather.....yuck...human leather...
Let's turn up the sound.
Now everyone can hear what they are saying. If anyone speaks orc, you can hear what the first few sentences are. Then Roscoe casts and the words are translated for the group.
"Not chee um for-not." says one heavy voice.
"Chee." comes an humble answer from a high pitched orc.
"Not chee!!!" the first one says.
"Good." Says a third. I hate travel day. We sleep there. Mist keep all away."
"Yes." comes the humble answer from the 2nd orc.
Kat says, "They are moving toward a copse of trees engulfed in mist."
Several grunts and groans.
Kat continues, "They have picked a spot beside a small stream. There are 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,and 8 of them. Two seem smaller than the others and are being made to haul the two biggest one's packs. Four and I think the one I numbered Five...." Roscoe counters, "Six"
Kat corrects, "Yes, Six are fishing. One with a knife and the other with a hook and string."
A new voice says, "The mist is coming."
The first voice says, "Good."
The mist then begins to obscure everything and when it clears, Kat exclaims, "They are gone!!!"
Roscoe breaks contact and looks sadly at Valdor. Both say one word.
"Ravenloft."
Roscoe turns to the group, "The Dark Lord can summon great clouds of semi-intelligent Ravenloft mist which tend to be drawn to magic. How much control The Dark Lord or this group has over these mists we don't know.
Valdor says, "My guess is that they are going to the Demiplane to rest out of the sun and then will return to that same location to finish their journey near nightfall."
Onrad says, "Good. By my calculations, this gives the mages and clerics time to change out spells if needed, and for the rest of us to make final plans. I say that now we be at that stream in that copse of trees when The Bloody Claws return, hit them, don their clothing, perhaps a simple spell Jus to hide any wounds that will not be on us and take their places."
Valdor says, "Yes. Then substitute our fake document inside and reseal it."
Roscoe says, "I'll do you one better. Once you have the Bloody Claws. Grab them and mass teleport back here to this room. I'll have clerics standing by to speak with dead and a member of the core to interrogate any psionically who you might capture, and we'll get some quick intelligence on entry into the camp. I'll have a team of forgers from the Black Blades here to make the inserted plans look authentic. Don't worry. They will be supervised."
Jus says, "Then we can be whisked away at the time we should arrive to a couple of miles outside their camp and play out phase two. We can nap while here.
Tiburon rubs his chin and says, "How about that recognition code ? We could use something like ' Valdor' and you answer ' Rules' if everything is O.K. or ' Lies ' if there is a problem ?"
Onrad says, "Sounds like we have our plan then. Do any of you need to rest and or change out any spells?
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Monday June 22nd, 1998 5:30:40 AM
David says to Jerry: What advice would you give on handling elementary school students with an attitude, when you receive no support from other teachers or the principal at your school? Shannon has three students who have been repeatedly suspended, and brought back in. They are easier to handle apart, but all three are kept together in the same class. There is no chance of splitting them into other classes, and they are disruptive to the rest of the class.
Jerry says: I'm sure Shannon is a great teacher and knows her options are limited when her principal and other teachers will not help. I'm sure she's already contacted the parents as well. It's a tough thing that all teachers go through. School's almost out. It's one of those things that you can't judge without seeing the environment of the problem.....the class, the principal, the teacher, parents, etc. If this is a one year situation, stick it out. If it's an every year situation, perhaps a transfer is in order. If the "faculty personality" is such that they do not work together, consider transferring. The principal once punishment is administered has to put the kids back in the classroom, there is no other answer. Changing their homerooms might be a good move, but I doubt it would be considered this late in the school year. If I was the principal, I'd be trying to put the onus on the parents. As the teacher, perhaps you can do some of that. Basic discipline techniques call for NEVER showing the kids the worst punishment you have ever come up with. Do things that are inconvenient for the parents. If the principal has been willing to suspend them then the onus can also be put on him. Use the "stupid" strategy and go to him and say, "You're our instructional leader, I'm at a loss. Here's all the things I've tried. Tell me what do to." Then no matter what that is....DO IT. Then you can with good heart go back to him again and again saying here's what I did. Here's what happened. What do I try next? You must be very consistent for this to work. Keep a daily log of every warning by these students not in tally form but sentence form. Then have those kids sign it at the end of each day. Allow no disagreements. That way when they go to the office or you (Shannon) are questioned by parents, kids, or principal, or anyone else about what you've done, at least there is nothing to pin upon the teacher. The discipline came from the principal, he behavior from the students who have signed their behavior log agreeing that they did each thing as set down. If it gets to the point that they are disagreeing with what they did, knowing that admitting what they did will get them in trouble, record their behavior with a tape player or video camera. You can even use that as a discipline technique, although only if there is no chance of building a relationship with this student.
That's another important key. NEVER let them see that they have got your goat. You must WIN each battle. You do this by acting/pretending to be in control even if you're not. You know their tendencies, plan a response for when they do their "usual" stuff ahead of time. Tell them you will not allow a certain thing anymore and when they step over the line, this is what will happen, this will happen after that, and that you have other things ready for them if they choose to misbehave after that.
I could help more, if asked, if I knew some specific episodes. I don't wish to imply that I know all or that Shannon doesn't. [grin] I hope this didn't come of as condescending. [slap self]
Plans Within Plans: Turn 13
Wednesday June 24th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Gareth says "How do we do this mass teleport thing? If it doesn't work I guess we fight." Roscoe says, "You pass the ring around. When it gets back to the original person who "owns" the ring, he visualizes where he wants to be, just like the spell, then you're there."
Flaust says, "Ravenloft?! I didn't know the Dark Lord had that kind of power! Fear usually isn't something I waste energy over, but THAT is something to be feared. Onrad, all I have to say is, 'Do not teleport us near those mists.'"
Onrad says, "Me? Teleport? I'm not a mage!"
Kat says, "I'll do it." Roscoe hands her the ring.
Flaust tells the Three, "I do need to rest and request different spells for this venture."
Onrad says, "Go then."
Roscoe calls for an assistant and gives instructions to provide a place for the casters to rest, study and or pray.
The mages depart. Later they return.
Tiburon says to Onrad, " I need to go to the Market and get something then change a few spells. After that, I'll be ready to go."
Tiburon turns to the rest, " Would anyone like to go along ? "
Onrad says, "I'll go with you."
Tiburon and Onrad depart and return.
It is now mid-afternoon.
Tiburon asks Roscoe ," When those Mists return the Orcs, will they take us to Ravenloft if we're too close ? "
Roscoe looks thoughtful and consults his notes. "No, not according to our scouts. The mists that return a subject are extremely localized...perhaps 50' X 50'. That's a guess. They appear to be of a different orientation to the "magic hunting" mists which seek to capture magic into the Demiplane for some unknown reason."
Roscoe then suggests that they go ahead and change the party into their orc forms so you can have a few hours to get used to them.
He walks around the table and casts on you one at a time. As each of you changes into the new form a shiver or bit of static electricity flows through you. You feel your body change all over. It is an extremely tramatic experience. Your abilities seem the same as you move about, yet it feels weird to talk, move, you resist the need to examine yourselves too closely afraid as to what you might find there.
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Wednesday June 24th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
New Charisma scores: Gareth stays at 6. Jus lowers to 8. Kat lowers to 8. Onrad lowers to 7. Tiburon lowers to 7. Nonam lowers to 8. Flaust improves to 7.
David says to Jerry: Thanks for the advice. FYI, Shannon does do most of what you suggested. She is very good at 'Never Losing.' And she frequently utilizes contracts. Unfortunately, there is no parent support -- they are actually at the root of the problem. I will pass along the suggestion of repeatedly going back to the principal and 'playing dumb'. Thanks again for the response.
Jerry says: Sure.
To DM: I'm submitting a new character sheet with different spells selected.
Jerry says: Thanks for sending it already on a character sheet.
Jerry says: Here is an email between JK and me recently about the message boards I thought you'd enjoy reading.
<< Will we be able to easily duplicate more of these from a template form of this for expansion, other games, and to use when the first ones fill up or get too long?
yes
Assuming we can do the above, could we start with say, 5 boards?
yes
Can we put passwords on them?
no, but I have a way to keep outsiders from using it
Can we test how difficult it is to edit them?
we can, but I already know it isn't difficult
Can we test how difficult it is to turn a completed adventure in to a text form to post under the adventures of The Three or whatever group it is?
it will be much, much easier than what we are doing now - because it will be created in the needed html format
JK says: the computer is hooked up, and as soon as I get some more boxes unpacked I'll get busy
I'll send an address and phone number later - I can't remember them right now.
-jk
Jerry says: Will see ya'll tomorrow.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 14
Friday June 26th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Flaust stutters, "So...this is what it's like to feel beautiful." Tears start welling up in her eyes, and she covers her face in muffled sobs. Shortly, she stops, looks up, showing a dry face. "Talk about over-rated," she says.
Flaust checks to see if she has a tattoo of the Bloody Claws. She does.
Once spells are memorized, Flaust lets the Three know she's ready to go, and says, "I've got a couple of Entangles, a Silence, a Hesitation, and a Hold Person spell to use. I'd like to use the Entangles at the start to slow them down."
Onrad says: Sounds good. We should all "hold" our attacks until Gareth gives the nod.
Gareth smiles at the others "Now you guys get to see what it's like to be ugly!" To Roscoe he says "I see a problem in the plan. If we are going to grab these guys and teleport back, how are we going to pass the ring around AFTER we grab them to come back here?"
Roscoe says: "The ring can teleport up to 10 living beings and an unlimited number of dead ones. Just slip it on the fingers of those who are still alive before transport after they've been captured and immobilized."
Jus saunters over to Kat, grinning, "Hey, baby. Does that hair go all the way down your back? I have to admit, you look good enough to turn my stomach!"
Chuckling, he returns his attention to his new form; checking out his flexibility for spell casting and defense. "Cool! I think this is gonna be a blast! Hey Flaust, Lookin' good!"
"I, uh, guess I'd better keep quite when we meet people. I'm SURE it'll be easy to...", Jus sheepishly concludes.
Tiburon suddenly looks up. " Uh.. Roscoe... You think I can get a different shield from the stores to use for now ? I think mine wouldn't quite fit into the image we're trying to give ." He raises his shield to show Roscoe the Crossed Swords of Domi emblazoned upon it."
He then starts. His Shield of Domi is gone. In place of it is a normal metal shield bent and used. By all that's holy!
Roscoe says, "The spell includes changing items on the person. I took the liberty of changing your items to look orcish. They will still function as they did before however. I hope this is not an affront to your beliefs. I've adventured with Jandar the Bold also of Domi and he never minded a little subterfuge.
Tiburon then turns to the party and says: The spells I have memorized are, Bless, Command ( x2), Entangle, Cure light wounds, Hold Person ( x2), Heat Metal ( x2). Do you think I should cast Entangle as they return from the mist or as the mist starts to form?"
Gareth says: Tib, I suggest you select another so we have a varied attack. You're the expert however.
Kat says "Is everyone ready?" If they are I guess she visualizes the grove and puts the teleport ring on and then passes it to Flaust.
Flaust passes it to Onrad. Onrad passes it to Gareth.......and so on.
Roscoe says, "Don't forget this Kat." and tosses her the Crystal Ball in marble form. "Command word 'Witchy Woman'.....sorry." he says.
When it returns to Kat she grins orcishly trying to look sexy, but not quite pulling it off and closes her eyes and concentrates......
Poof.
You find yourselves across the stream in a bunch of bushes about 60' from where the orcs disappeared......you think. The field has been reversed since the view from the crystal ball. You face east looking across the narrow stream (about 3 feet across) to where Kat last saw the orcs.
Kat says, "The depth perception is slightly different than when you're looking through the crystal ball I think."
The sun is setting. The wolves are beginning to howl. The summer heat dissipates and the air is cool. The soil you are laying on is very red.
Suddenly you feel an unnatural chill. A mist begins to form across the river. It coalesces and shifts in the evening breeze. Somewhere in this moment, the sun sets. The mist shifts and whirls suddenly and the orcs appear swords ready and casters casting. One speaks in Orcish which you find you can now understand.
"Who?" He commands.
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Friday June 26th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
John says: Back from Canada! What a blast! We got a digital camera before we left... I'll send one or two small pictures when I get it a computer. Gotta go.
Dinner ready. Thought I'd quick respond to the turn.
Anthony says: Jerry I think I lost a turn somewhere. I am WAY lost. PS please send the woldian address seeing as how I have lost it as well.
Jerry says: woldian@usa.net Be sure to send to it and me both. Also if I were you, I'd be archiving your turns so you know which ones you are missing if any. Tell me the turn numbers and I'll send them.
Jerry says: Heard from JK. He is back in Ft. Worth, his new home, until Sunday. He'll be coming up to Wichita Saturday. They head to Georgia to his parents house on Sunday. I think after that he'll be back with us. He said he will barring unfortunate things happening have the message boards up and running before the end of June.
Jerry says: Erin, will you have a computer at college? If so I'd like to have you in the second online group. Tony, are you interested in the second group? Steve is online now, but is as usual having computer troubles getting things to work. Perhaps he can join this second group. I also have a 15 year old Magic player who has impressed me who may join this group. We don't want him in the local group because he goes to the same school that Anthony teaches at. Kevin Wemberly (in and out again Wemberly) for those of you who date back to the first adventure will play in it as well. So it looks like a second group of exes forming plus a few to be added later. I'd like to start them in July.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 15
Monday June 29th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Gareth fires arrows at the nearest spell caster in an attempt to disrupt the spells saying "You!". He continues to fire until the fighters begin to close. He then draws his sword and does his thing.
Flaust waits for Gareth to respond to the orc's command of "Who?".
When Gareth gives the signal, Flaust casts Entangle, focused on the back of the group of orcs, attempting to immobilize spell casters. If time and distance permit, Flaust will crack off another Entangle at the (presumed) charging group of orcs.
Tiburon begins casting Hold Person ( centering it upon the spellcasters ).
Onrad rushes across the stream his swords singing as he draws them from their scabbards. He attacks #1 and 2 closing with both so as to leave the other fighters free to take the others.
------------------------
Results:
The party gets initiative.
Gareth sees casting from #6 and fires. He fumbles. He spends the rest of the round recovering.
Flaust casts Entangle and the back four have to save. 5 and 7 saves. 6 and 8 are entangled.
Tiburon casts Hold Person and 5 saves. 7, 6, and 8 do not.
Onrad attacks twice hitting #1 for 6 points damage. He misses #2 as he ducks like a sissy.
The Bloody Claws initiative:
#1 attacks Onrad hitting him for 11 points damage. Onrad staggers back mouth open.
#2 attack Onrad and misses as Onrad bravely ducks.
#3 crosses the river and closes with Flaust. He attacks. He misses.
#4 fires twice at Tiburon. He hits and misses. The first arrow is laced with poison. Tiburon saves. He takes 8 points of damage as the arrow embeds itself in his upper arm.
#5 Casts Entangle at the casters in the party. Tiburon saves. Flaust does not and is caught fast.
#6 is entangled and held.
#7 is held.
#8 is entangled and held.
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Monday June 29th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
Jerry says: I need a new character sheet from David Hott.
Jerry says: I did not do actions for those who did not send in a turn.
Jerry says: I'm sure you're wondering why the turn looks so different. I'm experimenting with what I think things will be like on the message boards. Let me give you a run down and some choices to discuss and decide upon.
1) Initiative amongst the party will be done in the order in which they are posted.
2) Both the party and the monsters will use group initiative. If you have a weapon that attacks first in a round, send in your character sheet....[grin] and remind me the first round of every combat.
3) This makes for initiative being a severe advantage or disadvantage as you can see from the above. One whole side gets to go before the other. To mix it up takes time and that's what I'm trying to save here.
4) There are two ways to do spells and initiative. One is like we did things this turn. The other is to say that all melee happens first then the spells. That limits the power of the spellcaster. This combat for the most part eliminates attacking the spellcaster while he or she is casting. We can discuss holding until after the other team goes, but I think it's a bit much to allow holding until a certain caster casts. That then puts the ball in the attacker's court totally leaving the spellcaster at the whim of anyone who holds.
5) It limits everyone to one action and only one action during combat. No if thens. Out of combat, we'll have to experiment. JK will do a short one week thing with pregenerated characters later when we kick off the actual message boards.
6) The DM will not run characters besides his own in this system. This reverts back to the live game way of doing things. Check your House Rules. Anyone may volunteer to play the character of someone who is out of town and receive 1/2 xp for it. The player who arranges for someone to play his character when unavailable or leaves it for someone to play, also gets 1/2 xp.
Criticism is welcome. Just remember that I'm trying to keep the fun and eliminate the DM's time in running the turn to under 30 minutes. This time I had to print out the 4th level character sheets I had received, deal with new THACOS, and use the new method which had only been seen before this in my mind. It took less than an hour including the below the line stuff. Nice from my end. It seemed to still have a game flow that could be enjoyed, but then I'm feeding you propaganda. Be honest and yet fair.
Here's hoping I'm not to be lynched.
Here's hoping the Bloody Claws get initiative next round...hehe.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 16
Tuesday July 7th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Flaust tosses her combat net onto her attacker, orc #3.
Gareth draws his sword and moves to attack #3 to prevent an attack on Flaust.
Seeing Onrad's reaction, Jus screams and runs, swinging his swords, to help Onrad. Jus attempts to take on both of the Orcs if Onrad needs to disengage.
Tiburon says," Hey! That hurt ! " then he casts Hold Person ( centering it upon the bowman ).
Onrad continues to wail on the orc in front of him allowing Jus to get one. He yells at Jus, "I'll survive here, move on to the casters. We've got to take them out while we can!"
------------------
Results:
The Bloody Claws get initiative:
#1 attacks Onrad twice and misses with both attacks.
#2 attacks Onrad twice and misses with both attacks.
#3 saves vs. the Entangle spell that his compatriot cast last round on Flaust and chooses to remain there and attack the Entangled Flaust twice. He hits with his first attack doing a maximum damage of 14 points. He fumbles on the second attack.
#4 fires twice at Flaust taking a penalty to avoid hitting his comrade and do to the flailing plants. He gets a bonus because Flaust is Entangled. He misses with the first attack and hits with the second for a maximum amount of 8 points damage. It is poisoned but Flaust shrugs off the poison.
#5 Casts Dispel Magic in the area of the Entangle and Hold Person spells and rolls once for each spell. He fails on the Entangle, but dispels the Hold Person.
#6 is entangled.
#7 Casts Blindness at Gareth. Gareth fails his save and sees his vision fade to a greyness before his eyes that prevents his seeing anything.
#8 is entangled.
The party's initiative:
Flaust is entangled.
Gareth blindly moves in the direction of Flaust listening to her voice as she screams from the pain. Gareth then reaches the edge of the Entanglement area and gets caught in the waving greenery and is held fast.
Jus attacks #2 and hits him for 7 points damage.
Tiburon casts Hold Person on #4 and holds him fast.
Onrad attacks #1 twice and misses twice..
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Tuesday July 7th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
John says: I guess my last response was too late. If Jus is here, ignore the last turn and include this one. Otherwise do as you will, but let me know. Sorry about that.
John says: My first impression on the first-come, first-initiative was not positive. But thinking about it, it would be even nicer if when someone logs in to post their turn they are able to read what the other characters have already done that turn (since their earlier submittals would mean their character's turns would have already been performed). This view would help prevent the common occurrence of duplicate or nullified actions (the later is especially frustrating as Jus' experience in the Tavern Brawl demonstrated to me). This would also give the spell casters more flexibility in "complementing" the fighters rather than getting in their way. Then again, it also effectively gives all spells immediate casting times. I guess I have to hold me final opinion until it is tried a few times.
Jerry says: Yes, I agree that seeing the other's turns will help.
John says: In regards to the test site: I suggest a text block for "below the line" comments should be added to aid in the automatic response generation. Maybe we should do a requirements analysis and see what the interface requirements are. ;)
Jerry says: I'm not JK, but I would think that the simpler the message board the better it will work. Just draw your line after your move and write what you want to below the line.
David says: If people do not send in turns, and the result is going to be no action is taken by that character in a combat situation, then IMO that character should get a smaller experience point value and the ones who do should get more.
Jerry says: Not sending in turns during a combat can be deadly as is shown by this turn.
David Hill says: On my attack with the net, does the orc lose all armor-related AC (only having dexterity plus magic)?
Jerry says: What attack? You were entangled last turn. :) Hmm...how big is your net David? JK can you help me here? Anthony? No time to look it up tonight.
Plans Within Plans: Turn 17
Thursday July 9th, 1998 5:00:40 AM
Jus moves in spell range to the real Orc spell casters, planting his swords into the ground. He then casts Color Spray, attempting to catch as many of the spell casters as possible.
Tiburon cast Command at Orc 5 saying ," Sleep ". He then uses the rest of the round drawing his sword.
Flaust will crouch (as much as possible) and use her healing prof. on herself to stop the bleeding.
Gareth attempts to break free from the greenery and attack #3.
---------------------
Results:
Gareth gets first initiative.
Gareth is held fast.
The Bloody Claws get second initiative:
#1 attacks Onrad once misses.
#2 attacks Jus once and hits for 8 points.
#3 misses his attack due to his fumble and also fails his third save vs. the Entangle spell and is held fast.
#4 is held.
#5 moves to his right and casts Sleep on Tiburon and Gareth. Neither, due to their Constitution giving them a HD of 4+3 succumb.
#6 is Entangled.
#7 moves to his left and casts Blindness on Onrad. Onrad fails his save and is blinded.
#8 is Entangled.
The Three get third initiative:
Jus having to choose between #5 and #7 chooses the lower number by default and casts Color Spray on him. He saves.
Tiburon Casts Sleep on #5 who is not affected.
Flaust tries to crouch, but cannot move. Flaust tries to use her healing proficiency on herself, but cannot move.
Gareth struggles against the plants that hold him. He is held fast.
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Thursday July 9th, 1998 5:30:40 AM
Jerry says: FYI, the Entangle Spell says and I quote: "....holding them fast for the duration of the spell."
David Hott says: Hey! Gareth ALWAYS get first attack with his sword (Sword of Speed). i.e. Initiative or no he gets an attack on #3 BEFORE the Blindness spell.
Your rule not mine.
Jerry says: Yes, but I said below the line a few days back that anyone with automatic initiative would have to be responsible for telling me so the first round of EACH and EVERY combat. The onus is on you and you were told. I gave it to you this round since you FINALLY got around to doing as I asked and informed me of Gareth's situation. (Responding tone for tone....Nice is nicer Daave [grin])
David Continues: Also, are you saying that in the segment where #7 is 'unheld' he is then able to cast a multiple segment spell and have it go off the SAME segment he gets UNHELD? I don't think so. If everyone on one side goes before the other side then #7 should be able to do nothing at all but get unheld. IMO, of course. Also, did Gareth fail his save for the Entangle also?
Jerry says: Ok you have a point here. I was looking ahead and making a call. Since when the message boards are up, and as John deftly put the other day, you will be responding to the posts that are ahead of you, it makes sense to allow characters affected by previous posts to act with that knowledge. Initiative within the party is in the order posted. If this is so, then the monsters may act in their order of posting as well, which in this case is 1-8.
However, where David, although he doesn't realize it, is correct is that we are not yet on the message board and therefore should not be allowed to act on previous posts until the party can do so.
Now if you guys want to go with things as David has put them above once we get on the message board that's fine with me, but I think that it does away with a very interesting new set of strategies that I'd like to see explored.
I do NOT apologize for this mistake. We are as I said when I began this adapting. You guys know me well enough to understand that I make things right when they need to be made right. You DO NOT have to YELL at me or take a TONE to get your way. Common knowledge has always said that using all caps online is considered shouting. The only thing ELSE I have to say about this is that it is very interesting to me that I have been able to once again get David interested enough in a role-playing game that it elicits such a response. One DM point for Jerry the Master DM of the Universe.
Since we were using "group" initiative his actions did not happen in the same segment but the same round. For the last two rounds, we've been having spells go off the same segment as the fighters blades. Why complain now?
Ok until we hit the message boards all of one side's initiative will be considered to happen at the same time preventing anyone from reacting to another of the same side. I'll undo the spell that #7 cast last round. Therefore Gareth is not blinded and that spell has not yet been cast. We will continue to ignore the "after the fact" rule until we are comfortable with the changes. Gareth however did, by his own choice, enter the entangle zone and yes, he did miss his save. So he is Entangled for the duration of the spell.
David says: Gareth will use hero points to resave against any spell attack.
Jerry says: Kudos to David who roleplays for real trying to do what most of you would not have knowing that they were caught. New rule: you may use a hero point to reroll a roll you failed the following round. You will still be subject to the situation (in this case Entangled) for one round until the reroll is made, assuming that it succeeds.
Jerry: rerolling Gareth's save using his hero point.......sorry still caught. :(
David Hill says: Don't know what I was thinking -- forgot about the Entangle spell when I submitted that last turn.
Jerry: Everyone please be patient as we enter into this time of transition, voice your opinions, but be nice about it if you wish the same in return.
Jerry: I have seen the message board and it looks nice and works well. I've asked JK to put 5 of them up and select ours. Then we can just chat and practice on it for a week or so until everyone is comfortable. JK is in Georgia visiting his parents so it may be a week or two until he gets it up for you to experiment on.
Jerry says: I hope everyone is having fun. That's the important thing.
Below-The-Line (OOC) Comments
Saturday July 11th, 1998 10:59:58 AM
The following is the beginning of the Message Board Game. All "Below The Line" material has been left to email. The role-playing suffers a bit as we begin this new format with the toughest thing to play or DM that there is: adventuring party vs. adventuring party. This necessitated some long complicated entries from the DM which also hurt the role-playing. I think the entries after the battle will show the worth of the new format
DM
Saturday July 11th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
(Correction from last round: Tiburon cast Command instead of Sleep on Orc #5. The Orc saved and the spell had no effect.)Tiburon
Tiburon walks towards Orc #7, watching for writhing grass as he goes and taking special care not to walk into the Entangle. As he gets within 10 yards of Orc #7, he casts Command and tells Orc #7 to "Die."
Jus
Jus takes a quick look around and gauges if any of the orcs are within 10 feet of each other, taking special note of the spellcasters. He then casts Grease under as many of the Orcs as possible, or one of the spellcasters if only one can be "caught."
Flaust
Flaust commands Orc #7 to "Faint."
Gareth
Gareth continues to struggle to break free of the spell and attack Orc #3. He yells, "Get those casters!"
Kat
Kat recovers and casts Pit under any orcs groups together. If there are no Orcs grouped together, she engages in battle using her staff or casting Magic Missile on a spell caster from cover.
DM
Sunday July 12th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
(Round 4) Gareth struggles mightily, but is held fast by the Entangle Spell along with Flaust and Orc #3. Orc #1, seeing that Onrad has been blinded, strikes to decapitate him. Onrad hearing the stroke and ducks, but not enough. Orc #1's blade hits him in the side of the head for 8 points of damage. Orc #1 swings again, slicing downwards. Onrad, keeping his cool, dives to the side avoiding the second stroke. Orc #2 breaks from Onrad and moves across the stream to attack the also blinded Tiburon. Orc #2 buries his sword in Tib's stomach for 8 points of damage before Tiburon can move. Tiburon bends over double for a moment and then straightens with a look of surprise on his face as Orc #7 casts Light directly in his eyes. Tiburon rubs them and blinks to fight off the spell to no avail. He also is blinded. Tiburon centers his mind and straightens with a look of determination on his visage. He turns in the direction the Light spell came from and shouts his Command Spell, "Die!" Tiburon is left to wonder whether he was successful or not. Flaust holds on her own Command Spell seeing that Tiburon has been successful. She yells out from the area of the Engangle Spell, "Got him!" Suddenly Tiburon can see once again. Orc #4 struggles to move but is unable to even blink verses the Hold Person spell. Orc #5 casts Web on Jus. Jus saves and dives and rolls clear of the spell. The web is centered directly behind Orc #1 and Onrad, between them and the second Entangle Spell further back containing Orcs #6 and #8. Jus retaliates and casts Grease under Orc #5, however, he also saves and reaches the edge of the spell by the end of the round. The Grease spell is positioned on the Orc's side of the stream to the party's left and the Orc's right. Kat gets behind the cover of a sparse group of trees and casts Magic Missile on #5 doing 8 points of damage. Orc #5 spins toward Kat and sets her face for revenge.Jus
Jus dismisses the Grease spell and throws a small, fuzzy object at the feet of Orc #5. This small, insignificant object suddenly turns into a large, very unhappy bear. Jus yells to the bear -- loud enough for the Orc to hear -- to attack until the Orc lays on its belly and puts its hands on its rear, or until the Orc is dead. Jus then turns his attention back to Orc #1 and prepares to cast another spell. He occasionally glances back to the bear, awaiting to tell the bear to sit on the Orc's hands and legs when he prostrates himself. "Hopefully we'll get at least one live prisoner this day." Jus thinks to himself.
Flaust
If possible, Flaust will call upon her laying upon hands ability to cure herself. She shouts to Kat and Jus, "Got a Dispel Magic handy?"
Nonam
Another orc walks into the clearing near #5 and yells, "ENOUGH OF THIS!!! BLOODY CLAWS, YOU WILL DIE FOR YOUR TREACHERY AGAINST THE DARK LORD. EITHER FALL ON YOUR BLADES NOW OR FACE HIS VENGEANCE WHEN WE RETURN YOUR MISERABLE HIDES TO HIM!!" Then he begins to toss a rock back and forth between his hands menacingly. As he does so, the stone begins to glow with power.
Tiburon
Tiburon attacks Orc # 2.
Gareth
Gareth continues to struggle to get free of the vines. He tries to move back away from the spell. If he can't move he just waits in position to attack #3 when the spell disappears.
Onrad
Onrad, finding himself rolling on the ground for his life struggles to his knees and crawls a step or two and playing hurt while listening for the upcoming stroke from Orc #1 and the writhing plants he knows is back there somewhere behind the web. He uses these sounds to try and orient himself. If he gets initiative he will hold and spring forward to overbear Orc #1 into the webbed area. If the Orc gets the initiative, he will attempt this maneuver when his opportunity comes. (Onrad will use a hero point to reroll if he misses.)
Kat
Kat drops her clothing and walks out of the sparse tree area. She then casts Seduction II and grunts a word of submission in Orcish directed towards Orc #5.
DM
Monday July 13th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
(Round 5-The Three gets initiative) [Edited turn: 11:20AM Tues.] The Grease spell disappears as Jus summons a bear from a bag. Orc #5's eyes widen as he hears the instructions. The Bear charges the Orc and attacks Orc #5 missing. The Orc chuckles and turns to face across the river with a dismissal wave of his hand. He mutters something in Orcish about a "Falsity." Nonam then walking forward gives his speech and once again the Orc's eyes grow wide. He stutters for a moment and then recovers. He demands, "Password be?" Before Nonam can answer, Kat comes out of the sparse area of trees sans clothing and casting her Seduction II spell. For a third time in the space of a minute, his eyes grow wide. He seems to fade for a moment and then he mutters something about what mam said about "good girls." Orc #5 then becoming more angry at Kat than he was when she hit him with a Magic Missle pulls out a wicked looking wand and says a word under his breath. A glowing ball shoots forth headed for the area between Nonam and Kat Tiburon and Orc #2. It suddenly explodes: a Fireball! Kat saves and takes 7 points damage. Her skin turns a bright red as she screams! Nonam does not save and takes 14 points damage. Nonam looks down to see some of his metal items melting searing his skin as they do so while some of his more flamible possessions completely bursting into flame. Orc #2 also takes 14 points of damage and watches as his sword melts in front of his eyes. (Tiburon rolled an in or out and was just outside the area of effect.) The grass in the area of effect catches on fire...and so does the sparse grouping of trees. Flaust tries to Lay Hands on herself, but can't move to touch herself. Tiburon calmly attacks Orc #2 and misses. Orc #2 drops his melted sword and draws two daggers. Fighting two-weapon style he attacks Tiburon twice hitting both times and once critically for a total of 5 points damage. He repositions himself out of the burning area on the other side of Tiburon without breaking contact. Gareth and Flaust bide their time. Onrad clears his mind after the low roar of the fireball and when he hears the whistling of Orc #1's blade descending, he dives toward it making solid contact and driving both of them into the web. Onrad's overbear causes Orc #1 to overextend with his sword missing Onrad's head by a hair. Onrad is held fast in the web. Orc #1 makes his save and finds that the webs closer to the ground are at half-strength where he is. Onrad maintains his overbear for now.Jus
"Ouch!", Jus winces seeing the Fireball go off. He shudders for a moment realizing what probably would have happened to him. Jus then quickly pulls out his bow and takes aim across the stream at Orc #2, being extra careful not to hit any of his own party (5HP). The bear lets out a roar of frustration and attacks Orc #5 again. (Claw 6HP/Bite 8HP).
Flaust
Flaust waits to see the outcome of the fire.
Nonam
Nonam calmly steps out of the fire so as to make himself look more formidable (while hoping that he doesn't burn to death) and says, "You dare to ask me for a password. Have you no idea who I am. You have been warned!!! PREPARE TO FACE THE DARKLORD'S JUDGMENT!!!" He then casts lightning bolt at #5. Suddenly lightning appears from nowhere and strikes #5 full in the chest (23pts). The massive electrical charge causes all the orc's hair to stand on end before it passes through his body. Nonam then says a quiet forboding voice, "You were warned."
Gareth
Gareth attempts to grab his bow for a shot. If he can't he continues to wait for the spell to dissipate focusing on Orc #3.
Kat
Kat recovers her clothing and grumbles under her breath about what she was thinking casting a chr based spell with a chr of 8. She then prepares to defend herself with her staff.
Onrad
Onrad tries desperately to just hold still and keep the Orc beneath him using the strength of the webs that hold him still to helps him hold the Orc in place. He listens carefully to try to keep some idea of his bearing.
Tiburon
Tiburon remains in combat with Orc #2. Hi sword suddenly whistles thru the air at the Orc , who manages to duck out of the way ( a 3 ) . Tiburon tries the return backhand stroke and slashes Orc #2 ( a 19 to hit and a 6 for damage) across his chest.
DM
Tuesday July 14th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
(Round 6-Players get the initiative) The fire burns slowly, sputtering with the grass still wet from the recent mist. It increases it's radius by spreading to the creek, engulfing the grove of sparse trees entirely, and expanding halfway to the area of Entanglement. Orc #5 fails his save vs. Nonam's Lightning bolt taking the full 23 points of damage. He blinks once and collapses to the ground, a charred mess. Kat remaining within the area of burning grass, takes five hit points of damage as her feet turn black, smolder from the flames and begin to catch on fire. Tiburon winces as the flames expand past where he and #2 are dueling. #1 attempts to squirm out from beneath Onrad, rolls a 15 and moves about two feet towards the creek now 3 feet away. Orc #2 attacks Tiburon once with each dagger missing with an 11 and hitting with a 16 for 7 points of damage. Orc #3 is Entangled but watches the fire closely. Orc #4 is still held. Orcs #6 is Entangled. Orc #7 comes to consciousness, rises to his feet in a daze and surveys the situation. Orc #8, also Entangled screams at #7 to set the Entangled grasses on fire. Orcs #1 and #6 take up the chant.DM
(Round 7- The Bloody Claws get the initiative) Orc #1 crawls another two feet and is 1 foot from the edge of the Web. Orc #2 takes 3 points of damage from the spreading flames burning him through his leather shoes and he withdraws from Tiburon back to the far edge of the creek to escape those flames. (His position at the edge of the creek will give him a +1 advantage if anyone closes with him.) Orc #3 waits as the flames get closer and closer. He growls in frustration as he realizes that Gareth will be the first to be freed by the flames. Orc #4 is still held. Orcs #6 and #8 scream at Orc #7 to light the grass on their side. Orc #7 rushes to the edge of the web, pulls out a flask of Greek Fire and tosses it on the web. The flames continue to spread reaching the edge of the Entangled area and eventually reaching Gareth's position. He grimaces as the flames burn his skin as they pass over him dishing out 4 points of damage as the plants that held him fast are deep fried.
Jus
Seeing Orc#5 turn to ashes, Jus sends the bear to kill Orc#7; with everyone being freed, the odds are too dicey to try and take prisoners. The bear runs at Orc#7 screaming along the way. The Orc's eyes grow big as the bear rears up on his hind legs and sends a flurry of attacks at him. Luckily, the Orc avoids all but one paw (rolled 4/15/10) which catches him fully across the chest for 6 points of damage. Jus eyes Orc#1 and decides he can wait a bit more before interceding for Onrad; although he does start moving slowly that direction (avoiding what is left of the web). Jus again takes careful aim on Orc #2 (-1 to hit to avoid Tiburon) using his +1 Flight arrows this time. The first arrow just catches the Orcs side (rolled a 15) causing 3 points of damage. Just before he lets his second arrow fly, Jus takes another glance at Orc#1 and loses his concentration (rolled the dreaded 1). He fumbles, but luckily neither the bow nor the arrow broke (rolled a 14 and a 3).
Flaust
Flaust breathes. Oh, and she blinks her eyes every once in a while. Did I say she breathes?
Nonam
Nonam, now saying nothing but wearing a look of intense hate and a mane of fiery red hair (which looks very out of place on an orc) casts magic missle. The air in the clearing becomes charged with magical energies as three glowing bolts appear and scream toward their victims. The first bolt streaks toward #1 and strikes for 4 pts of damage. Another bolt flashes toward #2 and hits him for 5 points of damage. The third and final missle races toward #7 and strikes him for 3 points of damage.
Tiburon
Tiburon circles to his right until he reaches the creek. He then begins to cast Heat Metal upon Orcs 7 & 2.
Gareth
Gareth moves toward Orc #3 with a glare saying "This is gonna sting a little..." making sure not to get entangled by the vines wating to get in range to hit him before he can break free.
DM
Wednesday July 15th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
(Final results of Round 7) Kat takes 1 point of damage from the flames. Gareth takes 2 as the flames roll over him.DM
(Round 8-The party gets initiative) The flames on the west side of the creek expand through the rest of the entangled area freeing Flaust and Orc #3. The flames burn out in the original area where the Fireball hit and this ring of "extinguished flame" begins to expand.
Gareth
Gareth attacks Orc #3 with a mighty blow (automatic hit due to entanglement, 14 hp Damage) moving quickyl between Orc #3 and Flaust to prevent a cowardly attack.
Jus
Jus quickly looks over his bow and notices the noc on his bow came loose. He quickly tightens it, recovering from his earlier fumble. Unfortunately this took some time and he is only able to get one shot off at Orc #2 -- cleanly missing (-1 to avoid Tib, rolled 10). The bear screams in a rage, frustrated at missing these fat lazy targets. He tries again, terrifying Orc #7. He strikes with both paws, but is unable to take advantage of a critical hit (rolled a 20 then a 2 for paw 1, and a 17 for paw 2; 4 and 1 for damage). Everyone within earshot can hear the Orcs ribs cracking as the bear lifts the Orc off the ground in a massive bear hug (dam 7) . Not yet finished, the bear's bite catches the Orcs shoulder, tearing it open and letting the blood flow free (hit 18 / dam 4). He then drops the Orc to the ground, daring him to retaliate.
Nonam
Nonam begins to wade across the creek. His ultimate goal is a position above orc #6 (AB5). As he moves, he tries to get an idea of how badly each of the orcs is hurt.
Flaust
With regret, Flaust dodges out of the flames and away from the combatants, laying hands upon herself for 8 points of healing. She then begins scanning the area, looking for downed orcs that might be saved.
Onrad
Onrad tries to be patient being held and blind. He continues to listen to the battle around him to try and keep abreast of what is happening.
DM
Thursday July 16th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
(Final results of Round 8-The Three's actions) Gareth takes five points of damage from the fire as it continues to burn around him. Flaust also takes five points from the flames. Orc #3 takes 3 from the burning grasses as he continues to make his stand against the mighty Gareth.DM
(Round 8-Bloody Claws initiative) Orc #1, who is slightly wounded, escapes the webbed area and heads for Flaust. The orc reaches Flaust, but doesn't get there in time to attack him so he stands over him on the eastern bank. Orc #2, who is severly hurt, leaves his vigil on the eastern bank and races over to Orc #5 and grabs the wand from his unmoving hands. He points it at the entangled area where his two compatriots are and mumbles. A fireball makes its dull explosion amongst them. Orcs #6 and #8 both miraculously save and takes 9 points of damage each (saves of 15 and 17). The entangled grasses do not save and burst into flame. Both Orcs are freed. Orc #3, who is moderately wounded, rises and strikes at Gareth rolling a 16 and hitting him for 4 points of damage. Orc #4, uninjured, remains held. Orc #6, slightly injured from the fireball, casts Hold Person on Gareth and Flaust. Gareth saves mightily rolling an 18. Flaust rolls an 11 and also saves. Orc #6 curses saying some truly awful things about Alemi. Orc #7, severely injured, seeing no need to light the web now draws a flail and moves to attack Tiburon. The bear rolls an even for the break of closure in combat and the result is even. It growls his frustration as #7 gets beyond his read for the moment. He rolls an 11 missing him dropping the flail as he realizes that someone has heated his metal possessions. He screams, smoke coming out of his armor as it blisters the orc for four points of damage. Orc #8, slightly burned, casts and a beam of light shoots out towards Gareth. Gareth once again saves with a 16 avoiding the Light spell aimed at his eyes. Orc #8 also curses and spits.
DM
(Round 9: The Bloody Claws get the initiative) Gareth strikes #3 twice rolling a 4 and a 7 missing both times. Orc #1 attacks Flaust hitting with a 15 for 5 points of damage. Orc #2 fires the wand at Kat, she being the only one not engaged by a Bloody Claw. As the wand fires, it lets loose a small plume of smoke. Kat makes her save rolling an 18 and takes 10 points of damage. Kat falls to the ground charred and unmoving. Orc #3 strikes twice at Gareth rolling a 7 and a 4 missing both attacks. Orc #4 is still held. Orc #6 casts Command at Gareth saying, "Die!" Gareth fails his save rolling a 6. Using a hero point, Gareth rerolls his save and rolls a 9 again failing. His eyes roll up in his head and he falls to the ground unconscious. Orc #7 makes a morale check with his armor searing him and rolls a 6 succeeding. He attacks Tiburon attempting to overbear him and burn him with his own armor. He rolls a 7 and Tiburon easily steps aside. Orc #7 takes 6 points from his searing armor and falls unconscious into the stream where a huge "Hsssssssssss" and a burst of steam hit the are where his armor touches the cold water. Orc #8 casts and fires a Lightning Bolt at Tiburon. Tiburon saves with a 16 and takes 9 points of damage. His body is driven back with the bolt like a rag doll landing awkwardly. He doesn't move. Orc #8 yells to The Three, "And now you die!"
Jus
Seeing the spells go off, Jus takes a quick look around the battlefield. His eyes go wide for a moment, then he recovers and quickly sends the bear to kill the orcs on the other side of the web. "Nonam!", Jus yells as he takes a bead on an Orc, "Tend our fallen, NOW!". Jus then takes two shots at Orc#2 and hits once solidly (19/2) for 5 points of damage.
Bear
The bear goes after Orc#8, barely missing the Web due to Jus' haste in his instructions (gave 50/50 chance and rolled out). The bear totally misses the Orc, stumbling over itself at the last moment (rolled claw 4/claw 1/no roll).
Tiburon
Tiburon lies unmoving on the bank of the stream.
Flaust
Flaust flings her combat net at Orc #1 (THAC0 14, rolled an 11, and hits {armor being ignored}), pinning him to the ground. She attempts to make her way to Kat.
Gareth
Gareth lays unconscious dreaming that he is dead and trying to explain to Gargul, God of the Dead that he's not done yet. The God just laughs at him.....echoing laughter....echoing...
Onrad
Onrad screams out in frustration, "Someone light this sucker! I'll kill 'em blind! I"ll kill them all. Come on you spawn of evil! Set me on fire!!!!"
Kat
Kat lays unconscious undreaming.
Tiburon
Tiburon's chest slowly rises and falls as he sees visions of the paradise that Domi ensures for all his faithful.
Nonam
Nonam says in a calm dangerous voice, "Now you've made me mad." Nonam then casts a lightning bolt which hits #6 & #8 for 28 points of damage each (save for 1/2). After the spell, Nonam uses the rest of his movement to get near orc #2.
DM
Friday July 17th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
(Final results of The Three's actions in Round 9) Orcs #6 and #8 both save vs. the Lightning Bolt rolling a 16 and 17 respectively. They take 14 points of damage each. The bear rolled even and so was hit by the powerful bolt and fails his save rolling an ll. It takes the full 28 points of damage.DM
(The Three get first initiative for Round 10.) Onrad is freed from the webs as they go up in flames from the fireball cast by Orc #2. Kat, Tiburon, Orc #5, and Orc #7 all remain down. Gareth comes to consciousness and fights the cobwebs from his head. Onrad takes 1 point of damage from the flames. Jus takes 3 points of damage from the flames. Orc #6 takes 5 points of damage from the flames and falls fried to a crisp lightly to the burning and writhing grasses. Orc #8 takes 4 points of damage from the flames.
Flaust
Flaust runs over and casts cure light wounds on Kat for 6 points of healing.
Nonam
Nonam advances on orc #2. Once near him he casts 'burning hands.' Flames shoot forth from Nonam's fingers and engulf the orc in flames for 13 points of damage. The orc screams in agony as he attempts to save for half.
Gareth
Gareth reengages Orc #3 and hits him (14) across the chest with a great arc of his sword as he smiles and says "Miss me?!" (15 dmg)
Jus
Jus drops his bow and runs over to Orc #1, attempting to engage it while Flaust takes care of our fallen companions. Pulling out his swords, he swings and misses (2h/6h).
Bear
The bear attacks Orc#8 striking with both paws (16h/19h/7h - 5d/4d). He then picks up the Orc in a much too-tight embrace inflicting an additional 6 points of damage.
Onrad
Onrad screams out in rage, "I'm still here!!! Come on you ugly Orcs! Come kill a blind guy!!"
Tiburon
Tiburon continues dreaming of Godsland and the glorious wars he will fight there with Domi.
DM
Saturday July 18th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
(Results of The Three's actions in Round 10) Kat rises wearily to her feet with Flaust's help. Orc #2 saves against Nonam's Burning Hands spell, but falls to the ground anyway the combination of damage taken being too much for him. Orc mumbles something in Orcish that sounds like, "I hate bears," and collapses in the bears arms unconscious.DM
(Round 10 Second Initiative: The Bloody Claws) Orc #1 is trapped in the net. Orc #3 attacks Gareth rolling an 18 and doing 5 points of damage. Orc #4 moves as the spell on him wears off toward Jus. He attacks Jus missing him. Orc #6 screams out, "Emergency plan two!" and runs for downed Orc #5. When he arrives there he takes a small satchel and then runs a bit further to the north. Orc #3 breaks immediately from Gareth who rolls odd and takes his attack on the fleeing Orc hitting him with a 15 for 16 points of damage felling the orc into two pieces. Orc #4 breaks from Jus who rolls even and does not get a break attack. Orc #4 runs a short distance before his movement ends. Orc #1 looks at his departing friends and with a mighty effort, he rolls a 15, cuts his own throat.
DM
(The Three get first initiative for Round 11) Everyone on the East side of the creek takes 3 points of damage from the flames.
Jus
Jus casts Phantasmal Force. He creates the illusion of four dark skinned elven bowmen lying in the grass just outside of mid-range bowshot, spread about 10 feet apart in Orc #6's path. They rise when the Orc enters mid-range and each fire two black arrows at him. Jus has the elves drop back into the grasses as the arrows go flying unerringly to the Orc. Jus hopes the Orc doesn't notice the elves dissappear as he concentrates on making the arrows strike their target (this due to area-of-effect).
Bear
Without any commands to the contrary, the Bear continues mauling Orc #8 (auto hit, damage 1/6/4/6).
Flaust
Flaust runs over to Tiburon and binds his wounds. Fearing a wide area negative effect (WANE) spell, Flaust prepares to cast her carcass (Casting Time: 1 seg., Duration: 1 round, Components: S, M) over Tiburon to protect him from damage.
Gareth
Gareth races to engage Orc #4 and #6 and attacks #4 hitting him (12) with a swift down stroke (16 dmg) yelling "Stop them!"
Nonam
Nonam cast magic missle. Three bolts streak in a soundless fury at Orc #6. They strike him for a total of 14 points of damage.
Onrad
"Come on you ugly brutes! Bring it on! Your mother loved elves! Can't you even get up the courage to fight a blind guy! I'll even put down one of my swords! Sissies! You mother was an elf!...uh, no offense Jus."
Kat
Kat looking around at all the devastation and then looking down at herself, collapses upon the ground in a depressed and weary state. "Oh, dear Kat. What have you done? Those burns may not come out with a simple polymorph spell and a healing potion. Girl, what have you done?....sigh" Then she notices Tiburon. "Tib? Hey everyone! Tib is down. She races toward him pulling half-burnt bandages from her backpack and binding his wounds. Then she begins to push on his chest trying to get his lungs to work. Breathe! Come on Tib! Breathe! If you don't open your eyes, you can't see how ugly I've become. Come on man! Breathe! Pantheon please save him, please!" Tears burst from her eyes landing on his parched lips as Kat totally dedicates her final bits of energy towards one goal, Tiburon breathing.
DM
Sunday July 19th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
(Round 11 Second Initiative: The Bloody Claws) Flaust begins binding Tiburon, and quickly sees that she may be too late to save him. Luckily, Kat arrives to help. As the two of them tend all his wounds, maybe with the help of Kat's prayer, Tib's pulse slowly steadies. Orc #6 easily avoids any damage from Jus' illusion, but succumbs to Nonam's spell in a quick and fiery death. Orc #4 pauses by his fallen comrade just long enough to pick up the satchel. This gives Gareth the opportunity he needed to close with him and strike. The Orc grimaces with pain from the deep slash across his back, then gains control of himself; a look of grim determination coming over his face. He begins running again. Gareth swings at the Orc as it breaks away, but is unable to score another hit. The Orc is going as fast as it can, but most of the party judges they could overtake him within a few rounds.DM
(Round 11 First Initiative: The Bloody Claws) The Orc slows his running and struggles with the satchel for a moment. Suddenly, everyone hears a loud crack like a nearby lightning strike, but nothing is seen. The Orc continues running.
DM
(Round 12: Second Initiative Begins - The Three) Tiburon breaths.
Flaust
Flaust says to Kat, "Help me move Tiburon over to those trees over there..."
Nonam
Nonam takes a quick glance at Tiburon but decides that the fleeing orc should be his primary concern. Thinking quickly he decides that he only has one chance. He reaches down and picks up what he assumes is a wand of fireballs from the fallen orc. Then he tries to remember what the command word was (he makes a perception check by 14 - rolled a 4). Hoping he remembered correctly, he points the wand at #4 and mutters a word under his breath.
Gareth
Gareth gives chase and closes when the orc stops and messes with the satchel and hits him again (18) with a cross stroke (13 dmg)
Flaust
Flaust winces when she sees what Nonam is doing.
Jus
Jus drops his pack and begins sprinting towards the Orc.
Bear
The bear munches contentedly.
Onrad
"Come on you chickens!" ::pant, pant:: "I know you're out there! Come on and fight me! I..." ::pant:: "Dare ya!"
Kat
Kat assists Flaust with Tiburon shedding silent tears at all the violence and it's repercussions.
Tiburon
Tiburon's visions of the eternal peace he would have with Domi begin to fade as one of the minions looks at his clip-board and says," You're name isn't on MY board... go back to where youbelong. It's not your time yet."
DM
Monday July 20th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
(Results of The Three's actions in Round 12) Flaust and Kat pull Tiburon to the relative safety of the burnt and gutted trees. Tib's breath is ragged, but he still lives. Nonam leans down to pick up the wand and quickly drops it. The wand is MUCH hotter than it should be, even considering the grass fire that swept through. Nonam then notices that the tip of the wand is still smoking. He reconsiders his actions, especially when he can't quite recall the control word the orc used (he does remember the orc mumbling something unintelligible). Gareth realizes that the Orc is 120' away, too far to catch up and attack. He runs full tilt ahead arriving beside the orc with his blade at the ready. Jus is about 60' behind Gareth.DM
(Round 13: First Initiative - The Three)
Flaust
Flaust says to Kat, "We've got to see if any of the fallen orcs are still alive." She then quickly looks to see if any orcs can be tended to -- providing First Aid, if possible.
Tiburon
Tiburon breathes.
Gareth
Gareth with grim determination delivers two crippling blows to the orc with his sword (12,11) severely imparing his ability to do anything (12, 16 = 28 dmg)
Nonam
Nonam hopes that Jus and Gareth can take care of the orc as it's too far away for him to do anything about now. Then he frowns at the wand but moves away from it just the same. Then he begins to seach the orc bodies for spell books, scrolls, and other magic items. While doing so he says, "Hey Tiburon, maybe you should drink one of your healing potions, or wait til we teleport back and maybe they'll heal you up for free. Course, maybe it wouldn't look good for a priest of Domi to look so beat up, or would it?"
Kat
Kat Kisses Tiburon fircely, wispering under her breath, "Thank Pantheon and Domi you are strong!" then seein that the Orc with the pouch is too far awway for her to catch she looks around for a Orc that is alive. If she finds one she will bind their hands and feet and then cast cure light on them for 5 pts of healing.
Tiburon
Tiburon continues to breath in his unconcious , un-healed state.
Jus
Jus runs the remaining 60' to catch up to Gareth and the orc. He attacks with both his swords, scoring a solid hit with his short sword (3h/16h - 6d).
DM
Tuesday July 21st, 1998 10:59:59 AM
(Results of The Three's actions in Round 13) Gareth's first stroke catches the Orc in the shoulder, damaging him badly. Jus' short sword adds his mark to he tattered remnants of the Orc's back. The orc, though severely wounded, does not turn to fight. Flaust and Kat start to check all but the Orc Gareth and Jus are chasing. They quickly surmise that the one that lay in two pieces by the stream is beyond help. The one the bear is chewing on is not much better. No orcs have survived. Nonam begins collecting anything he may deem magical and of interest from the Bloody Claws. He looks up after calling to Tiburon and sees him lying, unmoving and by himself, just inside the copse of trees.DM
(Round 13: Second Initiative - The Bloody Claws) The orc makes one more attempt at running away. He digs in his heals and puts as much speed as he can in his step. If he can just get away this time, he knows he will make it! Gareth has other ideas. As the orc attempts to breakaway, Gareth's second stroke catches him in his side (rolled odd, Gareth gets break attack; second attack rolls noted in Gareth's turn are used). The orc turns to curse Gareth before he dies, but only has the time to look into his eyes. The last orc falls dead. ------------------------- DM Welcome to the Adventurers of The Three. To read what has gone before, please visit the library. The valiant and very wounded party has taken the first step to foil the plans of the Dark Lord by stealing the last minute plans intended for his army which prepares to attack the frontier towns of New Elenna. The Three now race home to have some substitute plans made which they will deliver taking on the form of the Orc band, the Bloody Claws, that they just defeated. Hopefully these false plans once delivered to the Dark Lord's army will set them up for defeat by the much smaller New Elennian forces.
Flaust
"Guys, I heard something beyond the hill that sounded like an explosion..." She goes back over to check on Tiburon.
Onrad
"Hey! Everything's gone quiet! What's happened! Did someone cast a silence spell on me? No I can hear myself. Hmm....may be some still sneaking around." Onrad lowers himself to the ground and begins striking out in a random direction.
Gareth
Gareth picks up the dead orc and his satchel and takes him back to the battle scene. "We must take the bodies back with us. We don't want anyone or anything to get the idea they are missing. I think in our current state we better get back to headquarters and maybe from there we can figure our what's going on over the hill." And with that he piles up the bodies except the one the bear has. He says "Jus, would you mind calling off your bear so we can get what's left of the orc?"
Kat
Kat tosses the ring of mass telaportation to Flaust and tells her to begin passing it around. She then casts the 5 pts of healing on Tiburon. Kissing him again to make sure he is OK now.
Jus
"Oh yeah, the bear. I forgot." Jus calls the bear back to the bag. The bear suddenly disappears. "Cool!" "I guess we had better get the orcs back as soon as possible for their post-mortum interrogation. We can go through their belongings when we get back." Jus walks over to where the bear was... recycling... the orc. "Ugh, I hope there is a finger left somewhere around here. Do you suppose we have to put the ring on ever piece?" "Oh, Flaust, I think that explosion came from that satchel," Jus says, pointing to Gareth. "I just hope he didn't do anything severe to the orders!"
Tiburon
Tiburon sits up, puts a hand to his head and says , " Who turned on the real bright light ?" He looks around, sees the look of concern on the nearby Kat's face and says with a smile, " Thanks Kat, I didn't know you cared so much ."
Onrad
Onrad, hearing the party discuss things, figures out, no help to anyone else (grrrrr), that the combat is over. He lays his charred and wounded body down in the charred and wounded field, leans on one elbow and waits for the 'seeing folk' to finish 'seeing' about how the OPPONENTS fared. Onrad rapidly grows extremely frustrated with his condition. He HATES being handicapped. The frustration shows in his face as his anger grows to a boiling point.
Jus
Jus takes another look around to see if anything else needs taken care of before they go. "Kat, why don't you start passing the ring around; you still have it, right? I still think we need to hurry; I don't know for sure, but I bet the minds of these orcs have to be read soon after their death." Seeing Nonam searching the orcs, Jus asks, "Find anything worth keeping, Nonam? I sure hope this was worth it!" Jus sees Onrad and goes over to him. "Boy am I glad to see you alive! I mean, sorry to see, err... I mean, its too bad that your sight hasn't returned yet. I'm sure it will pass soon. For a moment there, I thought that orc was going to skewer you. Quick thinking to push him into the web!"
Tiburon
Tiburon says , as he slowly stands," Is everyone else O.K.? What happened after I fell ? Has someone 'seen ' to Onrad ? "
Nonam
Nonam looks intently at Onrad for a moment and says, "Guys if Onrad's sight has not yet returned then it means that the orc who cast the spell is probably still alive. It is generally the nature of spells that their effects dissipate after the caster dies. This spell may not work that way, but I believe there is a good chance that this is the case. It seems to me that it was the seventh orc who cast the spell, so let's check on him again." Nonam walks over to Orc #7 and checks for signs of life once more. He also checks to see if the orc possibly possessed an item which permitted him to cast the spell.
Gareth
"No time to talk about whatifs right now, if he's alive fine but it makes no difference right now. We must complete this phase of the mission now! We can let headquarters clean up the mess when we get there. I have a bad feeling we will be seen. We must hurry. Everybody ready?" And with that he motions for the ring as he stands next to the bodies.
Nonam
"Gareth, if one single orc is still alive and we leave him here, then we have failed our mission. I think that we can spare a minute to ensure our success." With that Nonam continues his investigation.
DM
Wednesday July 22nd, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Nonam examines the unmoving body of Orc #7 and finds that he is indeed not breathing. He turns him over and sees a glowing band on his third finger that seems to be pulsing energy into the dead Orc. As the ring pulses, the wounds on the Orc heal. The ring has a skull on it. The red eyes on the skull seem to have a live of their own and blink once looking at Nonam calmly.Onrad
Thanks guys. I'm ok. I've just had my pride wounded. I....hate.....being like this. Jus, promise me something. If I ever become an invalid, helpless beyond repair,...promise you'll do me. Kill me." Onrad takes a death grip on Jus' arm. "Promise me!" Tears stream down his face as he struggles with his pride. He turns and covers his face.
Gareth
"What do you mean not take them back. We're taking ALL of them back right now. They may still be of use and even if they're not we must not leave them to be found. That would be bad - especially if the orc hoard found out before we got there!". With that, Gareth finishes piling the bodies with the party and says "How do we need to put them so we take them back with us?".
Gareth
"Bind that orc with the ring (Orc #7). Flaust pass me the ring when you're ready ad Onrad - I promise you I will help you anyway I can to regain whatever you may lose in our adventures together. I already thought that was part of our vow anyway."
Jus
"If I recall, we're to put the ring onto the dead orcs' fingers to pull them back with us. Since clothes and possessions go with us, I suppose we could put all the orc pieces together to send them back together." Jus goes over to Onrad. "Onrad, I swear I will do you honor if it ever comes to that. Its as close to your wish as I can get."
Jus
Jus takes his turn with the ring, slips it on a finger of each orc, then passes it onward.
Gareth
Gareth puts the ring on and passes it on.
Tiburon
Tiburon waits for his turn and places the ring on his finger. " Hey guys, why don't we take that glowing ring off of the finger of the Orc."
Onrad
Guys, yaknow how I sometimes know things and you never believe me when I do? Well I know from the mage that taught my brothers and I when we were young that rings like that only work on the living. We'll have to carry the dead to teleport them. Honest. It does no good to slip a finger on something that has no life force.
Gareth
Gareth picks up 4 of the bodies and puts them on his back. "Everyone, grap a body. We must not leave them here. If someone needs help maybe you guys can throw another one or two on top. I doubt I can bend down to pick up more."
DM
Thursday July 23rd, 1998 10:59:59 AM
After everyone has puton the ring, The Three simply find themselves back in the conference room at General Livermore's Headquarters in Floating City. A clerk, half asleep, immediately comes to attention--and consciousness, and goes running into the next room. "Hey everyone, they're back! Get the medics! Get the General! Get some food! Get....get everything! Immediately the party is "assaulted" by friendly help as Priests heal everyone back to full hitpoints, the General and his staff debrief, the code breakers begin to examine the satchel, etc. A prominent Brother of Domi, named Jandar is brought in to cure Onrad of his blindness. The last thing some of you remember is a Nap Spell being cast on the casters to rejuvinate their spells. By the end of the hour, one thing is certain, all the Orcs are dead, their souls did not go to Gargul, God of the Dead, due to the fact that none of them were reachable with the Speak With Dead spell. Orc #7 was regenerating till the eyes on the ring saw where it was. Acting like an intelligience, the ring began to work in reverse causing Orc #7 to become a pile of dust in the corner before anyone could remove the ring. Time passes. The casters awaken. The only noise is the soft conversation of the mages and generals as they examine the satchel afraid to break the seal.Flaust
Flaust spends time in prayer.
Jus
"We'd better go through the orcs' possessions, too; see if there is anything we could use." Jus proceeds to help anyone prepare for the next stage, however he can. Jus grabs one of the people helping, "Does Roscoe have any new info we could use?"
Gareth
"I think we should give Roscoe the information we have. Can you guys tell us what that loud crack of lightning(?) was when the orc opened the satchel? I hope it was not a signal to the enemy. And why didn't you guys tell us that orcs could cast spells? These guys were tough. The first one I fought was almost my equal in sword handling and they had spells and weapons we didn't! And then they had 2 emergency plans! I thought orcs were dumb ugly animal type creatures? Guess I was wrong ... and that ring! What's going on here? Somethings not right."
Nonam
Nonam memorizes spells and waits for someone to tell him what's going to happen next.
Tiburon
Tiburon chuckles when Gareth finishes and says," Hey Gareth, Orcs probably think the same thing about us." Tiburon then sits in prayer to rememorize his spells.
Jus
Hoping someone identifies the orcs' belongings while he is busy, Jus goes and memorizes his spells.
Kat
In shock Kat slumps into a corner. She refuses to let the priests wash the gore off her as she finally rises, checks and doubble checks the party making sure everyone is ok. As she fusses over everyone, she begins mumbling about the unpredictability of powerful mages and spell casting orcs, and her own stupidity on the battle field. When she hears Tiburon's question she answers: "Orcs are genrally stupid however when they are touched by a master wizard lord they do tend to gain some smarts and some unexpected powers." i hope now everyone will understand what I was saying before we left about me being scared. I know something of the Dark Lord and we SHOULD NOT BE PLAYING IN HIS GARDEN!!!!" she screams as she colappses in the corner weeping.
Gareth
Gareth checks out the orcs for items and gets a complete list if they have already been searched from the crew. He looks especially at the sword, sheild and armor of Orc #3. "I think we need to make our things look like theirs. These guys were probably well known by the hoard leaders." When the General, Valdor, or Roscoe become available he asks "What's next? Let's review the plan now that you know more... or do you?"
Nonam
"We're not playing in his garden, we're pruning it." Then Nonam says, "I don't think we should have any conversations in front of that ring." Then he puts on some gloves and carefully takes the ring that orc #7 was wearing, and he drops it in a sack which he produced from his backpack for the purpose. Then he finds an errand boy, gives him the sack, and says, "put this somewhere safe for me until our mission is finished."
General Livermore
The General speaks stating the facts as he knows them. "We found the following things on the orcs. Orc #1 had damaged chainmail and a good shield. He carried a blood red sword, nicked with the same strange set of red eyes on it as was on Orc #7's ring. These eyes have not opened. He had 3 days rations, two daggers, and a long bow with 20 arrows. The quiver has a poison well in the bottom. Orc #2 had the same basic items as #1. He had a brooch with the strange eyes, open and blinking. Orcs #3 and #4 had the same item as well. Their set of eyes are on the inside of their shield. Orcs #5 and #6 carry Rings of Protection AC5. Each had a traveling spellbook with a set of glowing red eyes on them. Orc #5 has a set of blood red dice. Orc #6 has a blood red potion. Orc #7 and 8 were equipped with chainmail and shield. Both carried footman's flails as well as slings. They both carry holy symbols of the red eyes configuration. Both of these eyes were blinking and seeming to observe all around them. Orc #7 had a smoking wand. Orc #8 had a nonsmoking one. It is on the table for you to peruse. We feel it can be identified. We know nothing new except for the obvious. It seems likely that the Dark Lord now knows of at least some of our plans. Also, we only have until the middle of the night to affect the actions of an army that is over 5 times bigger than ours! I have cancelled the Black Blades part in the protection of Edenmoor leaving that to the Red Tigers. The Black Blades now move to try and intercept any second delivery group that The Dark Lord might send. They are without magical disguise and it remains to be seen if they can accomplish this. Our spies near their army encampment, report that there is no undue activity. No special envoys have arrived and the general's tent, which they have now identified remains calm."
DM
Friday July 24th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
On Nonam's orders, all the items with the eyes on them are removed.General Livermore
"I hereby order this office to be vacated and headquarters moved to a new location within the hour. Oh, ahem, I have a message here from the High Lord Mayor that Valdor, Roscoe, and several others of the Gold Dragons had gone to attempt a mission against the Dark Lord."
Messenger Boy
"Once the items were stored away in a safe, the eyes that were open closed. A mage checked and none of them now Detect Magic."
Flaust
Flaust, finished with her preparations, readies herself to be transferred to the next mission location.
Tiburon
Tiburon completes his prayers and prepares himself for the next phase.
Onrad
Onrad still pretty shook up from the previous venture, begins to pace getting himself ready for the action to come. After about five minutes of this he calmly turns to the group and says, "I'm ready. Let's do this thing."
Gareth
"I think you should get you casters to make our stuff look exactly like theirs now that we have the EXACT items. Any luck on forging the orders or breaking the seal on that satchel? I beleive we are ready for the next segment."
DM
Saturday July 25th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
KABLAM!! A thunderclap comes from the planning room. Two figures come into the room both of them with hair standing straight on end, smoking from head to foot and covered with ash.Fireball
"Cough, ahem. Very unusual. I've never run across that variety of explosion before. I'll have to study this. Yes, Yes....definitely have to study this."
Kumal Faast
"We got it open. Now it's up to you guys." He bows, turns to leave, and with his back turn says, "Good Luck." Then he leaves pulling the mage with him.
Fireball
"Hold your breakfast, Kumal. I have one more thing to do. I....hereby declare that..." He then says some words that no one understands, waves his hand and blows some soot from his shirt on everyone. "Good day!" He takes Kumal's arm and follows him out. "My breakfast was fine! Burnt toast, burnt eggs, burnt bacon....."
DM
The party now looks exactly like Orcs 1-7 of the Bloody Claws. Equipment, weapons, glowing eyes and all.
Jus
Jus asks the General, "General Livermore, would you be able to spare someone to identify the wand. We have already memorized our spells for tonight, but that wand may be useful." Jus asks Nonam, "I know that normal Ring of Protections don't work together, but do you think this AC5 would work with my +1?"
Kat
Kat sits sill in her corner silently crying, waiting till she and all her new friends can rush off to die.
Nonam
Nonam's hair turns pink as he stares at the door Fireball exited, "Do any of you realize who that was? I'm impressed." His hair quickly turns back to its normal black and he says, "You're reading my mind Jus. I was wondering if a ring of protection AC5 would work with Bracers of Defense. It's an odd rating for a ring. They are, as I'm sure you are aware, generally rated on the plus-minus system. While bracers are generally measured on the AC system. My guess would be that this ring doesn't provide the protection against magic that a normal protection ring would and only offers protection from a physical attack. My guess would be that this ring will work with your other ring and that it will not work with my Bracers AC6, but even if they don't work together the ring is more powerful than my bracers... hmmm seems I'm rambling so onto the point which you may as well learn this from me as anyone. The only way to discover the truth of a hypothesis is through experimentation." Then Nonam looks down at one of the rings to make certain that it has no eyes on it, and then he puts it on. "Well we'll find out soon enough..." Then Nonam gets a bemused look, and, as his hair turns blue, he says, "Kat, don't you worry honey, I shall protect thee from the evil of the night with my undying love for you."
Gareth
"General. What is the next phase? How do we begin?"
Jus
Jus begins to put the second ring on and hesitates. He looks over to Kat for a moment then walks over and crouches down beside her. "Kat," Jus whispers, "we'll do this as a team. We'll make it." "And we need you to dance upon the rubble!", Jus chuckles, "And to help keep Gareth, Onrad, and Tib in line." He takes Kat's hand, holding the ring it in front of her left ring finger, "Would you take this ring." He winks at her then laughes, trying to pull her to her feet. "Well, you're welcome to it if you want. You or Flaust; it won't help me any."
General Livermore
Sunday July 26th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Turning to Gareth, General Livermore begins, "Next is the delivery of the plans. Our experts are analyzing the originals as we speak. We will make modifications to the replacements as necessary. Expect to be teleported to the outskirts of enemy encampment within the hour, two at the most. You will have to traverse the approximately two miles to the main sentries. What you do at that point onward is for you to decide. Roscoe informed me... excuse me."DM
The general gets the attention of one of messengers -- always at hand. He whispers, sending the woman out.
General Livermore
"As I was saying, Roscoe informed me you had already discussed your infiltration and escape plans. Use the time you have to review and refine. If any further information is obtained from the orcs' interrogation (such as it is) you will be informed. Suffice it to say, the Bloody Claws were very dedicated and focused on getting the plans to the Dark Lord's General. Beyond that, nothing helpful has yet been found. I am willing to spend the time needed for you to succeed. But time is short, and I have other pressing duties. If you have nothing further..."
DM
The General hesitates before leaving, waiting to see if there are any more questions.
Tiburon
Tiburon sits bsck and quitely prays to Domi for the sucess of their mission and the safe return of all of them.
Flaust
Flaust says to the group, "Once we arrive and locate a sentry, give me a moment to cast a spell that, Alemi willing, should allow us to penetrate the camp more easily. We do not have to have the sentry see us, I just have to be nearby. The spell will give us information on the customs of the camp, so that we may blend in more easily."
Onrad
"Flaust, if there is a possibility of the sentry resisting the spell and thus becoming aware that something dangerous to him is up, I'm against it. Although I'm sure it's a well thought out spell, we must act as the orcs we intend to be. Acting is the key! Not spells. Spells and action we save in case the acting fails."
Jus
"I've memorized a spell that will assist up to 4 people in forgetting the last few minutes. If we slip up, let me know and I'll cast it. Only got one shot, so make sure we need it..."
Nonam
"I've memorized the same spell, Jus. Now it seems to me that we should behave like messengers. That would mean walking right up to the camp and calling out to the sentry that we have a message for the general. Then we show the seal, and he takes us right to the general's tent. We give it to him and leave. If the sentry causes us trouble, then Jus or I cast 'forget' on him, and he forgets the whole little conversation, and then we slip past him. Or another thing that might be handy is if we don't know the password the sentry wants, then we get him to tell us after we've blown it. You know something like, 'well now that we're dead anyway, what was the password?' Then we cast 'forget' on him, and when it takes effect, we say, 'We have a message for the general. The password is blablabla.' Well what do you guys think?"
Gareth
"A couple of things General. As Jus mentioned, there appears to be a password. One of the Orcs asked for it during our combat. If you can get your people to focus on getting it, we would probably have a better chance to succeed. Also, their names would be helpful as well. Another issue is that we have seven in our party, they had 8. Perhaps it would be better to bring another person along to complete the disguise. We need to review what each orc did and make sure we not only look like them, but act like them as well. Other than that, I like Jus's plan. After we get the plans delivered, we can try to leave, or if not possible get some place after the hoard begins to move and make our escape then. What would you recommend, general, if we are ordered to stay? It would seem better to stay although that is extremely dangerous."
Tiburon
"... My Lord Domi, amen, " finishes Tiburon. He stands and says, " Domi has granted me the use of spells to aid us. I will let you know what they are so if there is a time someone thinks we need them they can ask for them. I have two Commands, Entangles, Heat Metals,Hold Persons, and Random Causatilies. I have one Silence 15' radius and one Darkness. Let's hope we don't need to use any of them."
General Livermore
"We will attempt to extract the password. Let one of these messengers know which orc asked. If you are ordered to stay, use your judgement. You have the teleport ring and may use it to leave at your discretion."
Jus
"I agree with Nonam's plans on getting the password. Even if we get the orcs' password, it might not be the same one to get us in the camp. We still need to think of an alternative plan if our spells don't work."
DM
Monday July 27th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Nonam's attention is pulled from the conversations to the ring he just put on. It seems to be getting painfully tight! He then notices an angry whispering in his mind, "Hates it!!!!"Nonam
Nonam's hair turns white as he calmly says, "There is always one drawback to experimentation and that's when you make a mistake... General, if I can't get this off, will you call someone who can?" Then he attempts to take the ring from his finger and hurl it across the room.
DM
The ring constricts even tighter onto Nonam's finger, while the voice raises in volume, "No! it... IT!".
Tiburon
Tiburon says," Quick General, have someone cast a Dispel Magic on that ring !"
Flaust
Preparing for the emergence of a nine-fingered Nonam, Flaust hurriedly walks over to render aid.
Gareth
"If brute force will help let me know. I could try to tear the ring or cutit with a daggar or sword."
Kat
Kat stands, power crackling from her fingers. " Nonam, DON'T call me honey!. Jus thank you for the ring but I can't wear such an evil abomination, my God would not allow it. I like the thought of using the telaport ring for escape. Sir Roscoe has used one of these before, ask him, can everyone put it on but me and how long can I wait before I complet the circuit and get us all home? Kat then sees Noman in pain, she pulls her skull from her pack and casts dispell magic on the ring staight from her book."
Onrad
Onrad stands ready to assist Nonam if he needs it. He grimaces as he relates to the pain Nonam is experiencing.
Nonam
Hoping Kat's spell works, but not willing to waste any time, Nonam snaps the wrist of his free hand and a dagger falls into his grasp. "If anyone cuts off my finger, it's going to be me. Of course my preference would be to use magaaggh." He grimaces as the ring tightens more.
DM
Tuesday July 28th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Believe it or not, Kat rolls a 19 on her Dispel Magic roll and succeeds against the ring. "No..uh...auuugh! That hurts!" it broadcasts into Nonam's mind as it loosens against its will and comes off. Thankfully, Kat was intelligent enough to cast the spell on the object rather than just casting it in general preventing harm to the other magical effects in the room.General Livermore
The General turns to receive a note. "Gentlemen and ladies. One of our scouts watching the movements of the Dark Lord's Northern Army has been instructed to obtain the password. Our Speak With Dead spells are proving uneffective. He is to use his final invisibity potion to infiltrate near the entrance and attempt to overhear the sign and countersign. If successful, he will report back or pass the message on to you upon your arrival.
Kat
As the spell is cast from out of the skull Kat smiles knowing that she has been sucessfull. "I couldn't let you ruin that beautiful hand, now if you all will excuse me I have angered someone and they wish to talk . . ." A loud screem is heard from within the skull, lighting crackles in the eye scockets and rushes out strikeing Kat square in the chest. Kat flys across the room hiting the far wall with a thud and cloapsing in a heap.
Flaust
Looking at Kat, Flaust gets a weird, far-off, look in her eye and mutters. "Bad drugs, dude."
Tiburon
Tiburon quickly moves over to Kat and checks her for any serious injuries. When he finds none he sets out to revive her. " Kat...( patting her... uh.. hand) ..Kat .. are you OK ?" says a concerned Tiburon.
Gareth
"What kind of friends do you have that would do such a thing! General, we will be ready as soon as you direct us to leave."
Jus
While he still has it on his mind, Jus turns to the General, "General, about these wands... Would you please have someone identify them? And yes, please get the control words for both of them; the fireball wand may be useful in extreme circumstances." Jus asks Nonam, "What happened? What caused the ring to tighten? And what was that skull all about, Kat?"
Nonam
"Jus, the ring was probably attuned to evil cretures. Anything which honors goodness would probably have met with the same reaction. From things I have read it could have been much worse. As for the skull, I'm not completely certain as I never studied much witchcraft, but I believe that is how she communicates with her spell-giver, Pantheon... Kat, I appreciate your noble deeds, but in the future never cast a spell directly from your spellbook on my account, and never let me be the one to upset your relationship with your spell-giver... especially when there are so many of the general's priests around that could reattach a finger.
Flaust
Contemplating the thought of the General's staff giving Nonam the finger, Flaust grimaces (not a pretty sight).
Gareth
Gareth helps Kat to her feet - being as gentle as possible.
Tiburon
" Oh sure," Tiburon says under his breath," Gareth always butts in when someone else is helping Kat ". Tiburon steps back watching Kat to see that she's alright.
Gareth
"Sorry Tiberion, just a reaction I guess. With freinds like she apparently has she'll need us both."
Nikar
A regal looking female dressed in a red cloak and robe barges in the room and says, "General, I have your stupid items Identified. I expect payment to my account asap. Whose the mage here?" Some point to Kat and some to Nonam. She ignores Nonam and says to Kat, "The smoking one is a Wand of Fireballs. I think it's had it. Twill take alot of cash and patience to fix it. However, it should be good for one HUGE explosion as it goes out should someone ever get that desperate. The other one is a Wand of Dispel Magic. It has some method of recharging that I haven't the time to figure out. It can tell you by osmosis when it's charged or not. My guess is that it takes a 24 hour period to recharge. It didn't charge in my lab either. But began to do so just as soon as we left. There. Uh, good luck." She turns. "General." She leaves.
Kat
Kat drifts in and out od awareness for awhile before finally coming around to Tiburon and Gareth tring to help. She regains her feet smiling at the two boys and gives each a kiss on the cheek. Looking to Nonam she says "Noman what you have just seen is the skull of my great, grand mother, she grants me my spells just as your book grants you yours. However just as casting a spell out of your book has a price so does my grandmothers spirit ask me for something." Turning to Tiburon she says " Lets not experement with strange objects to offten, OK? " She then sits with the help of the two men. When Nikar enters she pays attention and marks the wands with string.
Onrad
"She uses a skull to keep her spells in??? She..She..." Onrad begins to bang his head into the wall. Hard. Muttering something like "grrrrrahhhhhhhAaaauuurrrrghBrrrreeagggghhhhhNoooowowwwwwayyyy!spewwwwweaaaaaarrrrghhhhh!" He turns around several times, tips over once like he's gonna faint, then marches out into the kitchen and slams the door.
Tiburon
Tiburon blushes and looks down at the toe he's rubbing on the floor, " Uh.. Ok, Kat... ummm... as long as you're alright now .. uhh, maybe you're right about not experimenting with the unknown." Tib looks up with a grin as Onrad starts to leave, " Say Onrad, at least the spells stay in the family ."
Gareth
General, I think we are ready now. Is there a possibilty of an eighth joining us? It would be obe less thing to explain away when we get there."
Jus
"Unless anyone disagrees, I say let's consider these few items party treasure until we have more to split up. And unless Gareth wants to carry the wand of fireballs," Jus looks at Gareth, almost hoping he does, "I'll keep it in my belt for this outing -- and hopefully never use it."
Nonam
"Considering recent events, I think Kat should carry the wand of dispell magic... and Kat, my spells aren't granted by anything save my own desire to learn them." Nonam then sits down to wait for the password, and as he rests, his hair returns to it's normal black color.
Kat
Kat leans back against Tiburon and Gareth support. "Onrad, it is the skull of my dead great grandmother. Every spell she ever knew is imprinted within it's magic. This is the way my people honor their ansestors. You may continue to insult that belief at your own peril. Nonam the way we use magic is the same only the tools are diffrant. NOW if we could please stop squabaling about this and get down to bussiness!"
Flaust
"Please, everyone...if the Black Blades can cooperate with the Red Tigers during this whole mess, we can too. Let's get to cracking before we lose the advantage that we've gained so far. Do you want me to go ahead and try to use that spell I mentioned earlier (giving us the camp customs) and one of you use Forget afterwards...or should I 'forget' the spell?"
Gareth
"Sounds great Flaust. How do you propose we begin. I think we should transport some place a few miles from camp. We need to travel a bit so we look like we have not just stepped out of an inn or something. Then we can hear your idea for the spell, maybe in the mean time this 'agent' will get us the password, and then we can proceed. We can use the spells to make those guys forget (I'm assuming you can do it) and then deliver the orders. Once we have done that we better see what this guy says and then slip out at the most opportune time. Something like that - any ideas?
Kat
Kat asks" Did anyone find out if you can all put the mass teloport ring on now and the I'll wait so we can make a quick getaway? Will that work? How long will it work for? Are there any draw backs? Roscoe has used this artifact with the Gold Dragons before he would know, can we PLEASE ask him?"
Tiburon
Tiburon stands there and admires Kat's .... umm ....desire to get things going. He waits silently contemplating what can go wrong and making personal plans for each contengency.
General Livermore
Wednesday July 29th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Responding to Gareth, General Livermore states, "We had hoped to provide an eighth member, however, our resources are stretched on all fronts..." The General is interrupted once again, this time by a young page who moves like someone falling downhill. Small hands shove parchment into his glove, and a puzzled look crosses the General's face. Looking up, he says, "Our scouts have just reported a change in the level of activity in the camp, or, rather, above the camp. Thunderheads have boiled out of the empty sky." A nod from him sends the level of activity up several notches throughout the room. "Three, it is time. As soon as you leave, be aware that the headquarters will be moved -- once your mission is accomplished in the camp, proceed immediately to Edenmoor and help the Red Tigers in the evacuation and defense of the area. May the Gods be with you!"DM
The General immediately exits the room, along with most of the staff. Two or three attendants wait at the door for a few minutes, before realizing that Onrad is still in the kitchen. One pokes his head thru the door, and timidly says, "Sir, the rest are waiting..."
Flaust
"Ummm...Kat, I think they said Roscoe and the others had to go on another mission...from what little I know, I'd guess that the ring has to be used fairly quickly..."
Onrad
Onrad straightens from where he was leaning his head onto the wall and joins the group. "Kat, this is not over. That there skull is pure evil.....I mean strange. I think we'd better hear it all....later. After this is done." He looks to the group. "Let's do this!" Then purposefully, "For the Gods of Wold and New Elenna!" He reaches for the ring.
Gareth
Gareth reaches for the ring after Onrad and says "Good luck to us all"
Jus
"Let's be goin'!" Jus takes his turn with the ring.
DM
Thursday July 30th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Our heroes, having defeated the Bloody Claws and stealing the Dark Lord's final orders to his northern army, returned to the Floating City to have the plans changed by General Livermore and his staff so that the Dark Lord's army could be defeated. They now attempt to infiltrate the Northern Army to deliver the altered plans wearing the forms of the orcs they so recently defeated.
DM
Thursday July 30th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Quickly the remaining members don the ring and pass it on, finally completing the circuit to Kat. A slight mutter, and the scene changes to a clear night sky filled with a stiff stale breeze. Getting its bearings, the group quickly spots the destination several miles off to the right, where piles of clouds fill the sky. Something does not seem quite right, but in a moment, Jus notices it: Flashes of green light seem to strobe thru the roiling clouds.
Onrad
Thursday July 30th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Whispering, Onrad says, "Ok people, act like responsible mid-ability Orcs on a mission from the Dark Lord who've had a two-day journey....however you do that." ::bitter grin::
Nonam
Thursday July 30th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
"Well, I think that we act like we're better than all the other orcs, and we expect them to do as we say when we say it. Afterall, We're the Bloody Claws, and SOME FREAKIN' HUMANS JUST KILLED ONE OF OUR MEMBERS AND I DON'T HAVE TO TAKE THIS KIND OF TREATMENT FROM THE LIKES OF YOU!!!" Nonam then snarling whips out his wand of shocking and starts to shake in anger. Then he stops and smiles in amusement. Nonam made a pretty good snarling orc except that all the while his hair was changing colors - just about ruining any effect he might have been trying to achieve.
Kat
Thursday July 30th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Kat looks to the green clouds and says. "Onrad THAT is evil." Then she turns to the group. " Please friends, don't underestamat our opponent, I couldn't stand to losse ANY of you. Even you Onrad." She leans down and kisses Onrad. "Well we best be going" Kat sholders her pack and begins walking tword the camp.
Gareth
Thursday July 30th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Gareth moves toward the camp tightly hold the satchel with the new orders. "Let's walk in that direction and keep an eye out for the agent who is supposed to meet us. If he doesn't, let's be ready with plan B. Make the guards spill the password and then make them forget."
Flaust
Thursday July 30th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Looking at the clouds, Flaust turns a pale green and numbly follows the group.
Tiburon
Thursday July 30th, 1998 11:00:06 AM
Tiburon walks with the froup while keeping a wary eye out.
DM
Friday July 31st, 1998 10:59:59 AM
The group has made its way stealthily over slightly rolling terrain for 10 or 15 minutes, when it is brought up short by a strange sight: Before you and ahead of you to the left and right, the ground is sporadically littered with the bodies of birds, rodents, and even a wild dog and small deer here and there. The scrubs and plants seem to be dead -- even the evergreen plants are now the color of milkweed. Both Jus and Kat begin to notice that their wands, from the orcs, seem to throb in unison with the green lightning strokes in the clouds ahead - which are still a good mile distant.
Onrad
Friday July 31st, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Onrad blushes from Kat's kiss, gulps down his last meal from the dead animals, and whispers, "Stop shaking....stop shaking. Act. You're an orc." He continues to walk forward......carefully.
Gareth
Friday July 31st, 1998 11:00:01 AM
I think they know about us already. That lightning strike when the orcs began to run. Flaust, you have any ideas on getting that info you were talking about? I don't like how this is playing out.
Jus
Friday July 31st, 1998 11:00:02 AM
"Think the Ravenloft mist killed these animals? Maybe its just signs of the army's passage." Looking up at the clouds, Jus says, "I just hope that doesn't blow this wand! And I hope no one notices the rest of our belongings are not pulsating!"
Flaust
Friday July 31st, 1998 11:00:03 AM
"Without someone around from their camp, my spell is useless...sorry."
DM
Saturday August 1st, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Gareth and Tiburon notice a movement in the ground to the left of the party, not more than 20 yards away. A humanoid figure seems to rise up out of the ground.
Kat
Saturday August 1st, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Kat stands ready to greet the figure as if she expected it to happen.
Gareth
Saturday August 1st, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Gareth eyes him closely and waits ready to draw his sword an fight at the first sign of trouble.
Nonam
Saturday August 1st, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Nonam calls out, "WHO'S THERE?"
DM
Sunday August 2nd, 1998 10:59:59 AM
The person, if that is what it is, stands no taller than a drawf, but seems strangely thin. Because of the darkness, it's hard to tell if it is a person covered with brush, vines, and undergrowth, or if it in fact is some type of plant creature. You all here one distinct word spoken, "Pring."
Jus
Sunday August 2nd, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Jus pulls out the fireball wand and twirls it through his fingers, eyeing the newcomer. He looks around and sees if he can spot anyone else concealed.
Gareth
Sunday August 2nd, 1998 11:00:01 AM
"Thank You. Come on guys, lets go." And continues to walk with authority toward the camp. "If questioned about losing a member, we were attacked by a human party. We killed them but they got one of us."
Tiburon
Sunday August 2nd, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Tiburon looks at the figure and says," Thanks, now you better get away while you can." He then follows the rest of the group.
Kat
Sunday August 2nd, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Kat blows the figure a kiss and mouths the words "Thank You" she then begins singing a song to her self under her breath. "If the log rolls over we will die we will die, if the log rolls over we will die."
Onrad
Sunday August 2nd, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Onrad whispers, "Kat, this is not the time to be blowing kisses at logs. Focus."
Jus
Sunday August 2nd, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Jus looks askance at Gareth, "I don't think its any of their business what happened to him! And if they push, maybe we ought'a SHOW them what we did to those humans!" Jus puts his hands on his swords menacingly as he utters this last threat. (common speech, not orcish)
Nonam
Sunday August 2nd, 1998 11:00:06 AM
"From here on in, we're orcs. They could have spies as easily as us. No more talking about our purpose or our true feelings. And let's stick to speaking orcish. I assume we still can..."
Flaust
Sunday August 2nd, 1998 11:00:07 AM
Flaust peers at the thing for a moment, watching to see what it does.
DM
Monday August 3rd, 1998 10:59:59 AM
The Three begins to ascend a hill. Upon reaching the summit, they come upon an unbelievable scene of horror. To the left, at least a dozen elven females of varying ages have been staked down upon the bare ground. Several Humanoids some of your recognize as Hobgoblins, pour molasses on them. On the opposite side of the trail road, a like number of male elves are likewise staked out. Their tonges have been removed and hang around each elves own neck. Beyond the elves you stare in horror as a series of huge ant hills descend down the hill to the south. The orcs laugh as they work nodding knowlingly at you as you pass.
Kat
Monday August 3rd, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Kat smiles in order to hold down her lunch and her anger. she hopes no one sees her tear.
Jus
Monday August 3rd, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Jus looks straight ahead with barely concealed rage. Noticing he has already pulled his swords out in reflex, Jus begins chanting to himself, "the big picture, remember the larger goals..." This helps little.
Flaust
Monday August 3rd, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Unable to contain herself, Flaust walks over to the nearest elf staked out on the ground. Muttering under her breath to herself in Halfing, she commends the elves to Alemi. Taking her dagger, she flings it at the ground near the body, and then rejoins the group.
Gareth
Monday August 3rd, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Gareth looks straight ahead as he knows he would not be able to stop himself from doing something to compromise the mission. He strides forward toward the front gate ready to get this overwith.
Hobgoblins
Tuesday August 4th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
The Hobgoblins turn toward Flaust. "What the?? You commend this filth to who? Alemi??!!!! What kind of orc are you?" Then he notices the dropped dagger. The 4 of them draw wicked curved swords. "You'll die for that." They get initiative. He swings at Flaust hitting for 10 points of damage slicing open his belly. A second Hobgoblin attacks also hitting for 8 hit points of damage. "Traitor! he yells" Hobgoblins #3 and #4 both miss cursing and calling on the secret name of The Dark One.
Tiburon
Tuesday August 4th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Tiburon cast Hold Person attempting to Hold all of them.
Flaust
Tuesday August 4th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Flaust casts Hold Person, attempting to affect all 4.
Nonam
Tuesday August 4th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
"STOP THIS NOW!!! ALL OF YOU!!!" He walks up between the hobgoblins and Flaust. "I believe you elfin girls merely misunderstood my companion. If not, well then I'll rip her heart out myself." Then he whirls on Flaust, and draws a dagger. "What exactly is it that you said, and why did you drop that dagger? TELL ME!!!"
Gareth
Tuesday August 4th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
He says to the hobgoblins. "How dare you attack an emmisary carrying orders for the Dark One! If he finds out your life is in forfeit no matter WHAT she said! He will deal with this himself!" He waits a moment to see how they react ready to engage themif they resist.
DM
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
No answer if forthcoming as all four hobgoblins cease to move.
Gareth
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
"Come on. Let's go." And with that motions to the others to move on with him. He strides again toward the goal trying to look confident and not enraged at the scene around him. He whispers "We MUST not be distracted again from our mission, no matter what!"
Nonam
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
"Gareth, before we leave we have to finish this matter." Then Nonam turns away from Flaust and slits the throat of the first hobgoblin. "Help me kill the rest of these. We can't let them live now. Might as well cut down the elves too. Try to make it look like an escape. That way maybe we won't be the next ones up on those posts."
Jus
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Jus puts away his swords and looks around, seeing if anyone else is within sight. "I think this is all foolishness." Not one to hide his feelings, Jus turns to Flaust, keeping his voice low, but intense, "Flaust, you had better swear not to be such a fool again. NO MATTER YOUR PERSONAL FEELINGS! We ALL feel the same way, but the mission must continue. If you cannot swear, then return and wait for us. If you can, then let us keep our minds fixed upon our goal!"
Tiburon
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Tiburon looks at Flaust and says in a low voice," Look, this is WAR ! There are going to be atrocities but we have a mission to finish or this will happen to many, many more ! Keep this in mind and take it out on the enemy AFTER the mission is complete. " With that said Tib turns to continue onward.
Kat
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Kat says "Quick, place all the goblins near each other. She then cats PIT under the goblins the once they hit the bottom she drops the spell burying the dead goblin bodys."
Gareth
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
"Enough of this!" Gareth cuts one of the females free and says in common in a low voice "Cut your kinsman free and get out of here." He turns once he's sure she doesn't turn on him (seeing he's an orc) he says in orcish "Lets go! No more distractions or we're finished!"
Flaust
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:06 AM
Flaust says a silent prayer of thanks to Alemi and requests safe passage for the elves. She then walks over to Gareth and proceeds travelling to the camp.
Jus
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:07 AM
Jus stops. "Flaust," he calls, "I do hope you're not ignoring my demand, hoping I'll go away. I'm DEAD serious, we could -- and probably will -- see this again."
Onrad
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:08 AM
Onrad whispers, "Focus on the goal people. Flaust if you do something like that again, I'll kill you myself. Many more lives than these depend on our success. Who knows who might be listening. Stay in character!" Then he switches to orcish. "Hungry need grub. Wonder if they have female slave pens to reward us...heh...heh."
Flaust
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:09 AM
Nodding to Jus, Flaust grabs up one of the hobgoblin's weapons. Taking a strip of cloth off a hobgoblin's body, she wraps it around her head, covering her eyes. Using the weapon as a crutch, she again nods in Jus' direction and says, "Good enough?"
Nonam
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:10 AM
"Let's get out of here now. And Flaust, everyone else may threaten, but I was going to kill you..." Nonam heads toward camp.
Gareth
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:11 AM
"We gain nothing by threatening each other. Stop it! Flaust, we need you at full strength. If they see that weapon they will ask questions and worse, they would have expected us to kill you if you were injured that bad. Walk in normally and remember we will save thousands of lives by not reacting to situations we see. If we fail it will be our fault they die. Saving one and sacrificing many makes no sense. Even if it is hard." Gareth moves in the direction of the camp.
Kat
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:12 AM
Kat shouts in Orc " Stop squabling over the spoils of war all of you maggots or i'll see that you are spoiled for sure. Get your rears in line and look proud, we are the BLOODY CLAWS!" she begins to sing "We don't wanna go to war today, but the lord in the black says nay, nay, nay. So we march all day all day all day!"
Flaust
Wednesday August 5th, 1998 11:00:13 AM
Tossing the sword behind her, Flaust throws the cloth off her face and marches to Kat's chant.
DM
Thursday August 6th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
A quarter of a mile further, the party enters the region near the encampment. Although the clouds continue to churn overhead, all wind at the ground level has ceased. The putrid stench you have smelled over the last mile becomes almost unbearable. As you crest a slight rise in the ground, you spot the obvious source: large pools of blood lie here and there on the ground. Past them, you see the tents of the camp. Seeing that these may not be skirted, the party proceeds toward their goal. As you near the first of the pools, you begin feeling horrible headaches, causing everyone to suffer 1 point of damage. Looking at each other, you see that blood seems to be oozing from the pores of your foreheads. Flaust's recent belly wood immediately opens up, and she suffers an additional 4 points of damage as she doubles over. Almost immediately, two of the nearest pools bubble, and one skeleton arises from each, covered in ichor.
Jus
Thursday August 6th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Jus tries to ignore the skeletons and keep walking. In his pain, Jus remembers the General said he would try and get the password to them. Realizing this may be a great time for it, Jus looks at one of the skeletons and -- hoping he's right -- says "Pring".
Onrad
Thursday August 6th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Onrad, staying very near Flaust, says in Orcish, "Cleric, Do a Cure Light on yourself or drink a potion. You must be strong for the upcoming battle." Onrad looks for a gate or something that would be the place to report our presence and purpose.
Nonam
Thursday August 6th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Nonam tries to look like he enjoys the pain, and he grins as he walks into camp. He also ignores the skeletons, and he keeps an eye out for anyone who looks like someone he should report to.
Gareth
Thursday August 6th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Watches the skeletons closely out of the corner of his eye as he passes ready for any offensive move.
Flaust
Thursday August 6th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Turning away from the skeletons, Flaust lays hands on herself, curing 10 points of damage and sealing the wound.
Kat
Thursday August 6th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Kat continues to chant "Keep that line straight, so we march all day all day all day." Kat sees that Flaust is done healing herself so she grabs her by the arm and yanks her to her feet. "GET UP you lazy maggott is this how you wish to appear a weak elf lover!" Under her breath she wispers to Flaust "backhand me, NOW!"
Tiburon
Thursday August 6th, 1998 11:00:06 AM
Tiburon continues onward thinking about the mission as he grimaces with pain. " Let's get on with it." he says thru clenched teeth.
DM
Thursday August 6th, 1998 11:00:07 AM
The air turns black around Flaust's hands as she attempts to heal herself. When the darkness clears, her hands are frozen to blood-icicles in her belly. No healing has occurred, and Flaust takes an additional 4 points of damage. As Kat yanks on Flaust's arms, the hands rip free, dealing another 2 points of damage. At the same time, a pseudopod of blood lashes out from one of the skeleton pools, latching onto Flaust's waist, swiftly dragging her over to the pond. The skeletons stand motionless. No other creatures are seen in the vicinity. Everyone takes another point of damage, as blood streams down your faces.
Gareth
Friday August 7th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Gareth grabs Flaust and attempts to drag her away from the blood pools away from the camp as quickly as possible.
Gareth
Friday August 7th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Cut it!
Jus
Friday August 7th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Jus looks towards the camp to see if anyone is taking an interest in what is happening, hoping no one is looking.
Onrad
Friday August 7th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Onrad draws his sword and slices at the Pseudopod with both swords rolling a 16 and a 20. The critical roll is an 18. (honest) That's hits on AC-1, AC-5, and AC-3. If successful, he immediately sheathes his swords and moves onward with a scowl on his face.
Nonam
Friday August 7th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Nonam tosses a jar of Kheotum's Ointment to Flaust. "Try using this, if it doesn't heal you, then I don't know what to do." Then he continues on his way - quickly.
Tiburon
Friday August 7th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Tiburon moves to help Gareth .
Kat
Friday August 7th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Kat bends over the hurting Flaust. She helps apply the ointment as she trys to hurry Flaust away.
DM
Saturday August 8th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Gareth's attempts to free Flaust appear to be in vain - it is like pulling the stump of a great tree out of the ground. However, Onrad's blows do have the desired effect -- all three blows land, severing the tentacle. Flaust fails back gasping and drained (she takes another 6 points of damage from contact with the tentacle). Kat's minstrations seem to work, and Flaust runs bent over with the group toward the camp. Strangely, no sign of life has appeared from near the camp, which stands some 200 yards away. The Three manage to skirt the remaining pools and walk unmolested to the edge of the camp. It is silent. The clouds above seem lower than they were a few minutes ago. Hundreds of tents are placed here and there, but no movement is detected. However, as the group takes several steps, something like a veil seems to lift from before their eyes. Shadowy movements become more solid with each step, and then the camp disappears altogether! You find yourselves at the vanguard of a travelling army. Behind you, the landscape has altered drastically. It appears that the troups have marched many leagues from the last known position of the camp! Immediately, you are confronted by several ogre-type creatures, who demand to know your business. To the left and right, hordes of black creatures shamble on. The general was wrong -- this army is far bigger than its estimated 5000 creatures.
Nonam
Saturday August 8th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Nonam tells the ogre-like creatures, "We're supposed to deliver a message." Then he nods at Gareth.
Gareth
Saturday August 8th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
"We have new orders from the Dark Lord for the general. Take us to him now!"
Kat
Saturday August 8th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Kat holds Flaust in such a way that is helpfull but looks as if it were a punishment, while muttering "You lazzy elf lover if you make us look bad I will skin you my self."
Tiburon
Saturday August 8th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Tiburon nonchalontly looks around the area, noting the size and make-up of the units around him. He tries to count the number of creatures at each campfire and then the number of campfires to get a rough estimate of the true size of the army. He tells Noname and Onrad to remember those numbers and memorizes them himself.
Voice
Sunday August 9th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
The sound of a wicked whip rings out. "Hocus! What I say 'bout your stupid 'llusions, huh?" The whip rings out a second time. "Save them for battle like General Flak say!"
High-pitched Voice
Sunday August 9th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
"Aurrrrieee! Ya don't have to hit me."
DM
Sunday August 9th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
The vision of the moving army also vanishes before your eyes. The trail has narrowed and goes between two huge granite rocks which seem to form a makeshift gate. Extending to the left and right of the rocks are huge coils of barbed wire. You stand between these two rocks. The ogres resolve themselves into Goblins. However, these goblins are like none you've ever heard of. The intelligience almost shines out of those sinister black eyes. Beyond this gate, is a large camp. The size of the army is impossible to estimate from the thousands of moving forms and the hundreds of tents, lean-to's and campfires burning in the early evening.
Goblin Leader
Sunday August 9th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
The evident leader of the goblins draws a wicked looking curved blade the size of a long sword and puts it to Tiburon's throat. He then speaks in perfect common with an aritocratic accent. "Why, pray tell, do YOU SCUM neeeed to know the SIZE of our arrrrmy, hmm?" He nods to his second.
Goblin Second
Sunday August 9th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
The Goblin second reaches for a whistle at his neck and blows it. No sound is heard.
Gareth
Sunday August 9th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
"How DARE you question emmisaries of the Dark Lord! You will take us to the General now or we will see you flayed and roasted alive!!
Tiburon
Sunday August 9th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Tiburon sneers at the Goblin ," Content yourself to doing your duty, not questioning you betters !" With that he slaps the sword away from his throat . " Take us to the Commander , " he haughtly orders the Goblin," We have the plans he has been expecting . And remember, I won't forget this slight from you. "
Goblin Leader
Monday August 10th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Quick as lightning, the goblin slices back at Tiburon missing once and hitting once with his curved sword for 8 hit points of damage just as a squad of ogres comes into view.
Goblin Second
Monday August 10th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
"Squad! Arrest these men and take them to the interrogation station. We'll soon have the truth out of them! ...and teach them a thing or two about rank in this army!"
Goblin Leader
Monday August 10th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
"Never raise a weapon to the Tribeleader of the Scarred Foot! Go back and tell whoever it was that sent you that you failed to infiltrate the camp of General Claw! Your foolish cleric here opened his stupid mouth and revealed your mission!"
Ogre Leader
Monday August 10th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
"Weapons on ground!" His voice booms echoing through the camp and down the trail. His squad begins to surround the party."
Goblin Second
Monday August 10th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
"As you can see here, we are extremely ready for battle! Go tell your bosses we are undefeatable!"
Jus
Monday August 10th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Jus looks very confused, then turns to Gareth. With a look of fierce concentration, trying to play stupid, Jus stutters, "M..M..Mission! No d..d..deliver plans, dark l..l..lord kill tribe! He say k..k..kill all in way! He give us POWER!" With that, he nods at the others and pulls out the pulsating fireball wand.
Flaust
Monday August 10th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Anger creeping into her voice as Flaust stares at Jus, she backs off and says, "Put that thing away -- the Dark Lord will have our hides if you decimate half the camp!"
Kat
Monday August 10th, 1998 11:00:06 AM
Kat hands the telaport ring to Flaust and wispers to her so that NO ONE celse can hear or tell that she is wispering "If things don't work put this on your finger and pass it around quick, coming to me last!"
Gareth
Monday August 10th, 1998 11:00:07 AM
Drawing his red arced sword Gareth says in orcish: "Tell me fool, you would dare accuse the Bloody Claws of treachery! You truly don't care to live! You will put YOUR weapons down or you will die! Or better yet, YOU take the Dark Lord's orders to the General and tell HIM you wouldn't let us through!" And with that Gareth throws the satchel to the Hobgoblin leader.
Nonam
Monday August 10th, 1998 11:00:08 AM
Nonam says nothing, but he crosses his arms in an evil way, glares at the goblins sinisterly, and waits for a response with malcontent in his heart and eyes.
Tiburon
Monday August 10th, 1998 11:00:09 AM
Tiburon steps back a pace and rubs his fingers across the wound the Goblin made. He then licks the blood off his finger and says, " This does not taste half as sweet as your blood will after I kill you. I will deal with you after we have finished our mission." . Tiburon turns to the Ogre Leader and says ," Well ?? Are you just going to stand there ? Take us to the Commander. Now ! "
Ogre Leader
Tuesday August 11th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
"Ugnh! Take not to commander. Take to interrogation. Ugnh!"
Goblin Leader
Tuesday August 11th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
"Hold! I'll take you to General Claw myself once you satisfy me as to who you are. Know that I have FULL authority over live and death at this gate. I can kill you here and General Claw will get your message just as well as you know. If you wish to live, answer my questions. First, why does this one (pointing to Tiburon) want to know the number of tents in the camp. Well?? My patience wears thin. Answer that and I'll move on to the next question. Satisfy me with the answers I seek on each question and I'll take you straight to the general who will lavish praise upon me for my throuroughness. Otherwise, I think we'll skip the interrogators and kill you here. I won't let such through my gate!"
Gareth
Tuesday August 11th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
With a glare and anger in his voice Gareth says "First of all, I am the leader. You will direct your questions to me! Secondly, you may think you will be praised for your actions, but if the general fails to carry out the Dark Lord's wishes because of your 'thouroughness' I am sure you WILL get a reward - slow and painful death! Now, to answer your question: My orders to my squad are to ALWAYS assess their situation when on a mission. He was doing nothing but that - assessing his situation. Next question if you dare delay further!"
Kat
Tuesday August 11th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Turning to Gareth "If i may sir," Then to the Goblin leader "We would not have been assessing the situation if one of YOUR men had not broken General Flak's direct order and cast an illusion here. We walked into a unknown situation and assessed it for danger, counting tents and men that we knew and did not know." Now I am sure that if you want to continue to bicker over details General Flak would love to know why what we carry was held up and not brought to his attention upon arival. Personaly I do not wish to displease our lord another moment."
Jus
Tuesday August 11th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Jus' hands begin to quiver. Very excitedly he turns back to Gareth and holds the wand up, tightly clasped in both hands. "Dark Lord's precious wants b..blood! We kill, we g..go! Yes? Precious say yes."
Tiburon
Tuesday August 11th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Tiburon says to the Goblin Leader, " My leader speaks the truth. Don't you asses the situation when you first enter it or are you too stupid . Besides, I wanted to see how big the army was so we could wager on how many Humans and Elves we will kill."
Goblin Leader #1
Wednesday August 12th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Ahh! Very well. I am pleased. You were not acting like the Bloody Bones I've known all these years. Now, if you would just answer one more question we'll be on our way. Is his majesty the Dark Lord, heh...heh as the nasty Elennians call him, feeling better? Is he getting over his injuries?
Gareth
Wednesday August 12th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Gareth laughs - "Injuries? Our master has no injuries and he did not reveal himself to us directly when he gave us the orders! We will NOT answer questions on how the operations are conducted. There are EARS everywhere. ENOUGH, let us pass or we will put an end to your duties!
Nonam
Wednesday August 12th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Nonam narrows his eyes some when Gareth says that he's the leader, but he still just stands there menacincly without saying a word.
Kat
Wednesday August 12th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
To the goblin leader "Again with questions designed to trap. Do you continue to prsume to test us? We will be punished now that you have delayed us. It will be painful beyond measure, i will remember your name when asked whay we were late. Oh did you call us the Bloody Bones?"
Tiburon
Wednesday August 12th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Tiburon looks at Kat and says with a smile," I , Tork of the Bloody Claws, have already claimed this pathtic ones life. After we finish our task ( turning to the Goblin Leader ) I will return to take it ."
Goblin Leader
Thursday August 13th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
"Sir, they genuine as far as I can determine. What do you wish?"
Goblin #2
Thursday August 13th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
"Yes, I agree, however you will be punished for your lack of memory. They are the Bloody Claws, not the Bloody Bones, fool! Report to interrogation for 20 lashes!" Goblin #2 opens his robe to reveal that he is the true leader. "You may proceed to the General's tent. I'm assuming you know which one it is?"
Goblin #1
Thursday August 13th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Drops to his knees in front of his superior and says, "Yes sir." He rises and departs in a northerly direction once through the gate.
Nonam
Thursday August 13th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Nonam finally speaks. "ALL OF YOU ARE FOOLS!!!" With that accomplished he really begins to spew venom of a zealot, "That halfwit goblin just ran off with our message for the General. If all of you can think back long and hard, our nimrod leader gave them to him in a fit of rage. My master will kill us all if we don't hurry up and get them in the hands of the general." Then he eyes the goblin, "My master will kill you too. Don't think that he won't know that you ordered the fool to run off for his punishment. Well, I say that he needs a little more punishment than 20 lashes. I say we kill him for forgetting to give back our satchel. And we should make a big event of it. Everyone in this camp needs to know my master's price for forgetfulness. Forgetfulness is a lack of love for my master and for that death is required."
Gareth
Thursday August 13th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Taking his lead from the Goblin leader with rage Gareth forcefully backhands Nonam saying "You will DIE if you speak of me again! We have no time! We must deliver the orders! Recall your sentry and return the orders. I require he come with us so he can explain himself to the general. That we may at LEAST escape with our lives. You owe us at LEAST that for your questioning!"
Jus
Thursday August 13th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
In the background to all this conflict, Jus stares angrily at the wand, clenching it with white knuckles. He walks over to 'Tok', shoving the wand back into his belt saying, "Ugh! I HATE when it does that! Next time you carry the accursed wand!" "Ah, shut up lest I break ya!" he adds, looking down and giving the wand a thump.
Goblin #2
Friday August 14th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
"Aauugh! We're all dead if he gets to the interrogation station and they discover those plans on him! Quick, I can't leave the gate. Take these ogres and chase him down. Crud here (pointing to the Ogre Leader) knows where to go. Then he whispers something in Gareth's ear.
Tiburon
Friday August 14th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
goes stiff for a moment in surprise then relaxes, smiles and says, "Oh, by the way, Goblin Commander, we have an eighth member as you know. We left him behind as he was injured. He should be catching up with us in a bit. Watch for him. Give him the "usual" welcome and send him to us.
Figure
Friday August 14th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
A figure emerges from the top of the rock to the left of the gate. He slides down the side of the rock and says, "I'm already here."
Onrad
Friday August 14th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
immediately goes to this new person's side and pushes him through the gate. "We're in a hurry! All is at risk! Lead on Crud! Go!" Onrad grabs Crud by the elbow forcing him into a very fast walk. And then softly "Let's go."
Flaust
Friday August 14th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Flaust picks up the pace trying to look important and looks furtively for the missing Goblin.
Nonam
Friday August 14th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Nonam smiles at Gareth, "You know you're always welcome to try." Then he begins to follow crud and Onrad while keeping a close eye on the stranger.
Gareth
Friday August 14th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Gareth turns and says "CRUD! Catch the goblin that just left here as fast as you can!" and with that races after the Goblin at top speed saying "Come on, Crud! Catch him fast!" He races after Crud unless he can see the goblin in which case he races ahead making sure to keep him in sight.
Jus
Friday August 14th, 1998 11:00:06 AM
Jus runs up along side Nonam. Quietly he says, "You continue to impress me with your restraint. Well done."
Gareth
Friday August 14th, 1998 11:00:07 AM
"We'll finish that dirt bag as soon as we have him."
Kat
Friday August 14th, 1998 11:00:08 AM
Kat looks at Flaust to make sure shes OK and says "Boy's and their tough kill the world way. Come on lets catch that goblin!" As she runs with the others.
DM
Saturday August 15th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Everyone sees the goblin calmly walking toward an area where bricks have something enclosed. He is oblivious to what is behind him.
Crud
Saturday August 15th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
"Crud smash!" The ogre and his fellows all raise clubs to attack the goblin.
Goblin #1
Saturday August 15th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Goblin #1 turns and seeing the ogres charging and the Bloody Claws coming right after, defends himself with the only thing he has handy, the satchel, holding it over his head.
Nonam
Saturday August 15th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
"My master requires your death for taking our satchel."
Gareth
Saturday August 15th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
"Wait Crud! You! You wretched piece of dirt! Return the satchel to me and be quick about it! You will pay dearly for your error!"
Jus
Saturday August 15th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
"And then get moving to the General! We'll decide what to do to ya' on the way!" Jus yells, glaring at the goblin.
Crud
Sunday August 16th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
"Yes master." Crud grabs the satchel and gives it to Gareth. "Master pleased? Can pound puny Goblin now?"
Gareth
Sunday August 16th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
"Not yet Crud. Take him to the General's tent. If he makes a sound THEN you cna pound him. We'll see if the General wishes to make an example of this idiot." And with that Gareth waits and follows the Ogres.
Nonam
Sunday August 16th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
"Crud, I'm sure that you know how to hurt him without killing him. Feel free to do that on the way." Nonam waits to follow too.
Kat
Sunday August 16th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Kat follows the others
Teko
Sunday August 16th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Teko follows along with the rest. "Slow and painful death," he grunts, "is always the best way. Next best is the kind of pain where they WISH they was dead. Heh, heh."
Crud
Monday August 17th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
"Yeah. heh...heh." Crud grabs Goblin #1's arms and yanks at them. They come off in his hands. "Heh...heh."
Goblin #1
Monday August 17th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
The Goblin's eyes light up in shock, he spins around a few times spurting blood over everyone and then he screams, "AAUUUUUGHHHHHH!!!" His eyes roll up in his head and he collapses unmoving.
Nonam
Monday August 17th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Nonam laughs a fiendish orcish laugh. "Well done, Crud. You have pleased my master. Now carry him to the general's tent and hurry. We need to get there before this fool dies."
Gareth
Monday August 17th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
"Let's go! We are running out of time. Good job Crud. Take him with us."
Kat
Monday August 17th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Kat smiles broadly, ignoring the blood driping off her chin from biting her own toung to keep from screaming.
Teko
Monday August 17th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Teko pulls his eyes away from the sight of those arms and wipes his brow. "Yeah...yeah...let's go..."
Flaust
Monday August 17th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
feeling sick at all the violence, flaust follows the others fighting the instinct to help the wounded
Crud
Tuesday August 18th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Crud leads the way swinging his extra set of arms in one hand and dragging the goblin by his hair with the other. He winds through hundreds of tents set up in a disorganized fashion. At one point you see two young Halflings already dead on a spit being cooked for a feast. Their mouths are stuffed with vegetables and a broth is being poured over them. At another location you see 4 stone giants playing bones for a dwarven hand with a diamond ring on it. Eventually you reach an open area where the trees and grass have not been drained. "Goblins always come here to talk to General." The area almost seems peaceful.....too peaceful.
Jus
Tuesday August 18th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Jus pulls his attention away from Crud and the goblin to look around. He notices the newcomer, recalling Onrad and Tiburon's reaction to his arrival. He goes over to Onrad and whispers (for his ears only), "I didn't realize the eighth member of our party would be here so soon. You mind telling me -- before we see the general -- how you expected him?" Jus palms one of his daggers in case it is needed.
Nonam
Tuesday August 18th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Nonam, oblivious of the newcomer, decides that the peaceful scene is too peaceful to be the center of the evil camp, and he attempts to disbelieve.
Gareth
Tuesday August 18th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
"What do they do, Crud? Just walk in or do they say something first?" Gareth looks carefully at the tent and the green area taking note of anything he can see and noting the area's size and possible escape routes. Trying not to think about the visions of the pat the Goblin's demise brings back.
Kat
Tuesday August 18th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Kat silently checks with Flaust to make sure she still has the telaportation ring.
Flaust
Tuesday August 18th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
a tear runs down her cheek and the sight of two halflings staked is almost to much for her to take. she bites her lip to keep from screaming and quietly confirms Kats question about the ring
Teko
Tuesday August 18th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Teko looks around for signs of animate life - animals, humanoids, or other. He waits for a response from Crud.
Onrad
Tuesday August 18th, 1998 11:00:06 AM
Turns to Jus, "What nonsense you talk now! You act more human ever day. Get out of my face!"
Crud
Wednesday August 19th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
"Crud never been here. Crud not want to die."
DM
Wednesday August 19th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Gareth notices in his peripheral vision that something has just appeared with a soft glow of light. Turning he notices a small ram's horn hanging from a nearby tree. As he looks at it the glow of appearing fades from it.
Jus
Wednesday August 19th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Jus glares and shoves Onrad (not towards the empty area), then silently goes stand beside the newcomer. He hopes Onrad meant "trust me", but will keep by the newcomer's side just in case.
Gareth
Wednesday August 19th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
"You have done well Crud. You do not need to come with us any further. Stay near here because we may need you when we come out. I'll meet you here on the dirt. If we don't come back before nightfall, return to the gate. You can do whatever you want with the goblin. Just don't take him back to the gate with you.". Then he turns and goes to the ram's horn and examines it. Shrugging his shoulders he blows into it (small end) hoping beyond hope that's what he's supposed to do.
Nonam
Wednesday August 19th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
"Since we're just waiting..." Nonam moves over to Teko and suddenly punches him in the mouth and screams, "THAT'S FOR YESTERDAY YOU @$%*@ !#&^@$ @*#%@!?!#%@#%!!!"
Kat
Wednesday August 19th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Kat seeing Flausts disspare, crosses to her and pointing at Noman wispers "Look, the boys are showing of for us again."
Teko
Wednesday August 19th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Teko rolls with the punch as best he can and tries to fall back impressively. While pretending (or hopefully pretending) to be in a daze, he watches closely for some response to the blowing of the ram's horn.
Flaust
Wednesday August 19th, 1998 11:00:06 AM
To Kat I respond,"I don't know why they bother, cause I'm sure not interested. Are you?"
DM
Thursday August 20th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
When Gareth blows the horn, it comes out as a human scream. The whole camp gets quiet. Every soldier comes out of their tents and stares hand on hilts or near their weapons. Then a mist begins to arise from the ground in this strange clearing and the cool wetness of it sticks to your clothing and faces. The army around you fades until all you see is mist.
Gareth
Thursday August 20th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Gareth listens closely for any noise. He looks carefully around amazed at how much power he has seen with this army hoping to see if he can locate a source of light, sense as smell, anything that would help him figure out what to do next.
Jus
Thursday August 20th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Jus tries looking around with his infravision.
Nonam
Thursday August 20th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Nonam stops harrasing Teko and really begins paying attention to what's going on.
Kat
Thursday August 20th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Kat centers her attention on two things. First she is making sure the party dosen't get ambushed, second she is making sure ther is an escape route.
Teko
Thursday August 20th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Teko rises up and stays close to the others. He watches the mist in every direction.
DM
Friday August 21st, 1998 10:59:59 AM
After a few minutes, you begin to see a forest amongst the mists and an incredible thing happens, your senses figuritively explode as you smell, feel, taste, hear and see as you never have before. A wolf howls and you hear nuances of the sound making each moment new as if you have never truly heard or sensed before. A path crosses your feet. It heads off to your right and left. A few moments later you smell the distinctive and wonderful smell of a campfire coming from down the trail...both ways.
Gareth
Friday August 21st, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Looking both ways, Gareth listens for sounds. He looks around the area to look for signs that would help point the way to the general's tent (footprints, marking on trees, etc.).
Gareth
Friday August 21st, 1998 11:00:01 AM
He also looks for a place to lay the horn. Then he puts it in his pack.
Onrad
Friday August 21st, 1998 11:00:02 AM
"Where are we?" Onrad takes a few steps in one direction.
Kat
Friday August 21st, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Kat worried that someone might still be watching says "Listen up you slobs, look shard and don't embarress me!"
Flaust
Friday August 21st, 1998 11:00:04 AM
puts her hands to her head and says quietly, " What have I gotten myself into?"
Teko
Friday August 21st, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Teko asks, "Well...which way?" Meanwhile, he looks up, attempting to see past the trees.
Tiburon
Friday August 21st, 1998 11:00:06 AM
Tib ( using a Hero Point to increase his chance ) believes this to be an Illusion and attempts to see the camp again ( disbelieve.).
Gareth
Friday August 21st, 1998 11:00:07 AM
"Let's have a look around before we choose..." and continues taking in the area - every detail.
Jus
Friday August 21st, 1998 11:00:08 AM
Jus examines the paths, trying to determine if one is more traveled (using his tracking).
Nonam
Friday August 21st, 1998 11:00:09 AM
Nonam takes a few steps in the opposite direction from Onrad and says, "We should go this way."
Onrad
Friday August 21st, 1998 11:00:10 AM
Responding to Nonam, "Good, I also wanted to go in that direction. Knew you'd head off in the opposite way from me, heh." Onrad reverses direction and pops Nonam hard on the shoulder as he passes him. "Heh."
DM
Saturday August 22nd, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Both paths have identical footprints heading away and toward your location. Tiburon rolls a 17(18hero). He doesn't detect any illusions of any sort.
Gareth
Saturday August 22nd, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Gareth once again listens for sounds and senses smells to give some kind of idea if there is detectible activity in either direction.
Kat
Saturday August 22nd, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Kat follows Onrad
Tiburon
Saturday August 22nd, 1998 11:00:02 AM
" Well guys," says Tiburon as he starts to follow Onrad, " It looks real enough to me. Let's see where this goes, shall we ? "
Teko
Saturday August 22nd, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Teko says, "Let's go then," and follows the others.
Gareth
Saturday August 22nd, 1998 11:00:04 AM
If no apparent way to determine a difference in the two directions, Gareth moves on with the others. "I wonder if we should be careful here. Maybe looking in the woods around would be good. Be prepared for ambush and eavesdroppers."
Jus
Saturday August 22nd, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Out of curiosity, Jus takes a quick glance down the other path to see if everyone's footprints are appearing there. He then follows the group, enjoying the overwhelming flow of sensations.
DM
Sunday August 23rd, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Gareth determines no difference in any of his enhances senses when looking down the different paths. Jus notices that footprints do appear in both directions. He even begins to see the back of the others as they walk away appearing on both paths. He can see them walking away from him down both paths. The first ones down the path see a campfire ahead. Dark figures move around it tending to the fire and cooking. One large tent stands off to one side. A sharpe voice says, "Halt! Who goes there?" All sounds cease and your senses reel with a sense of cold and emptiness.
Gareth
Sunday August 23rd, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Gareth looks stright ahead and comes to attention making sure the orders are in sight, "We are The Bloody Claws. We come with orders from our Lord and master addressed to the general! They bear his seal!"
Nonam
Sunday August 23rd, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Nonam stands silently at attention as he tries to surreptitiously get an idea of how many people are around the fire as well as what their skills (ie. warrior,mage,etc.) and races are.
Flaust
Sunday August 23rd, 1998 11:00:02 AM
follows Kat closely..appears to be shivering actually
Kat
Sunday August 23rd, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Kat waits.
The Voice
Sunday August 23rd, 1998 11:00:04 AM
"Prrrrrrfect. How very interestingggg. Marteussss has outdone himssself. Hheartss of goldzz you hhave. Howww sssweet." The sense of dread increases. You feel as if this voice sees to the inner core of your being. "Enteeer and ddeliverrrr. HoHoHeeeee..."
Teko
Sunday August 23rd, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Teko glances briefly to each side and behind to look for anyone hiding. Then he turns his gaze back to those at the campfire. He continues to move with the party.
DM
Monday August 24th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
Nonam sees the usual assortment of demihumankind around the fire. A couple of ogres, orcs, goblins, hobgoblins. None of them reveal any classes they may have by their appearance.
Gareth
Monday August 24th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Girding up his loins and trying not to look nervous Gareth slowly approaches the tent trying to absorb as much as he can around the area without turning his head and keeping his mouth firmly shut.
Flaust
Monday August 24th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Flaust stays near Kat, trying to build up at least a small amount of courage
Tiburon
Monday August 24th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Tiburon walks with Onrad and Nonam ,looking around to see the reactions of the other creatures there. He looks at the others , snorts, and looks back to where the party is heading.
Kat
Monday August 24th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Kat seeing Flausts fear licks her lips suductivly and blows her a kiss while rolling her eyes, tring to chear Flaust up as she moves toward the tent.
Nonam
Monday August 24th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Nonam follows Gareth and grins an evil smile at the voice's compliment.
Teko
Monday August 24th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Teko approaches the tent with the others. He attempts to determine the direction from which the voice emanated.
Jus
Monday August 24th, 1998 11:00:06 AM
Jus continues onward with the others.
Flaust
Monday August 24th, 1998 11:00:07 AM
Flaust giggles a little and continues moving with the party
Nonam
Monday August 24th, 1998 11:00:08 AM
Nonam looks up at the sky and mutters, "Oh great master of this little game. We await your guidance."
DM
Tuesday August 25th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
The tent flap opens and a voice booms, "Come." Inside are 3 figures sitting in chairs on stilts 6 feet in the air facing a contoured map of the area. All three have the head of lions and smoke identical pipes. They are Rakshazas. Lithe sensual forms with horns on their heads and see-thru gauze for clothing flit to and fro over the map arranging details as they are commanded. One flits over to the party and says, "Could I relate your business please?" She winks flirts and gyrates in a most carnal, but innocent way as if this was what she was born to do and could no easier stop her amoral teasing than you could stop breathing.
Kat
Tuesday August 25th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Kat sits amazed at the spectacle. she looks at the map tring to decern and military details from it that she might be able to amke out.
Flaust
Tuesday August 25th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
looks to Kat and says" Great, now the boys will really be showing off."
Gareth
Tuesday August 25th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
With as much poise and stature as he can muster Gareth says "We were ordered to bring you these..." And with that holds out the satchel.
Gareth
Tuesday August 25th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
With as much poise and stature as he can muster Gareth says "We were ordered to bring you these..." And with that holds out the satchel.
Nonam
Tuesday August 25th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Grins, licks his lips, and stares at the display before him.
Teko
Tuesday August 25th, 1998 11:00:05 AM
Teko closely observes both the rakshazas and their servants. And he checks for signs of anyone else in the room.
Sensual Form #1
Wednesday August 26th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
"Why thank ye brave sir," she purrs. She flits her wings in Gareth's face, and flits like a butterfly over to the Rakshaza on the left. She says, "Of course sir," and opens the satchel removing the plans and presents the seal to him.
Rakshaza #1
Wednesday August 26th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
He snifs it once and then looks at it strangely examining it very closely. He then snifs of it again. ...and growls deeply. The other Rakshazas turn their attention from the plans to 'The Bloody Claws.' The first one's anger builds. He whirls toward Gareth and shouts, "How long ago did you receive this?"
DM
Wednesday August 26th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Kat and Nonam see very straight forward plans to take the northern army in a sweep of the northern frontier towns. A major flight of dragon figures are pointed at Windhorn Hamlet and a crudely rendered drawing of a Dragon Sentinel is etched into the tabletop. A few figures represent the Southern Army which seems poised to attack the western frontier towns of New Elenna and work south toward South Harbor.
Nonam
Wednesday August 26th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
My master called us through the mists and gave them to us. It was no more than a day ago. I lose track of time when we travel that way. We could have been here sooner, but humans attacked us when we came back through the mist. Heh heh, which was good 'cause we got to kill them.
Gareth
Wednesday August 26th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
Waits for the being to respond to Nonam's explanation.
Rakshasa #1
Thursday August 27th, 1998 10:59:59 AM
"Pah!" He spits. "You should be struck down for such insolence. Speaking in your leader's place! What gall! You are truly acting more human since your treatments began." He turns and opens the seal. He unrolls the scroll and reads the contents. As he reads his expression changes. "Ahh, a change in route. This is good! The Dark One has outdone himself this time. The time of our rulership is at hand!" He flicks the scroll at the table and some of the sexy little demons began to reshape the map to have the army advance through a secret valley where they will not be seen by the enemy until they are nearly upon them, bursting from this secret valley the Dark Lord has found into the midst of the enemy. "You have done well comrades! Victory is ours for the taking! Then will come the new age when the Dark Lord ousts the Gods of Wold and the God of Yore!" All three stand and salute. "Dismissed!"
Jus
Thursday August 27th, 1998 11:00:00 AM
Jus bows slightly and backs away, casting one last glance at the "butterflys" as he leaves the tent.
Teko
Thursday August 27th, 1998 11:00:01 AM
Teko also bows slightly and backs away with the rest of the party.
Tiburon
Thursday August 27th, 1998 11:00:02 AM
Tiburon glances one last time at the sandtable to see the new line of march for the armies. He tries to memorize the new routes as he bows and backs from the tent.
Nonam
Thursday August 27th, 1998 11:00:03 AM
After a quick wink for one of the 'sexy demons,' Nonam bows and turns to walk out of the tent.
Gareth
Thursday August 27th, 1998 11:00:04 AM
Gareth salutes in return and retreats last after all the others have begun to move and exits the tent.
DM
Friday August 28th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
As the party leaves the command tent, the tent shimmers and begins to disappear. The voice of the Rakshaza speaks. "One more thing...Kill the messengers." The dead rise from the cultivated dirt in the darkness beyond the fire. Elves, humans, ane more. Then the shock hits you. These are The Three, but dead. Gareth, Jus, Nonam, Onrad, Kat, Flaust, Tiburon, Teko. They are all here. The wounds look exactly like the wounds you gave to the Bloody Claws. (Roll for surprise at -2.)
DM
Friday August 28th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Round 1-(The party gets initiative.)The front row of undead stand 50 feet away from you. Gareth, Tiburon, Onrad and Teko are in their front row. The rest are in back. There is about 15' between them on the front row. 20' between each of them on the back row. The back row is 30' behind the front row.
Gareth
Friday August 28th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Gareth pulls out his sword and also the horn he kept from the clearing. "Retreat to the beginning of the road! Get ready to use our other way out!" and with that blows the horn.
Tiburon
Friday August 28th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Tiburon cast Random Causality upon the Undead Gareth , then moves with the rest towards the end of the road.
Kat
Friday August 28th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Kat says "OK boys how about the ring now??"
Teko
Friday August 28th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Teko unsheaths his short sword and attacks any undead that comes to meet him. He also looks for any sort of discrepency which might reveal these creatures as illusory.
DM insert
Saturday August 29th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The undead's AC is 4 in case it's needed.(FYI)
Nonam
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Nonam retreats with the others. "Let's get out of here!"
Jus
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Jus, not surprised (6), moves in front of Kat and Flaust, pulling out his bow. "I've always wanted to do this!" he quips to Nonam as he fires two +1 arrows at the undead Nonam. Both arrows hit the creature (h16, h9) for 3hp and 7hp.
Nonam
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Not suprised either (7), "HEY!!!" In childish fashion, Nonam retaliates with a magic missle. The 3 bolts of energy race toward the undead Jus for 13 points of damage (4+1,2+1,4+1).
Gareth
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
If nothing happens when Gareth blows the horn he says to Kat "The ring would be good about now!"
Flaust
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Flaust shakes her head quickly as if coming out of a daze. "sorry, this is too much." Flaust puts on the ring and then hands it to Kat
Onrad
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Onrad races back to the area where they first arrived. Onrad reaches for the ring, puts it on and passes it. Looking around he comments, "Gareth, I do believe the horn is working, this vile place seems to be fading, but not our enemies! Quick everyone, pass that ring!"
Kat
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
Kat casts Magic Missle at any Undead that aproach. (4+1, 1+1, 3+1) The she says, "The ring boys, please keep it moving."
Gareth
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
Gareth puts the ring on and passes it on. He attacks any undead that approach making sure he's between them and the ring.
Teko
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:08 PM
Teko(who was not suprised earlier, by the way, rolling a total of 5 {3 + 2 reaction bonus}) stands ready to parry. He, too, eagerly puts on the ring when it comes to him and then passes it on to the next person.
Jus
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:09 PM
Jus uses the ring. "I guess your mommy would be mad if we left you behind", he teases, giving the ring to Nonam.
Nonam
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:10 PM
Silently Nonam slips the on the ring, and then he passes it on to the next person.
Tiburon
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:11 PM
Tiburon puts on the ring and passes it back to Kat, " I think that's everyone, dear," Tib smiles," Shall we go ?"
Kat
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:12 PM
Kat doubble checking to make sure everyone has put on the ring, places it on her own finger as she winks at Tib. "Home James." she says as she visualizes home.
DM
Saturday August 29th, 1998 3:00:13 PM
Nothing happens, and the undead move in to attacking range. Our heroes have the initative.
Nonam
Monday August 31st, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Nonam screams "DIE! DIE! DIE! HUMAN FILTH!!! I'LL SEND YOU TO MY MASTER AGAIN!!!!!!!" Then he throws a pair of daggers at the undead Jus. Both hit (13/17 needed 11) and do 10 points of damage (3+2/3+2).
Gareth
Monday August 31st, 1998 3:00:00 PM
At Onrad's words, Gareth looks through the gathering mists to see if the party is going back to the camp. "Die again human!" He attacks the creature that looks like Gareth with a viscious down slice across his chest laying it open for all to see (10 w/ 13 dmg). "Try again when the mists clear Kat!" Gareth yells.
Flaust
Monday August 31st, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Summoning strength from her diety, Flaust attempts to turn the undead. (9/8 turned 8 undead of 5 HD or below)
Kat
Monday August 31st, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Kat defends herself waiting till the mists clear to try the ring again.
Jus
Monday August 31st, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Jus glances at Nonam and launches his own Magic Missiles at the undead Nonam, causing another 5hp of damage.
Onrad
Monday August 31st, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Onrad moves to attack the undead Flaust. He strikes a mighty blow (15) and leaves a long gash in the monstrosity (6pts).
DM
Tuesday September 1st, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The undead siltently close to attack. The Nonam moves in to attack Jus with bare hands. It strikes with a 16 and does 3 points, but it's cold touch leaves Jus feeling weak. The Jus moves to attack Nonam. Again it attacks with bare hands. It too strikes with a 16 and deals 4 points of damage. Nonam screams at the creatures icy touch. The Kat moves to attack Kat. It reaches out it's icy fingers, and Kat can feel them groping for her neck. Then it stumbles and falls (1). The Gareth attacks Gareth and hits with a 15. It only inflicts 1 point of damage, but Gareth can feel his life force drain away. The Onrad attacks Flaust, but it's hands grasp at thin air (4). The Teko attacks Tiburon, but it misses (5). The Flaust attacks Teko, but misses (5). The Tiburon rakes at Onrad with it's claws. It does 2 points of damage, and Onrad feels week.
DM
Tuesday September 1st, 1998 3:00:00 PM
The undead siltently close to attack. The Nonam moves in to attack Jus with bare hands. It strikes with a 16 and does 3 points, but it's cold touch leaves Jus feeling weak. The Jus moves to attack Nonam. Again it attacks with bare hands. It too strikes with a 16 and deals 4 points of damage. Nonam screams at the creatures icy touch. The Kat moves to attack Kat. It reaches out it's icy fingers, and Kat can feel them groping for her neck. Then it stumbles and falls (1). The Gareth attacks Gareth and hits with a 15. It only inflicts 1 point of damage, but Gareth can feel his life force drain away. The Onrad attacks Flaust, but it's hands grasp at thin air (4). The Teko attacks Tiburon, but it misses (5). The Flaust attacks Teko, but misses (5). The Tiburon rakes at Onrad with it's claws. It does 2 points of damage, and Onrad feels week.
DM
Tuesday September 1st, 1998 3:00:01 PM
(Those were level draining attacks. All touched lost one level. Make the appropriate adjustments to Thaco, hitpoints, saves, and spells before submitting another turn.)
Flaust
Tuesday September 1st, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Flaust throws a net at the undead Flaust (12 hits AC 2)
Gareth
Tuesday September 1st, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"You cannot win!" Gareth hacks the creature twice (13, 17) for (14 + 17 = 31 dmg).
Nonam
Tuesday September 1st, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Nonam casts Burning Hands at the undead Jus. The creature screams in agony as it takes 9 points of fiery damage.
DM
Wednesday September 2nd, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Kat comes to the realization that the evil, vision obscuring, green mist cleared some time ago and that all that remains is some normal mist which doesn't really seem to impair the group. She is free to act if she wishes.
DM
Wednesday September 2nd, 1998 3:00:00 PM
As the fight progresses, many of the demihumans who were gathered around the campfires outside the now disappeared tent begin to come over and watch. As they cheer, it quickly becomes apparent that they came to watch a fight, but it's hard to determine which side they are cheering for.
Tiburon
Wednesday September 2nd, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Tiburon draws his sword and swings at The Tiko ( a 13 ) and does 5hp's to the vile creature.
Onrad
Wednesday September 2nd, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Onrad strikes out twice at The Tiburon rolling 6 and 15 hitting once for 8 points of damage. He screams: "Die enemies!" With all the confusion Onrad is not sure who is closed with who. He tries to maneuver himself so that he can free up one of the casters to cast. He looks first to aid Tiburon, then if that is impossible will look to engage Kat's opponent.
Teko
Wednesday September 2nd, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Teko hits the undead Flaust with his short sword (rolling a 16) for 4 points of damage. He keeps a lookout for that ring...
Jus
Wednesday September 2nd, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Jus pulls out his swords and strikes at the undead Nonam (h14/ac1 h18/ac-3) causing 5hp of damage with his +1 long sword, and 6hp with his short shord.
Kat
Wednesday September 2nd, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Knowing that the Undead can't drain her she steps up to the undead Noman, in order to defend Jus. "I've allways wanted to do this!" she says as she swings at his head in an attempt to take it off. (Called shot -2 using 3 hero points [13 +3 = 16] for 4 pts. dam)
DM
Thursday September 3rd, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Kat doesn't succeed in lopping off the Nonam's head, but she does but the monstrosity down. The Jus succumbs to Nonam's magic, and Gareth opens himself up in brutal fashion. Gareth we need a Con check to see if you have the strength to go on after killing yourself.
DM
Thursday September 3rd, 1998 3:00:00 PM
The Flaust is tangled in Flaust's net.
DM
Thursday September 3rd, 1998 3:00:01 PM
The remaining undead move to attack. The Kat gets up from the ground. The Onrad attacks Flaust with tooth and nail. It strikes (14/14) doing a total of 9 points of damage. Flaust feels pain from the damage, but she also feels warmth and engouragement from Alemi for the 1st time in a long time. She does not lose a level. The Teko attacks Tiburon, but once again fails to hit (10). The Flaust begins trying to chew through the net. The Tiburon swings a clawed hand at Onrad's face. The nails drag across Onrad's flesh (17), and he feels the nauseating chill of the dead thing once again. He takes 4 points of damage.
Onrad
Thursday September 3rd, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Receiving no indication as to whether his tactics worked last round, [grin] Onrad once again tries to position himself so as to free up Tiburon to cast by drawing Tib's attacker onto himself. He strikes at The Tiburon twice hitting both times (17 and 15) doing 7 and 6 points of damage respectively.
Gareth
Thursday September 3rd, 1998 3:00:03 PM
With great effort, Gareth grimaces with effort (13 Con check) as he turns and slices at The Tiberion hitting it square across the right shoulder and chest opening a big hole (17 to hit 12 dmg).
DM
Friday September 4th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
With the combined effort of Gareth and Onrad the Tiburon falls to the ground dead... again. Now that Onrad has freed himself from mortal danger, he sees that his companions are winning the battle with little effort. Onrad sees that Tiburon is fighting the Teko, but Tiburon seems to have the upper hand. Kat and Jus are working together and have just put down their opponent. Teko is wailing away on the netted Flaust. Nonam stands over a smoking corpse and seems to be looking for another victim... then he spies Flaust. She looks as if she could use some aid, but there's a fire in her eyes that's been missing for a while.
Nonam
Friday September 4th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Nonam moves to aid Tiburon. He pulls out the wand of shocking and zaps the Teko for 8 points of damage.
Flaust
Friday September 4th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Looking better than ever aside from a bit of blood, Flaust begins casting "weighty chest" on the net.
Kat
Friday September 4th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Kat strikes at the downed Noman with all her might. (4) misses
Jus
Friday September 4th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Jus moves his attack to the Kat, but only connects with one of his swords (h16/ac-1 h10/ac5) doing 7 hp of damage.
Teko
Friday September 4th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Teko, rolling a 14, thrusts(but does not slash) his sword into The Flaust for a mighty 1 point of damage.
Tiburon
Friday September 4th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Tiburon drops to one knee as he swings at The Teko's knee( a called shot -4 to hit)to attempt to cripple it. He swings ( rolls an 18, promise) and hits the left knee for 3 hp's.
DM
Saturday September 5th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Flaust's spell goes off and the Flaust in the net can not move. Tiburon's tactic drops the Teko, but it is still struggling. The Onrad draws both of its swords and attacks Flaust, but misses twice (5/8). The Kat attacks Jus with a claw and a bite. The claw slashes wildly at thin air, but the foul things manages to chomp down on Jus's arm. He takes 5 points of excrutiangly painful damage from the Kat's lovely undead teeth, and he feels the chill.
Gareth
Saturday September 5th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Not being able to easily bring himself to hit The Kat, Gareth focuses his attack on The Onrad, ripping into it with deadly accuracy twice (12,18) for 27 hp dmg (12, 15).
DM
Saturday September 5th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
The Onrad falls before Gareth's mighty onslaught. The crowd of demihumans around the battle cheer wildly as the Onrad falls. Gareth notices Crud in the group, whooping wildly and screaming "Kill the humans!!! KILLKILLKILL!!!!!"
Nonam
Saturday September 5th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
With the Teko on the ground, Nonam focuses on the only undead still standing, the Kat. "Die you tramp!!!" He throws 2 daggers. The handles glow as they streak through the air. The first hits (14) and does a whopping 4 points of damage, but the second just barely misses (10).
DM
Sunday September 6th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Kat realizes that the Nonam is down for good even if it's head is still attached.
Teko
Sunday September 6th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Teko swings at The Kat, missing with a 12.
Jus
Sunday September 6th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Jus quickly parries the Kat's bite (h12/ac4), but misses with his off-hand attack (h12/ac5).
Onrad
Sunday September 6th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Onrad stops to play to the audience for a moment just to be sure they are on our side screaming, "Bloody Claws! Bloody Claws! Hip-Hip......" Then he points to the crowd directing them and hoping they say 'Hooray' Then he swaggers and cavorts over to The Kat and strikes at her twice hitting twice with a 15 and an 11 for 3 and 7 points of damage.
Kat
Sunday September 6th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Kat moves to the Flaust in the net and begins to pummell it back to it's un-undead state. She hits it twice through the net. (20 and a 16 for 9 pts of dam.)
flaust
Sunday September 6th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Flaust begins casting cure light wounds on Jus (5)
Jus
Sunday September 6th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Seeing Flaust coming his way, Jus quickly shakes his head. "Just a scratch. Don't waste your healing on me."
DM
Monday September 7th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
At Onrad's prompting, Crud screams, "BLOODY CLAAAAAWWSSSS!!!" And the crowd goes wild. The Kat succumbs to Nonam and Onrad's assault and becomes one of the redead. The Teko recovers just enough to take one more swing at Tiburon but misses wildly (1). It now lies on it's back exposed to the world. The Flaust keeps trying to chew through the net, and acutally seems to be making a little progress. Given another 15 minutes it might free itself.
DM
Monday September 7th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
One of the onlookers screams, "The one that threw the net hasn't ever hit anyone!!! He must be a weak willed elf!!!" Then the crowd begins to chant "Net Thrower kill a human for us! Net Thrower kill a human for us! Net Thrower kill a human for us!"
Gareth
Monday September 7th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Gareth turns to Flaust and somewhat softly says "Will you kill the thing under the net? It would really help you, us, and the tormented thing go back where it should be." and with that turns and nails The Teko into the ground with his sword (16 TH, 17 dmg).
Nonam
Monday September 7th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
In a wanton display of power, Nonam casts burning hands straight into the air. The arc of flame crackels with heat and magic as it shoots up into the air. Then Nonam screams, "WE'LL KILL THE HUMANS WITH THEIR OWN MAGICS!!!"
DM
Tuesday September 8th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Gareth's mighty blow drops the Teko, and the fans go wild, "Tokor! Tokor! Tokor!" Then Nonam flames the air, and the crowd gets quiet. Then at the brief speech they go berserk. They scream, whoop, and yell, "Bloody Claws!!!" They carry on for a bit, and then one notices, "Hey the net thrower still needs to kill one! He doesn't deserve to be a bloody claw!!" And they begin again, "Net Thrower Kill!!! Net Thrower Kill!!!" They begin to press closer and at times the chant seems to sound more like, "Kill Net Thrower!!!"
Teko
Tuesday September 8th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Teko waits to see what will happen next, but remains ready to fight and takes a good look around for any suprises.
Jus
Tuesday September 8th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Jus is shaken when he realizes he can no longer remember his 2nd level spells. He manages to keep his composure (con check rolled 4), and looks around for any more undead.
Kat
Tuesday September 8th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Kat continues to wail on the Flaust within the net, screaming "Go back where you came from!!!" She dosen't seem to notice anythng else, as a matter of fact she seems to have lost it a bit. (13 hits ac 5 for 4pts dam)
Flaust
Tuesday September 8th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Flaust gets the appearance of numbness and turns to Kat. Quietly she says,"Give me a blade"
Gareth
Tuesday September 8th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Gareth walks over to The Flaust and positions himself betweem the screaming crowd (or at least the largest rowdiest portion of it) and the rest of the party. Seeing Flaust ask for a blade he turns and bellows "We thank you for watching while we rid this camp of filth and dirt! After our net thrower kills the last one we must leave on The Dark Lords business. Crud! you and your men keep everyone back a minute so we can hurry up and finish. Don't let them stop us from the Dark Lord's business!". And with that turns and watches to make sure things go like he thinks they will. "Ring guys. Now would be good."
Gareth
Tuesday September 8th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
With an evil grin Gareth also shouts back to the creatures. "When we leave you guys should clean up this mess. I hear human has a great taste to it!"
Nonam
Tuesday September 8th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
"She's the bloodthirstiest one of the bunch. That's why we make her use a net. She never leaves enough humans for us to kill. Now boys, step back and watch a master...."
DM
Wednesday September 9th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The orcs calm down a bit and all eyes focus on Flaust.
Nonam
Wednesday September 9th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Nonam goes over and rests a hand on Kat's shoulder, and says quietly, "stop."
Flaust
Wednesday September 9th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Flaust approaches "the flaust" Standing above the net trapped figure, Flaust pulls a dagger from her wrist sheath. She then raises the dagger into the air and begins whispering something.
DM
Wednesday September 9th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
The orcs all strain to hear the whispering. They're all eager to see exactly what happens.
Flaust
Wednesday September 9th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Flaust brings the blade down hard and fast. (16- hits ac 5 due to non-proficient pen.)
DM
Thursday September 10th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Being held by the net like The Flaust is, the hit goes true and fine striking the undead and burying itself to the hit in the top of The Flaust's head. Then a cracking sound occurs as the head splits into falling to the left and the right each resting sideways on the creatures shoulders as it collapses dead.
Crowd
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
The crowd goes wild! They yell, "Blooooody Net Thrower! Blooooooody! Blooooooooody!"
Onrad
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
"And now we leave you to your feasting!" Onrad reaches out for the ring.
Gareth
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Turns triumphantly to the crowd and says Crud! Keep them back while we finish! Then he turns, takes the ring from Onrad, puts it on and passes it on.
Nonam
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Takes the ring and passes it.
Teko
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Teko quickly slips on the ring when it comes to him and passes it on.
Kat
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Kat continues to wail on the body in the net untill Noman aproaches her, she then colapses and holds out the ring.
Flaust
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
Flaust puts on the ring and passes it
Onrad
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
Onrad looks at Tiburon and with a crooked grin says, "Ya wanting to stay or somethin'?" Then to Kat, "Where are we off to?"
Jus
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:08 PM
Jus takes his turn at the ring and walks over to Tiburon, "You better slip it on again, since it's been a few minutes."
Tiburon
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:09 PM
Tiburon takes the ring from Jus, slips it on, removes it and hands it to Kat." Just waiting for everyone else to do their thing.Shall we go to do more of our Lord's Business ?" says Tiburon.
Gareth
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:10 PM
"I'd say he has earned our best efforts and work."
Nonam
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:11 PM
"Well let's be off. That is if this thing is going to work this time."
DM - The Scribes of Wold
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:12 PM
The Scribes of Wold calmly put down their pens for the first time in millenia waiting for Kat to declare the location she is teleporting the group to.
Kat
Thursday September 10th, 1998 3:00:13 PM
Kat puts the ring on and imagines the room they left from.
DM
Friday September 11th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The Wold spins around you and the chants of the Dark Lord's Army die away. You appear in an empty room devoid of all furniture. You recognize it as the conference room you were in before, one door leading to the War Room and one leading to the kitchen. Both rooms are also empty. A magic mouth forms in the wall. "Intruders detected! Drop your weapons and prepare for interrogation!"
Guards
Friday September 11th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
A contingient of 20 guards open the door and rush into the War Room. The leader spots you and says, "Surrender." The soldiers seeing an orc adventuring group, begin to spread themselves out through the room. One throws a small block onto the ground and says, "Get to know me, Domi!" It grows into a barricade. Some of the soldiers crouch behind it and draw arrows. One soldier upon the nod of the leader rushes out the door.
Gareth
Friday September 11th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Gareth puts up both hands in front of him. "Not the welcome we were expecting. We are NOT orcs, we are the Three who were polymorphed into orcs for a special mission for General Livermore. We can prove this if you check. We just returned from the mission with information for him."
Flaust
Friday September 11th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Flaust , physically and emotionally exhausted, collapses to the floor.
Nonam
Friday September 11th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Nonam throws down his weapons as he spouts off, "Back off! Orcs are too stupid to figure out how to teleport into here!"
Jus
Friday September 11th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
"Or check with Roscoe or Fireball."
Kat
Friday September 11th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Kat drops the illusion spell, and sits next to flaust, looking at the nearest guard she makes eye caontact and growls "Get Roscoe or the Genral NOW!"
Tiburon
Friday September 11th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
Tiburon goes over to a chair in the courner and sits with a sigh.
Teko
Friday September 11th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
Teko sets his weapons down slowly, puts his hands up, and waits quietly.
Flaust
Friday September 11th, 1998 3:00:08 PM
Flaust looks at her hands and as a tear rolls down her cheek says, " I didn't want to do it. I don't know what happened. I lost it. The blood all the blood."
Nonam
Friday September 11th, 1998 3:00:09 PM
"Flaust, you didn't kill anything. You merely returned a dead thing to the grave. You and I both know that Alemi encourages his preists to fight the undead, and he gives them the power to destroy them."
Guard Leader
Friday September 11th, 1998 3:00:10 PM
"Flaust? Orcs don't cry over a kill. Lower your weapons lads. These are The Three! Why the @#$% did you guys teleport back here? General Livermore left to take command of the army an hour ago. Just after you left. Follow me. Explain as we go. The new headquarters is a few blocks away."
Onrad
Saturday September 12th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
"I thought our next stop was Edonmoor? Wasn't it? Kat, why did you bring us back here?"
Tiburon
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
"Well Flaust," says Tiburon," I guess you'll have some Major attonement to do. Using a BLADE to kill a helpless creature, I didn't think a Patriach of Alemi could use an edged weapon. I bet if you you got down on your knees and prayed real hard, Domi would show you the way."
Flaust
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
" Tiberon, you may be right, but that is between my God and I. Perhaps you should judge your own decisons and let me deal with mine. "
Nonam
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"Well I wasn't in charge of the teleporting, but there's a good chance that the Darklord's army is expecting are attack. Their general seemed to know about us and tried to have us killed by undead which looked like us... as humans. We need to let General Livermore know."
Jus
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Could be, but I bet Fireball turned the Bloody Claws into us, and the enemy just wanted to tie up loose ends. What better and more ironic way than to use undead "humans" that we just defeated.
Onrad
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
I think in a sort of perverted way that giving The Bloody Claws the chance to kill the ones who they fought before in front of the army was a sort of reward. Also a final test of their power. Who's gonna get tested more than a succesful group on the heels of a great triumph of being allowed to carry the Dark Lord's battle plans? Yes we should report it. We should be debriefed by General Livermore. We should get to him as quick as possible.
Kat
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
"Look I have had a rough day, I have never seen Edenmor so we came here! You want to go some where else, someone else use the damm ring!"
Nonam
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
"We should probably get someone here to teleport us there. We can't be late with this. Guard, are either Fireball or Roscoe still here? Or anyone else who can polymorph us back to humans and teleport us to the army? Also we were in battle with undead and could really use a preist."
Tiburon
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
" But Flaust, " says Tiburon," It looks like you made your decision when you used that blade while I haven't gone against the tenents of my faith. I'm sure that Domi would gladly take you in help you with your problem."
Flaust
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:08 PM
To Tiburon , Flaust says," Tiburon, please just mind your own business." Flaust then turns away from Tiburon and addresses the party. " Can we please just go do whatever we are supposed to do? I can't take much more of this."
Tiburon
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:09 PM
" Ah Flaust," says Tiburon with a smile," converting wrong-doers IS my business. It should be yours too. "
Teko
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:10 PM
After picking up and sheathing his weapons, Teko follows the guard leader, but remains quiet.
Kat
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:11 PM
Kat crosses to Tiburon "Leave her ALONE!"
Onrad
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:12 PM
"Lay off Tib. This discussion can be saved for another time and another place. It is DEFINITELY not Domilike to hit a person when she's down even figuratively. Look to your own faith!"
The soldier
Saturday September 12th, 1998 3:00:13 PM
The soldier leads the party across Humble Street into Campfire Court where he leads the party into Campfire Court Barracks. There a new makeshift operations has been set up. The head soldier says, "General Zerina, it was The Three teleporting back after their mission. Here they are." An attractive woman in a general's outfit says, "Report!" She turns to Flaust for the answer.
Nonam
Sunday September 13th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
"Damn it. We're in a hurry. How many reports do we have to make?"
Flaust
Sunday September 13th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Flaust stands regains composure and states, "After successfully delivering the altered plans, a map was displayed. I believe Kat saw the map well enough to relate what was on it. As we left, the rakashas ordered the death of the messengers. We were then confronted by undead whose appearance resembled our true forms, and not our disguises. After a most disheartening battle we arrived here."
Onrad
Sunday September 13th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Onrad seethes and gritting his teeth with his hand on his sword says to Nonam, "Nonam is it your intention to insult every person we meet who is in a position to help us?" He then turns to the General and says, "I'd apologize for him, but he'd just say something worse. Is there anything else you need to know? This has been a very soul draining experience for us and we are weary of it. We are anxious to move on and put this behind us."
Jus
Sunday September 13th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"Draining... Yes, Draining! I don't suppose you could restore what the undead just took from us?" Jus then explains that he can no longer remember his second level spells, nor can he fight quite as well -- a result of the encounter with the undead Three.
Nonam
Sunday September 13th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Nonam blows Onrad a kiss, "Onrad, you make such a cute orc when you're angry." Then he turns to General Zerina, "General, I appologize for my brusque manner. I am weary after our mission, weakened from our encounter with the undead, and sickened at looking down at these brutish orc fingers. I am afraid it's made irritable. I sincerely pray that you'll find it within your lovely heart to forgive me."
Tiburon
Sunday September 13th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
" I see no-one of you has thought about Flausts' situation. If she is out of favor with Alemi for forsaking her tennats of faith , then she will no longer have access to her clerical powers and is a liability in a combat situation. One that could get one of us killed. I hope that Alemi will forgive her slip-up this time, but you must look at the possable results from such actions and to its' effect upon ALL of us, not just her. I might not have baited her about switching to Domi, but we need to find out if she needs to atone for that before she goes on or if she can wait until after. " says Tiburon.
Flaust
Sunday September 13th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
"Atonement may be necessary, but it is between me and my god so, please just shut up about it and mind your own business!"
Kat
Sunday September 13th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
"Can we please finish and go somewhere and relax. We are going to kill each other in a moment if we don't."
Teko
Sunday September 13th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
Teko, looking on, sighs and wearily waits for a response from the general.
Jus
Sunday September 13th, 1998 3:00:08 PM
Quietly, Jus considers that Flaust could always become a fighter... or start her children's home. "I'm sure Flaust appreciates our concern, but she can take care of herself. And our help will always be there whenever she asks for it."
Nonam
Sunday September 13th, 1998 3:00:09 PM
With a twinkle in his eye, "Oh come now Tiburon, isn't all that stuff just mumbo jumbo. You learned your spells and abilities through study. Your method of memorization is different from mine, but it's still just power that you produce and channel yourself."
General Zerina
Sunday September 13th, 1998 3:00:10 PM
"Silence! I don't see how in blazes such a disintegrated group of individuals can be effective, but my instructions are to trust your instincts. Do you feel the planting of the plans was successful? Do we arrange our armies in anticipation that they will follow those false plans or not?" She scans the party for signs of intelligience.
Tiburon
Monday September 14th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
"Flaust, don't you understand that keeping you and everyone else alive and well is my business ?", Tiburon says with a sigh," If you have turned into a non-combatant, then we need to plan for that. Do you want these others to die just because you can't cast a healing spell or a protection spell when it's needed ?"
Kat
Monday September 14th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Kat stands up and shouts "SHUT UP!!!!! This is not the time. Genral yes the plans worked, they have changed their battle plans and are begining to march toward the valley."
Teko
Monday September 14th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Teko says, "Yes, it does appear that they took the bait. Still, I'm puzzled. Why did the undead we fought appear as us in our unpolymorphed forms? We need to be sure about that."
Jus
Monday September 14th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"General, please forgive our behavior. We have seen sights abominable to all decency, even considering the war. No matter how we may sound -- at the moment -- we are a team." Jus then describes what occurred in as much detail as he recalls, finishing up with "My judgement is that they believed the plans. Since we saw there current battle layout and overheard the new plans, we were a liability that the undead were to remove."
General Zirena
Monday September 14th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Very well then. She writes something on a scroll quickly and seals it with her personal seal. Now, take this through to General Livermore. Nikar here, a mage of fine reputation, will give you a mental picture of where you are to go. She is in constant contact with the General this evening. Nikar?"
Nikar
Monday September 14th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
"Greetings, Kat. Tell Pantheon hi for me when you talk to him next. I'm sure he'll remember me. I used to be one of his witches....(soft laugh). I'm going to be using a new spell of mine called Shared Vision. It will let you see the picture I have of the general's locale in my mind, Ready?" After getting Kat's consent, she closes her eyes, puts her hands on the sides of Kat's head and breathes slowly on her. Kat receives the current location of the general as a current moving scene.
Nonam
Tuesday September 15th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Nonam waits and puts on the ring at the appropriate time.
Flaust
Tuesday September 15th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Walks up to Tiberon, " I am sorry for my behavior. Everything you have ever said is exactly true. Please forgive me. How about a hug?" Flaust gets even closer to Tiberon, winks, and gives him a hug.
Teko
Tuesday September 15th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Teko waits and puts on the ring when it comes to him.
Gareth
Tuesday September 15th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Gareth waits for Kat to pass the ring.
Flaust
Tuesday September 15th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Waits for her turn with the ring
Onrad
Tuesday September 15th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Onrad wait for his turn with the ring. "You've primped long enough Kat, you're never gonna fit in that outfit anyways."
Kat
Tuesday September 15th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Kat wipes a tear from her eye and looks at Onrad, she then places the ring on her finger and imagines the place Nikar showed her. in the prosess she imagines Onrad about three feet off the ground.
DM
Tuesday September 15th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
The party is teleported to the edge of a low cliff ovelooking a misty valley. Onrad lets out a huge yell as he appears in the air falling. Kat looks up grinning only to get a very surprised look on her face as Onrad lands rather hard on her knocking her down, messing up her hair and covering her in wet dirt from the slightly wet ground. Her clothes and hair are a mess. The small but bold army of New Elenna is spread out through the valley working furiously at setting traps magical and mundane. General Livermore smiles at the group and motions them over. "Welcome heroes! You have done well. The enemy will advance through this valley and our preparations should give us a decided advantage. The spies in the Orcish camp have confirmed your report and that they are to all indications following our false plans. Hopefully the Red Dragons will be able to keep the Dark Lord busy enough that he will not check in on his troups. Edenmoor has been evacuated ahead of schedule thanks to the Red Tigers and the Black Blades. Therefore your work here is ended. You may remain and watch the battle from this vantage or retire and rest. You are heroes in the highest sense of the word and your city thanks you. Here is my seal. Report to the temple of Domi and they will do their best to restore your lost life force and heal your wounds. I give you this now, because things will get very busy shortly. Again thank you and I am forever at your service." He bows and shakes each hand, then salutes.
Nonam
Tuesday September 15th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
After confirming that no one dispelled the polymorph spell by looking at his companions, Nonam says, "Uhm, general, can someone change us back into humans. I don't really want to walk into the temple of Domi looking like an orc."
General Livermore
Tuesday September 15th, 1998 3:00:08 PM
Uh, sure. General Livermore looks into a special ring with the shape of a golden dragon in its design and says, "Roscoe? Good. Please cast the contingency spell to polymorph these fine heroes back into their proper forms please."
Voice in the ring
Tuesday September 15th, 1998 3:00:09 PM
"May you all be as ugly as you were before." And with that the orc faces melt away into your former faces.
Tiburon
Wednesday September 16th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
" Wait a minuet, aren't you going to change Onrad back ?? Oh wait , that's how he looked before.. heh...heh... sorry Onrad, I couldn't resist." says Tiburon with a laugh.
Kat
Wednesday September 16th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Kat looks amazing even coved in mud and messed up clothes.
Teko
Wednesday September 16th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Teko breathes deeply. "I've traveled more in the last few hours than I have in all my other days. This is truly amazing. But somehow I don't think I've seen anything yet. Well... On to the temple, yes? Oh. And it's good to see everyone again! Sorry if there was any misunderstanding about my arrival."
Jus
Wednesday September 16th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
When everyone starts going to the temple, Jus says, "Let's get this over with quick. I'd like to volunteer our services to the General again. I, for one, want to stop the abominations we've seen. Anyone disagree?"
Nonam
Wednesday September 16th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"Are we going to the temple in Floating City?" Nonam sneezes and he turns into an orc for a brief second. He doesn't seem to notice.
Flaust
Wednesday September 16th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
"I definitely want to get this over with."
Onrad
Wednesday September 16th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Onrad waits to put on the ring and pass it along.
Gareth
Wednesday September 16th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
After being in in an amazing daze for what seems 2 weeks... Gareth says "Thank you General, we will quickly go to the temple and return for the battle. I would relish the idea of cutting down large numbers of the evil creatures we've seen. By the way, the North army is MUCH larger than anticipated. We couldn't count them all."
Nonam
Wednesday September 16th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
waits for the ring.
General Livermore
Wednesday September 16th, 1998 3:00:08 PM
Your courage is uplifting to us all, but we have things well in hand here. You may come and watch the battle from the air with me or begin your earned R&R. I won't have such valuable forces in the common field of battle. Not unless it is needed. Later, if the Dark Lord continues his offensive against New Elenna, I or one of the Dragon Groups may call on you again. May that day never come!"
Kat
Wednesday September 16th, 1998 3:00:09 PM
Kat passes the ring around and the group finds themselves in front of the Cathedral of Love.
DM
Thursday September 17th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Priests tend to your needs over the next few hours using highly prized Restoration spells to restore the lost life-force to your bodies. (This puts you at the beginning of the level you were at. Experience past that point are lost for good.) The priests do their best to cater to your every need and want. It's almost as if they are embarassed about something. Then a summons arrives.
(Summons)
Thursday September 17th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Hear ye! The Overlord of The Floating City hereby requests the company of The Three for an early morning breakfast and to accompany him in watching the Battle for Edenmoor. A carriage awaits.
DM
Thursday September 17th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Looking outside you see the sunshine pour in the doorway and you realize that your healing took much longer than you would have thought. Not only do you see a beautiful carriage, evidently the royal carriage of the Overlord, but a huge crowd of thousands all converging on the sides of the streets where grandstands have been erected and signs bearing a hand holding three fingers aloft are everywhere!
Gareth
Thursday September 17th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"Well guys, I guess we'll go see the battle. I sure do hate to watch and not fight but at least they'll be there if they need us. I think we did a great job. Couldn't have been much better. I also think that we should not fight among ourselves any more. We'll be much more effective without that. At least that's my opinion. Ready?" And with that strides toward the royal coach that is waiting.
Teko
Thursday September 17th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"I think I should have studied ettiquette. This isn't like a wood-elven celebration at all..."
Jus
Thursday September 17th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Jus stands at the Cathedral entrance for a moment, looking at the crowd with undisguised delight. "I wish my brothers could see this!", he thinks to himself. He realizes he hasn't written Ladybug in quite a while and decides this would be a great story for her -- although she probably wouldn't believe it.
Tiburon
Thursday September 17th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Tiburon turns to Flaust and says," Is there anything I can do to help you if you need Atonement ? I hope you understand that it wasn't anything personal, it was looking out for the group that made ask you about that. We needed to know that we could count on your full powers if they were needed. "
Flaust
Thursday September 17th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
No prob, Tib.
Nonam
Thursday September 17th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
Nonam seizes the moment. He walks down the steps and raises his arms up above his head in a victory stance. Then he casts 'phantasmal force,' and an absolutely huge, gigantic hand holding up three fingers appears floating several feet above his head.
Gareth
Thursday September 17th, 1998 3:00:08 PM
Looking back and shaking his head, he just smiles and keeps walking.
Onrad
Thursday September 17th, 1998 3:00:09 PM
Onrad sees an older brother in the crowd. The brother is screaming and telling everyone that "the one over there" is his brother. Onrad remembering all the times that Radon buffeted him with the flat of a sword, stares at him as if he isn't there for a couple of seconds and unsmiling walks alongside Gareth.
DM
Friday September 18th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The party is led by carriage to the Overlord's Palace. The road leading to it's entrance winds around the outside of the Arena making several laps before arriving at the front of the palace. They are led inside where the Overlord welcomes them and gives them the "keys to the city." A holiday is proclaimed for the next day which will be called "Day of The Three." They are dubbed "Knights of Pillars" and then the formal session is ended. The overlord and a few family members and friends lead the group to a side chamber where a strange crystal ball is projecting a picture of the battle onto the wall.
DM
Friday September 18th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
The army of the Dark Lord looks silly as they hit trap after trap. (Picture the Swiss Family Robinson) They struggle forward knowing that to retreat is to die. Eventually the entire army turns on their leaders and in a bloody counterattack, the orcs kill their Rakshaza Generals and rout. The picture on the wall shows the various orc bands separating and heading for hiding going back to the land that spawned them. The undead in the attack have to be dealt with and some of that fighting was vicious. However with the combining powers of some of the priests, notably Mendicants of Wardd, they are destroyed. Only 14 of The Overlord's Army are slain.
DM
Friday September 18th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Now the celebration truly begins! Half the Dark Lord's armies in the Red Hills have been defeated. Only the Southern Army camped west of Madvow remains.
DM
Friday September 18th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Several hours later an announcement comes that the Dark Lord opened a large gate and removed his Southern Army from the Prime Material. The celebration spreads to the entire stack of plateaus! The High Lord Mayor proclaims a permanent holiday to be called The Day of Joy where all are to make peace with their enemies.
Overlord
Friday September 18th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"What a grand occasion! You are to be congratulated! The Three proved themselves to be heroes in the face of overwhelming odds and circumstances. Long live The Three!"
Nonam
Friday September 18th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
"My lord, I think I speak for all of us when I say, I only hope that we can continue to serve your city in the future."
Gareth
Friday September 18th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Trying not to be too embarassed, Gareth says thank you, smiles, nods, or bows whenever appropriate and waits for the celebration to end. He says to the Overlord "You have been very kind. Please call on us in the future if the Overlord requires our services again."
Teko
Friday September 18th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
Teko smiles and bows low.
Jus
Friday September 18th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
"I am glad to hear so few of our number have paid the terrible price of death. For those that cannot be recovered, I hope their gods walk with them in their eternal rest; we should honor their names as a testimony to our victory and the overwhelming defeat of our enemy."
Overlord
Friday September 18th, 1998 3:00:08 PM
"Jus, that's what the Day of Joy is for. Anyway, you should enjoy your day. I have some other heroes to congratulate. This has been a fine day for THIS city. You did well in not choosing to live in Plateau City." With that you are all dismissed to an outer chamber.
DM
Saturday September 19th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The next few days are filled with celebration. As troops begin to return home there are more parades in their honor, but the Three are the only ones to get a holiday. Soon you hear more songs in your honor. You can't help but wonder where the bards got their information because some is so close to what you actually did, but others... well let's just say none of you remember fighting a lichlord. Wherever you go you're all treated like heroes. You see little kids with dyed hair, Kat costumes, fake Gareth muscles, tiny Onrad armor, Domi robes, ugly halfling masks, fake elf ears, and taped on little tags that read 'Teko.' The celebration lasts a few days, but then it goes and life returns to normal. And life starts to get a little boring again. So what's it going to be? Enjoy the lazy life? or seek more action and adventure?
Nonam
Saturday September 19th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
One morning Nonam looks up and says, "I think that we need to get out of town. It's getting pretty dull. But I don't think it's time to go looking for monsters just yet. How about a vacation. Go out to the vineyards... maybe South Harbor... you know just relax for awhile. In someplace we've never been."
Gareth
Saturday September 19th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Enjoys the Giggling Ghost for a while. "I didn't become an adventurer to be a tourist. Let's find something to go do. To seek our fortune once again."
Onrad
Saturday September 19th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
After having taking a few days off to go visit his parents at Castle Pryderi, and make his peace with his family and relations, he returns and says, "I for once am with Nonam. Let's choose an interesting place to visit and go there. I have a feeling, Gareth, that adventure will find us...it always does."
Nonam
Saturday September 19th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"Well it seems that we need to vote. Let's have a show of hands. Vacation or adventure? So far it's two for vacation and one for adventure."
Gareth
Saturday September 19th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
"You're probably right Onrad. I'll go along with the vacation idea but I will keep my eyes open for adventure."
Kat
Saturday September 19th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
"I vote for Vacation"
Teko
Saturday September 19th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
"I'd prefer adventure, but a little more vacation would certainly be fun."
Flaust
Saturday September 19th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
I need to spend some time at a temple where I can begin receiving guidance from an elder concerning some of my recent activities.
Onrad
Saturday September 19th, 1998 3:00:08 PM
"So does that mean you'll be taking a leave of absence from us Flaust? If so, you'll certainly be missed." Onrad thinks for a minute. "So where shall we go? Before we've always had something fall in our laps....I wonder?" Onrad begins looking in his lap and around the tavern (assuming that's where we are) for something to fall or a messenger to arrive, or.....
DM
Sunday September 20th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Onrad trips over a chair in his search. As he lays on the floor, he notices that it says "Made in Tincrow."
Jus
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Jus chuckles at Onrad's misfortune. "It seems to have been decided, but I also vote for vacation. I'd love to see nature without the touch of mankind (if you'll excuse the expression)."
Flaust
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Yes, I am afraid I must leave for awhile. Eventually, I will see you all again.
Onrad
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"I've had a vision! We go to Tincrow for our vacation and Gareth, I'll almost guarantee we'll find some excitement there! Whooo! How do I know? It says so on the bottom of this chair that fate had me trip on. The last time I tripped, I met you guys. Don't discount the luck of my trip ups! They are very reliable." Onrad tries to look very serious and not laugh or grin. He doesn't quite succeed.
Nonam
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"Tincrow?!? That's a little backwater town. If you want to go up to the top plateau, then why not stay in one of the lake side towns... say Wellogy."
Tiburon
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Tiburon looks up from the History text he was reading and says ," I would like a vacation also. The Brothers seem to think my education of the Wold is lacking and seem to be burying me under these books to make up for it. I don't care where we go.... Let's just go somewhere !"
Gareth
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
"Fine, Tincrow is fine. Maybe once we're done there we can go to another city up on top. Seems like we have the time..."
Jus
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
Jus laughes wholeheartedly, "Only you Onrad! I hope we never have to explain what caused us to go there. ha, ha!"
Onrad
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
"Just tell the truth: we were led there by fate. Tincrow. Sounds like a glorified scarecrow made of tin. I wonder where the town got their name? Oh, BTW, Nonam, my mother said the strangest thing when I was home. She said to tell Nonam that all was well and that she still had your 'stuff' if you ever chose to come get it. When did you ever meet my mother, Nonam?" Onrad begins absent-mindedly putting together his things for a trip trying to look like he doesn't care.
Kat
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:08 PM
Kat slips out the back and comes back in wearing very little. "Heres my swimsuit, boy am I ready for a vacation!"
Nonam
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:09 PM
In all honesty, "Onrad, I have no idea what you're talking about. To the best of my knowledge I have never met your mother. What's her name?"
Onrad
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:10 PM
"Whatever."
Nonam
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:11 PM
"Are you being clever, or is her name actually 'Whatever'? For if she does go by Whatever then I'm realitivly positive that we've never met. Anyway, the only woman that I know that I ever gave anything to was the one we rescued from Elzid's tower. So are you all agreed that you want to go to Tincrow. I caution you. I've been there, and it's not exactly the vacation capitol of the world."
Gareth
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:12 PM
"Can't be worse than the swamps. As long as they have food and drink. Don't have enough money yet for better armor so I'll be looking for more opportunities to make some."
Teko
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:13 PM
"This place called Tincrow sounds...interesting. I say let's go."
Jus
Sunday September 20th, 1998 3:00:14 PM
"I wouldn't doubt if Onrad is pulling your ears, Nonam. Anyhow, we can talk about it on the way. Everyone ready?"
DM
Monday September 21st, 1998 2:59:59 PM
(waiting for an appropriate place in the conversation)
Gareth
Monday September 21st, 1998 3:00:00 PM
"Let's go."
Tiburon
Monday September 21st, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Tburon begins to put away the books and says," It won't take long to pack, then let's get outta here."
Nonam
Monday September 21st, 1998 3:00:02 PM
With some dull grey hair, "Yippee, we're going to Tincrow. What say we all start packing tonight and buy anything we need and head out in the morning."
Onrad
Monday September 21st, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Reading another sign, "The management is not responsible for the safety of customers or for any ill effects from a visit to this establishment........nor is Onrad responsible for Gareth getting rich, or Nonam having a good time. Onrad is not even responsible for Onrad most of the time." He turns still trying to be serious but not quite making it.
Gareth
Monday September 21st, 1998 3:00:04 PM
goes and gets ready. "See you in the morning."
DM
Tuesday September 22nd, 1998 2:59:59 PM
[If anyone has anything special to do before you leave be sure to mention it. If it's something unusual or something that will take a while, e-mail me about it (madjkf@aol.com), so the adventure will move along quickly.]
Jus
Tuesday September 22nd, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Jus finishes his preparations and awaits the others.
Teko
Tuesday September 22nd, 1998 3:00:01 PM
"If I can help anyone with their preparations, please let me know. Otherwise, I think I'll just enjoy some good music and some good mead."
Tiburon
Tuesday September 22nd, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Tiburon goes to his room and packs his gear and otherwise prepares himself for the morrow.
Onrad
Tuesday September 22nd, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Onrad enjoys the evening hanging with Teko. He sends a young errand boy/guide out to get him a new rope with grapple and to renew his food, water, and wine. He gets a good night's rest and dreams of adventurers to come.
Nonam
Tuesday September 22nd, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Nonam disappears for the majority of the day but shows up ready to go the next morning with a grin.
DM
Wednesday September 23rd, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Everyone does their thing and meets the next morning at the designated place right on time. Everyone that is but Kat who arrives 2 and 1/2 hours late. At least the rest of you had a good breakfast.
Nonam
Wednesday September 23rd, 1998 3:00:00 PM
"So Kat, enjoy your beauty sleep? Anyways, I took the liberty of renting us all a wagon and a team of horses yesterday to make the trip a little easier, and it's waiting for us on the other side of the lake. So I hope someone knows how do drive the thing."
Gareth
Wednesday September 23rd, 1998 3:00:01 PM
"So we have a traveling adventure at least. I have used teams of horses to plow and occasionally to go to market with a wagon. I don't relish the idea of it though as I haven't done it for years. Several years ago my families wagons were destroyed and the horses stolen during a raid. I then got to pull the plow myself as my father or brothers guided it. I'm willing to give it a try."
Tiburon
Wednesday September 23rd, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Tiburon chuckles and says ," We'll let you pull the wagon if you want, Gareth, but it will probablly be faster if we let the horses do it ."
Jus
Wednesday September 23rd, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"I'd love to see Gareth 'leading' the wagon, but I suppose the horses would be better."
Gareth
Wednesday September 23rd, 1998 3:00:04 PM
testily says "It's better not to make jokes about one's past misfurtunes - even in jest. My family was nearly killed - many other families were, and it cost me years of hard labor and pain."
Teko
Wednesday September 23rd, 1998 3:00:05 PM
"I've no expertise in driving a wagon. But it would be an honor, Gareth, if you would take the reins."
Onrad
Wednesday September 23rd, 1998 3:00:06 PM
Onrad hops in the drivers seat with Gareth and says, "I've got Arquebus!" (That's D&D for Shotgun.)
Kat
Wednesday September 23rd, 1998 3:00:07 PM
Kat stretches out in the back, and catches some sun.
Jus
Wednesday September 23rd, 1998 3:00:08 PM
Jus hops in the back. "No offense intended Gareth. I was joking about leading the group, not of your unfortunate times. I for one would love to share more of our stories."
Tiburon
Wednesday September 23rd, 1998 3:00:09 PM
"Gareth, without those experences, both good and bad, you wouldn't be the loveable person you are now. If you can't take a little joke then you need to lighten up a little, no one said anything about the attack being funny , just the thought of you pulling the wagons. Relax a little and let the wonders of life and the Wold around you ease the past pains." says Tiburon as he climbs aboard.
DM
Thursday September 24th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The group has their conversation as they head to the wagon. They go down and catch a ride on the turtles. Nonam whispers something to the turtle rider, and he grins. Then the group climbs aboard the turtle, and it heads off across the lake. Two things seem very different about this turtle ride than the ones you've had before. It's much faster and you're going a different direction. Though just after leaving the shore the turtle reaches it's head around and licks Gareth. Some things apparently always stay the same.
Nonam
Thursday September 24th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
While turtle riding, "Did any one take the trouble to plan a route to Tincrow? Well anyway I figured no one would, so I stopped by Duncan's Travel agency and picked up maps." Here they are if you want to look at them.
Gareth
Thursday September 24th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
glances up at the turtle and says "It's good to see I am still loved. Maybe it will guarantee safe passage forever.". To Tiberion and Jus Gareth says half to them and half looking away in reflection "I've never been able to get the visions of murder and pillage of those times out of my head. I should not have been angry with you for what you said. But I will never rest until my family is safe and I avenge the deaths of my friends ... some day ..."
Onrad
Thursday September 24th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Onrad puts a hand on Gareth's mighty shoulders for a moment in understanding and support. "We've come a long way....and I think the road ahead is longer still. I think overall, though, I'm enjoying the trip. And I think the reason is because I have such good company. 'Lems I'm getting misty."
Jus
Thursday September 24th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Jus laughes after hearing Onrad's words. "I'm glad you now consider Nonam one of those friends. For a while you two where about to kill each other."
Nonam
Thursday September 24th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
"Everyone loves me eventually... Hopefully you can find a little peace on this trip, Gareth...." He digs in his pouch as he continues, "Okay. Here are the maps. I've got one of the whole region and one of the upper plateaus. If you look at the whole region map and find Floating City, I thought we could take the road that heads out of the Big Float on the southeast side and go on down to Jessage. It's a little farther than the other way, but I hear it's a great trip. Then if I thought we would head south east out of Jessage... um here you should look at the map of the upper plateaus... and then head on to Zidiac. Take the lift up to Baenville, and then it's a straight shot to Tincrow. That sound okay to everyone?"
Gareth
Thursday September 24th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
"You know, I don't recall ever giving back that teleport ring, I suppose we could just teleport there. That's such a handy tool. Sure beats walking. Maybe we should get one of our own."
DM
Friday September 25th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The group quickly discovers that the teleport ring is gone.
Teko
Friday September 25th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
"Let's do as you say Nonam. Any necessary changes to our route will, I trust, become apparent as we go," and with that Teko makes himself at home in the wagon and takes a good look at those maps.
Jus
Friday September 25th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Jus is a bit suprised to see the ring is gone. Chuckling, he looks at Nonam and says, "I guess the 'gods' want us to walk this time. Of course, I'd better not cause any trouble unless I want to be called a gold digger." He quick looks up and says, "Just joking, of course."
Kat
Friday September 25th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"Of course the ring is gone. It belongs to Roscoe and would never wish to be out of his company for long. Lets get walking." With that she slips on her walking tights over her swim suit. "Lets go!"
Gareth
Friday September 25th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
rides.
Tiburon
Friday September 25th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Tiburon sits aborf the wagon and watches the Wold go by.
DM
Saturday September 26th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
As the TURTLE approaches the shore, Nonam nods toward the driver. Then the driver bends over and whispers in the turtle's ear. Suddenly, strange as that may sound for the description of a turtle, the mammoth creature plunges beneath the surface of the water. Everyone experiences a sensation of panic until they realize that they are protected by some type of spell. The turtle travels the rest of the way under water. The abundanant life in the lake is breathtaking. The water is remarkably clear, and everyone can see all the fish in a variety of colors and sizes. For those that take a look back in the direction of the city, they receive the most marvelous view of all. Somehow the method of keeping the city afloat has been obscured from view, and the only thing there to be seen is a long column of light running from the base of the city to the lake bed. The colors in the column shift and swirl and fill everyone with a sense of awe. After everyone is adjusted to what is going on, the turtle driver speaks, "Enjoy the view. Not too many people get to see it. You see, all the turtles have protection spells just in case one of them gets a wild hair and decided to dive. Y'know we don't want to be losin' passengers or nothin'. So anyways that there magic shell thingy's on here for eee-mergency purposes only, but this here friend o' yours says to me when we start the ride that he knows about the spell and asks if I can take you under the waves, says it'll be a good way to start the vacation. Now usually I wouldn't do such a thing, but considerin' who you guys are and what all you done for the city lately I figure, hey why not."
Gareth
Saturday September 26th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
looks and rides. "I've never seen anything like this before."
Nonam
Saturday September 26th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Half to the driver and half to himself, "You know lot's of people would pay a lot of money to do this. It would probably be a profitable business venture if someone were to do it all the time."
Teko
Saturday September 26th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"Wonders upon wonders..."
Onrad
Saturday September 26th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"Sounds like the first good idea you've had, Nonam. Why don't you stay here and do it." Onrad never turns around.
Kat
Saturday September 26th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Kat kisses Nonam, over and over again squeeling in girlish glee. "Thank you, Noman, thank you." then she proceeds to attack the captain and lavish him with kisses as well.
Jus
Saturday September 26th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
"Hey, Kat! I don't suppose...", Jus begins. He looks around at everyone. "No, skip it. But you might save one of those for Gareth. He could use some."
DM
Sunday September 27th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Apparently the brave war priest has a slight fear of water for Tiburon remains tightlipped, and Gareth swears he saw him with his eyes closed.
DM
Sunday September 27th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Finally the turtle surfaces and puts the party ashore, but just before everyone gets off the thing licks Gareth once more. The driver mutters to himself, "That's the strangest thing... haven't seen him like anyone like that since..." He stops in mid-ramble and stares at Gareth with wide eyes.
DM
Sunday September 27th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
As soon as everyone is ashore a man walks up, "I've got your wagon over there. We even stocked it for a short trip on the Overlord's orders. Looks like you gents... and lady... 'scuse me miss... anyway that is you'll all be eatin' pretty good on your trip." He brings the wagon forward. It's led by four black, healthy looking draft horses. The wagon itself is simple and uncovered. There is a raised bench up front for the driver, and some industrious soul thought to add two padded benches to the back. There is also a small bundle of supplies wrapped up in a rear corner. The teamster says, "Well you're all set. Just throw your gear in back, and whoever's driving needs to sign this form." He pulls a scroll out of his pocket.
Tiburon
Sunday September 27th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Tiburon stops next to the Turtle Driver and says,with a wry smile, " That was one of the most amazing things I ever saw, but I would hope that you'd tell your passengers before you do that next time. Thanks again for the treat, my friend." Tiburon then walks to where the rest of the others are.
Gareth
Sunday September 27th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Looks to the turtle driver with a wry smile and says "Since when?". After the response he ambles over to the wagon and says "Looks good. Nonam, I hope you made the exra effort worth his while."
Teko
Sunday September 27th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Okay...so NOW Teko makes himself at home in the wagon.
DM
Monday September 28th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Teko scrambles into the wagon and waits for the others to join him.
Jus
Monday September 28th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Jus bows with a flourish and offers a hand to Kat. "Please, allow me to help you. The most beautiful lady in our group deserves the best seat."
Nonam
Monday September 28th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Nonam takes a peek at the supplies to see what was packed for them.
DM
Wednesday September 30th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
In a bag simply labled 'breakfast', Nonam finds a couple of pounds of bacon, some biscuit mix, and some ground coffee. In a bag labled 'dinner,' he finds an assortment of fresh bread, cheese, and steak. There are a couple of bottles of wine from Gnowsy, but there is also a bottle of the famed Fangberry Wine with a note attached, "From my personal stores. Have a good vacation but come back to my city soon."
Tiburon
Wednesday September 30th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Tiburon walks up to the wagon and places his backpack in the back," I'll walk for awhile , if no one minds.", says Tiburon," we can trade as we go so that everyone gets to ride at some time.... does that sound fair ?"
Gareth
Wednesday September 30th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Since the Turtle driver apparently didn't hear the question, Gareth once again asks "Since when?" and doesn't move until he gets a response.
DM
Thursday October 1st, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The man decides Gareth is threatening him, wets himself, and then faints.
Onrad
Thursday October 1st, 1998 3:00:00 PM
"Holy Dom Gareth, what did you do that for?" Onrad makes a note to himself, 'Buy clothespin to put on nose for such occasions.' Onrad takes a look at the form Gareth is to sign to see what it says and reads it aloud to everyone else with neverending enthusiasm and sarcasm and any other -asms he can think of.
Gareth
Thursday October 1st, 1998 3:00:01 PM
says "I have no idea why he did that. I guess I just have a way with words." He makes sure the Turtle Driver is comfortable and not injured. Once he wakes up Gareth says as nicely as he can muster "I'm sorry. I didn't mean to scare you. I was just simply asking when was the last time you saw the turtles act the way they do toward me. Will you please tell me? I am just curious." (Since the party is in no hurry, Gareth makes it apparent that he's not leaving without an answer).
DM
Friday October 2nd, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Onrad reads the form with as much sarcasm as possible, "I, the undersigned, agree to bring back this wagon and it's team of 4 horses in an undamaged state, or I will pay the owner, Hrothar's Team and Wagon Rentals, the sum of 800 gold pieces." About this time, the turtle driver looks up at Gareth and screams, "Don't hurt me, don't hurt me... I was speaking of my son. He died a few years ago of a rare disease. He was only 4." He begins to weep uncontrollably.
Nonam
Friday October 2nd, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Nonam sings a self composed little ditty, "Oh we're the heroes three. We kill monsters and women and children when we're not off scaring and insulting the local populace. Oh we're the heroes three...." While you can't say too much for the lyrics, the tune is actually fairly catchy.
DM
Saturday October 3rd, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The man with the wagon looks down at Onrad, "Well, little miss prissy friend of the overlord," he takes a deep breath, starts to turn red, and continues, "I'll have you know that I worked a long time learnin my letters, and I'm proud of my complishings. I'll not be havin young punks like you makin fun of me. Perhaps a good drubbin'll teach you a lesson." He holds up his fists, and Onrad notes that he is easily as large as Gareth.
Gareth
Saturday October 3rd, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Looking and feeling a bit disgusted with himself Gareth helps the driver to his feet, helps him back to his turtle, and says "I know the pain of watching a young child die. I did not mean to bring back painful memories. Please, accept my apology and beleive me that I would never hurt you. You have done a good job for us. I am pleased to have met you." Once that's done he walks over toward the wagon to see if Onrad gets pounded.
Onrad
Saturday October 3rd, 1998 3:00:01 PM
"I don't know about you guys, but an 800 gp "arrangement" done as a "favor" sounds like a bad investment for a group that will most certainly be looking for adventure rather than trying to protect an expensive wagon and avoiding it. The way it was described, it sounded like a gift. Now that I've read it, Nonam (growling), we find the catch. An $800 gp catch. It doesn't matter that the price is probably a fair one for these nice horses." He nods to the horses and their owner. "Never once have I heard of a group of adventurers who kept their horses for the entire adventure. Never happens. Then when you return, half your treasure goes to repay your debt. Bad deal in my opinion. Plus don't you find it interesting that no mention of this return policy was mentioned. And that Gareth, who can't write, was asked to sign for it?" Onrad then turns to the wagonmaster, shakes his head dismissively, and heads over to Nonam intent on his face.
Gareth
Saturday October 3rd, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"I can write. But I think 800 GP is a real bad idea. I would rather buy the horses and wagon for half that price and be done with it. 120 GP for the horses and 250 GP for the wagon."
Onrad cont.
Saturday October 3rd, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Onrad says to Nonam poking his finger hard in Nonam's chest, "The last time you made a sarcastic remark meant to offend me I nearly quit the group. At that time I said that if you ever did it again, I'd retaliate." Onrad then turns away from him and walks away ten paces. He then turns and charges Nonam butting him with his swords (called shot and using the swords because of my experience with them) attempting to push him into the lake (rolled an 18 hitting AC-3). Onrad rolls a dex check of 11 (made by 6) to avoid going in the lake himself. (Surprise for Nonam? at a penalty?)
DM
Sunday October 4th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Nonam gets knocked to the ground... hard, but he doesn't land in the lake. He does however seem disoriented and suprised.
DM
Sunday October 4th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
The wagon owners comes unglued. He goes at Gareth first, "120 gold for these horses?!? SON, THE 800 GOLD IS TO COVER THE PRICE OF THE HORSES! I PAID 200 A PIECE FOR THEM! I'LL NOT BE LETTING THEM GO FOR 120." He turns to Onrad, "AND YOU SIR!! I merely asked for the driver of the wagon, I had no idea who it would be. And furthermore no one ever said anything about this being a gift. That man you knocked down contracted with me yesterday. Gave me 200 gold for the rental of a team of horses and a wagon for the period of one month. We agreed to sign the papers this morning. The free offer of which you speak was merely a bundle of supplies from the Overlord. Frankly though I DON'T THINK THAT I WANT YOUR BUSINESS!!!" With that he hurls a pouch at Nonam which strikes him in the head. As it hits the ground a handful of gleaming coins comes tumbling out. Then he starts throwing the supplies out of the wagon. The fangberry wine is among the first items out. The bottle smashes as it hits the ground, and its precious contents seep into the ground. Soon the man is joined by a team of youths who obviously work for him, and the rest of the gear quickly begins to follow.
Gareth
Sunday October 4th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
folds his arms and watches as the angry men finish their work smiling. "Touchy today aren't we? The horses are good sturdy draft horses. Unless there is something special about these horses they can be bought for 30 to 40 GP each! You were ripped off unless they are special in some way. Why is the price you paid so high?"
Jus
Sunday October 4th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Jus camly walks to the team's owner, "I wonder what the Overlord will think of someone smashing his gift of Fangberry Wine? Especially since it came from his personal stores? I suggest you cool your heals before you make another mistake. Aye, you might not agree with Gareth's offer, but since when has haggling been wrong?"
Tiburon
Sunday October 4th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Tiburon grabs his backpack before the man can throw it out and then steps over to Gareth. " I want to go where you can get Draft horses for 30-40 gp." Tiburon whispers to Gareth," I'llbecome a rich man. I've never seen them for less than 200 gp's. "
kat
Sunday October 4th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Teko
Sunday October 4th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Teko quickly jumps out of the wagon before he gets thrown out.
Gareth
Sunday October 4th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
shrugs, "It has been a long time since I've bought a draft horse. Maybe the price has gone up? Just going from my past experience. Didn't mean to cause such a fuss about it."
Nonam
Sunday October 4th, 1998 3:00:07 PM
Sits on the ground and starts to speak but then closes his mouth and stays quiet.
DM
Monday October 5th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The turtle driver, looking like someone just killed his dog, gets back on the turtle and heads out across the lake. The wagon driver ignores Gareth's comments but turns to face Jus. "Son, don't threaten me. I have the right to refuse service to anyone. I have no objection to haggling. My objection stems from this one here," he points at Onrad, "belittling my contract. Frankly, from his manner and that of the one who made poor old Rolf cry about his son, I don't think I like any of you very much, and I don't think that I'll get my wagon and team back if I let you have it. Now leave me be before you get yourself hurt."
Gareth
Monday October 5th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
moves into the big guys line of sight and says "First of all, Sorry to have troubled you. This really isn't our style. Things just got out of hand before anybody stopped it. If you don't want us to take your wagon then we'll understand. Second of all. I'm the driver so your deal is with me - not him. If your willing, I'll sign the paper and guarantee you will receive back your wagon and horses or we will pay you the 800gp. My only request would be that if things work out badly and we have to pay the 800 gp that we get to keep the wagon and horses. Deal?"
Onrad
Monday October 5th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
"Knowing our group and the fact that we're searching out adventure, the odds are we will at least damage this wagon and perhaps one or more of these fine horses. The question is whether it is worth 800gp to have a wagon to ride on and the liability of protecting it that goes with that purchase."
Teko
Monday October 5th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
For the moment, Teko merely listens.
Kat
Monday October 5th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Kat yawn and stretches tring to placate and distract the wagon owner.
Jus
Monday October 5th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Once more to the driver, "No 'threat' intended. Some in our party tend to act before considering the impact, I didn't want you to make the same mistake." With that, Jus wanders over to the drivers' helpers, trying to catch the eye of one that looks trustworthy and responsible.
Nonam
Monday October 5th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Nonam gets up and starts to pick up the pouch of money. As he does so his hair flicks from color to color. Mostly though it's red.
DM
Tuesday October 6th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The wagon owner turns to look at the group while his helpers finish unloading the wagon. "Now look, I make everyone sign that agreement. I think it's very reasonable. If you bought the team and wagon you'd probably pay that or more. With my service, chances are you wouldn't have to, but if you lost them or killed them, then I'd need to be reimbursed. I'm not a lord. I make my living this way. I can't just be handing out horses to people with no guarantee that I'll get them back. Plus all my horses are well trained with the wagon. It would take a great deal of time for me to train another group to replace these. Plus I really don't want these horses or any other killed. They're fine animals and they deserve better treatment than to be ridden to death by a bunch of fortune seekers. Now, I'm sorry I broke your wine, but I still won't be able to help you. Most of you seem like decent folk, but this one," he points to Onrad, "seems rude and unmanered. He made fun of my contract. Belittled his companion for reading poorly, and he drew steel and beat that skinny, queer, little man over there who couldn't hurt my grandmother for singing a song a laying down the coin for this group to rent a wagon. Personally I think that the rest of you should leave him here and save yourselves a headache." Then he stops and nods to one of the boys who runs off toward the teamsters' shops before he continues, "And son, if you draw steel on me like you did your 'friend', then you'll be in a world of hurt."
Gareth
Tuesday October 6th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
says emphatically, "There will be no steel drawn in anger here!" Then a little softer "I'm sorry we can't do business. It looks like a fine team. We do not wish to make enemies with ANY good citizens and businessmen of this area. I wish you well.". Turning to the group. "Looks like we walk. Let's go."
Nonam
Tuesday October 6th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Nonam glares at Onrad, but he speaks to Gareth, "Hold on. I'm not going to spend my vacation walking about all over the country side. It will take a couple of weeks at the very least to walk to Tincrow. I'd rather just stay here...especially if I'm going to have to fight with Onrad the whole time." Now he turns to face Onrad, "What in the names of the gods was that for anyway?"
Teko
Tuesday October 6th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Teko pulls out some rations and munches, listening.
Kat
Tuesday October 6th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"Boy's is this what you call a vacation? Besides that turtle thing I could have gotten this at home with my Ma and Grandma."
Tiburon
Tuesday October 6th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
" In the wagon or out of it, let's make up our minds." says Tiburon.
Jus
Tuesday October 6th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Jus wonders to himself just how much the lost wine would have cost (does he know?). Turning to Onrad, Jus raises his eyebrows, as if to tell him "well, say something!".
Onrad
Tuesday October 6th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
Onrad begins walking down the road and says without turning around, "Nonam, you enjoy cutting others down. Especially in front of strangers or in public. I hate that." He walks a bit further kicks at the dirt in frustration and says, "You cut me down, I cut you down. We're even." Then a crooked grin creeps on his face and he turns around, "Unless you want to cut me down again?" Onrad turns to the others. "By the way, now that I think of it, riding would make a more pleasant uh vacation. Gareth, offer the man a fair amount to buy his wagon and horses. We should get a discount for the property he destroyed. If he's not interested we can inquire about a wagon and horses in the next town and send a messenger to tell the Overlord what this citizen did with his gift. Sound good?"
DM
Wednesday October 7th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The man's group of workers has finished unloading the wagon and has just about got the wagon returned to his shop. For those of you with any skill in such things, it appears to be late morning by now.
Nonam
Wednesday October 7th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Nonam's hair goes flame red. "Would you have preferred me to say, 'Onrad shut up. You're making an ass of yourself and a fool out of me for I did business with this man yesterday.'? Perhaps I do make fun of others, but my mockery wasn't directed solely toward you. I freely admit that it's one of my faults, but I think I'd freely admit that you have a big fault in being beligerent to the point of boorishness... Now go on and hit me if you feel the need to." He closes his eyes and holds up his chin.
Onrad
Wednesday October 7th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
"What! You did business with this man yesterday and you're just now telling us this! You're not worth hitting!" Onrad takes a calming breath and then says, "I'm outta this. I'm officially now on vacation."
Gareth
Wednesday October 7th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
After the men are out of earshot he turns around and says "Do you guys think it might be possible to refrain from destroying our newly formed great image? If we have internal problems they shoud be handled INTERNALLY. Not in front of others. You guys decide what you are going to do for transportation. I will wait until dark. Then I'm going back to town if it isn't decided." the clearly frustrated warrior then turns to the supplies to see what he can find to salvage and eat.
Teko
Wednesday October 7th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"Good idea!" says Teko, "Let's enjoy what goodies we can." He follows Gareth to find a bit more to eat.
Jus
Wednesday October 7th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
"Guys, I'm all for walking. It might take weeks to get to Tincrow, but I've walked that long before. If you want horses, fine; let's just get them quick. I have a feeling we won't be able to buy a cursed loadstone in this town, by the time evening comes."
DM
Thursday October 8th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Gareth discovers that most of the supplies are in perfect shape. Only the one bottle of wine was broken. However, very little of the food can simply be eaten. It needs to be cooked and prepared. About this time though, a carriage begins to approach from the south. It's a gaudy, gilded thing drawn by a team of the finest white horses any of you has ever seen. It stops near the Three, and a stunningly beautiful woman dressed in the finest silks climbs out, points at the group with a general sweep of her hand, and announces in an imperial voice, "Well, what are you waiting for? Load my things on a turtle. Lord Oberst expects me before lunch."
Onrad`
Thursday October 8th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Looking with a smirk at the others,Onrad bows low and says, "Of course My Lady. We didn't expect you so soon. Welcome to The Big Float!" He bows again and motions at the incredible view of the city on the lake beyond with the sun shining through the various levels making incredible shadows and causing prisms of light to to out in all directions from the Temple of Love far above. Onrad begins unloading her stuff and motions to the others to do the same.
Jus
Thursday October 8th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
With a hidden wink towards Onrad, Jus approaches the Lady. "My laborers will have you off momentarily. Do you have any special requests we should be aware of?"
Nonam
Thursday October 8th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Nonam grins and says, "Aye, master." Then he hobbles over to the carriage to help unload.
DM
Friday October 9th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The woman gets out of the carriage and after looking at the loafers she says to Jus, "Don't think I'll be paying all of your men for just sitting around." Then she goes to look out over the lake while her driver/attendant goes to make the arrangements with the turtle drivers.
Tiburon
Friday October 9th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Tiburon sets his pack down, sighs and moves to help load the Ladies stuff on the Turtle.
Gareth
Friday October 9th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
tries not to galk. He shakes his head and chuckles at Onrad's complete lack of bashfulness. He stands up and says "I'll be glad to help the lady with her things but I'll not accept payment for such a service. It is only common courtesy for a warrior." Smiling, he walks over the coach and begins to help unload the ladies things.
Kat
Friday October 9th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Looking more stunning than anyone else yawns and says "BOOOOOOOOOORRRRRRRRRIINNNNGGGGG!!!"
Teko
Friday October 9th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"Huh? What?...Oh." Teko goes to help unload. He also whispers to Gareth, "Forgive my ignorance, but who is this?"
Kat
Friday October 9th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
"Still Boring, Boring Boring." She then looks around for anyone handsome enough to flirt with.
Jus
Friday October 9th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Jus catches the driver's attention, "I strongly suggest you ask for the turtle driver Rolf whenever you can. He has a gentle touch with his turtle, and can give the most memorable ride." Returning to the Lady, Jus says, "Quite an enviable team and carriage you have. Would you like them stabled until your return?"
Tiburon
Friday October 9th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
Tiburon helps to unload then goes and sits down by his pack.
DM
Saturday October 10th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The woman looks at Gareth as he speaks then she turns to Jus, "Is what this man says true? You are not servants? Why do you wish to unload my things? Are you thieves?"
Nonam
Saturday October 10th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
"Actually, milady, we hoped that if we helped you that you would see fit to let us purchase your carriage. We've had some trouble with the teamsters here this morning, and they won't sell us anything. We have a wish to leave town soon, but we also have little desire of walking."
DM
Sunday October 11th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The woman says, "Well I have little need for it anymore. I'll be here for some time... Jorrfrey, negotiate terms for the carriage with these people." The man talking to the turtle drivers grumbles slightly and approaches the group. Well lads... and lady," he winks at Kat, "that's a mighty fine team and carriage. I'd say 2000 gold sounds fair." The woman interrupts, "Jorrfrey, surely horses can't cost much more than 30 gold each. Sell it all to them for... 200." Jorrfrey frowns, "Looks like your lucky day. Wish I could have gotten to buy it. Does 200 gold and help with the rest of the things on the wagon sound a fair price?"
Nonam
Sunday October 11th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
"I believe I have 200 gold right here." He gets out the pouch which so recently struck him in the head and gives it to the man. Then he starts to help unload once again. As he does so he says, "Well I guess this is going to work out fine afterall. How do you feel about driving that, Gareth?"
Gareth
Sunday October 11th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
smiles and says to Jus "Somehow I think I could get used to it." With as much 'kindness' as he can muster - trying not to look nervous he says to the lady "We will be glad to help you with the rest of your things. May I assist you down and to the turtle? It would be my pleasure." And he offers his hand up to her just like he saw in the city during all the celebration - or at least as close as a big uncultured scary looking guy can get...
Onrad
Sunday October 11th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"Milady, do you have a place to stay in town? We have modest rooms in a nice inn named 'The Giggling Ghost.' You're welcome to our rooms while we are away. Just tell Happy the manager that you are friends of The Three. I can write a note on your behalf for the manager if you like." Onrad loads off the last of her luggage to the turtle.
Teko
Sunday October 11th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Teko continues unloading and trys Onrad this time, asking, "Uh, do you know who she is?"
Kat
Sunday October 11th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Kat climbs up on top of the wagon and strips down to her bikini "I'm going to catch some rays up here while you boys unload, boy working on a vacation, they must be crazy."
Jus
Sunday October 11th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Helping carry the items to the turtle, he is pleased his hunch turned out to be correct.
DM
Monday October 12th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The woman wrinkles her nose, "I thank you for your offer young man, but I think I'll be staying a little closer to the top of the city." Seeing that her items are now all loaded on the turtle she turns and leaves. Jorrfrey comes over with a piece of paper, "Here's the title to the carriage and the horses. Gods, I can't believe she sold that to you." He gets a far off look in his eye, "Maybe some day I can get a similar deal on her estate.... Good day gentleman may you enjoy the company of your woman." Then he gets on the turtle, and they all cross the lake. By now it's nearly midday, but the horses seem fairly fresh.
Nonam
Monday October 12th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
"Well we may have to camp out tonight, but tommorow should find us in Jessage."
Gareth
Monday October 12th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Disappointed that the lady didn't even acknowledge his existence on his offer he turns in shame and begins to load the stuff in the carraige. "We'd better get moving if we are to make any time today." After the things are loaded he takes a closer look a the carriage and horses. He mutters under his breath "This is more my style anyway."
Onrad
Monday October 12th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"Oh I understand that milady. But the best inns are not necessarily up. The inn I spoke of is truly the most famous inn in these parts. It is said that the Gods themselves have visited the place to taste it's cuisine and listen to the bards who play there. I do understand where you are coming from though. Enjoy your stay in the Floating City. May you be prosperous and satisfied with all you do." He begins loading the wagon with their stuff making sure the lady sees the Overlord's seal on the unbroken wine. When finished, he jumps into the front seat and holds his sword like an Arquebus and makes a show of looking around. "Arquebus sees no threats sir!" Onrad gives Gareth a mock bow. "All aboard!"
Teko
Monday October 12th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
With nothing else to do, and still being in the dark (in broad daylight), Teko casts a phantasmal force of a 20 foot high gnomish hand with "Thank You, M'Lady" tatooed across the palm and waves Bye-Bye.
Kat
Monday October 12th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Kat sits up, looks around and yells "This is the most boring vacation I have ever been on, LETS GO!!!!!!" Then plops back down to get some sun.
Tiburon
Monday October 12th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Tiburon loads his stuff on the carrage.
DM
Tuesday October 13th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
Everyone gets their stuff loaded on the carriage. Gareth and Onrad drive. Kat lays on top, and everyone else rides in the comforts to found inside the carriage. The journey is fairly commonplace. The safe road is empty for the most part. Apparently most people travel down the other road if they have a wish of getting to Floating City. However, the views are at times breathtaking as there are fields of flowers in full bloom just off the side of the road. At the end of the day, you set up camp and cook a meal from the provisions given you by the Overlord. You can't imagine the lost Fangerry wine being any better than that which he sent. The next day finds you on the road once again. For the most part it is the same. However, at one time you all spy a group of what could only be relatives to the mighty dragons playing in the flowers. They were small scaled creatures in a myriad of colors. They flew and ran about in the flowers. Then by about dinner on the next day you find yourselves in Jessage. The town isn't large by any stretch of the imagination. For the most part there is one street, and a group of building gathered around each side. However, even despite its small size there are three inns in town: the Happy Traveler, the Golden Pillow, and the Singing King. They all appear to have a crowd, so you surmise that Jessage must always be a stop for those traveling from Plateau City to the Big Float. The Golden Pillow and the Singing King both seem to be first class establishments. They have the look that they require some gold but not so much that they would be too expensive for the average traveler. The Happy traveler looks to be more run down, but music and magnificent smells seemingly pour out of it's doors.
Gareth
Tuesday October 13th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
smelling good food says "I smell my choice of a place to stay. I would indeed be a happy traveler if I got a meal there."
Onrad
Tuesday October 13th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
"You heard the boss boys. Here we roost." Onrad swings down and cheerfully enters the place.
Teko
Tuesday October 13th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"Let's head right in then," and Teko does just that, following behind Onrad.
Kat
Tuesday October 13th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"Hey, don't I get a vote? The golden pillow sounds better, who wants to eat anyway!"
Jus
Tuesday October 13th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Following the others inside, Jus announes "The mighty Gareth decides the fate of his small band of wonders based on a smell! You had better be careful, Gareth. You're starting to eat as much as Teko."
Tiburon
Tuesday October 13th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Tib steps out of the carrige, stretchs and follows the others into the Inn.
Nonam
Tuesday October 13th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
"Well, Kat, it looks like it's the Happy Traveler. Personally I liked the looks of the Singing King." He goes inside the inn.
DM
Wednesday October 14th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The inn's common room still hasn't been filled up completely, and there is one table near the front that will take care of the party. The inn's decor is plain. Four stout wooden columns support the ceiling, and a troop of musicians plays upon a stage in the center of the room. You recognize the song when you walk in as being about your exploits in Osto, but the musicians don't seem to recognize any of you. As you walk in a serving wench directs you to a large table. What would you folks have? The special tonight is roast wild goose. It's 2 gold. It's very good. The inn keeper's son, Raki, caught them this morning. We also have lamb, chicken, and steak tonight. All of which are very good.
Gareth
Wednesday October 14th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
says "I'll have the goose! Then we'll see about the other three options."
Onrad
Wednesday October 14th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
"Make that geese! I'll have the same, Thanks...and some chocolate milk if ya got it."
Teko
Wednesday October 14th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
"I believe I'll have some of that goose and a good portion of lamb. Mmm, some roasted apples, too, if you have them and...what sort of wine do you have? And what sort of pies? Do you have goat's milk?"
Jus
Wednesday October 14th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
"Just the chicken and some mulled spirits for me. I'll let the other eat us out of our meager coins."
Nonam
Wednesday October 14th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
"You may as well make mine goose. And I'll just have whatever your house wine is."
DM
Thursday October 15th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
"Okay one lamb, one chicken, and 3 for goose. Perhaps you gents would just like one goose brought, and you may carve your own portions? I believe you will get more meat that way. We do have milk, but I'm afraid that we only have cow milk. We don't keep goats or chocolates on hand for milking purposes. I trust that it will be suitable." She waits for either confirmation of the order or for the rest to order. As she waits you all have a chance to survey the place. The musician, a fair man with flowing golden hair, is very good. Most people in the place are ordinary travelers, but you can spot more than a few locals. For the most part they're near the bar chatting with the merry barkeep. The servers seem to be taking good care of the patrons, and you can only hope yours is as attentive. There are also a few patrons worth noticing: A table nearby of beautiful girls who are staring dreamily at the singer, a pair of dwarves on the other side of the room who have the look of mercenaries, an old man sitting in the center of the room with long tendrils of blue smoke coming from his pipe, and the requisite cloaked figure sitting in the shadows in a corner of the room. The last one seems to have his eye on one of the girls.
Gareth
Thursday October 15th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Listening to his rumbling belly he says "Sounds great! Better bring more than one goose though. I'm hungry. By the way, what's your name?"
Kat
Thursday October 15th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
"I'd just like a salad."
Nonam
Thursday October 15th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Nonam watches the table of girls.
Onrad
Thursday October 15th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Onrad watches the sinister figure in the corner and comrade Nonam watch the girls.
Teko
Thursday October 15th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
"Cow's milk will do just fine. Bring forth the goodies!" Until the food arrives, Teko watches Onrad watch Nonam watch the girls.
Kat
Thursday October 15th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
As Kat sees all the boys looking at all the girls, she begins to feel a little jelous. She looks around for someone to flirt with.
DM
Friday October 16th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The serving girl says that her name is Trillian and returns to the kitchen. In a little bit she returns with the food. The wait was short, and the food is without question the best any of you have had in some time. For those of you who tried the goose this is especially the case. As the evening passes, the place begins to fill up. Nonam has a good time enjoying the girls. They quickly noticed his attention, and they giggle every time his hair changes color. Onrad and Teko have slightly less fun watching the party members, but Onrad does notice that the man in the corner begins paying more attention to Nonam as the night goes on.
Onrad
Friday October 16th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
"Uh, Nonam, the girls are not the only manner of creature watching you do the hair dance this evening. Mr. Sinister over there in the corner is watching you very closely and doesn't seem to be liking something about what he's seeing. Be careful.
Gareth
Friday October 16th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
eats with gusto. He tries everything and eats his fill. In fact he even looks like he loosens up a bit - but not too much. He constantly scans the room and even more so as more people come in. He looks at the others and decides to sit for a while before retiring for the night.
Kat
Friday October 16th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Kat finds a dark corner and casts invisability upon herself as that is how she feels lately, she then comes back to the table and finishes her salad.
The Cloaked Figure
Saturday October 17th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The Cloaked Figure approaches the table, " What brings all of you here? "
Tiburon
Saturday October 17th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
"I could say something smart like: a wagon," says Tiburon," but the truth is we're just traveling thru."
Teko
Saturday October 17th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Teko sits back and relaxes after his fine meal. He looks around to see what sorts of characters are showing up.
Jus
Saturday October 17th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Deciding to let Nonam and Gareth do the talking, in hopes another bar brawl will shortly ensue, Jus goes to flirt with the girls. He wonders out loud if any of them can compare with Kat's beauty (just loud enough so Kat can here).
DM
Sunday October 18th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
[waiting for the appropriate point in the conversation]
Nonam
Sunday October 18th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Seeing that strange look in Jus's eyes and eager to avoid a fight, "Well stranger, why don't you join us. I'm Nonam and these are my companions. We're on our way to Tincrow because it was written on the bottom of a chair." He smiles and continues, "What about yourself?"
Gareth
Sunday October 18th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
seeing Nonam responds just watches - carefully and eats...
Simon
Sunday October 18th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
The cloaked figure extends a hand to shake and says, " I am Simon, local locksmith. I am just here watching my daughter to be sure that her fun does not lead to trouble" (he gestures to one of the girls at the table Jus is approaching) " Work around here is getting scarce, do you think there is any money to be made in this town you are headed to? "
Onrad
Sunday October 18th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Onrad jumps into Nonam's conversation with the stranger. "Work? Yuck! We're on vacation." Then he turns to the invisible fork eating the salad and motions to Gareth and softly says, "Hey friend, methinks this place is haunted. Something is trying to eat Kat's salad. Although I did hear that witches tend to melt if they get too much sun. Seen her lately?"
Kat
Sunday October 18th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
"Everyones a comidian!!"
Jus
Sunday October 18th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
Returning to the party -- disappointed that Nonam and Gareth didn't put their feet in their mouths -- Jus says "It's not the World Serpent Inn, or Daphne's place, but I have to say I like it here." Hearing Kat and seeing her invisibility, Jus chuckles, "I never would've thought you would shy away from competition, Kat!"
Tiburon
Sunday October 18th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
Tib continues to eat and listen.
DM
Monday October 19th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The serving girl seeing that Kat has been absent from the table for sometime comes to take her plate. Then she stares in horror as she sees the fork float up. At the same instant, Nonam sneezes and returns to his orcish form for a brief instant. The two events together prove too much for the young innocent, she screams, "DEMONS!" and then does what any normal person would do when confronted by dark powers... she faints. Of course this doesn't fail to gain attention. The musician stops playing, the girls duck under their table, the dwarves leap up and pull out wicked looking axes, and the old man sitting at the table looks around like someone was referring to him, and the bartender leaps over the bar and calls out, "What's all this about?!?"
DM
Monday October 19th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
::chuckle::
Gareth
Monday October 19th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
seeing Trillian faint fast as lightning catches her before she falls and gently sets her in a chair. "I'm not sure what's going on. She screamed something about demons and fainted. I hope she's OK. She was doing such a great job."
Simon
Monday October 19th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
" Are you guys demons? "
Onrad
Monday October 19th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Softly, "Kat, is this the kind of attention you wanted? [sigh] Not me. Last time we were provoked. Although I don't know why the fork is visible. Isn't it considered a part of your hand for this spell. Perhaps, it's because I said I saw it. Then everyone else thought they saw it to. Maybe they did. I Apologize. [Yawn.] I'm off to bed or to get a head start on swinging on some rafters whichever happens first. [slight giggle] Be "seeing" you soon." Onrad begins to head upstairs....slowly making sure his rope and grapple are handy.
Kat
Monday October 19th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Kat sits still and waits to see what other trouble she can cause.
Jus
Monday October 19th, 1998 3:00:05 PM
"Demons, no. We've killed some, but are none. We just have some practical jokers in our spellcasting ranks."
Nonam
Monday October 19th, 1998 3:00:06 PM
Nonam recovers from his bout of being an orc and says in his most charismatic way. "Good people I assure you all that we're not demons. Rather we are the heroes Three."
DM
Tuesday October 20th, 1998 2:59:59 PM
As Nonam finishes the musician strums the guitar in a way signaling a joke, and someone in the crowd yells, "There's more than three of you!" And another screams out, "Of course demons would say that!" And another, "If you aren't demons then why did you attack the girl with your mind powers?!?" The bartender rushes to grab Trillian away from the party. One of the dwarves moves to stand between Onrad and the stairs. He holds up his axe and says in a deep voice, "I don't think that you should be leaving." The old man looks relieved that he isn't the demon and sits back to watch. The other dwarf yells, "Go fetch a priest!" A small boy runs out the door.
Gareth
Tuesday October 20th, 1998 3:00:00 PM
gently helps the barkeep with Trillian. He looks to the dwarf and says "Nice axe, I have one just like it. Don't use it just yet though, I haven't finished eating and I'd hate to mess this place up over a silly misunderstanding. I didn't think demons ate food." and with sits back down and eats making sure noone of consequence flanks him.
Simon
Tuesday October 20th, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Stands between "The Three" and any aggressors and says, " Hold on now everyone, I am Simon. You all know me and I think you trust me and I swear common sense should tell you these are not demons. Like the man said, why would demons be in here eating? If you don't believe me then just wait until the priest gets here before any of you do something foolish. I am sure any decent priest will assure you that these are indeed not demons. I for one hope that if I ever travel somewhere that I do not get accused of being a demon just because of some misunderstanding. Now everyone sit and please let these visitors finish their meals."
Teko
Tuesday October 20th, 1998 3:00:02 PM
Teko attempts as best as possible to look like a harmless and very goofy gnome. He also mentally rehearses reaching for his weapon.
Tiburon
Tuesday October 20th, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Tib looks around and says ," What Demon would carry a Holy Symbol of Domi ? " . Tib holds his Holy Symbol aloft for all to see as he says this.
Nonam
Tuesday October 20th, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Nonam tries not to sneeze again.
DM
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 2:59:59 PM
The crowd responds to Simon. "Yeah you're right." "We're just looking out for Trillian." "Sorry, Brother. Didn't mean any disrespect." Everything seems to be settling back down, but then one of the girls under the table jumps up and looks at Simon and screams, "Daddy, you were spying on me again!" Then she turns and runs out of the bar. Simon gives the party a sheepish look and turns to follow her.
DM
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:00 PM
Once all the excitement passes, the night turns into an enjoyable one. The two dwarves come over to speak with Gareth, Onrad, and Jus. And all of you exchange battle stories. The old man approaches Nonam and Teko, and the three sit for hours lost in coversation about magic. Teko sharing knowledge of illusions, Nonam sharing alteration techniques, and the old man speaking of enchantment and summoning. When the town priest arrives it is quickly discovered that he is of Tiburon's order, and the two of them sit back and share stories of when they were accolytes. And Kat has perhaps the best fortune of all. Once she finally ends her invisibility spell, every available man in the place wants to talk to her, buy her a drink, or dance with her. Even the musician put down his guitar for his chance to speak with her for a time. Eventually everyone goes to bed and sleeps a most restful sleep. The next morning finds everyone downstairs having breakfast when Simon enters with a troubled look on his face.
DM
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:01 PM
Once all the excitement passes, the night turns into an enjoyable one. The two dwarves come over to speak with Gareth, Onrad, and Jus. And all of you exchange battle stories. The old man approaches Nonam and Teko, and the three sit for hours lost in coversation about magic. Teko sharing knowledge of illusions, Nonam sharing alteration techniques, and the old man speaking of enchantment and summoning. When the town priest arrives it is quickly discovered that he is of Tiburon's order, and the two of them sit back and share stories of when they were accolytes. And Kat has perhaps the best fortune of all. Once she finally ends her invisibility spell, every available man in the place wants to talk to her, buy her a drink, or dance with her. Even the musician put down his guitar for his chance to speak with her for a time. Eventually everyone goes to bed and sleeps a most restful sleep. The next morning finds everyone downstairs having breakfast when Simon enters with a troubled look on his face.
DM
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:02 PM
doh! did it twice
Kat
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:03 PM
Kat begins eating her salad again.
Simon
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:04 PM
Simon approaches " The Three ", and in absolute terror says, " I need your help. My daughter ran off yesterday after she discovered me keeping an eye out for her. That night her mother went after her because she had not returned. My wife and my daughter are still missing, and I have no idea where they are. I am afraid something awful must have happened. I didn't mean to be spying, I just wanted to watch out for her. Help me Please."
Kat
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:05 PM
The invisable salad says. "Where would they go? Why wouldn't your wife have come back?"
Gareth
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:06 PM
stands up and says "We will be glad to help. Where do you think they went?"
Tiburon
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:07 PM
"Does she have any friends she would go to ? " says Tib.
Nonam
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:08 PM
Wanting to ask why Kat is eating salad for breakfast, he instead asks Simon, "I understand that you're concerned, and we'll be glad to help. But do you really think that you need us? Surely they'll come back on their own."
Simon
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:09 PM
" They really should not have been gone this long. I know my wife would have checked in by now. I have no idea where they went. All I know is that it is not safe here at night. Many things wander around here at night. I fear one of those things may have found them."
Gareth
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:10 PM
says "where would you propose we begin looking?"
Teko
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:11 PM
Teko listens while getting his things in together. He orders a bit more lamb or goose, if there's any left over - to go.
Kat
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:12 PM
Kat finishes her salad.
Thoth
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:13 PM
"I have looked all over town and have not found them. It is possible they went into the woods."
Jus
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:14 PM
"Woods! Great, lets go! I'd love to get off of the boring roads!" Jus begins dreaming of all the cool things they might see in the woods...
Nonam
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:15 PM
"Perhaps we should hire a tracker? Or can one of you do it?"
Onrad
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:16 PM
Walks in from outside, "While you were all in here talking about this, I went to see what I could find out. Some of the locals said that both his wife and daughter took the road to the south last night."
Gareth
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:17 PM
moves toward the door. "I'll get the wagon. Let's go."
Simon
Wednesday October 21st, 1998 3:00:18 PM
" I hope they are safe, lets go."
DM
Saturday October 31st, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The party gets the wagon together and heads south. Despite the tension in the air, it's a beautiful morning. About two hours out of town, those who are sitting outside hear screams and snarling dogs just off the road.
Jus
Saturday October 31st, 1998 2:00:00 PM
"Any of you fighters want a shot of testosterone? I mean muscle, Gareth. It can give you some added power for a few hours." If anyone takes Jus up on his offer, he casts Strength upon them. He then pulls out his bow and nocks an arrow in preparation. "This may be a false alarm, but I'm not gonna' take any chances with Simon's girl and his wife!"
Simon
Saturday October 31st, 1998 2:00:01 PM
" I am thankful for that "
Kat
Saturday October 31st, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Kat prepares herself for battle.
Teko
Saturday October 31st, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Teko looks about for the source of the commotion.
Tiburon
Saturday October 31st, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Tiburon readies himself for battle.
Nonam
Saturday October 31st, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Raises an eyebrow at Jus, "A spell I don't know, huh? I doubt Gareth would benefit very much." Then Nonam runs off toward the noises.
DM
Sunday November 1st, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The barking and screams continue. Then the group hears a WHOOSSSSH. The sound is familiar, but it seems out of place.
Gareth
Sunday November 1st, 1998 2:00:00 PM
stops the wagon, leaps to the ground, draws his sword and races toward the sounds ready for battle. "Simon, does that sound like your family?"
Simon
Sunday November 1st, 1998 2:00:01 PM
" It could be, but I'm not sure. Lets go find out." Simon rushes towards the sound.
Tiburon
Sunday November 1st, 1998 2:00:02 PM
" I'll take that spell , Jus, " says Tiburon as he jumps to the ground." Can you cast it as we go ?"
Teko
Sunday November 1st, 1998 2:00:03 PM
"I think I'll go incognito," Teko says and casts Invisibility on himself. He follows the rest of the party.
Kat
Sunday November 1st, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Kat begins preparing a spell, as she moves quietly toward the noise.
DM
Monday November 2nd, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The party quickly comes upon a clearing and sees a troubling scene before them. Eight very large reddish brown dogs are attacking a screaming woman that Simon instantly recognizes as his wife. At first she appears alone, but then you notice another figure lying on the ground. She looks up and sees the party, and as her eyes make contact with Simon's a brief look of hope crosses her expression. Perhaps it is too late for hope though. For at that moment, one of the dogs steps back and belches out a column of flame. With a WOOOOSSSH the flames cover everything in the area. Simon's wife writhes in agony in the flames and collapses to the ground. The dogs remain unharmed from the fire and turn to face the party.
DM
Monday November 2nd, 1998 2:00:00 PM
The party gets first iniative. Jus had time to get his strength spell off before arriving, so he may cast it and take another action this round.
Gareth
Monday November 2nd, 1998 2:00:01 PM
yells a great battle yell as he rushes to engage trying to distract the dogs from attacking the women any more. He leaps to the one closest to the women and slices down (18TH, 17 DMG) with a massive blow.
DM
Tuesday November 3rd, 1998 1:59:59 PM
the dogs' ac = 4
Jus
Tuesday November 3rd, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Jus casts strength on himself and Tiburon. Tiburon gains 3 points of strength and Jus gains 4. Then Jus fires arrows at the dog Gareth attacked. The first streaks by harmlessly (9), but the 2nd scores a solid hit (20,9) and causes the dog to yelp in pain like a frightened puppy (7pts).
Onrad
Tuesday November 3rd, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Onrad rushes in and attacks a fresh dog. His first blow lands true (16) and the dog takes 10 points of damage.
Nonam
Tuesday November 3rd, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Nonam casts magic missle and three bolts of energy streak toward the dogs. The air crackles with magic energy when the bolts strike the beast (10pts).
Tiburon
Tuesday November 3rd, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Tiburon begins moving around the combat trying to reach the fallen women.( He'll defend himself if attacked.)
Simon
Tuesday November 3rd, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Simon runs toward his wife and daughter to pull them away from the beasts, parrying if required.
Teko
Tuesday November 3rd, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Teko rushes around the dogs (on the downwind side if possible) to reach the women. He goes to whichever one Tiburon doesn't and puts out any flames (with his cloak, if necessary). He binds her wounds. If the dogs turn on him and breath again, he will cover her with his body (and especially with his cloak).
DM
Wednesday November 4th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Out of his despiration, Simon reaches the fallen women first. He makes it to his wife's side in time to hear her say, "i'm sorry... i tried to protect her... we loved you..." Then her head falls into Simon's arms. Tiburon and Teko arrive quickly, but they are too late. They can both immediately see that the women are dead.
DM
Wednesday November 4th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
The hellhounds attack. Two leap at Gareth. Two attack Onrad. One each falls upon Simon, Teko, and Tiburon. The remaining dog races across the clearing toward Nonam, Jus, and Kat. The first dog bites at Gareth but fails to penetrate his armor (12,ac4), but the second dog breathes fire on the warrior. Flames engulf Gareth and he takes 14 points of damage. Both the dogs attacking Onrad chose to bite. The first manages to nip at Onrad's arm (14,ac2) and does little damage (3pts), but the second leaps at Onrad's chest to bite at his face (20[19]). Teeth rip the hero's flesh as he screams in agony (8pts). The next dog snaps at Simon as he leans over his wife, yet it misses (11). A dog bites at Teko, but misses (4). The next beast breathes at Tiburon. The heat scorches the priest and he takes 16 pts of damage. The beast running across the clearing lunges at Nonam, but it's jaws clamp on thin air (7). [save vs dragon breath to take 1/2 damage from the fire]
Gareth
Wednesday November 4th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
deftly dodges out of the direct path of the flames but still gets singed pretty good (17 SV). He deals a devestating blow to the first dog (16TH, 16DMG) bellowing "Die!". Suprised that he doesn't see the dog fall to the ground after such a mighty blow, he attacks again and hacks a nice gash in it's side (17TH, 18DMG).
Simon
Wednesday November 4th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
In tears, Simon lays down his wife and lunges with his short sword at the beast which just attacked him. (Attack 20 & 5, Damage 4)
Teko
Wednesday November 4th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Teko casts Color Spray on the hound that attacked him.
DM
Thursday November 5th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The hellhound before Teko fails its save (11) and is transfixed by the shimmering colors.
Nonam
Thursday November 5th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Nonam throws his magic daggers at the beast before him. The handles glow as they tumble end over end. They each find their target (18,18), and the hellhound yelps in pain (9).
Jus
Thursday November 5th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Jus fires a pair of arrows at the beast attacking Nonam. All who see the shot marvel as his skill is unparalleled. Both shafts sink deep in the beast (20[11],20[7]) and do 20 points of damage to the monster.
Onrad
Thursday November 5th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Onrad strikes at the wounded monster before him. His first blow seems awkward and fails to connect (3), yet the second bites deep (8).
Kat
Thursday November 5th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Kat casts sleep on the dogs.
DM
Friday November 6th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Kat's spell has no effect.
DM
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
The hellhound before Gareth and the one before Nonam both fall down dead.
DM
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
The remaining dog in front of Gareth bites at him (18(-2)), and Gareth suffers 5 points of damage. The wounded dog before Onrad breathes and Onrad is engulfed in flame (22pts-savefor1/2). The other dog before Onrad moves to attack Jus. It breathes and both Jus and Nonam are within the area of the flames (18-savefor1/2). The dog before Teko remains trapped in his spell. The hellhound before Tiburon snarls and leaps at him with jaws open. It catches his arm in its powerful jaws (16,ac0), and does its best to crush his bones (4pts). The wounded dog before Simon belches out a cloud of flame, and the grieving man takes 21 points of damage (save for 1/2)
Onrad
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Onrad fails to dodge the beast's fiery breath and takes full damage (3).
Jus
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Unprepared for the monster's attack Jus suffers full damage (5).
Nonam
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Being slightly farther from the attacking dog than Jus, Nonam was able to avoid the full effect of the flames (13).
Kat
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Kat casts Pit, the edge under #4 and #6. the rest moving south and east of those two dogs.
Gareth
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
angrily snarls at the dog and makes it pay for closing with him. He holds it out dangling from his arm and opens up a nice gash on its side (5TH,13dmg).
Nonam
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:07 PM
Nonam moves over near Teko and throws daggers at the monster before Simon. Both daggers strike the beast (14,19), and it howls in pain (9pts).
Onrad
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:08 PM
Onrad swings again at the dog before him. He just barely makes contact (10), but even so the blow does its damage (8).
Jus
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:09 PM
Jus fires arrows at the dogs on Tiburon. Both shafts sink deep (15,17), and the dogs snarls in rage (13dmg).
Tiburon
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:10 PM
Tiburon attacks the snarling Hell Hound in front of him. He hits(15) and slashes it open (6hp) along one side.
Teko
Friday November 6th, 1998 2:00:11 PM
Teko casts an Improved Phantasmal Force under the dog fighting Simon. The ground collapses under it, down fifty feet. The dog takes 20 points of damage.
DM
Saturday November 7th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Being under the effects of Teko's spell, the beast before him automatically falls into Kat's pit, and it takes 4 points of damage. The monster before Jus however manages to keep from falling in (20sv). The hound before Simon assuredly believes that a pit was opened beneath it. The creature scrambles to keep from falling in, but it does anyway (14dex). Simon, since you were in melee with the dog before you, make a dex check so you don't fall in.
DM
Saturday November 7th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
The dog before Gareth breathes once again, and the heat forces Gareth to take a step back (24pts-savefor1/2). The dog before Onrad attempts to catch him in its powerful jaws, but it just misses (13,ac3). The dog before Jus bites wildly at the air (8). The dog before Tiburon moves to Teko in order to find a weaker opponent. Then it breathes, and Teko is covered in flame (20pts-savefor1/2). The dog before Simon.
Gareth
Saturday November 7th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
again dodges a bit to the side and misses the brunt of the flames (19SV) as he again closes down on the wounded dog. In anger at being flamed once again he swings wildly and hits air (3TH) but continues the swing all the way around and nails the hapless animal with a massive down stroke accross his back opening up another gaping wound (19TH,18DMG). He smiles a warriors smile as he sees the result.
Tiburon
Saturday November 7th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Tiburon follows the Hell Hound and thrusts (20,12) and hits it for 3 points of damage.
Kat
Saturday November 7th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Kat strikes at #4 to try and push him into the pit, but stumbles and fails to hit the dog at all. (3)
Teko
Saturday November 7th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Teko dodges the hound's breath and saves(9) for half damage. He casts another Improved Phantasmal Force of the same sort of illusion as before, this time under the hound that just breathed on him. The beast takes 15 points of damage.
DM
Sunday November 8th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The hound before Teko manages to hug the edge and doesn't fall in (4dex). Tiburon since you attacked that dog this round, make a dex check or you fall in.
DM
Sunday November 8th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
The hound before Teko manages to hug the edge and doesn't fall in (4dex). Tiburon since you attacked that dog this round, make a dex check or you fall in.
Simon
Sunday November 8th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Simon quickly steps back from the edge (4) of the pit before him.
Jus
Sunday November 8th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Jus drops his bow and swings his sword at the beast before him, but he slices air (9).
Nonam
Sunday November 8th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Nonam throws a pair of daggers at the beast before Jus. The glowing handles tumble end over end and the each find their target (11,17), The beast screams a bloody cry as the daggers sink into it (8pts).
DM
Monday November 9th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Nonam's attacks knock the creature toward the pit. It slips on the edge (18), and falls in. It takes 7 points of damage from the fall.
Onrad
Monday November 9th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Onrad launches a furious assault at the beast before him. He swings his blade wildly and strikes the creature twice (14,12) for 13 deadly points of damage.
Onrad
Monday November 9th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
The dog before Onrad falls down dead.
DM
Tuesday November 10th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Hound #6 finally comes out from under Teko's spell. It tries to leap out of Kat's pit, but it slides back down. The creature leapt high enough though that it will obviously get out soon. The hellhound that Nonam knocked into the pit also begins struggling to get out. The dog before Gareth snaps at him once again, but does little more than show the warrior its teeth (15). The dog before Teko grabs him in it's powerful jaws (19), and the mighty illusionist takes 5 points of damage. The dog in the illusionary pit leaps at the edges, but is unable to get out. In rage it breathes. The flames swirl up the pit but appear to be contained with the illusion. Nonetheless the heat felt by Simon seems very real. Should the creature continue, it could still cause the black clad man standing so near the pit damage.
Simon
Tuesday November 10th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Simon backs away from the pit. He seems confused , injured , and in deep sorrow.
Gareth
Tuesday November 10th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
bellows out "Bite THIS dog!" and hews deep into the skull of the beast with a solid down swing (8TH,15DMG) and pins it on the ground. As he watches the dog gulp it's last breath the victorious warrior pulls his sword out of the dog's head with a little help from his foot and turns to see which dog needs killing next.
dM
Wednesday November 11th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Gareth's dog is dead if you didn't already guess.
Kat
Wednesday November 11th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Kat casts Magic Missile at the(#4)dog in the pit. (9 pts of dam.)
Teko
Wednesday November 11th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Teko casts a Phantasmal Force of his own hell hound and Teko's dog attacks the one that just bit him. Teko's hound misses(10).
Jus
Wednesday November 11th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Jus once again pulls out his trusty bow and launches two magical arrows at the beast before Teko (number 7). The arrows cast a ribbon of magical energy as they trace their way into the foul beast's side (h19/h13 - d2/d7).
Onrad
Wednesday November 11th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
In a desperate move to be the coolest one in the party, Onrad runs over and drops down into Kat's pit. On the way down he slashes at dog #4. His crushing overhead blow catches the ugly creature in the back (20[17]). Blood splatters everywhere. Most of it covers Onrad but some finds its way up to Jus. (15pts) Then Onrad hits the ground with a sickening thud (10pts), but he rolls to his feet and prepares to meet the vicious beasts in fierce subterranean combat.
Nonam
Wednesday November 11th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Nonam pulls out his wand of shocking and moves toward the beast fighting Teko and Tiburon. He shoots a bolt of crackling energy at the creature. The hound cries as the electric energy causes the flame proof beast to feel what it's like to be burned (9pts).
DM
Thursday November 12th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Onrad's amazing feat drops hellhound #4, and Nonam's wand finishes off the already wounded #7.
DM
Thursday November 12th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
The other hound in the pit rushes at Onrad and when it comes in range it breathes. Onrad flails about as he is awash in flame (17pts-save). The dog in Teko's illusionary pit continues trying to get out. As it leaps it bays in an unholy way.
DM
Thursday November 12th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
At the beginning of the party's iniative, Teko's first illusion fades away, and the beast is on firm ground once again.
Onrad
Thursday November 12th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Onrad moves deftly to avoid the full effect of the flames (19sv)
Gareth
Thursday November 12th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
After surveying the battle Gareth sees the pit disappear that the dog (#8) was in and decides he doesn't care why. He closes with the evil beast and delivers another massive blow to the back of the dog (7TH,14 DMG) causing a nice stream of blood down it's side.
Jus
Thursday November 12th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Seeing Onrad's foolishness, Jus strums two arrows at Onrad's foe. Unfortunately, both fail to hit their mark.
Teko
Thursday November 12th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Teko's illusory hound leaps into the pit with Onrad, moves into hound #6's view and attacks it. Alas, Teko's hound misses with a 5.
Simon
Thursday November 12th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
Looks from his short sword to the pit and says, " sorry guys, but there's no way in hell I'm jumping in there."
Kat
Thursday November 12th, 1998 2:00:07 PM
Kat runs over to beat # 6 down if it tries to jump out again.
Tiburon
Thursday November 12th, 1998 2:00:08 PM
Tiburon cast cure light wounds upon himself (5pt).
Onrad
Thursday November 12th, 1998 2:00:09 PM
Onrad draws his other sword and really goes after the hellspawn before him. He approaches in a flurry of artful swordsmanship, yet none of his blows connect with the creature (4,9,8).
Nonam
Thursday November 12th, 1998 2:00:10 PM
Nonam moves around the pit and positions himself with the utmost care. He mutters a quick prayer to whomever will listen asking that Onrad not move. The he casts. Forked lighting shoots forth from Nonam's glowing fingertips and races toward the hound. The bolt explodes through the beast with a fury (27dmg) before continuing out the other side. Then the bolt strikes the pit wall and begins its return journey. It rages through the creature once again (22dmg), and it shoots directly toward Nonam. All breathe a sigh of relief when the bolt stops mere inches from Nonam's face.
DM
Friday November 13th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The hellhound is caught in the full effect of each bolt (2,5), and its singed corpse drops to the ground. It looks pretty funny laying there with all its hair standing on end. Onrad just barely manages to stay out of the path of the spell (7 even/odd to determine in or out, odd always being good). However, the illusionary hound takes the full force of the blow (4), but it remains standing.
Onrad
Friday November 13th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Onrad bellows up at Nonam in rage, "You nearly killed me! I swear you'll pay for it!" He charges at Nonam with his swords drawn. Seeing that he obviously won't be able to get out of the pit, he throws one of the swords at Nonam. It tumbles awkwardly through the air and lands harmlessly beside the mage (4). Onrad glares with murderous rage and looks like he'll throw another.
DM
Saturday November 14th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
As all this is going on, the dog before Gareth believes that it has been slain and falls to the ground unconscious. The battle is over.
Nonam
Saturday November 14th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Determined not to provoke Onrad further, Nonam shrugs his shoulders and shakes his head. Then he silently begins to walk back toward the carriage.
Simon
Saturday November 14th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Simon approaches his wife and daughter. He sits beside them and says nothing.
Gareth
Saturday November 14th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
finishes the job on the unconcious dog making sure it dies a painful death. He then turns toward the others. Seeing Simon he says "I'm sorry we didn't get here in time.". To the others he says angrily "Since when did creatures like that come around these parts? What ARE they?"
Kat
Saturday November 14th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
"Well.... That was fun. Onrad calm down and I'll drop the spell and you'll come back up." With that the pit begins to fill in as Onrad rides the wave of dirt to the top.
Teko
Saturday November 14th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Teko goes around with his short sword and makes SURE all the other dogs are dead with a good stab to the throat.
Jus
Saturday November 14th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Jus decides to leave Simon in peace for a moment and retrieves his 10 magical arrows. He checks each to see how many are still usable.
Tiburon
Saturday November 14th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
Tiburon begins to go around to all of the party and see to they're wounds. Once he's finished that he approches Simon and sits down nearby to see if he needs to talk or any other aid.
DM
Sunday November 15th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Jus is able to retreive all of his arrows.
Onrad
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Onrad goes and picks up his sword, "I swear that I'm not going to take this anymore. You all saw how he nearly killed me, and he began this trip by insulting me. I demand that all of you choose right now. Me or him. One of us has to go. Who's it going to be?" Still holding both swords, he awaits an answer with a fevered gleam in his eye.
Nonam
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Nonam silently walks back into the clearing carrying a shovel that had been in the supplies on the carriage. He goes over and lays a comforting hand on Simon's shoulder. Then he finds a suitable place and begins digging.
Gareth
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
"Onrad, Jus shot arrows too. They were intended for the creature not you. If Nonam wanted you fried you would be. You two are having trouble but you are wrong to accuse him of trying to kill you. If he did all of us would stop it. You know that. Try to work things out. Both of you are valued friends. Surely we can keep together. An arguement over a wagon is no reason to break up." Looking a bit unlike a tough warrior and more like a man in pain he adds "And besides, we need to help Simon right now. He just saw his family killed. Nobody should have to listen to this after going through that. We failed him. We promised to help and we failed. Pay your debt THEN argue if you must." Gareth puts away his sword and slowly walks over to the fallen women. He makes sure they are covered properly. He puts his shoulder on Simon for a moment and then moves into the trees looking for non burned trunks and limbs to make a carrier for them.
Gareth
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
seeing Nonam decides to confer before continuing "We should not bury them here in the presence of these evil creatures. We should take them back to town for their freinds and temple to be a part of this. We must warn them of these creatures. And we must find out why they are here. I will not leave this area until we know if there are more. At least, this is what I think we should do." He waits to see what Nonam says.
Kat
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Kat sits down silently beside Simon and gently takes his hand.
Nonam
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Looks at Gareth and says quietly, "I thought at first we should take them back too, but then I thought that we could convert this glade into a shrine dedicated to their memory... I suppose Simon should make the choice, but I hate to trouble him with decisions like this now. I guess out of our party Tiburon would know best about these things. Tiburon?"
Jus
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
Quietly to Tib, Jus asks, "I, as well, don't know much about clerics, but... is there any chance of bringing them back?"
Simon
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:07 PM
The silence continues for a moment and then he quietly says, " I think it would be best to give them a quiet and unmarked burial, so that the eternal sleep is not disturbed. After that, if you will allow it I will join you, for I have nothing in this village to go back to now."
Teko
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:08 PM
After having cleaned off and re-sheathed his blade, Teko comes forward and says, "We should rest here, yes? We are all more or less depleted of strength and our wounds are obvious." He turns to Simon, "But before all else, we should see to it that these two rest quietly. I'm very sorry about your loved ones. If I can be of any service to their honor, I am at your disposal."
Kat
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:09 PM
Kat continues to hold Simons hand.
Nonam
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:10 PM
Nonam starts digging again.
Onrad
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:11 PM
"Oh, I see how it is. None of you will even talk about something that's important to me. Well I don't have to stand for it. If you all grow up, maybe I'll find you again some day." He turns and storms off into the trees.
Gareth
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:12 PM
angrily watches Onrad leave wondering how someone could be so cold. He says to Simon. "We will honor your family here then. We will dig the graves deep to prvent animals from desecrating them." Gareth looks to Nonam and says Is there another shovel? If not let me know when your tired and I'll continue."
Simon
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:13 PM
Simon begans praying silently as the burial space is being dug.
Kat
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:14 PM
Kat gently rises and follows Onrad into the trees. She looks as though she might just kill him this time.
Teko
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:15 PM
Teko takes a shovel if there is one available. Otherwise, he waits his turn. When he has a chance, he says, "From what little I know of magical beasts, these were almost certainly hell hounds. Do any of you wizards know of any spell or potion components we might be able to recover? We should probably do that soon, before they have a chance to spoil."
Jus
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:16 PM
Jus starts to go after Onrad, but decides to give Kat a chance. Considering the hell hounds, he says, "Nonam, know of anything?"
Gareth
Sunday November 15th, 1998 2:00:17 PM
grimly takes his turn at the shovel after Nonam looking as if this is not an uncommon job. He digs both graves deeply and swiftly knowing he is the best person for this job. He bitterly finishes and waits for the prayers to finish. When it looks like the right time he offers "Shall I aid you in putting them in or do you wish to do it yourself? I've done it both ways."
DM
Monday November 16th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
There's just the one shovel.
DM
Monday November 16th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
There's just the one shovel. Kat catches up to Onrad quickly, but since not everyone is there to see it, we'll do it by e-mail.
Nonam
Monday November 16th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Nonam gives the shovel to Gareth, "I could keep going, but I don't think I'm doing a very good job." He moves and finds a place to sit down. After a few moments he speaks, "I don't think that it's really unusual to find monsters on the plateaaus, but most of them are on the upper plateau. That's why the safe roads are up there and not down here. Most of what you find down here are things that can fly down from the upper level or less dangerous things like giant spiders. As far as hellhounds go, it's very unusual to find them in a forest. They inhabit hot places. You know volcanoes and such. I've also heard that fire giants keep them as pets. I also know that they hunt in packs, so we have most likely killed the whole family unless they have cubs waiting for these to bring back food, and they will most likely soon starve if they can't hunt.
Tiburon
Monday November 16th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Tiburon silently blesses the site in Domi's name, hoping that Domi will guard over and preserve their resting place.
Simon
Monday November 16th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Simon gently places the bodies of his wife and daughter in the graves and begins dropping dirt to cover them from his hands.
Teko
Monday November 16th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Teko watches in silence.
Gareth
Monday November 16th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Once it is apparent that Simon is finished any ritual he is going to do he quickly covers the graves. Then he loads the shovel back in the wagon and waits.
Jus
Monday November 16th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
Jus goes into the edge of the forest, listening for signs that Onrad and Kat are okay.
DM
Tuesday November 17th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
As Tiburon performs his ceremony, a ray of light shines down on the grave, and it illumes the area with a peaceful light. The ceremony ends much more quickly than the hole was dug, and Tiburon does a magnificent job. No doubt Domi and Alemi will look after the souls of those two women.
DM
Tuesday November 17th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Jus hears nothing. That's a good sign, right? As Gareth waits in the wagon, he notices that they've spent the better part of the day, in that clearing. Digging the grave must have taken hours. At least there's enough daylight to get away from this place to make camp.
Nonam
Tuesday November 17th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
After the ceremony Nonam walks up to Simon and puts a comforting hand on his shoulder. "I'm sorry this tragedy happened. You're welcome to stay with us as long as you wish."
Gareth
Tuesday November 17th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
"We need to leave here and make camp but we must find Kat and Onrad. At least Kat anyway because we promised to keep her safe for the entire year. She has been gone too long.". Gareth goes to where he saw Kat and Onrad enter to woods and begins to follow their trail listening, smelling, looking to make sure he stays on it.
Simon
Tuesday November 17th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
to Nonam, " Thank you"
Jus
Tuesday November 17th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
A bit concerned after Nonam's comments about fire giants, Jus tries to track Onrad and Kat, easily picking up on their trail (ibones 4). He goes as quickly as possible, watching their tracks.
Teko
Tuesday November 17th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Teko follows as the others look for Onrad and Kat.
Nonam
Tuesday November 17th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
Nonam stays with Simon, "Why don't we go back to the carriage? There's no need for you to stay in this place of sorrow any longer, and I don't think that I need to be in the group that confronts Onrad.
DM
Friday December 4th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Jus has no trouble following the trail, and soon the small group hears the sounds of fighting up ahead. A few seconds later you come upon them, Onrad is attacking Kat with his swords. He has certainly wounded her, but she is holding no weapons.
Gareth
Friday December 4th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
moves rapidly in front of Kat and faces Onrad. With fire in his eyes he says "Put them away NOW! You swore to protect her. You cannot use force to argue with your allies - no matter HOW angry you are!" Gareth stands ready to draw his sword and fight if Onrad continues but he clearly gives him the chance to stop.
Simon
Friday December 4th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Follows Nonam to the carriage
Teko
Friday December 4th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Teko draws a long, tired sigh. He watches Onrad's reaction carefully.
Jus
Friday December 4th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Jus is openly shocked that Onrad would attack Kat, especially when she's unarmed; "Onrad?? What's going on!?!"
Kat
Friday December 4th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
"Do not worry friends, I cast a spell on him to compell him to apologise to Simon for his rudeness. It failed and because he sees himself as such a just and brave warrior, I believe that I wilkl let him kill a defenseless woman to add to his list of great deeds this day. Onrad you are not worthy of the friends you keep, or the life you lead. Kill me now and finish your own soul." With that she steps foreward, grabing the point of onrads sword and pressing it into the cuts he has already placed there, causing another 4 points of damage.
Gareth
Friday December 4th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
stands ready so that if Onrad even gives the slightest hint that he is still going to attack then he will engage him putting himself between Kat and Onrad so that she cannot take any more damage.
Kat
Friday December 4th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
Tears running down her face she grits her teeth. "Onrad you pig, do something and do it now!" She screams, pushing the sword another inch into her, she sways barely able to keep her feet. "All your talk of friends and gods, yet you have not the decency to give grief to a man that lost everything today, or thank a friend who saved your life with the only means he had! Now choose a path to follow for the rest of you life! DO SOMETHING!"
Onrad
Friday December 4th, 1998 2:00:07 PM
Onrad pulls the sword back and looks at Kat in disgust, "I don't believe you explained the purpose of the spell you cast on me prior to casting it. For all I knew, it meant my death. As it was, it was an unwelcome attack. And while it may be true that you stand defenseless against my swords. It is also true that I stood defenseless against your demon magic. I wasn't going to stand by and let you cast more at me. I also feel pain for Simon and grief for behaving the way I did. More than you will ever know, but I will not remain in this group with Nonam or Kat one instant longer. I wish to be on my way... Now."
DM
Saturday December 5th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
As the party members bicker with Onrad, Nonam and Simon walk back out onto the road and are startled by a strange sight. A bear is rummaging through the supplies in the back of the wagon. The horses are looking about wide-eyed and full of fear. They clearly smell the animal, but they have not seen it. The fact that they remain speaks volumes about how well they have been trained. But training or no, should one of them actually see the bear or hear it growl, both Nonam and Simon realize the fine horses will bolt.
Nonam
Saturday December 5th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
"I can take care of the bear, but I doubt that I can do it without making the horses run."
Gareth
Saturday December 5th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
says to Onrad "You have fought with me time and again. You have proven your worth as a fighter and friend - most of the time. And when you didn't you made up for it. If you must leave do so as an ally, not an enemy. At least not mine. You took oaths to the group and to Kat's family. If you wish to be released from them then ask. Don't violate your word. It's all we really have."
Simon
Saturday December 5th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Simon moves to the edge of the road attempting to hide in the shadows and then walk silently to the wagon. He is trying to get to the wagon seat before the horses notice the bear so that if they do he can at least try to get them back under control.
Tiburon
Saturday December 5th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Tiburon finishes his prayers over the graves and begins to head back to the wagon.
Onrad
Saturday December 5th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
"I'm not disavowing anything. We're not out on an adventure. We're on vacation, and I think that my vacation time would be better served by being alone. After I've had a chance to reflect on all of this, perhaps I will come back... I also don't recall everyone hassling Flaust when she tried to leave the group." He puts his sword away, "I intended to leave as a friend. That's why I left when I did. I honestly thought she was trying to kill me, so I fought back. I was mistaken, and I appologize. Still, I wish to leave."
DM
Saturday December 5th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Simon makes it to the horses. They are obviously relieved and they calm down a little.
Nonam
Saturday December 5th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
Nonam walks back to engage the bear. He casts 'burning hands,' and jets of flame shoot out of his fingers at the bear. The poor creature takes 15 points of damage (sv for 1/2).
DM
Sunday December 6th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The bear was not so fragile as Nonam expected and it wheels about in rage. It stands on its hind legs and towers over the frail wizard. Then it roars. Simon or no, the horses bolt. We'll need a strength check to keep them under control. The bear swings a heavy paw at the wizard (19), the mighty blow knocks him down (6pts). Tiburon arrives and should roll for suprise.
Gareth
Sunday December 6th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
looks confused and a little frustrated with all this and says "You said if Kat stayed you were leaving and that you wouldn't be in the group for another minute with her here. If your leaving for vacation fine! As I recall Tincrow was your idea. So we get half way there and you change your mind?!?" Gareth pauses, shrugs and says "Oh well, we got to kill some fire breathing dogs anyway. The world is better without them. I guess it wasn't such a bad choice after all. Be on your way. You know where we live. Be well."
Simon
Sunday December 6th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Try as he might, Simon just can't control the horses. (STR check : 20)
Tiburon
Sunday December 6th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Tiburon gets back to the road and is suprised (8)to see a Bear towering over Nonam.
Kat
Sunday December 6th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Kat stands and stares at Onrad. "Words that should have been said to Simon long ago. Now they are just words, like your vows. I am sorry I cast a spell on you, it was not fair. But had I wanted to kill you I would have done it a long time ago. You have no trust for your friends, so go live among your enemys. Goodbye, I release you from your vow to protect me, as I see it you failed." She says as she looks down at he blood stained midsection and hands. She turns to leave and then colapses to the ground.
Jus
Sunday December 6th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Jus runs over to Kat and treats her. Looking up as he binds her wounds, Jus says, "Onrad, I cannot understand what you are thinking or the rage within you; but I have valued and trusted your companionship. My friend, go in peace and may your god grant you succor." As he turns to finish with Kat, he chuckles, "I, for one, trust you will know when to return -- whether it be by your own thoughts, or by tripping over something."
Onrad
Sunday December 6th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Onrad takes both his swords and drops them on the ground. Then he turns and walks away.
Nonam
Sunday December 6th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
Nonam snaps a dagger from a spring sheath and tries to stab at the bear (8,ac9), but he swings wildly.
DM
Monday December 7th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Those who were speaking with Onrad hear none of the commotion near the bear, and Kat's wounds look severe. She isn't in any immediate danger though.
DM
Monday December 7th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
The carriage thunders down the road with Simon struggling fruitlessly with the reins. They make it about 100 yards before he is able to truly make another attempt to stop them (str check -2). The bear falls on Nonam in a wild frenzy. It attacks with tooth and claw as the helpless mage struggles to stay out of reach. Unfortunately Nonam is prone and unable to use his speed to any advantage, so the bear manages to hug Nonam to its body (8,18), then it bites him (10). The beast's ferocity leaves the mage with 25 fewer hitpoints. Fortunately for Nonam the bear tosses him aside after its attack and then flees into the woods. Nonam passes his system shock roll (79), and groans in pain. Tiburon marvels that Nonam could still be alive after being mauled. He also sees that Nonam is in dire condition, but the carriage is moving rapidly away.
Nonam
Monday December 7th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
au...uuuh...nggn
Tiburon
Monday December 7th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Tiburon rushes to Nonam's side and casts his last Cure Light Wounds spell. ( 6pts ) He then starts to minister to Nonams' other wounds, trusting that Simon will be able to gain control of the wagon.
Jus
Monday December 7th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
"If anyone can heal Kat, do it now. Gareth, pick her up and take her back to the wagon." Jus walks over to Onrad's swords and gathers them up. After wistfully watching the woods where Onrad left, he shakes his head sorrowfully. "Simon needs a friend... Let's see if we can do better this time..." He then quickly walks back towards the wagon, not waiting for the others.
dm
Tuesday December 8th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
la la la de da da
Teko
Tuesday December 8th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Teko waits at Kat's side to help move her if necessary.
Gareth
Tuesday December 8th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
gently picks up Kat and carries her back to the carriage. He sees Nonam down and says "What happened and where's the carriage?"
Jus
Tuesday December 8th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Jus looks around in disbelief, unable to fathom today's incredible bout of bad luck. "Well Nonam," he says offering his hand, "I don't suppose you sneezed and chased the horses away."
Nonam
Tuesday December 8th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Looks at Tiburon, "Thank you." Then he speaks to everyone quickly, "There was a big bear. Simon's in the wagon. He couldn't control the horses. I'll go get them." While speaking, the mauled wizard slowly gets to his feet. Then he begins to cast 'fly.' Then Nonam goes after them.
Gareth
Tuesday December 8th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
looks around and says "I guess we'll continue on to Tincrow. Maybe we can get there without getting flamed anymore or losing any more lives." He then gently sets down Kat and makes sure no belongings were lost from the wagon.
Teko
Tuesday December 8th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Teko follows Gareth back to the wagon - or at least to where it was. He looks about and notes the time of day.
Jus
Tuesday December 8th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
"Tib', please see if you can help Kat. She's pretty hurt. I'll go see if Simon and Nonam need help." Jus follows Nonam, using his running skills to keep up as best as he can.
Kat
Tuesday December 8th, 1998 2:00:07 PM
Kat moans in pain.
Tiburon
Tuesday December 8th, 1998 2:00:08 PM
Tiburon begins to do what he can to ease Kat's pain," I'm sorry, Kat. I don't have any Healing spells right now, I need to rest and pray for them to compleatly Heal you. I do have a Healing Potion that you can have tho." Tiburon diggs a Healing Poiton out of his pack and gently raises it to Kat's lips.
Simon
Tuesday December 8th, 1998 2:00:09 PM
Simon tries to reign in the wagon again (4), and this time he is successful.
DM
Wednesday December 9th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Simon gets control of the wagon. Unfortunately it took him so long that the horses have run off the main road. As a result of running down the bumpy path they chose, the carriage is in poor shape.
DM
Wednesday December 9th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Kat gets 6 points from Tiburon's potion.
DM
Wednesday December 9th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Teko quickly sees that it is nearly dark.
DM
Wednesday December 9th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Gareth finds some half eaten food on the road. Evidently this bear liked cheese.
DM
Wednesday December 9th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Jus gets running pretty quick, but he finds it difficult to keep up with Nonam. He manages to keep the wizard in site for the time being though.
DM
Wednesday December 9th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Nonam makes it to the carriage. He sees that Simon looks panicked and out of breath, but he and the horses both look fine. The carriage though... well that's another story.
Nonam
Wednesday December 9th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Nonam flies down to the carriage. "Simon is everything okay?" Then he grins and his hair turns blue, "If I ever say something about chasing off a bear again, just stab me. I think that would hurt a lot less." Then he tries to calm the horses.
Gareth
Wednesday December 9th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
makes sure Kat is as comfortable as possible and then jogs down the road to see if the guys need help with the wagon.
Jus
Wednesday December 9th, 1998 2:00:07 PM
Jus gives a sigh of relief, seeing the wagon stop and no apparent signs of danger from Nonam. Looking at the wagon when he gets close, he quips, "I guess we get what we pay for!". He approaches Simon, "It's good to see you again, Simon. And Nonam, I'm glad you're in one piece and can still be blue."
Kat
Wednesday December 9th, 1998 2:00:08 PM
Kat drifts off to sleep, tears streaming from her eyes.
Simon
Wednesday December 9th, 1998 2:00:09 PM
Simon laughs, "Well that took my mind off of everything for a bit. The danger brought on some exhiliration. Let's go and make camp... my friends."
DM
Thursday December 10th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The group with the wagon makes sure that it is still in traveleing condition. It will work for now, but Gareth sees that the wheels should be worked on in the next town. Then the group gets the carriage back to Kat and the others. When the carriage arrives there is a marked contrast between the groups. One is as merry as possible considering the circumstances, and the other is more glum.
Nonam
Thursday December 10th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
"I don't think we need anything more to happen this day. Let us make camp." He stops and looks around, "Maybe a little farther down the road."
Gareth
Thursday December 10th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
"Good idea. I think the wagon will survive for now. Let's move up the road a ways to get away from the bear's territory. That's usually good enough to keep them from coming back." Gareth does whatever he can to the wagon, loads Kat and proceeds to travel down the road once everyone is ready. He looks for a good spot to camp.
Teko
Thursday December 10th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
"I know a little about stars and I was thinking it might be useful, if the sky stays clear, to look a bit into the future. Does anyone want to share their birthdate?"
Jus
Thursday December 10th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Jus glances at Teko, then over to Kat, "Divination? I don't suppose you and Kat have any gods in common, do you?"
DM
Friday December 11th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Gareth finds a suitable spot, and the group set up camp.
Nonam
Friday December 11th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
"Now Jus, Teko could be a follower of Wardd or Jantierri. They each advocate astrology. I'd let you do a reading for me Teko, but I don't know my birthday." Nonam begins to cook dinner for the group from what supplies are left.
Simon
Friday December 11th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Simon half-heartedly helps set up. Then he sits down and waits for Nonam to finish eating. "Smells good." A tear runs down his cheek as he waits.
Gareth
Friday December 11th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
sits in silence with Simon respecting his grief. A bit later he says "I'll take first watch. Simon should not watch tonight. I'll take two shifts if necessary."
Jus
Friday December 11th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Reflecting on this truly sorrowful day, Jus sits in silence with the others. After a respectful time, he asks, "Tib', how's Kat? She'll be fairly dissappointed if any of those scars are permanent."
Teko
Friday December 11th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
To Jus, Teko says, "I honor any power that is honorable, especially those who are both most powerful and most honorable. Actually, I picked up my knowledge of stars from my teacher." To Nonam, Teko says, "I am quite an accomplished cook, thanks to my mother's tutelage. Can I help in any way?"
Nonam
Friday December 11th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
To Teko, "I can get the meal tonight, and you can get it tomorrow... I've never studied astrology other than learning the basic constellations and such, but I'd be interested in what you could show me about it. Perhaps we could use the evenings toward this purpose? Surely I could repay you with knowledge of some kind. I'm quite accomplished in several languages and various other things."
Nonam
Friday December 11th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
Nonam speaks to Gareth, "I can take the third watch. I'll need to get up to memorise spells anyway. Hmmm, Tiburon should probably rest the whole night so he can be sure to get the rest needed for his healing spells, and Kat is too injured to watch. So that leaves Jus and Teko for the other watch. What do you say guys interested?"
DM
Saturday December 12th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Nonam finishes up the meal, and dinner is served. It's tasty for something cooked on the road.
Simon
Saturday December 12th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Simon eats quietly and quickly. After finishing he stands and says, "May all of our days be better than this." Then he heads off for bed.
Gareth
Saturday December 12th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
watches
Jus
Saturday December 12th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
"I'd like to memorize something as well, but I'll take a watch, if needed. Teko, I'd be honored to have my 'fortune' read, then I'd better catch my sleep."
Teko
Saturday December 12th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
"Excellent, then! I look forward to cooking tomorrow. I am amenable to giving lessons, too, in whatever skills I have. Um, I would be glad to keep watch tonight. I do want to do some memorizing before we move on, though. I have almost no spells left." When the opportunity presents itself, Teko consults the heavens, first in regard to his own fortune, then in regard to Jus's.
DM
Sunday December 13th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The group sets up watches and drifts off to sleep. The night passes uneventfully save for the sounds of small creatures moving about. Morning comes peacefully, but to those who have any skill in such things, it looks like a storm is on the way.
Nonam
Sunday December 13th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Pulls out two small jars. "I nearly forgot I had these." I opens one and applies a thick green ointment to his wounds, and they begin to heal immediately. (Two applications of Keoghtum's Ointment, heals 21 pts) Nonam looks down at the jar, "There's about two more applications in this one, and the other jar is full with about five applications. Between that and Tiburon's spells, we should all manage to heal ourselves back up."
DM
Sunday December 13th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
It takes all of Tiburon's healing spells and all of the ointment, but within an hour after dawn everyone in the party is healed. The storm clouds are on their way.
Simon
Sunday December 13th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
"If we hurry we should be able to reach Zidiac by midafternoon. Perhaps we can beat the storm if we go now."
Gareth
Sunday December 13th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
gets the wagon ready and prepares to leave. He says "I have a thought. It might even be a good one! I would say it is better to save the potions and ointments for life and death combat and rely mostly on the healers and time to do the rest. That way if we come up against a strong force we have more resources. Just a thought ...". Once everyone get ready Gareth starts the horses.
DM
Monday December 14th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The party feeling rejuvinated after a good night's sleep, breakfast, and the benefits of magical healing makes quick work of loading up the carriage, and soon they are underway. The storm breaks shortly before noon. Fortunatley it's dry inside the carriage, but Nonam and Gareth riding out side are quickly drenched. By early afternoon the storm slacks off some, but the roads are a quagmire. On a few occassions the carriage became bogged down in mud requiring everyone had to get out and help push. So by journey's end, everyone is soaked and caked in mud. By late afternoon, the miserable band arrives in Ziadac. It's a small town at the foot of the Plateau. Through the rain and haze everyone can just make out the shape of the Plateau towering over everything, and if you try really hard you can see Fort Baenville at the top. Apparently most of the traffic up and down the plateau takes place over at Goodiamond for this place is little more than a frontier outpost. Yet even so there are two inns, 'The Empty Jug' and 'The Iron Spoon.' Both look about the same... old but well kept... and best of all dry.
Gareth
Monday December 14th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
eyes the Iron Spoon and says "Anything that has to do with food works for me. I'm not interested in Empty right now."
Kat
Monday December 14th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Kat sits quietly and stares at the Wold going by. Every onnce and a while she crys.
Teko
Monday December 14th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
"I'm definitely ready for food, drink, and a bath if I can get it." Teko laughs and says, "When I was a boy, my mother would have been furious to see me like this. In fact, I think she would still be furious..." He laughs again.
Nonam
Monday December 14th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
"The Iron Spoon sounds fine to me." He heads inside hoping to find somewhere warm and dry.
Simon
Monday December 14th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
"I've always liked the Spoon better." He heads inside.
DM
Tuesday December 15th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The Iron Spoon is indeed warm and dry. As soon as Nonam and Simon step inside a serving maid hands them steaming glasses. "Welcome to the Iron Spoon. Here's some mulled wine to warm your bones. No charge. Make yourselves comfortable." The inn is doing a very good business today. The place is 3/4 full at an hour when most taverns are empty. All of the patrons appear to be simple travellers or villagers. There will likely be no fights in here today.
Gareth
Tuesday December 15th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
stables the horses and unloads the wagon. He joins the group inside after he's done. "What do you have to eat?" he asks the bar maid.
Teko
Tuesday December 15th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Teko plops down in a seat and orders something to drink. He says to Jus, "Oh, I almost forgot, Jus. The impression I got about my future was that I would get drenched. I suppose that came true. But I'm sure you are more interested hearing what is in your future. Here it is: your feet are going to get big. That's the impression I got about you. Take it with a grain of salt, though. It's just a possibility. And, of course, I'm not at all sure what it means." Teko smiles, "Good luck, Jus."
Kat
Tuesday December 15th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Kat sits with her men around her and eats some poradge and a small ale.
Tiburon
Tuesday December 15th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Tiburon get some food and sits at the table to eat.
DM
Wednesday December 16th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The serving girl tells Gareth, "We have a tasty beef stew or turkey. What would you like? Most people seem to be having the stew if that helps any."
Nonam
Wednesday December 16th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
"I'll have the stew." Then he looks at Teko, "What's this about big feet?"
Simon
Wednesday December 16th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Simon looks over at Nonam and Teko and then turns to the serving girl, "When's the festival?"
Gareth
Wednesday December 16th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
say "I'll have both!" with gusto.
Teko
Wednesday December 16th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
"I'll take the stew, please," Teko says. Turning to Nonam he says, "Big feet. Mmm, that's the reading I came up with for Jus. It isn't very definite. I don't know if his feet are literally going to get larger or if it's symbolic in some way. And readings are never a sure thing. I won't even venture to say that they're likely. They're more something to keep in mind." Teko slides down a bit in his chair, relaxing.
Kat
Wednesday December 16th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Kat continues to eat.
DM
Wednesday December 16th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
The serving girl grins at Simon and says, "The festival is tomorrow, and I hear there are a group of dwarves staying over at the Empty Jug." She says this last bit with a bemused look.
Nonam
Thursday December 17th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
Nonam listens in on Simon's converstation.
Simon
Thursday December 17th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Simon spews his mulled wine on the unfortunate Teko when he hears about the dwarf. Then he and the serving girl look at the dimunitive mage and laugh again. Finally Simon announces, "Jus, I think I know why your feet will be big. Tomorrow is Zidiac's Festival of the Giant's Foot." He says that as if everyone should understand.
DM
Thursday December 17th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
The serving girl, being perhaps just a tad brighter than Simon, quickly realizes that Simon's statement has done nothing to enlighten the party, so she helps him out by saying, "And it's traditional that on that day everyone must wear giant shoes."
Gareth
Thursday December 17th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
eats. "What is the celebration all about?"
Teko
Thursday December 17th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Teko listens, very interested.
DM
Friday December 18th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The serving girl goes over and kicks Gareth for his question and then goes back to the kitchen.
Simon
Friday December 18th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Simon grins and speaks before Gareth can react. "That's the traditional response for anyone who asks what the festival is about. You aren't supposed to find out until after you've bought your big shoes, but I'll help you out. Ages ago there was a shoemaker in town who had created shoes for a clan of giants, but they refused to pay him for their services. So he managed to dupe the local townspeople into buying the shoes on the basis that they were the latest fashion. The festival is way of reveling in their stupidity and getting revenge by convincing strangers to but big shoes too. Essentially it is a day of practical jokes and festivities. And everything will be topped off with a town dinner tomorrow at which awards for such things as 'Biggest Shoes' will be handed out."
Nonam
Friday December 18th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
"Sounds like a rather pointless holiday."
Gareth
Friday December 18th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
sits and smirks at the thought of being kicked by such a slight girl. He sits back and relaxes a bit as things looks like they are going to be uneventful for a night - finally...
Teko
Friday December 18th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
"So, Simon, how do we go about getting these shoes? And is the only requirement that they be big?"
Kat
Friday December 18th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Kat leans over and kicks Gareth, for being so macho that he would be worried about being kicked by a small girl. Now hes been kicked by a small girl and a beautiful one.
Simon
Friday December 18th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
"There is a local shoemaker who provides all the shoes. You can imagine his interest in keeping the holiday going. We should probably visit him today. Tomorrow there will be a rush. Most newcomers buy their shoes the day of the festival. It's a tradition of sorts."
DM
Saturday December 19th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The serving girl returns with the food. It looks and smells good. As she is passing it out, a priest of Donyra comes into the tavern. He announces as he enters, "The rain is stopping. Donyra willing, my apprentice and I should be able to have the streets dried out before the beginning of the festival tomorrow." Then he looks about the tavern, "The roads themselves will most likely remain muddy for a day or two. You should all stay for the festival tomorrow." Then he turns and leaves, and the tavern erupts in a flurry of questions about the festival. You see a number of people get kicked by the serving girls.
Nonam
Saturday December 19th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
"Well let's hurry up and finish our food and go get some shoes." He grins and says, "I simply must have an attractive pair."
Gareth
Saturday December 19th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
looks at Kat and smiles big as he enjoys all the attention. Once the food arrives he eats with gusto and rolls his eyes at the thought of wearing big shoes thinking about all the the ways it would open up the party for quick attacks ...
Teko
Saturday December 19th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Teko begins to eat. He stares at his feet a lot.
Kat
Saturday December 19th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Kat begins thinking about casting a spell, that would give the illusion of shoees and help with attacks.
Jus
Saturday December 19th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
"Well, if I'm gonna have big feet, I want them to be whoppers, sounds like lots of fun!."
DM
Sunday December 20th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
While the eat, a halfling walks into the tavern carrying a set of giant shoes. Up until this point you really didn't realize how big giant shose would be. Stood on end these pair would easily be the same size as the halfling. A few of you can't help but laugh thinking about the halfling putting those on.
Nonam
Sunday December 20th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Hair turning blue, "Will they all be that big?"
Simon
Sunday December 20th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
With a casual glance over at the halfling, "No. Most are bigger. That's a child's pair."
DM
Sunday December 20th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
With his trained warrior's eye, Gareth notices that fighting in those shoes would be nearly impossible. Though given their size, it would be a simple movement to step out of them in a hurry.
Kat
Sunday December 20th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
"How do they stay on?"
Gareth
Sunday December 20th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
looks on and for the first time in a long time realizes life can indeed be fun. "Why not, I haven't done anything this silly since I was a very young boy before the raids. It would probably do me good."
DM
Monday December 21st, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The serving girl looks at Kat and says, "They have some kind of woolen sock atached to the inside. It keeps them on, but they are srill very awkward."
Gareth
Monday December 21st, 1998 2:00:00 PM
eats.
Teko
Monday December 21st, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Teko orders dessert, pondering his budget. "How much do these shoes usually cost?"
Simon
Monday December 21st, 1998 2:00:02 PM
"The cost varies. You can get a plain undecorated pair for a couple of silver, but if you want curled toes and all the bells and whistles, you could be talking about a bunch of gold. They don't want anyone to be left out, but the rich can't be exactly like everyone else."
Jus
Monday December 21st, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Jus eats quietly and grins at the prospect of seeing everyone look foolish.
DM
Monday December 21st, 1998 2:00:04 PM
The group finishes up their meal and can see through the window that the sun will still be up for another hour or two.
Nonam
Saturday December 26th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
"Well, I suppose we should go pick out some shoes."
Nonam
Saturday December 26th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
"Any objections?"
Gareth
Saturday December 26th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
says with his normal gruff focused air "Let's go" as he always does when there is a mission...
Jus
Saturday December 26th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
Jus indicates with a wry smile that he is ready.
DM
Sunday December 27th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The group trods over to the shoemaker's with Simon leading the way. The ground outside is still muddy, but there is a team of priests working feverishly to dry it out. It looks like they will at least have the main street done by the morning. As Gareth ponders the difficulties involved in drying the soil, Jus spies the shoe shop and giggles in glee. There is a huge shoe - easily the size of a horse - sitting out front which seems to indicate that you found the right place. Once inside there are a variety of giant shoes. It seems from a cursory look that the proper shoe for the festival is one that if stood on end would come to your waist. As the party enters a bell rings, and after letting everyone look about for a minute, a gnarled old elf inquires, "May I help you brave sirs or your lovely companion perhaps?" With the last he gazes at Kat in open admiration.
Gareth
Sunday December 27th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
says in his normal to the point manner "We have come to get shoes for the festival."
Teko
Sunday December 27th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
"...Including, of course, shoes of an appropriate size for a gnome."
Nonam
Sunday December 27th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
"...perhaps a color that will match my hair..."
Simon
Sunday December 27th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
"And they are newcomers to the festival..."
DM
Monday December 28th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The shoemaker walks up and looks everyone over, "Newcomers, eh? Wellwellwellwell... let's see... I think I have several pair that would do nicely for a group such as yourselves." The old elf goes about selecting shoes and eventually has everyone matched up with a pair. He seems to know his craft, strange as it is, for everyone's shoes seem to match some aspect of their personality. Kat's dazzle with color and beauty despite their size. Gareth's are plain and were he large would be simply functional shoes. Jus's are unquestionably designed for nothing but a fun day at the festival. The flowers on the toes are certain to invite comment. Somehow, Teko's manage to bespeak a skill at illusion. Perhaps because they don't actually look as if they are abnormally large... though they clearly are. And Nonam's, well Nonam's shoes are something of an anomaly. At least they match his hair. Whatever color it happens to be at the moment, there's a color on the shoes to match.
The shoemaker
Monday December 28th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
"Now let's see. Something for this gentleman." He looks at Simon and pulls out a pair of what must be his finest giant shoes. "You'll be king of the festival. I was sorry to learn about you wife and child." Then the shoemaker begins to mumble, "No charge for the king shoes. Then we have five pair... a color shoe... and one of those there... Ah yes, your total will be... 51 gold and 4 silver."
Jus
Tuesday December 29th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
"51... 51!!!! Wow, Gareth, I'm glad your paying for all this!"
Kat
Tuesday December 29th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
"I'm glad someone notices me!" Kay says to the men in the party. "These shoes are perrrfect, thank you."
Teko
Tuesday December 29th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Teko, looking suprised, says, "Gareth, are you really going to pay for all of this? I would be glad to pitch in my share..."
Simon
Tuesday December 29th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
"Kat, no man could ignore your beauty..."
Nonam
Tuesday December 29th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Noticing Gareth's silence, "Have no fear friends, I happen to have a little money." He then takes off his pack and after rumaging through it a second produces the exact amount."
DM
Wednesday December 30th, 1998 1:59:59 PM
The party takes their large, newly acquired shoes and heads back to the Iron Spoon. As you journey back, you notice someone that looks a great deal like Onrad pause in the middle of the street. He looks up at the signs above the inns and then enters the Empty Jug. Gareth and Simon also recall that the carriage needs to be repaired.
Nonam
Wednesday December 30th, 1998 2:00:00 PM
"Was that Onrad?"
Jus
Wednesday December 30th, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Not even hesitating, Jus begins running (as best one can run carrying a pair of giant shoes), "Onrad! Onrad! You gotta see these! Did you get some? Where've you been! Are you looking for us? What type of shoes are you getting?"
Kat
Wednesday December 30th, 1998 2:00:02 PM
A tear forms in Kat's eye as she sees Onrad. She quickly wipes it away putting on hear best smile. Sliding up to Simon, she takes his arm and teases, "Thank you, Simon, I'm glad there's at least one man in our group." Glancing back towards Onrad's direction she adds, "I hope more men begin to show their mettle."
Gareth
Wednesday December 30th, 1998 2:00:03 PM
heads for the place where the carraige is stored and looks for somebody to repair the damage.
Teko
Wednesday December 30th, 1998 2:00:04 PM
Teko follows Jus, but keeps his distance.
Simon
Wednesday December 30th, 1998 2:00:05 PM
Simon smiles at Kat and stays by her.
DM
Wednesday December 30th, 1998 2:00:06 PM
The man who looks like Onrad, seems oblivious to Jus and his cries... as if his name was not Onrad. He continues and enters the Empty Jug. Everyone interested in the figure did notice that he was wearing new clothes... most noticeably a flowing blue cape. He was also armed though Gareth has Onrad's swords.
Nonam
Wednesday December 30th, 1998 2:00:07 PM
Determined to keep Jus out of trouble, Nonam hurries after him. "We might as well go in and make sure, but if it's one of his brothers or something don't torment the guy."
DM
Wednesday December 30th, 1998 2:00:08 PM
Gareth finds someone to work on the carriage an old cart master named Gorb and his apprentice. Gorb informs Gareth that work is forbidden in town during the festival as a result of one too many practical jokes. It shouldn't take him long to fix though, and the carriage should be ready by mid-day after the festival. (Gareth will be out of the action for a few rounds - 2 for the conversation and 1 to get back.).
Gareth
Thursday December 31st, 1998 1:59:59 PM
"Thank you Gorb. Midday after the festival will be fine. I'll be back to settle the account then." He exits and goes back to the inn to see if anybody is trying to kill Onrad yet.
Jus
Thursday December 31st, 1998 2:00:00 PM
Shrugging his shoulders to the others, he turns and follows this "Onrad" into the inn. "Yeah, you're probably right -- although I wish it was Onrad with some wild story of why he acted that way."
Kat
Thursday December 31st, 1998 2:00:01 PM
Smiling at Simon, Kat says, "Hmmm. I was thinking you and I could wait out here for Gareth, but I can't believe that was the Onrad we just left. Let's go in too."
Simon
Thursday December 31st, 1998 2:00:02 PM
"I may as well go in too." He looks over his shoulder, "Tiburon? Teko?"
DM
Thursday December 31st, 1998 2:00:03 PM
Those who enter see a shocking sight. No, it isn't the tavern. The tavern looks almost exactly like the one you've chosen. The shock is Onrad. The man standing in the middle of the room is clearly Onrad, he's dressed in blue clothes with some sort of crest on his chest. Stranger still his eyes seem to be giving off a faint blue glow. Strangest of all are his words to the tavern keeper, "...you have not paid Lord Elgrin your taxes this month. I have been sent to collect." The tavern keeper stammers, "But sir, I'll not have the money til after the festival is over." Onrad doesn't hesitate before giving a reply, "Lord Elgrin demands his money now. You know that his collectors have no choice in these matters. Bring me the money, or your establishment and life are forfeit." The tavern keeper looks at Onrad in absolute horror. Clearly he doesn't have the money, and he's trying to figure out some way to save his skin. Most of the people in the full tavern seem to care little. They act as if they are used to such scenes in these parts. Onrad stands mute and motionless as he waits.
Jus
Sunday January 3rd, 1999 1:59:59 PM
Jus goes up to the owner and with a wink says, "I guess I'd better pay up some of my tab so you can pay off this debt. Just how much do you need?"
Gareth
Sunday January 3rd, 1999 2:00:00 PM
goes back in to see what Onrad is up to now.
Teko
Sunday January 3rd, 1999 2:00:01 PM
Having stepped in, Teko watches Onrad's reaction.
Nonam
Sunday January 3rd, 1999 2:00:02 PM
Nonam heads to a table within earshot of Jus' converstation. He briefly wonders how much money Jus has -- considering his comment at the shoemakers.
Tiburon
Sunday January 3rd, 1999 2:00:03 PM
Tiburon follows the rest into the pub and sits with Nonam.
DM
Sunday January 3rd, 1999 2:00:04 PM
The propritier looks at Jus and says " But...but.. sir, you can't possably help me .... I owe Lord Elgin 1000gp's !.Whatever will happen to my family !" wails the man. Tiburon notices something strange about "Onrad" as he stands motionless, waiting for the Tax money.
Tiburon
Monday January 4th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
" Nonam ! It looks like a possition spell has been cast upon Onrad." says Tiburon.
Gareth
Monday January 4th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
looks on at Onrad and says to the others "We must help our friend. This is slavery. He has been taken over against his will. He would never agree to do this. What can you guys do? All I can do is restrain him."
Jus
Monday January 4th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
"Ouch! He, he. 1000? That does cause a slight problem, doesn't it." Turning to Onrad, Jus asks, "Excuse me sir, what are the terms of this... this... uh... aggrement?" He manages to finish his question although looking at Onrad with glowing eyes troubles him.
Kat
Monday January 4th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
To Noman: "I can cast dispell magic, I don't know what good it will do an I have a problem with that big ball of lard!!"
Nonam
Monday January 4th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
"My thoughts exactly, Kat. Maybe this possession is what's been making him a 'ball of lard'. Cast and let's see what happens."
Teko
Monday January 4th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Very quietly, Teko whispers to Kat, "I could use a Hypnotism spell, though I'm not sure that it would break what is on him now. I could knock him out with Color Spray...if there weren't so many other people around. Let's wait and see."
DM
Monday January 4th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
'Onrad' turns his head and locks his glowing eyes on Jus and says in a terrible monotone voice ," He must pay his taxes to Lord Elgin or forfit his life ." He then turns back to the Propritor and waits motionless.
Tiburon
Tuesday January 5th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
" Nonam, I'm going to try to cast a Protection fron Evil on him and see if it wotks", says Tiburon. With that said he cast PFE upon the still motionless 'Onrad'.
Gareth
Tuesday January 5th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
stands ready to intervene if Onrad attempts to attack back.
Jus
Tuesday January 5th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
"Onrad.... do you know me?"
Nonam
Tuesday January 5th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
Nonam nods to Tiburon. He prepares to cast his own Dispel Magic in case Kat doesn't.
Teko
Tuesday January 5th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
Teko waits to see the effect of the spells cast.
Kat
Tuesday January 5th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Kat stands by waiting for the nod from everyone to cast.
Tiburon
Tuesday January 5th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
Tiburon bends his head and prays to Domi.He looks up , makes a few passes through the air with his hands and points at 'Onrad'.
DM
Tuesday January 5th, 1999 2:00:06 PM
Tiburon finishes casting his spell and a few moments later the motionless 'Onrad' shakes, blinks, looks around the room and says , " What... where am I ? How did I get here ? What am I doing wearing this cloak ? " He looks at the group geathered around him and asks " What are you doing here ? I remember walking away from you and after the fight with the Hell Hounds and running into a man in the forest. Now we're all standing in an Inn.... What's going on ?"
Gareth
Wednesday January 6th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
says "Who was this man you ran into? He seems to have forced you into servitude. We broke his spell."
Jus
Wednesday January 6th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
Jus breaks into a grin and gives Onrad a big hug.
Teko
Wednesday January 6th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
Teko bows. "It is good to see you again, Onrad. Do you feel all right?"
Nonam
Wednesday January 6th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
Nonam nods to Onrad from across the room, "Are you feeling better? Care to explain anything?"
Kat
Wednesday January 6th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
Kat walks up to Onrad, looks him straight in the eye, slaps him, grabs both sides of his face and then kisses him passionatley. With that she wistles back to her seat and finishes eating.
Onrad
Wednesday January 6th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Onrad's eyes clear and he gets a very confused look on his face. He looks at Teko and then at Nonam. "I feel...." He looks at Kat. "I feel...." He collapses onto the floor sitting and looking up at Nonam and then Kat with tears welling up in his eyes. "I feel......" Onrad then curls up into a fetal position and bawls like a baby, "I'm sooo sorry. I....sorry! AhhhHUHhuh....huh.....Oh Gods I'm sooo....HuhhhhuhAAAHH!Hohohooooooo....." He shakes and continues crying out of control.
DM
Wednesday January 6th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
The Propritor and the other guests glance around with shocked looks on their faces. " But sire... what do I do about Lord Elgins' Tax now? ", says the Innkeeper as he wrings his hands. " I still don't have enough to pay him."
Gareth
Thursday January 7th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
trying not to scare anybody says with poorly shielded rage "Who is Lord Elgin and where is he? I don't know about your tax but I do know I won't tolerate someone taking my friend as a slave against his will. He will pay for this."
Gareth
Thursday January 7th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
After a moment of silence he adds in a very menacing and angry way between clenched teeth " - and he would have made Onrad kill you too, wouldn't he? Over taxes?"
Nonam
Thursday January 7th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
Nonam digs a necklace out of his back and hands it to the tavern owner, "This should cover your tax plus any trouble this little incident may cause." Then he turns to Gareth and the others, "I agree with Gareth, but we don't have a lot of information on this. It's your call Onrad. Stay and enjoy the festival, or seek vengeance?"
Teko
Thursday January 7th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
Once again, Teko awaits Onrad's response.
Onrad
Thursday January 7th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
"I...I don't know. He's powerful. Maybe too much. We might have to harm others that he's uh....taken before we could get to him. I'm still not thinking straight I think. It's up to you my......my friends." A slight look of puzzlement crosses Onrad's face as he said that and then he looks up and shyly grins.
Tiburon
Thursday January 7th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Tiburon walks over to Onrad and says," Are you hurt anywhere? Come sit with us, we'll get something to eat and you can tell us what you remember. We need more info before we deciede on a course of action. " Tiburon leeds Onrad to the table Kat has claimed and sits .
Simon
Thursday January 7th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
"I know something of these matters having lived here abouts even though my own town was outside Elgin's control. I know nothing about Elgin possessing people, but I have also never heard of his collectors killing anyone. They have the authority to frighten and seize property in exchange for money owed, but they also do this as a last result. I would say that our friend here hasn't paid his tax in several years to owe so much. Also Elgin does provide for the people of the region. He maintains roads which are not kept by the kingdom, and his troops offer protection from wandering tribes of goblins or anything that ventures out of the monster preserve. I also assume he must be a vassel of the king for surely she must know of his presence, and she allows him control over the region. So anyway, I think that perhaps we should let this matter go."
DM
Friday January 8th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
The tavern keeper holds the glittering necklace in trembling hands and says in a voice barely above a whisper to Nonam, "Thank you, milord." Then when Simon finishes speaking he speaks, "He speaks the truth. I haven't been able to pay my taxes for about three years, and I too have never heard of a collector killing someone. I've also never heard of someone owing so much. If it was a scare tactic it worked for I thought my life was about to end. Had it been spared, Elgin would have seized my inn and auctioned it off. If I was still living, I would have been able to keep any amount above the 1000 owed for that is the way it's done. Then old Haldi across the street would have bought my inn just to gloat. Still lords I thank you for saving my life, and you're all certainly welcome to stay here for free anytime you pass through for your aid in this matter."
DM
Friday January 8th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
A bard that was playing to the crowd inside the inn picks up his lute and begins to play, "The Three came to Zidiac for the Festival of Shoes, but sadly for all of them, one was possessed by a man in blue..." He continues making up the song as he goes, and when he finishes the patrons erupt in applause and bang cups on the tables and demand more songs about the Three. The party also becomes aware that they are carrying giant pairs of shoes about.
Jus
Friday January 8th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
"Today is a great day. Shoes, Onrad, our name in song, even seeing Nonam increadably generous; what more could one ask for?"
Gareth
Friday January 8th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
Goes and puts his shoes in his room. He then returns after having some time to think and says "It sounds like maybe this Lord Elgin is either turning to evil to collect taxes or this is not Lord Elgin's doing. How can we find out more?"
Nonam
Friday January 8th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
"I know. We'll just send Elgin a message and tell him that the mighty Three have become concerned about his taxation policies, and we'll kindly suggest that he stop using such measures, or we'll be forced to deal with the situation." Then he pauses and spreads his hands, "Or we could revel in the fact that Onrad has been returned safely to us, his actions of late justified, and we could have a good time at the party tommorrow. Then we continue on our vacation having a good time, and simply by travelling through Elgin's lands, we'll learn more about him if we are observant."
Kat
Friday January 8th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Kat looks at Onrad and says "Well you cute little shrimp, it seems as if it's your choice."
Teko
Friday January 8th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
"It could be that Elgin is under some form of powerful mind control. Perhaps, he isn't himself, much as Onrad wasn't."
Onrad
Friday January 8th, 1999 2:00:06 PM
Out of reflex Onrad spins on Kat and says, "I"m not a shrim..." Then he stops surprised and says, "Uh, sorry Kat, bad habit that." He eats a few bites of rations and continues. "I suggest we enjoy the holiday and our vacation and move on down the road to Tincrow. I'm curious to see what happens if I just go missing. Whoever that blue guy that did this to me will wonder how I escaped. Besides, I have reason to think that he will...so to speak.....come after us." Speaking softly to Kat, "Uh, I think I did quite a bit of collecting....so to speak this past day. Is it my fault if my collections say ended up by accident in my saddlebag outside? I sorta figured it could be partial payment for my unsolicited help."
Tiburon
Friday January 8th, 1999 2:00:07 PM
Tiburon looks closely at Onrad and says, " I think that was just a scare tactic... Onrad doesn't have any weapons, see. I think we should give him back his swords, now that he's back with us."
Simon
Sunday January 10th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
Perks up his ears when Onrad mentions money, and he wanders outside. He returns with a saddlebag. "Well it looks like maybe this wasn't such a bad deal for Onrad. He has a very nice horse tied up outside... and this." He opens up the bag and spills the contents out on a table. Eyes go wide in wonder as hundreds of gleaming coins and sparkling jewels fall out of the sack to land on the table with a wealthy noise. "This little haul is worth thousands."
Nonam
Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
Stares at the money for a bit then his hair turns blue and he says, "I think you've missed your calling Lord Pryderi. You should have been a tax man. I think taking this Elgin's money may just about make up for the trouble he has caused us." Then Nonam eyes a finely crafted necklace in the mix and pulls it out saying, "To replace one I just lost." Then he tucks it into one of the many folds in his robe.
Onrad
Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
Now, that was nice, pouring all that money all over the table. Twill let the Lord and the Blue robed man knows exactly who to go to when one of them desires to have it back. Now, can we put it up please before someone is tempted to get jealous of our fortune?" Turning to Gareth, "Methinks my find friend that we may now find another worthy purpose for our current venture: helping the evil rich help the goodly poor. I kinda like that!"
Gareth
Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
with bright eyes and an evil grin says "I like the idea of taking the money. We can put some more in our kitty and still have tons left over to give to a worthy cause!" Finding a better way to vent his rage he says "And the animal that took you into slavery will come to us! We don't even have to go find him. This is good." He reaches into his pack and pulls out Onrad's swords and hands them to him. He then takes a couple of the gems (1000 gp) and puts them in the kitty. Then he puts the rest back in the saddle bag and says "So what do we do with it? Anyone want to carry it? If not I will until we decide what to do with it - unless we want to decide that now."
Jus
Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
Helping put the newfound treasure back into the saddlebags, Jus says, "Mayhap we should be leaving now. I would rather find our fight with the 'blue man' on the road than amongst the populace."
Kat
Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Before the money is put back in the bag, Kat take a large gem from the pile, kisses it, and places it between he breasts benieth he blouse. Winking at Onrad she says "to keep my heart warm and as payment for the scars you were forced to give me." With that she stands and looks at the men. "Well come on boys, we have a country to see, and a blue man to anger." The she dances out the door.
Teko
Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
As Teko begins to leave, he says to the innkeeper, "You wouldn't happen to have something I could snack on as we go on our way?"
Onrad
Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:00:06 PM
Onrad jerks his head at Kat's....mounds of joy....and squeaks out, "Scars?" His head jerks to her face. "Scars?" Onrad is surprised. "No... ..Nooooo...I hoped that part was just a ....Nooooo....." Onrad sits back down in the bar chair, his head hitting the table with a thump. He just stays there.
Nonam
Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:00:07 PM
"HEY! Wait a minute. It's gonna be dark before too much longer, tommorow there's a festival that I just bought several pair of giant shoes for, and the wagon's still busted. I thought the money meant we weren't going to hunt Elgin down... and if we were even considering hunting him down, then why should we run from him because we got his money. I for one am tired of things getting in the way of this vacation. Let's stay here and enjoy our selves."
Tiburon
Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:00:08 PM
" I have another idea you might want to think about," says Tiburon," What if this Lord Elgin really is a noble with a Royal right to collect taxes? Do you want to go against one of the King's vassels ? That would be pitting ourselves against the whole realm, one that we have shown we support in the past. Why don't we take a day or two off, then seek this Lord Elgin and ask him about his actions. We can take approprate actions after we find out more."
Simon
Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:00:09 PM
Looks troubled. "You know, since I've known all of you my wife and daughter have been brutally killed and I've possibly run into trouble with kings and lords. I think perhaps I should leave before something worse happens. I hate to leave you for you all seem worthy individuals, but I must." He looks as if he would say more, but he merely turns and leaves.
DM
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
Simon turns and leaves. As he walks across the room, everyone notices something strange about him. It's hard to place... a hint of blue in his backback, perhaps? (everyone, even Gareth, passed a perception check)
Gareth
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
says "We need to stay until the day after the festival. That is when the carraige will be fixed. As far as Lord Elgin goes he has overstepped his authority. He took Onrad into servitude without his consent and he caused him to attack one of our own (glancing at Kat). Taxes or no, he has wrongfully exacted a price on us and we in return have exacted a price on him. If he has a problem with that then I welcome his response. I think he got off cheap. I will fight to the death before I accept slavery as a normal way of life. Let him come and try."
Onrad
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
"Uh, Simon? What's that touch of blue in your backpack? I want to see that. Don't know why for sure, but I definitely want to see that." Onrad tries to remember if he's ever seen it on him before. He knows what it reminds him of, but Onrad is trying very hard to not be rash.
Jus
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
With his eyes toward Simon to see what develops, Jus comments to the others, "My guess is that Elgin has little idea what happened. It probably was someone trying to earn a little extra money, or even a tax collector wanting to use someone to do his dirty work."
Teko
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
To Jus, Teko says, "That's the best explanation so far." He, too, watches Simon.
Tiburon
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Tiburon stands and walks after Simon." Simon, at least wait until after the festival to leave." As he closes on Simon he trys to get a better look at Simon's backpack.
Gareth
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
whispers "let him go and we will follow him. Maybe he'll lead us to the guy who is doing this." He then moves to follow whenever Simon hits the door. If there is any sign that Simon will attck he stands ready to intervene.
Simon
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:06 PM
Simon spins in the doorway, "Do you people attack everyone who tries to leave your group?"
Teko
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:07 PM
"No, but it's very curious that you would leave so abruptly."
Kat
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:08 PM
Standing behind Simon she tries to see what all the fuss is about.
Onrad
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:09 PM
Onrad having his patience tested for the 3rd time in as many minutes, waves him off and turns to his newly found horse and climbs on. He turns the horse facing the other way and begins muttering to himself...."I'm on vacation. This is a vacation. I will have fun. Life is a bowl full of chocolates..or was that cherries....I'm so happy....so happy...I think I'm getting better..."
Jus
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:10 PM
"Onrad!", Jus yells, shouting. "The shoe shop is over there! If you want some help finding something good, I'd be glad to help; just let me put my shoes up." Glancing at the party and Simon, Jus sprints to his room, gingerly puts his shoes down, and runs back.
Nonam
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:11 PM
"Simon, my companions are merely interested in why we saw something blue in your pack. If you'd just let us see it then you can be on your way."
Simon
Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:00:12 PM
"I guess I won't get any rest until I do." He takes off his bag and pulls a blue cloak out of it. "Yes, that's right I own a blue cloak, so do lots of other people... and as far as my wanting to leave abruptly, I think I covered that in my reasons for wanting to leave. I think they were good ones."
DM
Wednesday January 13th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
A small crowd gathers to watch all the excitement.
Gareth
Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
compares the blue cloak of Simon's to Onrads new blue cloak to see if they are similar.
Kat
Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
"Simon, you can leave at any time, it was just your sudden decission, so much like our cute little shrimps that we became conserned, thats all."
Onrad
Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
Onrad nods his thanks to Jus, breathes a deep breath, and heads over to the shoe shop. As he walks away from the situation, each step he takes becomes lighter than the one before. As he disappears from view, he jumps up, clicks his heels, and enters the shop.
Teko
Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
"If you really wish to leave, Simon, I can certainly understand."
Jus
Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Bounding back down the stairs, Jus looks around for Onrad. Not seeing him, he goes over to the others to see what they've discovered with Simon.
Nonam
Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
Nonam takes the cloak from Simon and holds it up.
DM
Thursday January 14th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
The cloaks appear to be the same color. They also have very similiar cuts.
Simon
Thursday January 14th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
"Very close in appearance, aren't they? Still it doesn't prove anything, and I gave you my reasons for wanting to leave. It doesn't seem so out of place to me. All of you are talking about fighting lords who are vassels of the king. I want no part of it. I spoke up as soon as you began to discuss it. It isn't something I need to think about for a week."
Gareth
Thursday January 14th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
looks at Simon and says "We are trying to prove nothing. I don't care whether you collect taxes or not. I DO care if your are collecting taxes against your will. You are our friend and it would be wrong of us to not be sure of that. We would help you just as we did Onrad to break the spell. Are you associated with this tax collection scheme? I really don't have a problem with someone collecting taxes for the king. I also don't object to most of his tactics for getting them. It's just when he steals a person's freedom to FORCE them to collect the taxes for him. Especially someone who is not even part of this province. If you can explain what is going on it might help us from getting into something that we should not. If you collect taxes you are in no danger from us. We just need to know why Onrad was taken like that and one way or another we will find out. I would prefer to find out from a friend."
Simon
Thursday January 14th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
"I just have a blue cloak."
Jus
Thursday January 14th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
Jus goes back into the tavern and asks the owner, "How common are the blue cloaks our friend the 'tax collector' was wearing, and what do they represent?"
Onrad
Thursday January 14th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Singing in the distant shop, "I'm shopping, shopping. Shopping my cares away. The more I spend, the more my soul is cleansed. I'm shopping, shopping! Shopping all the day!" Humming..continues... "Holy Lem! Karinthis must be a blast!"
Teko
Thursday January 14th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
"Simon does have a point. We ought to be careful how we conduct ourselves. We should have a clearer picture than we do of what Elgin is about before we start setting off any unnecessary fireworks."
Nonam
Thursday January 14th, 1999 2:00:06 PM
"I've never really paid much attention to such things, but I would guess that while blue cloaks may not be as common as black or grey ones, they are still fairly common. Even so, these are well made. I doubt your average villager could afford them."
DM
Monday January 18th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
Onrad has a blast shopping his cares away as the rest still confront Simon. As Gareth inspects the cloak, something falls out. It appears to be a medallion. Even before it strikes the ground, Simon is running down the street.
Tiburon
Monday January 18th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
Tiburon follows Simon out into the street , stops and cast Hold Person upon the fleeing Simon.
Gareth
Monday January 18th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
picks snatches the medallion before it has a chance to bounce twice. He then gives chase to Simon.
Jus
Monday January 18th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
The innkeeper apparently wants to keep out of this, so Jus wanders back outside. With a heavy sign, he starts running in the direction of the others, "I thought this was supposed to be a vacation!"
Kat
Monday January 18th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
Still standing behind Simon, she attempts to trip him as he flees past her.
Onrad
Monday January 18th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Onrad comes out of the store loaded with packages. He sees everyone running after Simon and shrugs looking worried. He lays his packages carefully near some of the crowd looking on and tosses a boy a few coins to watch the stuff. Then to everyone watching he says as he breaks into a run, "We're on vacation!" as if that explains everything.
Nonam
Monday January 18th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
Seeing the situation under control, Nonam grabs Onrad's arm as he rushes by, "They can handle it. Let's go inside and have a drink."
DM
Tuesday January 19th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
Simon effortlessly dodges Kat as he begins his run. Gareth manages to grab the medallion, but it takes him a second to give chase. Simon has a large lead, and Gareth is falling behind. Then Jus comes out and starts running, but he is too far behind. Then Tiburon's spell goes off, and Simon suddenly freezes in place.
Gareth
Tuesday January 19th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
closes on Simon and says "Pretty impressive if you can outrun me. Start talking. Why are you running just because we found a medallian? Are you in trouble or are you part of something you don't want us to know about?"
Jus
Tuesday January 19th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
Jus takes a look at the medallion to see if he recognizes it. "Is this the one Nonam or the tavern-keeper had?"
Tiburon
Tuesday January 19th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
" Uhhh....Gareth, He won't be able to say anything until I release the spell or it wears off. Why don't you take him back to the Tavern , sit him in a chair and tie his feet . Then we can ask him some questions and Nonam can cast a Dispell Magic on him." says Tiburon between wheezes .
Teko
Tuesday January 19th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
Teko catches up with everyone chasing Simon and takes a look himself at the medallion.
Onrad
Tuesday January 19th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Onrad looks incredulously at Nonam and says, "This is truly a wondrous day. I accept. Let me grab my stuff. He takes his stuff back from the person holding it and enters the tavern holding the door open for Nonam.
Nonam
Tuesday January 19th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
Nonam goes in with Onrad and finds a table.
DM
Wednesday January 20th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
The group around Simon see that the medallion isn't one familiar to them. Then they follow Tiburon's suggestion and carry him back to the tavern. When they go in, Onrad and Nonam pretend they don't see them standing in the doorway. Soon the "held" Simon is secured to a chair, and Tiburon releases his spell. Then Gareth repeats his question.
Simon
Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
"I'd be a pretty poor thief if I couldn't outrun a man in armor. Just because you're strong doesn't mean that you're fast. What an ego this guy has! Anyway, I might as well tell you the whole story now though it's probably a mistake. This whole thing was a scam. I used that medallion to take control of your friend's mind the night we met. I just implanted the other memories when I did it. The women in the forest weren't my wife and daughter. I don't even know who they were. It was a coincidence they were even there. I didn't expect to find anyone. The idea was that your friend would collect taxes in Elgin's name and look imposing enough that he'd get the money. If Elgin's men caught him, he would remember nothing of me. Should all go well, he was going to leave the money here, and I was going to take it. Boy, you guys are so goooooood at figuring stuff out. Ready to charge in and fight Lords before you even have a good idea what you're doing. Just because you hear something that doesn't mean it's true. Where did you come from that everyone tells the truth and common folk think they can confront lords and order them about?"
Gareth
Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
turns red with anger. He looks at the others and says "Turn him in. If left to dispense justice myself he will be dead! You almost cost our friend his life and you stole the freedom of another. You heard what I was prepared to do to Elgin! Just think of what I would do to you! And yes, you can outrun me but if I catch you, you have a problem."
Jus
Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
"Thinking we'd attack Elgin without any evidence, then admitting you stole taxes from Elgin's subjects -- and in front of so many witnesses! I don't think we're the stupid ones!"
Onrad
Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
After settling in, Onrad orders. "Pretty miss, bring us some of the good stuff. Spare no expense. I've made a new friend or two today and have another about to die. It's time to celebrate! Besides, we're on vacation and deserve it."
Teko
Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Teko orders some milk, sits back with his feet propped, and takes a sip. "So, Simon, what other career avenues do see on the horizon?"
Nonam
Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
Despite being determined to ignore the converation about Simon, Nonam feels compelled to ask "If you never saw those two women before then why did the youngest refer to you as daddy in the tavern the night we met you?"
Simon
Thursday January 21st, 1999 1:59:59 PM
"Well, I guess you caught me again. Go ahead call the guards."
DM
Thursday January 21st, 1999 2:00:00 PM
Gareth struggles with himself and manages not to behead Simon in the tavern. The guards quickly arrive and on hearing the story the guards, who are wearing blue, quickly take him away. Gareth follows to the door to make certain this isn't another trick and gains some small sense of satisfaction at the beating the guards give Simon once they're out in the street. Finally it's all over, and everything's back to normal. Everything that is except that the party is 10,000 gold richer, and Gareth is holding a medallion possessed of such evil that he can already feel it trying to corrupt him.
Nonam
Thursday January 21st, 1999 2:00:01 PM
"Come friends. Let's drink a toast to Onrad's return."
Gareth
Thursday January 21st, 1999 2:00:02 PM
says in horrer "We must destroy this medallion now. Tiberion, any ideas? You seem to know a lot about religion and such. This thing is talking to me. Trying to get me to listen to it and do something evil.". He drops it in a small leather pouch and hold it out to Tiberion.
Jus
Thursday January 21st, 1999 2:00:03 PM
"Not that I really know, and I don't, but the easiest would be to give it to a good and holy chuch and let them destroy it. Of course, we could always try to Dispel its Magic, but that would be difficult." "Then again," with a faraway look in his eyes, "I seem to remember something about purification by fire, but that doesn't make much sense, does it?" Realizing that he is rambling again, Jus decides to be quite. Of course this doesn't last for more than a few seconds, "Tib' would know better -- about the churches I mean. Oh yeah, cheers to Onrad; I knew he would come back. You are glad to see us aren't you? I mean, don't you think..." and on and on he goes lauding the return of Onrad.
Kat
Thursday January 21st, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Kat walks up to Simon and stradles him across his lap, siting facing him. She then takes out a lip balmb and places a genrous amount on her lips. She then kisses Simon deeply and passionately. She then looks deeply into his eyes. "Simon, do you remember what I was going to do Onrad when I thought he had betrayrd you? Well I don't know you as well as I know all of these men. I have just delivered a witches posion to you, you will be dead in a matter of minutes, any last words?" (Simons lips begin to tingle, save vs posion)
DM
Sunday January 24th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
Everyone laughs at Kat's suggestion and agree it would have been a good idea if Simon hadn't already been dragged off by the guards.
DM
Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
The group rejoices at Onrad's return, and the medallion, upon Jus's suggestion, is deposited with the local church of Alemi. The priest assures the group that he can destroy the item, and so they leave. The rest of the evening is spent as if this group of adventures were on vacation. After a late night, everyone retires to meet again at breakfast. By midmorning, the party stands assembled in the inn's common room. They all look like fierce and haggard adventurers save for their giant shoes. Everyone looks silly especially Onrad for his shoes are at least twice again as large as everyone else's.
Nonam
Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
"Gods, but all of you look stupid. Let's have some breakfast and then see what this Festival of... Shoes or whatever it they call it is all about."
Gareth
Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
looks troubled and after a time says "You know, I've been thinking about something. I felt how that medallian was really pulling at me. I wonder if Simon was nothing more than a victim of it's influence. I think those two women on the way here WERE his wife and daughter because they said so in their last words to him. I wish I was better at this sort of thing ..."
Jus
Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
Not liking the way Gareth's thoughts makes him feel, Jus looks down at his feet... and laughs. "Hey Onrad! I don't suppose you got big shoes to fulfill some inadequacy... uh, never mind. This sure is going to be a great day!" He looks around at the other patrons to compare shoes.
Kat
Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
Kat stands in her giand stilletos, "You know boys, the diffrence between you and me? I make this look good."
Teko
Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
"I don't feel inadequate. I do feel a bit mischevious, though. I have high hopes for the day."
DM
Monday January 25th, 1999 1:59:59 PM
The festival is great fun. Yesterday's mud is dried and gone, and the sun shines brightly on everyone. There are clowns and games, and plenty of good food. Children scamper about and gawk at the most common things as if they were new and wonderful. Best of all are the big shoes. You all quickly discover what great fun it is to knock each other down to watch your companions struggle to rise to their feet without removing the giant shoes. Without doubt Onrad's shoes are the biggest at the festival, and when people see him the bow down to kiss his shoes. Then they buy him drinks. Soon all the trouble with lords, betrayal, and evil magic is banished to the backs of your minds. This indeed is a vacation. Toward the end of the day, a man who must serve a function similar to mayor hastily addresses the crowd, "Lord Elgin has just discovered some sort of illegal taxation scheme and has declared that we shall pay no more taxes this year as his way of repaying us." Most cheer at this news. The few who paid get a sour look though. Finally the happy day comes to an end. As the party returns to their inn, they find a sealed envelope addressed to the Three. Nonam opens it and reads aloud, "My thanks for helping me solve this problem. Keep the money as your reward. I'll make it up to those who lost. Maybe we shall meet some day. You are certainly welcome at my estate. -E."
Nonam
Monday January 25th, 1999 2:00:00 PM
Putting down the letter. "Everything seems to have worked out, and today was more fun than I've had in years. So what do you guys think? Should we continue on to Tincrow once the wagon's ready. Or should we avail ourselves of the noble's hospitality?"
Gareth
Monday January 25th, 1999 2:00:01 PM
Loosened up a bit after a fun day the tall and powerful warrior says "It might be good to leave I think. This way we can leave on a good note before anything bad happens. It will also leave us with a favor due us in the future if we need it. Do you guys want to split the money or would you prefer we put it all in the kitty? I would rather not carry it all but I will if need be."
Jus
Monday January 25th, 1999 2:00:02 PM
Relishing a day of relived boyhood, Jus considers Gareth's question "I vote the kitty. I have all I need at the moment. By the way, any of you win a shoe prize?"
Kat
Monday January 25th, 1999 2:00:03 PM
"I like the sugestion to give it to the Kitty, Meeeeow, purrrrr."
Teko
Monday January 25th, 1999 2:00:04 PM
"I think I have enough spending money for now. I vote for the kitty."
Tiburon
Monday January 25th, 1999 2:00:05 PM
" I vote the party kitty, " says Tiburon as he sits and relaxes.
Nonam
Monday January 25th, 1999 2:00:06 PM
"In the pot it is. And I assume everyone wants to leave when the wagon's ready."
DM
Tuesday January 26th, 1999 2:59:59 PM
Onrad informs Jus that he won a shoe prize, but he seems reluctant to talk about it. Then the group retires for the evening, and they lounge about in peace while enjoying free food and drink from the owner of the Empty Mug until the carriage is ready. The second day after the festival Gareth rises early and pays for the repairs out of the kitty. Soon the party is ready to leave and the wait at the bottom of the plateau. For those who have never seen the plateaus, it is an awesome site. The land just suddenly rises up hundreds of feet and then levels off again. A small lift carries people up and down the plateau. The line is relatively short, and soon the party is heading up the plateau. Gareth, Jus, and Nonam have done this once before, but everyone else must make a Con check to determine if they are afraid of heights. The party shares the lift with a family. The father, a friendly man named Jorl, tells you that they live just at the top at a farm near Baenville. Apparently they were in town for the festival and are now returning. Jorl introduces his family. He begins with his plump but pleasant wife Ayna. Next he introduces a daughter near 12 years of age named Natali. His son Jorl, Jr. is about 8 and looks full of mischief. He's also still wearing his giant shoes. Ayna is holding the last member of the family in her arms, a small infant named Melis.
Gareth
Wednesday January 27th, 1999 2:59:59 PM
enjoys the sights. He grumbles every once in a while about all the "extra" weight he is carrying.
Jus
Wednesday January 27th, 1999 3:00:00 PM
With a deep bow and a kiss to their hands, "Ladies, I am pleased to meet your acquaintance." Turning to Jorl, Jr; Jus continues, "Whoa! Look at those shoes! Surely you must have won every prize that was offered! I am humbled to meet such a man as you."
Kat
Wednesday January 27th, 1999 3:00:01 PM
Kat leans WAY out over the edge. "This is SOOO cool!!"
Teko
Wednesday January 27th, 1999 3:00:02 PM
Teko takes in the surroundings and gazes at the horizon.
Nonam
Wednesday January 27th, 1999 3:00:03 PM
Nonam politely engages Jorl in conversation about his farm, and he asks questions about such things as what types of crops are grown in the region.
Onrad
Wednesday January 27th, 1999 3:00:04 PM
Onrad quietly sits himself crosslegged as close to the inner side of the lift as he can and without saying anything to anyone does two things: first, he gets out his rope and ties himself to the lift; and second, pulls a hood over his head so he can't see.
DM
Wednesday January 27th, 1999 3:00:05 PM
After looking over the edge, Kat suddenly feels queasy and thinks Onrad might have the right idea. No one else seems effected.
DM
Wednesday January 27th, 1999 3:00:06 PM
Jorl seems eager to talk about his farm and rattles away to Nonam. Ayna smiles as if she realizes that Nonam is just being nice. She also winks at Jus when he praises Junior. For his part, Junior beams with pride, but apparently the lad needs more praise. Pretty soon he's dancing around, and then he's dancing on the ropes. Before anyone can stop him he's climbed to the top guard rope. Then the lad slips. The boy manages to catch hold of the bottom of the lift, but Ayna screams and it scares him even more. Jus lunges at him, but he isn't fast enough. The boy slips, and he cries like a madman as he plummets to the earth.
DM
Wednesday January 27th, 1999 3:00:07 PM
There isn't a lot of time to save the boy. Everyone tell me what you do, and I'll decide who's plan works best. Think of it as a contest to see who gets to be the hero.
Gareth
Thursday January 28th, 1999 3:29:59 PM
When the boy falls off the ropes Gareth dives for the boy. He reaches for the rope above him with one arm and attempts to grab the boy with his othe before he begins to plummet.
Jus
Thursday January 28th, 1999 3:30:00 PM
Jus, thankful he got the spell from Nonam yesterday, casts Fly and dives after the boy (36 move rate).
Nonam
Thursday January 28th, 1999 3:30:01 PM
Nonam walks over to the edge and casts featherfall.
Kat
Thursday January 28th, 1999 3:30:02 PM
Kat throws up, or helps Gareth, whichever one she can.
Teko
Thursday January 28th, 1999 3:30:03 PM
Teko stands ready to cast an appropriate Feather Fall if the others' plans somehow do not succeed.
Onrad
Thursday January 28th, 1999 3:30:04 PM
Onrad, hearing the scream, immediately jumps after the boy, already being tied to the platform by a rope. He has a terrified look on his face that reads, "I knew this would happen. It always happens and I hates it." He reaches straining for the boy trying to overcome his own "voices" that say he's gonna die in a moment. Reaching, straining, grabbing...
DM
Thursday January 28th, 1999 3:30:05 PM
What a team! Gareth leaps at the boy and nabs his fingers just long enough to allow Jus to cast his spell. Then the boy's small hand slips from Gareth's grasp. But now Jus flies down after him. Jus gets under the boy and slows his fall, but finds that he weighs too much to carry back up, and the two slowly sink. Then Nonam's spell goes off, and Jus is able to hold him in place. something about the nature of the "featherfall" and "fly" spells, however, keep Jus from being able to lift the boy. Then Onrad comes flying over the edge. Fortunately his rope holds, and Jus passes the boy over to him. And they began to climb up the rope with Jus flying underneath as a safety net of sorts. Meanwhile, Gareth's momentum carries him over the edge, but Teko is ready with his spell. Gareth drifts slowly away from the lift. Kat hurled her breakfast over the edge, but then she feels much better. So she grabs hold of Gareth and pulls him back into the lift. Just as everything seemed to be perfectly under control, Onrad realizes that he's hanging by a rope from a great height, and he freezes up. Fortunately Gareth is back in the lift, and he is able to haul the two up the rest of the way. Nonam, Kat, and Teko put in a good show of pulling on the ropes, but they don't really help much. Finally after what seems like hours, but was really only minutes, everyone is aboard. Jorl begins clapping people on the back and shaking hands murmuring "thankyouthankyouthankyou," and Ayna rushes to hold her son. Feeling a little left out Natali eyes the edge herself, but a swat from Jorl quickly changes her mind. Once everyone has regained composure, Jorl asks, "How may we ever repay you?"
DM (7/29 8:30)
Thursday January 28th, 1999 3:30:06 PM
As Jorl is asking his question everyone hears a shout from the lift down below. It's Tiburon who decided to ride with the horses. "I would have caught him! but good job anyway!"
Gareth
Sunday January 31st, 1999 2:59:59 PM
says "There is no payment necessary. We were glad we could be of service."
Jus
Sunday January 31st, 1999 3:00:00 PM
"Yes, as our companion Gareth states, we are always glad to help. Besides, it was fun!" Before any of the kids get more ideas he adds, "Although I certainly hope it doesn't happen again! We hope our vacation to Tincrow is a bit more relaxing."
Teko
Sunday January 31st, 1999 3:00:01 PM
"All in all a nice training exercise."
Onrad
Sunday January 31st, 1999 3:00:02 PM
Onrad mumbles, "W'lcome," and ties a double knot in his rope. He glances down one more time, shivers, once again sits in the middle of the lift, and covers his head with his hood trying to forget he's doing this. "He whispers to Jus, "Friend, next time we do this, please cast Sleep or somethin' on me first, 'k? This puts a whole new meaning on Ursis' new song 'Plateau City High'"
Nonam
Sunday January 31st, 1999 3:00:03 PM
Nonam, obviously not up on his music, stares questioningly at Onrad as he speaks to Jorl, "We couldn't have you losing such a fine worker."
Jorl
Sunday January 31st, 1999 3:00:04 PM
"Will you at least accept dinner and a night's lodging? Ayna is a fantastic cook, and our farm is on the way to Tincrow. You simply must say yes, eh?"
Gareth
Monday February 1st, 1999 2:59:59 PM
"We'd be honored. Good food and company is always a welcome thing."
Nonam
Monday February 1st, 1999 3:00:00 PM
"Sounds fine to me."
Kat
Monday February 1st, 1999 3:00:01 PM
Kat bounces up, we would be delighted to stay, but only if yur wife will give Onrad some cooking tips, his morning gruel is simply AWFUL!!"
Onrad
Monday February 1st, 1999 3:00:02 PM
"Kat, I've got your morning gruel right here. Here Kitty Kat......" Onrad catches Kat, spins her around and plants a big wet kiss on her lips. "If I remember right, I think I owed you one." Then suddenly Onrad pulls away embarrassed, and turns red as a pimento. He seems to have totally forgotten about being on the lift for the moment. He shakes his head to clear it, staring at Kat for a moment.
Jus
Monday February 1st, 1999 3:00:03 PM
Jus laughes. "It's good to have you back, Onrad. We were getting bored without your presence. Jorl, I'd be honored to partake of your hospitality."
DM
Monday February 1st, 1999 3:00:04 PM
The lift soon reaches the top. Tiburon states that he must see to some duties in the local church and promises to meet back up with the group on the road. The rest of the band begins the trek to Jorl's farm. It doesn't take long to arrive, and the place is located a few miles from Baenville's fort and is near the monster preserve, but Jorl says the local soldiers manage to keep everything in check and there are rarely any problems with monsters. The farm house is a two story place with a wide porch. It looks as if Jorl built it himself. The man certainly must be industrious. Soon everyone is inside and Ayna disappears. Almost immediately wonderful smells begin to waft from the kitchen. Jorl sets the kids to unloading your carriage and invites everyone else to sit down with him. Promptly dinner is served. Everyone goes to the kitchen and crowds around a table designed for half the number and chairs are rounded up from around the house. Once the arrangements are made, Jorl finds himself sitting on a box, but the party has been given the family's best chairs. Conversation in dinner covers many topics but perhaps lingers longest on the children's questions about Nonam's strange appearance. After an excellent meal of some sort of meaty stew and homemade ale, the group sits down in a the family room where the accomodations are better suited to the large group. Jorl takes out a pipe and begins to puff away while Ayna puts the infant to bed. The other children managed to plead their way into staying up to talk with the visitors.
Jorl
Tuesday February 2nd, 1999 2:59:59 PM
After taking a long pull on his pipe, "So what do you all plan to do in Tincrow? I wouldn't have thought it would be a hotspot for tourists."
Teko
Tuesday February 2nd, 1999 3:00:00 PM
"We're after vacation and rest...and maybe a little of the unexpected."
Nonam
Tuesday February 2nd, 1999 3:00:01 PM
Nonam looks at Onrad as if he should answer that question and moves over to the children. He tells them he has something to show them, and then he begins to cast a spell. Suddenly an illusion of a miniature red dragon appears. He shows it rolling in the sky, but then the image turns dark. The dragon swoops toward a town and begins to burn buildings down, but then two children come out. One is Jorl and the other is Natali. Using wooden swords they fight the dragon and send it packing with its tail between it's legs. Then the illusion winks out and Nonam sits back in his chair with sweat pouring from his brow.
Gareth
Tuesday February 2nd, 1999 3:00:02 PM
enjoys the company and reflects on what things might be going on back home. "This place really reminds me of MY home. I really must thank you for your hospitality."
Jus
Tuesday February 2nd, 1999 3:00:03 PM
"'A little of the unexpected'? Quite an understatement. But yes, our faithful Navigator, Onrad, always seems to know where we need to be. And Tincrow it the blessed spot this time."
Onrad
Tuesday February 2nd, 1999 3:00:04 PM
Looking strangely at Nonam and wondering something, he is snatched from his reverie by the comments of Jus. "Me? Navigator? Lem' I hope not. I just read chairs." He looks again at Nonam. "You ok, Nom? You had a look on your face that seemed like you were actually battling that dragon."
Nonam
Tuesday February 2nd, 1999 3:00:05 PM
"I'm fine. The illusion was rather complicated and took a good bit of effort."
DM
Tuesday February 2nd, 1999 3:00:06 PM
Of course it can't all be easy...
DM
Tuesday February 2nd, 1999 3:00:07 PM
At that moment, some strange noises akin to otherworldly voices are heard outside, then suddenly something crashes through the window. With dread each of you realize, it's a huge goblin. It rolls to it's feet and holds out a wicked looking blade. The thing is curved and serrated and dripping the blood of what was probably a farm animal. There's no time to react before more smaller goblins come pouring through the other windows, and more are trying to break down the door. Moving as if he had long drilled his family for this moment, Jorl orders the children upstairs and tells Natali to sound the horn. They flee. Anya picks up a knife that was stuck in a block of cheese they brought in for eating after dinner and stands guard on the stairs. Jorl fetches a sword from over the mantle. He can obviously use it. About fifteen goblins have swarmed into the room, but there are obviously more outside. The small ones have AC5. The big one AC3.
Gareth
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:02:59 PM
"Boy, I thought we'd at least have a LITTLE peace!". He rises and engages the big goblin manuvering between it, the staircase, and Anya. He nails the huge creature with a masterful cross stroke making a nice red line across it's chest (14TH, 18 DMG).
Jus
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:00 PM
Due to the cramped quarters, Jus can only pull out one of his swords. His mind on the kids, his attack isn't very effective (th7). Wanting to protect them above all, Jus yells to Jorl, "Jorl, is there any way they can get upstairs!? Do the kids need protection!?"
Kat
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:01 PM
"Well if this isn't completly unexpected. Boys i have to tell you that as soon as Joral said that I knew something was gonna happen." Then she cast Magical Missile on the Bigest goblin.
Onrad
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:02 PM
"Close quarters phooey! I need room to fight! Onrad quickly bolts for the front door that is being attacked and quickly opens it, saying "Boo!" He then attempts to step through and shut the door behind him, trying to take this part of the battle outside. He announces, "Here I am fellows. Let's cut!" . He draws his swords to defend letting his eyes adjust to the lack of light and tries to count the number of goblins he's facing.
Kat's damage
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:03 PM
The magic missle bolts streak toward the large goblin and do 10pts of damage.
Teko
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:04 PM
Teko pulls his shortsword and attacks the nearest goblin. But he slices at thin air (7).
Nonam
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:05 PM
Nonam casts magic missle and sends three bolts flying at three different goblins. The first does 5 pts, the 2nd 2, and the 3rd does 5. Then he begins to move toward the stairs.
Jorl
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:06 PM
Jorl moves to the nearest goblin and swings his sword (9th2). The beast screams in pain (7pts).
Ayna
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:07 PM
Guided by rage and fear Ayna sinks her knife deep into a goblin that gets too close to the stairs... and her children. (20,5/4pts)
DM
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:08 PM
(rnd 1 - goblins iniative) The goblins rush to the attack. The leader screams in rage and swings his blade at Gareth (who undoubtedly would argue that he ate dinner in his armor). But the blade just whistles by (5). Goblin 2 runs to help his leader and clumsily swings at Gareth (3). Goblin 3 attacks Jus, but misses (9). Goblin 4 engages Teko. Its blade bites the gnome (17th1,4dmg). Goblin 5 launches a vicious assault on Jorl (20,12/4,5dmg). Goblin 6 attacks Ayna (20,1/6dmg). Goblin 7 attacks Jus but Jus meets the goblins thrust with his sword, and the creature's rusty blade breaks in half (1).
DM
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:09 PM
(rnd 1 - goblins iniative pt 2) Goblin 8 attacks Teko (18/3dmg). Goblin 9 attacks Gareth, but misses (6). Goblin 10 attacks Nonam, but misses (9). Goblin 11 slices at Kat but misses (4). Goblin 12 leaps at Gareth but misses (14). Goblin 13 bites at Nonam but misses (7). Goblin 14 lunges lustfully at Kat. His blade scratches her delicate skin (16th2/5dmg). Goblin 15 attacks Jorl, but misses (7).
DM
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:10 PM
Onrad makes it outside and suddenly thinks that maybe he shouldn't be here. He opens the door and stands face to face with five goblins that were about to come in the door. He does notice that there are goblins running around everywhere. They are slaughtering the livestock, and a group is about to burn down a field. His mind reels at the thought that these creatures could be motivated by nothing but evil. He estimates that besides the 5 before him there are 20 more running about the farm. He hopes there aren't more on the sides of the house. At least Onrad's sudden appearance seems to have suprised the goblins before him. One even dropped its sword. It's the party's iniative for round 2.
Gareth
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:11 PM
smiles as he begins to fight. He forgot how much he enjoyed the destruction of evil - especially evil directed toward those who farm the land. He takes an ugly but effective swipe at the big guy (6) dealing him another large wound (15 dmg). He then turns his even clumsier attack on his smaller attacker making it wish it would have hit with it's first attack (5TH,13 DMG). He revels in the thought that even a bad attack from him is bad news for his opponents.
Jus
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 2:03:12 PM
Knowing he'll probably get hit from behind, Jus breaks from his attackers to fight Goblin #6 on Anya. He barely manages to hit, but manages to find a vulnerable spot on the Goblin (h9:ac5:d8).
DM
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:02:59 PM
One goblin manages a swing at Jus as he breaks combat. It slices his back as he dashes across the room (18/6).
Onrad
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:00 PM
Onrad exuding confidence he doesn't feel grins at the five of them and becomes a whirl of motion as he dances back and forth engaging #18 for his first strike. He strikes true with his first swing (10/THACO 14 hitting AC4) and does 2 points of damage. He then striking a double critical blow (natural 20 with a 16 following) doing 13 points damage. (max. dmg of 9 with 4 more from the bonus attack) Onrad shouts, "Run while you can!"
Nonam
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:01 PM
Nonam draws his magic dagger and stabs at #10. The blade just whistles through the air though (5).
Teko
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:02 PM
Teko hacks at #4 with his shortsword, but he misses (10).
Ayna
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:03 PM
Apparently absorbed in some sort of blood lust, Ayna sinks her blade deep into goblin 6 (20[20],8dmg).
Jorl
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:04 PM
Inspired by his wife, Jorl makes a vicious swing with his sword at #5. The beast cries in pain as Jorl's blade cuts deep (19,8dmg).
DM
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:05 PM
Results of party's iniative. Goblins #2,5,6, & 18 fall down dead.
DM
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:06 PM
Just before the goblins begin there assault, a loud horn sounds from upstatis. Jorl chuckles and says, "That's my girl" as he pulls his blade from the dead goblin before him.
DM
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:07 PM
Goblin's iniative round 2: Goblin 1 bellows in rage at being treated so by Gareth, and he slashes down his wicked looking blade. The thing grins as blood spurts from Gareth's wound (20[14misses]/11dmg). Gareth, save vs poison. Goblin 3 rushes to attack Gareth, but makes a pitiful attempt (4). Goblin 4 swings at Teko, but misses (13). #7 follows Jus across the room, but is unable to attack this round. #8 attacks Teko and grins as its blade sinks deep (19/dmg5). #9 swings at Gareth, but misses (3). #10 chops at Nonam and hits (16/6dmg).
DM
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:08 PM
goblins pt 2: #11 attacks Kat, but misses (2). #12 attacks Gareth, but his armor turns the blade away (14). #13 strikes Nonam (17/3dmg). #14 makes a pathetic attempt at Kat (3). #15 swings over Jorl's head (3). #16 looks at the vicious Onrad and his sword lying on the ground where he droped it, and he runs out in the field screaming. Some goblins killing a cow, look up from their work and grin with evil in their hearts. They kill the fleeing goblin and start to move slowly toward the house. #17 swings at Onrad, but our hero dodges the blow (12). #19 swings at Onrad but also misses (14). #20 swings his rusty blade at Onrad, but it slips out of his hand and sticks in the wall of the farmhouse (1).
Dm
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:09 PM
Goblins 21, 22, & 23 climb in the windows. The party has the iniative for round 3.
Gareth
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:10 PM
snarls as he feels the blade and poison. He grits his teeth and fights on (19 SV). With a well place blow to the stomach (18 TH) he deal another painful wound to goblin #1 (11 DMG).
Jus
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:11 PM
Seeing all the Goblins on Gareth, Jus decides to ignore his foe and casts Magic Missile. Two missiles strike Goblin 12 (6d), one strikes Goblin 3 (4d).
Nonam
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:12 PM
Not having much luck with the daggers Nonam hopes he doesn't catch the house on fire and casts Burning Hands. Jets of mystic flame burst from the mage's fingertips and consume #10 and #13 in a ragin inferno. (14dmg ea/sv for 1/2)
Teko
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:13 PM
Encouraged by all the other spells going off, Teko drops his sword and casts Color Spray. Goblins #4, #8, and #23 fall to the ground unconscious as the are washed in the magical light.
Jorl
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:14 PM
Jorl spins to face #15, but he moves too quickly and is off balance when he strikes (4).
Ayna
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:15 PM
Ayna ineffectually tries to stab at #7 (4).
Onrad
Wednesday February 3rd, 1999 3:03:16 PM
Onrad, beginning to actually feel the confidence he exudes, Concentrates on Goblin 19 the new one directly in front of him. His blades whirl through the air as he dances around ducking in and out. He gets three oppurtunities to hit and connects on two of them (rolls 12,16,3/THACO of 14/9 needed) and slices the goblin for a total of 6 points damage (rolled 2 and 4).
DM
Sunday February 7th, 1999 6:28:59 AM
Results of party iniative for round 3: Goblin 1 falls dead at Gareth's feet. Its evil blade clatters across the floor as its body crumples. Goblins #10 and #13 both fail their save, but neither one collapses. Gareth begins to feel the poison from the blade course through his veins. He can tell he isn't feeling its full effects. Nevertheless he begins to feel dizzy (Dex -2 & save again).
DM
Sunday February 7th, 1999 6:55:59 AM
Goblin's iniative round 3: The goblins seem to collectively take a breath when their leader falls. Then goblin #3 snatches up the fallen leaders sword. Upon touching the foul blade he grows larger and he screams out, "Ckarg smukl tordish nlarg!" Whatever it means, the goblins go nuts and they attack even more fiercely. Goblin #7 strikes at Jus once again. This time its blade strikes true (19/5dmg). Goblin #9 attacks Gareth. Its rusty blade strikes the brave warrior (19,4dmg). #10 attacks Nonam, but barely misses (15). #11 attacks Kat, but misses (15). #12 tries to attack Gareth, but he trips and falls at the warrior's feet (1). #13 claws at Nonam but misses (14). #14 jumps at Kat, but misses (9). #15 slashes at Jorl. It misses, but the blade passed close enough to the farmer to slice his sleeve (8). #19 attacks Onrad, but misses (11). #17 attacks Onrad, but misses (3). #20 tries to recover his sword. #21 rushes at Teko, but can't make it all the way and attack. #22 takes a swing at Gareth (4) as he runs toward Nonam. #24-#28 momentarily stop their advance toward Onrad. Each one lights a torch. Then they renew their advance. The party has the iniative for round 4.
Nonam
Sunday February 7th, 1999 4:05:59 PM
Nonam casts Magic Missle. The first bolt explodes into #10's chest (3dmg). The second strikes #13 (4dmg). The third and final bolt strikes the oncoming #22 (3dmg).
Gareth
Sunday February 7th, 1999 5:34:59 PM
shrugs off the dizzines and proves once again that even POISON can't stop his relentless attack. He yells as he gets a free shot on #3 as he goes for the sword that 'clattered across the floor' dealing him a HUGE blow (20 TH,6 TH, 11+17=28 DMG). He then turns his attack (Round 4) on the goblin that cut him #9 and shows him what a big mistake it was for him to come here tonight (20 TH - Really, 17 TH; 18+17=35 DMG). With his last attack he gets a little sloppy and curses as he only makes a major wound on #12 (14 TH, 12 DMG). He reels with the affects of the poison, but STILL fights on with determination.
Kat
Monday February 8th, 1999 2:29:59 AM
Kat casts SHOCK, a wave a electracal energy streams out from her 6' on all sides, everyone there takes 18 points of electric damage. (save for half)
Teko
Monday February 8th, 1999 3:22:59 AM
Teko casts upon Goblin #21 a Phantasmal Force of yet another Color Spray.
Onrad
Monday February 8th, 1999 4:09:59 AM
Glancing back in the room at Gareth and his mighty strokes, Onrad suddenly gets a inferiority complex. He strikes twice at #19 hitting once (rolls 16 and 3) for 3 points damage. He looks sheepishly at his two new swords, sighs and fights on determinedly.
Jus
Monday February 8th, 1999 11:35:59 AM
Jus attacks number 7, just to get rid of the annoyance. Maybe he underestimated this stripling, as his sword whistles through the air (7h).
DM
Monday February 8th, 1999 3:59:59 PM
Results of party iniative round #4, goblins 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, & 14 fall dead from the onslaught of magic and steel. Goblin 21 misses his save (1) and falls down.
DM
Monday February 8th, 1999 4:06:59 PM
Ayna attacks goblin 7, but she misses (6). Jorl scores a hit on #15 (14, 6dmg).
DM
Monday February 8th, 1999 4:16:59 PM
Goblin iniative round #4. Goblin 3 bellows in rage and stabs Gareth with his enchanted thing of evil (14,8dmg & save). #7 lunges at Jus in a fury (20[18], 10dmg). #15 tries to return the favor Jorl paid him, but he drops his sword (1). #17 slahses at Onrad and cuts the warrior on the cheek (18,3dmg). #19 & #20 attack Onrad but both miss (3,14). #22 lunges at Nonam and stabs the mage. It grins with delight as it watches the blood spurt from the wound (20[11miss], 5dmg). Onrad sees #24-28 rush toward the house with their torches. When they get close, #24 throws its torch on the porch and #25 throws its up on the roof. Then those in the house see 26, 27, & 28 throw their torches in the window nearest the fireplace.
DM
Monday February 8th, 1999 4:18:59 PM
The party has the iniative for round #5.
Gareth
Monday February 8th, 1999 5:32:59 PM
grimaces at the blow from #3 suprised his wound last round was not mortal. He shrugs off the poison from the blade yet AGAIN as he contiues to fight. He applies another solid stroke to #3 in the torso hoping this time will be the last necessary to stop it.
Gareth
Monday February 8th, 1999 5:33:59 PM
(18 DMG from last attack)
Jus
Monday February 8th, 1999 8:24:59 PM
Jus winces from the pain of the Goblin's last attack, knowing another one of those may just do him in. Carefully avoiding Nonam and Jorl, Jus casts burning hands at Goblin 7, toasting him nicely (13d/sv for half).
Nonam
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 12:45:59 AM
Nonam snaps his wrists and his magic daggers spring into his hands. He stabs at #22 with each blade and hits with each (14,19). He looks on with disgust as the evil creature's blood drips from the polished steel (4dmg,5dmg).
Jorl
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 12:49:59 AM
Jorl swings his trusty sword once again at #15. He awkwardly hits the evil thing (8), but he does so with force (8dmg).
Ayna
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 12:50:59 AM
On seeing the fire in the house, Ayna screams, "The Children!" and turns to run up the stairs.
Kat
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 2:20:59 AM
Kat runs up stairs as well to help with the children.
Teko
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 2:54:59 AM
As quickly as he can, Teko finishes the goblins he has incapacitated - #'s 4, 8, 21, and 23, in that order.
Onrad
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 6:05:59 AM
Onrad directs his first attack on the stubborn #19 and hits (9) for 6 points damage. He then turns to #17 and strikes twice at him hitting once (10) for 3 points damage.
DM
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 4:24:59 PM
Results of party iniative round #4. #15 & #19 fall dead. Teko kills #4 and prepares to move on to the next goblin (can only off one per round). #3 falls dead at Gareth's feet. It still clutches the evil sword in its grimy hand. Gareth feels the poison in his system. He knows it won't kill him, but it is strong. He feels so dizzy... and sweat is beading on his brow... He loses another 2 dex points. And Strength drops 2 (count all exceptional str as 1). Save a 2nd time.
DM
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 4:30:59 PM
Goblin iniative. Goblins #8 and #21 wake and struggle to their feet. They still seem dazed. The smoking #7 struggles to slash at Jus, but it barely has the strength left to left its sword (12). #17 attacks Onrad but misses (2). #20 attacks Onrad but misses (13). Then 20 looks at the fire and turns to run off (even-odd for the free attack). #24-28 crawl in the windows while the fire spreads.
DM
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 4:44:59 PM
Suddenly a man leaps through the window behind #26, 27, & 28. As he moves through the air a long sword flashes and the three goblins fall dead as he hits the floor. The remaining goblins in the house screams, "Djrughar!" and run for any exit they can find (Jus gets even-odd on #7). As the goblins get outside the house, they call out to their fellows around the farm. Within a seconds goblin shouts of "Djrughar!" are going up over the farm. #17 hears the cries and he too breaks (even odd). From his vantage point, he can see all the goblins on the farm fleeing into the nearby wood. The man is all dressed in silvery blue. Even his hair and eyes seem to be the same color. He puts away his sword but keeps his hand on the hilt. He eyes the evil sword at Gareth's feet and begins to speak, "I have been tracking this band since dawn. They stole a blade from me. I mean to have it back." He looks at Gareth, "I see you have been struck. My... apologies. Since you are still alive you will stay that way. You may be sick for several days however." He begins to walk across the room toward Gareth.
DM
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 4:46:59 PM
Onrad sees a group of men approaching at a rapid speed on horseback. He can tell from their dress that they are most likely from Ft. Baenville. The men see the goblins fleeing into the woods and they chase after them. Soon cries of dying goblins can be heard by all. A detachment of 5 rides toward the burning house.
Gareth
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 5:31:59 PM
says "I was hit three times with this thing, Djrughar." as he reaches down, picks up the sword, and puts it in his belt. He says "I thank you for your concern but we have two problems. First, I don't know you. Second, that will have to wait because the house is on fire. Help us put it out and then we'll talk about the sword." and with that keep his eyes on the new comer to see what he will do as he moves toward the flames near the fireplace. He yells "Onrad, put out the fire on the porch. The roof got torched as well!". He continues to try and put out the fire with his shield unless the newcomer makes an offensive move toward him.
Jus
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 7:52:59 PM
Jus swings at Goblin 7 as he breaks away, but misses (even). He then looks for anything he can use and helps put out the fire. "Everyone alright upstairs?", he yells.
Onrad
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 8:40:59 PM
Onrad does not strike the Goblins as they leave, but immediately takes off his cloak and begins beating the fire with it on the porch. He glances around for a well and a way up to the roof. "I could use some help out here!"
DM
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 9:49:59 PM
Gareth picks up the blade and it burns his hand. He takes 15 points of damage and thinks twice about putting it in his belt like he said.
Nonam
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 9:50:59 PM
Nonam looks for a blanket or something and starts trying to beat out the fire inside.
Gareth
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 11:06:59 PM
leaves the blade and goes after the fire saying "OUCH! Enough! That thing has caused me enough injury, take it! But I would still like to know who you are after we clean up this mess."
Kat
Tuesday February 9th, 1999 11:56:59 PM
Kat continues to help upstairs.
Teko
Wednesday February 10th, 1999 2:39:59 AM
As Teko puts his dagger to the throat of the next goblin, he says to the newcomer, "Do you wish to take these" - Teko points to the goblins he is about to kill - "as prisoners or do we finish them?"
Jus
Wednesday February 10th, 1999 3:52:59 AM
Not hearing anything from upstairs in awhile, Jus runs up to help.
DM
Wednesday February 10th, 1999 3:55:59 PM
The newcomer smiles at being called Djrughar then he does something which looks like casting a spell to the unitiated, but it looks more like lip-synching to Nonam and Teko. When he finishes all the fires in the house wink out. He glances at Teko and says, "It's a goblin," as if that should answer the question. Then he walks over to Gareth and bends down to pick up the sword. He winces as he touches it, and his hand begins to smoke. He holds it until it stops and then puts it in an empty scabbard hanging from his belt. As he does this, he speaks to Gareth, "Your second problem is solved. I care little about the first." He unfastens a small worn leather bag from his belt and throws it to Jorl. Everyone hears the clink of coins as Jorl catches the bag. The farmer reaches in and pulls out an oddly colored coin and looks at the man in confusion. The man says, "It's mithril goodman. It should be sufficient to pay for your damages." Then he begins to walk out the door.
DM
Wednesday February 10th, 1999 3:57:59 PM
Ayna, Jus, and Kat see that the torch thrown at the roof caught nothing on fire, and they make it downstairs with the children in time to see the strange man leave.
DM
Wednesday February 10th, 1999 4:06:59 PM
The soldiers from the fort ride up and quickly produce blankets four of them help Onrad beat out the fire on the porch. The fifth walks in the front door stopping the stranger from leaving. He quickly surveys the room, and begins speaking in an out-of-breath voice, "Jorl, we heard your horn and came as fast as we could. When we saw the house on fire... well it's good that you had company. My men should take care of the ones that ran off. Agh, all these goblins lately. Ever since that Dark Lord's army broke up, they've been drifting back through here in small bunches. This is the biggest bunch I've seen though. Beats me how they get up here. Must be some tunnels through the plateau that we don't know about. Glad your okay. Anything we can do to help out?" The stranger scowls at mention of the Dark Lord and speaks, "Perhaps I can explain this large band, Mar... the Dark Lord sent them to steal my sword. Apparently he isn't completely finished yet. I wouldn't expect him to do something like this again for awhile. I have... dealt with the matter."
Nonam
Wednesday February 10th, 1999 4:10:59 PM
Nonam listens to all that happens around him as he ponders what "djrughar" might mean in the goblin tongue.
Gareth
Wednesday February 10th, 1999 5:34:59 PM
says to the stranger "I thank you for your help. You have proven yourself to be an ally. Anyone who opposes the Dark Lord is OK in my book. I would like to know your name - the goblin translation was so ... goblinish. I am Gareth, we are The Three. We opposed to Dark Lord from the Floating City and worked with the Gold Dragons to accomplish his armiy's defeat. If you are willing I would like to hear more about the Dark Lord as I suspect we will be fighting against him again. Your help would be greatly appreciated." With that Gareth step forward and offers his hand.
Onrad
Wednesday February 10th, 1999 8:31:59 PM
Onrad,ignoring all the politics, begins to gather up all the dead goblins and pile them in a heap downwind from the house. Once gathered, he asks for some oil to soak them down and burns them beyond anyone's ability to resurrect them or make them into undead. He throws his "smoking" jacket onto the fire as well.
Jus
Wednesday February 10th, 1999 8:48:59 PM
Jus praises Jorl and his family on their calm actions, "Has this happened before? You seemed very prepared."
Teko
Thursday February 11th, 1999 2:29:59 AM
Teko does kill the rest of the unconscious goblins and then helps Onrad gather the bodies together. He examines the bodies for any emblems or markings and looks for any possessions of interest.
Kat
Thursday February 11th, 1999 4:39:59 AM
Kat checks the children for any marks or hurts, then she scans the party to see if anyone is hurt to badly. While she listens to the strange man talk about the Dark Lord. She can not place the feeling, but she does not trust him. Not knowing where the feeling comes from she shakes it off.
DM
Thursday February 11th, 1999 4:26:59 PM
Jorl looks at Jus, "All who live near the monster preserve expect something every now and again. Thank you for saving my family again. I especially thank you for rushing to my Ayna's aid without regard for your own safety (hero point for Jus). As Jorl speaks to Jus the stranger addresses Gareth, "I wouldn't be so hasty in your judgements. I only honor those willing to die by my side in battle with the title of ally. Should you already feel this way about me, you are a fool." Then the stranger walks out the door pointedly ignoring Gareth's inquiries about his name. As if to make a point, he stops in the yard and turns to face the door. Suddenly silvery blue limbs begin to grow in size and take on new shape. Features distort and spread. Blue hair begins to grow and take on a more solid form. Leathery wings begin to grow, and within seconds a mighty dragon stands before the house. Moonlight flashes off sparkling blue scales, and the beast opens a mouth to reveal wicked fangs. It's almost like it's... grinning. Then it spreads its wings and flies to the south as you all stand in shock. Shrill draconic laughter and the crackle of funeral pyres sound through the night, and the smells of dead livestock on roasting goblins fills the air.
Nonam
Thursday February 11th, 1999 4:33:59 PM
Sounding very much out of place, Nonam excitedly says, "Of course, djrughar means dragon. I don't know why I didn't think of it. It's very similiar to the dwarven." He realizes no one else cares, and he grabs the broken chair Ayna had been sitting in before dinner. He casts "Mending," and sets down an undamaged chair. Then he moves on to the next broken item.
Gareth
Thursday February 11th, 1999 4:37:59 PM
stands and seeths with anger at the man as he walks away fighting the urge to prevent his departure. The rage melts away as his jaw drops open when he sees that the man was really a dragon. "So that what a dragon looks like." He staggers over to the chair he was sitting in before the conflict began and falls into the chair. He says "I hope that guy was right about that poison. I feel terrible." He asks the men who came to the house "Who WAS that? Does he live near here?"
Onrad
Thursday February 11th, 1999 6:51:59 PM
Onrad sits down on the wet ground watching the transformation dumbfounded from being so close to IT. Then tears flow down his face. "Beautiful...so beautiful...."
Jus
Thursday February 11th, 1999 8:41:59 PM
Jus runs outside as soon as the transformation begins, "Bless my elven ears! I saw a dragon!!! A real live dragon!" He skips around laughing, watching the dragon fly away. "That is sooooo cool."
Kat
Friday February 12th, 1999 1:44:59 AM
Kat shudders in fear and then faints to the floor.
Teko
Friday February 12th, 1999 5:38:59 PM
"That was remarkable." After a moment, Teko speaks up. "I don't mean to downplay the profundity of the moment, but I really should practice this right now, while the memory is still fresh." Teko creates an Improved Phantasmal Force of the man/dragon, replaying it several times until he gets it right. "Criticism of this reproduction is most welcome. It must be as realistic as possible."
Nonam
Friday February 12th, 1999 11:08:59 PM
Nonam goes over to help Teko. "A little longer with the wings... good, now the tongue's not quite right... YES there..."
DM
Sunday February 14th, 1999 3:08:59 PM
After muttering a feverish prayer, one of the guards answers Gareth, "Garg's Eye, I would swear it was the Lord Elgin. But by Alemi's Teeth I swear that we'll not have such a one rule us any more." After a little practice, Teko gets his dragon just right (200xp for Teko). Soon soldiers begin returning from the woods, and they begin to help clean up the place. Jorl takes his family into town, so they won't be faced with the horrors of the evening any longer. After they've grabbed their belongings, he looks to the party, "You are welcome to stay the night if you wish, but I need to get my children away from this. My thanks again. Had you not been here, we'd be dead. We are still in your debt it seems. Maybe you can stop by on your return trip."
Onrad
Sunday February 14th, 1999 5:43:59 PM
"Teko, the aura is missing, though. What about adding a little fear into the mix? Is that possible? I don't know about you guys, but it wasn't what I saw as much as what I felt in it's presence. A sense of awe combined with fear and some majesty." After the fire burns out, Onrad sets to levelling the fire and burying any bones, etc. that remain after incineration. He tries to spread dirt on the site after carrying off all the logs that didn't completely burn, so that the kids upon returning don't have notice there ever was a burial fire there.
Gareth
Sunday February 14th, 1999 8:55:59 PM
says "I would like to sleep here. You'll be safe enough with the men. Guys, I can't take first watch, I'm sick." And with that looks for a place to lay down, a couch or something and goes to sleep.
Teko
Monday February 15th, 1999 1:33:59 AM
"You are right Onrad. The aura is missing. But if you had not known that it was an illusion, you yourself may well have provided what was lacking. Especially now that you have seen an actual dragon. Paradoxical, I suppose. One thing I do not want to reproduce is the stench of these goblins! And I thought I smelled bad after taking that hell hound's breath. Disgusting!"
Nonam
Monday February 15th, 1999 3:13:59 PM
Nonam goes out to search in the grass for dragon scales, claws, or the like.
DM
Monday February 15th, 1999 3:19:59 PM
Nonam actually manages to find a small blue scale (gave 25% chance - rolled 25). It sparkles as he moves it in the moonlight. Gareth throws up his dinner and then falls into a feverish sleep. Eventually all go to sleep. The next day you awake and see that the farm has been restored to near perfect order. Certainly new crops and livestock will be necessary, ut the place is livable.
DM
Monday February 15th, 1999 3:20:59 PM
Gareth awakes feeling a little better. He has a high fever but doesn't feel sick to his stomach any longer (2 pts of dex return).
Gareth
Monday February 15th, 1999 4:56:59 PM
looks around the farm a bit after eating to see if there is anything he can see to do - as he he a great deal of experience with such things - hoping the fresh air will help improve his recovery. If he finds anything he does it and then returns to sleep.
Onrad
Monday February 15th, 1999 8:40:59 PM
Onrad helps Gareth and then suggests, "Guys and Kat, I suggest we head to town, say goodbye, and be on our way."
Gareth
Monday February 15th, 1999 10:00:59 PM
agrees and goes to the wagon to make sure the goblins didn't mess it up too bad.
Jus
Tuesday February 16th, 1999 2:01:59 AM
"I certainly hope the horses are okay, I'm certainly ready to start our vacation! What would a dragon be doing in this area anyway? Did anyone get a chance to ask the guards?"
Teko
Tuesday February 16th, 1999 3:05:59 AM
Teko hobbles a bit from his wounds as he picks up his equipment. "I thought our vacation was already well underway..."
Kat
Tuesday February 16th, 1999 3:47:59 AM
"Dragon? What dragon? Did you have a dream about a dragon too? It was the funiest thing guys I had this dream that we were attacked by big goblins and then this guy came and picked up this sword and then turned into a dragon and then . . . i don't remember anything after that but I must have slept walked cause I woke up in the middle of the down stairs door jam this morning with all my cloths on, and everyone knows I sleep in the nude, so you had a dream about dragons too?"
Nonam
Tuesday February 16th, 1999 3:27:59 PM
"Yes Kat, we all dreamed about a dragon. I even dreamed up a dragon scale into existence." He holds the small glittering thing aloft and then tucks it away. "Let's go."
DM
Tuesday February 16th, 1999 3:32:59 PM
The party makes it into town and says goodbyes to Jorl and his family. Before leaving, the band notices one of the soldiers from the previous night whipping a small group into a frenzy, "I tell you the Lord Elgin is a dragon. I saw it with my own eyes. A man dressed all in blue? Who wears blue?" The crowd cries, "ELGIN" The man goes on, "Yes, Elgin. He was blue and he turned into a blue dragon. Are you can let one of those filthy creatures live around here?" "NO!" "Well then let's round up a big enough group and show this lord what we think of dragons!" The crowd cheers and whistles and runs around grabbing up pitchforks and the like.
Gareth
Tuesday February 16th, 1999 5:22:59 PM
says to Jus "They said it was Lord Elgin.". After saying goodbye to Jorl and family Gareth says to the guard "How do you know the dragon was Lord Elgin? Last night you said you only THOUGHT it was Lord Elgin. Haven't you seen Lord Elgin before? You'd better be sure before you attack. And by the way, last night you swore by Alemi. Isn't Alemi a dragon? Do you really think you can beat a dragon with pitch forks? Your a soldier! You know this is not the way to beat a dragon! I only speak because not to would mean your death and I would not like to see that - especially after your help last night."
Onrad
Tuesday February 16th, 1999 8:35:59 PM
I'm not as educated as Nonam about such things, but my tutor once told me that Alemi is human in form, but once fought a battle as a dragon long ago. Is that correct Nonam?" Onrad thinks for a minute and says, "Perhaps we'd better stick around and be sure these fine people here don't get themselves killed by doing something stupid. Somehow I don't think this dragon if he is Elgin in disguise would be so stupid as to reveal his nature to us. I think it's more likely that this dragon wanted us to think that he was Elgin we'd go kill or cast him out saving the dragon some trouble. Colored dragons are evil and I know the High Lord Mayor wouldn't allow one to be a duke of the kingdom if he knew about it. I say we confront this Elgin fellow and check things out a bit before we leave. Combine that with what happened to me and the connection of my abduction to Elgin as well and we have a grand and important mystery to solve. Who is Elgin? Is he legitimate? Is he good or evil and if good, who's trying to ruin his reputation and manipulate in his name? All fine questions don't you think?"
Gareth
Tuesday February 16th, 1999 11:00:59 PM
looks a bit confused and says "I don't think he's evil. He MUST be good. He forgave all those taxes at the very site of wrongdoing by him." Speaking to the guards he asks "Where does Elgin live? If you'll tell me I'll go ask him some questions about this dragon. That way nobody gets in trouble for anything."
Nonam
Wednesday February 17th, 1999 1:05:59 AM
"Elgin's estates are on the way to Tincrow. I checked earlier, and we do have an invite... And for what it's worth, Onrad's more or less right. Alemi can turn into a dragon, but he isn't one. I don't know that I'd say he has the aspect of man though. I think the idea is that he's a god. He can look like whatever he wants." Then in a barely audible voice, "..assuming of course that he even exists."
Jus
Wednesday February 17th, 1999 3:24:59 AM
Jus loads the rest of the stuff on the wagon while everyone talks. He comes over when it is done, "I vote for Elgin, too. My daddy always said to accept a king's invitation..."
Teko
Wednesday February 17th, 1999 3:30:59 AM
"I say we go to Elgin. Quickly. Before these folk get too eager."
Onrad
Wednesday February 17th, 1999 3:58:59 AM
He's not a king. There is no king in New Elenna. After the last one, there probably never will be another one. Instead the High Lord Mayor of Plateau City serves as the leader and he is elected. Except for The Floating City who doesn't recognize him and views themselves as a City State Loyal to any past and future King of New Elenna. They are loyal to the idea of a king, but not to the country he rules. Strange. But then Jus is an elf and wouldn't be in a position to know all that.
DM
Wednesday February 17th, 1999 3:23:59 PM
The soldiers and peasants give Gareth hate filled looks and look as if they are about to ask whose side he's on anyway, but then they pick up on the king discussion between Onrad and Jus. They didn't seem to think anything of it when Jus spoke. Afterall lords are lords to the common folk, but on hearing Onrad they begin to murmur. The leader jumps up and screams, "The Dragon is trying to become the king. I hear Dragons killed good King Claudia. KILL THE DRAGON! KILL ELGIN!" In the few minutes that the party has witnessed this mob, it has doubled in size. It now counts many more armed soldiers in its ranks. The party beats it out of town quick and heads south. Gareth doesn't feel up to driving, so others take turns driving. Toward late afternoon, the party finds a trail branching off the main road that Nonam claims leads to Elgin's estate. The party follows it until dusk, but the noble's home isn't in site yet. Nonam guesses that if you pressed you could arrive by midnight or by noon if you stopped for the night.
Nonam
Wednesday February 17th, 1999 3:25:59 PM
"I think we should camp for the night. It's safer. Elgin's guards probably won't let us in that late, and I doubt the rabble of Baenville will get up the nerve to come out here for a couple of days yet."
Gareth
Wednesday February 17th, 1999 5:18:59 PM
says "I'm tired but I think we'd better go on. Don't forget that some of the leaders are soldiers and might try something sooner. That way we give him more time to prepare - and he'll need to prepare."
Teko
Thursday February 18th, 1999 1:13:59 AM
"I'd like to press on, but how is Elgin going to react to midnight visitors? We'll need to come up with a good excuse. Or do we just come out and tell him, 'Oh, by the way, anytime now you'll be attacked by angry townspeople.'? We still need to find out what he's about."
Gareth
Thursday February 18th, 1999 1:31:59 AM
"True, what if the town folk are correct? Unlikely. I'll wait until morning if everyone wants to."
Onrad
Thursday February 18th, 1999 3:55:59 AM
"I say we go on. We're trying to save this guy....if he deserves to be saved. That we must find out before the crowd gets there. We won't know the situation there till we arrive. We can rest once we know whether this duke is to be protected or deposed.
Jus
Thursday February 18th, 1999 12:38:59 PM
"I'd hate to wake up in the middle of an angry mob with a dragon strafing the crowds. Let's press on."
Nonam
Thursday February 18th, 1999 2:58:59 PM
"I hope whoever was keeping watch would notice an angry mob well before they were trampling you in your sleep. But it sounds as if the vote is for pressing on. So let's move out after a quick dinner."
DM
Thursday February 18th, 1999 3:08:59 PM
The party presss onward through the night. Gareth's lack of rest makes him feel sick to his stomach. His exertion will likely keep him from improving again in the morning. The road is rough in places and the going is slow. There is no moon this night, and so it is very dark. The thick trees on either side of the road don't help matters. The going is slow but uneventful until Jus's elven ears pick out the sounds of something keeping pace with the wagon in the forest. It is about 11pm.
Gareth
Thursday February 18th, 1999 5:07:59 PM
"Guys, I don't know if any of you can help but I am STILL sick from that poison sword. If one of you guys can help now might be a good time if we are going to have to fight again soon."
Onrad
Thursday February 18th, 1999 8:35:59 PM
"Grin and bear, Gareth. Shh, Jus. Hear that?" Motions to the sounds in the forest. Points at Jus and himself. Then Onrad makes walking motions with his fingers towards the sounds and a questioning shrug. (He's asking Jus if they should go check things out.)
Jus
Friday February 19th, 1999 4:39:59 AM
Healing! Of course! Jus considers Gareth's words, thinking that he's not in very good shape himself. However, with a great big grin in hearing Onrad, Jus nods and begins quietly stalking to the fore side of the noise, motioning Onrad to go to the aft.
Nonam
Friday February 19th, 1999 9:04:59 AM
Nonam silently hopes it isn't another bear.
Kat
Friday February 19th, 1999 6:07:59 PM
If we would just sit still for awhile I can heal some of us.
Teko
Friday February 19th, 1999 6:47:59 PM
Teko whispers, "Kat, that's a WONDERFUL idea. I had hoped that these scuffs of mine were imaginary, but I don't think that they'll go away for many days yet, at least not without assistance. Gareth, I have protection items if you think they might help you to resist the poison each day."
DM
Sunday February 21st, 1999 4:03:59 PM
Suddenly a ferocious deer springs out in front Jus. It stares with its big eyes at the party for a second and then it runs across the road. No one hears anything else.
Gareth
Sunday February 21st, 1999 5:17:59 PM
rolls his eyes and says "Come on guys, lets go. Keep your ears open but let keep going." To Teko he says "Thanks for the offer but it's just a slow recovery. Maybe in a couple more days I'll be OK."
Jus
Sunday February 21st, 1999 8:46:59 PM
"I'd like to take Kat up on her offer, for healing that is! I have to admit I'm in no shape for another fight."
Nonam
Sunday February 21st, 1999 10:32:59 PM
Nonam notices that almost everyone is indeed hurt and frowns, "Something tells me that we weren't too bright in our decision to come out here."
Kat
Monday February 22nd, 1999 1:39:59 AM
"I'll be happy to heal people but I need some rest and a chance to change spells."
Teko
Monday February 22nd, 1999 2:51:59 AM
"So, then. Do we continue on?"
Onrad
Monday February 22nd, 1999 3:20:59 AM
No, we keep ourselves alive. I'm not hurt much, but I can see that some of you are. We camp here on the road. It's a safe road. The magic of the thing makes it impossible for anyone to purposefully harm anyone else while you are on it. I'll take the first watch. You guys get some rest. Onrad hops off the wagon and says, Anyone want to help me get some firewood? I'd like to get out of this armor before long.
Nonam
Monday February 22nd, 1999 3:03:59 PM
"Onrad, I do not think this is a safe road. We took this trail off the main road late this afternoon (see the dm turn for 2/18). Elgin lives out in the sticks somewhere, and by now we can't be more than an hour away. While I think we should have camped before dark, now we are so close that I think it would be more dangerous to sleep out here than continue. We were ready to plunge on into the darkness before. Why let a deer scare us?"
Gareth
Monday February 22nd, 1999 6:16:59 PM
says "I vote we keep going. The closer we get hopefully the less chance of dangerous activity. We can rest when we get there."
Onrad
Monday February 22nd, 1999 8:25:59 PM
"Ah, thanks Nonam. That's what I get for napping in the wagon. Yes, we must go on.
Kat
Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 2:39:59 AM
"Either way I need to rest before I can heal."
Teko
Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 2:46:59 AM
"We're on our way then."
Jus
Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 6:58:59 AM
"I don't mind going, the worst thing that could happen is to die. I've always wondered what that would be like."
DM
Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 4:28:59 PM
The group climbs back onto the carriage and continues on in the darkness. Soon you emerge from the trees and are in a hilly region. Most likely the grass is soft and green in the daytime. The rest of the journey takes slightly longer than Nonam estimated, but not by much. The path comes out on a small castle just a little after midnight. There are two towers inside a stone wall. You can just make out a little movement on the battlements, and two guards stand at the main gate. They seem to notice you immediately, but they make no move from their post.
Gareth
Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 5:50:59 PM
"Maybe we ought to identify ourselves. I wouldn't want to get shot on the last leg of our journey.". He turns and calls to the guards "I am Gareth Justinian. We are the Three. We have come from near Baenville with news for Lord Elgin."
Onrad
Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 8:43:59 PM
Just in case I've been here before when I wasn't myself, I turn to face the rear of the wagon pretending to fiddle with something. Then I pull on my hood and do my best to hide my face. I concentrate on the voices and faces as we proceed to see if anything sounds or looks familiar to me.
Nonam
Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 10:26:59 PM
Nonam pulls out the invitation to show the guards when they get closer.
Teko
Wednesday February 24th, 1999 2:28:59 AM
Teko smiles and waves, trying to look harmless.
Jus
Wednesday February 24th, 1999 3:00:59 AM
Jus smiles broadly and waves to the guards.
Kat
Wednesday February 24th, 1999 4:21:59 AM
Kat tries to look unapealing
DM
Wednesday February 24th, 1999 1:16:59 PM
The guards stand at their post and wait for the party to get closer. Once you do, the one on the left steps out from the gate and walks up to the wagon, "A little late to be travelling isn't it? The castle is shut down for the night. Come back in the morning." At that Nonam hands over the invitation. The guard apparently can't read it, but he recognizes Elgin's seal. "Well I suppose you can sleep in the kennel, but you won't be able to see the Lord til morning."
Gareth
Wednesday February 24th, 1999 6:21:59 PM
"That's fine. We just wanted to be able to get here and speak to him early. It's important but can wait until then. Thank you for the hospitality."
Onrad
Wednesday February 24th, 1999 8:36:59 PM
Onrad keeps his head covered from the guards, and continues to look around and see if he recognized any of this.
Teko
Thursday February 25th, 1999 1:10:59 AM
"I hope you all like dogs. I'm very fond of them myself, though my family never kept any. So many breeds of dog were bigger than us, you see."
Nonam
Thursday February 25th, 1999 4:42:59 PM
"Don't worry Teko, I won't let them eat you. Lead the way, guard."
DM
Thursday February 25th, 1999 5:09:59 PM
Onrad recognizes nothing. He also realizes that the likelihood of him having time to travel this far and back in the time he was controlled is extremely unlikely. The guard leads the party to the kennel. It's warm and dry, and plenty of soft hay to sleep on. For the most part the dogs sleep, but every so often all 50 of them start barking. The next morning finds the group only partially rested and a little grumpy. Gareth does feel a little better after even such a fitful night of sleep. (1pt str returns) Soon a steward comes to the stables to fetch you. He mutters something about how you all stink and aren't fit to appear before a family of trolls much less a lord. So he remedies the situation by bringing you into the castle and getting each of you bathed and a set of new clothes. He also explains that none of you are allowed to meet with Elgin while armed or armored. He waves away all protests to the contrary and says its either a choice of doing what he says or not meeting Elgin. Soon the party is back together and standing before a pair of giant double doors. You're all perfumed and look like little lordlings. Everyone but Gareth that is. He looks like a sick farmer trying to pretend to be a lord. Then the doors open and you are led into a large chamber. A short, overweight, balding man with a full grey beard and a twinkle in his blue eyes sits upon a chair at the far end. He is obviously not the dangerous man with blue tinted skin and silver hair you met at the farm. Once you are inside, he calls out in a booming voice, "Welcome. I'm glad you all decided to come so I could see the men that helped uncover the plot against me." As he speaks, everyone notices a young girl standing behind him on his right. She has long red hair, and a twinkle in her blue eyes that surely name her as Elgin's daughter. The only word that comes to anyone's mind to describe her is beautiful. The old man continues speaking, "Well, feel free to guest here for a few days. You can have pretty much free run of the place. I have a decent library that your mages may want to see, and I'd be happy to take a hunting trip with you this afternoon. There are plenty of deer to be had around here. Oh yes, I'm sorry about you having to sleep in the stables." At that the girl leans forward and whispers in his ear. He turns around and looks at her, "The kennels you say. Even worse. Friends I appologize. Morton bring that guard to me." The steward bows and walks out. The old man keeps on talking, "Well I can see you all have something on your mind. What is it? Might as well get it over with so we can have fun."
Gareth
Thursday February 25th, 1999 6:05:59 PM
shuffles his feet a little being at least as uncomfortable as he looks. He looks at the others hoping they will be able to say something with a bit more 'grace' than he knows he can muster. He clears his throat since he seems to be the one to talk first most times. "I'm not sure how to begin, Lord Elgin. There seems to be a lot of activity on your lands by evil creatures. We had to fight off a large band of goblins the other night. They had an evil sword that gave them extra power. It poisoned me. Guards came quickly but a family would have died if we had not been there. It seems the people there are getting restless about it."
Onrad
Thursday February 25th, 1999 8:29:59 PM
::Stands in the back trying not to be noticed::Holding back the urge to talk for once in a civilized setting makes him squirm a little.
Jus
Thursday February 25th, 1999 11:27:59 PM
Surprisingly, Jus seems more comfortable than usual in this setting. "Thank you for your concern for our stay last night. Granting us audience before your lord, and", nodding towards his daughter, "allowing us to behold what surely must be your kingdom's preeminent jewel easily makes recompense." Bringing his eyes back to Elgin after a brief smile of admiration for his daughter, Jus continues, "But as you say, we do have thoughts to share. Our compatriot Gareth alluded to a battle; a battle which ended with the appearance of a blue dragon in human form. For some reason, a few of the guards present believed the dragon to be you, and have raised a mob to remove the dragon from its seat of power. To 'Kill the Beast', as it were."
Teko
Friday February 26th, 1999 3:54:59 AM
Teko watches Elgin closely.
Nonam
Sunday February 28th, 1999 4:06:59 PM
Nonam pulls the dragon scale out from one of his many pockets, "I have one scale from the creature... and a few wounds to prove our story."
DM
Sunday February 28th, 1999 4:35:59 PM
Elgin frowns at goblins, smiles at praise of his daughter, mutters that he doesn't rule a kingdom, frowns at blue dragons, but on hearing that the people think he's a dragon, he takes on a look of absolute suprise and blurts out, "It's preposterous. I'm not a dragon. Do I look like a dragon? I shall send some of my best men to investigate the situation in Baenville, and I thank you for bringing it to my attention. I do not think that we have anything to fear from mobs though. We live far enough away from settlements that a mob would probably dissolve before it got here. Even if it did, they could not successfully seige the castle - even if they do have soldiers with them. I shall inform the current leadership in Plateau City about the dragon. I've heard rumors, but they've all been very different. That scale there proves that at least you saw a blue one." Elgin's daughter looks calm at discussion of goblins, but once the topic turns to dragons she appears anxious. Just then you hear a commotion in the hallway, and suddenly the man you know as Djrughar walks into the room. A pair of guards come rushing in after. One of the guards blurts out, "Sorry milord. We couldn't stop him." Elgin leaps to his feet, "What's the meaning of this? Who are you and what do you want?" The blue man smiles, "They know who I am, and I've come to claim someone dear to my heart." Then he transforms into the dragon you saw once before. It barely fits even in this huge room. Nevertheless a full grown dragon stands before you. Save vs Dragon Fear (spell) +7 or you are unable to act.
Gareth
Sunday February 28th, 1999 5:28:59 PM
unimpressed by the display (15 sv) draws his sword and says "You'll have to explain better than that. Don't advance any further." and waits not wanting to commit what looks to be suicide best he can tell.
Nonam
Sunday February 28th, 1999 10:19:59 PM
Terrified (2), Nonam drops to the ground and puts his hands over his head and mutters over and over again, "don'tkillusdon'tkillusdon'tkillus..."
Onrad
Sunday February 28th, 1999 11:52:59 PM
Onrad has been keeping a low profile in the rear of the group all this time. He turns and finds himself face to face with this dragon and his heart nearly stops with excitement as he has always dreamed of fighting a dragon. Having seen him once before, he quickly gulps down his fear (rolled an adjusted 18) and quickly dives and rolls to the dragon's left (voluntary dex check of 13) coming up on his feet. He then uses the rest of the first half of his movement to move further back on the dragon's flank where he holds position looking for a pillar or something like it to quickly get behind if he needs to dodge the dragon's breath. He holds his attack and prepares himself mentally with a quick prayer ,to the gods in general, to fight and possibly die.
Jus
Monday March 1st, 1999 3:28:59 AM
Jus raises is eyebrows in mock surprise when 'Djrughar' enters, but shows no fear (19s). "Somehow, I've been expecting you." He draws both his swords and positions himself in front of Elgin's daughter; his elvin blood screaming to protect this masterpiece at all costs.
Teko
Monday March 1st, 1999 3:29:00 AM
With relative calmness (saving with a 14, before modifiers), Teko quickly casts Hypnotism directly upon Nonam, making eye contact with him if he can, and says soothingly to Nonam, "It's okay, you are becoming calm, your are clear-headed, you are in control of yourself, you are calm..."
DM
Monday March 1st, 1999 2:20:59 PM
The guards run from the room screaming. Elgin faints dead away. Teko's hypnotism gets Nonam to shut up, but he still lies on the floor unable to move. Everyone who draws a weapon realizes that they don't have their weapons or their armor because the steward wouldn't let you see Elgin while you had them. Remember? The dragon looks toward Gareth and asks, "Haven't you learned by now that I don't feel the need to explain myself to you?" Then it addresses the group, "Nevertheless, I didn't come here to kill any of you." Then the creature lowers its head and looks right at Jus. In a cold raspy whisper it says, "Now move."
Gareth
Monday March 1st, 1999 4:32:59 PM
disgusted at himself for being unarmed so easily, looks at the dragon and says "You will feel that need one day. It would seem to me that a creature with your power would have better things to do than chase goblins and terrorize unarmed people.". He looks for another way out of the chamber - from the back preferrably. Once seen he runs to the girl (somehow knowing that is who the dragon is after), grabs her and attempt to get out the door - knowing there is nothing he can do without his weapons against this thing. (If there is no way out he stays put and tries to think of something else).
Jus
Monday March 1st, 1999 10:20:59 PM
Grasping air as he reaches for his swords, Jus considers his options. He turns to the girl while Gareth is looking around and, after a slight hesitation as he almost uses her ring finger, he slips his +1/7% ring onto her index finger. Whispering, he tells her, "Keep this on at all times. And don't worry, we'll be there." Jus tries to stay next to her for as long as possible, between her and the dragon.
Onrad
Monday March 1st, 1999 11:30:59 PM
Realizing that dragons always say they aren't gonna kill you just to set you up for a breath attack, Onrad races the rest of the way down the dragon's torso to his tail region and in front of the door he came in. He then tries to distract him from the girl knowing he'll probably die for this. He yells, "Hey Djrughar! Your father was a hamster and your mother smells of Elderberries! You stink of goblin breath! You are a coward...a big guy like you pitting himself against weaponless humans! Be you Wyrm or Orc?? Face me like the coward that you are!!!!!" Onrad scrambles in his pack for a hopefully helpful item are prepares to pull it out.
Teko
Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 3:39:59 AM
Teko casts a second Hypnotism spell upon Nonam, saying, "Your fear is disappearing, you feel courage flowing into you, you are no longer afraid..."
DM
Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 3:35:59 PM
Gareth discovers there are no other doors, but everyone, with the exception of Nonam, noticed that a large hole opened in the ceiling. So someone who could fly would probably have little difficulty fleeing with the girl. The dragon speaks, "You know there was a time when I could appear before a bunch of humans and elves and they'd all fall down screaming. Frankly I just don't understand it. Now when you come upon the lesser beings you get all this running about. And for the little guy behind me, why insult me? Plus I don't know what good it does you back there. I doubt you'd walk behind a horse if it was giving you trouble, and I guarantee I can kick harder than a horse. If I wanted to kill any of you, I wouldn't have come in here talking. It must be some odd set of circumstances that even brought you here when I was coming. I don't have any special attachment to you. It's strange really I tend to try to avoid humans since most don't understand my kind. It's probably your short lifespan. So let me explain the way this works to you. When one of my kind graces you with the gift of seeing us in our true form - especially when one does so twice - and then actually speaks to you, pay attention. Do what we say. Weep in admiration for our beauty. Don't run around and call us cowards. It doesn't really sit well. That is unless you want to provoke us into killing you because some of us get mad very easily when the lesser races fail to know their place. So with all that said - and it was really a mouthful I haven't spoken that much in your common tounge in a century. Again you should feel blessed. - Now as I was saying, give me the girl now, or I WILL start killing you. And I'll start with her father."
DM
Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 3:43:59 PM
After listening to the dragon the girl spins away from Gareth and Jus. She punches Gareth in the mouth (2pts) and says, "You will not endanger my father any longer." In the seconds in takes the two brave heroes to react. She runs toward the dragon. "Take me but don't hurt them." The dragon quickly grabs her in its claw, and says in a mocking tone, "See warrior, there are some things you will never understand. Like the mind of a woman." Then the creature stretches it's mighty wings and flies through the hole it created earlier in the ceiling. You can just make out that it was flying east before the hole closes back up. Nonam recovers, but whether from Teko's spell or the dragon's departure, who can say?
Nonam
Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 3:45:59 PM
Nonam stands up and straightens his robes, "Sorry about that. Let's wake up Elgin." He begins to shake the man awake.
Gareth
Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 7:39:59 PM
angry at himself helps wake up Elgin. He then goes and gets his weapons and comes back almost WISHING someone says something to him about it..
Jus
Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 9:35:59 PM
Wanting to lighted Gareth's mood, Jus begins to say something about it to him. Gareth's glare quickly changes his mind. "On second thought, how 'bout we go kick some dragon tail? -- after we heal up, that is." Jus looks around the floor, hoping Elgin's daughter took the ring he offered, and didn't drop it to the floor in her haste to leave.
Kat
Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 12:51:59 AM
Kat continues to sleep.
Gareth
Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 2:13:59 AM
says "Wake up Elgin. Maybe he can help us with supplies and healing. We're going to need all the help we can get!"
Teko
Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 2:50:59 AM
Teko looks around for any remnants of the dragon's presence.
DM
Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 3:27:59 PM
Elgin wakes up, and guards pour into the chamber. Elgin looks at them, "Great, now that the dragon is gone you come to help." Then he looks at the party and asks, "Where's Taelia?" Once filled in tears well up in the old man's eyes, "Please. Will you help her?"
Onrad
Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 5:06:59 PM
Onrad goes with Gareth to retrieve his swords. He speaks to himself as he walks. "Ya know his weakness is his arrogance. He doesn't think any humans can kill him or even hurt him and I think he's find me a little harder to hit than he thinks and true he wasn't distracted to much but that's cause combat never started and that stupid girl went with him and someone that stupid should have to stay with him and Elgin should just forget about her cause beautiful girls are nothing but trouble anyhow and are never provide the hapiness that men they say with all their subtle body language that they will and Get to Know me Domi I'm mad at that thing and someday I'm gonna kill it if it killed by me before then.
Gareth
Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 5:15:59 PM
says to Onrad "She went because she was afraid it was going to kill her father." When they get back and Elgin wakes up Gareth says "Yes we'll help. But we need supplies and any help you can give us in weapons, magic, and healing. That thing is huge and can really fight. Any idea where it might be headed. It looked like it was going east when the roof closed."
Jus
Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 11:10:59 PM
To Gareth, Jus says, "I doubt it was trying to fool us in the direction it went. After all, 'We are put poor younglings; what could we do to an ancient? Ha! Let's go show him just what we can do!"
Teko
Thursday March 4th, 1999 3:25:59 AM
"We are at your service, Lord Elgin. Let's rest and prepare. Perhaps that library you mentioned will say something about dragons."
Nonam
Thursday March 4th, 1999 4:46:59 PM
"You know guys. I'm all for helping out, but I'm not sure that we can doing anything to it. I've been experimenting on this scale the past couple of days, and I can't even scratch it."
DM
Thursday March 4th, 1999 4:57:59 PM
Elgin screams out, "Morton, MORTON!!!" The steward arrives quickly and out of breath. "What is going on, Morton?" The steward begins his report. "Sir, the dragon came in disguised as a human. He resisted efforts to restain him and insisted on seeing you. He left several... 16 to be more exact... guards unconcious, but he killed no one. I happened to be outside when the creature left - I was speaking to the guard that placed our guests in the kennel. Anyway, the creature flew out of a hole in the roof, and headed east. It landed not a short distance from here and let go of your daughter. The two had some sort of convesation with Taelia yelling at the dragon. I could almost make out what she said but not quite. Then she climbed on the creatures back and the flew staight toward the Dragonridge Hills." Elgin blinks in suprise at the last part of the story, "It must be a spell or something. Please find out what happened and bring her back. Morton, they need healing and supplies." "Yes lord." Morton walks out of the room. Soon two clerics are attending your needs. Everyone is completely healed. They tell Gareth that one more good nights sleep will end the effects of the poison. Jus doesn't find his ring.
Gareth
Thursday March 4th, 1999 4:58:59 PM
draws his sword, takes the scale from Nonam, puts it on the floor, and stabs it with great force. Then he looks to see what happens to it.
Gareth
Thursday March 4th, 1999 5:25:59 PM
After being healed Gareth says "Something doesn't add up guys. The dragon didn't want anyone to die. All he wanted was the girl and she seemed to be OK with that. THEN she YELLS at him and gets away with it? What are they up to?"
DM
Thursday March 4th, 1999 6:06:59 PM
Gareth hits the scale so hard that he cracks the stone beneath it, but the scale isn't even scratched.
Nonam
Thursday March 4th, 1999 6:10:59 PM
"See? I'm sure something could damage it, but I don't know what. I think from what I've read about dragons that the trick is slipping between the scales... or finding a spot where one is missing like this. Easier said than done I imagine."
Onrad
Thursday March 4th, 1999 8:33:59 PM
"You're right Gareth. Something is fishy if he didn't kill any guards. No evil dragon could resist that. Therefore it must not be evil. Somehow, we have an non-evil blue dragon on our hands. Now, if that's the case, then he had a non-evil reason for being here that had to do with the Lord here. Doesn't mean is was a just cause. But he had enough of a reason that he came here and showed himself which dragons prefer not to do. Lord Elgin should know that reason, or his daughter should. This changes our tactics. We must by some means find out what precipitated this act. I see two courses of action that are obvious and there may be others. One is to confront the dragon in a diplomatic fashion and find out what it wants and or needs. Second, I read a book one time called The Halfling or There and Back Again where this halfling was hired by some dwarves to steal from a dragon when the dragon couldn't be harmed in any other way and when a hero couldn't be found. We could try that tactic: stealth. Sneak in, and find out from the girl or by listening what's going on. Any other ideas?
Nonam
Thursday March 4th, 1999 10:51:59 PM
"Onrad could be on to something. Now let's assume that the dragon isn't evil. Perhaps it is a gem dragon. They come in colors and aren't evil. They aren't necessarily good. Now as far as tactics, I've also read the book that Onrad was talking about, and as I recall the dragon in the story was asleep. Somehow I think that we'll be expected, so I would vote for the diplomatic course of action.'
Jus
Friday March 5th, 1999 2:29:59 AM
"It could always be a created dragon, but I don't fathom how that would be done, yet... I agree with Nonam this time. The dragon seemed very 'diplomatic' and respectful, even when we did immediately consider it evil."
Teko
Friday March 5th, 1999 3:37:59 PM
"It seems that the dragon already has what he wants and doesn't wish to be bothered. Otherwise, he might have stayed for tea. Yet I feel obligated to pay him a visit. Lord Elgin, is your daughter what one might call...headstrong?"
Elgin
Saturday March 6th, 1999 4:36:59 PM
The proud nobleman you've only just met sits before you weeping and afraid, but he answers Teko with a smile, "Yes, she was very headstrong. Got it from her father I'm afraid. She was also very fair. That was perhaps her best quality. Always ate with the servants and such." The old man's smile fades, and he begins to weep again.
DM
Sunday March 7th, 1999 2:50:59 PM
Morton returns with several servants carrying the rest of the party's arms and armor. Every bit has been polished. The steward quickly sends the servants out of the chamber when he sees Elgin's state. Once the servants are gone, he speaks, "I can arrange for you to have a company of guards escort you to the Hills. I doubt you would be able to convince any of them to enter the dragon's lair once you find it, but they'll at least be able to keep you from exerting all your energy on the trip."
Gareth
Sunday March 7th, 1999 5:38:59 PM
looks around the floor a bit to see if the dragon lost any more scales - all of a sudden being interested in something you can't break or penetrate. After listening to Morton he says "A contingent of soldiers would be good. That way we'd be much less likely to have trouble getting to the Hills. Let's go.". When everyone looks ready he heads for the stables to get the wagon.
Onrad
Sunday March 7th, 1999 8:44:59 PM
Helps Gareth get the horses and the wagon ready for travel. Onrad pays a visit to the Duke's kitchen and outfits himself with some rations and water. Enough for a week. As he does all this, he hums to himself, "When goodness raised its mighty head the dragon turned his tail and ran...."
Nonam
Sunday March 7th, 1999 10:53:59 PM
Nonam asks, "Could you send a cleric with us as well... or anything that we could use for healing if we need it."
Jus
Monday March 8th, 1999 1:15:59 AM
"I just hope that girl keeps it on", Jus thinks when he can't find the ring. "And I hope, for once, it does what it's supposed to."
Teko
Monday March 8th, 1999 2:44:59 AM
Teko asks permission to see the library. He wishes to see how varied are the subjects contained within its books. More importantly, he searches for any texts on dragons and the lore of this area and of the Dragonridge Hills, hoping to find something useful.
DM
Monday March 8th, 1999 3:21:59 PM
Teko quickly realizes that Elgin likes romances about knights and fair maidens. He doesn't find anything that is nonfiction. Elgin looks at Jus, "You gave my daughter a ring? Is there something I should know about?" Morton speaks to Nonam, "I'm afraid our priests have expended themselves healing you all this time. They should have a few potions though." He leaves and returns after a few minutes with one extra healing potion for everyone. "I'm sorry that I couldn't find more." Onrad finds himself confronted with an angry cook who informs him that he needs to be getting such supplies from the barracks and not her kitchen. She's quite the matronly sort and luckily Onrad finds what he needs in the barracks as she suggested. Gareth has the wagon ready. All the soldiers get ready quickly. They bring a wagonload of supplies with plenty for everyone. Elgin prepares to give a going away speech, but he just starts to cry and Morton hurries him away from the men while calling back, "GO! Just go. Bring her back to him quickly."
Nonam
Monday March 8th, 1999 3:22:59 PM
"Well you heard the man. Let's go." He climbs up in the carriage and sits next to Gareth.
Gareth
Monday March 8th, 1999 5:12:59 PM
allows the soldiers to lead the way as they should know where the hills are. He breathes deeply feeling the enjoyment of actually being healthy enought to drive again.
Teko
Tuesday March 9th, 1999 2:42:59 AM
Teko hops on the wagon and settles in.
Onrad
Tuesday March 9th, 1999 5:23:59 AM
##Brave, brave, brave....brave sir dragon##
Jus
Tuesday March 9th, 1999 6:04:59 AM
"Brave sir dragon? Mayhap brave sir Gareth! Ha, ha. The way he looked yesterday, one would've thought we were fighting undead again. I hope we find a wizard's staff in the dragon's lair, something I could fight with and cast with. What about you Onrad?"
DM
Tuesday March 9th, 1999 3:18:59 PM
The group leaves in the early afternoon. There are 20 soldiers on horseback with you. You follow a road that leads east of Elgin's castle. The area is heavily wooded, but at times you catch a glimpse of hills in the distance. Every now and again the band comes across a woodcutter or a taveler. In each instance one of the guards speaks with them to see if they saw the dragon flying earlier. Most saw it, and they all confirm that it was flying toward the hills. Eventually night falls. The captain of the soldiers rides up to the wagon, "We should stop for the night. If we leave at first light we should reach the hills by noon tomorrow."
Nonam
Tuesday March 9th, 1999 3:20:59 PM
Nonam, "Well lets set up camp. We probably wouldn't be able to find the dragon's lair in the dark anyway... and Onrad please stop. You've been making up those songs for hours now. If you want to be a bard go buy a lute."
Gareth
Tuesday March 9th, 1999 7:03:59 PM
smiles at Jus's comment and says "I'd love to find a sword, armor or other item. But somehow I think the dragon would be more than happy to come and take it back if we took it. Maybe we could cut a deal or something. Sounds less deadly to me.". Upon the guards recommendation Gareth gets down and makes camp knowing he must sleep one last night to get rid of the effects of the poison.
Onrad
Tuesday March 9th, 1999 8:40:59 PM
"A lute?" Hmm....I do get bored on these trips. Nothing to do unless we get attacked. Plus I know Nonam doesn't really want me to get one. So maybe? I'll do it!" Onrad pretends to play his lute and whistles the tune from "Nowhere River." After a bit he answers Jus, "Well, to be honest, some gauntlets would be nice. Ya know, those kind that make you strong as an ox or an ogre? Yeah, then I could arm wrestle Gareth. hehe."
Jus
Wednesday March 10th, 1999 2:15:59 AM
As he helps set up camp, Jus talks with Onrad, "Tell you what: if you get a lute, I'll give you some singing lessons. Then we can give our friends a duet. We need to get Kat involved, too."
Teko
Wednesday March 10th, 1999 2:38:59 AM
"I think an ever-full glass of mead would be wonderful..."
DM
Wednesday March 10th, 1999 2:55:59 PM
One of the soldiers chuckles at Teko's comment, "I like the way this gnome thinks. Who cares about magic swords and armor? Give me something to make life more pleasant any day. Seriously, I realize that I'm a soldier, but I don't dream of bloodshed. Someone obsessed with only trying to kill stuff more efficiently must be kind of sick... at least in my opinion." The band settles in for the night. Early in the third watch, the party is awakened by screaming soldiers. (Save vs paral. or you don't wake from the noise.) Those that awaken see a pair of horrid creatures moving in to attack the group from either end of the clearing that you're sleeping in. The evil looking things have three heads a piece. They are goat, lion, and dragon. The front of the creature is a lion, the hind section is a goat. It has a dragon's wings and tail. The soldiers are already fighting the things at either end of the camp. The evil creatures have already slain several men. You awake just in time to see one spew forth dragon fire. (AC4)
Gareth
Wednesday March 10th, 1999 6:21:59 PM
saws logs (2 doesn't save)- totally oblivious to the assault. He dreams of slaying huge three headed creatures and women actually finding him attractive...
Onrad
Wednesday March 10th, 1999 8:36:59 PM
zzzzzzz...Onrad dreams of Gareth dreaming of the girls liking him. It's quite the nightmare...
Jus
Wednesday March 10th, 1999 11:24:59 PM
Jus dreams of Onrad stumbling over another stool causing a trap to open under everyone's feet. As he falls into the deep pit, Jus concentrates on staying asleep when he hits bottom -- just to see if it's true what they say about seeing yourself die in your sleep.
Nonam
Thursday March 11th, 1999 1:24:59 PM
Nonam (1) keeps on sleeping. He dreams of reading books and learning new spells.
DM
Thursday March 11th, 1999 1:30:59 PM
Exhausted from the past few days, the party members sleep on through the thick of the fight. Meanwhile, the chimeras lay waste to the soldiers. Unbeknownst to you, the soldiers are cursing the so called brave heroes who just sleep through something like this. Finally a soldier runs over and starts to kick Gareth in the ribs to get him to wake up. All the while he screams "WAKE UP! WAKE UP!" Finally you all come awake, but you wish you had done so sooner. Half of the guards are dead. There are five men fighting one monster, and four fighting the other. Plus there is the guy who kicked Gareth awake. The 2nd chimera breathes a burst of flame as you open groggy eyes and wish it was all a nightmare.
Onrad
Thursday March 11th, 1999 8:46:59 PM
Onrad, realizing this is gonna be a tough one with most of the group caught without their armor on, curses, grabs his swords and runs for the group of soldiers that at a glance seem to be in the worst shape. Screaming a battle cry, and knowing he can't wake up, get there and attack; tries to draw the attention of the vile beast.
Jus
Thursday March 11th, 1999 10:13:59 PM
Jus grabs his bow in a crouch and, taking careful aim to prevent hitting any soldiers (-2adj), lets a couple of bolts fly. Still disoriented from the numbing sleep, Jus' aim is off and both arrows fly past (h9,h6).
Nonam
Friday March 12th, 1999 7:08:59 AM
Nonam casts "magic missle" at the creature Onrad isn't running toward. 4 bolts streak toward the chimera and explode with deadly force (16pts). After the missles strike, Nonam screams at the soldiers to "MOVE OUT OF THE WAY!!!!!!!"
Gareth
Sunday March 14th, 1999 3:37:59 PM
Gareth hating that he can't wake up and immediately attack, calmly saunters over to the other chimera, bows, and runs his fingers down the edge of his blade thinking surgically of all the ways to slice and dice this creature back into it's three original forms.
DM
Sunday March 14th, 1999 4:35:59 PM
Onrad and Jus's chimera moves to the attack.It lashes out with a claw at a soldier who screams in pain but fights on. Another claw strikes the same soldier, and he goes down with a scream. The dragon's head bites a second soldier who collapses on the ground in a pool of blood. The goat head gores Onrad in the leg (8 hits AC-2) and the lion head bites at his arm (20[15]). The hapless Onrad takes 30 points of damage.
DM
Sunday March 14th, 1999 4:44:59 PM
The soldiers on Gareth and Nonam's chimera flee as suggested. The thing attacks the fleeing men. Both its claws strikes a soldier, but the man gets away. The goat head gores a second one of Elgin's guards, and he falls to the ground clutching his leg. The lion head bites a third, but he quickly gets away from the beast. The dragon head eyes Nonam and lets loose a cone stream of flame at the mage. The intense heat sears Nonam for 37 points of damage (save for 1/2).
DM
Sunday March 14th, 1999 4:46:59 PM
A lion's roar followed by a dragon's screech is heard from out in the woods. You all pray that a third chimera isn't approaching.
Nonam
Sunday March 14th, 1999 4:50:59 PM
Nonam makes his save (17), but looks badly burned. Fearing what will happen if he doesn't, he casts lightning bolt at the chimera and hopes Gareth stays out of the way. the mage gives nearly as good as he got and the thing takes 32 pts of damage (save for 1/2).
Jus
Sunday March 14th, 1999 8:44:59 PM
Jus concentrates on a spell, sending three magic missiles streaking at the lion head fighting Onrad. The magic forces its way into the creature, causing 10 points of damage.
Teko
Monday March 15th, 1999 3:02:59 AM
Teko comes around(rolling a 9 before modifiers). He casts Color Spray upon the monster that Nonam is NOT fighting.
DM
Monday March 15th, 1999 3:48:59 PM
Waiting for Onrad and Gareth.
Gareth
Monday March 15th, 1999 5:00:59 PM
Finally in a position to act Gareth leaps at the monster before him swinging his sword with two hands. His first blow glances off it's thick skin (2) but the second blow rings true for a clearly uncomfortable result (11TH, 20 DMG). He curses himself for not hearing the carnage when it first began.
Onrad
Tuesday March 16th, 1999 7:49:59 AM
Onrad, once again sure he's gonna die for the second time in as many days, Strikes at the monstrosity with a called shot down the throat of the dragon head trying to keep it from breathing for awhile. He needs a 13, but rolls a 7. "Curses. Vile beast, if I don't kill you, your mother will when she sees you next." Onrad then spits at the creature with disgust.
DM
Tuesday March 16th, 1999 3:05:59 PM
Teko's spell affects the chimera and those fighting it. One soldier is behind the chimera and can't see the light. The other two soldiers fall unconcious. The chimera saves (17), and Onrad saves (18).
DM
Tuesday March 16th, 1999 3:13:59 PM
Chimera one attacks Onrad, the first claw passes clumsily through the air (1) and trips up the creature so that it is unable to strike with the second claw. The goat head gores Onrad (7hitsAC-1). The horns dig into Onrad's chest and he takes 8 pts of damage.
DM
Tuesday March 16th, 1999 3:15:59 PM
Chimera #1's dragon head bites down on one of the unconcious soliders and tosses him away like a rag doll. The lion head rips off the other unconcious soldier's arm. It's horrible. Everyone looking on (Onrad, Jus, and Teko), save v. fear. Onrad's right next to it, so he saves at -2.
DM
Tuesday March 16th, 1999 3:25:59 PM
Chimera #2 sees only Gareth before it and it tears into him with a fury. The dragon head snaps at the ugly warrior, but misses and bites its tounge (1). It will be unable to bite or breathe fire for another round. Then come the rest of the attacks. The first claw strikes Gareth in the face (18). The second rips through his chest (15). The lion head catches his arm in its powerful jaws (11), and the goat head gores him in the same exact place the claw hit his chest. Gareth reels from the assault and takes 42 points of damage. Gareth also realizes that Onrad is facing another of these creatures, and he doubts his weaker friend is faring quite so well.
DM
Tuesday March 16th, 1999 3:31:59 PM
A soldier attacks chimera #1 from behind, but he misses (11). The two soldiers who got away from chimera 2 stop and fire arrows back at the beast that nearly killed them. The first is a suberb marksman (20[17],18) and his well placed arrows do 18 points of damage. The second doesn't fair quite so well and only scores one hit (11,17). His single arrow helps though and deals the creature another 5 points of damage.
DM
Tuesday March 16th, 1999 3:33:59 PM
Chimera 1 is certainly hurt, but probably not too badly. Chimera 2 is hurt very badly. Gareth thinks he might be able to kill it this round, but then again this isn't a normal beast.
Nonam
Tuesday March 16th, 1999 3:39:59 PM
Nonam looks from Onrad to Gareth trying to decide who needs the most help. He quickly decides that Onrad needs the most help. He casts a magic missle and 4 mystic bolts streak toward chimera #1. He does 12pts of damage.
Gareth
Tuesday March 16th, 1999 5:58:59 PM
with a grimace of pain refuses to cry out in pain feeling he deserved to be hurt for his lack of powess. He swings with determination and cleanly hits the creature with two swift and deadly blows (14, 9 TH). They open up two large gaping wounds on the creature (17+19=36 DMG). If dead he will close with the other creature and try and aid his ailing friend.
Jus
Wednesday March 17th, 1999 2:19:59 AM
Jus decides now's the time for spells. He looks up at the Chimera just in time to see the soldier shredded. "uhhh...", taking a few steps back. "Uhhh... uhhh...", thinking quickly he says, "I need to get some distance for this spell." He turns and RUNS away towards the soldiers with the bows. (failed save vs. fear).
Teko
Wednesday March 17th, 1999 2:40:59 AM
Teko is shaken by the carnage, but stands his ground (rolling a 17 on his save vs. fear). He casts a phantasmal force of magic missles at chimera #1, doing 6hp (hopefully) of damage.
Onrad
Wednesday March 17th, 1999 7:23:59 AM
Onrad gulps at the carnage. He stumbles back from the creature and his stomach turns over. He blows chunks spewing in a circle as he turns to run back and to the left so he's not running toward the other one. His pride keeps him from screaming, but the death he saw in that instant was too horrible....too much blood....to much!!! No thinking....just panic....running...spewing....embarrasment. Can't focus....chicken...run, run away....can hear my brothers laughing at me....I'm a child again being beat up by Ragond my tormentor and brother.... can't think....far,far away....away....embarrassed.....gotta stop...can't.
DM
Wednesday March 17th, 1999 4:33:59 PM
Teko thinks his illusion did damage, but he really can't tell. It didn't hurt it badly at any rate. Gareth's chimera is on the verge of death but still alive.
DM
Wednesday March 17th, 1999 4:39:59 PM
Chimera 1 focuses completely on the screaming Onrad before it. All three heads grin malevolently, and it pounces on him. It hits with both claws (17,16) for 15 points of damage. Then the goat head gores him (20[14]) for 10 more points. The horns pierce the unarmored warriors flesh, and the awful beast lifts Onrad up above in the air. He is stuck to the horns. The lion head roars in triumph. The dragon head gets right in Onrad's face and licks its lips.
DM
Wednesday March 17th, 1999 4:41:59 PM
The second chimera has enough strength left to bite at Gareth with the lion head. It bites the mighty warrior (13, 11pts). The battle has carried the two chimeras closer together. Gareth notes that he could get to Onrad this round, but his monster might get away.
DM
Wednesday March 17th, 1999 4:42:59 PM
The third chimera bursts into the clearing. All its heads roar/scream/bleat in unison to all effect. It stands right behind Nonam. It is completely uninjured.
Nonam
Wednesday March 17th, 1999 5:04:59 PM
Nonam hopes he doesn't die for this, but he casts another magic missle at the chimera attacking Onrad. Four magic arrows strike the creature for 16 points of damage. Then Nonam runs toward the archers.
Gareth
Wednesday March 17th, 1999 6:59:59 PM
Seeing Onrad get gored Gareth focuses his attack on Chimera #2. He clumsily hits the beasts' goat head twice trying to get it to drop Onrad. The head bursts in a spray of blood (16+21=37 DMG).
Teko
Thursday March 18th, 1999 1:16:59 AM
Seeing the new chimera, Teko mutters, "Let's keep you occupied," and casts an improved phantasmal force of another chimera which leaps into the view of chimera #3. The illusory chimera attacks chimera #3, hitting with its goat head (with a roll of 16) and its dragon head (with a roll of 18).
Onrad
Thursday March 18th, 1999 8:01:59 AM
Onrad slumps unmoving on the horn of a goat. His last conscious thought is, "I was killed by a goat?"
Jus
Thursday March 18th, 1999 11:52:59 AM
Jus sees Onrad get gored and screams at the top of his lungs, "ONRAAAAAAD!" He starts running back, almost blind to his own death, but the third chimera enters. Looking back and forth between Onrad and the new chimera, he realizes this one could be the death of them all. With a quick prayer to Alemi to guard Onrad, Jus turns toward the new chimera and casts Grease centered underneath it.
DM
Thursday March 18th, 1999 4:14:59 PM
The two archers let loose another volley of arrows that kill chimera #2. Nonam and Gareth together drop chimera #1. Onrad slides off the horns with a sickening slurp and lies motionless on the ground.
DM
Thursday March 18th, 1999 4:21:59 PM
The third chimera is larger than the other two. You would guess it's probably "daddy." It completely ignores Teko's illusion, and Jus's grease appears just behind it. It looks as if it will go very badly for you. But before the chimera reacts a troop of 10 strange looking gnomes with long silver hair and pale skin burst from the trees behind the chimera. Each is holding some kind of long tube with an open funnel at the end. They hold these things to their shoulders and they belch forth smoke and thunder. One of the gnome's tubes explodes in his hands, and he falls to the ground. But whatever the gnomes did kills the chimera. It falls dead in a heap and bleeds from several small holes all over its body. The gnomes lower their sticks. The one that got knocked down picks himself up and begins to examine his weapon. They seem to be waiting.
Nonam
Thursday March 18th, 1999 4:25:59 PM
Nonam rushes toward Onrad. He begins to bind his wounds and then pours his extra healing potion down his throat. (10HP) "Quick Teko, Jus you weren't hurt. Give him your potions."
Gareth
Thursday March 18th, 1999 5:59:59 PM
rushes over to Onrad to make sure he's alive. He says "Wee have 6 potions in the kitty. They are in my pack if we need them." Seeing Nonam help Onrad Gareth moves toward the gnomes and says "Thanks. We weren't ready for these things as you might can tell from our dress. What ARE those things you are carrying?" he looks to see if they mean any harm to the party - just to be sure.
Teko
Thursday March 18th, 1999 6:40:59 PM
Teko says to the newcomers in gnomish, "Greetings! Thank you so much for your help. Excuse us while we tend to our wounded." He moves quickly to the fallen soldiers to see if he can save any of them.
Jus
Thursday March 18th, 1999 8:27:59 PM
Thoughts of embarassment and chagrin about running away quickly leave as Jus thinks about Onrad. He tears over to Onrad, fighting back tears as he sees the bloody body. "Nonam? Is he going to be all right?"
DM
Friday March 19th, 1999 12:13:59 AM
Nonam realizes Onrad is dead.
Gareth
Friday March 19th, 1999 2:10:59 AM
waits for the gnomes to respond before he goes to aid the others.
Nonam
Saturday March 20th, 1999 9:48:59 PM
Finally realizing that Onrad isn't breathing, Nonam stands. With tears streaming down his face, the mage says in a hollow voice, "he's dead." He looks at the chimera corpse, and raises his hand. Jets of flame shoot out of fingertips and flames begin to consume the ugly beast.
Gareth
Sunday March 21st, 1999 7:04:59 PM
Hearing those searing words from Gareth he clearly becomes shaken. For a moment he looks back to his friends in pain - but decides to stand his ground until the gnomes answer his questions or leave.
Jus
Sunday March 21st, 1999 8:48:59 PM
Trying to regain control, Jus yells with excitement, "Clerics! We have some clerics, don't we! They can bring him back; I've heard it's been done before! Can any of you do it? Soldiers, where's the nearest cleric that could do this for us?"
DM
Monday March 22nd, 1999 1:13:59 AM
One of the soldiers spits at Jus. Another says, "Look we're sorry about your friend, but we lost a few more of our buddies than you. Okay?"
Teko
Monday March 22nd, 1999 1:15:59 AM
Teko continues to try to revive the fallen soldiers, if possible.
DM
Monday March 22nd, 1999 3:00:59 PM
Teko finds two soliers that aren't already dead and helps bind their wounds.
DM
Monday March 22nd, 1999 3:10:59 PM
The gnomes see what's happening with Onrad, and they begin to speak amongst themselves. Their speech is melodic and sounds like chimes in a light breeze. Teko and Nonam do not recognize it as gnomish. After a few brief moments, the leader, who is wearing a pendant that has the symbols of Alemi, Gargul, Domi, and Caeroldra at the four points of a square, looks at Gareth and says in tortured common, "ME Kane halp." The little creature lays down his stick and walks over to Onrad. He stops by the fallen hero's side and looks to Gareth for permission to continue.
Nonam
Monday March 22nd, 1999 3:11:59 PM
Nonam makes no move to stop the gnome, but he gets ready to kill him if does anything adverse to Onrad.
Jus
Monday March 22nd, 1999 7:57:59 PM
Jus is about to yell at the soldier that spit, but the other's comment pierces his heart. Looking around at the carnage, his tears flow faster. "Yes, thank you for putting me in my place." Walking over to the soldier that spoke, he offers his hand in friendship, "We'll do what we can for everyone. And it may mean nothing to you, but thanks... we'd be dead in our bedrolls without you, today."
Gareth
Monday March 22nd, 1999 9:18:59 PM
immediately gets out of the way and says with a helpless tone "Please...". He gently places his sword on the ground to make sure there is no misinterpretation. He waits anxiously and has eyes only for his friend - even though there is death everywhere.
Teko
Tuesday March 23rd, 1999 2:37:59 AM
Teko goes over to Onrad to watch.
DM
Tuesday March 23rd, 1999 9:26:59 PM
The gnome sets a necklace set with one huge saphhire down by Onrad and begins to speak, "Kane no bren bak lif, bot kane..." He stops speaking and says something to one of the other gnomes in their musical language. The second gnome sets down his stick and casts a quick spell. The first gnome smiles and begins speaking again, "My name is Yargin. The Patriarch sent us to aid you in your quest. I can not bring your friend back to life, but I can keep his spirit from leaving until the Patriarch is able to do so." He then begins to cast a long intricate spell. It seems as if it takes hours but is probably closer to 10 to 15 minutes. Finally he picks up the now glowing sapphire and begins speaking again, "Your friend's... Onrad's spirit is in this gem. Once we bring it to the Patriarch he will restore spirit to body. Until that time one of you must wear your friend's spirit. Onrad will be able to hear with your ears, see with your eyes, and speak with your voice. There his control ends. He will not have control over the rest of your mind or body. There are also rules to observe. Once you place the necklace around your neck, it can not be removed until body and spirit are rejoined. Whoever houses the spirit must not touch the body. Should the body be lost or somehow destroyed, body and spirit can not be rejoined. The body will not age or decay due to the effects of time alone. Is all of this clear?" He looks at the gem, "the spirit must be linked with another body soon. Choose carefully which of you shall were the gem, but decide quickly."
Nonam
Tuesday March 23rd, 1999 9:27:59 PM
Nonam speaks, "I would like to do this if none of you object."
Gareth
Tuesday March 23rd, 1999 11:48:59 PM
With a look at Nonam and before anyone has time to react the injured but powerful warrior snatches the necklace and puts it on saying "I will wear the necklace. No enemy will be able to get it from me. I will not allow it. I will make sure it is covered by my armor so that it is not damaged. I will not remove my armor until he is restored. No matter what. I hope you can understand... I MUST do this - he MUST survive!". To the gnome he says "Thank you Yargin, where is the Patriarch located and how do we get to him? I would ask why he is interested in us but I don't care. If he will do this for us I will do anything he asks of me! (8 Wisdom)"
Teko
Wednesday March 24th, 1999 1:04:59 AM
For the moment, Teko merely watches.
Nonam
Wednesday March 24th, 1999 5:52:59 AM
Nonam takes a swing at Gareth and lands a blow on the warrior's chin (18, 1dmg), "You #$*# arrogant @#(%. I asked for this honor, but nooooo. Almighty Gareth just had to go an be a SELFISH *@#$*@#$ @*@$#* *@#%(#$. What's wrong with you? Do you have absolutely no faith in the rest of us?"
Gareth
Wednesday March 24th, 1999 6:20:59 PM
looks at Nonam with an angry but very hurt look clearly ready to take advantage of the opportunity to unload something he's been holding back. "Do you really think I don't have faith in you? How DARE you accuse me of being selfish! My only thought is for Onrad! Who has the best chance of surviving? Who would be the hardest to take the necklace from? ME! All I've seen you do over the last 2 days is cower and run from our opponents! I've seen you fight for a long time now and I trust you. Surely you know that! But lately you've not been able to overcome your fear! What honor is there in risking the life of our friend when you can't even control your own emotions? What honor is there in FAILING our friend because we didn't give him the best chance to live? NONE! Who would Onrad want to carry his spirit? He doesn't even like you very much." In a moment he calms down not willing to physically hurt an ally. As silence covers the clearing he quietly adds "Nonam, you may not like what I did, but please don't hit me. I will not hit you back. You are my friend. Mad or no.". With pain and torture in his voice he says "I don't like getting hit by my friends. I thought I got away from that when I left home...". His face becomes wet as he turns and walks away toward the tent hunched over in an unnervingly 'submissive' way. It's a shocking display of emotion not ever seen before.
Nonam
Wednesday March 24th, 1999 11:29:59 PM
Nonam's hair turns an impossibly firey shade of red, then he casts fly and rises into the sky. He casts again and becomes invisible. From nowhere in the night comes the mage's loud voice. "I'm sorry I hit you, but think sometimes about what you do. Are you certain that you are the best one to protect the gem? The best one to keep it safe? If I had it at this very moment do you think you could take it from me? Could you even find me before I struck you with lightning? There are powers in this world besides your strength. Your strength could have been useful in protecting the body. It's just as important a part of Onrad that we need to defend. Do you think Teko, Jus, or I can pick it up and move it quickly if we need to protect it? I doubt it, but we could have kept the gem out of harm's way. We are all part of a team. We make decisons as a team. I would have been reluctant but willing to allow someone else to have the gem. I was going to listen to the will of the group first. Your act WAS selfish no matter how you defend it. You cared nothing about a decision made by this group of your friends. You came to a decision that you alone could protect the gem. What is that but vanity, ego, and selfishness. You may have faith in my abilities as a mage. You may have faith that I wouldn't betray you, but you have no faith in the other minds in this group, or you wouldn't have acted alone..." Nonam stops then speaks again in a voice much closer to the ground. "I realize that your grief is as great as mine, so I won't make you feel worse. I just ask that you remember two things. The first is something I learned from Onrad. We are a team, and we must respect the other members of the group and listen to their ideas. I realize I've had difficulty with that where Onrad is concerned, but I've been trying. I'd ask you to make an effort to listen to the group as well. The second is this. If another chimera shows up, run for your life. You'll not save Onrad by being swallowed alive."
dm
Wednesday March 24th, 1999 11:31:59 PM
The gnomes watch the show with an air of delight as if humans always acted this way. The soldiers turn their heads and set about taking care of their own friends.
Gareth
Wednesday March 24th, 1999 11:51:59 PM
continues toward the tent with no apparent response to Nonam. He looks absolutely devestated - there's clearly more going on here than this situation. As if something "snapped" inside the huge warrior. He sits a bit and as if finally remembering his oath, puts on his armor carefully. As he checks to make sure everything is where it should be he realizes he didn't pick up his sword. He slowly goes out and gets it. No words come from his mouth and his eyes avert from everybody as he goes back into the tent - and closes the flap. Knowing in his heart a chimera would stand no chance against the fully armored and prepared warrior. Then the mental agony begins again: "If only I could forget and move on... it's all in the past. Nobody there will EVER dare hit me again. I could crush them all! I don't even have to go back for them - but I do. Mother, Kristen ... please be OK..."
Jus
Thursday March 25th, 1999 2:26:59 AM
Jus goes to help with the other soldiers, his blazing face betraying the fury he has locked inside. Nonam is right, Gareth is wrong. How can he be so blind! The Three! Maybe it should be "Gareth and his tag-along vassals"? Turning one of the dead soldiers over, his anger momentarily fades. These soldiers gave their lives for us, and we quibble over who gets to SAVE the life of our friend. Going to the commander, or whoever now leads the soldiers, Jus asks, "What do you wish us to do; how can we help?"
Teko
Thursday March 25th, 1999 2:30:59 AM
Teko says to Yargin, "Do you have other healing? As you can see, many of those here are injured."
Yargin
Thursday March 25th, 1999 3:14:59 AM
Yargin looks at Teko and nods his head. "You know your rather strange looking. You look like one of the people, but your... coloration isn't right. We must exchange histories later. As far now, we will attend to the fallen. Perharps you should see to your friends. They need a cool head to bring them back together again. We will leave for the Patriarch in the morning." The pale-faced, silver-haired gnome looks to his companions, and they begin to move out and help the wounded.
Gareth
Thursday March 25th, 1999 5:33:59 PM
makes no further appearance this night. He sits in the back of the dark tent - and broods... "Why couldn't I control the feeling? My training. Must remember my training! How can Nonam be so blind! How could he be so cruel! But he doesn't know. Nobody must know. They will think I am WEAK!.... Maybe I am........ NOOOOOOOO! I am STRONG! I must not crack again! How? What should I do? Nonam was wrong to challenge me in front of everybody, and he was wrong for thinking Onrad would want him to carry his spirit - but he was right that I could carry and protect his body better that the others. And he was right when he said we needed to work as a team...... THAT'S IT! Wait till they see me. Grayson, Jarred, and the others. They'll not DARE challenge me again! But for now... I must not let this come between us. I'll let them cool off and I'll talk to them in the morning.". So he waits - unable to sleep. "What is that pain in my chest?"
Nonam
Friday March 26th, 1999 2:48:59 PM
Nonam, still invisible, flies up and sits in the top of a tree to think and keep an eye out for anything else that might approach.
Teko
Friday March 26th, 1999 10:43:59 PM
Teko says to Yargin, "I think everyone really just needs a good rest for now." Teko heads to Gareth's tent and says quietly, "Gareth, it's Teko. If you need anything, let me know. I'll be right outside." Teko proceeds to gather any parts of the chimera that might be useful as components and will preserve them as best he knows how. At the same time, he begins to rehearse in his mind over and over the scenes he has just witnessed. He would practice with an illusion directly, but he knows that everyone has seen enough for one night.
DM
Friday March 26th, 1999 11:26:59 PM
Teko doesn't know of any parts of a chimera used as components. Of course he knows someone probably does and would pay dearly for them, but he has to tell the DM specifically what he wants... and what methods he will employ to get them. :)
Teko
Saturday March 27th, 1999 4:36:59 AM
Teko, shrugging at his ignorance, waits until morning for ideas from the others.
Nonam
Saturday March 27th, 1999 8:35:59 PM
Nonam sees what Teko is thinking and flies down from the trees. He drops the spells and begins to poke around the chimeras. "Looks like you're thinking about spell components. I don't have any idea what someone might want, but I'm sure someone would pay dearly for certain parts of a chimera. Scales, fangs, horns, and claws are always good choices. Probably the heart would be pretty valuable. I'll see about the hearts. You might grab some of the other stuff." He looks around, "Hey Jus! Why don't you come and help salvage some components from these disgusting creatures. We may as well make some money off this tragedy. If any of you soldiers want to help, we'll be sure to cut you in on any profits." Then Nonam goes over to the nearest chimera and pulls out his dagger and begins the bloody work of trying to find the chimera's heart. He rolls the thing over on its back and plunges the dagger into the left side of the chest. After a few minutes, he finds the heart, but in the process of doing so, he cuts it up too badly to be of any use. He pulls his blood soaked hands out of the carcass and soon his dagger is plunging into the body of the 2nd chimera. This time he presses down on the creature before he cuts it and makes the skin glow, so he can see what he's doing.
DM
Sunday March 28th, 1999 4:10:59 PM
Nonam's odds are still fairly low for such a procedure, but he succeeds (23%). The mage manages to cut all the arteries and veins connected to the heart and pulls it out. He is soaked in rancid chimera blood when he holds the things heart aloft. Its obviously not the heart of anything you've seen before. It's huge, multichambered, and has more valves than a normal creatures heart. No one is too concerned about the way the heart looks though. Nonam is a horrible bloody mess. He looks like pictures of demons in books used to scare children away from doing evil.
Gareth
Sunday March 28th, 1999 6:45:59 PM
After a few hours of sitting Gareth has a bit of trouble getting up and moving around - being wounded and all. But he ignores the pain. Before the sun rises and after everybody winds down for the night Gareth gets up, goes to the fire and prepares breakfast - for everyone. After all, he did have to do this on the farm - the bastards! He waits for everyone to wake up and he serves them - or lets them serve themselves if they see fit. When the group begins to eat Gareth speaks. "I owe you all an apology. I was not part of the team last night. I was wrong not to listen to the group before taking the necklace. I would be better at guarding the body. Nonam, you were right. I was wrong. I'm sorry. I'll try to be more patient in the future. It's just that - it was Onrad..." He looks over to the soldiers and says "I cannot say how badly I feel that we did not wake up sooner. It cost lives." and with a steel warriors look says "It will not happen again." He sits down to eat whatever is left - clearly having trouble with soreness and pain.
Onrad in Gareth
Sunday March 28th, 1999 8:34:59 PM
Softly and tenuously, a voice speaks through Gareth's mouth. "It's ok Gareth. I'm not blaming anyone."
Jus
Sunday March 28th, 1999 9:16:59 PM
Jus starts when he hears 'Onrad'. "Oh my, Onrad, don't ever try this again; it's just too weird hearing you in someone else's body." Thinking out loud (which, of course, he never does), "Many lives lost, I just wish we could have saved more of the soldiers...."
Teko
Monday March 29th, 1999 2:33:59 AM
After helping with his sword and daggers to skin and scale the chimera, Teko joins in on the conversation, "And since we're making apologies, I'm very sorry for the color spray...I really had no idea that it would hit the people fighting that chimera. I've cast it many times. If I had known that it was going to do that, I would never have cast the spell."
Nonam
Monday March 29th, 1999 3:11:59 PM
Nonam returns from a half successful attempt at bathing. Unfortunately the lack of a nearby body of water didn't help too much with the process. He looks better nonetheless. "There are always things that we could have done differently. The dead are unfortunate but considering we faced three chimeras when one is exceedingly rare, I would say that we were lucky to have escaped at all. More like than not, we should all be dead. And we probably would be had these odd gnomes not shown up." He turns to them, "My thanks to you. Now we may as well be meeting this patriarch of yours."
Gareth
Monday March 29th, 1999 5:10:59 PM
"I don't suppose anyone has some of that healing magic? I need to heal my wounds but I wanted to save our potions for a combat situation. But I feel I ought to use them and be at full strength as I carry Onrad. We can always get more potions but not another Onrad. What do you guys think?"
Onrad In Gareth
Monday March 29th, 1999 7:58:59 PM
"Yes there are things that could have been done differently, Nonam my friend. However, it wasn't bad luck that killed me and these brave soldiers. I think that it is a result of poor planning and strategy. Remember when we went into Izen knowing what we faced and prepared ourselves to meet the challenge? That kind of challenge can come upon an adventuring group at any time and we must be ready. It seems that those challenges have been getting tougher lately, and we've just expected to keep on surviving because we're The Three, heroes of The Izen War. The acclaim we received after our mission in Izen has made us soft. We must become hungry again and climb to the next level. We need to work together and decide what each of us needs to be effective. If a ring of invisibility increases our chances of success, we get one. If we need more funds to get what we need to survive, find those funds. We must begin to honestly look at ourselves as a group and plan to see that we have those things. Gareth is right. Power is the key to success and we need more of it. It's like we're starting all over again! Are we going to be one of those groups that adventured for awhile and then retired to the sedentary life, or will we take it to the next level. Specifically, we are clericless. Jus and I are too weak for fighters of our experience. Our mages need more powerful spells. We should be throwing fireballs instead of magic missles. We've got to get better and fast, or we should just all go home. No more priests who won't kill the evil we fight or witches who are in and out and in and out. The qualifications and expectations of what it is and takes to be a part of this group must be high! The bar must be raised! We must decide to make our fate rather than just float along and take what comes. I've been through alot these past few days. I've lost control of my actions, and I've lost my life. These are not enjoyable experiences. If we don't do these things, who's going to be next? Jus? Nonam? Gareth? I couldn't stand that! I know this is kind of a speech, but like it or not, this is what I feel and what we face. Sorry, but I'm dead and might stay that way and I needed to say this just.....in case." Onrad, pauses and then says, "I'll shut up now."
Jus
Monday March 29th, 1999 8:35:59 PM
Jus, asking Nonam's permission, cast a cantrip to clean Nonam up. "Gareth, I already gave the soldiers my potion. Just open your eyes, they need it more. Nonam, Teko, do you two realize how many soldiers we buried while you were -- how'd you put it Nonam? -- 'make some money off this tragedy.' Believe it or not, some of the soldiers asked if I would be upset if they pulled out your heart? I know you guys, but they don't; the wold doesn't. Onrad's right, who are we going to be. The soldiers are even taking bets if we'll go forward, turn, or sneak away. Do we want to be known for that? We'd better start acting like wold class adventures, or we'll just be seen as wold class fools."
Gareth
Monday March 29th, 1999 8:59:59 PM
looks around and then violently shakes his head upon hearing Onrad's voice uncontrollably coming out of his mouth. "I don't know if I can get used to this...". He stands up, goes to the tent, pulls out all 8 potions he has. He drinks the two that are rightfully his (27 HP) and carries the other 6 to the soldiers. He says "This is all the healing power we have. You are welcome to it if you need it." He hands them to whoever needs them. Afterward he returns to the fire with the group but not before looking them in the eyes and saying "Don't bet on any of the Three running. You'll lose your money. We're not perfect but none of us are cowards either. We fought those things too you know.". As he sits he says "I thought we were supposed to be on vacation. I wasn't prepared for a major campaign. I guess we'd just better be ready all the time now. At least now my pack will be lighter not carrying around all that extra weight.".
Teko
Tuesday March 30th, 1999 1:22:59 AM
"I seem not to notice anything nowadays, including burials. I have no speeches today. Maybe...maybe later."
DM
Tuesday March 30th, 1999 3:01:59 PM
The gnomes come out and the leader speaks, "Gnow wee moost... Boriagn." The gnome that cast the 'tongues' spell last night casts again, and Yargin continues, "We must leave soon. The Patriarch awaits. But first we have news to share. In the night, your woman friend ran away. She was crying and muttering that she should never have thought that she had what it takes to be an adventurer. We have spoken to the soldiers, and they intend to return to Elgin's castle now that we will be your guides. And lastly we found this wretched halfling out in the brush. She claims to be a friend of yours and has been following you. In a voice that would make devils screetch she told us her name is Flaust." The soldiers nod when the gnome says they will leave, and then they head out.
Nonam
Tuesday March 30th, 1999 3:22:59 PM
"The halfling is indeed our friend, and it looks like maybe Onrad's call for a priest has been answered. And Kat left? Huh. Truth be known I had nearly forgotten her. She has done so little lately. I guess she wasn't cut out for the adventuring life. Maybe I'm not either for that matter. I've had enough death to last for some time..." After an uncomfortable pause, "I still don't quite understand what's wrong with making a little gain from a loss though. You may as well take anything positive from a situation like this that you can... oh and one other thing. Onrad, I don't know what good casting fireballs would do. My lighting bolts are just as powerful. Plus I think there may be more fire resistant creatures than... well lighting resistant creatures. I didn't really know, but I thought that maybe since chimera breathed fire that they were fire resistant. And it may not be apparent to one unschooled in magic, but I am much more powerful than others who have had equivalent amounts of study. Most mages can't cast nearly the number of magic missles I can. Plus Jus is nearly ready to know the spell, but he's not quite there yet. And as I recall from my time in school, Teko will never be able to cast fireballs due to his focus on illusionary magic. True we need more spells, but I think that its different types of spells that we need. What we need for better offense are some wands or better yet staves. Our offensive power through spells is nearly as good as it can be." Nonam looks around and blinks. "Well, we've all made our little speeches. Now we need to focus on the task at hand. Now is the time for dedication. Improvement and greatness will just have to wait. Let's follow these gnomes to their Patriarch."
Onrad
Tuesday March 30th, 1999 5:09:59 PM
"I'm not in a position to make these kind of decisions right now, but it is strange that our friend Flaust here shows up just after I mention that we don't need any more clerics who won't kill even our worst enemies. What about it Flaust? Adventurers kill bad things. That's one of the things we do! Can you do this? Will you do this? If not, then I'm glad to see you friend, but personally, if you remain a pacifist, "I" cannot accept you as a part of this group. To put it bluntly, a pacificist Priest is a liability. Sure her healing talents would be of service, but I believe that we need more out of a priest adventurer than that. I don't mean to be harsh, but to speak the truth as I see it."
Gareth
Tuesday March 30th, 1999 7:23:59 PM
returns all 6 potions to his pack since the soldiers didn't seem to want any of them. Upon hearing the news that Kat left Gareth says "Oh great! I hope her mother and grandmother don't come after us. We promised to keep her safe... but it has been a year, hasn't it?" When Onrad speaks he tries not to look so shocked - with little success.
Teko
Tuesday March 30th, 1999 11:24:59 PM
"Onrad, you say that Flaust must convert away from pacifism in order to rejoin us. You have been in your rock too long. We must get you back to your body as soon as possible. I see no good reason at all to demand this of Flaust or of any other cleric that we bring into our midst. In fact, if Flaust is our only healer (or even one of our few healers), I would think that she should 'load up' with precisely those sorts of spells and leave the fighting to us. Her pacifism is in no way an obstacle. She can do plenty to incapacitate an enemy when the need arises and should not be expected to jump into the heat of combat anyway. If we need an additional cleric why that's just grand. But we are certainly better off, far better off - now and in the future - with Flaust than without her. So...Gareth, what say we make all haste with our good friend Flaust to the Patriarch so that we might restore Onrad's body? And, perhaps, his sensiblities."
Flaust (not in the Maw)
Wednesday March 31st, 1999 3:00:59 AM
Up to this point, Flaust has, as usual, remained her taciturn self. However, at the mention of Kat and her kindred, Flaust flings her smoldering gaze at Gareth/Onrad and says, "You need not concern yourself with the witches," as she extends a bloodied left hand to view. "And you need not concern yourself with something which no longer exists. Before you stands Vengara, which, in the holy tongue, means 'Avenger'. Tread lightly, friend Onrad!" Gareth/Onrad notices a serrated blade briefly come to view, strapped to Vengara's wrist, as she lowers her hand, hiding all within her robes.
Jus
Wednesday March 31st, 1999 12:38:59 PM
"I dearly hope there is another reason for that blood, other than what comes to mind, Flaust. Otherwise, I might agree with Onrad -- as scary as that may sound."
Nonam
Wednesday March 31st, 1999 2:51:59 PM
Nonam collapses to his hands and knees and throws up. "Gods that voice..." He slowly gets up speaking as he does so, "Now quit playing around Flaust, so we can get going."
Gareth
Wednesday March 31st, 1999 3:32:59 PM
feeling a bit better at not being the sorest sight for people's eyes says "What do you mean exactly by I need not worry about Kat? Or the part about existence? Be clear with me for I took an oath to protect her. And what is this Vangara business? Are you or are you not who I think you are?"
Teko
Wednesday March 31st, 1999 6:18:59 PM
"Onrad, I spoke too quickly. Vengara, the questions have already been voiced. Tell us about your change of heart. And your bloody hand."
Onrad in Gareth
Wednesday March 31st, 1999 8:46:59 PM
"If I'd known that speaking of Flaust's "former?" pacificm would rile you so Teko, I'd have done it long ago. Are you two best friends in another life or something? Flaust have you broken you vows of chastity?" Onrad grins to himself that his "words" has seemed to draw Teko out of his shyness. He think to himself as well that he's enjoying, far more than he should, how Gareth is getting embarrassed at the unbidden things that are coming out of his mouth. Hmm...maybe I should sing one of my songs through Gareth's mouth. Nah, he'd get me back if I ever get back to my body, that is.
Vengara
Thursday April 1st, 1999 1:20:59 AM
Absent-mindedly squashing an ant with her foot, Vengara answers, "The orphanage..." and then her voice cracks with venom. Attempting to start again, she says, "The witches..." again, her speech is interrupted, this time, by a keening from deep within. Finally, apparently giving up on voicing whatever has happened, Flaust turns to Gareth and states, "I am only bound in service to the Three. I am here. Be forewarned: I have a price on my head, and will not be returning to the Big Float. Will you accept me, or will you release me? My right hand still holds healing, but my left is reserved for pain." She gazes around the group, before finally returning her gaze to Onrad.
Gareth
Thursday April 1st, 1999 4:03:59 AM
looks at Flaust with concern. "Did you kill them because they hurt the orphanage? Why would they do something to the children? And if they did then why is there now a price on your head for taking vengeance? I would like to know more... Please..."
Nonam
Thursday April 1st, 1999 6:19:59 PM
"I will not consort with a criminal, and I will kill anyone who caused Kat harm. Explain yourself quickly, priest."
DM
Thursday April 1st, 1999 6:20:59 PM
The gnomes are eagerly watching. Are humans always so exciting? And do halflings all smell so bad?"
Onrad in Gareth
Thursday April 1st, 1999 7:02:59 PM
"Ahh Flaust. How you must have suffered. But as Domi says, "Suffering brings wisdom and hardship strength." Welcome home....Vengara." Onrad grins through Gareth's mouth a defnitely Onrad type grin, throwing in a few twitches just to aggrivate Gareth, then waits in his crystal to see what will happen next.
Teko
Thursday April 1st, 1999 9:34:59 PM
Teko sighs. "Sivernus was right. It IS exasperating."
Vengara
Friday April 2nd, 1999 1:16:59 AM
Caught off guard by Nonam's tone, Vengara replies, "I am a criminal to criminals. And, as for killing, you are bound just as tightly as I by our written oath. Now drop the matter and give me some of that bread..." Vengara noticably slumps forward, barely able to steady herself.
Gareth
Friday April 2nd, 1999 6:11:59 AM
grumbles at Onrad's manipulation but helps Flaust over to a seat by the fire. He serves her some food. "Sorry Flaust, I didn't notice you were hungry. I shouldn't have pressed you. But you must explain your situation soon. And we must know if you killed Kat. She did not partake in what her mother and grandmother did because she was with us until last night. At least tell us you didn't kill Kat. The rest can wait."
Nonam
Friday April 2nd, 1999 5:17:59 PM
Nonam growls, "I want none of this double talk. I won't be forced to leave my home in Floating City for something you did there. I rather liked those old witches. I myself was tormented for my methods of practicing magic for years, and I don't believe they were driven by some overpowering evil. I want two answers from you, Vengara. Things will not be right between us until I have them. Did you kill Kat? And am I going to be forced to abandon my home in the Big Float if I begin associating with you?"
Onrad's Thoughts
Saturday April 3rd, 1999 4:11:59 AM
Onrad feeling he has used his "mouth" priviledges for awhile, thinks many things to himself. Among them is the realization that this eclectic group is truly a family. We care for each other deeply, yet once out of danger, go right back to fighting as only brothers and sisters do. And Onrad knows all about sibling rivalry. Yet the comments seem to hold greater portent this time. If this doesn't conclude well, The Three may be having it's last adventure.
Vengara
Saturday April 3rd, 1999 7:43:59 PM
Casting a tired gaze at Nonam, Vengara finishes the piece of bread in her mouth, "Thank you for the meal, Gareth. Do the rest of you feel as Nonam? You push me to speak, and yet I say that to speak more plainly will bind the innocent to doom." Vengara pauses, and says to, "Gareth, look into the embers of this fire. What do you see? What you have seen in countless other campfires: faces. On every coal, we see dark spots as eyes, nose, mouth. In the midst of destruction, we search for life -- wood to coals, coals to ashes. I tell you all: Finished becomes unfinished before Oathbreaker appears. Nonam, beware the flames kindled in the heart, they leave all in ashes if not properly tended." Sighing Vengara concludes, "Well, I see that my speech grows more vexing with its spinning. It may be that time clears all ears that hear these words." Vengara yawns once, and immediately slumps over, her words followed by load snores.
Nonam
Sunday April 4th, 1999 4:30:59 PM
Nonam stares daggers at Vengara. Then he looks at the rest of the group. "I can not accept this. Will she never answer any of our questions? I leave it to the rest of you to decide if she accompanies us. Should she do so, I will go to the dragon with you for I am committed to you and the girl. But once we finish, my association with Flaust - and the rest of you if need be - will end."
Gareth
Sunday April 4th, 1999 7:47:59 PM
"I'm as frustrated as you,Nonam. But we don't know what she did. Or why. I'm no good at figuring out riddles from priests but it sounds like she is trying to protect us from something. I say we insist she answer our questions if she is to accompany us. If it was bad and we can't accept it THEN lets decide what to do. She is one of us, and like it or not, we at least should help her until we know for sure. And even if she doesn't answer we should not let it slow us down getting to this Patriarch. We must save Onrad. Now, as for leaving the group - we are a team. We'll figure something out. Every time we have a crisis we shouldn't talk about breaking up. At least I don't think so.". After any remarks from the group Gareth gets up, puts a cover over Flaust, and begins to break camp.
Onrad in Gareth
Sunday April 4th, 1999 9:33:59 PM
I agree with both of you Gareth and Nonam. Put her in the wagon and let her sleep. When she awakens, she can tell us what we want to know, or leave us in peace. By the way, what time is it? I can't tell in here. Is it time to move on or is it still night?"
Teko
Monday April 5th, 1999 2:56:59 AM
Assuming it's time to go, Teko helps break camp.
Vengara
Monday April 5th, 1999 3:27:59 AM
After being covered with the blanket, Vengara begins muttering in her sleep, ".....mother....fire......cross....plant.....circle..." This seems to continue for a few moments when, quickly,her sleep becomes more violent. The covers are cast off and Vengara's hands begin moving while she her words become clearer, now speaking in an arcane tongue. Immediately, Jus and Nonam recognize her actions for what they are -- the casting of a Magic Missle spell. However, no missles appear, and Vengara mumbles a few more words before lying still on the ground. Shortly after, the snoring begins again.
DM
Monday April 5th, 1999 4:47:59 PM
It is indeed time to go. That's what you were about to do before Flaust showed back up, and the gnomes are anxious for you to follow them.
Nonam
Monday April 5th, 1999 4:49:59 PM
"Let's go. We can sort this out later. But if she won't trust us enough to give us an answer... well I assume she is attempting to hide her guilt."
Gareth
Monday April 5th, 1999 6:55:59 PM
Gareth loads everything in the wagon, picks up Flaust and sets her gently in the back - next to Onrad's body - careful not to touch it :). He smiles knowing she didn't notice Onrad was speaking from inside Gareth ... Once done, he climbs up and directs the wagon to fall in behind the gnomes. "Wow! All these new peoples! I never had any idea there was so much to see in the Wold. So many lands, monsters - dragons, I thought they were fables that you told children, and this chimera - I would never have dreamed of such a beast in my wildest dreams - or nightmares! What ELSE can be out there?"
Jus
Monday April 5th, 1999 9:29:59 PM
Jus has been quiet with the disturbing implications of Flaust's silence. "We may be a team, but Flaust -- or whatever she goes by now -- had better create some miracles. Right now, I don't see any hope in welcoming her back. If what she hinted at is true, she has already broken any signed agreements we may have had."
Teko
Tuesday April 6th, 1999 9:12:59 PM
Teko quietly suggests, "What about an ESP spell? If someone knows that spell - and I unfortunately do not - then he could take a peek at the appropriate time. If knowing what she knows is really that dangerous, perhaps only one of us should check, someone that we all trust. Then the person checking could vouch for her."
Onrad
Tuesday April 6th, 1999 9:30:59 PM
"I say wake her now and let's get this over with. I think she'll tell us the truth, just what will that truth be?"
DM
Wednesday April 7th, 1999 4:56:59 PM
The gnomes lead the way and you follow as you discuss things in the wagon.
Flaust
Wednesday April 7th, 1999 5:11:59 PM
Flaust wakes after a bit and looks about at the party. "I feel much better now. I've seen from your reception that my return was a mistake. My actions would prevent all of you from returning to your homes... but I did not kill Kat. Thank you for your food and the brief sleep. I'll be going now." Without another word Flaust hops out of the moving carriage.
DM
Wednesday April 7th, 1999 5:13:59 PM
Flaust hits the ground running and is out of sight before anyone can react.
Nonam
Wednesday April 7th, 1999 5:14:59 PM
"She's a strange one. Shall we go look for her or continue with the quest. I vote continue with the quest. The girl could be in danger, and we've delayed enough all ready."
Gareth
Wednesday April 7th, 1999 5:30:59 PM
"Onrad's situation is worse than Flaust's. We must save him first. We have also committed to save the girl and we have never stopped a mission before because one of us decided to leave. I say we move on and if Flaust returns then we go from there. She returned and asked for release from her commitment to us. I think we should give it."
Onrad
Wednesday April 7th, 1999 6:22:59 PM
I agree. That means getting another patriarch besides her to perform the releasing ceremony. We can handle that after we complete our mission. ...and the mission, not me is first priority. I won't have it any other way. I died to further our mission. It comes first."
Jus
Wednesday April 7th, 1999 9:58:59 PM
"You're not exactly dead yet, Onrad. But you are right, let's find that dragon and get the girl; I'm sure, with Onrad's luck, we'll stumble across Flaust in the future."
Gareth
Wednesday April 7th, 1999 10:32:59 PM
"I think these gnomes had in mind that we visit their Patriarch first so I think we need to do that since they helped us out on the Chimera. Besides he might be able to help us with this. I'm real interested in why this guy wants us to succeed enough to save one of us from death."
Teko
Thursday April 8th, 1999 2:12:59 AM
"I say we visit the Patriarch first and tend to Onrad. It does not seem to me that the girl is in any immediate danger, although I could be quite wrong."
DM
Thursday April 8th, 1999 5:03:59 PM
The gnomes continue to lead the way. By early afternoon, you are in the hills. There are so many cave openings it boggles the mind. It also keeps everyone tense and on the lookout for an attack. The gnomes don't seem worried and trudge on with their exploding sticks on their shoulders. Eventually they come to one of the hills - at least you assume it's a hill since these are the Dragonridge hills, but it really looks more like a mountain - and they take a path headed up. You don't go up too far when you come to a large shelf on the hill. There is a tremendous cave opening at the back and there are several more of the strange gnomes tending a huge fire at the far end of the shelf. Whatever they're burning sure does stink. The head gnome comes back to speak to you. "Yar carge ent harses be tak ker ov. Kom wi mee." He waits for your response.
Onrad in Gareth
Thursday April 8th, 1999 6:19:59 PM
Onrad forces himself to remain silent as he realizes his life hangs in the balance. He also realizes how lucky he is that he hasn't ended up as Flaust has, espicially after all the stunts and arguments he has fostered. He thinks of all that he owes these good people for giving him what his family never did: a sense of worth and some confidence in his abilities.
Gareth
Thursday April 8th, 1999 6:32:59 PM
gets down from the wagon a bit confused by the 'words'. "I think he said something about the horses and coming with him - what do you guys think?"
Nonam
Thursday April 8th, 1999 10:34:59 PM
"I belive you're right. It sounded like someone would take care of our carriage and horses, and that we should follow him. I see no other options presenting themselves, and it would get us away from that awful stink." Nonam nods his head at the fire.
Jus
Friday April 9th, 1999 4:56:59 PM
"There's a good source of fire fuel that I know of, and it would certainly cause a stink. Do you guys have the same uneasy feeling I do about who the Patriarch is?"
Nonam
Friday April 9th, 1999 5:18:59 PM
Nonam nods his head at Jus's question.
Teko
Sunday April 11th, 1999 12:57:59 AM
"I don't know who you mean, Jus, but we're about to find out."
Gareth
Sunday April 11th, 1999 6:33:59 PM
gets the carraige parked. "You guys better get Onrad's body."
DM
Sunday April 11th, 1999 11:17:59 PM
The gnomes take the group just inside the cave entrance. The walls are natural and haven't been carved. The floor is worn smooth from countless years and thousands of feet. Yargin speaks once inside, "Mus wate her, fer Aeglos. He tak yu tu Patrarrch."
Gareth
Sunday April 11th, 1999 11:30:59 PM
waits.
Teko
Monday April 12th, 1999 4:09:59 AM
Also waits...
Aeglos
Monday April 12th, 1999 6:38:59 AM
After a few minutes an elven male in white robes approaches. From his neck hangs a round piece of silver with the symbols of every woldian diety intertwined. He looks to the gnomes and says, " take the body to be prepared for the ceremony."
DM
Monday April 12th, 1999 6:58:59 AM
The gnomes carefully pick up Onrad's body and begin to move down the passageway.
Nonam
Monday April 12th, 1999 6:59:59 AM
"I assume that you're Aeglos and will be taking us to the Patriarch?"
Gareth
Monday April 12th, 1999 6:02:59 PM
Waits and watches not knowing what to do next.
Aeglos
Monday April 12th, 1999 8:28:59 PM
" I am indeed Aeglos, (looking slightly amused) and I will be taking you to Patrark, if you will kindly follow me."
Gareth
Monday April 12th, 1999 10:38:59 PM
Follows Aeglos.
Nonam
Tuesday April 13th, 1999 12:03:59 AM
"Patrark? You mean the Patriarch?"
Aeglos
Tuesday April 13th, 1999 1:26:59 AM
Smiles and says, " No, I am certain his name is Patrark. " Begins leading the party away.
Teko
Tuesday April 13th, 1999 6:44:59 AM
Teko continues to wait, but walks, too.
Jus
Tuesday April 13th, 1999 12:13:59 PM
Jus feels a little uneasy going underground, more from what may be waiting ahead than anything else.
Nonam
Tuesday April 13th, 1999 6:04:59 PM
Nonam follows but says, "I don't much like this."
Gareth
Tuesday April 13th, 1999 6:14:59 PM
stays ready at the warnings of the others but is not really too concerned. He whispers "I doubt they would have saved us in the first place if they wanted us dead. They could have shot us with those noisemakers if they wanted. I doubt we're in much danger - at least from death."
DM
Tuesday April 13th, 1999 9:46:59 PM
Aeglos lights a torch and leads the party through various passageways. The path is not difficult, and any of you could remember it. On occasion you see the strange little gnomes pass by. They all travel in the darkness and shield their eyes from the torch. Eventually you come to a long ornate hall. It stands out in great contrast to the rest of the place which was plain stone. The hallway ends in a pair of great double doors decorated with the symbols of all the gods. Aeglos goes up to these doors and lays his hand upon one as if to push it open. Then he turns to the group, "Please show the proper respect to Patrark. He is doing you a great service." Then the priest pushes open the door. Through the door you can make out a gigantic room filled with all manner of treasure. To one end underneath a gigantic tapestry that depicts the symbols of all the gods once again is Elgin's daughter, Yargin, and one other gnome. With them sits the gigantic dragon you all know as Djrugar.
Gareth
Tuesday April 13th, 1999 10:32:59 PM
jumps - a bit suprised. To Nonam "So this is what you meant...". Turning he approaches Patrark - but not too close. This time there is no fear - only respect. "So I finally know your name - at least one better than Djrugar. Why did you send for us? Last we met you seemed to have little use for us or our friendship."
Gareth
Tuesday April 13th, 1999 10:39:59 PM
Who had eyes only for the dragon begins to notice the huge treasure. He gasps as he realizes the magnitude of the wealth he is standing next to. "All my family's problems would be gone with but a small portion of this..." he thinks as he tries to concentrate and not look too amazed - with little luck.
Teko
Wednesday April 14th, 1999 3:34:59 AM
Teko smiles and bows to Djrugar. He stands and waits.
Jus
Wednesday April 14th, 1999 12:24:59 PM
"Ah, as I humbly expected. My lady," Jus adds with a deep bow, "I trust your stay has been pleasant? As I'm sure you could guess, your father is worried and asked us to 'check up' on you." Then a quick bow to the Gnome, "As little as my compliment may mean, it is easily given. We have seen unparalleled craftsmanship in you Gnomish inventions today. Congradulations." Finally, turning to the dragon, "Djrugar, sir Patrark, we meet again." Glancing, with a chuckle, at Gareth, "I do hope our reaction is somewhat improved this time. Truly, we give thanks for your hospitality and the aid you offer. Although many may say luck has entwined our paths, I am certain you foster a unique view."
Nonam
Wednesday April 14th, 1999 4:09:59 PM
Assuming that the dragon couldn't fit through those little doors, Nonam looks for another way out... just in case.
DM
Wednesday April 14th, 1999 4:19:59 PM
With a snarl the dragon speaks, "I beg of you not to utter those filthy goblin words in front of the Lady Elgin." Then his tone becomes more calm, "But yes, I am called Patrark. Yargin did not mean to deceive you. I suppose his spell translated my name into Patriarch. I would wager that the spell translates his intent, and they do in fact think of me as something of a Patriarch. Now then, you wonder why you were invited. You were coming anyway. Just be happy that I sent you aid instead of an attack. Perhaps I will explain more in a few minutes. But first you have all put up with a lot and are undoubtedly confused. You may each ask me any one question, and I will give you a truthful answer. This will be my first gift to you, so choose your question carefully. And Onrad is certainly entitled to a question, though it will be his second gift." Then the dragon leans back, if such a massive creature can actually be said to lean, and it waits for the questions.
DM
Wednesday April 14th, 1999 4:26:59 PM
Nonam notices several entrances to the chamber. All are normal size and have doors. There is also a tremendous hole in the ceiling that the dragon probably exits. Who knows what the passages may be like up there. Nonam notices another oddity. In the center of the opening in the ceiling floats a large sphere of changing colors. In the center of the sphere, the mage can just make out the sword carried by the goblins encountered just a few days before. Gareth notices a gleaming set of plate armor in the treasure. It glows with magic. Jus notices that the girl still wears his ring. Teko begins to remember some old tale about a lost tribe of gnomes.
DM
Wednesday April 14th, 1999 4:28:59 PM
The gnomes and the lady all smile at Jus' kind introduction.
Gareth
Wednesday April 14th, 1999 5:36:59 PM
looks around at the others. Not knowing what exactly to ask he says "Sorry for the goblin words. I intended no offense. I much prefer your real name. Many thanks for the help you sent. We may have lost most everyone if they had not come. I - I'll let the others ask first. I need to think. Careful is something I'm not real good at..."
Onrad in Gareth
Wednesday April 14th, 1999 9:35:59 PM
Onrad tries to wait patiently, feeling that the living should go before the dead.
Teko
Thursday April 15th, 1999 2:18:59 AM
To the dragon, Teko says, "I will go then. Surely, dragons are the brunt of much misunderstanding. What one thing would you most eagerly desire that we understand about you?"
Nonam
Thursday April 15th, 1999 6:45:59 AM
Nonam waits for Teko's question to be answered.
Patrark
Thursday April 15th, 1999 6:53:59 AM
"An excellent question, and a difficult one. There are many things that I wish you to know, and in time you will. For now I most wish you to know that I have been removed from the outside world for several centuries. I have been content to live within the earth with this noble gnomish tribe, and those like Aeglos who have sought me out. Now, I have been out in the world again at most these past five years. I am... uncomfortable with many of the things I have discovered. Most notably the darklord." The dragon hesitates wondering if he should explain further but says nothing else. He seems to be waiting.
Gareth
Thursday April 15th, 1999 5:56:59 PM
gets a bright idea - and tries not to stare at the plate armor. "We have had dealings with this Dark Lord as well. We met several of his generals in some place called - Ravenloft maybe? They almost killed us there. So what are these things you see that disturb you - especially about the Dark Lord?"
Onrad in Gareth
Thursday April 15th, 1999 10:58:59 PM
Waits so as to not make things appear confusing with him also using Gareth's mouth.
Teko
Friday April 16th, 1999 6:44:59 AM
Teko acknowledges Patrark's answer to his question with a smile, a nod, and yet another bow. He waits and listens.
Partark
Saturday April 17th, 1999 10:05:59 PM
"The Dark Lord is evil and trying to obtain godhood. There are always evil forces attempting to do this, but the Dark Lord has become powerful. It disturbs me that the gods have allowed him to progress so far. The present gods maintain a perfect balance. That balance must not be disturbed. There is no room for another in the pantheon. It also bothers me that I know not who he is. His aspect is familiar, yet I can not place it."
Nonam
Saturday April 17th, 1999 10:06:59 PM
"Why involve us by taking the Lady Elgin?"
Patrark
Saturday April 17th, 1999 10:24:59 PM
The dragon smiles. "That's really two questions isn't it wizard. A clever tactic. I will answer both. Your presence and the girl's are purely coincidence. I will explain events of late so that you might understand. I have not left my mountain at all these past 75 years. The last time I ventured forth was also merely to see the sun again for a time. I have truly been removed from the world for two centuries. Afterall, I am happy here in my home. At any rate, I decided it was time to see what was going on in the world of men a few months ago. I journeyed as the man you met when fighting the goblins. While out in this form, I met the Lady Elgin. I was awed by her beauty, and I found that she had an ear for poetry. Being an accomplished poet with several centuries of practice, I wooed her. She fell in love with me as well, and I revealed myself to her in my true form. She was not afraid and not concerned about the type of relationship we might have. And so I talked her into coming to live with me here. She agreed, but I had to visit her father and ask for her hand as a foreign prince or some such. It seemed a reasonable agreement. So I went to meet him. Alas, there was a personal tragedy here for one of my dear gnomes perished while I was enroute, and I had to return. It was a tragedy for me for he was a friend, but eventually I set off a second time. But this time, the goblins raided my home while I was away and stole the sword which now hangs above your heads." He nods up at the rainbow spere. "You know how that turned out and so do those wretched goblins burning outside in that pyre. So I went again to fetch my lady a third time. Only this time I discovered the Three visiting Lord Elgin. I confess to having a short fuse at times, and I knew that you would expose me to Elgin as a dragon. but I was determined not to make a 4th trip. I acted rashly and brought her here. Of course this resulted in your following me here. I considered how to best handle the situation as a calmed down and watched you journey here. I had not wish to kill you or truly endanger my Lady or her father. It also occured to me that I could use the services of a group like you. Plus I like the warrior Gareth. He is much like I was in the past. Ready to leap into any situation without truly understanding what he was doing and convinced that he is a power in the world. So I aided you in coming here by sending Yargin out to help you. Lucky for you, that he arrived when he did. One chimera is a frightful beast let alone three. Now there are two more questions... Elf? Spirit?"
Gareth
Sunday April 18th, 1999 7:21:59 PM
thinks "He LIKES me? I'm not sure if that's good or bad... at least he won't try to kill me - for now...". As the huge dragon continues to talk he fumbles around in his pack and pulls out the horn he used to get to the generals. "How much do you know about our involvement with this Dark Lord?"
Dragon
Sunday April 18th, 1999 10:13:59 PM
"You've asked your question."
Teko
Monday April 19th, 1999 3:17:59 AM
Teko continues to listen.
Onrad the Spirit
Monday April 19th, 1999 5:38:59 AM
"As I'm sure you noticed, we are currently without a Priest. If we had been travelling with a priest, I might now not be in my current state. You seem to have strong relations with many priests. Can you advise us or recommend a priest or two to us to join us in our efforts?
Jus
Monday April 19th, 1999 7:30:59 AM
Glad Nonam asked about the lady, Jus begins to ask his question, stopping when Onrad-through-Gareth speaks.
Nonam
Monday April 19th, 1999 4:57:59 PM
Ponders the answers given as he waits for Onrad's answer.
DM
Monday April 19th, 1999 5:04:59 PM
"What an odd question. After all the questions this group put me through about my motives in our past meetings, I'm shocked that now you're just concerned with which priests I know. But I promeised to answer any questions to the best of my ability, so... I certainly advise that you should travel in the company of a priest or two. You should also take care not to align yourself solely with only one or two gods as humans are so apt to do. Take Aeglos for instance. He faithfully serves all the mighty Gods of Wold. By paying homage to all, he receives favor from all. That is the way such things should work. I honestly can't understand why so many humans would only seek the favor of one when by so doing they automatically gain the disdain of all the others. Perhaps when our business here is concluded, Aeglos will consent to go with you, but it is certainly his own choice."
Nonam
Monday April 19th, 1999 5:39:59 PM
Nonam begins to eye the treasure. He cares little about the gold but is much intrigued at the prospect of what types of knowledge a dragon horde might hold.
Gareth
Monday April 19th, 1999 6:15:59 PM
puts up his horn and waits - not really knowing what to do. His mind wanders - "Gods - why does anybody really care about the gods anyway? They've let my family be unmercifully 'raped' for years! Man that armor looks good. I wonder what else is in there?'. Gareth looks around for swords, shields, armor, and other weapons of note.
Onrad
Monday April 19th, 1999 9:33:59 PM
Onrad seeing through Gareth's eyes, can't help but notice what he's looking at. He thinks to himself that it is wasted time to even look at dragon s treasure. There's not a dragon in The Wold who would give up their treasure..and its not like we're gonna even try to kill this thing. I still wonder about his alignment. This is the strangest dragon he's ever heard of. Blue dragons are supposed to be evil. Simple as that. Onrad also wonders if this dragon is really going to return him to his body, and what the cost of doing so will be.
Aeglos
Monday April 19th, 1999 10:12:59 PM
Bows slightly to Patrark, " I would be willing to accompany them sir. "
Teko
Tuesday April 20th, 1999 3:49:59 AM
Teko remains silent.
Jus
Tuesday April 20th, 1999 4:02:59 AM
In his customary way of using a few simple words [ha], Jus speaks, "Patrark, my first concern is for the Lady, with whom I would like to speak. But first your generous offer." "I would love to ask a question worthy of a ancient dragon's wisdom, but even my years are paltry in comparison. I could ask you what the best question would be for us to ask. But, since I am the last with a question, it would be in vain. I could ask for the answer to this ultimate question, but could we ever understand it without a context. So, I, also, must ask a mundane question. You mentioned you are against the Dark Lord's purpose. In the wistful hope we may help thwart his plans, please tell us... Where are the Rings of Ascension that you have knowledge of."
Patrark
Tuesday April 20th, 1999 6:13:59 PM
The Dragon blinks. Then he stares at Jus. "The existence of the Rings is common knowledge? This is dreadful... dreadful indeed. I'm afraid that I don't really know. I believe that the Dark Lord has the Ring of Fire now. As for the others I can only say who owned them a couple of centuries ago. The Dragon Parnoth held the Earth Ring. The Water Ring was controlled by the Sea Demon Kahagil, and the Air Ring was in the possession of M'halil the Djinn. This could all have changed for the King of the Fire Giants controlled the Dark Lord's ring when I last knew... I feared that this would become another war for the rings when I felt the one in the Dark Lord's possession. I prayed that would not be the case."
Gareth
Tuesday April 20th, 1999 6:29:59 PM
tears his eyes away from the treasure (disappointed that he didn't see any other weapons or armor) and raises his eyebrows at the idea that we were able to suprise him. "So now what? We've asked our questions."
Onrad
Tuesday April 20th, 1999 9:39:59 PM
"Aeglos, this is Onrad. I currently speak through Gareth's mouth, with his gracious permission, due to the simple fact that I am rather dead. I think I can say that we would love to have the "right" priest or cleric to join our troupe. However, we recently had to turn one away and so it would only be prudent on our part to ask you to tell us a little about yourself and why you would join us.
Patrark
Tuesday April 20th, 1999 10:14:59 PM
"Yes, now for the 'what now.' I need to clear some things up. First, you are all too concerned with this Dark Lord. There are powers and forces in motion that are beyond your understanding. There are powers and forces in motion beyond MY understanding. Most likely we will all play a periphreal role in what is to come. So know this, the Dark Lord is the enemy. Any who would commit actions that allow Him to increase power though they may not be his ally are enemies. All who seek to fight him should be allies. Should you have further opportunity to thwart his plans, then you must take it, or you are aiding his cause. He is a plague upon life and must be destroyed, but we must wait for others to do so. Now then... on to the purpose of your coming here. As I said, I have need of you... or someone like you. I feel that fate has intertwined our paths, so I hope that we may work together. I do not know a great many things about what is going on in the modern world. I wish for you to be my agents in the world. From time to time, I will have certain tasks that I may wish for you to perform, but primarily I wish for you to relay information to me. I seek knowledge that will allow me to participate in the fight against the Dark Lord. However, I must stay here. This mountain is the seat of my power. I have spent centuries building it up as a magical fortress, but should I leave without knowledge, I could be caught unawares by the Dark One or his minions. That will not happen to me here. I at first thought I would send Aeglos alone, but he would be safer with companions who can augment his skills and abilities. As fate would have it, you have need of a priest at present, so again the gods have acted to bring us together. While not performing tasks for me, and I forsee few, you would be at complete liberty to act as you wish. I have no hidden agenda... yet. I would een give you a communication device so that you would have to go to little trouble to communicate your findings to me. Of course I would repay your services with gifts of my choosing. The first of these would be to return the life of your friend. I will do this regardless, but I can offer other gifts that are equally great. I hope you will agree... also I hope that it is clear, but I know dragon lore is not studied often anymore. And I do not wish for you to insult me unknowingly or to refuse my offer through ignorance... I am a Sapphire. Do not confuse me with those baseless Blues due to similiar coloration." As the dragon says this last, he holds his head aloft striking a regal pose.
Gareth
Tuesday April 20th, 1999 10:48:59 PM
remembering Patrach's words when they first met says with confidence "So we ARE allies then. We fight for a common cause - the destruction of the Dark Lord. He attempted to overrun our country and he failed. We would see such a tyrant destroyed. I wonder how he got this Ring of Fire? Anyway, we would be glad to do work for you - provided it is honest - and for honest reasons. I am grateful to you for helping my friend Onrad."
Nonam
Tuesday April 20th, 1999 11:50:59 PM
"The offer seems reasonable enough, but I won't agree to perform any actions for you blindly. I will have to consider each task individually. As for passing on information, that i can wholeheartedly agree to."
Aeglos
Wednesday April 21st, 1999 2:21:59 AM
" I do not mind sharing a bit of my background. I was born just over one hundred years ago in a secluded elven village. My childhood was fairly normal for an elf. As I reached adulthood, I became intersted in the pursuits of theology and philosophy. I was accepted into an elven seminary which trains clerics in the ways of each and every god. After finishing my time there and being ordained a proest of the gods, I began wandering in search of truth and wisdom. Many years ago, I met Patrark. He is the most wise and interesting being I have ever met. I became a very close friend of his. Recently I was fortunate enough to be appointed as his kindred. I am his loyal servant and friend. It is my task to go into the world and gather information or supplies for Patrark, while he is busy doing greater things. I would accompany you as a link to Patrark in order to assist in gathering information. I would also be interested in learning more myself. Finally, I see no problem why as allies, we could not also become friends." Aeglos then resumes a respectful position near Patrark
Teko
Wednesday April 21st, 1999 3:49:59 AM
To Patrark, Teko says, with his third bow of the day, "I am commonly known as Teko. And if the others are willing, I am at your service."
Patrark
Wednesday April 21st, 1999 5:23:59 PM
"Then let us begin." The dragon indicates an alcove above the door which you entered. The entire alcove is marked with arcane symbols, and Onrad's body rests on a raised platform in the center. The dragon continues, "Gareth climb the steps. Once up top you will find a cylindrical hole near your friend's head. Place the crystal within it... you'll find you can remove when standing in the alcove. Then stand below his feet, and I will begin the process." As Gareth walks to the platform the dragon continues, "This alcove is one of my greatest treaures. I myself do not possess the magical skill to raise the dead, but the properties of this alcove and the crystals it comes with allow it to be used to restore the dead. In fact this makes it as if they never really died for the spirit is trapped in the crystal and never visits the land of the dead. I studied the entire thing for years without understanding how it worked and finally decided that I never would. But be assured it does work... Are you ready Gareth? Onrad? Any final questions or doubts about the process?"
Gareth
Wednesday April 21st, 1999 6:03:59 PM
eagerly and quickly climbs the stairs ready to regain control of his mouth - even though he never really had control anyway - "But at least it will be my fott in it." he muses to himself. He carefully puts the crystal into the hole in - oop - near Onrad's head. He then moves around to Onrad's feet and stands as instructed waiting to see what happens next. He watches Patrark closely.
Onrad the spirit
Wednesday April 21st, 1999 9:39:59 PM
Wondering exactly this is going to be like he receives an inspiration for an interesting experiment. He begins humming the tune to Brave, brave, brave, brave Sir Onrad..."Hmm, Hmm, Hmm, HmmmHaHummmHm...." He wonders if his voice will suddenly switch from Gareth to his own, or if there will be a discontinuity of some sort.
Jus
Wednesday April 21st, 1999 10:33:59 PM
Jus watches the alcove, thinking how lucky Onrad is to always have such exciting things happen to him.
Nonam
Wednesday April 21st, 1999 11:18:59 PM
Nonam studies the runes curious to see if this is some type of necromancy or priestly magic.
Teko
Thursday April 22nd, 1999 2:06:59 AM
Teko watches the alcove, but even more he watches Patrark.
DM
Thursday April 22nd, 1999 7:20:59 AM
Onrad hums as Gareth walks to the platform, but the humming ceases as soon as Gareth removes the crystal and places it in the slot. Once Gareth is in position, Patrark begins muttering some sort of incantation. The whole alcove begins to glow, soon it is so bright that it forces everyone to look away. After a few minutes, the light goes out and Onrad is sitting upright. However, Gareth can not see.
Nonam
Thursday April 22nd, 1999 7:21:59 AM
Nonam claps his hands in delight as he sees that Onrad is again in control of his own body.
Onrad in Onrad
Thursday April 22nd, 1999 6:25:59 PM
Onrad blinks twice and then breaks out into joyous song, "Gareth has the sweetest mouth that ever man did speak; and aye I aye didst use it once when I was dead you see!" Then Onrad jumps up from the slab and hugs Gareth in a huge bear hug. "Thank you my friend." After a moment when the magic has run its course he runs to each of his comrades in turn and hugs them, kissing Jus and Nonam, and muttering thanks. Then in his exuberance, he goes and gives the big dragon a hug as well, "Thanks my large friend. I am at your debt and your service." Then he catches himself, straightens his clothes, and bows more respectfully. "Uh, sorry bout that."
Gareth
Thursday April 22nd, 1999 6:43:59 PM
blinks trying regain his sight. When it does not come he gets a bit worried. After Onrad almost knocks him off his feet and he hears Onrad finish his tyrade, he says with concern "Uh, Patrark? I can't see..."
Patrark
Thursday April 22nd, 1999 9:47:59 PM
"Yes, warrior. That is a temporary side effect of the process. It should last no more than a couple of weeks. Did not Yargin explain this part of the process to you?"
Jus
Thursday April 22nd, 1999 10:47:59 PM
Jus' mouth drops open when he hears of Gareth's two-week blindness. A smile quickly slips in, however, as he thinks of how much fun it will be. "Glad to have you back, Onrad; I always knew you weren't going to be dead for long -- the gods would probably kick you back!", he says, giving a great big teasing smile.
Gareth
Thursday April 22nd, 1999 10:49:59 PM
"No - although I would have done it anyway. So what are we going to do for 2 weeks?"
Teko
Friday April 23rd, 1999 5:14:59 AM
"In all seriousness,Gareth...it's probably a good time for you to practice your blind-fighting."
Nonam
Saturday April 24th, 1999 12:49:59 AM
"Plus you know what they say, maybe it will be a long enough period to heighten your other senses." The rest of the party can see that Nonam looks doubtful.
Patrark
Saturday April 24th, 1999 9:00:59 PM
"Now I shall give thee thy gifts." The giant creature then gracefully moves to the center of the treasure pile, and it thrusts it claw down deep into a pile of gold and jewels and pulls out a set of chain armor that was hidden from view. "For the warrior Onrad, your first gift was that of life. But I'm sure that you do not wish to go through that process again, so I give you this set of magical chain armor (+2)."
Patrark
Saturday April 24th, 1999 9:10:59 PM
The dragon then surveys the room and thrusts his claw toward another pile of treasure as he turns his head to Jus and speaks, "Noble Elf, I thank you for seeking to protect the Lady Elgin when you thought she was endangered. She finds a great deal of pleasure in the beauty of that ring, but I recognize its magical properties and wish to thank you properly. I hope you will find this long bow (+2) and quiver of arrows (+2,#24) made by your ancestors to be a suitable replacement."
Patrark
Saturday April 24th, 1999 9:24:59 PM
The dragon shifts his gaze to Gareth, and it is so piercing that Gareth knows the creature is looking at him despite his blindness, "Gareth, much was given to you at birth, and you have become a mighty warrior by virtue of your own strength. Yet you lack understanding of many things. I offer you the chance to increase your understanding with this special Gem of Insight. It is more powerful than others of its kind. It will increase your wisdom and intelligence by double the amount another such gem would do. And by the time your blindness is gone you will understand much more of the world. BUT it will also decrease another of your traits. Which one it will be, I could not predict. Though it would be physical to balance the mental gain. I encourage you to take it and use it. You will discover that with increased mental capacity you will have other avenues to fufill your goal than sheer force."
Patrark
Saturday April 24th, 1999 9:34:59 PM
Next Patrark addresses Teko, "Friend Teko, I am glad that you accompany these heroes. Without your presence in their ranks, I may have reacted differently to them. I've always had a fondness for your race that I can't explain. I realize that your focus on the Illusionary Arts keeps you from memorizing some of the more potent offensive spells. So I hope you will accept this Wand of Fire to increase your combat effectiveness."
Patrark
Saturday April 24th, 1999 9:44:59 PM
"Nonam Firstorlast, you are no doubt one of the most unique individuals that I have met. I encourage you to take great care that your magic does not consume you. You have been lucky so far in life. I fear that will not last forever. To serve as a reminder of this fact I give you this Wand of Wonder. As you use it, remember that your method of wizardry is no different."
Patrark
Saturday April 24th, 1999 9:59:59 PM
"Aeglos, you are taking much on yourself by leaving these walls. I wish to honor you for the time you've spent here and protect you so that you may one day return. Therefore take this Staff of Curing so that your companions can help protect you while you help save them. Also there are forces in the world that would seek to slay you in order to harm me so take this Amulet of Proof Against Detection and Location to mask your presence in the world."
Patrark
Saturday April 24th, 1999 10:09:59 PM
"Now each of you has something personal which I believe will aid you personally. I also have some gifts for all of you to share." He nods to Yargin and the gnome carries out a small sack, "30,000 gold worth of gems in a magic bag of holding." Then he pushes open a side door in the room which opens onto a large library. "My collection of scrolls, so that your magicians may expand their casting knowledge. I prefer that you keep the materials here, but you may have access to them to copy their contents until it is time for you to renew your journey. I suggest that each of you set to work learning different spells so that you may later pool your knowledge." Finished the dragon reclines amidst the vast piles of gold that remain in the room. You can't help but wonder what else is in the room.
Nonam
Saturday April 24th, 1999 10:13:59 PM
Nonam frowns at his gift, and he accepts it as his hair turns a dull grey. However, upon being offered the chance to study, the wizard becomes much more excited and his hair becomes its happy blue once again.
Onrad
Saturday April 24th, 1999 11:58:59 PM
"Patrark, I thank you. You have given us much more than we deserve. May we grow to honor you with our judicious use of these fine gifts." Then he turns to Gareth. "Come my friend. Sit. If you will allow, I will be your eyes for these next two weeks. And also, I will use this time here to teach you how to blindfight, if you do not know this skill. In return, I will watch how you use your strength and study and test your skills as well for contrast. I've been wanting to design a fighting style that bases it's effectiveness on dexterity and intelligience rather than strength. Strength is a wonderful thing if you have it. I don't. Therefore I must adapt to continue to be effective.
Gareth
Sunday April 25th, 1999 7:15:59 AM
clearly in no position to argue much says to Patrark "Thank you for these gifts. You have been very generous for something we would have done anyway. But I am afraid of my gift. I've always been smart enough, but I've always been frustrated at my lack of will power and patience. I do things without thinking. But my biggest problem - at least I think so - are my scars. I popped off to the guards that the 'tyrants' sent and they disciplined me. I was 10 years old at the time. They beat me to what they thought was death. They had a mace and clubs - or so I was told - and they clubbed me in the face, head, body... I - I didn't always look like this...". Clearly not willing to lose his composure the slightly embarassed warrior stops and "girds up his loins" before continuing. "I am alive because my grandfather gave me the last part of a medicine meant for him. It kept me alive - saved my life. We shared a room that last month as I recovered and he died - all the time knowing he was dying because he saved me. We shared many stories. He taught me a lot. He told me - he told me to make him proud. Not to let his gift be spent in vain. I have tried to honor his memory. I say this because I fear losing something that makes me who I am. I know I can fight, I'm fast, strong, and healthy. I couldn't bear to lose any of that. And to willingly look worse - I just couldn't.". And in one of those rare spurts of wisdom confides "I don't know what to do. Help me. Please.". As he listens to the others and their gifts he stands ready (who knows what for). When Onrad speaks and he finally hears something he can relate to he draws his sword and says "I would love to practice. I haven't had much need for my skill of fighting in the dark. Now looks like a good time to work on it."
Nonam
Sunday April 25th, 1999 5:09:59 PM
Nonam looks uncomfortable hearing so much about Gareth's past, "Gareth, this is of course a decision that you must make alone. I can not speak what it would be like to lose strength because I've never had it. But I have been blessed with quickness and health. For me, my mental abilities are so much more important. Of course such a gift would fundamentally change who you are."
Patrark
Sunday April 25th, 1999 5:24:59 PM
"Gareth, I would point out that the effects of the stone are not permanent until you have possessed it for three months. Once you've had it for about two weeks, it will affect your abilities. Should you not be happy with the transformation, you merely need to give it up. The effects would last another 2 weeks. Should you keep the stone in your possession the entire three months then the transformation will be complete, and you will have no further need of it. Should you choose to give up the stone, give it to Jus. The stone only works its magic once every century. Perhaps the elf will still be around to pass the gift on to someone else." Suddenly the dragon stretches its wings and is consumed by a glow. He stands before you in his human form and draws his sword. "I'd love the chance to practice with you. Perhaps we can teach each other a few things. While we are at it, the mages can research their spells." Patrark points his sword toward the library. Master wizards, I have most of the common spells of the first four spheres catalogued. I would estimate that you each have time to copy down ten levels of spells. 10 spells of the first sphere or 5 of the second. Or any combination that you can dream up. Food will be brought to you as you work." Then Patrark turns his attention to Gareth and Onrad, "Let us begin."
Onrad
Sunday April 25th, 1999 5:26:59 PM
"So Gareth. Defend yourself! Ho!" Onrad spends the next few days with Gareth sparring and trying to figure out a way to increase his hit and damage potential by accentuating his dexterity rather than his strength. He also uses the time to get to know Gareth better as well as our new cleric.
Gareth
Sunday April 25th, 1999 7:19:59 PM
looks where he thinks Patrark is and says "If I can reverse the affect if I do not like it then I will accept. I thank you for your thoughtful gift." When Patrak draws his sword he grins big. "I always wondered what it would be like to fight a dragon..." he muses. He engages Onrad with pleasure. As the trio parry and practice Gareth comes to feel something that he realiaes he has been lacking greatly: Joy and deep freindship. His thought race "They like me for who I am. They accept me and do not make fun of my flaws. I can actually use my power and not be reprimanded." During an infrequent break Gareth can be heard thinking out loud "So this is what my grandfather meant - to find your place... I think I have."
Aeglos
Sunday April 25th, 1999 8:48:59 PM
To Patrark, " Master, I will try and serve you well outside these walls and You and the gnomes and this entire place will be in my constant prayers to the gods.
Gareth
Sunday April 25th, 1999 10:17:59 PM
takes the gift of Patrark when offered, carefully listens to the instructions on how to activate and use it, and he puts it in a safe place making sure NOT to activate it. If questioned he says "I wish to think about it some more before I use it."
Jus
Monday April 26th, 1999 12:56:59 AM
Jus is saddened by the loss of his ring, it was truly a wonderful thing; but, his family always thought fighting skills were more important than magic, so he should probably be happy -- maybe the gods just didn't want him to have it. During the time that follows, Jus makes sure to coordinate his studies with the other magic users so they don't duplicate spells. He also takes time to listen to Onrad, intrigued by the thought of a dextrous fighter.
Nonam
Monday April 26th, 1999 1:47:59 AM
Nonam enters the library, and starts shuffling through papers. He pulls down 'Wall of Ice' for his first spell and begins the long work of copying it perfectly. Before he begins, he suggests, "Jus, perhaps it would be good for you to copy some spells of the Abjuration school because Teko and I can not cast them. They are too dissimiliar from our own areas of emphasis, but they could be tremendously useful. 'Dispel Magic' might be one of the better ones to start with. But if you something more interesting, then copy it by all means."
Teko
Monday April 26th, 1999 4:28:59 AM
"Thank you Patrark for this gift. It is an item of wonderous power. I fear, however, that it is beyond my capabilities. Not only can I not cast Evocation magics, I cannot call them forth from items, either. Even if I could, I cannot do so reliably. And it goes far beyond this. As a gnome - and I know of no better way to put this - the thought of using this thing scares the willies out of me. I am not asking for a replacement or a trade. I only ask that I might be able to pass it on to one of the other wizards to use."
Parnoth
Monday April 26th, 1999 4:25:59 PM
As he lunges at Onrad, "Teko, it is good that you have a fear of power, but your choosen set of companions makes obtaining more power a matter of safety... both for you and them. I also assure you that you can use it despite what your teachers may have told you about operating such items. You would have great difficulty learning the spells involved, and you certainly couldn't create such an item." He pauses to duck under Gareth's blade, "Good Gareth, hear the sound of the voice... but, Teko, ANY wizard can use it. I encourage you to keep it, but it was freely given. You may give it to Nonam or Jus if you wish. You may even sell it."
Parnoth
Monday April 26th, 1999 4:30:59 PM
Parnoth quickly steps behind Onrad so that Gareth's attacks come down on his friend, then he speaks, "Gareth, I'm afraid that mere possession of the gem for longer than one full day will activate it... I sense that you are having trouble deciding what you should do. You will not offend me, tell me your concerns."
Gareth
Monday April 26th, 1999 5:58:59 PM
Says as he follows Patrark's (Parnoth? 2 dragons to fight at the same time? I bet you haven't had coffee yet... :)) voice with his attack and parries any reprisal "I am unwilling to lose any of what has made me who I am. I can't understand how I will be better at being a fighter if I use this device. Of course, maybe I would if I used it... By the way. How come this gem doesn't affect you? If all you have to do is possess it for it to work how come you can have it and it not work it's magic on you?"
Onrad
Monday April 26th, 1999 7:20:59 PM
"Yaknow, Blind Gareth, I think you're getting smarter already. I wondered how it didn't affect Sir Patrarch as well." Onrad will try out his ideas on everyone willing to spar with him, even Patrarch. "Sir Patrarch, do you have some books in your library that could assist me in my efforts? Something perhaps on Swashbuckling techniques or Acrobatics? Combat techniques? Defensive maneuvers?" When not engaged in sparring, he sets up a work out area with some of the funds given to the party and with the parties permission where he works on his tumbling, jumping and trying to eliminate all use of strength from his combat tactics. Onrad tests everything he can think of from altering his diet to extreme stretching exercises that border on contortionism.
Patrarch
Tuesday April 27th, 1999 1:02:59 AM
Patrarch stops and looks full at Gareth, "Gareth, it is good that you are happy with who you are. Remember that when you think back on the bad elements of your past. Despite it all, aren't you really happy with who you've become? I feel you have been pushing toward this realization for some time. This is part of my true gift to you. I also have another. I will give it to you before you leave." Then the dragon renews the assault.
Gareth
Tuesday April 27th, 1999 1:26:59 AM
parries the blows from Patrark trying to assess his strength - stronger than him or less. He thinks as he battles "Already know he's fast. Saw him take out 3 goblins in an instant... I bet he's much stronger than I... none of the guards at the palace could even slow him down...". When he hears Patrark's words he says "I am happy with who I am. I'd be happier if I were able to fix my childish mistake - yelling at and taunting a superior opponent without any hope of victory. I am fine with the gift, if it was really your intention to give it to me. I will be glad if you replace it if you see fit - I will be grateful for either." His mind races at all the possibilities "What could it be? Armor? A shield? Another sword!?!?". In his reverie he gets distracted and Patrak nicks him... And the lesson continues.
Teko
Tuesday April 27th, 1999 4:01:59 AM
"I will think on what to do with the wand, Patrark. Thank you, again." In the meantime, Teko sets out to learn Spectral Force, Sepia Snake Sigil, and Shadow Monsters.
Jus
Tuesday April 27th, 1999 1:09:59 PM
"Before I gladly accept your generous offers, Patrarch, I must ask again about Taelia. Her father asked that we find out what happened and bring her back. We accepted his supplies and healing potions. Many of his guards died pursuing this goal! We can't just pretend none of it happened. No, honorable Patrarch; I cannot accept your gifts -- no matter how tempting -- until we fulfill the promises we made."
Nonam
Tuesday April 27th, 1999 5:04:59 PM
Once he finishes ice wall, Nonam sets out to learn phantasmal killer, comprehend languages, and message.
Patrarch
Tuesday April 27th, 1999 5:08:59 PM
"I am touched by your honor in wishing to fulfill your promise. When you leave here, you will leave with her. Now, go learn your spells. You don't have that much time."
Gareth
Tuesday April 27th, 1999 5:26:59 PM
tries all 30 of his offensive moves in "blind" fashion. 18 are flawless, 6 are very good, and 6 clearly need some improvement - which he is able to accomplish during training. His defensive moves work well against Onrad and Patrark, that is until Patrark changes his attack style a number of times and begins to take the moves apart. "Oh if I could see you do that with my eyes... I would love to learn it!"
Onrad
Tuesday April 27th, 1999 9:39:59 PM
With Patrarch's permission he looks through what books he has on fighting techniques and continues to train and develop this new set of techniques. He identifies a tactic which allows him to use his tumbling skills to break combat more effectively. He identifies ways to use the opponent's offense and strength against him similar to how a foot soldier braces his pole arm against a charge. He learns to use his defensive bonus for dexterity to aid his attack skills. As he does all this he strives to forget the techniques he has always used involving strengh and surplanting them with dextrous actions such as pinpoint placement and anticipation of his opponent's movements. This leads him to a greater knowledge of called shots and how to place them to their greatest advantage. He starts to get a vision of where he wants to take this and how all these things will mesh into a set of fighting techniques which he is tentatively calling "The Dexterity Master Kit."
DM
Tuesday April 27th, 1999 10:12:59 PM
[see what kinds of things the campaign dm can do without anyone else's approval :) ]
Nonam
Tuesday April 27th, 1999 10:14:59 PM
Nonam idly fingers his wand and contemplates Patrark's words as he takes a break from copying spells.
Jus
Tuesday April 27th, 1999 11:48:59 PM
Satisfied with the answer, Jus turns all his attention to learning spells.
Aeglos
Wednesday April 28th, 1999 12:41:59 AM
Aeglos sits at an altar praying and meditating for hours
Teko
Wednesday April 28th, 1999 4:18:59 AM
Teko says, "Onrad, it is good to have you in your right mind...I mean,um, in your right body, again. You are and always will be someone I can look up to." He then dives into his studies.
DM
Wednesday April 28th, 1999 4:55:59 PM
The party stays with Patrark for two nights as the mages feverishly work copying spells. Teko and Nonam have no trouble copying all of theirs, but Jus rushes to finish because he never really said what spells he was working on. There was a big feast the final night with Patrark, Taelia, the party, Yargin, and many of the odd looking little gnomes. Patrark concluded the meal with a recital of his latest poem. He gave it in the sing-song language you have heard the gnomes speak which he explained was the tongue of gem dragons. He also said that he wished that he could translate it, but the words weren't so important as their order and rhythm. So in the common human tongue it would lose all its poetic value. Nevertheless, as you sit and listen you are all impressed by the beauty of the sounds alone. But the gnomes, Taelia, and Aeglos are all moved to tears by the end. The next day everyone prepares to leave and Patrark comes out and tells Gareth he has his gift for him, "Gareth, what I am about to give you is one of my most powerful magic items. I give it with the understanding that when you are no longer in my service you will return it to me. While you have it, use it to protect your party. Also share its gifts with any of your companions who have greater need for its powers than you do. In effect this then is a loan to the party, but Gareth, you will be the trustee." The dragon then slips a golden band off of his own foreleg. He hands the band to Gareth, and as he does so it shrinks down to the size of a normal ring. "This is a Ring of Regeneration, warrior. Use it wisely to keep your companions alive in all situations." Patrark then says, "I have one final gift for all of you. I will fly you back to Elgin's. Once there, I will go to him and apologize for my actions, but this should be a meeting between us. You will then embark upon my first request of you... which is this: go to Plateau City and endeavor to become one of these 'Dragon' adventuring groups. With such a high station, you will come in contact with influential people and hopefully gain knowledge which will be useful for me. As to how to accomplish this feat, you are on your own. Though I guess you are well on your way already."
Gareth
Wednesday April 28th, 1999 6:13:59 PM
places the ring on his finger - under his gloves so it is not visible. "I will guard it well - and share it when it is needed. I've ridden horseback - but this! My family will never believe this!" He smiles at the last thought. Then frowns a bit. "I just wish I could see it."
Nonam
Wednesday April 28th, 1999 8:50:59 PM
Nonam climbs onto the back of the dragon with a mixture of trepidation and boyhood enthusiasm.
[Campaign DM}
Wednesday April 28th, 1999 11:01:59 PM
[Hey lowly regular type DM person. I did ask you about this, but haven't gotten anything back yet. I'm just following DEH's example and pushing for what I want. You could have always said I fell flat on my face cause the whole theory wasn't sound. ::grin::]
Onrad
Wednesday April 28th, 1999 11:09:59 PM
Onrad thanks Patrark for his hospitality and for all the gifts that they had received. "And most of all, of course, I thank you for my life." Gareth, hop on buddy. This way. Onrad has Gareth follow his voice as part of his training and then helps him get a secure hold on the massive dragon's back. "All secure!"
Teko
Thursday April 29th, 1999 3:39:59 AM
"Wait, wait! I'm almost ready!" Teko yells, coming into view, frantically tucking in his shirt on all sides. Shouldering his pack, he smiles, and says with a nod, "All right." And he climbs aboard.
Aeglos
Thursday April 29th, 1999 5:32:59 AM
Climbs onto Patrark's back and says in dragon, " One final flight till we meet again, my friend."
DM
Thursday April 29th, 1999 5:24:59 PM
Patrark closes his eyes for a moment, and Yargin soon comes into view. The dragon speaks to the gnome, and the gnome looks at Gareth and casts. The warrior's vision returns. The world is bleary and less than perfect, but it's at least there. The gnome speaks to Gareth, "Temprary. Fer rid on Patriarch." Then the dragon booms, "Where is that elf, Jus?" Jus comes out much as did Teko and climbs on. The dragon stretches its wings and you take off into the air. Riding on the back of a dragon is all that you had hoped it would be and more. The creature is fast, much faster than horses, and within half an hour you are over the clearing where the battle with the chimeras took place. You can just make out movement in the clearing as you sweep over it. It looks as if they are building something down there. Patrark's voice fills your minds as you see it, "Excuse me, you wouldn't hear if I spoke. They are building a shrine to those who fell. My People are working with Elgin's men on this project. It seems the time has indeed come for me to be active in the world." After that there is silence again, and you fly on. Soon you are landing near Elgin's castle. After everyone gets down, the dragon polymorphs back into a man. He reaches for Taelia's hand after he does so, but she runs toward Jus and presses something into his hand. "It wouldn't be right for me to take it." Then she kisses him on the cheek, and runs back to Patrark. Jus knows without looking that he again holds his ring. Patrark takes Taelia's hand and begins to walk toward the castle. "I must meet with Elgin alone. Remember our agreement: head to Plateau City. I hope that we will meet again in the not too distant future, farewell... oh yes, I think I failed to answer this question: that gem didn't affect me because I had already used it. Goodbye" Then he and the lady walk toward the castle. About the time Nonam was going to complain about having to walk now, Onrad notices the party's old carriage and horses. Clearly Patrark has had a considerable amount of contact with Elgin and his men in the past few days. Come to think of it, there wasn't mass panic when the dragon landed. The party reaches the wagon and finds that it holds a few extra supplies than what it held before.
DM
Thursday April 29th, 1999 5:25:00 PM
Gareth's vision once again fades.
Nonam
Thursday April 29th, 1999 5:26:59 PM
Nonam, assuming the blind warrior won't be driving, climbs into the driver's spot and calls, "All aboard for Plateau City and adventures of legendary proportion."
Gareth
Thursday April 29th, 1999 7:43:59 PM
When his sight returns, with gratitude the warrior says thanks Patrark and Yargin for their consideration. The flight takes Gareth's breath away as he sees the speed and height of flight. When he sees the wagon and horses in good condition - if only for a moment - he relaxes. He quickly looks around for the guards who accompanied them to Partrark's place. If he sees them he makes eye contact and just stares at them - until his vision begin to fade. "Goodbye Patrark, Taelia. We will see what happens in Plateau City - it has always been our goal to do well anyway." He climbs aboard the wagon. "So are we still stopping by Tincrow?" :)
Onrad
Thursday April 29th, 1999 10:01:59 PM
"I don't know why not, Gareth, it's on our way south toward the 3rd plateau. We should be there in a few hours. And I still feel that something lucky or positive will happen there.
Gareth
Thursday April 29th, 1999 10:21:59 PM
"I think we better get back on the safe roads as fast as we can. I won't be much help in a fight and we're less likely to have one on the roads. But, of course, I'm not driving."
Aeglos
Friday April 30th, 1999 12:50:59 AM
Bows to Patrark as he would to a king, " I will keep you updated sir. " Aeglos boards the wagon.
Onrad
Friday April 30th, 1999 8:27:59 PM
The road south to Plateau City and the Third Plateau is a safe road, Gareth. So, luck willing, we should be alright.
Nonam
Saturday May 1st, 1999 4:05:59 PM
"But first we have to get from Elgin's to the safe road. Of course, we didn't encounter anything between here and there before." The wizard urges the horses to move forward.
DM
Sunday May 2nd, 1999 6:31:59 PM
The party travels safely to the safe road heading south to Tincrow. Once on this road, they see heavy traffic, which they find out is due to a recent festival in Plateau City known as "Adventurer's Day." There were grand exihibits of magic and fighting skills as well as a superb tournament in The Arena. After a few hours travel, and nice lunch taken with a group of monks on pilgrimage to the Windbourne Hills and a place known as Cinnamon Valley, you come to a rise overlooking Tincrow. It looks like any other small town. A temple or two, a central building that looks like a cross between a fort and a mansion. There is one small factory looking building who's sign can be seen from your vantage point. It reads "Tincrow Furnishings." Then there are the usual smaller streets and buildings. The road descends from the rise a quarter mile to the town. A caravan can be seen travelling north entering the town on the opposite side travelling north on the safe road. A sign hanging lopsided and broken on one side says, "Welcome To Tincrow."
Gareth
Sunday May 2nd, 1999 6:57:59 PM
listens to the horses, the road, and the sounds of the outdoors trying to become more aware of surroundings by hearing and smell. He finds it amazing all the things he's never noticed before.
Aeglos
Sunday May 2nd, 1999 8:39:59 PM
Begins a quiet prayer for the city and for himself and his companions , that all will be safe and keep the gods in their thoughts.
Nonam
Sunday May 2nd, 1999 9:04:59 PM
"Man, what a dump. I'm glad some interesting things happened on the way here. 'Cause if we'd just showed up at this place... huh? that's funny. Look at my shadow." He points at his shadow which falls opposite of the way it should - between him and the sun. "How long has it been like that?"
Onrad
Sunday May 2nd, 1999 11:10:59 PM
Looking concerned, "Nonam, are you alright? I mean, that just isn't natural." He looks over the town. "Well, that's where the chair comes from, ya know the one that I saw back in the Floating City which started us on this whole thing. Exciting stuff huh?" Onrad enjoys the view of all the "normal" people doing "normal" things as Nonam drives the wagon down the hill and towards the town.
Gareth
Sunday May 2nd, 1999 11:12:59 PM
from the conversation eventually realizes they are approaching the city of Tincrow. He is again frustrated at being blind and grumbles about it a bit. When he hears Nonam's question he says "What's wrong with your shadow?"
Teko
Monday May 3rd, 1999 3:37:59 AM
Curious, Teko looks at everyone's shadows.
DM
Monday May 3rd, 1999 4:46:59 AM
As Nonam drives the wagon down the rise and through the town, the polite menfolk remove their hats and sweep low with a bow of welcome and the ladies curtsy. As the party's wagon rounds the large building in the center of town they notice a large crowd on the opposite steps of this grand building. The crowd listens intently to a lone figure reciting the "Ballad of The Crow" as he finishes the last refrain, the crowd explodes in raucous laughter and knee slapping. The figure bows laughs heartily himself and then makes his way through the crowd when he reaches the other side he addresses the crowd once more. "My thanks folks, but as I said, I must be on my way. Good day to you all and Teresalia bless!" Then he spots the wagon full of adventurers. His eyes light up as he spots the group of warriors, mages, thieves and clerics. He waves to you and approaches...
Jus
Monday May 3rd, 1999 8:58:59 AM
Jus shudders when he first sees Nonam's shadow. It takes a moment's effort of will for him to suppress a -- suprising -- surge of hostility toward Nonam. If he would just study like a mage should and keep his hand out of the fire... Shaking his head clear, he gives a little laugh; 'What else should I expect from Nonam', he thinks. "I agree, Onrad. Seeing normal living is a welcome excitement for a change!"
Nonam
Monday May 3rd, 1999 4:23:59 PM
Nonam says to Gareth in a low voice so as not to announce it to the town, "It's falling opposite of the way it should. It isn't something you notice at first, but it definitely isn't right." Nonam stops the wagon as the bard approaches. He doesn't pay much attention, and he pulls out the Wand of Wonder to think about some of the stuff that has happened to him recently. His hair begins to turn a color you haven't seen to often, white.
Gareth
Monday May 3rd, 1999 6:24:59 PM
hears the approaching footsteps "Who is approaching us? I'm really getting tired of this not seeing thing."
Onrad
Monday May 3rd, 1999 6:48:59 PM
Whispers to Gareth, "I thought he's a bard, but he's making signs of blessing as he passes through the crowd. Perhaps he's a Priest/Bard or something. He looks capable and well travelled. He's in shape. He also carries himself like someone who knows how to fight. He's.... balanced. "Greetings friend! How may we help you?"
Aeglos
Monday May 3rd, 1999 8:26:59 PM
" Good Day, Sir "
Mystery man
Tuesday May 4th, 1999 2:02:59 AM
you see a man wearing chain mail and carring a worn quarterstaff. His red hair glissening in the sun. "Hello, my name is Tericus. May Teresclia's blessing be on you. I notice by the way you carry yourself and the equipment you carry that you are men of action. One of Teresclia's ethos is that her priests must help the brave and adventuresom. So, if you will allow me, is there anything i can help you with?"
Gareth
Tuesday May 4th, 1999 2:55:59 AM
remains silent and tries not to look blind.
Teko
Tuesday May 4th, 1999 3:52:59 AM
Teko says nothing. He only smiles politely.
DM
Tuesday May 4th, 1999 6:19:59 AM
The crowd, begins to politely go their way thankful for the brief respite from their ordinary lives that Tericus provided them. Out of the nearby tavern shoots two halflings very intently searching the crowd. One points to your wagon and says something to the other. The second one, a stout, makes a beeline for you. He is wearing the uniform of the New Elennian Army, 1st Skirmish Division. When he arrives, not the least bit out of breath, he sees that you are, well maybe, well that there is a slight possibility that you might be engaged in a conversation with the priest and waits patiently for his turn. He holds a message tube sealed with very expensive golden seal in the shape of a golden dragon.
Nonam
Tuesday May 4th, 1999 4:56:59 PM
"Well met Tericus. I am Nonam Firstorlast. I don't believe we have any pressing needs at the moment... other than a recomendation for lodging." He looks down at the halfling, "A message for us?"
Gareth
Tuesday May 4th, 1999 7:45:59 PM
Hears another approaching at a run. He begins to appear concerned - but he says nothing.
Aeglos
Tuesday May 4th, 1999 8:21:59 PM
Looks around to see if others are approaching.
Onrad
Tuesday May 4th, 1999 9:33:59 PM
Onrad says to the performer, "I believe I heard you tell your listeners that you were leaving. Where are you travelling to?
Jus
Tuesday May 4th, 1999 10:28:59 PM
Jus nods to the priest as he gets off the wagon, "Excuse us Tericus, this looks urgent." Turning to the halfling, Jus says, "And what do you need, sir?"
Uniformed (not uninformed) soldier
Wednesday May 5th, 1999 2:02:59 AM
Appraising the various travelers, the soldier quickly extends the embossed tube to Jus, and, with a slight bending of the waist, says, "Well met, Swordmage."
Tericus
Wednesday May 5th, 1999 2:17:59 AM
turns to Onrad "Im traveling to Plateau city. They are in need of healers and im going to offer my services."
Nonam
Wednesday May 5th, 1999 2:32:59 AM
Seeing Gareth tense up, Nonam whispers to him, "They're a couple of halfing soldiers dressed in New Elennian army uniforms- I can't tell what rank, nothing too high. They have a message in a tube. The seal on it is gold and shaped like a dragon. It's pretty flashy. Probably not your ordinary military message. Nothing seems dangerous for the moment."
Teko
Wednesday May 5th, 1999 3:50:59 AM
Teko watches, listens, thinks.
DM
Wednesday May 5th, 1999 6:22:59 AM
Looking to see if there's another halfling there that he doesn't know about and deciding that the funny looking mage with the freaky hair meant the halfling that pointed him to The Three, he turns back to the party and says, "I was told to deliver this message with haste before the end of this day. That was two days ago. A prophet named Knarlow, no....Barglow, no......Marlowe, that's it did a seeing for me and said I'd find you here if I and you were lucky. He wouldn't explain what he meant by that. He said he'd adventurered with a couple of you before sorta, but he wasn't sure that it was....hmm...how did he put it? Yes, 'not sure that it had truly happened as it were but probably had somehow.' " It carries no danger, I was told, at least not yet, but that time was of the essence. You should break the seal and read it."
Nonam
Wednesday May 5th, 1999 3:30:59 PM
Seeing the halfling's reaction to his whisper to Gareth, Nonam makes a mental note to whisper even more quietly in the presence of halflings. He assumes Jus will take the message since he's standing by the halfling.
Onrad
Wednesday May 5th, 1999 7:59:59 PM
Motioning to Jus to get the message, Onrad continues with the Healer. "A healer of Teresalia. How unique! We are also on our way to Plateau City. Well at least we are unless this message says differently. If no one objects, why don't you join us for the journey? I'd like to learn more about you and what caused you to take up so interesting a line of work as a healer of song and poetry. Any objections?
Aeglos
Wednesday May 5th, 1999 8:31:59 PM
" I have none "
Gareth
Wednesday May 5th, 1999 10:16:59 PM
thinks to himself the possibilities "Marlow, what would a Gold Dragon want with us?". He begins to get a little concerned at the thought of a newcomer joining at this point not being able to see, but he grits his teeth and says nothing choosing to trust his compatriots.
Teko
Thursday May 6th, 1999 2:16:59 AM
With his customary bow, Teko says to the newcomer, "You're welcome to come along."
Tericus
Thursday May 6th, 1999 4:52:59 AM
"That sounds fine with me. Its better to travel in groups than alone. What are all your names?"
Jus
Thursday May 6th, 1999 6:45:59 AM
Having waited an appropriate time to allow the suspense to build, Jus breaks the seal and reads the message.
DM
Thursday May 6th, 1999 7:06:59 AM
As Jus breaks the seal, the wax dragon makes a soft cute roaring sound. (for the letter, see the email I'm about to send.)
Nonam
Thursday May 6th, 1999 7:40:59 PM
At the roar, Nonam says, "How droll." To Tericrus he then says, "I am Nonam Firstorlast." And next he speaks to the group in general, "Well, I suppose that we want to go instruct the Gold Dragons in whatever it is they need to know this time."
Gareth
Thursday May 6th, 1999 7:51:59 PM
(assuming Jus read it out loud...) says "I wonder what they want? We are pretty good and have done well for them but I'm suprised they are that impressed. Guess we'll have to go see what they really want." He also speaks to the newcomer(s). "Hi, I'm Gareth. Glad to have you along." He's not sure he means the last part and has trouble hiding his discomfort at the notion of an "outsider" sitting near him with no sight.
Aeglos
Thursday May 6th, 1999 8:26:59 PM
Welcome, I am Aeglos, Servant of the gods.
Jus
Friday May 7th, 1999 12:11:59 AM
"Pleased to meet you Tericus. Looks like we'll be traveling to the Floating City, you're welcome to join us for the journey, if you'd like."
Onrad
Friday May 7th, 1999 1:56:59 AM
Jus, The Gold Dragons have their castle in Plateau City. It's the Black Dragons that live in The Big Float. This is strange, though. I wonder if the war has started up again. If I remember right, the Dark Lord also had a Southern Army didn't he? Is that one still around and dangerous? I don't relish the thought of another mission in that vein. We were lucky last time. Then Onrad remember his nicities, and offers some gold coins to the messenger. "I don't want to insult your integrity or anything, but you have travelled to find us and we're thankful."
Tericus
Friday May 7th, 1999 5:16:59 AM
"I'd love to see Gold Dragon castle. I wonder if my friend Rosco will be there?"
Messenger boy
Friday May 7th, 1999 6:58:59 AM
His eyes settling on the proffered gold, the messanger shakes his head slightly and says to Onrad, "Your kindness is appreciated, please give what you feel I deserve to one of the less fortunate in this town. It is reward enough for me to have provided you the service." Momentarily his eyes flick away, and he yells to a several boys playing across the street, "Josh, that's enough of that!" One of the older boys stops chasing a smaller one, turns, and smiles at the messenger. "Okay, K!" he replies, and the boys dust themselves off and head over to well near a house. Glancing back over to Onrad, he continues, "Yes, elements of the Dark Lord's army are still around. We'll all be seeing more military action at some point... I'm currently in reserve status, and would be willing to volunteer as a scout for your group, if you're interested. I know the lay of the land, and the good people that live in it." The messanger stops speaking.
DM
Friday May 7th, 1999 6:27:59 PM
The crowd finished dispersing and the town returns to normal. The sun begins to dip into the horizon. Fishermen begin to come in from the docks after their morning efforts. A few sparse farmers begin to bring in wagons of fruit and grains for the small town market. A few children continue to play after moving a little farther down the street.
Nonam
Friday May 7th, 1999 11:41:59 PM
"I don't know about military action. I'm no soldier. I sort of like being able to make my own decisions about things. Plus the idea of voluntarily fighting creatures without the promise of huge piles of gold and magic seems a little ridiculous. I even think it's silly being an," here he makes symbls for quotes in the air, " 'adventurer.' It's silly. I'm just out trying to make some money. Adventure implies some fun. Did anyone have any fun when we fought those chimeras? Onrad? That's bad enough, but to be associated with the military and doing it. I don't know. I suppose we can go hear them out, but I don't know that I'll just agree because the great and mighty Gold Dragons asked us to."
Aeglos
Saturday May 8th, 1999 12:02:59 AM
" I agree that we should not go just because the gold dragons asked us, but it is possible that the efforts of the dark lord will affect each of our lives if he succeeds. Perhaps we should see if they have some sort of plan. I know my master would be pleased to hear information about the Dark Lord.
Gareth
Sunday May 9th, 1999 6:13:59 PM
smiles at Nonam's dissertation. "Actually, I have to admit to a profit motive as well, Nonam. I want to make money - but that's not all. But even if it were, the Gold Dragons have money, and if we actually become one of these Dragon groups then we'll have money too. Besides, I want to be a great fighter as well and I think there are one or two of those in the Gold Dragons. I would think they would be valuable allies in attaining wealth and fame. But if the Dark Lord succeeds our ability to make money might also dry up. I'll take my chances with the good guys. Besides, they might be willing to help me in other ways - with my family I mean."
Onrad
Sunday May 9th, 1999 9:46:59 PM
"I agree, Nonam. If we wanted to fight wars, we'd have joined the army in the first place. However, in modern Woldian Conflicts, which I had to study as a youth, adventuring groups play a very important role, carrying out secret missions etc. out of loyalty...although most truly did so more out of hatred for a particular enemy and/or for the treasure that the enemy had acquired from his evil schemes. Every adventuring group I ever studied, had differing reasons for what they did, but gold and magic was always involved, unless it was a personal grudge of some sort." Onrad stops and ponders for a bit, then says. "Ya know, Teko's right too. The phrase "rich as a Gold Dragon" isn't about real gold dragons, ya know. Those guys are rich! They are rolling in it! I've heard that they have a magical armory that rivals that in Outcast Castle when Claudia was on the throne. Dozens and dozens of magical weapons, wands, and lots of the weird stuff too." ::sigh:: Onrad lays back and says, "Perhaps they will show us the treasure room. I wonder if it is truly larger than a dragon's hoard like they say.....I wonder..." "Hey! What are we waiting for? Let's get there! I gotta see this place! It's gonna be cool! Forward my good Nonam! Off to the City of Adventurers where adventurers get rich and the girls are pretty!"
Jus
Sunday May 9th, 1999 11:48:59 PM
"Then we're agreed, for whatever reasons each of us have. And thanks for the correction, Nonam. I know it's not in the floating city, but for some reason I had that in mind." Jus turns back to the messanger, "Well team? Do we want a scout to accompany us? I guess I'm still in vacation mode, so if he wants to join it's fine by me."
Aeglos
Monday May 10th, 1999 2:28:59 AM
" I have no objections to anyone joining as long as they do not serve the Dark Lord"
Messenger
Monday May 10th, 1999 2:35:59 AM
Although certainly the messenger has overheard the conversation, his dark eyes have been quickly darting about, constantly scanning the surroundings. Whatever his thoughts on your comments, his features fail to betray them. His bearing is strangely at-ease and, somehow, at-the-ready. One of the farmers, leading a cart filled with vegetables, deferentialy tips his hat to the messanger in passing.
Nonam
Monday May 10th, 1999 3:35:59 AM
"Well, messenger, I have no objections to your coming along provided you tell us your name and pay your own way."
Teko
Monday May 10th, 1999 4:11:59 AM
Teko waits until the messenger gives his name, and then Teko gives his own.
Tericus
Monday May 10th, 1999 4:18:59 AM
"I too have heard of the legendary treasure vaults of the Gold Dragons. Imagine all the stories and songs that are contained in that place! Long have i dreamed of seeing such a place. Teresalia's blessing is indeed on me! Thank you, my friends, for allowing me to accompany you!"
Messenger
Monday May 10th, 1999 4:40:59 AM
The messenger replies, "My given name is Kibo, but most who know me call me K. I would not presume to impose on you...of course I will pay my way. If you would like, I'll scout ahead as we journey, say, perhaps a quarter mile?"
DM
Monday May 10th, 1999 5:45:59 AM
The party continues on their way, travelling South East around Lake Wellogy where the Safe Road turns more southerly. The party leaves the Dragonridge Hills behind on their left as they pass the nefarious magically created swamp known as The Brink on the right while walking past the quick flowing Brinkwater River on the left. Arriving at Middleden in the mid to late afternoon, the wonderful smells of the vineyards and the wine presses assault your senses as you travel pass the Gnoswy Vineyards. The smell of the Blue and Purple grapes as well as the more mundane Red and Yellow ones make the afternoon one of pleasant anticipation. The group arrives for the evening in Gnoswy Overdale where they dine on wonderful fish from Red Colt and of course the wine from there in Gnoswy. The next morning the group, wishing somewhat that they didn't have an appointment that evening, sets out for the Hoomwix lift where the party rises 5,000ft to Hoomwix on the 3rd Plateau. From there is it just a short jaunt to Plateau City, City of Adventurers where you pass several caravans along with at least 4 other adventuring groups on their way to somewhere. All tip their hats and helms to you as they pass smiling cheerfully. It's as if they've seen so many adventuring groups lately that it is very commonplace for them. One of the groups, known as The Crimson Mandate, is interesting as they are made up entirely of mage combinations. One of them points at you and says, "Hey, that's that group from The Float....The Three Deaths or something like that. They're the ones that took out the Dark Lord's pet adventuring group. "Greetings Friends!" the other says as they pass on horseback. Then you near the huge Quest Gate. Beyond it you see the landscape told of in thousands of ballads, "The City of Adventurerers" itself. Behond the gate lied the fabled Adventurer's Square. You can make out three castles near the gate. One glistens Gold of to the right, a second to the left of the gate, glows bright red. A third is a duller Red, but looks to be brand new. There is a huge placard visible from even this vantage that reads, "The Red Wyrm Inn." Soaring over everything in this part of town is a towering steeple in the shape of a star. It must be the Mages Guild housed in Star Tower. Smaller castles and palaces abound and are indistinguishable from each other in their numbers. One must be The Catacombs, a huge conglomeration of wares for the adventurer. Another must be the Constablulary Castle, another the High Lord Mayor's Castle, and still another the House of Thieves. Statues honoring adventurers are everywhere, even on the city walls. The sight is overwhelming, both in it's scope and granduer. A guard smiles at the look on your faces and says, "Welcome friends!" A small girl with the holy symbol of Caeroldra, Goddess of Love hanging from her neck rushes forward to give each of you a flower and an invitation to visit the Temple of Love. You have arrived in Plateau City. (Consult your maps of the city to maneuver around.)
Nonam
Monday May 10th, 1999 5:18:59 PM
"I'm thinking of shaving my head. What do you guys think? It might keep folks like the Crimson Mandate from recognizing us so fast. Of course, if I do, my whole head will probably start to glow. Oh well, do you guys want to go straight to the Gold Dragons or wander around a bit. I need to sell this chimera heart pretty soon."
Onrad
Monday May 10th, 1999 5:52:59 PM
Onrad looks around at all the splendor and is completely absorbed in it. He doesn't even hear Nonam for about half a minute. Then the message finally gets to his brain. "Uh, run around I think. We have all day till the evening starts. Gareth, I wish you could see this. Hey, maybe that's what we should do first. Go to a temple and see if they can help Gareth. What do you guys think? It couldn't hurt! Besides, we really can't head off on anything important till he has his sight back. And I feel like it's my fault he is this way."
Gareth
Monday May 10th, 1999 7:21:59 PM
trys to wave at the groups as they hail the party so as to not look at a disadvantage. As they approach and enter the city Gareth can only imagine what he is missing. When Nonam talks about his hair he asks him "So why DOES your hair glow anyway? I've always wondered that...". At Onrad's suggestion the hampered warrior jumps (with words, of course) "I would very much like to see again. Two weeks doesn't sound like a lot of time but it's really starting to bother me. But it was a small price to pay - Hey Nonam, what do you know about magic weapons? I love this sword as it suits me well, but I wonder if I could make it better somehow?"
Teko
Tuesday May 11th, 1999 2:07:59 AM
"I think, Onrad, that a temple is a very good idea right now. And then the Gold Dragons."
K
Tuesday May 11th, 1999 2:36:59 AM
After briefly hearing the party's plans, K bids goodbye to check on an old army buddy,"If you ever have need of me, leave a note at the Red Wyrm Inn."
Tericus
Tuesday May 11th, 1999 4:18:59 AM
"You should of told me Gareth's sight was hindered. I could of done something about it, instead of you paying a temple to do it. If you can wait till tommrow, i can do it for you. Or we can visit a temple of Terecslia. I could probably get it done at a reduced price, or even for free."
DM
Tuesday May 11th, 1999 5:24:59 AM
(It is mid-morning. Continue.)
Jus
Tuesday May 11th, 1999 5:40:59 AM
"Let's make a quick jaunt around and meet back tonight, say... in The Red Wurm Inn... Funny, that place looks a little like something I've seen in my dreams lately... Anyhow, I personally think Gareth should remain blind if he wants to protect his blind-fighting skills."
Nonam
Tuesday May 11th, 1999 5:36:59 PM
"My hair glows for the same reason things glow when I touch them, I turn into an orc when I sneeze, or my shadow falls the wrong way. Essentially I don't spend as much time as other wizards trying to learn a spell. I just start working on a new one right away. Sometimes I make mistakes and those little quirks are the result. Now as far as weapons, there is a spell called 'Enchant Item' that increases a weapon's effectiveness. I could cast it, but it isn't permanent unless you add the spell 'permanency' which I won't be able to cast for a while. This spell is also used to bind other properties to the blade such as the quickness on yours. But it is from the 8th level, there are few spells more powerful or more expensive. You'd probably do better selling that sword and just getting a new one. Now then, I suppose I'm off to the magic shops. How about we meet up back here in a couple of hours?" He starts to walk off then he turns and says, "Teko, Jus, you want to come with me?"
Onrad
Tuesday May 11th, 1999 5:57:59 PM
Mutters under his breath, but where everyone can hear, "Right, everyone just to running off who knows where in this unfamiliar place and forget all about Gareth here." Sigh. He nods at Tericus and says, "I think if the normal Cure Blindness kind of thing would have worked, that Aeglos here would have volunteered to heal him a couple of days ago. I do agree, though that a discount would be welcome. Let's go find us the Temple of Teresalia then." By the way, Jus, I think Gareth knew his Blindfighting skills already. He just took the opportunity to practice it." Onrad waits there hoping against hope that everyone will decide to stay together, but feels he's done his share of complaining and pushing things lately. Perhaps we do need an afternoon apart.
Gareth
Tuesday May 11th, 1999 7:05:59 PM
says "Thanks, Tericus. I thought by now you would have noticed. I've been blind 4 days - I think. I was told that it would wear off in about 2 weeks. A priest friend of ours cast a spell on me that cured my blindness for a short time but it didn't last. I am hoping for a permanent solution. Otherwise I am inclined to have us be able to fix it temporarily in case I'm needed for combat before the effect is gone. Then I can fight better if need be. I WOULD like to get a look at this place though - especially this Gold Dragon castle.". To Nonam: "So how much would it cost to get someone to cast this 'permanancy' spell? I thought about trading my sword but I really like it. I would rather make it more powerful if I can without too much extra expense. I didn't know you could improve it. Will you help me find out what I want to know?"
Aeglos
Wednesday May 12th, 1999 1:28:59 AM
"I can attempt a cure blindeness if you would like, but I believe you will most likely have to just let it wear off."
Teko
Wednesday May 12th, 1999 2:07:59 AM
"Nonam, I would like very much to go to one of the shops. Some of the others could take Gareth to see about his eyes."
Nonam
Wednesday May 12th, 1999 3:08:59 AM
"Or perhaps we can go en masse like Onrad wants. We could check on Gareth's sword... though I have to warn you, Gareth, these aren't just quick little spells to cast. They're likely going to need your sword for a week or so, but then again they may not. Anyway, then we could sell our chimera parts and such, and then head off to the temple. Or we could do it in another order. Makes me no difference, so long as I get rid of this nasty chimera heart today."
Gareth
Wednesday May 12th, 1999 3:28:59 AM
"If you guys think it would be better to let it wear off I will - even though I hate it. I know nothing of magic. Lets go sell the smelly body parts and then go find out about the sword - i-if it's OK with everybody."
Tericus
Wednesday May 12th, 1999 7:00:59 AM
"I think that Gareth's well being is far more important than any sword, but i'll go along with what everyone else is going to do." looks at Gareth "If a cure blindness wont heal you, your probably cursed. If thats the case, it probably wont wear off."
DM
Wednesday May 12th, 1999 8:49:59 AM
A man wearing classic heraldry clothes shouts through a megaphone that has a Magic Mouth at it's end. He can be heard all the way to the gate where the party is from the place he is shouting the news which is all the way across Adventurer's Square near the front of a white castle on the southern end. "Hail and well met citizens of Plateau City. The High Lord Mayor salutes your spirit and bids you obey the laws of our fair city which can be obtained at any Inn or Tavern free of charge thanks to a generous donation from The Catecombs, the ultimate shop for the citizens of The Wold. (A slight change of voice) The Flying Pig Inn would like to welcome you for to come and visit their fine establishment where pigs do fly and dreams come true. ...and now for the news. Sleazy of The Maggots Adventuring Troupe's uncertain notoriety will be hung from the battlements of Outcast Castle today for the murder of his fellow troupesman "Slice." All those wishing to attend should be at the castle at high noon. Insignias by Polo was robbed last night of several banners and magical shields. Any information about said burglary will be rewarded. Please contact The Silver Flag Adventuring Troupe at The Grub and Chub. The recent construction on Warriors Lane has been completed and traffic has now been renewed in that sector. Go by and witness the work of the best architects, constructioneers and artisans that The Wold has to offer! All are invited to attend the 12th birthday party of Flower for the 5th time at the Mask Theatre tonight at dusk. An as yet untitled play will be performed in her honor in tribute to the occasion! Don't forget to get your ticket stones for the Tourmanent of Blood to be held this coming Godsday! Sister Temple would remind you to attend your favorite temple's services before enjoying the festivities at The Arena. ....that is the news that's worth shouting about. All news may be shouted hourly by contacting Tellone's Heraldry in the Circus Quarter. Fare the well good citizens and enjoy your day! Selah!"
Nonam
Wednesday May 12th, 1999 4:15:59 PM
"What a mouth full. What about we pop into Puula's Components there?" He points to a small shop across from Finlin Vod's. "We're right by it, and it shouldn't take too long."
Onrad
Wednesday May 12th, 1999 5:52:59 PM
Fine by me. But let's work our way over to Teresalia's Temple. That should be our number one priority. We can ask here in Puula's where it is. Then make a beeline for it. We can note shops we'd like to stop in on the way back.
Gareth
Wednesday May 12th, 1999 6:32:59 PM
says "Fine by me. Please note any that places might be able to help me with the sword since I can't. Another thing. (He lowers his voice to a whisper) All this gold from the Simon incident is heavy. Any chance we can convert it to gems or spend it? I really would prefer to lighten up. I'll be glad to spend mine on the sword. I think my sight should come out of the kitty."
Jus
Thursday May 13th, 1999 12:10:59 AM
"Awww, come on Gareth! You shouldn't be too anxious to get your sight back, I've heard that women love those vulnerable strong-types. Anyhow, I need to restock my components and would like to look for some new spells; I don't want that Chimera incident to reoccur. While we check out the magic shops, we'll keep our eyes out [chuckle] for your sword, Gareth. Onward to Puula's." Jus goes into the shop, examining the component's quality and estimating how much he will need.
Tericus
Thursday May 13th, 1999 2:36:59 AM
"Ill wait outside of Puula's. I dont feel confortable in those places"
Puula
Thursday May 13th, 1999 4:18:59 AM
"Welcome Adventurers. I'll bet you are The Three From Plateau City. Welcome! Wipe your feet at the door please." Everyone notices that all of a sudden everything they own is cleaned as it enters this establishment. Puula is very skinny and her shop is immaculate. Everything in its place. "I sell both common and rare components gentlemen. I also sell organization devices to help the mage organize his components for maximum effectiveness and longevity. I also sell some robes, cloaks, boxes, scrolls and cases, everything the mage needs for casting, book preparation and organization. Perhaps you would be interested in one of my Happy Combos over there under that glass. It contains all common components for spell levels 1 through 3 and leaves storage places for those rare expensive components that thusly can't be put in such a set." Would you like more information or some time to look around? I am at your service."
Gareth
Thursday May 13th, 1999 5:39:59 PM
trying not to stumble around and crash anything says "We're actualy from the Floating City. But we are The Three."
Onrad
Thursday May 13th, 1999 5:46:59 PM
Onrad stays near the front door watching the people go by. He also keeps a wry eye on Nonam and Jus enjoying their interest in this bizarre ritual of Mages: the hunt for the rare and important spell component. He smiles at Teko outside and after a few minutes goes out and joins him leading Gareth out into the fresh air if he wants to go.
Nonam
Thursday May 13th, 1999 6:45:59 PM
Actually I was hoping that you might want to buy some items from us or suggest someone who would. Here let me show you what we've got. Nonam reaches into his robe and pulls out Patrark's scale, "The scale of a saphhire dragon." He sets it on the counter so Puula can examine it then he rumages through his bag and pulls out a bundle of cloth. "In here, I have a chimera heart. We fought three of the things, but I botched up the other two. Teko, I believe, also has some scales, claws, fangs, and horns from the things."
Gareth
Thursday May 13th, 1999 7:12:59 PM
quickly loses interest in the magic stuff and goes out with Onrad. "Smells better out here..."
Jus
Thursday May 13th, 1999 10:39:59 PM
Jus checks out the prices of spell components, comparing them with what he has seen in the other cities. The shop brings back a flood of memories, and of when he had to pay others to buy his components lest his father find out. "Maybe we should let Gareth have the scale. He could use it for one of those... [chuckle] What are they called? Codpiece?"
Aeglos
Friday May 14th, 1999 2:25:59 AM
" Tericus, I have been thinking. The cure blindness has worked temporarily, so I believe we may be able to take turns casting the spell several times to maintain his sight until we can get it cured for good. It may not work, but it may be worth a try. What do you think?"
Tericus
Friday May 14th, 1999 2:33:59 AM
"We can try that, Aeglos. Its a short-term solution, though. How long did the last one that was cast on him last?"
Teko
Friday May 14th, 1999 7:25:59 PM
Teko stays outside and waits, unless he is called inside.
Puula
Saturday May 15th, 1999 3:55:59 PM
Trying not to look excited, Puula says, "Of course, my good sir, I'd be interested in all of those things. With the number of alchemists and researching mages in this town, I can find a home for almost anything useful. For your unusual dragon scale and your very rare heart, I can offer you a package of 1,500gp. What do you say? Teko, I'll be happy to give you a price for anything you'd like to show me."
DM
Saturday May 15th, 1999 4:04:59 PM
The group outside the shop sees the town go about it's everyday business. Caravans enter town, local farmers bring in their wares. Every few minutes an adventuring group comes by all looking like they are involved in something or another. It makes you wonder whether the groups being present create the adventures or the adventurers demand the high number of groups. Suddenly 6 very capable adventurers and several merchants come running into the square from the Southwest. One yells, "Run faster! He's coming! Oh Gods we're gonna die!" A woman dressed as a thief in climing gear yells, "Hey, it was your bright idea to hit up the next mage that came out of that tower!" The first man just grunts and runs. A third says, "Clear the way. I ain't stopping for no one." The crowd in the square freezes for a moment then begins to quickly vacate the square running into stores. Shortly after, a huge floating mouth appears over the square shouting, "Danger! Danger!" Store windows begin to close and doors lock to protect their wares and the populace who are taking refuge in their establishments.
Nonam
Saturday May 15th, 1999 5:21:59 PM
Nonam idly looks back toward the door at all the commotion. While doing so, he tries to catch Jus' eye to see what he thinks of the price. All the while, he keeps up the negotiation, "I don't know... the guy over at the Black Genie Magic shop offered more than that for just the heart. But I've always heard good things about your shop in the Big Float - you're pretty famous there - so I thought I'd stop in and see what you could offer."
Tericus
Saturday May 15th, 1999 6:49:59 PM
points to the mouth "What is that?"
Aeglos
Sunday May 16th, 1999 3:41:59 AM
I don't remember exactly how long it lasted, but I think it lasted for awhile.
Gareth
Sunday May 16th, 1999 6:16:59 PM
puts his hand on his sword hilt and says "What is what? And where's the magic user?"
Onrad
Sunday May 16th, 1999 6:23:59 PM
I don't know! Obviously it's an alarm system of some sort. Specifically, it looks like a Magic Mouth spell. Should we get inside, or see if we can help? Are those guys running the good guys or the bad guys? Hard to tell....I think I'll step into the doorway at least.
Tericus
Sunday May 16th, 1999 8:52:59 PM
"We didnt do anything wrong, so whatever is coming should leave us alone. But lets be ready for action, just in case"
Gareth
Sunday May 16th, 1999 10:01:59 PM
backs up with Onrad "This should be interesting..."
Jus
Monday May 17th, 1999 1:50:59 AM
Acting like he and Nonam have already been through this, Jus says, "I told you we should go straight to the college. It might be more of a hassle, but we could sell all the Chimera parts for a hefty sum -- and there wouldn't be a middle man to take any profits." Putting his hands up in mock defeat, Jus continues, "I know what we heard in the Big Float, so if you want to keep talkin' to Puula, fine. I've already said it's your choice." Turning his attention to the street, Jus asks, "Hey! The businesses across the street are closing -- it looks like everyone's closing, what's going on?" "Puula, I'm interested in selling or trading for a Wand of Fire. But let's hold off on that for a few moments. I want to see what is happening."
Aeglos
Monday May 17th, 1999 4:06:59 AM
:: gets his mace ready::
Puula
Monday May 17th, 1999 5:57:59 AM
Looking distracted, she speaks to her customers as she moves quickly to the window. "Did one of you say Fire Wand? I don't carry wands. Sorry." She hits a supporting piece of wood and the window falls shut with her catching it just before it crashes in place. "In or out fellows. I'm locking the door."
The Three Mages
Monday May 17th, 1999 6:03:59 AM
Three figures dressed in Red, in the traditional magecap, and all moving exactly the same, fly into view coming over the top of the Thieves Guildpalace. A voice rings out loud and clear from one of the mages, yet all three mages mouths move. "Hold Thieves!!" The three red mage figures seeing that the thieves are in plain view and going nowhere, slows to a hover and rolls up his sleeves.
Thief Leader
Monday May 17th, 1999 6:11:59 AM
The smallest of the thieves spits in the general direction of the mage. "Go ahead! Let loose with one of your fireballs. I'm insured! You know that! Besides, this verra nice portrait of The High Lord Mayor Sturtevent will be destroyed and then you'll be in a heap of trouble!"
Nonam
Monday May 17th, 1999 4:16:59 PM
"Assuming that this is exactly the reason that cities hire guards and soldiers and not wanting to pull down the rage of the entire thieve's guild on his first day in town, Nonam waits inside.
Tericus
Monday May 17th, 1999 4:35:59 PM
watches the mages, while softly humming to himself, gripping his staff tightly
Onrad
Monday May 17th, 1999 5:38:59 PM
Onrad answers Puula, "In, please," and steps inside helping her shut the door after all come in who want to. He wrinkles his nose at all the odd smells in this place now all couped up with nowhere to vent. He moves quickly to the window to watch the action.
Gareth
Monday May 17th, 1999 6:30:59 PM
moves inside with Onrad and watches.
Gareth
Monday May 17th, 1999 6:31:00 PM
er- that's listens
Aeglos
Monday May 17th, 1999 9:03:59 PM
moves inside... " This should be interesting. "
Tericus
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 12:35:59 AM
moves inside, still humming
Jus
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 4:22:59 AM
Moves outside, so he can get a better look [grin]. Not wanting to get involved, Jus decides to ask just a couple of simple questions to those outside. "Hey, what do you mean you're insured? Does this stuff happen often? Everyone seemed to be expecting this -- what with the magic mouth and all. Oh, do continue, don't let me get in the way."
Teko
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 4:23:00 AM
"That was me talking about the wand. No matter. Thanks." Teko stays inside and keeps his eye on events outside.
DM
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 5:11:59 AM
No one answers Jus' query and then he realizes that the leader of the fleeing thieves and merchants said that and that this square is quite large making him quite a distance away when he made his threat to the mages.
Puula
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 5:12:59 AM
Puula closes and bars the door and then bends down to mutter something at the doorknob. It begins to glow slightly followed by the frame that holds the window in place. She shrugs and grins at the surprised looks thrown her way and takes her place behind the counter once again.
The 3 Mages
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 5:14:59 AM
Mage #1 says to the other two, "Well, I guess that is resisting arrest, isn't it? And we do have letters of Marque? So what's say we blast 'em?" The other two nod and then the three mages dissolve into one flying mage. He raises his hands to cast and he begins to grin.....really grin.
Marlowe
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 5:16:59 AM
A figure comes running out of the Red Wyrm Inn to the south and west yelling, "No! Fireball! Don't!" He then sees the look on the mage called Fireball and realized the futility of his plea. He shrugs, turns around and reenters the Inn.
Fireball
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 5:22:59 AM
The legendary figure points forward with both hands and Fireballs literally jump from his hands two at a time. In just a few moments, 12 Fireballs are flying through the air. Each reaches a selected location and Fireball moves each around a bit for maximum effectiveness. Then the whole square erupts in glorius fire! BOOOOOOOOOOOOOMMMMMMMMMMMMM! A single charred form of one thief holding a charred painting appears on the northern end of the square near the gate. The rest of the thieves and merchants momentarily appear and then fade as the illusion created by the thief disapates revealing that he was alone all the time. Shortly the mouth sounds an "All is safe!" and the shops begin to open their doors and windows once again.
Nonam
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 4:25:59 PM
"Well, that was rather anticlimactic. Now back to the business at hand." He turns his attention back to Puula and waits for her response to his earlier statement.
Onrad
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 5:16:59 PM
Onrad helps Puula open the shop once again and waits, but not so patiently for the mages to finish their business. "We'll head to that temple next, Gareth. I hope they can help."
Puula
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 5:43:59 PM
Looking at the strange mage with the glowing hair, Puula says, "Did I miss something? You're looking at me as if expecting an answer. "Oh...." She thinks for a moment. "1,500 too little for Floating City types, eh? Well how much do Chimera's hearts go for there?"
Teko
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 6:20:59 PM
Teko watches everyone make their transactions.
Aeglos
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 8:20:59 PM
" A strange city indeed. "
Gareth
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 11:23:59 PM
jumps at the sound of the fireball. He pulls his sword out about half way before he is able to stop himself. "What was that?!". When negotiations resume he settles down and just waits "I think the temple is a good idea.".
Jus
Tuesday May 18th, 1999 11:57:59 PM
"That had to hurt..." Waving, "Hey fireball! Way to go! How've you been?"
Tericus
Wednesday May 19th, 1999 2:24:59 AM
"Fireball! I know some songs about him! I hope hes at the Castle when we get there!"
Fireball
Wednesday May 19th, 1999 6:34:59 AM
Fireball banks and turns to enter the Red Wyrm Inn. The square slowly returns to normal.
Nonam
Wednesday May 19th, 1999 4:23:59 PM
"My thought had been about 1500 gold for the chimera heart alone and another 600 for the dragon scale."
Onrad
Wednesday May 19th, 1999 5:44:59 PM
"I'll do my best to keep us focused on that, Gareth. This place is truly like a candy shop. Everywhere you look is something interesting to look at, explore, or buy. You know it's true, because Nonam is getting skeptical which is his reaction when he feels himself getting distracted by something. And look at how he's gone shopping first thing. He wouldn't admit it, but he likes this place too...at least he likes what he can do here."
Puula
Wednesday May 19th, 1999 5:48:59 PM
"Well, my good sir, I'm sure that prices are higher there as they don't have the numbers of adventurers bringing in this kind of stuff that we do here. Tell you what, if you agree to be exclusive with me for your visit here, I'll up my offer to (does some mental figuring) 1,900.....an even 2,000 for both items and your promise of exclusivity." ::She smiles a genuine smile at both men.::
Gareth
Wednesday May 19th, 1999 6:20:59 PM
thinks to himself "I'm sure glad I don't have to fool with all this nonsense. But, it gives me a good sword to swing so I guess I'll try and be patient.".
Aeglos
Wednesday May 19th, 1999 8:16:59 PM
" So when are we going to the temple? "
Tericus
Thursday May 20th, 1999 7:03:59 AM
"Yeah, lets go to the temple."
Puula
Thursday May 20th, 1999 3:36:59 PM
Puula smiles overhearing the fighters in the group and addresses them. "Gentlemen, I do have some...interesting herbs that you might be interested in. This one, root of the pirrhna plant is said to help with one's patience when in those hurry up and wait situations." She pops an ugly root in her mouth and begins to chew. "It tastes slightly salty and well....a little like a root. But I have seen it's effects work wonders. Lord Shafbaffum chews them during those long boring official functions that he hates so much. Joe used to chew them during Claudia's untimeliy pregnancy as well. Here, try some!"
Onrad
Thursday May 20th, 1999 6:02:59 PM
"Jus, Nonam? The 'boys' are getting antsy. Can we close this up soon? We can come back by here after we to to the temple if you want to browse some more.
Gareth
Thursday May 20th, 1999 6:21:59 PM
declines the root offer. "I'm not in the mood to try anything new right now. Just get on with it please."
Aeglos
Friday May 21st, 1999 1:21:59 AM
" I wouldn't mind trying some."
Jus
Friday May 21st, 1999 3:32:59 AM
Jus comes back inside in time to hear Onrad's comment. "Fine by me, Onrad. I'd like to check out some other magic shops, anyway -- no offense Puula, I'll definitely be coming by here again."
Puula
Friday May 21st, 1999 7:26:59 AM
"Sure, friend. No pressure. However, those body parts are best fresh."
Nonam
Friday May 21st, 1999 6:38:59 PM
"Let's say we sell the heart and keep the dragon scale. We could take 1500 for it, and I'll agree that I'll buy from no other component specialists in Plateau City."
Tericus
Saturday May 22nd, 1999 12:47:59 AM
pulls out a flute and starts playing quietly
Puula
Sunday May 23rd, 1999 4:17:59 AM
::laughs softly:: "You're as slick as you're hair is colorful. But it betrays you and I'm not that green. My offer was for both. I have more need for the scale than the heart. I'll give you 2,100 for both, agreeing that you'll be exclusive with me in all your component type dealings, or I'll give you 900 in platinum for the heart alone without any obligation on your part, although ::she winks conspiratorially:: I do find your hair extremely interesting." She flashes a genuine smile and leans forward a bit.
Gareth
Sunday May 23rd, 1999 5:26:59 PM
begins to pace - until he remembers he can't see where he's going and stops and just LOOKS like he is pacing.
Nonam
Sunday May 23rd, 1999 6:34:59 PM
"900 pieces of platinum for the heart sounds acceptable."
Aeglos
Sunday May 23rd, 1999 8:29:59 PM
looks disgustingly at the heart and then walks away.
Jus
Monday May 24th, 1999 12:58:59 AM
Jus looks out the window, curious to see how the remains of the theif, and his painting, are disposed of.
Teko
Monday May 24th, 1999 3:55:59 AM
To Puula's offer of the root, Teko says, "No, thank you. But I will remember your shop when I need components in the future."
Puula
Monday May 24th, 1999 4:47:59 AM
"Oh, I'm afraid you've misunderstood. I said '900 IN platinum' not '900 platinum.' That means 900 gold given in platinum coins so that it's not so cumbersome.
Nonam
Monday May 24th, 1999 4:03:59 PM
As if he didn't understand the first time, "Ahh, I see. In that case, I suppose 2100 for the pair and a promise that I will use no other component specialists in Plateau City will be acceptable."
Puula
Monday May 24th, 1999 5:42:59 PM
::looks at Onrad with a peculiar smile wondering if Onrad understood in the first place or not:: She says, "Deal then. I'll go get the money from the back. Be right back." As she passes through the threshold into the rear of the store, she says, "Secure," and a shimmering field of light red appears in front of all the doors and windows. She returns a few moments later with a nice black leather pouch with the words, 'Shop at Puula's.' She mumbles, "Open," and the red shimmer disappears. "Here ya go, friend. And thanks. 420 platinum."
DM
Monday May 24th, 1999 5:51:59 PM
Outside, with a loud popping sound, a floating carriage appears. It has a drivers seat in front, where a young man and a young woman dressed in black are sitting. The rear or rest of the floating vehicle is a four post bed with canopy layered in gold and jewels and outfitted with black sheets. There is a glaring sign on each side of the floating wagon which says, "Life Eternal Inc." and the slogan, "Why should death be permanent?" The young couple ceremoniously climbs down from the wagon and slips a disk under the remains of the dead thief. Guards run from all directions. "Stop. This body is guilty of crimes against the city! Hold!" The couple quickly, but calmly scoop the body up, with the disk supporting it, and lay it comfortably on the bed. They then climb back on the wagon and with a popping sound, it disappears." The guards, frustrated, mill around a bit, kick up some dust, get balled out for their slowness to get to the scene by a local storeowner, and things return to normal once again for a few minutes.
Gareth
Monday May 24th, 1999 7:55:59 PM
"Great, so lets go."
Onrad
Monday May 24th, 1999 9:11:59 PM
Onrad says to everyone in general, "Um, how do we get there?"
Puula
Monday May 24th, 1999 9:27:59 PM
"I can help with that. There is no temple of Teresalia per say here in Plateau City. There is a magnificent temple, though, to The Three Sisters. It's very close. Just travel south through Adventurer's Square here and watch for the Red Wyrm Castle, which is the abode for The Red Wyrm Adventuring Troupe. Turn SE just before it on Red Dragon Way. A block or two later, you'll be right smack in front of it. Can't miss it. Good day to you. I hope to see you gentlemen soon."
Tericus
Monday May 24th, 1999 9:34:59 PM
"Lets go. Im sure Gareth would like to get his sight back as soon as possible."
Jus
Monday May 24th, 1999 10:40:59 PM
"Hey guys! How much do you think it would cost for us to get insured? Just in case we don't have any ancient friends nearby for Onrad's next death?"
Nonam
Monday May 24th, 1999 11:15:59 PM
"More than we can afford. Let's get to this temple."
Aeglos
Tuesday May 25th, 1999 3:47:59 AM
" Yes, lets please just head for the temple. "
Teko
Tuesday May 25th, 1999 4:17:59 AM
Teko follows, muttering, "'Why should death be permanent?' I always though it was instantaneous. It's the state-after-death that lasts so long. And it's not necessarily a bad thing, hmmm?". Teko smiles and continues, "I know one mage who called death 'The Poor Man's Plane Shift'. But life here is good. I for one am glad to be here, now, with all of you."
DM
Tuesday May 25th, 1999 7:51:59 AM
(Oops, I was at school and misremembered the directions.) The party looks around a bit and realizes that Puula should have said go NE to the eastern spur of Adventurer's square and then SE down Red Dragon Road to Sister Square and Sister Temple. Across from Puula's you see Finlon Vod's Party House. Just north of Puula's you see Lental's Supplies. The eastern spur of Adventurer's Square, actually part of the Hindquarter, is dominated by the Red Dragon Castle and grounds on the right (SE) and the Adventurer's Repose, a restful inn run by halflings for those blessed with cash and a need to be pampered. Red Dragon Way cuts between these two locations following the red stone wall surrounding the Dragon Consortium Group's Castle. Then the road turns east where after a couple of buildings the road ends in Sister Square. Here from high on the room of the huge temple, a girls choir practices filling the square with beautiful music. The square is filled with all manner of cloths and garments for sale. All manner of birds are also available, making an interesting accompaniment to the girls choir. There are several priests playing softly on harps, unheard with the choir and the birds, as well as some interesting instrument shops. In counterpoint to this grandeur is an assortment of extremists wearing sandwich signs saying that "The Wold is at an End." "Prepare for C5! Coming soon!" "The Goddess of Disaster have declared the End of The Wold is nigh." "Prepare ye the way! The Dread is nigh!" A gaping opening in the temple faces you. It seems that this temple is eternally open. Framing this scene is Repeat River with it's taxiboats. Very inspiring.
Gareth
Tuesday May 25th, 1999 6:27:59 PM
quietly walks beside Onrad and begins to get a bit agitated as they enter the square. "All this racket makes it hard for me to hear where I'm going. Are we near the temple yet?"
Tericus
Tuesday May 25th, 1999 6:52:59 PM
"Ive never seen or heard anything like this! The storied that are here! The songs! I cant imaging any other place i would rather be!"
Aeglos
Tuesday May 25th, 1999 8:25:59 PM
" The end of the world. I have heard that all before. "
Nonam
Tuesday May 25th, 1999 9:11:59 PM
Nonam trudges along thinking to himself that if it was possible to restore Gareth's sight then Patrark or his gnome priests would probably already have done it. He also resolves to shave his head. When the arrive Nonam goes to have a look at the river, but as he approaches, it begins to bubble and churn. He steps back confused and waits for the group to go in or something.
Teko
Wednesday May 26th, 1999 3:44:59 AM
Teko says, "A very strange river."
Jus
Wednesday May 26th, 1999 5:26:59 AM
"I've heard of fish that make water froth like that. They can turn a Chimera to bone in 2 minutes. But I can't believe they'd have anything like those in the river -- unless they do sacrifices or something... Well, let's get this over with. As Gareth said, we'd better stock up on weapons before we leave the city."
DM
Wednesday May 26th, 1999 5:45:59 AM
The party enters the through the huge opening into the central temple proper. Here marble benches in rows form a triangle around three huge 70' statues of The Sisters. Leading off to the right is an domed area dedicated to Teresalia, to the left a domed area dedicated to Mittiri, and to the rear, a domed area dedicated to Donyra. Three priestesses one dressed in white, one in green, and one in blue approach. The oldest of the three, dressed in blue says, "Welcome to Sister Temple. I perceive that you are faced with a minor disaster. Share with us. Tell us of the storm hanging over your heads."
Tericus
Wednesday May 26th, 1999 7:03:59 AM
"We require the services of my fellow worshipors of Teresalia. One of my companions sight has been lost, and we need help to regain it."
Jus
Wednesday May 26th, 1999 12:36:59 PM
"Although it's been fun having Gareth blind," Jus thinks to himself -- although a chuckle does betray his thoughts. Hmmm, why do priestesses always have to talk cryptically. Then again, most women do... just look at Flaust and Kat... I'll have to ask Ladybug about that.
Gareth
Wednesday May 26th, 1999 7:05:59 PM
stands there trying to look somewhat calm about things. His mind races "I sure hope Patrark was correct. I would hate to be blind a long time - but I hope he was wrong and these folks can fix it sooner. How can I fight blind all the time? Suppose it's possible but I doubt I'd last long. I'd love to have a look at the swords and armor in the shops. Seems like a lot of people here make good stuff..." he waits to hear what goes on.
Onrad
Wednesday May 26th, 1999 7:28:59 PM
"Yes, we are here to help our friend Gareth at the bequest of our new priest Tericus. The circumstances of how he was blinded were unusual." ::Onrad proceeds to tell the story of how his blindness was caused and was related to his being raised the dead and from the crystal."
Lucya of Donyra
Wednesday May 26th, 1999 8:03:59 PM
Onrad, it sounds like your placement inside the crystal was a magical rather than a priestly thing. It also "seems" like a magical thing rather than a priestly type of magic that brought you forth from the crystal and left Gareth blind. Gareth, I'd like to examine you with some cursory spells and divinations to find out exactly what did happen to you. I should be able to discern by listening to the gossip on the wind some more of the nature of this occurance. Gareth and Onrad, please come with us. Tericus, we will need a respectable tithe to help with the costs of our efforts on Gareth's behalf. While we examine these two and cast the requisite spells, I suggest that the rest of you head to Star Tower, give them this symbol, and ask for a name level mage to assist us. She gives you a silver holy symbol of The Sisters which is a coin with three heads on it. Simply tell them what happened and they should be able to select someone appropriate to help us. Star Tower is just on the far side of Adventurer's Square. You can't miss it."
Gareth
Wednesday May 26th, 1999 10:24:59 PM
goes with the priestess. "Thanks. I'll come with you."
Tericus
Thursday May 27th, 1999 12:35:59 AM
takes the coin "Ok, we will go to the tower."
Teko
Thursday May 27th, 1999 2:06:59 AM
On his way out, Teko takes in everything, trying to miss no details.
DM
Thursday May 27th, 1999 5:24:59 AM
The party retraces its steps back to Adventurer's Square. There, having already spotted Star Tower, as it dominates the skyline of Plateau City for miles around, you walk north through the square turning west by a set of huge statues of an adventuring group. The placard says, "The White Dragons." Someone has scratched off the names of the group. After turning west the party faces another set of sculptures in front of a huge castle. The placard reads, "The Gold Dragons." The names are listed below of that famous group. The huge castle is topped by some huge pennants which spell out, "THE CATACOMBS" Dozens of adventurers enter and exit this huge building shopping at this the ultimate adventurer's establishment. To the Southwest, is the unmistakable golden sheen of Gold Dragon Castle behind some smaller buildings, one of which is a very nice looking tavern named The Golden Griffin. A sign in the window says, "Elves only." The place looks empty. The courtyard here is named Magic Square due to the number of mages to the south of The Catacombs that study their books, and engage in discussion outside the entrance to Star Tower whose entrance is just to the south of The Catacombs. As your eyes follow it's sleek glasssteel sides to it's top, you have to squint your eyes as the sun reflects powerfully off of it's surfaces. The door is open to let the sun in. A messenger mage comes to the door holding his nose and shouts, "Cantrips 101" with Mandatus will not meet this afternoon as he has...." (The messenger's voice trails off at the end.) One of the students yells back, "What was that again Largorak?" The messenger repeats more deliberately this time, "The class is cancelled because Mandatus has....turned himself into a giant slug." The students grip each other's hands in the triumph of freedom and laugh themselves silly. As the party approaches, several of them point and look interested in you...especially at Nonam. A mouth or two drops. One turns away in disgust.
Nonam
Thursday May 27th, 1999 7:04:59 AM
Thinking it was probably unwise to reveal the party's contact with the dragon and wondering why he let himself be dragged along to Star Tower when he didn't want to go, Nonam says, "I'll wait for you guys back in the Catacombs. It's probably a neat shop." He turns around and heads back.
Gareth
Thursday May 27th, 1999 2:04:59 PM
waits with the priestess wondering his fate...
Onrad
Thursday May 27th, 1999 8:18:59 PM
Onrad helps Gareth get to where the examination will be held and assists in every way he can.
Jus
Thursday May 27th, 1999 10:20:59 PM
Barely keeping his excitement at actually visiting STAR TOWER!!!! in check, Jus asks, "Just wondering Gareth, but this blindness thing is temporary and we may not have any money to even look at a sword for you after the 'treatment'. You sure this is worth it?"
Aeglos
Friday May 28th, 1999 12:37:59 AM
" Of course it is worth it. Our friends sight is more valuable than a sword. "
Tericus
Friday May 28th, 1999 1:39:59 AM
"What if you were blind, Jus? Wouldnt you want your sight back?"
Teko
Friday May 28th, 1999 2:00:59 AM
"Umm...what is Star Tower? I have an idea, but where lies its fame?"
DM
Friday May 28th, 1999 6:19:59 PM
The tower awaits. Nonam mopes about his lack of free will and window shops. Gareth gets examined. Jus speaks to Gareth as if he's there. The Wold spins on it's axis. Somewhere on a distant non-magical world, a group of friends in distant places pretend to be that which they are not.
Nonam
Monday May 31st, 1999 3:36:59 PM
Still waiting for his companions to return, Nonam decides to see if the Catacombs happens to have a Staff of Power. Just for grins.
Gareth
Monday May 31st, 1999 6:16:59 PM
waits to see the results of the examination... and breathes.
Aeglos
Monday May 31st, 1999 8:16:59 PM
" Lets do what we ame here to do. "
Jus
Monday May 31st, 1999 11:58:59 PM
"That's just my point; he's going to get his sight back in a couple of weeks, less than that now. Why not relish the experience that's been forced upon him? Hone his skills? Get sympathy from the girls?"
Tericus
Tuesday June 1st, 1999 12:58:59 AM
"Your a strange person, Jus. You seem to be taking pleasure in Gareth's disability. Why is that?"
Teko
Tuesday June 1st, 1999 3:45:59 AM
Once the party gets Gareth to the proper place, Teko inquires into the possibility of a tour.
Gaston of the Catacombs
Tuesday June 1st, 1999 4:48:59 AM
::said in a very fake French accent:: "Ze Greetings Master Nonam. I am Gaston. I cater to the needs of the adventurer with money to spend. It prevents you from having to go from stall to stall within the Catacombs. Come into my parlour. Would you like some coffee from the Desert of Hope? It is very good and fresh. I have heard of your work in the City That Floats, yet have not had the pleasure of meeting you in person. No sir, there are no more Staves of Power per se. Since the "Magical Awakening" all such magical staves have developed into distinct items with very different abilities and temperments. I have two staves of that level of quality that I can lay my hands on to introduce to you if you would but show me a note of credit, tradable collateral, or cash and gems in the amount of 65,000 gold." He smiles and sips his rare coffee.
DM
Tuesday June 1st, 1999 4:54:59 AM
(Teko, I'm not sure what you're referring to. Gareth and Onrad is with the priests of The sisters. Nonam is in The Catacombs. Everyone else is in front of Star Tower.) The party still stands in front of Star Tower discussing what to do next.
Lucya at Sister Temple
Tuesday June 1st, 1999 5:00:59 AM
The priests pray, cast, chant, sing, recite, and dance around while the room shakes, mists, and storms. After 30 minutes or so or this, Lucya and her two "sisters" consult and then each come and kiss Gareth's forehead. "Yes, Gareth, it is definitely arcane magic that has done this to you. Not priestly magic. However, there has been an effect of this magic that is noticable to us. If we could examine you now, Onrad, we can confirm our suspicions."
Onrad
Tuesday June 1st, 1999 5:01:00 AM
"Yes, of course. I am at your service."
Lucya of Sister Temple
Tuesday June 1st, 1999 5:09:59 AM
They once again begin to chant, sing, pray, and dance over Onrad and in just a few minutes, they stop and Lucya explains. "Onrad, it seems that your friend Gareth here provided the means for your....continuance. He has, although unknowingly, given you a portion of his soul to renew yours. His soul, currently, thus is incomplete, a piece of it torn and removed as it were. One side effect of this is that he is blind. His soul will regrow over the next few weeks and his sight may return in the promised two weeks, however, we cannot confirm this. A Restoration spell may work, however, we are not sure. Gareth, would you like us to try or wait for your friends to return and see what remedy the mages can provide?
Gareth
Tuesday June 1st, 1999 7:41:59 PM
"I think we should wait and find out what the mage says. If we are going to do something other than let me wait for my soul to regrow(?) I would like to know it's going to work. If not I think I'll just wait. That choice everyone seems to think will work for sure."
Nonam
Tuesday June 1st, 1999 7:49:59 PM
Nonam sips his coffee and smiles, "Actually Gaston, I was just curious if you had such potent items. I have of course heard of your shop but didn't believe many of the tales. I plan to do a good bit of shopping while in Plateau City but I don't want to spend the "Party Gold." I don't want to have to go through committees to have some purchasing power. So first I have to acquire some captial. I assume you buy magic items as well as sell them? For I'm seeking to sell a Ring of the Grasshopper, a Wand of Wonder, and a Wand of Shopping. Once they are sold I intend to do some purchasing most likely for a wand that suits me better than these other two."
Onrad
Tuesday June 1st, 1999 11:00:59 PM
Well, Gareth, we trained for several days and then travelled here for 2 days. I'd say you only have a week which is 5 days left. I'm almost afraid to say this, but what can happen in five days?"
Gareth
Tuesday June 1st, 1999 11:18:59 PM
laughs at Onrad's question. After a few moments he composes himself and says "Tell you what, lets see what the mage says and then go see what the Gold Dragons want. If they can stand to wait a few days then fine. Let's see if my sight really returns in 5 more days. But I don't want to leave until I get to actually see the city."
Tericus
Wednesday June 2nd, 1999 1:51:59 AM
"Well, are we going in?" not waiting for a response, walks up to the door and knocks on it
Teko
Wednesday June 2nd, 1999 2:08:59 AM
Teko, after consulting the Cosmic Conversation and trying to remember really hard what just happened, finally comes to his senses with a sudden realization that he has not been paying attention.
DM
Wednesday June 2nd, 1999 5:09:59 AM
The door remains open, even after you knock on it. A gruff voice speaks from within. "Come. Speak. Do." Inside are two dwarves, evidently brothers if not twins. "We are Flin/Glowin." (They speak at the same time.) They motion at each other to continue and then Flin does. "How may The Mages Guild assist you?"
Nikar
Wednesday June 2nd, 1999 5:36:59 AM
"My stars and moons! It's The Three! And they've become even more it seems. Oh, sorry, we haven't been introduced." The woman before them is tall and straight. She looks out of place here amongst all the beards and pointed hats. You wonder what it is for a minute and then realize that she although approaching middle age is tan, somewhat pretty in a predatory way, and dressed in travelling clothes! She continues, "I am Nikar, newly appointed High Mage. Oh, you don't know me. That's refreshing somehow. I'm from The Floating city same as you. I've followed your careers closely and with interest." The two dwarves mouths drop open with surprise and a little disgust that the high mage is deigning to consult with these.....non mages of non-importance. "Come, enter! Big things are happening! Larger than anyone realizes and I'm chomping at the bit to tell someone. Hardest part of my job is keeping the secrets. So since I can't tell anyone these incredible happenings, I can at least ease my mind with some news and stories of home! Glowin, we'll have Berry Tea and sweet cookies in the library. Please, will you join me?" She pauses for a moment. "Where are the others? Gareth the mighty, Onrad the Onery, Nonam the also Onery, Flaust the....well Flaust?"
Lucya
Wednesday June 2nd, 1999 5:42:59 AM
"Gentlemen, I respect your wishes. I do feel that a Restoration Spell stands a good chance of at least shortening your condition. Please return if we can be of any further assistance. Also, I'd like to personally invite you to our services tomorrow. I think, Gareth, that they would help you be content with your situation and Onrad, perhaps our services might help you resolve any feelings of guilt over what has happened to your friend here."
Onrad
Wednesday June 2nd, 1999 5:44:59 AM
"Drat the Wold, Gareth. What are we doing? The Three is not at their best when you're in this condition. This spell here has a chance to work. You're missing out on events of a lifetime. We're dining with the Gold Dragons tonight! You need to see that! Come on Gareth! Let's give it a try!"
Jus
Wednesday June 2nd, 1999 5:50:59 AM
Jus looks incredulously at Tericus, "you can't be serious... but I guess you don't really know Gareth yet." Rolling his eyes, he's glad to get distracted with the dwarvish twins. "Right now, I agree with Teko. A tour would be pretty cool if they offered one. I'd love to write Libome about this!"
Nonam (catacombs)
Wednesday June 2nd, 1999 4:00:59 PM
Nonam sips his coffee and waits for Gaston to answer him.
Gareth
Wednesday June 2nd, 1999 6:44:59 PM
bows and says "I thank you for your services. What kind of money would it cost us for you to cast the spell? I just want to know as much as I can before I decide."
Lucya
Wednesday June 2nd, 1999 11:02:59 PM
It seems that you are adventurers of some importance if you are dining with the Gold tonight. If you'll spread the word as to who helped you to all who ask, I'll only charge you a token of the usual donation for such services. If it works 1,000 in gold. If it doesn't, consider it an act of kindness from us to you.
Gareth
Wednesday June 2nd, 1999 11:17:59 PM
"OK, do it. I can spend 1000 gp for that. I will be glad to spread the word as to who helped me as well. I will also be glad to make a recommendation to any who need one.". Not being able to resist the temptation, the somewhat proud warrior says "And just so you'll know who we are... We are The Three. Our latest "big" adventure was to help thwart the Dark Lord by successfully infiltrating their south army headquarters. Somehow I think we will be seeing him again."
Tericus
Thursday June 3rd, 1999 12:27:59 AM
"Id love some berry tea, Nicar."
Nikar
Thursday June 3rd, 1999 4:28:59 AM
::smiles:: Wonderful. This way please. She walks through the wall and disappears.
Lucya
Thursday June 3rd, 1999 4:49:59 AM
"Very well then. Please lie down and close your eyes." They once again dance around, chant, sing, and the room once again shakes, rains, and hoots with the sounds of animals. Gareth feels a surge of energy go through him. Then there is a burning sensation in his eyes. Gareth sees in his mind three beautiful women. They murmur as if whispering on the wind as if in a dream. "Is he worrrrrrrthy??? Worrrrrrrrthy??? Neeeeedffful??? Is hhheeeee??? Arre yyouuuuu??? Yessss! Heee issssss. Be wellllllllll. Beware thoughhhhhhh. Much lossssss isssss stillllll to coooooommmme." When all the commotion stops, Lucya says, "Ok, Gareth, may The Sisters bless you with your sight. Open your eyes." When Gareth complies, he can see! Although everything is extremely bright. It hurts because of the brightness.
Gareth
Thursday June 3rd, 1999 7:14:59 AM
smiles big. "Thank you for my sight. I heard something - someone said something like much loss is still to come? What does that mean?".
Jus
Thursday June 3rd, 1999 1:13:59 PM
Gladly following Nikar, Jus comments to the others, "Make sure to watch your step in the tower, I'd hate for us to get stuck here as swine."
Nonam (catacombs)
Thursday June 3rd, 1999 4:38:59 PM
Nonam wonders if Gaston has fallen asleep.
Aeglos
Thursday June 3rd, 1999 7:26:59 PM
" Jus, when are we going to see who we came to see? "
Gaston
Thursday June 3rd, 1999 10:25:59 PM
"Oh, I see. You desired an answer to that statement. I thought you were just making the statement. Are you wanting to sell this stuff here, then?
Lucya
Thursday June 3rd, 1999 10:27:59 PM
"I didn't say anything....who said it Gareth?"
Onrad
Thursday June 3rd, 1999 10:28:00 PM
"You can see Gareth? Truly?"
Gareth
Thursday June 3rd, 1999 10:55:59 PM
"I saw three beautiful women. They asked if I had need and if I was worthy. They said yes and bid me well but then added that I needed to beware because much loss was still to come - that's pretty much it." Gareth squints at Onrad. "I can see you. It's hard though - everythings so bright."
Nikar
Friday June 4th, 1999 7:34:59 AM
"Uh, Jus, are the others coming?" She looks slightly concerned and has a look of one who is appraising things.
tericus
Friday June 4th, 1999 11:15:59 PM
"Im coming."
Teko
Friday June 4th, 1999 11:37:59 PM
"Let's go."
Aeglos
Saturday June 5th, 1999 9:55:59 PM
"yes, lets go."
Jus
Saturday June 5th, 1999 11:24:59 PM
"Aeglos, I believe the consensus was to answer the request tomorrow. Today is to experience the hospitality and beauty of the city, and to take the opporunity to equip ourselves for whatever lies in the future."
Nonam (Catacombs)
Sunday June 6th, 1999 4:02:59 PM
"I asked if you purchased items as well as sell them. If you do, I'd be interested in what you would give me for the previously stated items."
Gaston of the Catecombs
Monday June 7th, 1999 5:38:59 AM
Well, Sir Nonam, I can offer you 15,000 for the Wand of Wonder without asking what changes have occured to it since the magical convergence. It is quite in demand currently. A Ring of the Grasshopper was very rare before the changes, now, who knows? I"ll offer you 7,000gp for it. To be honest, I have not heard of a Wand of Shopping. A year ago that would have troubled me greatly and I would have been sorely embarrassed, however, these days, it happens daily. Tell me about it's powers and I'll see if an offer is appropriate.
Nikar
Monday June 7th, 1999 5:44:59 AM
Nikar frowns as if she's listening and says to Jus, "Your friends are of opposing minds regarding your use of time. Perhaps we can get to know one another at a later date when your, ahh,...... compatriots are not so.....demanding. Do you not agree?" She moves to put up the tea a look of disapointment in her manner.
Onrad
Monday June 7th, 1999 5:51:59 AM
"Hmm...so you're still not seening normally." To the priests he says, "Thank you. We are at your service. Do you know why this particular result has happpened?"
Lucya
Monday June 7th, 1999 5:52:00 AM
"Perhaps he is just getting used to things. Give him a few minutes."
DM
Monday June 7th, 1999 5:52:59 AM
After a few more minutes, Gareth's sensitivity lessens and then disappears as he adjusts to the light of The Wold once again.
Gareth
Monday June 7th, 1999 7:35:59 AM
"That's much better. So who were those three women and what did they mean when they said to beware?"
Tericus
Monday June 7th, 1999 9:03:59 AM
"I didnt mean to offend you, Nikar. Id love to have some tea with you, if i havent offended you too much."
Nonam (catacombs)
Monday June 7th, 1999 3:48:59 PM
::Chuckles:: "Not a Wand of Shopping my friend but a Wand of ShoCKing. It produces a small electrical charge about on a par with the Shocking Grasp spell."
Aeglos
Tuesday June 8th, 1999 12:43:59 AM
" Yes, Nikar, I apologize as well. I am being impatient, so if you will forgive me, I would love to join you for tea. "
Teko
Tuesday June 8th, 1999 4:02:59 AM
Teko, following Nikar, says, "Boo! Nikar, you must watch as well as listen. I was trained by a rather adept thief, and I tread rather lightly. But I am here, and I am ready for tea. I look forward to it and to your hospitality."
Lucya
Tuesday June 8th, 1999 4:41:59 AM
Lucya casts a simple Divination spell and then says, "I think, my friend that you are indeed favored. That was The Sisters: Teresalia, Donyra, and Mittiri that spoke to you. Heed their words well. It is not often that the gods deign to speak to men."
Gaston of the Catecombs
Tuesday June 8th, 1999 4:46:59 AM
"I'm so sorry, my friend Sir Nonam. I must be getting a touch deaf. A Wand of Shocking. Hmm...I can offer you 7,000 for that. It is quite popular nowadays with the low level players who hope it will manifest new more powerful magics at a later date. So, my friend, is this acceptable or do you have a counter offer?
Nikar the High Mage
Tuesday June 8th, 1999 4:51:59 AM
She smiles to herself and returns to the table with the Tea. "So tell me, how fares things in the Big Float? Any sign of the Black Dragons lately? Any moves by the Lords of Diamonds lately? How fare the Red Tigers?"
Onrad
Tuesday June 8th, 1999 4:54:59 AM
Onrad's jaw drops at Lucya's words. "No. Our group has suffered enough of late. We must change that fate. He stares hard at Gareth. There will be no more death. I have decided. Come. Let's find our compatriots and tell them of your success."
Nonam
Tuesday June 8th, 1999 4:47:59 PM
"So 29,000 for the lot. hmmm. Perhaps you could offer a higher amount in store credit to guarantee that all my money stays with you. 40,000 perhaps."
Gareth
Tuesday June 8th, 1999 6:55:59 PM
is taken quite aback by Lucya's words. "Three gods spoke to ME!?! Hmmm. I am also suprised as I don't pay much homage to any of them very often... Perhaps I should think about that some more." Gareth digs into the bag of holding he carries and begins to pull out the gold and give it to the priestesses of the temple. Once completed he looks at the ladies and says "You have really helped me. Thank you. I will not forget it - and I hope I may be of service to you one day as well.". He turns and says "Lets go find the others. Do we have the time to go sword and armor shopping?"
Tericus
Wednesday June 9th, 1999 12:18:59 AM
"Im sorry, i dont have any news on those groups. But what about you? How did you become the high mage, Nikar? Im sure that is quite a story in itself."
Teko
Wednesday June 9th, 1999 4:20:59 AM
Teko listens while enjoying his tea.
Gaston of the Catecombs
Wednesday June 9th, 1999 12:53:59 PM
"No, I'm sorry, sir. I'm not authorized to make such exclusivity contracts. I can, however, increase my offer a bit I think in the name of cooperation and friendship. How does an even 30,000 sound? Very fair, I think, as each offer by itself was generous."
Nikar of Star Tower
Wednesday June 9th, 1999 1:15:59 PM
"No, actually it's more of a tradgedy. Shortly after Claudia's death last year, my predecessor, Shafbaffum, a very experienced mage and the most powerful on The Wold at the time, served in this capacity. He was here in the tower studying the Ascension Ring of Water the Gold Dragons had recovered and was beginning to have some success. True, it was draining his resistance and perhaps a little of his sanity to keep forcing his will onto the ring without it taking over his conscious acts, but he was learning much about the makeup, history, purposes and capabilities of the single ring and the 4 rings as a whole. Without warning, Star Tower was attacked from the sewers below by a highly trained Sahuagin Strike Force. The Gold Dragons arrived, but too late. The Sahuagin and the Arch-mage were gone never to be seen again. Nothing has been heard of that ring or of the Arch-mage for more than a year now. During this time, I had been working on the usual stuff in my warehouse lab in the Big Float. About a month after his disappearance, I received a summons from Sturtavent and the Council of Mages and came here to this post. And this is the first moment to stop and relax I've had since." She takes a final drought of her tea and sets down her empty cup. "I understand you are to dine with the Gold Dragons tonight. Congratulations. That is no mean feat. You must be special indeed. They have not gathered together as a....whole group, since the Shafbaffum incident over a year ago. I wonder how many of them will actually meet with you tonight." She eyes the party and then suddenly laughs. "Oh, this will never do! Mycroft will have my head. Have you anything to wear to the banquet besides your riding and adventuring clothes? No? Then you must hurry and get some. If it was up to Valdor or Mordred, you could show up in a loincloth, but Mycroft insists on everyone dressing for dinner." She scribbles something on a piece of paper and puts her seal on it. "Here, take this to Von der Boore's in the Open Palm Market. He'll fix you up. Probably make you take a bath though." She gets a faraway look for a second and actually giggles. "Tell him it's a dinner at the Gold Dragon Castle and he'll take it from there. Also tell him to charge it to the GD Castle. If they want you dressed for the occasion, they can very well pay for it. At least that's what I always do and no one has complained yet." It's been wonderful chatting with you and sharing tea. "Oh, is there something you came seeking here at the tower?"
Nonam
Wednesday June 9th, 1999 5:24:59 PM
Nonam, "Well, I'd hoped for a little more. You were of course my first choice, and I haven't checked to see what anyone else would offer. I suppose it would be foolish of me not to check around... I do want a staff though, and I'm sure your selection is best. So I'll return soon. It was good to meet you, Gaston." Nonam gets up to leave. He stands outside waiting for his companions to come back by and his thoughts turn to the magic items. "Wand of Wonder... no definitely has to go. My magic's unpredictable enough as is. Ring of the Grasshopper... had it for over a year and still haven't used it. Flying's better than jumping. It gets to go. Wand of Shocking. Hmm, it's proved useful in the past. But I need more powerful magic now. If only it would manifest some other powers like Gaston was saying..." He takes the wand out and studies it as he continues waiting. "It does have a nice comfortable feel to it... maybe I'll wait a bit on this one and see what happens."
Gareth
Wednesday June 9th, 1999 6:25:59 PM
After any farewells and parting words from Lucya Gareth excitedly leaves and begins ot looks around for the first time. As he wonders around a bit like a kid in a candy store he says "Wow! This place is really neat. He begins to walk toward Star Tower without thinking then stops "Onrad, I think this is the way to Star Tower. Don't know why... it just 'feels' right. Am I close?"
DM
Thursday June 10th, 1999 9:02:59 PM
suddenly carrages pull up in front of everyone. The drivers all step down and repeat the same thing. "Mycroft has sent us to find you, you need to be dressed for dinner." With that the hold the carrage doors open waiting.
Aeglos
Thursday June 10th, 1999 11:08:59 PM
" My, this is excellent tea. "
Gareth
Friday June 11th, 1999 12:20:59 AM
looks at Onrad then back to the cabbie. "Who's Mycroft? We're eating with the Gold Dragons tonight. Mycroft will have to wait."
Tericus
Friday June 11th, 1999 1:51:59 AM
"I agree. this is the best tea ive ever had. Bu t the real reason we came is that our friend Gareth eyesight is lost, and the high priests at the 3 sisters temple thinks its mage magic in nature, not priestly magic. we came to get some advice on the subject from you."
Teko
Friday June 11th, 1999 5:58:59 AM
Teko looks up from his tea and interjects. "Yes, Onrad fell in combat. He was preserved and raised through wizardly means. Gareth carried Onrad's life-force until the proper ceremony could be performed. In that ceremony, Gareth lost his vision. It has been very difficult to heal."
Jus
Friday June 11th, 1999 6:39:59 AM
"I had hoped for a tour of the Tower; I'd love to tell my old friend, Libome, about it. Tea with you and enjoying your company will be news enough."
Nonam
Sunday June 13th, 1999 4:53:59 PM
Wand still in hand, Nonam shrugs his shoulders and hops in the carriage.
Aeglos
Sunday June 13th, 1999 9:26:59 PM
continues sipping his tea.
Teko
Monday June 14th, 1999 3:37:59 AM
"Perhaps we could take a tour on a later date? I'd very much like to see more of this place. It's wonderful!"
DM
Monday June 14th, 1999 3:53:59 AM
Wherever you are right now you begin to feel that old familiar pull of telaportation. Suddenly the party finds themselves all standing in front of a very frightened looking older mage. He speaks to someone behind him. "There Sir Mycroft, they are all here now is this acceptable?" A deep silken voice speaks from behind the frightened mage. "Yes thank you Falderall, that will do nicely, your sentence has just been reduced to 12 months instead of years, remember do not try to bribe my officials with out my authority again." With that the dark figure comes into view. It is the gold dragon Mycroft. He bows deeply to the party and begins to apologies. "My friends, I am soo sorry for the way I had to pull you all here but I was afraid my messages were not getting through.(see out of character page) This evenings dinner will be a bit of an auspicious occasion and it is imperative that we find you suitable attire at once. Everyone will be there."
Nonam
Monday June 14th, 1999 5:10:59 PM
"I don't really feel like buying special clothes just for a dinner."
Gareth
Monday June 14th, 1999 6:23:59 PM
As Gareth appears in the new locale Gareth begins to draw his sword. When he sees no apparent danger he refrains. He thinks to himself "Who is this Mycroft guy?..." Out loud he says "I take it you are one of the Gold Dragons? Sorry for my defensive posture, most of the time when something like that happens there's someone we don't want to see on the other side. What's all this concern over clothing I keep hearing about? This is really an honor for us, but why is it such a big deal for you guys?"
Jus
Monday June 14th, 1999 10:47:59 PM
As soon as Mycroft began talking of dinner clothing, Jus dropped his pack. "Honestly guys, I would love to have a decent bath and get some nice clothes. If the Gold Dragons were kind enough to take time out to see us, we should at least show them some honor through the way we dress."
Aeglos
Tuesday June 15th, 1999 12:32:59 AM
I am so confused right now, I am just glad we are all together again.
Teko
Tuesday June 15th, 1999 3:46:59 AM
"Just take this, Nonam, as a return to the days of childhood, when your mother insisted that you come to the dinner table clean, and dressed so-so, and...well, you know what I mean." Teko bows to Mycroft, "Thank you so very much, sir, for having us here. It IS a great honor. Please show us the way to the basins and baths and clothes. And, by all means, if it isn't too much trouble, could you tell us what will be on the menu this evening?"
Nonam
Tuesday June 15th, 1999 9:30:59 AM
"Mother? Huh, that would probably have made growing up a little different."
Tericus
Tuesday June 15th, 1999 4:30:59 PM
"Is this how the Gold Dragons usually invite guests to dinner?"
Teko
Tuesday June 15th, 1999 8:51:59 PM
"Ah, there is no gift greater than a mother. Nonam, I'm sorry that you were not blessed with that gift. Now, as for being raised by a father, that was a blessing I had to forego. But not for much longer, perhaps..."
Mycroft
Wednesday June 16th, 1999 8:27:59 AM
As Mycroft looks around at all the people and all their scatterd conversations he wispers to himself "Is that how focused we were before we became gold dragons?" Then out loud he says. "I understand that you are not used to such methods or invitations but the most powerful people in the relm will be at this dinner tonight and I just thought you would like to look your best. And when I say the most powerful people, that is not a flatering title. Now if you would like a bath than please go throughtr the golden doors to my left and if you would like to go straight to the taylor follow me. With that he starts to head off down a hall.
Jus
Wednesday June 16th, 1999 11:18:59 AM
Glad for the chance to get the thick layers of dirt off, Jus heads straight for the baths without hesitation.
Tericus
Wednesday June 16th, 1999 12:03:59 PM
"I think a bath would be most pleasent right now."
Nonam
Wednesday June 16th, 1999 4:02:59 PM
"A bath it is."
Gareth
Wednesday June 16th, 1999 6:19:59 PM
starts to follow Mycroft but seeing the others concerned about dirt he decides to go toward the bath. "Never had much use for baths - waste of good water at our farm. We would rather use it on the crops. We'll be over in a minute to get the clothes."
Aeglos
Friday June 18th, 1999 1:43:59 AM
heads towards the bath area
Teko
Friday June 18th, 1999 5:24:59 AM
As Teko heads for the bath, he asks, "Do you have any waterfalls behind those golden doors? I've bathed many times in a waterfall. It's very invigorating. I can highly recommend it."
Onrad
Monday June 21st, 1999 5:31:59 AM
Thinking this Mycroft fellow very arrogant, he leans towards Nonam and whispers where no one else can hear, "If I ever get that arrogant or conceited, do what you have to do bring it to my notice. Holy Lem' what an ego!"
Mycroft
Monday June 21st, 1999 5:36:59 AM
Ahh, everyone wants baths first then. Good. With your permission, I'll call for a tailor for after your baths. Sorry, Teko, we don't have a waterfall, but that's a wonderful idea. We'll have to talk later about installing one. I keep forgetting you guys are from The Floating City and have experienced the baths there.
Valdor
Monday June 21st, 1999 5:43:59 AM
A huge specimen of manhood emerges from the golden doors leading to the baths. He is nude and flaunting it. He has a huge grin with a full set of white teeth. "Greetings fellows. I'm Valdor. The bath is hot. No babes to make you more comfortable, though. We'll talk later. Enjoy! There's a sauna beyond the bath, and soaps and drying robes in the closet between the two." He then turns to Mycroft and his grin grows twice as large. "Mycroft my friend! How's it hang....how's it goin'!" Valdor gives Mycroft a huge naked hug.
Mycroft
Monday June 21st, 1999 5:44:59 AM
Mycroft looks very embarrassed for a moment. Then looking at his ruined velvet suit, he recovers and says, "Welcome home Valdor. Get some clothes on."
Valdor
Monday June 21st, 1999 5:47:59 AM
"Of course, it would be rude to walk around nude. Hey that rhymed!" After repeating his little ditty several times and walking away to his chambers still nude, he shouts back down the corridor, "Welcome to Gold Dragon Castle Gentlemen! Haaaa Haaa!"
Mycroft
Monday June 21st, 1999 5:51:59 AM
"I'll return when the tailor arrives. If you need anything just yell. We have a great new staff. Your rooms are prepared. Let us know if you need to send for any supplies or mounts that are elsewhere. Dinner is one hour after sunset."
Nonam
Monday June 21st, 1999 3:36:59 PM
"So these are the famous Gold Dragons. How about that?" He heads off to the baths.
Tericus
Monday June 21st, 1999 5:03:59 PM
"I didnt know Valdor was suck a free spirit. Which bath is mine?"
Gareth
Monday June 21st, 1999 7:32:59 PM
smiles as he sees Valdor not sure if he really wants to prance around nude. "Mycroft, we DO need to send for our wagon. I was blind when we entered the city so I am unsure where it is located." He looks to the other guys and says "Where's the wagon?". Once resolved Gareth casually walks off to the showers - feeling as if this is a place for warriors.
Aeglos
Monday June 21st, 1999 8:28:59 PM
finishes bathing and dons a towel as he waits for the tailor.
Onrad
Tuesday June 22nd, 1999 4:39:59 AM
Onrad goes to one of the closets and gets a robe towel. He then sits and soaks in the bath on the far end.
DM
Tuesday June 22nd, 1999 4:48:59 AM
The bath is a huge affair with a super-heated bowl shaped pool with steps leading down on all sides. Those who linger are rewarded with some light wine and cheese. After a time, a huge giant of a man emerges from the suana singing offkey. #I'm big, I'm big, ya know, I'm big.# Greetings! I'm Raven! This is my friend Trull." He points to a purple rat running up his rather large arm to his shoulder and down the other side. Welcome to our home! Don't worry, it's plenty large for everyone! And lots of food! Large piles of it! Can't wait...it's going to be a giant evening! It's simply large of you to come. Truly. Coming Oddy?" he says to a smallish figure behind him.
Oddyseus
Tuesday June 22nd, 1999 4:51:59 AM
The smallish figure pops Raven with a towel with such precision that it leaves a 6 inch welt. "You fool! I told you not to call me that! Next time, I'll have blood!" Then he sees the party and mutters something unintelligible slipping out quickly as a shadow." (Thieves recognize a handsign of acknowledgment.)
DM
Tuesday June 22nd, 1999 5:00:59 AM
Those of you who bathe quickly find your individual rooms and are also offered snaks of fruit and some strong Fruit Fly Tea. Manfred, the Head of Staff comes by and introduces himself to you and offers to send "the twins" whoever they are to get your wagon etc. and have it brought to the castle. The time seems to pass entirely too slow as the lazy afternoon continues.
Jus
Tuesday June 22nd, 1999 5:22:59 AM
"This sure is a far way from those Chimera's! Things can't get much better, can they!" Jus enjoys the bath, making sure to get all the blood and grime out of his hair. "Hey Onrad, were your brothers as, ummm, free as the Gold Dragons in their house? Mine would've been sent to clean the stables if they walked around in the buff."
Onrad
Tuesday June 22nd, 1999 5:49:59 PM
"Of course not! But then we had individual baths in our chambers. The old metal tub thing with the scrub brush. And the old wolf-nanny looking for scrub marks when we got out! Most people say they would like to relive their childhood years and be young again. Bah!! These are the good times!"
Tericus
Tuesday June 22nd, 1999 5:57:59 PM
"I wonder if the other gold dragons are here. All the fellows back home will be extremely jealous when they find out where ive been! I am tired of walking around in a towel, though. i wonder what kind of clothing we will all get.
Gareth
Tuesday June 22nd, 1999 7:05:59 PM
enjoys the baths but soon tires of it. He gets out and goes to his room. He greets Manfred and asks to be summoned when the taylor is ready.
Teko
Wednesday June 23rd, 1999 2:25:59 AM
Teko scrubs thoroughly, but quickly, and a bit more discreetly than Valdor. While he has the chance, he treats his beard with special care, trimming it up a bit. "This is wonderful, but I think I could get spoiled rather quickly." He moves on to the tailor.
Nonam
Wednesday June 23rd, 1999 4:41:59 AM
Nonam looks at the cheese offered before the bath and asks, "Are you nuts? You shouldn't eat before getting in the water. You'll cramp up!... Nevertheless, that stuff looks good. I'll try it when I get out."
Manfred
Wednesday June 23rd, 1999 6:03:59 AM
Manfred comes to get the group of you and directs you to a sunny corner room where a man dressed in a neat ruffled shirt standing staring out the window as if looking for inspiration.
Von der Boore
Wednesday June 23rd, 1999 6:04:59 AM
After a few moments, he spins and says, "Line up! I haven't much time! I've others to tend to at my establishment and I must return before they finish bathing! Hands out at your sides, there! Humph! Potential here, but...Ah! He quickly begins taking measurements and calling them out commanding Manfred to write them down which he does. Then within moments, he says, "There. Good.!" and without a word rushes out the door.
Manfred
Wednesday June 23rd, 1999 6:12:59 AM
"Gentlepersons, I'll bring your garments to you when they are ready. There is a library down on the 2nd floor if you'd like to read or relax there. The North Tower is open if you'd like to climb it and enjoy the view. I'll be glad to send your..a...usual garments out to be cleaned or stiched if you would like. We also have a swordsmith hired for the afternoon since Valdor and Mordred wish their weapons honed and polished. So if any of you would like your weapons tended to, we'd be happy to tend to that need. Uh, where was that wagon again?"
Gareth
Wednesday June 23rd, 1999 6:52:59 PM
smiles at the idea of getting his weapon honed. He takes it to the swordsmith and watches him as he works - trying to learn. "Anyone who works on Valdor's sword must be good" he muses. He also takes a look at Valdor's sword - just to see it... After a while he gets bored and races up the north tower to look at the city. "Finally! I get to see it."
Onrad
Wednesday June 23rd, 1999 8:34:59 PM
Onrad lazily heads towards the library and begins to look up books on dexterity and tumbling. He settles himself in with some of the coffee and the books and a huge leather backed chair and finds contentment.
Nonam
Wednesday June 23rd, 1999 11:16:59 PM
Nonam declines the offer to have his old clothes cleaned and puts them back on so as not to roam about like Valdor. Then he heads down to the library with Onrad. He starts rumaging about looking for spells. Failing that he looks for something about the Gold Dragons thinking thata surely they must have something about themselves that he could bring up in dinner.
Aeglos
Wednesday June 23rd, 1999 11:46:59 PM
Puts on his clean but old clothes amd wnders around in the library.
Tericus
Thursday June 24th, 1999 3:26:59 AM
puts on his freshly cleaned robe and heads to the library. finds some books on flute playing and tries to learn new songs to play on the road
Teko
Thursday June 24th, 1999 3:36:59 AM
"Thanks very much, Manfred. Here are my old garments. Thanks very much for seeing to them. And thank you for your hospitality." Teko heads straightaway to the library and has a good look around, sampling pages here and there, to get an idea of the range of topics available.
DM
Thursday June 24th, 1999 5:06:59 AM
Both Onrad and Nonam find plenty to read about in the subjects of Dexterity and The Gold Dragons. Although it's easy to see that only common knowledge is included in this library. (No details included here, though. I figure that JK knows enough to roleplay knowledge of the GDs.) No spellsbooks are present, although there are multiple books concerning magic even books about other spellbooks. Tericus finds some books on music and composing, but nothing about the playing of the flute in specific. He does find some songs he can try to learn to play. Teko finds that the books tend to be books that would specifically interest one of the Gold Dragons and most of them have the name of the GD that owns them on the inside cover. Some of them have locations found and even some dates.
Nonam
Thursday June 24th, 1999 3:46:59 PM
Nonam reads a bit about the GDs and various magical theories. He then looks for something about legendary treasures that have never been found.
Gareth
Thursday June 24th, 1999 4:36:59 PM
still wonders what Valdor's sword looks like and if he learned anything from watching the swordsmith. AND ... the view from the north tower..... :)
Onrad
Thursday June 24th, 1999 7:46:59 PM
Onrad grins as Nonam begins looking for treasure. "Feeling a little poor in these surroundings are we? I agree. If these guys can do it we can. I'ts just a matter of a decision followed by lots of narrow escapes." Onrad closes his eyes half calculating and half dreaming for awhile. When he opens his eyes, he begins reading where Nonam left off about the Gold Dragons and their exploits.
Jus
Thursday June 24th, 1999 11:36:59 PM
Jus goes up to enjoy the views of a city again. The quiet times come seldom, he's going to enjoy them when they do.
Tericus
Friday June 25th, 1999 1:36:59 AM
goes to a far corner in the library, so as not to disturb anyone, and begins playing some of the various songs he has found.
Rosco
Friday June 25th, 1999 5:16:59 AM
A young man walks into the library and looks around and smiles, "I'm glad to see you have made yourselves at home. It's good to see some of you again. Uh, I mean it's good to see those of you I've seen before again....Uh, I've spent way too much time in my lab today. Sorry, when things don't go right, it frustrates me. I shut down my experiments a bit early it seems and now I have some time to waste....same as you I guess. So what have "The Three" of you been up to lately?"
Mycroft
Friday June 25th, 1999 5:56:59 PM
Mycroft suddenly speaks from right behind the warrior, "Enjoying the view? If you meet any ladies while you're in town, I highly suggest that you bring them up here. It's amazing the wonders a romantic view from Gold Dragon castle will do." The man doesn't look like much of a hero to Gareth. He's all decked out in finery and jewels, and he only wears a single narrow blade. But from his observations throughout their meetings, he sees that this elf moves with a grace most men lack. He's probably a master of that tiny looking sword.
Aeglos
Friday June 25th, 1999 8:36:59 PM
Standing near some books, Aeglos scnas the entire room listening to each conversation. In the back of his mind, wondering what Patrark is doing right now.
Onrad
Sunday June 27th, 1999 5:26:59 PM
"Well met Rossco and Mycroft. I have a question. I'm looking here through your exploits looking for legends of great treasures. We sure could benefit from one about now. There are lots of things we need to become more effective as a group and that takes gold. Anything or anyplace you'd like to share with us?" He eyes their faces closely watching for a response.
Aeglos
Sunday June 27th, 1999 8:26:59 PM
Shakes his head quietly laughing at the request for gold.
Jus
Sunday June 27th, 1999 10:16:59 PM
Jus, a little homesick from seeing the view, wanders back down to the library to see what everyone else is doing.
Gareth
Sunday June 27th, 1999 10:26:59 PM
scoffs a bit - "No woman would accompany me here - unless she wanted me to do something for her.". Turning and looking at Mycroft Gareth changes his tone. "It's beautiful from up here. So now I've met Mycroft. I've met Valdor and Roscoe before - and Marlowe... but that's it - I think. I'm looking forward to meeting all the great adventurers from your group. I've heard some about the great Gold Dragons - I'm wondering why you have decided to grant us an audience. Anything you care to share?"
Tericus
Monday June 28th, 1999 1:46:59 AM
walks up to Mycroft, "Yes, when do we get to meet the other gold dragons? Id love to here the stories they are sure to have!"
Teko
Monday June 28th, 1999 3:56:59 AM
"And, Mycroft, while we are making requests," Teko says, still holding an open book, "I have one magic item that I would like to trade for another. If you have any extra interesting items lying about..."
Rossco
Monday June 28th, 1999 7:46:59 AM
"Nothing I'd like to share right now, Onrad." He grins a sly grin filled with age and experience, even though he wears a young face.....too young. "What about you, Mycroft? Any treasure rumors you want to share?" His grin gets bigger.
Mycroft
Monday June 28th, 1999 4:56:59 PM
Mycroft who is in the north tower with Gareth ignores the questions posed by those in the library and answers Gareth, "You'll learn about why you were called here at dinner. And don't look down so much on yourself where the ladies are concerned. Now listen to me well. Valdor may know about killing dragons and Joe may know a lot about magic, but I know about girls. Now then, you are in great physical shape and are becoming something of a hero. I don't know how much treasure you guys have found, but it's more than most people have. I wager you'll find that there are lots of ladies that would adore you. I've even seen a few pretty girls come on to Marlowe." He laughs at that and continues, "I'd recommend flaunting your wealth a little and show off some more. Wear some fancy clothes, bathe every day that you're in the city, and you might even try a little perfume. All that would make a difference I assure you. I know it's probably not what you're used to. You probably still think of yourself as a simple man and want to avoid such pretension, but you are a hero and a legend. It's part of what you are. You might as well flaunt it. Why do you think Valdor walks around in a loincloth? You need to pick some type of exaggerated style that will make people remember you and notice when they see you."
Nonam
Monday June 28th, 1999 4:57:00 PM
Nonam, hair becoming a bit rid, looks up from his book and casts an evil looking glance around the library. He mutters something about this being a place of study and not a parlor. Then he goes back to reading through his books.
Onrad
Monday June 28th, 1999 5:06:59 PM
Onrad getting the answer he expected, but not the one he wanted, goes back to reading. He constantly interrupts Nonam as he finds interesting places to investigate all of which have rumored treasure. "Yaknow, everywhere we go, except for the last trip, was somewhere someone wanted us to go to do something that someone wanted us to do. We have to help when asked of course, but it seems to me that sometimes you just have to slip out of town quickly before someone asks you to save someone or find something important and go after something that the group finds of interest."
Gareth
Monday June 28th, 1999 7:06:59 PM
listens to Mycroft's words with interest. "Women, liking me... Now THAT would be a change - and a welcome one! Flaunting is something I've never been any good at. I'll give it a try anyway." The warrior's visage darkens and looks troubled a bit as he continues. "You seem very wise. I wonder if I could ask you another question. Being popular and all, how do you deal with your families? Like your mother and father - brothers and sisters? I left my family for a time so I could help them get out of their farming life in the lower plateau. I don't know the best thing to do. I could return but then everyone would know where they are. I could send them money but it would probably be taken from them by the self-proclaimed 'overlords' if it actualy made it to them at all. Have you had to deal with that? What did you do?"
Jus
Monday June 28th, 1999 11:36:59 PM
Jus begins sifting through the books, checking the writing styles and copying excerpts of interesting handwriting.
Aeglos
Tuesday June 29th, 1999 1:46:59 AM
Aeglos walks around the library looking for poetry authored by actual dragons.
Teko
Tuesday June 29th, 1999 2:06:59 AM
Teko looks for something good to drink while he waits for dinner, muttering, "All this reading makes me thirsty."
Manfred
Tuesday June 29th, 1999 8:56:59 AM
Aeglos finds nothing on that obscure topic. Almost before the words leave Teko's mouth, Manfred brings a decanter of wine with come crystal glasses. "Gentlemen, your clothes are ready." He goes to the tower and says the same thing in exactly the same tone.
Mycroft
Tuesday June 29th, 1999 9:06:59 AM
"Wise? Me? I don't get that one very often. Brave. Strong. Charming. Quick. Witty. I get all of those. Not very often with wise though, and I'm afraid I can't offer much help with family. My parents were killed years ago." Manfred arrives and Mycroft breaks the conversation off, "It was good speaking to you, but it looks like you're needed elsewhere. I'll see you at dinner."
DM
Tuesday June 29th, 1999 9:46:59 AM
As each of you return to your rooms, you find that your new clothes are laid out for you. They are extremely colorful and gaudy, yet extremely comfortable as well. The latest styles are very frilly with lots of lace mixed with fine leathers along with floppy hats and feathers. Gareth gets bright red pantaloons with black leggings, and a frilly scarlet red long sleaved shirt topped off with a floopy black felt hat. Jus is dressed in a turquoise colored tightly cut pair of pants with huge flairs and ruffles below the knee. He has a matching dark blue cane with a large blue onyx stone as the handle. A light blue satin shirt with lots of frills is worn beneath a pale pink surcoat with tails. His outfit is topped off with a cap adorned with small pink moons and a matching blue onyx over the forehead. Nonam is dressed in golden undergarments under a yellow and red robe enlayed with gold and mithril. He has soft yellow leather sandals with a yellow diamond on top. This is topped off with a very tall pointed hat with pointed stars all over it that magically move and shift. This shifting slows and speeds up depending on the color of his hair. Onrad is dressed in the exact same colors as onrad. His legging are yellow with red pantaloons. His shirt is yellow with red trim. The buttons are actual rubies. His hat is a red floppy three pointed affair with hanging tassles. He gets red boots that curl up at the end with tassles hanging from them as well. Teko's robe is made of silk and its colors are complicated and changing forms of dark red, purple, and blue. The robe scintillates changing subtly everytime one looks away from it lending an air of mystery to him. His hat is also a complicated affair having a wide brim with the hat narrowing and looping around and around many times going up and up to a top a full 3 feet above his head with a huge ball hanging from it. Aeglos is dressed in contrasting white and black leathers in an outfit that looks very functional as well as stylish. His shirt is a striped silk black and white affair with lots of frills and a neat set of suspenders. He also has a cane carved from ebony wood topped with a dragon's head for a handle. He is also given a diamond bracelet with adamantite charms hanging from it of each holy symbol of the Gods of Wold. Tericus's outfit is a open green robe that is very long in the back similar to a tail covered with musical symbols. This covers over red breeches and a darker red shirt and vest topped off with a floopy green hat and boots which are curved to a point that has tassles hanging from them. You are left to dress. Manfred tells you that he'll summon you when it is time to move to the banquet room.
Tericus
Tuesday June 29th, 1999 5:16:59 PM
"I love this robe!" he exclames as he views himself in the mirror "But the hat is a little much>" he mutters to himself as he leaves the hat on the bed
Nonam
Tuesday June 29th, 1999 7:06:59 PM
"Gods! Gold underwear! It's a bit much." Nonam takes the hat and leaves the rest on the bed. He starts to walk out in his old robe but then he decides he may as well do as expected, and he walks back and puts on the new outfit. He looks at himself in the mirror and laughs, hair and hat turning a shade of blue. He stuffs his wand of shocking in his sash, slips on his old shoes, and heads out to see what everyone else got.
Gareth
Tuesday June 29th, 1999 7:16:59 PM
dons his clothes and straps his sword to his side - just like Mycroft had... (Assuming the swordsmith was finished.)
Aeglos
Tuesday June 29th, 1999 11:36:59 PM
Aeglos admires his outfit. " It is perfect. I especially like the dragon-headed cane."
Teko
Wednesday June 30th, 1999 3:46:59 AM
With an enormous smile, Teko exclaims, "Now this is style! In a grand way! Ha, I haven't felt this festive in years!"
Onrad
Wednesday June 30th, 1999 7:16:59 AM
Looks at Nonam, "Oh gods. You look horrible," ignoring how his costume is a bit over the top as well. After a few moments of fighting to keep his face serious, he falls back into a chair and laughs and laughs and laughs.
Manfred
Wednesday June 30th, 1999 7:17:00 AM
"If you would all gather in the hallway, I'll take you downstairs in a few moments." He bows and hurries downstairs to answer the door.
Jus
Wednesday June 30th, 1999 7:46:59 AM
"This is great! I wonder if we get to keep these!" Seeing Onrad after he has doned his costume, Jus tries not to laugh -- failing miserably. "Ummm, [chuckle] are you going to provide the entertainment tonight Onrad?"
Onrad
Wednesday June 30th, 1999 4:16:59 PM
Onrad picks a feather off of Jus' costume and comically brushes it over Jus' nose and in his best nobleman's accent (which sounds english) says, "Of course my lad. Every gentlemen(slurs the words)knows how to entertain the other guests. It's (now sounding southern) you gits invited to these hare gatherins." He hold his chin up high and appears to groom in an imaginary mirror.
Nonam
Wednesday June 30th, 1999 4:36:59 PM
"Boy oh boy. This is going to be a long night."
Gareth
Wednesday June 30th, 1999 8:56:59 PM
Hearing all the racket outside Gareth joins the others and waits to be summoned. He shakes his head at all the antics. "This should REALLY be fun. I'm still wondering what these guys want though, I doubt they just want to visit."
Teko
Wednesday June 30th, 1999 11:56:59 PM
"Perhaps we'll get to save the world. Or maybe something better? We'll soon find out."
Aeglos
Thursday July 1st, 1999 12:06:59 AM
Waits in the hallway.
Tericus
Thursday July 1st, 1999 1:46:59 AM
walks into the hallway "Can we save the world dressed like this?"
Denisa
Thursday July 1st, 1999 8:26:59 AM
A pretty teen in a maid's outfit comes bouncing up the stairs. "Hi! I"m Denisa. Everyone showed up at the same time and Manfred's answering the door and didn't want to keep you waiting any longer. If you'll come with me please we'll go down to the banquet room." She looks at Jus and blushes crimson. "Oh, holy Caeroldra, you're pretty." She bats her eyes and spins skipping down the stairs. Once at the bottom, she pauses and says, "We should walk slow now so that the other group can arrive first. At least that's what Mycroft said." She grins unabashed. "He said he flay the skin off my....[gulp] he said he'd get me good if I went too fast, uh, I mean if you guys got their first." She thinks for a second and then says, "Walk this way please." She heads off down a side passage.
Tericus
Thursday July 1st, 1999 10:16:59 AM
follows Denisa and askes her "You dont think they will be mad that i left my hat in my room?"
Nonam
Thursday July 1st, 1999 4:06:59 PM
Following along, "Well I'm not wearing those damnable yellow sandals. I don't see why you should need to wear that silly hat."
Onrad
Thursday July 1st, 1999 7:36:59 PM
Sides up to Jus and whispers, "Hey Jus, methinks she has a thing for elves, no?" Then out loud he says, "Denisa have you met everyone?" He introduces everyone simply except Jus. "And this young elffriend is Sir Jus!" Then he gently pushes Jus forward towards Denise.
Jus
Thursday July 1st, 1999 10:16:59 PM
Slightly embarassed himself, Jus bows low to hide the momentary flush of his face, "I'm pleased to meet such a lovely lady." He lightly kisses her hand for an extra touch. "By chance, do you know why we have been invited here? And what others should we be expecting?"
Denisa
Friday July 2nd, 1999 5:36:59 AM
::blushes even deeper bowing her head in a very cute gesture:: "My Lord!" After a few seconds though she is her usual perky self and takes Jus' arm leading the party around to the entrance to the Throne Room. "The throne room will serve as the banquet room for this evening. There are too many guests to eat in the dining room, I'm afraid. It's very exciting! The gold dragons are together tonight for the first time in over a year! And there's this group from The Emerald Kingdom that helped Joe and Grey recently. I hear they've had truly hard lives. I feel sorry for them. Anyway here we are!" She points to a huge set of double doors. She pokes her head inside and instantly Manfred comes out.
Manfred
Friday July 2nd, 1999 5:46:59 AM
Ahh are we all here then? Marvelous! He opens the doors with a flourish and announces, "May I now present The Three!" The room beyond is simply grand. With everything enlaid with gold, it literally glitters. A "U" shaped set of tables with white tablecloths trimmed in gold is set in the center of the room. There are chairs set around the outside of the U with several stacked in the center so that anyone who wants to can pull up a chair across from the person they wish to talk to. There are several golden table chandeliers and the plates are of the finest china. The goblets are of a strange kind of golden crystal. As you enter, you notice that the group Denisa mentioned from the Emerald Kingdom is present having just entered themselves and are seating themselves on the right side of the U. Manfred motions you to the left side across from them. "You may be seated at your convenience, Sirs."
DM
Friday July 2nd, 1999 5:47:00 AM
(The banquet will take place on the Game 3: The Emerald Kingdom's board. You are invited to be guests there for the duration of the banquet. All posting will be done on that board until further notice. Let me state that in reverse for those of you that are dyslexic: there will be no more posting here until further notice. All posts will be done on the Emerald Kingdom board for the nonce. Let the gathering of The Throng commence!) [Inserted for the archives]
Manfred
Friday July 2nd, 1999 5:49:59 AM
A maid appears shortly peering through the great doors to the Banquet Room and motioning for Manfred. He leaves for just a moment and then he opens the doors again with a flourish and announces, "May I now present The Three!" The banquet room is simply grand. With everything inlaid with gold, it literally glitters. A "U" shaped set of tables with white tablecloths trimmed in gold is set in the center of the room. There are chairs set around the outside of the U with several stacked in the center so that anyone who wants to can pull up a chair across from the person they wish to talk to. There are several golden table chandeliers and the plates are of the finest china. The goblets are of a strange kind of golden crystal. Manfred motions them to the left side of the U shaped set of tables across from The Emerald Kingdom group. "You may be seated at your convenience, Sirs."
Nonam
Friday July 2nd, 1999 6:33:59 PM
A young, extremely odd wizard enters. Though it takes a moment for most of you to notice, his shadow falls in the opposite direction of what it should. More quickly you notice that his hair is bright blue. He's dressed in a yellow and red robe enlayed with gold and mithril. This is topped off with a very tall pointed hat with pointed stars all over it that magically move and shift. Yet he's wearing a pair of old looking boots. He walks in and finds his place, "So they made you guys dress up like circus performers too, I see. Here's hoping none of you had to put on gold underwear. I'm Nonam Firstorlast." Nonam grabs his chair and pulls it back to sit down. When he lets go, there is a glowing hand print. He doesn't seem to notice it, and it quickly fades as he sits down.
Aeglos
Friday July 2nd, 1999 10:23:59 PM
An elven male walks in, dressed in contrasting white and black leathers in an outfit that looks very functional as well as stylish. His shirt is a striped silk black and white affair with lots of frills and a neat set of suspenders. He also has a cane carved from ebony wood topped with a dragon's head for a handle. He is also wearing a diamond bracelet with adamantite charms hanging from it of each holy symbol of the Gods of Wold. " So, what now ? "
Ingrge
Saturday July 3rd, 1999 6:07:59 AM
Across from Nonan sits a dour looking woods elf in orange and white striped pantaloons and a red frilly shirt. An ostrich plume adorned red hat sits on the table the feather towering over the elf. " Hmmph" ::looking at the newcomers:: to Nonan, " At least we were not the only ones dressed as fruit salads" My name is Ingrge Nightseer, of the Emerald Forest Misfits.
Olana
Saturday July 3rd, 1999 8:38:59 AM
Olana grins broadly on seeing K'nara, and gives her a warm hug after being pulled over there by a wild Shad. "Thank goodness, you're alright," she says. As The Three are announced she stands straight and smiles, albeit a little nervously,at the wizard, and then the elf. Biting her lip and glancing around, she takes a seat. This was all too grand.
Shadrach
Saturday July 3rd, 1999 8:43:59 AM
Shad returned to pull out Olana's chair and seat himself afterwards. He forgot to remove his green hat with the blue ostrich plume that matched his green fancypants. He got a worried look on his face. "We should introduce ourselves before the oncoming disaster occurs. After such joy, it is inevitable. My name is Shadrach, servant of Donyra, a Misfit."
Tericus
Saturday July 3rd, 1999 4:45:59 PM
a young looking human male walks in behind Aeglos. He is dressed in an open green robe with musical symbols all over it. The robe is over red breeches and a darker red shirt, with red boots that end in a curved point with tallels attached to them. He has a emerald green staff with him, which is also covered with musical symbols. "Where do we sit Aeglos? Im getting a little hungry."
Jus
Sunday July 4th, 1999 4:20:59 AM
After a quick thank you to the maid, a very attractive elven male enters, dressed in a turquoise colored tightly cut pair of pants with huge flairs and ruffles below the knee. A light blue satin shirt with many frills peeks from beneath a pale pink surcoat with tails. He strides to his seat, carrying a matching dark blue cane with a large blue onyx stone as the handle - obviously for ornamentation only. Removing a cap adorned with small pink moons and a matching blue onyx, he performs a deep bow to Olana and K'nara, "It is a pleasure to be in the company of lady adventurers again, hail and well met." Replacing his cap, he continues, "And to you all, for whatever purpose the Gold Dragons have invited us here, I'm sure your presence can do nothing but increase our honor. Please call me Jus." He looks around for a moment, making sure all ladies are seated, and then seats himself -- obviously comfortable in this environment.
Fluet
Sunday July 4th, 1999 5:42:59 AM
Finding his own name card, he compared his bright yellow pantaloons, orange and blue argyle leggings, purple and white striped shirt with ruffled lace, and dark blue boots and hat to some of the newcomers. He leaned over to Ingrge and said, "What, is this Heroes' Night at Gold Dragon castle?"
Onrad
Sunday July 4th, 1999 6:21:59 AM
A short man wearing twin long sword enters the room. He's not bulky with muscles, but rather stands poised there, as if he could move instantly in any direction at a moment's notice. His leggings are yellow with red pantaloons. His shirt is yellow with red trim. The buttons are actual rubies. His hat is a red floppy three pointed affair with hanging tassles. He gets red boots that curl up at the end with tassles hanging from them as well. He says totally seriously "Greetings all. I'm Onrad Pryderi and I'm about to run away and join the fairy circus. Wanna join me?" Then after a moment to make you wonder if he meant it, he breaks out into a condident smile and says, "These clothes are a riot!" He then begins moving through the room introducing himself. It's evident he's experienced and has the look about him that he comes from an upper class upbringing.
Aeglos
Sunday July 4th, 1999 8:17:59 PM
Spys his name card and takes a seat.
Shadrach
Monday July 5th, 1999 2:46:59 AM
"Don't take this wrong, but, uh...there seems to be more than Three of you."
Teko
Monday July 5th, 1999 4:21:59 AM
A little gnome -and what other kind is there?- steps up to the table and says with a grin, "Perhaps I was overlooked in the initial counting." He bows low and his silken robe seems to subtley change colors as he straightens up and comes back into view. His hat, fitted precariously upon his head, is almost as tall as the gnome himself and swirls upward to a point from which a rather large ball tangles. "I am Teko, skilled as illusionist and rogue. At your service." He smiles and seats himself.
DM
Monday July 5th, 1999 4:27:59 AM
A few minutes later, a group of musicians set up in the right wing of the room behind The Misfit's seats and begins to play softly. The candleabra on the tables is lit. The side doors behind The Three open and waiters and waitresses dressed in White with gold tails enter carrying all manner of appetizers, fruits and meats, as well as bottles of the unbelievably expensive Blue Wines of Gnowsy Overdale!! They begin to pour and serve taking any special orders the guests have. The lighting darkens slightly accenting the golden reflections of everything in the room.
Manfred
Monday July 5th, 1999 5:04:59 AM
Manfred supervises everything. After everything is set, he opens the door one more time. "Gentlepersons of The Noble Races, I present The Gold Dragons." Behind him you just see glinting gold. It reflects in the lighting blinding the room with reflected candle and torchlight. They sweep into the room exuding confidence as well as friendliness. First into the room is Valdor and Mordred arm in arm, followed by Raven in a row by himself, looking huge - - giant even. Next comes Grey and Roscoe evidently stopping in the middle of a conversation as they enter the banquet hall. Following them is Joe Hand looking lonely and serious for a moment, but smiling warmly as he sees his friends from The Emerald Kingdom. Next is Marlowe and Jandar both resplendant in their priestly attire followed by Guido the Dwarf gruff, but with joy showing in his eyes. Next comes Rowan the Druid and Diomedes the Archer, beaming and looking around as they see Gold Dragon Castle for the first time. Next comes Oddyseus the Master Thief resplendant in the most amazing looking golden trimmed black leather armor you've ever seen walking beside. Last into the banquet hall is Aries the Survivor beside Sir Mycroft who looks over the room with a discerning eye approving of his well laid plans. The group travels the room, exchanging warm greetings with those they know and introducing themselves to everyone and getting to know those they don't yet know. Without anyone truly noticing, the lighting in the room grows brighter with the increased conversation and the music more joyous. Warm feelings are exchanged in this truly magical moment. For the moment, all is right with The Wold and all problems forgotten.
Valdor
Monday July 5th, 1999 5:11:59 AM
As he enters sweeping into the room, he smiles a huge grin, walking hugely in powerful strides, dressed in a red and gold outfit. It is sleeveless showing his muscles upon muscles, as is his style, the red being the holy red of Caeroldra, Goddess of Love and the mother of his daughter Valdorra, whose picture he wears in a overly large brooch arond his neck. She is now a precocious two and looks radiant with her winning smile, inherited from her mother, and her blond hair, lighter than Valdor's, but just as shiny. He carries two swords that seem to be showing off like their master themselves, each, one at a time, slowly sliding out of their scabbards a bit - - seeming to look around the room and take in the sights before receding again as Valdor grins down at them. He shows everyone the picture of his daughter at least 3 times glowing in his pride of her. "She's currently in The Floating City in the temple of her mother," he confides. "I'm going to see her tomorrow! I've bought her a small white horse! I hope she likes it." A small look of concern crosses his battle worn features. "I'm not spoiling her do you think?"
Jandar
Monday July 5th, 1999 5:35:59 AM
"Get to know me Domi!" he shouts as he enters. He is dressed in solid gold of varying shades. A black wrestlers sash circles his waist tied in front in the traditionl manner. His holy symbol, the crossed swords of Domi, shines as the centerpiece of his outfit hanging hugely from his neck. "This is a grand occasion. Not only because of our outstanding guests, but truly this is the first time we've all been here together for anything since..." His face gets serious for a moment. "Since the week we lost Shafbaffum to the Sea Devils just after Claudia's death." He shakes his head. "Tough times, those." Then as if by a decision, he smiles confidently and says, "But By Domi, this is a grand evening! Worthy of the Great God of War himself. Welcome! Be of great joy!" As he talks he slaps his comrades and guests alike in the back with a powerful stroke of love and tenderness, causing more than one to spill their expensive drinks to which he just laughs, a deep laugh from deep in his barrel like chest. "ho Ho HO! Have some more my friend!"
Oddyseus
Monday July 5th, 1999 5:55:59 AM
Oddyseus enters taking to the side of Valdor softly greeting each person they pass. He looks very uncomfortable doing this although you see him look around at his friends occasionally. Once he breaks his grim visage and smiles at the scene. It comes off looking more like a sneer. Valdor catches him in the act and engulfs him in a big bear hug. When Oddyseus is able to extricate himself, his eyes are tearing, probably from the strength of the hug. Oddyseus, plays at straightening his clothes and feels the need to be alone for a bit. Using his skills at stealth, he blends into a column. A few minutes later, he is in his seat unobtrusive, downing his wine, filling his glass, and downing it again. He nods shyly at anyone who speaks to him or catches his eye.
Onrad
Monday July 5th, 1999 6:02:59 AM
Onrad stands as the Gold Dragons enter the room and gapes at the procession not realizing that there were so many of them. "Greetings! I'm Onrad Pryderi of the family Pryderi from White Hawk. I'm honored to meet each of you. Your hospitality has been very generous. I am at your service. He finds himself watching Greymalk, realizing by the way he walks that this person is the quickest man he's ever met and could teach him much about using his dexterity to it's best advantage. He makes a mental note to try and engage the hero in conversation before the evening is out. He continues to mingle using the skills he learned as a lad, many times in a most painful way.
Marlowe
Monday July 5th, 1999 4:54:59 PM
It seems as if Marlowe has cleaned himself up especially for the evening. His robes are so white the seem to glow. Perhaps they really do glow with magic. You can't be sure. Over this he wears a sash of red trimmed in gold. His normally unkempt dirty hair has been recently washed and is pulled back in a pony tail, but strands are already beginning to work themselves loose. He attempts to brush them back on occasion with his ink stained fingers but to no avail. He finds his seat after nearly tripping over his robe and smiles at the assembled group.. You all immediately wish that he hadn't done so. His teeth are those of a street bum. Gaping black spaces between crooked yellow teeth. Nonetheless, his sleepy eyes radiate peace and friendliness. They also speak of a frighteningly intelligent and wise mind beneath the horrible exterior.
Nonam
Monday July 5th, 1999 4:59:59 PM
As the drinks are poured, Nonam's and those around him find that theirs bubble. The mage takes no notice and presses his hands down on his glass til it glows of its own accord. He stands and lifts the glass above his head, "A toast to friends and heroes. May all our names live in song for generations." He winks at Onrad and sits back down.
Mycroft
Monday July 5th, 1999 5:34:59 PM
Mycroft enters and stands by the doorway while the others take their seats. Something about him seems irrestible to the ladies. One of the finest example of a man you've ever seen or heard about. He's obviously one of the most attractive men in the room and quite strong, but there's something else about him that's indefinable. After waiting a few moments, he hands his hat to Manfred while saying something that makes the steward beam with delight. Then he walks forward with a simple elegant grace. He seems to radiate nobility. Everything about the young elf is elegant. His clothes are styled much like Ingrge's or Fluet's, but they are much more tasteful in color scheme. Everything is a deep royal blue trimmed in gold. He wears an amulet of some sort with a bright red ruby that adds just the right touch to the blue of his clothes. He wears several rings. All of them are obviously quite valuable, yet the don't scream gaudy as you might expect. One ring in particular catches several eyes. It features a deep blue stone set in platinum and is obviously of ancient dwarven make. For weapons he carries a single narrow sabre. The basket hilt of which is finely wrought gold. He, like all the Gold Dragons, is obviously accustomed to its presence. As he reaches his seat, he bows deeply to the group and says, "I'd like to welcome all of our guests to our humble home." He then follows along with the other Gold Dragons introducing himself to everyone and finding out a little about everyone in the room.
Figment
Monday July 5th, 1999 8:09:59 PM
greets the "Misfits" being as polite as possible - wondering why they are here as they are clearly an inferior group and no match for the Three. But of course, both together are nothing to the Gold Dragons... Troubled the warrior ponders "So why - why would they have us here. What are we to them? A dragon and now the greatest adventuring group in the Wold? Hmmm... Who cares! I love it. Maybe we're just that good! (failed Wisdom check)". As the Gold Dragons enter he stands amazed. He notices Valdor's strength and wonders if he could beat him in arm wrestling. "And those swords...:)". He makes an effort to meet all the Gold Dragons and learns the names of all of them with deliberate effort. "I may be dumb but I'm not stupid!" he muses. He makes sure and study the weapons of all in the room and how they are wearing them and seats himself at his spot and waits - even the food is not enticing him too much - wondering why the Three have been summoned.
Figment
Monday July 5th, 1999 8:38:59 PM
looks to the others and says "Surely we can do better than 'Misfits'"... he delights in the return of the one known as K'nara. He introduces himself with grace "Good evening my dear, your comrades thought you dead! They mourned you a great deal and missed you terribly. You have wonderful friends. My name is Figemtary - or Figment. I met your friends on the road to this city. I consider myself very lucky to be accepted as a fellow adventurer - I hope we can be friends as well!". As The Three enter he is taken aback. "This is indeed a suprise! The Three of the Floating City, here?". Before the introductions begin he makes sure the 'Misfits' know who The Three are. "They have performed several HUGE services for New Elanna - not the least of which was to infiltrate the Dark Lords army and destroy his best adventuring group. We are indeed among the best tonight!" - after the entrance of the Gold Dragons and introductions are made - in his usually delightful way - Figment seats himself and wonders... "Something's going on here. This is NOT a normal meeting." To the 'Misfits' he whispers "Something big is about to happen. The Gold Dragons all here together and The Three as well? It's not normal. The Gold Dragons haven't been together in a long time - and The Three are not out adventuring. Keep your eyes out - this is going to be a huge night! I can't imagine that they'd want us here. They want something - I can feel it.". Figment tries to listen to anything the any of the Gold Dragons are saying to each other or to their guests - trying to catch on to ANYTHING that might tip their hand.
Gareth
Monday July 5th, 1999 8:40:59 PM
Oops! The first Figment entry is Gareth - sorry.
Ingrge
Monday July 5th, 1999 9:09:59 PM
Ingrge stands proud and solemn, shaking hands firmly, and determined to be unfazed by all these people. He offers his name along with a slight nod, and looks them directly in the eye. As Figment muses aloud, Ingrge says, "Want something, you think? Hmph...well let's see." And with that he retakes his seat and will eat and drink frugally.
Olana
Monday July 5th, 1999 9:17:59 PM
The forest elf can't help but be totally dazzled with all that goes on around her. All these people! All this finery! She smiles politely when introducing herself, warming to those she knows already. Nevertheless, it takes a great effort not to just bolt for the door. Thanking Shad for helping her into her chair, she watches and listens, taking it all in. Her trembling hands she places firmly in her lap, and finds herself hardly able to eat a thing.
Teko
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 4:03:59 AM
Teko energetically stands and blurts aloud, "This is far grander than I had imagined!" But as he sees the others begin take notice, he suddenly stops, turning a bright shade of red, and quickly sits down.
Shadrach
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 4:29:59 AM
Like Olana, the sailor was somewhat overwhelmed by the personalities that mingled among them as he stood to recieve them. He stared in amazement at everything, the clothes, the fantastic weaponry, the gorgeous jewelry, the intelligence, beauty and strength of the Gold Dragons was unreal. He felt like he'd drank too much and dreamed he walked among young Ghods. With a frown, he greeted Grey and Joe. "I gotta find the fountain of goodlooks these guys' been drinkin' from," he muttered, fingering his own malformed face. The more radiant and joyous the assembly seemed, the more he worried, til he was eyeing the servants with suspicion. He said to the declared Three (and more),"So how'd you end up going after the Darklord?"
Fluet
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 4:32:59 AM
He gladly shook hands with the Three and the Gold Dragons. "I've sung songs about you!" he had to say to most of them. Looking over the heroes, he had to add, "Why are there so few women here?"
Mycroft
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:06:59 AM
Mycroft give a discreet not to Valdor and the other Gold Dragons and they begin to make their way to their seats.
Valdor
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:09:59 AM
Valdor stands looking serious for a moment and says, "Welcome to our home! I always get stuck with this speaking and representing stuff and am not very good at it so I threatened my dear friend Mordred into doing it for me. Mordred?" Valdor sits as Mordred looks up at him with a total look of surprise on his face. Valdor looks back with that irrepressable grin and sips his wine.
Jus
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:14:59 AM
Although inwardly awed meeting ALL the Gold Dragons, Jus keeps his composure and greets them genteelly. He spends a few extra moments talking with Diomedes on Archery techniques and Fletching.
Mordred
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:15:59 AM
Mordred stands and thinks for a second as if remembering something that happened a long time ago. Then he raises haunted eyes and speaks. "Gentle Persons, you are all extremely welcome here in our home this important evening. We are at your service. But we would be remiss if we didn't remember to The Gods those who are not with us this evening and those who have passed on into the afterlife. Let us toast those we miss." He pauses and then continues, "A toast then....to Clangden Swiftaxe who continues to guard the northern entrance to the Underdark and the World of the Drow." The others echo "To Clangden." Mordred looks around the assemblage to see if anyone else has a toast to a comrade missed or deceased.
Oddyseus
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:16:59 AM
In a soft voice, Oddyseus says, "To Koltar Bloodbath. May he walk with the gods." Everyone echoes "To Koltar."
Valdor
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:18:59 AM
"To Belgos and Odo Furryfoot. Friends of Wold." The chorus answers "Hear! Hear!"
Roscoe
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:19:59 AM
"To Stephon Happytongue! Still traveling the Wold. May he never find the end of it!" The guests answer, "To Stephon."
Valdor
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:21:59 AM
"To my daughter, whom I miss very much...and whom I'll see tomorrow!" The crowd echoes, "To Valdorra."
Raven
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:22:59 AM
"Really Valdor? Holy Lem, none of us knew you had a daughter. That's huge!" Everyone laughs for a minute breaking the building seriousness.
Greymalk
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:24:59 AM
"To Shafbaffum, former High Mage and friend. May he be alive, sane, and grumpy wherever he is!" The crowd enthusiascally chants, "To Shafbaffum!"
Aries
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:40:59 AM
As his fellow gold dragons toast to the memories of lost friends, Aries stands off to one corner by himself. He is dressed in a dark green leather tunic and breeches, trimmed with gold trimming, and a lighter green cloak, also trimmed with gold. He carried a longbow strapped to his back, along with a quiver of arrows of various colors. His expression is unreadable.
Guido
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:47:59 AM
"To all out fallen friends!" Guido yells. The dwarf is dressed in golden armor, with a huge axe strapped to his back. on his head is a helmet with a 3 inch spike, sharpened to a razor edge. At the tip of the spike a golden light filles the room. "I need more ale! Where is the ale?!?"
Mycroft
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:01:59 PM
The elf lifts his glass and looks at Joe with sympathy as he says, "To King Claudia and her children."
Nonam
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:03:59 PM
Nonam goes through the motions as he tries to record all personalities to faces.
Figment
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:44:59 PM
sits quietly and toasts all who are mentioned - as he knows of all of them. He restrains himself from offering a toast as any would seem small compared to those offered.
Gareth
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 6:46:59 PM
Unable to come up with any names, he raises his glass - never missing an opportunity to have another swallow of ale. But thinks of Flaust as the toasts are made.
Shadrach
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 8:04:59 PM
The human drank and added his own quiet murmur to the toasts while keeping an eye on those suspicious servants. He was glad the elf had remembered Claudia. He'd've felt too presumptious to speak. He whispered to his own party, "See that guy off in the corner? Aries? Don't look at him! I heard he was dead for awhile too."
Flueterflam
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 8:13:59 PM
Just watches and toasts, enjoying everything. Mentally, he began to compose something to record this night.
Ingrge
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 8:15:59 PM
Ingrge follows the toasts. If he had some of his own, there was no way he was going to blurt them out in such auspicious company. Following Shad's eyes he takes a glance at the one stood apart from the rest. "Hmmmm," he says quietly. "Well he doesnt look dead at the moment."
Olana
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 8:21:59 PM
Olana also sees the one named Aries stood apart from the rest, and wonders. Maybe he was as uncomfortable with all this as she was....and then again maybe not. With an effort, she turns back to the table and attempts to join in a few conversations,smiling cheerfully. After all - it would not be polite to do otherwise. She was an invited guest in this magnificent place after all.
Onrad
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 8:22:59 PM
"To Kat, once of our troupe. May she be safe and happy. And Gareth's family about whom I"m sure he's too humble to mention. May they also be safe. Selah!"
Rowen
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 9:23:59 PM
A figure in grey robes enters, he carries an oak staff with vines of mistletoe running from its top to the bottom.
Aeglos
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 9:24:59 PM
" I don't believe I have ever been in the company of this many legendary people at once before. "
Jus
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 10:28:59 PM
Bringing up these names reminds Jus of the shock and tragedy on the first day of their adventuring... so long ago it seems. "To Korok, our first compatriot to die in battle."
Gareth
Tuesday July 6th, 1999 11:20:59 PM
"Here here!" as he toasts. "It's been a long time..."
Teko
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 2:10:59 AM
As Teko begins to settle into the moment, he carefully studies the faces of all these strangers. He studies their gestures and voices, mentally rehearsing them in his imagination...
Aries
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 2:42:59 AM
pulls out a large golden coin and begins rubbing it between his fingers. he gazes at all of the gold dragons, with his gaze lingering on Valdor for a moment, then he waves to a servent for a glass of ale
Guido
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 2:53:59 AM
walks up to Valdor "Hey, remember when we killed those four blue dragons a few years age? I hope you still dont hold a grudge because i killed 3 of them while you only got one! Here, let me make it up to you buy buying you an ale! Ale, i nedd Ale for Valdor!"
Tericus
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 2:56:59 AM
whispers to Aeglos as they find their seats "Some of these guys i heard were dead! And some of them havent been heard from for years! I wonder why they have all gathered? Something is up."
Joe
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 7:35:59 AM
Ath the mention of his wife and children Joe's face looses all merryment and he turns away from the group as he swallows his wine, then his head snaps up as a familiar pounding sound comes from down the hall. His face lights up in a huge smile.
Raven and Greymalk
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 7:40:59 AM
The pounding sounds like the steps of a giant walking through the halls. A booming giant voice echos throught the hall! "I won't fit thgough that door, when are they going to make the doors bigger in here!!!" Then a second voice not nearly as loud says "Damm it Raven, how many times do I have to tell you to turn those things off inside!!" The first one then replies "Sorry" and the booming stops. The two figures step around the corner then. One a tall elf that seems to be the only one to come close to matching Valdors size. He wears an ornate sword over his shoulder. The other is a man of avrage hight and grey silver gray hair. He has a small purple rat on his shoulder.
Greymalk
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 7:41:59 AM
The elf snatches a glass from a passing serving girl and shouts to Mycroft, a sad toast my friend, I have a better one. "Death to FLAME!!"
Valdor
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 8:49:59 AM
To those who evidently exited and reentered wanting even more attention, Valdor says, "No more wine for those guys. I think they've had enough. Perhaps some food would help." ::clap! clap:: "Bring on the main course!!"
Manfred
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 8:56:59 AM
Manfred swings open a section of wall along the left side of the room and the waiters and waitresses bring out the main course: Roasted Beasts: wild boar, veal, giant lobster, and giant frog with fried fruits and fresh vegetables. Fresh spring water from Pixie Springs in Culverwood as well as a light green wine from the Windbourne Hills is served.
Mordred
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 8:58:59 AM
"Thanks Manfred. Dig in folks!" Conversaion begins again sporadically as the feeding commences.
Shadrach
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 9:00:59 AM
Shad smirked, thinking of another dragon he'd like to declare death to. When the food came he ate heartily, but drank sparingly, not daring to get himself drunk when disaster loomed so close.
Flueterflam
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 9:02:59 AM
Looking at Gareth and Onrad, "So how'd you get your invitation to dinner?"
Nonam
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 5:20:59 PM
Nonam lifts up his water glass for a sip, frowns since it's still bubbling, but takes a drink anyway. He eats his food and wonders why everybody wants to waste time tonight.
K'nara Illutu
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 5:32:59 PM
Overcome at the genuine emotion she perceives and feels herself at the reunion with her fellow travel companions, the tall female fighter grins, hugging each of them effusively until Figment introduces himself. Blinking, K'nara looks the newest member of her much-missed troupe, then, too, hugs him. All the other heroes of the evening enter and are introduced, so the routine of nodding, smiling and curtseying take up what little time there would have been for any explanations on her part. The shades of green silk with touches of glittering gold trim K'nara wears hold their own in the company of colorful diners, and reveal the athletically-built warrior woman to be worthy of her family's heritage of producing attractive people (for humans! ;D). She sits and listens to the various toasts and well-wishes from the others, thinking upon what she could--and would--add as her own. Finally, just before the first of the food arrives, K'nara stands, bearing her goblet aloft in her right hand, and toasts with deceptive good humor: "To the present ruler of the Emerald Kingdom, my friends...for having the dubious wisdom to be the cause of his own downfall by bringing together, in his Folly, the band of Misfits that will eventually kick his sorry green butt out of that country...but mostly, to the group of adventurers that I should think ought to be themselves called...The *Emerald* Dragons." All who listen can easily hear the deadly intentions towards Parnoth in K'nara's toast, as well as the heartfelt hopes for her fellow members of the Emerald Kingdom group.
Mycroft
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 5:33:59 PM
"Well on to some of the business at hand this evening. First of all, the Misfits... you guys really call yourselves that?... Anyway, we called you here for helping out Greymalk and Joe Hand when they entered the Emerald Kingdom. This dinner is in your honor." He raises a glass once again and drains off some more wine, "And of course we have gifts for our guests. Now we've debated for some time what we should give you. We are agreed that you need some more potent magic items, and we'd like to provide them. But we disagree as to how this should be done. Valdor thinks we should provide you with credit at the Catacombs so you can select your own items. This seems impersonal to me, and I wanted to present you with the items as gifts directly from us. Long story short, we could come to no agreement, and Marlowe suggested that we simply ask you what you prefer. So cold impersonal credit, or a warm friendly gift straight from the Gold Dragons?"
Figment
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 7:04:59 PM
grins large as K'Nara bear hugs him - not really wanting her to stop... the cagey mage smiles at the words of Mycroft. He pauses for a moment, clears his throat, stands and then speaks "This dinner is indeed a great honor. I was not part of the grand battle in the Emerald Kingdom of which you speak but have since been becoming part of this group. I would not be inclined to accept a gift for myself for a deed never done, but I would strongly suggest to my friends that they accept the wisdom of the Gold Dragons and recieve from you a personal gift of your choosing instead of a choice made by us. You all are FAR more experienced and know more of what lies ahead of us as we travel in the Wold. You would do a better job of choosing. Of course, I leave it to my comrades to make the final decision."
Gareth
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 7:11:59 PM
smiles when Fluet comes by. "We got a summons from a courrier to come here. I don't know why yet. I hope we find out tonight.". When he meets K'Nara, he admires her seeing that she is indeed a trained and balanced swordsman. "You carry your weapon well. A true warrior you must be.". When she toasts he wonders quietly "Just how many dragons are there out there? We seem to be running into those who have encountered them.". Gareth loses some of his concern as to why they are here as he feasts on the main course - until Mycroft begins to speak. He stops and waits for the other foot to fall - feeling something big is coming.
Onrad
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 7:57:59 PM
Onrad, trying to be helpful, but ending up meddling mostly as he brainstorms a little to loud to himself, "The Emerald Lizards? The Green Giants? The Emerald's Thorns? Blades of our Discontentment? Green With Envy? Righteous Green Anger? The Dragon Cons? The Kill the Green Dragon Consortium? Wag the Dragon? The Green Scales of Justice? Green Blood Flowing? The Green Nightmares? The Green Mean Fighting Machine?" He shuts up as Nonam looks at him with a killing stare. "No offense intended, uh Misfits."
Valdor
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 8:07:59 PM
Valdor stifles a guffaw as he hears Onrad's suggestions.
Brother Jandar
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 8:08:00 PM
Brother Jandar gives Valdor a stare sobering him immediately. He mouths, "Sorry."
Ingrge
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 10:45:59 PM
Ingrge raises his glass to K'Nara's toast, listening to her suggestion of a title to the group, and then to Onrad's outpourings. "Hmm....." he says. "Emerald Dragons seems a bit to grand for me, but I heard someone mention thorns. I like the sound of thorns. The Emerald Thorns, perhaps." He smiles to himself a little on finishing. As to Mycroft's question, he hesitates. "Well, thats all very nice, and thank you" he says quietly, a little embarrassed."Perhaps you could choose. This is something I'm not used to."
Olana
Wednesday July 7th, 1999 10:52:59 PM
Olana blushes a little as Mycroft tells of the gifts. "Oooh, well thankyou," she says. "This is most unexpected. And for myself, I think a gift you have chosen would be of more value to me." She chuckles at Ingrge's name suggestion. "You know - that might work. Unless someone has a better idea."
Diomedes
Thursday July 8th, 1999 2:59:59 AM
An average but muscular man with a morning star enters. He walks to Rowen and the begin a conversation about the past.
Aeglos
Thursday July 8th, 1999 3:01:59 AM
To Ter.," I don't understand why we would be needed for something so great it requires all of these heros."
Onrad
Thursday July 8th, 1999 5:30:59 AM
"Ya know, sometimes the dragon wags the tail. Other times, perhaps, the tail wags the dragon." You guys have "bitten" into a huge destiny here. I wish you the luck of the Gods."
Shadrach
Thursday July 8th, 1999 6:38:59 AM
Shad had a brief thought-If I set the tablecloth afire with the candles, I can use the distraction to run out the door-while looking extremely embarrassed at the amount of attention they were getting. He scrunched his fancy green shirt (wondering why it hadn't changed color in awhile) before saying, "What's in a name? Parnoth brought us together, and he called us Puppets. We couldn't FIT well in his society and became thorns in his side." He grinned briefly. "Now we've been banished from his kingdom on pain of death, and he promises more trouble. But I swore an oath and won't abandon it lightly." He looked briefly at his fellows. "As for me, I would gladly treasure a broken magic sword given by the Gold Dragons more than any magic merchant's trident."
Flueterflam
Thursday July 8th, 1999 6:45:59 AM
"Well, we might become the Emerald Dragons someday, you never know!" the bard added. "Or we could just keep changing our name."
Jus
Thursday July 8th, 1999 7:08:59 AM
Talking quitely to Nonam, wondering if you have to kill a dragon to become a dragon. "The one we met was rather enjoyable. I don't have any ill feelings towards him." Chuckling, he adds while motioning towards Onrad, "Then again, he did stick us with our court jester."
Joe
Thursday July 8th, 1999 7:31:59 AM
Joe and Grey step foreward ready to bestow gifts upon their saviors. Joe speaks. "Adventurers, I thank you and am indebted to you more than you will ever know for helping me to see my Claudia on this the first Anniversry of her death."
K'nara
Thursday July 8th, 1999 4:23:59 PM
Having sat down and thought about the subject, K'nara has to smile about the variety of 'nommes du guerre' spouted by Onrad. "I suggested Emerald Dragons because I'm certain such a grandiose name not only acknowledges the Gold Dragons whom have inspired us, but would doubtless piss--ahem...*tick* off ol' Parnoth himself (being green and all)...but Emerald Thorns has a nice ring to it, too." The warrior woman nodded acknowledgement of Ingrge's suggestion, then listened to the question of credit versus gift, her introspective contemplation of the ring on her finger--the one Grey had given her--evincing a small (perhaps even tender?) smile. "I have...an item to remember the Gold Dragons by, but as Olana, Ingrge and Shadrach have said--I would appreciate the thought behind the gift made to us ever so much more." The nod in Joe and Grey's direction causes the fillet of gold mesh that binds K'nara's russet hair to flash momentarily as the metal catches the light. "I know I'm curious to see what these legendary heroes feel is appropriate for my group."
Figment
Thursday July 8th, 1999 4:54:59 PM
watches Joe and Grey as they bestow their gifts, happy for his newly found companions.
Tericus
Thursday July 8th, 1999 4:58:59 PM
to Aeglos, "I know what you mean. It is a little overwhelming, with all these heros surrounding us. And they requested for us to be here! I hope we live up to your groups reputation."
Guido
Thursday July 8th, 1999 4:59:59 PM
working on his fourth mug of ale "Let me choose their gifts!"
Mycroft
Thursday July 8th, 1999 5:07:59 PM
"Very well then. Gifts for the Thorny Green Misfits." He nods to Joe and Greymalk, and they bring forth a few chests that were positioned around the room. "For the well spoken Shadrach, I believe that we have an enchanted trident (+2). Valdor took it from a Sahaugin slain in during the battle to save Shaffbaffum. For K'nara, Grey has found a sword suitable for one that follows his calling," Greymalk strides toward K'nara mutters a command word and flames erupt from the blade. Mycroft continues, "It is aptly called Flame Tongue. Treat it well. For Olana, Aries has crafted a shortbow (+2) for you which Marlowe and Joe have then enchanted. With some practice you may even be able to shoot as good as me. Next we have Ingrge Nightseer. For you Roscoe has a wand..." Roscoe vigorously shakes his head back and forth in a no as Joe pulls a staff from out of the goody boxes. Mycroft continues, "Make that staff. Apparently it is a good fighting staff (+1), but it also can protect you while you use it (+1). Roscoe is also certain that it possesses other magical properties, but you will have to discover those over time." Roscoe stands up and whispers to Mycroft, "Oh, he tells me that he has discovered one of its powers. It will create the spell 'color spray' when you hold it and say "Shadinhue." Next the magical bard, Flueterflam. For you we have a Horn of Collapsing." Valdor pops up, "Be careful with that. I tried to learn to play using it, but rocks always fell on me. Maybe you can do better." Mycroft, "And finally Figment. Though you have only recently joined this group, you must be prepared if you are to journey with them. So the mages among us consented to allow you to copy any five spells that you currently have the ability to cast from their collections. Perhaps you will also share your knowledge with your companions. I believe that does it. Didn't leave anyone out did I? Thank you all once again." Mycroft nods to Valdor and sits back down.
Figment
Thursday July 8th, 1999 5:42:59 PM
Upon hearing the announcement that the group helped Joe meet Claudia he gasps - but quickly recovers - knowing the story. When the stunned mage hears that he will get to learn 5 new spells he rises and bows in appreciation. I was not aware of the significance of the deed which these fine adventurers have done for you. I am both honered to be counted among them and I am in your debt for your fine gift. I hope I can repay your kindness some time in the future.".
Aeglos
Thursday July 8th, 1999 8:20:59 PM
" My best friend is a dragon, so I am interested to see what these gold dragons are like."
Diomedes
Thursday July 8th, 1999 8:21:59 PM
" So Rowen, how has Culverwood been? "
Rowen
Thursday July 8th, 1999 8:22:59 PM
" Not bad, Diomedes, I have just been up to normal daily routine though. I had enough adventure long ago."
Onrad
Thursday July 8th, 1999 8:42:59 PM
To Jus, "These guys don't do anything small do they? I like that. I wanna be like that. Remember when I was fussing earlier about us becoming more professional and planning head more? When I kinda raised the performance bar for us? Well, I think it just got raised again. Nothing short of someday being where this group is now, is acceptable. I feel a 5 year plan coming on."
Raven
Thursday July 8th, 1999 10:14:59 PM
"I know what you mean Rowen, I think I am to big to adventure now. I make to much noise in the dungeons. Scraping my head on the top of the cellings and all."
Gareth
Thursday July 8th, 1999 10:35:59 PM
muses to himself "All these gifts from all these beings of power. I wonder why they care so much? Makes no sense to me. But I'll sure take them!". To Onrad's observation the perplexed warrior says "A 5 year plan? I'm more worried about getting a good night's sleep now that dinner is taken care of!"
Ingrge
Thursday July 8th, 1999 11:23:59 PM
Standing and giving a solemn bow, Ingrge accepts the staff reverently. "Thank you," he says,with just the hint of a delighted smile on his face.He then moves the staff from hand to hand, nodding in quiet satisfaction, before returning to his seat.
Flueterflam
Thursday July 8th, 1999 11:25:59 PM
Fluet seemed overwhelmed by everything. "I can't tell you how much this means to me! Thank you all!" Fluet looked at Valdor, "I didn't know you played an instrument."
Olana
Thursday July 8th, 1999 11:26:59 PM
Olana's face lights up in a big smile as she receives the gift of the bow. "Ooooh, this is wonderful! Thankyou!" she exclaims, blue eyes wide with delighted astonishment.
Shadrach
Thursday July 8th, 1999 11:32:59 PM
Shad flushed red to his ears and came up to accept his gift. He bowed quickly and said,"Thank you." He hurried back to his seat, unable to say anything more. With a foolish grin he slapped Figment on the back, glad of his own good fortune.
Jus
Friday July 9th, 1999 2:06:59 AM
Amazed to hear how the Emerald Green Thorny Misfits helped Joe, Jus is unusually quite. His surprise is easily increased as he hears the lavish gifts bestowed upon them. Now, his curiosity for why The Three were invited is REALLY strong.
Diomedes
Friday July 9th, 1999 6:58:59 PM
shakes his head and laughs, " You are a big man raven. "
Teko
Friday July 9th, 1999 9:11:59 PM
Teko at first appears to have disappeared, but no, he is hidden behind a large portion of food, eating and muttering with admiration, "Wonderful...VERY tasty...almost as good as my mother's!..."
Aries
Saturday July 10th, 1999 8:24:59 AM
Nods to Olana.
Onrad
Saturday July 10th, 1999 7:35:59 PM
Responds to Gareth, "It's a need to know kinda thing Gareth." Then he breaks down and laughs. "It does sound kinda silly doesn't it Gareth?" He turns back to Jus his face knotted in thoughts and plans. He grins the grin of one who is branstorming lofty thoughts and is determined to make them happen.
Gareth
Sunday July 11th, 1999 2:17:59 AM
upon hearing Onrads scheming the perplexed warrior wonders if there was Dale Carnegie book in the Gold Dragon's library... :)
K'nara
Sunday July 11th, 1999 6:14:59 PM
For a moment, all K'nara can do is blink amazed hazel eyes at the fiery sword the famed elven warrior is presenting to her. Then, curtseying most gracefully, she accepts the Flame Tongue, repeating the command word questioningly: "Lucia?" Greymalk nods apologetically as the fire goes out--seems that one command word controls activating *and* deactivating the Flame Tongue. K'nara is clearly charmed, though. "LUCIA!" she cries, the sword flaming to life once more as she delightedly begins to dance with the blade, her movements all the more graceful for having been following Greymalk's own instructions all these weeks. Indulging in the Blade Song in this impromptu manner causes the silks she is dressed in to flare out and allow rather immodest peeks at the female fighter's body, but the flaming sword, also awhirl over her head, is giving off a light intense enough to rival daylight--practically blinding those present in the chamber. Greymalk's laugh and somebody's wry comment about needing a shadevisor brings K'nara back to her surroundings. She halts her dance, murmuring "Lucia" once more. The flames die out. "Thank you, Greymalk, and you, too, Joe--and also my own heartfelt you're welcome in return. I shall treasure this blade always."
Valdor
Monday July 12th, 1999 5:40:59 AM
"All this treasure is making me hungry. Bring on the desserts!!" Manfred claps his hands three times and the kitchen doors open once again bringing out the dessert. A huge 6' Golden Dragon's Head open and ready to breath dominates a huge dessert table surrounded with ice-cream cake.
Manfred
Monday July 12th, 1999 5:45:59 AM
"Please gentle ladies and men, let me explain the dessert. Simply lay your hand on the dragon's head and hold your place under the dragon's snout like this....and say the command word of the topping you'd like to come out of the mouth onto your cake. When you've have enough, simply say stop or say the next command word for the next topping you'd like. Enjoy!" He waves to all to come serve themselves.
Flueterflam
Monday July 12th, 1999 7:27:59 AM
"Cherry! Chocolate! Whipped cream! Stop!" Fluet carried his chocolate cherry cake back to his seat and proceeded to finish it off. "Delicious!"
Shadrach
Monday July 12th, 1999 7:30:59 AM
Shad sighed, watching K'Nara, before brightening at dessert. He chose cake and ice cream with whipped cream. While eating, he mumbled, "What if somebody had an emergency and left the topping thingie on? Imagine rushing off and coming back to a castle filled with whipped cream!"
Jus
Monday July 12th, 1999 11:07:59 AM
Jus marvels at K'nara, openly appreciating the finess and beauty of her dance. Feeling honored at having witnessed her innocent pleasure, Jus finds himself standing to give another toast. "To the silken art of Flame-Tongue dancing, and to the party that has Wardd's double blessing of Olana and K'nara to grace it."
Valdor
Monday July 12th, 1999 1:29:59 PM
Valdor's eyes light up as he overhears Shadrach's comment and he begins to grin hugely.
Mycroft
Monday July 12th, 1999 1:30:59 PM
"Don't even think about it Valdor. Don't even think!!"
Valdor
Monday July 12th, 1999 1:32:59 PM
"Hey I never do! You know that. I can see it now. Diving off of the spectator's gallery up above with a Feather Fall spell on to heighten the experience....invite all the orphans over to play. Hoody Hoo!"
Mordred
Monday July 12th, 1999 1:33:00 PM
"Don't even think about it Valdor."
Valdor
Monday July 12th, 1999 1:34:59 PM
Unrepentant, he goes over to the dragon dispenser and adds a huge hill of whipped cream to his half eaten cake. Then he goes and pulls up a chair across from K'nara and begins to flirt mightily avoiding his more serious comrades.
Gareth
Monday July 12th, 1999 3:05:59 PM
is impressed by the she-warriors swordsman ship. He acknowleges Jus's toast. Then he piles on lots of whipped cream on his cake and then devours it.
Figment
Monday July 12th, 1999 3:06:59 PM
smiles at the festivities and savours the thought of 5 new spells...
Ingrge
Monday July 12th, 1999 6:58:59 PM
Ingrge abstains from dessert, preferring to sit and watch quietly, although he can't help smiling a little at Shad's comment.
Olana
Monday July 12th, 1999 7:00:59 PM
Olana nods back to Aries, and smiles in gratitude, cradling her bow. At the toast she breaks into a smile and raises her glass.
K'nara
Monday July 12th, 1999 10:29:59 PM
After slipping the Flame Tongue into the finely-crafted scabbard that comes with it, K'nara returns to the table, tying the scabbard into the position she is most used to having her sword--so that the blade is drawn with her right hand from behind her right shoulder. Thus her hands are free for the serving of dessert--her dish of ice cream nearly the size of Valdor's (!) by the time she finishes listing the various fruits, nuts and other garnishes to top the frozen confection. She easily eats her entire dessert even as she listens to Valdor's flattery, alternating between grinning at his style and rolling her eyes when he gets a little TOO unbelievable.
Tericus
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 2:52:59 AM
"We are on dessert already? I don't remember eating dinner?"
Flueterflam
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 3:39:59 AM
Fluet looked up, mumbling, "Muff if moot! Mree muh MEEF mummum." And nodded vigorously in emphasis.
Shadrach
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 3:49:59 AM
Shad finally sat back and loosened his belt a knotch or two. "Ohhhh, what a feast!" He sipped wine while gazing at the Three (or More). "Well, I must say, I was almost expecting some sort of alliance against the old Dragon. The GDs could kill him, but can't 'cuz the Darklord and the whole humanoid country south would be a danger to safe travel. But now that Parnath's forcing the elves out, I thought someone'd want to take action. WE intend to harass him, but to be honest, we aren't going to be able to do much. I suppose the GDs have to wait on what the Lord Mayor's meeting with Parnoth shows."
Marlowe the Prophet
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 5:34:59 AM
Marlowe turns to Shadrach. "I-I've sought Jantierri, m-many times c-c-concerning the people of the Emerald Kingdom. There will be a great group of heroes that will arise from that land to save their own people. That much has been fore-ordained. You may be that group, but not yet. Not yet." He stares at him hard as if reading her aura or soul and then withdraws into himself again and does not look at him again.
Mycroft
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 6:37:59 AM
Mycroft moves to the head of center of the table and says, "If everyone will once again be seated with your desserts, we'll move on to the original purpose for this dinner tonight." He waits patiently for the last ones to serve themselves some dessert and to make their way to their seats. "Thank You. Valdor this honor resides with you I think. There's no passing the gold piece this time."
Valdor
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 7:19:59 AM
Valdor loses his grin and gets deadly serious. He stands. Looking in his eyes as he gazes around the room, you can see how he has slain dragons and worse. How dangerous and discerning he truly is under all that amazing innocence. He wears his battle face. "I'll do my best." He thinks for a minute and then says, "There is lots of evil in The Wold today. Here in New Elenna, we have the Dark Lord with his Earth Ring of Ascension and Parnoth who sold his ring of Ascension and Aisildur all on our west." He pauses on each one to let the significance of each situation sink in. "We have the dragons of Dragon Bay on the east trying always to escape through the Sentinel Boundaries." He pauses again. "We have the sea devils to the south with the Water Ring of Ascension they stole from us and High Mage Shafbaffum as well. No doubt if he lives, he is being forced to work for them." He pauses again. " Then there is the Drow below us with their Air Ring of Ascension. We're faced with evil and trouble in every place. And the case is the same for most of the other civilized lands. For too long have we sat and played at defeating these enemies. True, the army is much stronger that it was and there are adventurers once again flourishing in Plateau City. But the tasks asked of us are too great. We need to add to our ranks. We feel, that even though your number of adventures are few that they have been extremely noteworthy. You have that knack that only the best of the best have in that adventure finds you even when you go on vacation. Yes, we've been watching you. Closely. Ever since you set out for Izen. And we think you ready." He pauses again. Then he raises his arms high and his voice booms throughout the room. "Ready to become DRAGONS!!" His voice echoes. "We want you to join us as members of the Dragon Consortium!" Now don't answer now. Think. When this opportunity was bestowed...hey that's a big word....bestowed on us by the Red Dragons years ago, we were shaking in our boots - - probably the same as you are now. It's not an easy life. And it's not something that's just given. You must earn it. You must earn it by completing two missions that we will assign to you. These will be difficult and dangerous. Harder and against more powerful foes than you have yet faced. These adventures will not be told you ahead of time and must be accepted. Should you decide not to accept the mission, you do not earn your place beside us in the Dragon Consortium. Each mission must be completed successfully. If over half of you that are here today die or leave the group, not being able to handle your new challenges, we reserve the right to consider your efforts a failure. If you accept, however, and are successful with these two ventures, "The Three" will become full-fledged dragons and knights of the realm of the realm, pledged to the Kingdom of New Elenna, the High Lord Mayor, and stand for godness and the preservation of The Wold and it's noble races. With this responsibility comes international and otherworldly acclaim and infamy, a place in history, and unlimited opportunity. You, The Three, will then choose a new name, the name of a dragon type not currently in use by any existing Dragon or Wyrm Consortium Troupe!! Now." He pauses. "NOW!! Think. Decide! We and our guests from the Emerald Kingdom will retire down the hallway to the Castle Tavern to await your decision." He then motions to his comrades and the Misfits, picks up the remainder of his dessert and leads the way to the tavern.
Brother Jandar
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 7:21:59 AM
As he leaves he places his hand on Gareth's shoulders and says, "May the Gods of Wold bless your decisions this night." He holds the door for the others to leave and then closes the double doors."
DM
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 7:23:59 AM
Valdor leads the way down the hallway and through some swinging doors on the left side of that hallway and into the tavern. It is good sized with the bar on the left side of the room and several tables to the right. In the back there is a small stage. Unbelieveably, there is a bard here, the leader from the group in the banquet hall. He begins playing softly.
Jerry d20=5
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 7:24:00 AM
Testing once.
DM
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 7:28:59 AM
As Brother Jandar closes the door with a sound that echoes through the room, the musicians to the right, pack up quickly and leave as does the kitchen help. A profound silence settles in upon the room.
Tericus
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 4:36:59 PM
looks at all the members of the group "I know i just joined your group, but the honor that has just been bestowed upon you all is immeasureable. I am honored that you chose for me to travel with you all."
Gareth
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 8:15:59 PM
looks at Tericus and says "You have become a part of us. The offer was made to you too. You are welcome to stay if you want it. What do you say, are you with us? After he responds the warrior looks over all those in the room. Nonam and Jus who have been there from the beginning and went to that nether world bar - better even than the Red Wyrm Inn! Onrad, who came along shortly after. Teko, who helped fight the Dark Lord. Aeglos, who was with Patrarch. And now Tericus who helped him regain his sight... he speaks. "So many others. Korok, Flaust, Tiberion, Kat... dead or just gone... Wow. How could we be here after only a couple of years? Are we REALLY that good? Have we REALLY been chosen. The gods, the three sisters, said I would see great things and that I was worthy. Am I? Are we? This would be a great honor and would be keeping our bargain with Patrarch. I for one am for it! I want to be with warriors like Valdor. Hang out in places like this. Have a big castle where we could hang out and for my family to be safe. How about you all?"
Aeglos
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 8:18:59 PM
" I for one think it is a grand opportunity , however it will be a great responsibility as well. "
Jus
Tuesday July 13th, 1999 11:57:59 PM
"Responsibility? You mean fun! This'll be great! Can you imagine what quests these guys could send us on! Maybe into Aisildur, or the lost ocean city... Maybe we'll be able to kill a dragon ourselves! Maybe we have to find a wife for Onrad -- naw that would be too hard. Let's call them back in and tell them we'll do it. I mean, after we discuss it, of course."
g1tst
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 12:17:59 AM
tst
Gareth
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 12:51:59 AM
smiles and adds "I doubt we could make more money or get more power and influence trying another way. I didn't become an adventurer to float along. I promised my family I would do my best and then return for them. I think this decision would be best for that."
Tericus
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 3:08:59 AM
"Of course im with you! Im glad you think me as one of you."
Teko
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 3:48:59 AM
Teko watches as the non-Three leave, smiling and bowing to each in turn. He sits and listens for a moment to what the others say. Soon he speaks. "I believe that we are being asked to face more sorrow and more wickedness than most in this Wold will ever see. I do not mean the two 'challenges'. I mean what lies beyond that. If we are looking for gold or comfort or honor, we can find it far more easily elsewhere. But if we are looking to go beyond ourselves to seek what is truly good, to bring harmony and life to to the struggling and the dying, then the choice is obvious. We accept the challenge. We take on the burden. And we become truly great."
Nonam
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 6:21:59 AM
Nonam says, "Yeah, we do it. We take the opportunity. But we keep our eyes open. And we be careful. I see all this has brought back Gareth's all encompassing confidence as well as Jus' 'the sun is always shining' love of life. Baa! This will spoil us! Beware! Next thing you know, Onrad will be saying I'm picking on him again and threaten to quit."
Onrad
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 6:24:59 AM
"Oh shut up Nonam or I'll find another lake to knock you into. Yes we do this. But we get loaded for bear and quick. Life is gonna change folks. We gotta be ready. We shop seriously tomorrow. We equip ourselves with the idea in mind that we must be ready for anything. Dragons, The Dark Lord....anything!"
Manfred
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 6:26:59 AM
Manfred enters by the front doors and says, "I have a message here arrived by rider for Nonam. The rider will only deliver it to you, Sir Nonam. I'll take you to the room where he's waiting."
Nonam
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 6:28:59 AM
"Sure. Be back in a minute."
Manfred
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 6:31:59 AM
A few minutes later, Manfred returns. "Sirs, he read the message, cursed, stole the messenger's horse, and rode away. He said that his mother had died. He then instructed me to tell you sirs that he's be back when he could. Sorry. Excuse me." He backs out of the room.
Onrad
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 7:00:59 AM
"Well, I guess there's no reason to postpone this. Let's to to the tavern and accept. Then I think a little celebration is in order." Onrad walks to the double doors and opens them. "Gareth and Jus? You should be first I think."
DM
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 7:02:59 AM
The party files out after Gareth and Jus and heads down the hallway to the Castle Tavern. (Once again, please post on the Game 3 Board. When it's time to post here again, I'll let you know. You may make a final post or two here as you travel down the hallway, etc. if you wish.)
Gareth
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 7:11:59 AM
say to Manfred. "Tell the rider that we will replace his horse tomorrow. Tell him also to check into the Red Wyrm Inn and we'll buy him a nights stay. It's the least we can do for Nonam." Gareth rises with Jus and walks over to Onrad. "I don't know if we should go first or not but I will if you want. You've been a good friend. (He looks around). You've all been good friends. I want us to always stay that way. Ready". And with that, turns and strides confidently into the tavern.
Jus
Wednesday July 14th, 1999 3:34:59 PM
Jus is a bit suprised at Nonam's abrupt departure, but can certainly understand it. "Maybe the messanger knows where Nonam's heading. I hate to see him leave at a time like this... but we should send flowers, rocks, or something!" He follows Gareth's example, a bit overemphasizing his mimic of Gareth's extreme confidence just long enough for Onrad to catch his eye. Smiling with a childish grin, he relaxes to his normal easy-going pace and exits.
DM Jerry
Monday July 19th, 1999 5:35:59 AM
The party leaving Gold Dragon, their heads filled with all the wonderful activities of the evening, traverse Adventurer's Square and arrive at the light filled doors of The Adventurers' Repose. A young halfling male in a lilting voice greets you, "Ahh. We are indeed fortunate tonight. Welcome to The Three! I am Lefti and we are at your service. Would you like some rooms for the evening? Or one of our Adventurers' Suites? Cost? Don't worry about it. We'll deal with such trivial necessities in the morning when you're fresh. At that time, you may name your own price for staying with us. If you're not satisfies with our service or rooms, you don't owe us anything. We'll owe you. Come! Come!" He holds the door where his two sisters Flirti and Gerti lead the way upstairs. Gerti says, "Separate rooms or an Adventurer's Suite for mutual protection?"
Gareth
Monday July 19th, 1999 7:08:59 PM
looks to the others and says "Somehow I think tonight we should stay together - just a feeling. We'll have a suite."
Onrad
Monday July 19th, 1999 7:20:59 PM
"I agree." Walks upstairs with the two young ladies, mumbles a "It's lovely, thanks," and finds a bed to crash in. "Wake us at dawn please," he mumbles.....zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz
Jus
Tuesday July 20th, 1999 12:41:59 AM
Jus hits the bed, excited to awake early to make sure his spells are ready for the adventure that awaits!
Aeglos
Tuesday July 20th, 1999 3:22:59 AM
As soon as he enters the room, Aeglos is in bed and asleep.
Teko
Tuesday July 20th, 1999 3:50:59 AM
Teko finds a place among the others and sleeps.
Tericus
Tuesday July 20th, 1999 5:00:59 AM
prays to Terisalia for spells for the coming day, then goes to sleep
Pimpo (DM Jerry)
Tuesday July 20th, 1999 6:57:59 AM
A ring sounds through the various rooms of your suite. A voice sounds through a message horn saying, "Rise and Shine Bold Adventurers! I hope your repose was restful. It is a new day. The sun is dawning and breakfast is ready at your convienence. Hoody Hoo! Please let us know if you would like breakfast brought up or baths drawn, etc. Anything you want or need, we will provide! I am Pimpo and am at your service."
Gareth
Tuesday July 20th, 1999 7:13:59 AM
leaps to his feet with sword ready when the bell sounds - sleeping lightly this last night. He rolls his eyes when the "Rise and Shine" greeting comes. "Guess we better dress in our adventuring clothes.". Gareth dons his armor and weapondry and goes to eat breakfast. When the others finish he says "Let's go see what the Mayor wants of us."
Tericus
Tuesday July 20th, 1999 9:07:59 AM
"Breakfast sounds delightful right now." dresses in his normal traveling robes, but places his green one in his pack "I think they intended for us to keep these."
Onrad
Tuesday July 20th, 1999 7:35:59 PM
Onrad dresses quickly but effeciently, washes his face and informs Pimpo that he'll be coming down for breakfast. "Gentlemen, shall we break our fast? I'm still pretty full from last night, but piece of fruit or two and a mug of something hot would hit the spot. We're due at the Mayor's in two hours. I suggest we save our remaining shopping for after that." And with that Onrad skips out the door and slides down the banister to the tavern below saying a cheerful "Good morning!" to anyone he passes on the stairs.
Aeglos
Tuesday July 20th, 1999 8:19:59 PM
" I am not going anywhere until I've had some fruit and cheese and a bit of juice or wine. "
Teko
Wednesday July 21st, 1999 3:45:59 AM
Teko gets cleaned up and heads downstairs for something tasty.
Jus
Wednesday July 21st, 1999 7:35:59 AM
With a loud bang of the door, Jus bursts in from outside. He's wearing his normal clothes, but with the addition of his sorcerous cap. "Good morning, Gentlemen", he bows with a practiced flourish of his cap. With his ever present grin, he laughs, "Where've you guys been! The day's practically started!"
DM Jerry
Wednesday July 21st, 1999 10:23:59 AM
Everyone enjoys the wonderful breakfast either in the suite or downstairs in the tavern. The fruit and breads are fresh and the morning herb tea aromatic. After breakfast, final visits to the room, etc. and reserving the suite until further notice, the party heads out for The High Lord Mayor's Castle in Merchant Quarter just south of Repeat River and facing Cutlass Street north of Merchant Square. The sun is shining seeming closer than ever high up on the Third Plateau. The morning sky has streaks of pink amid the orange. Birds sing in the trees around the square. As the party heads out the door, they see a familiar face shopping for morning fruit at a stand outside in the square. It is Kibo, the scout that accompanied you into town yesterday. You remember something about promising to contact him at the Guards Post when your dealings with the Gold Dragons were concluded. Yesterday seems a lifetime away with all that has happened since then.
Tericus
Wednesday July 21st, 1999 4:38:59 PM
"Hello, Kibo. How are you doing today? Sorry about not meeting with you last night, but we kind of got busy. If you will excuse us, we have a very important meeting with the High Lord Mayor. Perhaps we can meet up later at the Red Wyrm inn."
Gareth
Wednesday July 21st, 1999 7:37:59 PM
looks Kibo over as he has never seen him. Only heard him. "It's good the SEE you today, Kibo. I wonder how many people I will know only when I hear their voice.". After pleasantries Gareth motions and sets off again to see the mayor.
Onrad
Wednesday July 21st, 1999 10:18:59 PM
Onrad greets Kibo and slaps him on the back. Then as soon as they are past him he motions the others into a quick circle and whispers so no outsiders cah near. "Hey guys, we sure could use another person with rogish talents. Kibo seems very capable. He's led scout troops in the New Elennian Army, for Domi's sake! What say we invite him to join us for the day? We can kinda watch him in a critical situation, before the Mayor, and see how good he is. You have to eventually take a chance on a guy like you did on me once upon a time. If you wait until a non-critical moment, what have you learned about a person? And when does a non-critical time ever come for the likes of us? I watched him closely on the way here as I'm sure some of you did. I was impressed. So what'ya think? Shall we ask him to join us? For the day at least?"
Gareth
Wednesday July 21st, 1999 10:35:59 PM
Totally focused on what lies ahead the distracted warrior offers "Did you want to join us? I have no problem with that but as I said, I never saw you. But I respect the opinions of my partners. Either way, lets roll. Can't keep the mayor waiting now can we?"
Jus
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 12:01:59 AM
Lazily walking out, enjoying the last of a sticky-bun, Jus sees Gareth inviting Kibo into the group. "Hi again, Kibo. I was going to ask you to join when I saw you earlier this morning, but I thought the others should be involved." Jus grins at Gareth before he says anything, "I know, I know. I'm showing incredible restraint today. But then again", Jus laughes, "it's only morning."
Tericus
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 2:25:59 AM
"Well, you all took a chance on me, so i say lets take a chance on Kibo. That is, if he wants to join us."
Teko
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 3:36:59 AM
"I vote that Kibo join us." Teko turns with a grin to Kibo and says, "We should be facing rather dangerous circumstance quite soon. Are you up to it?"
Kibo
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 4:46:59 AM
Disposing of an apple core into the nearest trash-collection point, Kibo extends a well-muscled hand and begins heartily shaking everyone's hand, "Of course! Said you're visiting the Mayor, is it? Have all the arrangements been made, or do you need me to provide introductions?" Kibo says with a smile.
DM
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 6:02:59 AM
And so our brave adventurers called The Three become even more than the more that they were before. This done in their usual manner, they proceed to the High Lord Mayor's Castle.
Petty the Secretary
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 6:09:59 AM
A Grey Elf rises from his desk to greet you. "This way please. You're early, but the Mayor is anxious to go ahead and meet with you. Have you breakfasted? Would you like some Klah or Berry Tea?"
DM Jerry
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 6:15:59 AM
The castle is older than the 427 years than Plateau City has been the capital of New Elenna. So it must have been a Teucri site that was renovated to become the High Lord Mayor's Castle. Also the furnishings all look new replaced after the evil reign of Quenyar.
DM Jerry
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 6:21:59 AM
The High Lord Mayor's office is elegant as the ruler of a kingdom's place of ruling should be. It does resemble an office though rather than a traditional throne room. The desk is made of soft woods of some unknown origin and has a slightly silver coloration to it. The chair of the High Lord Mayor is covered in Red Dragon Hide as is the guest chairs facing the desk. There are two other sitting areas in the office. One sitting area has several couches and chairs all covered in this same red dragon leather and looks out through a bay window on Repeat River and the Arena beyond. The other setting faces a rock fireplace in the corner and a man made waterfall creating the soft comforting tones of falling water on the wall opposite the window. The water glints with the sunlight shining in through the window.
Sturtavent (DM Jerry)
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 6:37:59 AM
Sturtavent is a stately man appearing to be in his late middle-age years. He has a strong look of vitality about him. His eyes literally sparkle which is very unnerving. He seems to see much more with those beautiful eyes than most people. "Gentlemen, welcome! I'm so excited that you've accepted the challenge to undergo the trials to join the Dragon Consortium. The needs of your country and The Wold are great and adventuring troups of quality are many times the best equipped entity to deal with such situations. I have a very serious....situation. I asked for help from the Dragon Consortium and they have sent you. I am glad of this and thank you for your help before hand." He shakes each hand cheerfully. Petty arrives with Klah, Berry Tea and sweetcakes.
Gareth
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 8:10:59 AM
looks the mayor in the eye and says "Thank you. We are glad to help. So what is this situation you need us to help you with?"
Tericus
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 4:38:59 PM
"Ill take some tea." takes a cup from Petty. "I love you office! Who is your decorator? Is all this from the same dragon?" he exclaims with wide eyed wonder at the office
Onrad
Thursday July 22nd, 1999 9:43:59 PM
Onrad bows his head slightly and shakes Sturtavent's hand warmly. "I'm honored to meet you sir. I've truly admired what you've accomplished in the last year. I thank you personally for helping turn the direction of our kingdom around in many ways. I am forever at your service." As Sturtavent moves on to shake the hand of others, Onrad takes some Tea and a couple of cakes. "Thank you. These look delicious."
Jus
Friday July 23rd, 1999 3:24:59 AM
Jus gives a small bow to Petty when she returns. "I'm always honored to meet a Grey." "Thank you for the tea," he says, savoring the berry aroma rising from a cup just as exquisite as the Mayor's chambers.
Aeglos
Friday July 23rd, 1999 5:27:59 AM
Bows to Sturtavent, and says," It is a great honor to be before you."
Sturtavent
Friday July 23rd, 1999 8:09:59 AM
Sturtavent settles in a chair which he turns to face away from the bay window and proceeds. "Needless to say, this situation may not be talked of in public or mentioned to anyone not involved. There is an extensive history to this venture." He pauses thinking for a second and then speaks into a ring. "Mr. Petty, please send in our guest in Meeting Room 6 please."
Ursis
Friday July 23rd, 1999 8:11:59 AM
A balding rotund man dressed in colorful robes and carrying a common looking lyre enters the room. His face is rosy and he has a weathered smile. His eyes look as if they have seen more than any man would ever want to see. He smiles and sits as Sturtavent motions to him to do so.
Sturtavent
Friday July 23rd, 1999 8:15:59 AM
"Gentlemen, please meet Ursis, Master Bard of The Wold. Ursis, these are The Three. I am being signaled that I have other guests arriving that concern this venture. I must welcome them and see to their needs. Ursis, if you would take The Three up to the roof where they can be comfortable, and tell them the tales and histories they will need to know....for what is to come.
Ursis
Friday July 23rd, 1999 8:25:59 AM
"This way then Gentlemen." He leads the way out of the High Lord Mayor's office and down a series of passages leading deeper into the castle. Eventually a hallway ends and Ursis strikes a chord on his lyre opening a secret door leading to a staircase going up. 100 feet later, a door leads out onto the roof of the castle where you see a fantastic sight. Spread out before you on the roof is a park complete with trees, bushes, walking trails, and park benches. Ursis moves forward and down the path a bit sits himself on one of these benches and motions you to spread out on the lush grass and make yourselves comfortable. "It's truly good to meet you. Congratulations on your being asked to begin trials to join the Dragon Consortium. I have quite the series of tales to impart to you this sunny morning. Why don't you sit back and enjoy the telling. If you can save your questions until I'm finished, I'll do my best to help you close your dropped jaws at that time. Yes your first task is that momentous." Ursis begins his tale.
Ursis
Friday July 23rd, 1999 8:26:00 AM
About five years ago, The Gold Dragons, still in their prime days of daily adventuring, descended into the Drow of the Underdark as guards of a caravan headed for the Drow Trading Post called Mantol-Derith. There they were drawn into the political intrigues of the Drow. Unknown to the Gold Dragonss, the merchant who hired them was carrying potent new spells- wild magic spells- into the Underdark. Though he tried to keep the information secret, at least one potential customer knew what was going on. Several other Drow groups, including rival drow houses and other denizens of the dark, suspected the truth and took steps to gain the magic for themselves--or at least to insure that it did not fall into rival hands.
The Gold Dragons were offered the opportunity to come to the city of the drow, Menzoberranzan, to serve the mercantile interests of House Millithor. This house ranked only 25th in the city, yet it's influence in the Mantol Market made it a promising upstart.
The Gold Dragons took a secret route into Menzoberranzan, yet along the way, were found and encountered by all sorts of drow groups. They were wooed and threatened by House Baenre, the #1 house, and also by that clan's greatest rival, the #2 House Barrison Del'Armgo. They met the famed mercenary captain Hatchme, who also goes by the name of Jarlaxle. Making enemies of all these groups, the group limped into the city in a desperate struggle for survival.
Finally approached in the city by House Millithor, they were taken to the Matron Mother where they were rested, healed, and fed. Brought before her in audience, they uncharacteristically insulted her, not realizing that she was testing them and that House Millithor was uniquely neutral in alignment. She took the Wild Mage spells from the party and tossed them out to fend for themselves. The Gold Dragons had to fight their way to the surface in shame, because of their failure to make friends with such a valuable ally.
Soon after, The Red Dragons traveled to Menzoberranzan to make amends for The Gold Dragons insults and make allies of House Millithor.
About a year after this, House Millithor was faced with a life and death crisis. They asked for help from their surface allies to further test them and to study their strange tactics of forming adventuring groups. The Red Dragons had disappeared and hadn't been seen for awhile, so the Gold Dragons decided to redeem themselves and answer House Millithor's call for assistance.
Using the World's Serpent Inn, a crossplanar nexus where gods, monster, and mortals mix and associate while travelling through the multiverse, as a means of avoiding the long trip; they found themselves in the slums of Menzoberranzan: a place known as The Stenchstreets. Using Stealth, they traversed the city: some of them disguised as Drow and others rendered invisible. Sensing that they were being watched, they approached House Millithor and carefully began to traverse the courtyard leading to the house's front gates. There they suddenly found themselves teleported to just below the surface as the House defenses kicked in with several detonations of fireballs centered on the location where they had just been. Looking up they saw through a transparent ceiling the fireballs going off in the courtyard above. The effect made anyone looking or spying on the Gold Dragons think that they had been obliterated by the House Defenses.
Taken to the matron, the one that had the tryst with Mordred, they discovered that House Millithor was to be attacked by House Nurbonnis, a house under the protection of House #2: Barrison Del'Armgo. House Millithor was alone, because their protector, House #1, Baenre, was a shrewd judge of the city's mood and knew that the whole city was jealous and afraid of House Millithor's Wild Magic, obtained from the Gold Dragons on their first visit.
The Gold Dragons were asked to participate in the defense of the house. Their orders were sealed for secrecy and only to be opened once they were alone in their guest chambers. These plans involved five stages of defense on the part of the party.
A ring was included with the orders enabling them to teleport from one defense stage to the next. The ring also would contact a secret location far under the house for healing and a short rest. They could use the ring twice for the purpose of healing, but must wait for two hours before using the ring again. The ring signled for teleport, but would not be answered until the priests had room for them.
The first defense was to take a position below the courtyard in the same transparent chamber by which they entered House Millithor and position themselves exactly below several of the enemy leaders. Then they were to similtaneously teleport up and grab as many of those leaders as they could, taking them below where they would then confront them in a position of power and take them captive if possible, or kill them if not. This the Gold Dragons did, capturing 3 priests, and 1 warlord.
The second defense dealt with taking a turn at defending the entrance hall just inside the door of the keep. The instructions were to let the enemy drow from house Nurbonnis penetrate the stone door and fill the entrance hall. This was a trap. The door then would magically reappear with the defenders rushing to attack the trapped attackers, from their positons of waiting behind one way secret doors, and kill those trapped inside before the attackers once again penetrated the door. The party took it's turn facing a roomful of drow and killed them all, expending much of their memorized magic, in less than 5 rounds. They then healed themselves and teleported to their next assigned location.
Their third stage assignment was in a Drow Battlemaze, an area filled with secret doors and passages, where they were to engage the enemy when they penetrated to that level of the keep using the secret doors and traps there to help them hold the drow in that area for 25 rounds. They completed the 25 rounds killing dozens of drow.
The fourth defense was in a similar Battlemaze where they were to hold out against the attackers for as long as possible. The Gold Dragons remained there for 30 rounds before calling for healing and barely escaping with everyone's life.
The fifth defense was to protect the Matron's eldest daughter, who was secretly in love with Mordred of the Gold Dragons, to the death. They fought several priestesses of Lolth along with their honor guard and kept the daughter alive.
All this accomplished, the party was rewarded with adamantine and honored by the drow. The Matron Mother had been killed. Mordred and the Matron elect (before she knows her mother is dead and she is the new matron) had a rendezvous and unknown to Mordred at the time, he had sired the new Matron's female heir.
----------------
The party returned through the World's Serpent Inn to the surface in triumph.
Two years later, while infiltrating a Fire Giant Lair in the Scab, located inside the rim of an active volcano, The Gold Dragons came upon a drow contingent from House Millithor once again asking for help. Unknown to the drow of House Millithor, they were being spied upon by a shadow spider and thus found out were attacked by a quad of Drow + the spy from some Lower House of Menzoberranzan. The Drow were slaughtered by the quad. Defeating the quad, the Gold Dragons discovered the message for them from Matron Millithor asking for their assistance.
Now, sometime in the past, House Millithor's Wild Mages had erased Mordred's memory of his tryst with Matron Millithor. Now history repeated itself as the party was joined by a "drow prisoner" found in the 3rd level of the Fire Giant lair. She, in reality, was Matron Millithor's 2nd daughter, half-sister to Mordred's daughter. During the dangerous trip Underdark, he fell to her charms and had an affair with her. She later conceived and once again Mordred was none the wiser.
Arriving in Menzoberranzan, they went before the new matron and she revealed a grand plan to the party. The Drow, namely House Baenre, had the Air Ring of Ascension, one of four powerful artifacts which if ever combined could allow a mortal to become a god. House Baenre (#1 house) had attuned a whole army of drow with their weapons and armor to the air ring enabling them to exist on the surface without penalty or without their equipment being destroyed. Truly dangerous. Their goal: the destruction of all surface elves living in Culverwood, the last untarnished elven land in The Wold. Additional powers were also imparted to special units of this army. These included teleportation, invisibility, and flying.
The evil power of the Ring of Ascension made Matron Baenre into an impulsive expansionist. Rather than her normal win/win strategies and situations, she became more and more desperate to start her war with the elves as time went by. She now talked of immortality and joining Lolth in the Demonweb Pits.
Matron Millithor informed the Gold Dragons that due to House Millithor's talents in Wild Magic, the house was asked to prepare the staging area for this new army known as the "Army of Air" which they did. Using the old Windtunnels, dating from before the 4th Cateclysm, that go beneath The Scab, they set up the staging area east of the Scab in the Ashlands. House Millithor made it look as if they had slaughtered all the Ashmen, but in reality had secretly found for them an underground sanctuary with plenty of water so they could sit the whole thing out and then return to the surface if they wished after the Drow had left. The Matron informed the Gold Dragons that this "Army of Air," of House #1 Baenre, was training there as they were speaking.
The Matron of House Millithor went on to tell the Gold Dragons that her agents had not only hidden the Ashpeople, but had also taken the step of infesting the Wind Tunnels with wild magic charges that could be set off to trap the Army of Air when they traveled west under The Scab to attack the surface elves crushing them under The Scab if necessary. It was felt that doing this would weaken House Baenre to the point that they would turn their attentions home once again.
She then told them something totally unexpected. House Millithor along with several other lower houses, wished to return to the surface to live! Once they sabotaged House Baenre and was discovered, they would obviously no longer have House #1's protection. Instead they would have their wrath. House Millithor will be obliterated. The Matron Mother then gave the party papers to give to High Lord Mayor Sturtevant asking for asylum in New Elenna asking for a small portion of the 2nd Plateau in the wild monster area in which to settle. They would live there in harmony with the area and put themselves under the jurisdiction of New Elenna and all its laws, while continuing to live separate as a tribe. They would fight to protect the plateaus and the High Lord Mayor. The laws of New Elenna would supercede their laws. If refused, they would attempt to settle east in the Ashlands while the Army of Air left to attack the elves and the House Millithor agents collapsed the wind tunnels on top of them.
The House would agree that, after their ascension to the surface, they would keep spies among the Drow to provide information for themselves and New Elenna
There was a contingent of the family who would eventually go with her 1st son and claim retribution. She explained that he was in love with the 1st great-granddaughter of House Baenre and if things went as planned, after all of this, she would take over the #1 house with him at her side. Once secure, he would reveal his origins and take retribution on all that attacked House Millithor killing off several houses, hopefully including House #2 Barrison Del'Armgo. House Baenre would then become a neutral house forever removing the dominance of Lolth the Spider God and elevating Ellistrae to the position of patron God of Menzoberranzan.
The Plan was that when House Millithor is attacked, that they would fake their destruction. In reality, however, they would make their way to the surface. They would try to time this so that the attack occurs the same night as the army moved through the wind tunnels to attack the elves to the end that Matron Baenre would be distracted with the attack, with the other houses also distracted with attacking House Millithor.
Matron Millithor then began to explain the role she would offer New Elenna in this revolution. A surface adventuring troupe would on the night of House Millithor's apparant destruction, and shortly after the demise of the Army of Air by the agents of House Millithor, use this opportunity to take a secret route provided by the great-granddaughter into Matron Baenre's private chambers and steal the Air Ring of Ascension. They would also kill Matron Baenre, her daughters, and all her granddaughters save the one loved by the #1 Son of House Millithor. This adventuring troupe would then escape by the same route and exit Menzoberranzan through the World's Serpent Inn.
The Gold Dragons, thus having heard the plans of House Millithor, returned home via the World's Serpent Inn to New Elenna to report the High Lord Mayor and to deliver the papers of the Matron Mother. When the proposal of House Millithor was brought before Sturtavent, after a suitable time of thinking, he approved the plan. Orion and The Blue Sapphires of the Floating City, another group currently undergoing Dragon Status trials, took the message of approval to House Millithor and returned reporting that the plans had been set in motion.
However Sturtavent and the Gold Dragons are concerned, in that we have now heard nothing from House Millithor about the implementation of these plans for nigh unto a year now. We worry that the Matron and House Millithor has somehow been found out, and even now the Army of Air prepares to move not on the elves, but upon New Elenna for it's part in House Millithor's plans. It could also be that House Millithor has been forced into a position of silence not daring to send us any word of the current situation there in Menzoberranzan. I'm guessing Sturtavent has now received news concerning this volatile situation and thus wanted you to know the full accounting of our dealings there before explaining what he has learned... and what he wants you to do.
Tericus
Friday July 23rd, 1999 4:44:59 PM
after hearing Ursis' tale, Tericus mutters to himself, "Gods, what a tale." looks at Ursis. " Can i assume that we are to go down there and find out what happened to the Blue Sapphires?"
Kibo
Saturday July 24th, 1999 1:34:59 AM
Looking over at Tericus, Kibo says,"The Blue Sapphires returned safely. I'm sure the Mayor will answer this, but I'm mostly concerned with how to determine which of the drow daughters not to kill...it sounds like a nasty business, going thru their house and slaughtering the family."
Aeglos
Sunday July 25th, 1999 10:45:59 PM
" Am I correct in saying we are being requested to perform the job of assassins?"
Jus
Monday July 26th, 1999 1:36:59 AM
Jus hisses through his teeth at the mention of Drow. For perhaps the first time since you've known him, his smile has been replaced by unashamed hatred. As he listens further, his opinion of certain Gold Dragons drops, as well. To Aeglos, he says, "I believe our job is yet to be defined. Although I am certainly interested in what we are to do with Drow."
Teko
Monday July 26th, 1999 3:29:59 AM
With a look of seriousness, Teko says, "And this is where we are tested in our resolve - not for the last time, I'm sure! All those words I said about self-sacrifice begin to sound a little hollow, even to my own ears." Teko grins. "But I've already decided. Let us hear our mission."
Onrad
Monday July 26th, 1999 5:23:59 AM
"Remember gentlemen, that Drow are evil incarnate. Also note that this house, House Baenre it it? is currently preparing an army to wipe out what is left of the elves in Culverwood. These guys worship a Cult God. I, for one, have no problem killing Drow, especially Drow who plan to attack Elves. Jus, your family and relatives lives in Culverwood, right?"
Gareth
Monday July 26th, 1999 5:27:59 AM
"We already agreed to do this when we accepted the Gold Dragons offer." He grimaces for a second and then his jaw hardens. "Let's get on with it. I do like the drow returning to the surface part. It's about time the elves start getting back together instead of remaining apart and hiding underground."
Ursis
Monday July 26th, 1999 5:38:59 AM
"I can see in your eyes what you're thinking. You were looking at the Gold Dragons as the epitome of what adventuring groups could become. You were idolizing them to a certain extent. Know that these actions are in their past. They did suffer somewhat from a case of arrogance when they first became dragons. However, the experiences of the last couple of years -- the loss of Claudia and the subsequent differences of opinion that led to them being torn apart both emotionally and philosophically. They have learned much and matured. Know also, that they assigned you to this task and personally instructed me to tell you of their failures involving the Drow. They are not perfect. But I owe them my life several times over. Their hearts are in the right place. You don't operate on the level of a Dragon Consortium adventuring troupe without facing threats from both inside and outside. No threat is as dangerous as one to your personal integrity or one that assaults your moral sensibilities as to what is right and wrong. That's one of the reasons you were chosen. You experienced quite a few serious moral challenges in Izen." He pauses to let this sink in. Now, Sturtavent himself bid me to tell you about Mordred's illigitimite children. That information was just learned by us. Mordred himself does not know this information. Sturtavent says he will tell him when the time is right and before long. So consider that your first state secret. You will not reveal that or what you've just learned about our dealings with the drow and House Millithor to anyone. Things are not simple at this level, friends. Know that!"
Sturtavent
Monday July 26th, 1999 6:15:59 AM
Appearing on the roof, Sturtavent approaches. Realizing that Ursis has finished his tale, he searches the faces of the party carefully. He sits on the bench. "Please speak freely gentlemen. I wish no misunderstandings, or uncommunicated feelings and issues to remain unspoken concerning these matters. We must have a meeting of minds here before I send you on this crucial mission." He turns to Ursis. "My friend, I thank you for doing favor for me. If you would go downstairs and keep our other guests company, I'll speak with these gentlemen and answer their concerns and questions."
Ursis
Monday July 26th, 1999 6:18:59 AM
Stands and bows formally to Sturtavent and informally to The Three. "I am always at your service my friend." He turns to The Three. "May the Gods of Wold bless you in the days to come. If I can ever be of help to you, please ask. I am yours." Then he crisply turns and heads downstairs.
Kibo
Monday July 26th, 1999 6:58:59 AM
Responding to the Mayor, Kibo say, "Sir, you know my background, and my loyalty to the Kingdom. Although wiping out a family is required, I will perform the duty. How do we determine which of the drow daughters not to kill...and, what tools will be provided to help accomplish the mission?"
Onrad
Monday July 26th, 1999 8:32:59 PM
Nods to Teko at his astute question and waits for the others to respond. He takes a deep breath as he realized that he hasn't breathed for a minute or so.
Gareth
Monday July 26th, 1999 8:37:59 PM
"How much time do we have to prepare ourselves? We're gonna have to finish re-outfit ourselves for something like this. We're not even close to having what we need to face Drow, but we will be."
Gareth
Monday July 26th, 1999 9:23:59 PM
After another moment of silence the warrior looks up and says "Who is this other group downstairs? You've said that they are to be involved in this? I wonder why they are not part of this discussion yet. And if they are not to be told these things why you have not revealed their identity to us."
Jus
Tuesday July 27th, 1999 12:18:59 AM
Jus listens quietly, waiting to hear exactly what The Three are to do.
Teko
Tuesday July 27th, 1999 2:44:59 AM
Teko glances at each person as they speak, but soon returns his gaze to Sturtavent. He waits.
Sturtavent
Tuesday July 27th, 1999 4:42:59 AM
To Kibo, the mayor simply smiles and nods. When he sees Onrad take the deep breath and look tense, he stands and moves behind Onrad to place his hands lightly on his shoulders. Then he turns to Gareth and says, "I think it best to show you our other guests in a few moments, after I'm sure we have everything ironed out here where we can present a united front. If any of you have any reservations about this mission, or anything pressing on your soul, say it now." He stands tall after saying this in a manner that almost makes the statement a command.
Aeglos
Tuesday July 27th, 1999 5:22:59 AM
" I understand that in real life, and in the horrors we will be facing, black and white may blur. I am willing do whatever we must in order to complete the quests we have been given. For I know that we serve the side which is just and good."
Tericus
Tuesday July 27th, 1999 7:02:59 AM
Tericus looks at Aeglos with awe, "That was nobly spoken." Tericus hops slightly back and forth, eager for the coming challenge.
Tericus
Tuesday July 27th, 1999 7:13:59 AM
Kibo, hearing Aeglos, says, "I disagree. That thought smacks of 'the ends justify the means', and naively self-defines us as all-good. However, the mission must be done, if not for those reasons. Of course, Mayor, we have problems with the mission, and we can never hope to 'iron out' all of our misgivings. The best that can be done is to place everything on the table. I will do this mission, not for acceptance in the Dragon Consortium, but because of the misery that it will prevent to people on all sides, including the Drow.
Kibo (David out of character)
Tuesday July 27th, 1999 7:21:59 AM
FYI, that last post should say 'Kibo' in the name line.
Jus
Tuesday July 27th, 1999 9:06:59 AM
"I have two thoughts pressing themselves upon my mind. One, what is the age of those we must kill, if indeed our mission is the -- almost -- complete extermination of a family. Two, I question if any drow is worthy of aid. The later I leave to those who plan this mission, the former I'd like to work out between me and the gods."
Aeglos
Tuesday July 27th, 1999 8:21:59 PM
" To condem all Drow as evil is unjust. It is a race which is kept in a form of slavery by there religion. It is hard for a Drow to turn out good, but it cannot be said that it is impossible."
Gareth
Wednesday July 28th, 1999 12:41:59 AM
I've killed all manner of evil creatures. I'll kill evil elves too if necessary. Evil should be destroyed. Let's get on with it.
Teko
Wednesday July 28th, 1999 3:31:59 AM
Teko furrows his brow from time to time, but it is difficult to tell which of the others' words his expression is about. He says nothing. He continues to wait for specifics.
Sturtavent
Wednesday July 28th, 1999 7:28:59 AM
"Gentlemen, I would never ask you to perform an evil act. Killing someone who is not evil is wrong most of the time. The fact that House Millithor is a neutral house if a case in point. They are not evil, therefore we help them and risk our resources and lands for their sake and for the good that it will also do for others, including ourselves. Matron Baenre has been serving her patron deity, Lolth -- Goddess of Spiders, by doing unspeakable things for over 1,500 turns now if drow records are correct. Her daughters are nearly 1,000 turns old themselves. All work actively for Lolth as her priestesses. They are both Lawful and Evil. Except for the one granddaughter whom you are to spare. At least this is the case as far as we know. You are to accomplish this mission for the cause of good. Stealing the Ring of Air Ascension will help foil her plans for exterminating the elves in Culverwood. Ending Matron Baenre's life ends those plans. Exterminating her evil daughters and granddaughters allows one neutral granddaughter to marry the person she loves. More importantly than that it hopefully will lead to turning the First House into a neutral one. This brings hope for the hopes of the following generations as they could hopefully then choose to be something other than evil. It also lets House Millithor survive and return to the surface. Finally, I want you to do this mission and to succeed: both for your own sakes and mine. You want to be successful and I need you to be. There are far too many challenges and needs out there in the Wide Wold for the Dragon Consortium to currently deal and help with. Remember, gentlemen, that the Dragon groups are my knights of the realm. I depend on them to keep the kingdom safe for our people. Now, accomplishing this mission will do alot of people in alot of place much good. However, in spite of all these great accomplishments for good, you must follow your hearts at all times and I would have it no other way. If you meet another non-evil drow down there. Help the person if possible. Always feel that you can and will use your own judgment and not blindly follow orders or assignments. Yet also keep in mind that many people and their families and homes are depending on you as well. This is the burden that the Dragon Class Adventurer bears. And it can be a heavy burden at times. The Gold Dragons can bear witness to that many times over." He pauses. "Now...are there any more concerns or issues of morality that you wish to voice at this point heroes?"
Kibo
Thursday July 29th, 1999 2:34:59 AM
With a slight bow, Kibo says, "I appreciate your advice to follow our hearts. I have no further concerns to be voiced."
Tericus (DAH)
Thursday July 29th, 1999 2:37:59 AM
Tericus solemnly responds, "I am ready for this awesome responsibility."
Aeglos
Thursday July 29th, 1999 3:09:59 AM
" I feel like we all will know as the situations arise, what the proper response to any individual we deal with. I am ready to take this responsibility with the blessings of the gods on our side. "
Teko
Thursday July 29th, 1999 4:06:59 AM
"So, then, what plans and preparations have been made thus far?"
Onrad
Thursday July 29th, 1999 7:06:59 AM
::nods at Sturtavent to proceed and then smiles, bowing his head slightly with respect::
Sturtavent
Thursday July 29th, 1999 7:14:59 AM
"Then let us proceed. We indeed have not heard from House Milithor for nearly a year and have been concerned about developments there. Until two days ago. The other guests I spoke of are three drow priestesses of House Millithor. Follow me and we will join them."
DM Jerry
Thursday July 29th, 1999 7:20:59 AM
Sturtavent leads the party below to a sitting room similar to the one in Sturtavent's office, however the room is lit with recessed lighting giving the place an after dark kinda look. Three figures stand across the room from the recessed lighting listening to Ursis play a subdued tune on his lyre. Ursis brings the song to a quick end and Sturtavent walks boldly into the room leading the party.
Sturtavent
Thursday July 29th, 1999 7:30:59 AM
Sturtavent bows formally from the waist. "Princess, I present The Three. They are the adventuring group that I told you about. Gentlemen, meet Zilvyra 3rd Daughter to Matron Millithor and her two companions Umrae and Talice."
Zilvyra
Thursday July 29th, 1999 7:43:59 AM
(Zilvyra--the y is pronounced with a long ee sound. [zil/veer'/ah]) She speaks but he words don't match her mouth movements and you realize she is using some sort of Comprehend Language Spell to communicate with you. Her voice is thick with accent. (Think Transylvanian with a French twist.) "I am duly honored." As she listens intently each of you as you introduce yourselves to her, she scutinizes each of you in turn. Her eyes seem to linger on Jus for just a moment peering into his soul.
Kebo
Thursday July 29th, 1999 5:23:59 PM
Responding with a deep bow, Kebo intones, "The honor is ours."
Tericus
Thursday July 29th, 1999 6:32:59 PM
bows deeply to the three priestesses. "Ladies, it is indeed a hornor to meet all of you. I realize that there is probably a great deal of pressure and strain on you right now. I think i speak for all of us when i say that we are here to help you, and that if you need anything from us, you just have to ask."
Jus
Friday July 30th, 1999 1:45:59 AM
Jus enters the room, reflexively placing his left hand on one of the numerous daggers placed at his side. He calmly stares back at Zilvyra, unwilling to nod or smile in greeting. One eyebrow raises when he hears Tericus' erroneous assumption, but it could be expected from one so new to the party. Jus decides to let his silence speak his thoughts for now -- Gareth and Onrad will understand what that means.
Gareth
Friday July 30th, 1999 1:55:59 AM
Gareth strides to the front of The Three and greets Zilvyra with a mimic of Sturtavent's bow. "We are honored to aid your house as our comrades have before us. What brings you forth? Tell me how my party can help and we'll get started."
Aeglos
Friday July 30th, 1999 3:32:59 AM
Bows and says, " I am honored as well, and at your service."
Onrad
Friday July 30th, 1999 8:49:59 AM
Onrad greets them as equals offering his hand. His thoughts are on Jus and how he is feeling about things. Even though these Drow women are indeed brave and seemingly honorable, their race has much to make up for, especially with the elves they have hurt so much over the centuries.
Sturtavent
Friday July 30th, 1999 9:03:59 AM
"The Matron Mother would have you travel to Menzoberranzan to meet with her in 3 days at the first bell which is Midnight here. There you will finalize your part in the events to happen that night. To aid in your easy travel to Menzoberranzan, I present you with Three World's Serpent Inn Coins. One to travel to Menzoberranzan, one to return with, and one as a gift. You will be the lead group of 7 adventuring groups provided by myself. Each will remain anonymous from each other until arrival. They will be identified by call and countersign. These groups will all be inserted into the Menzoberranzan Theatre that night to accomplish various tasks for the good of the Drow People. Once we are revealed, as the destructors of the Army of Air and the honorable thieves of the Ring of Air Ascension, the attack on House Millithor will be massive. We expect these things to take place just after your meeting with the Matron Millithor." The High Lord Mayor then motions to the drow priestess and she presents and reads a letter.
The Letter
Friday July 30th, 1999 9:10:59 AM
Greetings friends and soon-to-be fellow countrymen, All Hail to His Honor Sturtavent: High Lord Mayor of New Elenna, Protector of the Realm. The time is nigh. The armies of House Baenre march on the Elves of Culverwood in a fortnight. We must ask for your immediate help to survive this transition and enter into our new lives. We ask that you bid your selected adventuring groups make haste to the Stenchstreets for a Council of War to be held at the Well of Darkness Tavern at the First bell on that fateful night. The password will be "The Truth Will Out." The counter password will be "Bathe the night with joy." Activate as many trusted Adventuring Groups as you can trust and have them assemble. There will be inevitable loose ends that must be dealt with before this is all done." Eternal and many thanks, Matron Millithor PS: Who are the Lords of Diamonds? M. (This last part is not read by the drow priestess, but pointed to as you are given the letter) The Drow princess hands Jus the letter. She again, stares a bit too long in his direction. Curious perhaps?
Sturtavent
Friday July 30th, 1999 9:18:59 AM
The Army of Air is scheduled to move through the Wind Tunnels under the Scab through to Culverwood and begin their attack on the elves. Matron Baenre has announced that House Millithor has betrayed Lolth for Ellistrae and already removed her support from the house. So the attack on House Millithor is scheduled for the same night as the Army of Air's movement through the Wind Tunnels. She evidently thinks that the attention of Menzoberranzan will be focused on her attack on House Millithor and thus will not draw any attention from other Drow houses. The Gold Dragons, along with many other groups and portions of the New Elennian Army are now assiting the elves in their defenses. Once you meet with the Matron Mother and your plans are finalized, you will be given a secret way into House Baenre obtained from the great-granddaugher, yes it turns out to be a great-granddaughter who is in love with the first son of House Millithor. You will thus infiltrate House Baenre, kill Matron Baenre, her daughers, and any granddaughters present. Finally, you will steal the Air Ring of Ascension,make your escape by the same secret route, and race for the World's Serpent Inn again. Are there any questions?"
Tericus
Friday July 30th, 1999 10:22:59 AM
looks at Sturtavent. "How much time do we have to prepare? We have only learned about this mission in the last hour or so, and need to prepare ourselves for the dangers ahead."
Kebo
Friday July 30th, 1999 4:54:59 PM
"With the level of coordination required among the groups, what type of time or schedule devices will be available?"
Gareth
Sunday August 1st, 1999 7:56:59 PM
says "We are ready to help. We need some time to prepare. How long do we have before we must leave?"
Aeglos
Sunday August 1st, 1999 8:18:59 PM
" I would guess that we don't have much time at all."
Jus
Monday August 2nd, 1999 1:07:59 AM
Jus looks at the letter, momentarily lost in thought -- he's sure he's heard of the Lord of Diamonds somewhere, but just can't place it. Looking back at the drow, Jus wonders why this drow would be curious of him. To Sturtavent, he asks, "A valuable member of our party has been called away momentarily. We would like you to give him means to join us when he returns."
Kebo
Monday August 2nd, 1999 3:46:59 AM
Kebo awaits answers to the questions already voiced.
Teko
Monday August 2nd, 1999 3:58:59 AM
Teko, in his characteristic fashion, watches the Drow very closely indeed - their movements, their sounds. He attempts to make sense of their expressions - facial and bodily. He may well have need of their images very soon.
Onrad
Monday August 2nd, 1999 7:03:59 AM
"How long ago was this letter written by the Matron Mother? How much of this "fortnight" is left before we must meet with her and begin?" Onrad continues to keep his eye on Jus and how he is responding to his dark cousins.
Talice
Monday August 2nd, 1999 7:15:59 AM
Talice, Zilvyra's second companion answer the question. She is one of those rare drow with purple eyes. She is extraordinarily beautiful and exotic. Her voice is raspy though and you can see a sword scar there. "The Matron gave milady the letter one day before last midnight. Thus the 2nd day of this fortnight began this past midnight. The 3rd day will begin tonight at midnight. You will meet with her on the 4th midnight. So you have the remainder of today and tomorrow. Tomorrow you should leave for the World's Serpent Inn shortly after dark to give yourself time to get there on time....milords.
Zilvyra
Monday August 2nd, 1999 7:18:59 AM
Schedule devices? I do not understand. There is a time device in the center of Menzoberranzan that everyone can see when outdoors. It sounds and pulses softly, but where all can hear and see each hour. Timing will, of course, be a concern. The Matron will be watching each group's progress as she is able. She will coordinate. Does that help?
Tericus
Monday August 2nd, 1999 7:32:59 AM
"Two days to prepare. Thats not a long time."
Jus
Monday August 2nd, 1999 12:50:59 PM
Glancing to Tericus, Jus quietly comments, "It is enough time. We will be there and we will be ready." He politely speaks to the mayor again, adding Nonam's studies just to see the Drow's reactions, "And about the return of our wild mage, Nonam?"
Gareth
Monday August 2nd, 1999 4:10:59 PM
"So we leave tomorrow then. We will be there. We must prepare.". When the meeting ajourns and the drow leave, he turns to Sturtavent "We need to buy some gear and magic items. Can you make some suggestions as to the best places to do this as time is short?"
Onrad
Wednesday August 4th, 1999 3:43:59 AM
We leave word for Onrad at The Gold Dragon Castle, here with Sturtavent's secretary, and at the Red Wyrm Inn as well as our inn The Adventurer's Repose that there's a message for him at the Repose. We leave that third ring to the World's Serpent Inn for him so he can catch up to us when he returns - - that is if he doesn't return to us by then.
Aeglos
Thursday August 5th, 1999 2:06:59 AM
Aeglos takes a few steps closer to the drow, and says to each of them, " If it is not obvious, I am high elven. It mourns me that we as elves have each become so divided. I hope that our dealings together will perhaps be a step towards a future reconciliation between all of our kind. "
Kebo
Thursday August 5th, 1999 3:54:59 AM
"Yes, let's begin immediately. Thank you, Zilvyra for that information. We will make this thing a success."
Teko
Thursday August 5th, 1999 3:57:59 AM
With an astonished face, Teko blurts out, "A day and a half?" He shakes his head. But his face immediately begins to shine when Gareth mentions magic items.
Gareth
Thursday August 5th, 1999 6:36:59 PM
waits for Sturtavent's response to his question.
Zilvyra
Friday August 6th, 1999 3:19:59 AM
"As a token of our appreciation in advance, I present you with a gift from Matron Millithor to aid you in your preparations." She motions to Talice.
Talice
Friday August 6th, 1999 3:23:59 AM
Talice turns to a low table behind her and picks up a small chest. She opens it to reveal a huge blue diamond. She doesn't say anything as the beauty and value of this diamond speaks for itself. She hands the chest to Jus. "May this begin the sealing of the breach between our peoples."
Tericus
Saturday August 7th, 1999 6:18:59 AM
with his eyes wide, staring at the jem "That...that gem is enormous. Legends speak of jems of that size, but i never thought id see one in my lifetime."
Kebo
Sunday August 8th, 1999 5:37:59 PM
Thinking to himself ::Peace is not so easily purchased:: Kebo joins Gareth in preparing for the trip.
Gareth
Sunday August 8th, 1999 7:12:59 PM
bows to the drow saying "Your gift is most welcome. Thank you.". He marvels at the sheer size of the stone.
Onrad
Monday August 9th, 1999 3:22:59 AM
"Lady Talice, are you sure you wish such a treasure to be sold on the market to buy supplies for this mission? It seems too much a collector's item to be sold like that."
Teko
Monday August 9th, 1999 3:54:59 AM
"On the other hand, it could be just what the healer ordered..."
Talice
Monday August 9th, 1999 9:51:59 AM
"The family of Millithor believes that this gem brings good luck and that no better use can be found for it that to help bring House Millithor to Ellistrae in the moonlight of the surface of The Wold once again. Use the gem to help us. Sell or auction it to get what you need." She bows once again.
Sturtavent
Monday August 9th, 1999 9:56:59 AM
"Well then gentlemen, I think we have finally covered everything for now. The princess has asked to see the location of their new house to be and I think I have the perfect guide for them. I'll be around if you have any further questions. Consider me on 24 hour call if you need me before you leave. Off with you then!" He grins and grips each shoulder with his strong, sure hand as you depart. The drow women bow and smile graciously and proudly as each of you make your farewells...except with Jus' where they smile and look at each other grinning like little schoolgirls."
Kebo
Monday August 9th, 1999 4:35:59 PM
Kebo returns the bows, and proceeds with the group in preparing for the journey.
Gareth
Monday August 9th, 1999 7:11:59 PM
graciously bids farewell and exits with the group. "Looks like you have some new girlfriends Jus..." :). "BOY I wish Nonam were here for this next part. I'm no good at negotiating. I always lose my temper or give up too soon. I hope you guys are ready for this. We better move fast if we're going to get it all done.". After a moment of thought the always battle-ready warrior says "So what do we need to buy? Looks like we have to money for whatever we need. What would that be? I'm thinking magic armor for me. Maybe some - what is ut? - protection magic?" with a confused and concerned look on his face he stops and turns to the others "I really think we should talk about it for a few before we jump into this. I get the idea we're gonna get hurt if we don't choose well."
Onrad
Monday August 9th, 1999 10:22:59 PM
Onrad bows and exits with the others. "Why don't we head back to the Adventurer's Repose sit down with some paper, and make a list of what everyone thinks each member needs and of course what we'd like to have, and then prioritize it. We'll do better we're organized about this. We can take each members usual and supposed role in combat, scouting, healing, etc. into consideration as well. When we have a list, we can then see how far our gold will go." Onrad then turns to Jus. "Jus and his drowgirl sitting in a tree...." Onrad winces in anticipation of the thwack to come. Then he continues the ditty, whistling it every change he gets.
Jus
Tuesday August 10th, 1999 12:41:59 AM
Jus turns purple in barely conceiled rage. "I don't know what there problem was, nor do I wish to. If you two want to act like the humans I used to know, you'd better expect me to treat you like them, too. I suggest we make this list and get on with things."
Tericus
Tuesday August 10th, 1999 1:23:59 AM
bows to Sturdivent and leaves with everyone else. "I think sitting down and planning is a good idea. Ill admit im not the best fighter in the world, but i am a first class healer. Terisala has blessed me with great healing powers, but i can always use some help."
Teko
Tuesday August 10th, 1999 3:55:59 AM
After bidding Sturtavent and the Drow a good day and thanking them for their efforts and their help, Teko turns to the party. "Gareth, Onrad, you are right. We must plan well or die." The gnome follows the others quietly to the Repose, obviously already deep in thought. He scribbles notes on a piece of paper as he walks.
Burpo at the Adventurer's Repose
Tuesday August 10th, 1999 8:54:59 AM
The party makes it back to the Adventurer's Repose where they pull up chairs around the table in their suite meeting room. From almost nowhere, a young halfling face appears smiling. He has a very low, harsh voice for a halfling. "Gentlemen, how may I be of service? My name is Burpo."
Kebo
Tuesday August 10th, 1999 4:22:59 PM
Noticing Jus' purple coloration, Kebo surmises how the drow managed to obtain their skin coloration. ::I wonder which skin coloration is the dominent, if you mate the two:: thinks Kibo. Smiling kindly at Burpo, Kebo submits his ideas to the group on what type of stealth equipment will be needed. (to be handled by e-mail).
Gareth d20=17 d20=15
Tuesday August 10th, 1999 8:44:59 PM
a bit suprised by Jus's response chuckles (failed Wisdom check) and says "Aw come on Jus, She was pretty cute don't ya think? :)". To Kebo Gareth says "You could bring us some food. And do you know a good jeweler in town?"
Onrad d20=2
Wednesday August 11th, 1999 1:00:59 AM
"Holy 'lem Gareth, you ate breakfast, and had snacks at the Mayor's! Now you're hungry?" ::Pats Gareth's abdomen:: "Better watch it bub. Most girls don't like men with large tum-tums." Sadly making his wisdom check, Onrad then adds, "Uh, Sorry Jus, I didn't realize it was such a sensitive issue. Are you going to be able to handle having Drow on the surface?" ::Onrad shudders:: Then pulling Gareth aside so Jus can't hear, "Gareth, ol' buddy. Lay off. Jus is serious. For him this is as bad as if someone told you that your family was the cause of the problems in The Windbourne Hills. It's ultra personal. Watch him though, I don't think he's anywhere near being able to trust a Drow cousin. Even if all three of them look like daughters of Caeroldra herself. Are all Drow that beautiful?"
Teko
Wednesday August 11th, 1999 2:03:59 AM
"They won't be after we've had a hand at them, I'm sorry to say." Teko orders milk and poultry if they have it and hunches over his paper, mulling over what he has written.
Gareth (from email)
Wednesday August 11th, 1999 3:16:59 AM
As the group sets down to iron out a list, Gareth chimes first with his suggestions for everyone. He begins, "I'd like Magic Armor of some kind or a ring of protection. I also could use some kind protection to prevent me from getting hit so much in fights as I'm always up front. Also, maybe some blinking ability, or an improved Invisibility ring. A better sword would be nice as well." Gareth then proceeds to mention what he thinks the others could use, trying only to be helpful.
DM Jerry
Wednesday August 11th, 1999 3:19:59 AM
When Gareth mentions getting better armor, something very strange begins to happen. From somewhere a vibration starts making a low humming sound. Shortly it becomes evident what is making the vibration. By the time Gareth finishes talking, his magical broadsword begins to rise out of it's scabbard singing as only a sword can sing when it vibrates! It rises halfway from the scabbard and the vibration begins to increase: rising in pitch. [Surprise rolls please. Wisdom check for Gareth to help him respond to this.]
Kebo d10=5
Wednesday August 11th, 1999 6:47:59 AM
Not one to be easily startled, Kebo says dryly,"Now that will get us killed." Picking up from Gareth's words, Kebo states, "My suggestions are: Obtain an item, such as a pair of rings, that allows a telepathic connection between the scout and the party lead; obtain some type of sunstaff -- this will put our dark-loving enemies at a severe disadvantage; and obtain some type of item that will mask infrared, ultraviolet, sound, and scent. Finally, we can't assume we'll only be facing drow."
Tericus d10=3
Wednesday August 11th, 1999 10:49:59 AM
"Well, i can use some healing potions, but what i really think is most improtant is scrolls. Scrolls that can heal wounds and cure posion. From what i understand, Drow use posion alot. Also, i think those of us who cant see in the dark will need some kind of device to help us see in the dark. I dont think that walking around down there with torches is a good idea. Whoa, what is that!" he exclaims as he sees Gareth's sword fly around the room.
Gareth d20=18
Wednesday August 11th, 1999 8:04:59 PM
leaps to his feet as his sword rises up in it's scabbard. "What in blazes is WRONG with this thing?!?" He unbuckles his belt and lets it drop to the ground. He looks around trying to see what could have caused such a response.
Onrad d20=7 d10=1
Wednesday August 11th, 1999 9:01:59 PM
Drawing his twin blades, Onrad leaps doing a backflip onto the windowsill (dex check 7). His mouth then flies open as he realizes what is making the sound and he freezes (surprise of 1). "Gareth...uh Gareth... Gareth?"
Jus d10=6
Thursday August 12th, 1999 3:38:59 AM
Furious at Gareth's foolishness, Jus begins to bite back with comments about Gareth's mother having an illegitimate son with a Drow. Taking advantage of the swords distraction (surprise roll) and Gareth's removal of his belt, Jus instead casts Grease on Gareth's pants (inside, or course), then leaves the room to cool off.
DM Jerry
Thursday August 12th, 1999 4:02:59 AM
The sword continues to vibrate and remain half drawn, however, the pitch though begins to diminish. Eventually, the things as if being handled, shoves itself back into the scabbard. All sound stops. (Gareth save vs. spell to avoid the effect.)
Teko d10=4
Thursday August 12th, 1999 4:22:59 AM
Teko watches Gareth to see if he melts. He says, "I think we ought to have plenty of Stoneskin protection. In other words, not just a preparatory casting before we go in, but lots of scrolls, too." He quickly turns his gaze back to his paper, but periodically looks out of the corner of his eye at Gareth. He is ready to dodge any explosions.
Gareth d20=10 d20=11
Thursday August 12th, 1999 5:28:59 PM
feels a large amount of something slick oozing in his pants. It quickly comes out all directions as it grows. Beligerantly Gareth glares at Jus totally oblivious to the extent of his anger and rages "Now why in blazes did you do that?!? We're being attacked by a sword!" As Jus storms out he turns his attention to the sword. "We can deal with him later. Why did my sword do that!". He moves over to it and pushes it with his foot, then gingerly picks it up - ready to drop it quick. "Hmmm, it's never done THAT before... I wonder what the deal is? Come on guys, help me out here.". With a deep breath he grips the handle and pulls it out of the scabbard...
Kebo
Thursday August 12th, 1999 7:32:59 PM
To Gareth: "Say Slick! I'd help ya retrieve that thing, but I might slip and break my neck on your puddle." Surprised at seeing a hot-headed elf, Kebo kicks back to watch for any other personality quirks from the group.
Onrad
Saturday August 14th, 1999 8:01:59 AM
"Uh, Gareth?" ::giggling and nearly falling off the ledge:: "Hehup...did you...heh...have an accident in your pants? Hehup...heh. Hmm?"
DM Jerry
Saturday August 14th, 1999 8:03:59 AM
The sword remains in it's scabbard on the floor where Gareth put it.
Gareth
Sunday August 15th, 1999 7:10:59 PM
angrily says "You guys finish the discussion if you want. I'm going for a bath!". He picks up his sword and leaves.
Kebo
Monday August 16th, 1999 1:24:59 AM
"I see. Should we draw numbers for who leaves next?" Kebo says with a smile, sipping some tea that he has decanted from a nearby container.
Jus
Monday August 16th, 1999 2:23:59 AM
"Oh, hi Gareth," Jus quips entering the room again. Other than not skipping in, he appears normal -- he even has a smile." Dropping his pack, he pulls out a quill, ink, and some paper. "Let me jot down what I think we need."
Tericus
Monday August 16th, 1999 3:19:59 AM
"And we're suppost to work together? I dont think we can accomplish our mission if we are going to be at each other's throat. Everyone needs to calm down. I know everyone is nervous, but thats no reason to turn our aggressions on each other."
Teko
Monday August 16th, 1999 4:00:59 AM
Teko watches the puddle of grease and remembers where it flowed, so as not to slip on it later. "So are we going in as we are, or as Drow, or invisibly, or what? I do not think we should impersonate Drow except under heavy magic. Going in invisibly might be best. I am not sure."
Onrad
Monday August 16th, 1999 7:42:59 AM
Perhaps we'd better be prepared with several options: invisibility, magical disguise, and non-magical disguise. Although I think a polymorph would be going to far. Good thinking. As for Gareth and Jus. They'll be ok. This group has a history of lettting of a little steam. If we were attacked at this moment, you'd see them protecting each other's back. You're right about the pressure though. They're just venting in their own way.
Gareth d20=4 d20=11
Monday August 16th, 1999 7:09:59 PM
As Gareth stomps down the hall and enters to the bath he jumps as the grease disappears from everywhere. Realizing from past experience that the spell Jus cast ran out he pauses, and begins to laugh (passed Wisdom check). He walks back down the hall and reenters the room. Seeing Jus in a better mood he smiles and shakes his finger at the wiley mage. "You had me there for a minute...". After a good laugh the large warrior gets more serious. "So what just happened to my sword? You didn't do that, did you."
Jus
Monday August 16th, 1999 10:43:59 PM
"Please," Jus rolls his eyes at Tericus, "just consider this party dynamics." When Gareth enters, Jus nods a welcome. "No, the sword did it on its own. As far as getting in to the underworld, you might guess I'll never willingly disguise myself as a Drow; improved invisibility would be far better."
Gareth
Tuesday August 17th, 1999 12:21:59 AM
"Well, what did it do? How did it do that? IF I'm supposed to use it in battle I have to know what it's going to do. And you know what it did. Either make me feel better about this or I buy another sword and get rid of it... please."
Tericus
Tuesday August 17th, 1999 2:40:59 AM
looks at Jus "If you say so. Anyway, invisibility is a good idea, but we are going to have to take alot of them. I dont know how long it lasts, and im sure its going to talk a few days, if not weeks, to get where we are going."
Gareth (copied from email)
Tuesday August 17th, 1999 8:42:59 AM
Gareth walks into "Waldo's Armor" shop. He walks up to the counter and says "I'm looking for some good magic armor. Anything with special powers like 'lightness', 'Invisibility', 'Silence' - that sort of thing. I usually wear splint but I'll look at plate or chain mail as well - even leather if it does what I need it to."
At the store
Tuesday August 17th, 1999 8:48:59 AM
As Gareth makes his request of the shopkeeper, once again his sword does something strange. It comes completely out of the scabbard vibrating with such force that it cracks the scabbard. In a high pitched metallic voice, it screams. The scream starts as sort of a whine rising in volume and pitch until it is truly ear splitting. "nooooOOOOOOOO!" In that short moment it also mentally broadcasts feelings of insecurity, hurt, and betrayal. Then in another instant, with a bright flash, it disappears.
At the inn
Tuesday August 17th, 1999 8:51:59 AM
While the rest of the party discusses their plans, suddenly they are interupted by a flash of light and a high-pitched scream. "noooOOOOOOOO!" Gareth's sword appears bathed in light for a moment as it spears down burying itself in the center of the table 3 inches deep. It slowly stops vibrating and then just sticks there.
Kebo d20=5 d20=8
Tuesday August 17th, 1999 3:12:59 PM
Unsurprised, Kebo jumps up on the table and wrenches the sword free, looking it over for any signs of battle (blood, etc.), "Guys, that didn't sound like Gareth's voice, but this is sword. Where was he last?"
Gareth (first story line)
Tuesday August 17th, 1999 6:46:59 PM
waits expectantly for Jus to answer his question.
Gareth (second story line) d20=14
Tuesday August 17th, 1999 6:48:59 PM
As his sword disappears he stands there a moment in shock. Then he rolls his eyes. "Great, just great! What is the deal with this sword!? Waldo, I'll be back. I have a more pressing need right now. A new sword."
Jus [answering Gareth]
Wednesday August 18th, 1999 12:33:59 AM
"Apparently, your sword has just awakened. Consider yourself fortunate and cursed. That sword could either become the most powerful artifact in the Wold, or the biggest pain in the neck you've ever seen -- even worse than Onrad and Nonam together. And no, I can't do that yet... maybe someday."
Jus
Wednesday August 18th, 1999 1:17:59 AM
Jus jumps back when the sword first appears. Chuckling, he approaches Kebo when he pulls out the sword, "Be still, my friend," Jus says, placing one hand gently on the sword's blade. "You must have patience with Gareth. He will learn to appreciate you, and you would do well having such a warrior with you."
Tericus
Wednesday August 18th, 1999 2:31:59 AM
looks at his staff. "Im glad my friend here isnt so tempermental. I wondere what Gareth said to make it so upset?"
Onrad
Wednesday August 18th, 1999 2:52:59 AM
"My guess is that he mentioned armor again. Hehe. Sounds like Gareth sword is as stubborn as he is. :)" Then he realizes Jus' implication. "Hey! I'm an easy going fella. Death does that to a guy. Nonam is....::cough, cough::, now my very ::cough:: dear friend ::cough:: Sorry, got a frog in my throat."
DM Jerry
Wednesday August 18th, 1999 7:20:59 AM
The sword lies peacefully in Kibo's hands.
Kebo
Wednesday August 18th, 1999 7:27:59 AM
Thinking to himself::I'm not exactly sure who Gareth is buddy-buddy with in this outfit:: Kebo says,"I'll hang onto this 'till Gareth turns up...should we go look for him?" Kebo slings the sword over his shoulder belt on his back for the present.
Gareth
Wednesday August 18th, 1999 6:32:59 PM
goes back and joins the party in the room. "You guys are not going to believe what just happened. My sword screamed no and then just disappeared. Looks like I have to get a new sword now. Hope I can find one as good."
Aeglos
Wednesday August 18th, 1999 8:08:59 PM
" I wonder if you can buy potions of improved invisibility."
Onrad
Wednesday August 18th, 1999 9:04:59 PM
Onrad motions to Kibo, wanting to look serious, but looking like he's about to laugh. "Uh, Gareth ol' buddy, your sword teleported here screaming the word "No" and buried itself in the table about 3 inches deep. Kibo's holding it for you. What happened?"
Gareth d20=11
Wednesday August 18th, 1999 9:50:59 PM
"It came back here. Hmmm... I went into Waldo's Armor shop and asked to see if they had any armor. Why did it scream no? Maybe somebody should tell me more about his awakening thing Jus mentioned. What's the deal? I'm not going into battle with a sword I can't rely on or trust." (failed Wisdom check)
Tericus
Thursday August 19th, 1999 2:26:59 AM
"I agree with you Gareth. Whats the point of having a sword that will dissapear on you? Lets get you a new, better sword."
Teko
Thursday August 19th, 1999 3:58:59 AM
"You know, there's a certain bard that might be willing to take a look at that sword and consequently tell you a lot about it. You could also have a mage legend lore it. ESP might tell us a lot. As for the Improved Invisibility, scrolls might be the right choice."
Jus
Thursday August 19th, 1999 5:22:59 AM
"I think rings would be better than scrolls." Glancing to Gareth, Jus comments, "I think you and your sword will do fine once you appreciate each others strength and weaknesses. Consider it your comrade-in-arms."
Onrad
Thursday August 19th, 1999 4:53:59 PM
This awakening thing is kinda strange. No one seems to know when it actually happened, yet magic items seem to be sprouting intelligience and extra powers all over the place. And all of them want only one thing...to be loved and appreciated for what they are. Oh, and to be the favorite item of their owner. Some of them actually absorb the souls of someone that dies near themn. Also some of them have alignments. And all of them that do this change and become unique. If only Nonam were here. He's know all about this I'm sure.
Onrad
Thursday August 19th, 1999 4:56:59 PM
This awakening thing is kinda strange in that no one seems to know exactly when it happened. But magic items all over the place are "awakening" and developing personalities. Some seem to take in the souls of people who die near then. Others are developing alignments. All of them that awaken are evolving into unique items. If only Nonam were here. I'm sure he'd know all about this.
DM Jerry
Thursday August 19th, 1999 4:57:59 PM
Almost immediately there is a knock on the door. A voice calls out, "So are you misfits gonna let me in or do I have to fireball the door down!"
Nonam
Thursday August 19th, 1999 6:06:59 PM
The voice is one you all know well.
Jus
Thursday August 19th, 1999 6:09:59 PM
Jus jumps up and reaches the door before the words are finished. Throwing the door open with the hope he finds Nonam, Jus is ready to give a brotherly hug. "By the way, those are the Emerald Misfits, we're The Three -- in case you don't remember."
Kebo
Friday August 20th, 1999 12:51:59 AM
Pulling out the sword, Kebo hands it handle first to Gareth, "Here you go...hope no offense was taken by my handling your weapon." Kebo turns to see what type of duck Nonam is.
Aeglos
Friday August 20th, 1999 1:36:59 AM
" I wonder if I could find a Mace with the soul of a martyr. "
Nonam
Friday August 20th, 1999 5:37:59 PM
"Of course I remember, Jus, it's only been a day. Now then someone, tell me what's going on. What task did the Gold Dragons give, and why aren't we off doing it yet?"
Onrad
Friday August 20th, 1999 8:49:59 PM
"Nonam!" He runs and gives the mage a bear hug. "It seems like months since we've seen you. So much has happened! We're gonna be dragons!....that is if we do well. But you knew that. We're going down to Menzoberranzan to help House Millithor and to steal the Air Ring of Ascension from House Baenre! Huge thing really." Onrad offers Nonam a seat at the table and catches him up on things. His story ends with: "...and so I think Gareth's sword is just jealous of his attention and wants to be loved. What do you think?"
DM Jerry
Friday August 20th, 1999 8:51:59 PM
As Kibo offers the sword to Gareth, it speaks in a meek high pitched metallic voice. "Please keep me."
Jus
Saturday August 21st, 1999 7:01:59 AM
"That's really a bit spooky, Gareth. But I still think you'd do well to keep it." Eyes wide towards Nonam, he asks, "Is everything okay? I mean, I expected you to be gone for more than -- a day?? -- has it really only been that long?!?"
Kebo d20=7
Sunday August 22nd, 1999 2:21:59 AM
Looking at the sword, Kebo addresses it, "Were you referring to me or to Gareth?" Looking at Gareth with concern, Kebo continues to keep the sword extended, handle first to Gareth, and waits.
Nonam
Sunday August 22nd, 1999 6:14:59 PM
Something seems a little different about Nonam. Than his hood slips off and you recognize it instantly. He shaved his head while he was away. He takes no notice of it and speaks, "Well it would have taken longer, but I decided to try to teleport. That was a mistake. A terrible, terrible mistake... But enough about that. Right now, we need to outfit ourselves. I think I know the answer to Gareth's problem... Tiadan's funeral was a regular council of mages... lucky for me... but first how much is that big gem that the elves gave you worth? Have you appraised it?"
Gareth
Sunday August 22nd, 1999 6:37:59 PM
bows to Kebo as he takes back his sword. "I thank you for keeping - "him?" - safe while I was gone. I believe the comment was directed at me.". Gareth takes in all the words of the others and discovers he now has more questions than he did before. With the sudden knock at the door his train of thought is quickly forgotten. "It's good to see you Nonam. I hope your family is OK. I mourn your loss. It is a sad day to lose some of one's family.". As the others barrage Nonam with information the warrior moves away from the others and begins some basic training maneuvers with his weapon. "So, you're alive are you? I DO want to keep you! You're the best sword I've ever owned. Why did you scream "No!" when I was asking to lok at armor? I don't understand. You have worried me."
Teko
Monday August 23rd, 1999 2:07:59 AM
"So rings can be imbued with Improved Invisiblity. I did not know. Fascinating...", and with that, Teko begins to drift off in a reverie. But suddenly he comes back to the present with a smile. "So Nonam, what did happen to your hair? Is it something we might want to keep as a spell component? Or was it too unique for that? Seriously, are you all right?"
Tericus
Monday August 23rd, 1999 2:26:59 AM
thinks to himself, if i shave my hair, will i look as good as Nonan?
Jus
Monday August 23rd, 1999 6:19:59 AM
"Nice hairdo, Nonam. I'm love to see if your head glows colors, now. You'd have to shave it pretty close to prevent that. Oh, one other thing guys. I think we need to find out about these guys." Jus pulls out the letter the **scum-sucking, fungus-for-brains** drow gave him and points to the Lords of Diamonds question. "I'm not sure why it wasn't spoken out loud, so I thought we should keep it as quiet as we can. Still, we need to find out why they are an issue."
Nonam
Monday August 23rd, 1999 6:35:59 PM
"So I take it that you haven't appraised the gem yet?"
Gareth
Monday August 23rd, 1999 7:02:59 PM
As the curious warrior waits for his new found friend to answer he continues his flawless maneuvers - quite a show for those who haven't seen. "No Nonam we haven't. We thought you might be better at that than we. So what items would be good for us to buy? I'm afraid to say anything about magic right this moment. Maybe I can find out what I can have from my sword here..."
DM Jerry
Monday August 23rd, 1999 8:58:59 PM
The sword hums and mentally shows Gareth a picture of another fighter long ago who carried him. Through the swords "eyes" it shows the fighter polishing his armor constantly and giving it much attention and praise. However, the sword was kept in it's scabbard and allowed to get dull and ugly. Everytime the fighter was injured he cursed the poor sword. The sword hated that. It hated the armor that was able to cover the fighter from head to toe and be not only so phycally attached to their owner but also so prominent in the fighter's mind. The fighter never paid the sword any heed and didn't realize that the sword was aware and hurting. Eventually the fighter died due to a broken strap in the armor, not the sword. But the fighter's last words were to curse his sorry sword. At this the sword stops humming and becomes silent.
Kebo
Monday August 23rd, 1999 9:00:59 PM
Kebo becomes quiet, watching the others. After a moment he says, "Are we protected from scrying here?"
Gareth
Monday August 23rd, 1999 9:58:59 PM
As the scene unfolds in his mind he tries to calmly get used to something pushing images on his consciousness. "So THATs why... Well I'll tell you this. I'd rather have a good weapon than armor any day. It's just that the people we're about to fight like to sneak up and hit you from behind. Could I get something to help me with that? Maybe a ring or a cloak? By the way, do you have a name? I would hate to call you 'sword' if you would rather be called something else."
Jus
Monday August 23rd, 1999 10:20:59 PM
Hoping this means someone has knowledge of the Lords of Diamonds, Jus answers. "Hmmm. We could ask if they have a protected room, here. The Red Dragon Inn might. I would be extremely surprised if this room was protected."
Nonam
Tuesday August 24th, 1999 1:14:59 AM
"You can never be fully protected from scrying..." Nonam then shifts back to his previous line of thought, "Now then before we all start deciding what types of marvelous items we need, we should figure out how much we have to shop with. I have no skill with appraisal. That thing could be colored glass for all I know. So unless one of you has an idea of how much it is worth, I suggest that be our first order of business... and incidentally Gareth, your situation is one of the things I discussed with Balimos and his friends at the funeral. As you all may or may not know, something has happened to magic items. Their properties have become unstable, and they seem to grow with their users. Of course a few items were this way in the past, but now all seem to have awakened. Perhaps this is temporary. Perhaps not. Only time will tell. That relates to our current situation because Gareth's sword seems jealous. Balimos theorized that each of us is only capable of sustaining a certain amount of magical force. Perhaps you are at your limit, Gareth. As you grow in spirit, perhaps you can control more. Furthermore, we may all be experiencing similar limitations during this shopping trip. It seems that those attuned to magic -wizards, elves, and the like- can control more. But I think that may be a question of perception. Afterall, which is the more potent magic a wand of shocking and a couple of rings or a shiny sword forged my some masterweaponsmith and infused with mystic properties not the least of which is speech."
Tericus
Tuesday August 24th, 1999 2:43:59 AM
turns to Nonan "My staff hasnt done anything like that yet. What causes it to happen. Do you have to make it angry for them to show their personallity?"
Teko d20=12
Tuesday August 24th, 1999 4:06:59 AM
"Appraisal? Did someone say appraisal?" Teko twiddles his fingers. "Let's see that gem." And Teko attempts to appraise its value. Whatever figure he comes up with, he at least THINKS is accurate.
DM Jerry
Tuesday August 24th, 1999 6:39:59 AM
The sword gives Gareth a quick impression that it's previous owner called it lots of things, but never gave it a name. The gem is determined to be worth about 50,000gp by itself. However, as a collector's item, it might be worth more.
Nonam
Tuesday August 24th, 1999 4:46:59 PM
"50,000, hmmm. And how much do we have in the party treasure, Gareth?" As he waits for an answer he speaks with Tericus, "I don't believe that you have to make it angry. In fact, that would probably be the wrong approach. If it gets upset, then it may just become sullen and not function at all. Swords seem to be more outspoken, and they also have a connection to their owners other items don't. I mean we've all seen Gareth practice with his sword everyday and when he's done he polishes it. I just pull out my wand when I need it. Since you almost always carry the staff around, you are probably forging a greater connection to it, but it may never speak. It may simply reward you with greater powers."
Gareth
Tuesday August 24th, 1999 7:02:59 PM
smiles at the notion of being able to name his own sword. "So, can I name you? Or is there a name you would like to be called already?". When Nonam asks his question he stops his practice and puts his sword in his - "Oh wait, that old scabbard was destroyed... Well, my first purchase will be a fine scabbard for my friend here.". He gingerly puts the sword in his belt for the time being. He pulls out the bag of holding "Well, in our bag here we have the treasure from Patrark, the stuff from Simon, these two gems, and the 6 potions of Extra Healing. The money total was 40,000 gp as I recall. So we now have - what's that - 90,000 gp. or so worth of stuff to buy with... Wow! Oh yeah, someone said we could use a bag of holding. Isn't this what that is?"
Kebo
Tuesday August 24th, 1999 8:32:59 PM
Kebo states, "I am a newcomer, but I'll go ahead and say: The best way I can be of service to the group is to have an item to enhance my stealth capability. As far as how to finance such an item, I have no idea. I don't own much more than what you see on me."
Jus
Wednesday August 25th, 1999 3:48:59 AM
"90k? Wow....", Jus' eyes go wide thinking about what that could buy. Excited to get shopping he turns to Nonam with a grin, "So, Nonam, what do you want or need -- besides a wig". After a slight hesitation to allow Nonam a chance to talk -- Jus continues anyway. "Kebo, do you have any discreet contacts in the city that could find out about this?", tapping the Lords Of Diamonds in the letter.
Teko
Wednesday August 25th, 1999 4:06:59 AM
"I had been toying with the idea of actually keeping the fire wand that Patrark gave me. But if we need the extra funds, I have no difficulty parting with it. Using it would be an extremely high profile act, to say the least. If we are going in stealthily, it would be of little help. On the other hand, in a direct confrontation or as a last resort, it would be highly effective. What do you say?"
Onrad
Thursday August 26th, 1999 2:55:59 AM
Uh, that's not all. Remember those gems I found in my pockets when I regained my mind after that guy had it? We spent some, but I should have some left. ::begins searching pockets::
Tericus
Thursday August 26th, 1999 6:26:59 AM
looks an Nonan "When did all this start to happen? I never really thought about it before, but i guess my staff has probably been my best traveling companion. I guess i should start treating it as one." then turns to everyone else "For me, i think i would need something to see in the dark. Like i said earlier, i dont think its a good idea to walk around with torches or lantrins. I think the most important thing is to be able to see in the dark."
Nonam
Thursday August 26th, 1999 9:10:59 AM
"I was hoping for a staff, but we'll see how that works out. I think the infravision that Tericus metioned would be a grand idea and of course stealth is important, but our primary need is offense. I think any of you that took part in the battle with the chimeras would agree."
Gareth
Thursday August 26th, 1999 5:39:59 PM
puts all the stuff back in the bag. "No need to advertise... So we need to see int he dark, huh. I know I need a scabbard for sure."
Gareth
Thursday August 26th, 1999 7:25:59 PM
After a moment he stops "Hey, since Nonam made it back we now have an extra ticket to the World Serpent's Inn don't we. Jus had one and now we have 2 more. That's 4. The guy DID say to return some day didn't he?" He finishes stuffing. Once done he finishes writing his list of items he wants to find, gives it to one of the halflings, whispers something to him, slips him some of his own money, and sends him on his way.
Jus
Friday August 27th, 1999 12:22:59 AM
Chuckling, Jus adds, "I agree, we need to find something to allow you less fortunate to see in the dark. Whatever we find, be careful not to spend all our money on just a few items. Don't you agree, Gareth?"
Kebo
Friday August 27th, 1999 2:05:59 AM
Kebo addresses Nonam and Teko, "I agree that, when in a pince, you need enough punch to take out the enemy quickly. However, without stealth, we'll never get to our target. There are going to be all sorts of wards to bypass, along with dozens of sentries. Perhaps the single best thing we could lay hands on is an anti-magic ring, that would strip our enemies of their powers..."
Nonam
Friday August 27th, 1999 5:18:59 PM
"While we're at it, why don't we just buy everyone a ring of wishes."
Gareth
Sunday August 29th, 1999 6:18:59 PM
"I think we ought to keep the kitty as equal between us as possible - that's only fair - but we must also decide what we need and get it even if it pushes one of us up on the others as far as money. We can make that up later."
Nonam
Sunday August 29th, 1999 7:05:59 PM
"So we have 10,000 a piece (assuming that we give all the newcomers an equal share), and one extra share left over for any neccesaries. I just want a staff. As far as infravision, who do we have that can already see in the dark... Jus, Teko, Aeglos... what about you Kebo? We could buy a scroll and Jus and I could cast the spell, but that takes away from the number of lightning bolts and fireballs we can cast. So rings would probably be better, if we can find that many. And of course a hooded lantern would be a cheap alternative."
Gareth
Sunday August 29th, 1999 10:35:59 PM
"Speaking of money. Didn't somebody say we might be able to get more for this big diamond from a collector than just 50,000 GP? I wonder how much more and where we might find such a person? Any ideas?".
Teko
Monday August 30th, 1999 3:24:59 AM
"I have a feeling that our money is going to disappear very quickly, indeed. We do need to get as much out of that gem as we can. I'll see about pricing this fire wand."
Teko
Monday August 30th, 1999 3:25:59 AM
"I have a feeling that our money is going to disappear very quickly, indeed. We do need to get as much out of that gem as we can. I'll see about pricing this fire wand."
Tericus
Monday August 30th, 1999 4:14:59 AM
"I need to go check on something, ill be right back." gets up and leave. In about 5 minuets, he returns. "I got some information on some infravision devices. There are some lenses that allow people to have infravision. I was told that they irritate the eyes if worn too long, and they cost 9000gp each. I also got some prices on some healing and some spell storing devises. I want to know what you think, but i thing those lenses are a bit expensive."
Onrad
Monday August 30th, 1999 4:17:59 AM
Onrad asks the manager about an auction house that could possibly sell a gem for them quickly.
DM Jerry
Monday August 30th, 1999 4:20:59 AM
The manager says that Alpha's Daily Auctions is always looking for a centerpiece for their daily auctions. He says to hire the town crier to announce the event. You can set a minimum and if the gem doesn't meet that minimum, the gem doesn't sell. The fee for an item of that value is 500gp. The halfling shoppers go in and out running your errands to the various shops and bringing you back offers and information.
Nonam
Monday August 30th, 1999 6:21:59 PM
"Well, I found this staff that provides infravision as well as many of the stealthy abilities that Kebo was interested in. It was 13,000. I sent a runner back to see if it could be used by someone other than a mage."
Gareth
Monday August 30th, 1999 7:19:59 PM
Leaves and returns from a little trip smiling large. Then he reads the letter from the auction house and his jaw drops. "Oh my! Looks like we have a bit more than thought. That diamond sold for 190,000 gp! So how much do we get now?"
Gareth
Monday August 30th, 1999 8:01:59 PM
After he calms down Gareth asks a couple of questions "Guys, I need your help. There are several rings I can get that look good to me but I'm afraid to buy them all because I don't know if I can have them all at the same time. How many rings should I limit myself to?" He also asks the sword if rings are OK.
Kebo
Monday August 30th, 1999 8:38:59 PM
Finishing his tea, Kebo sets the cup down on the table and says to Nonam, "That's great! The price sounds reasonable...I've also sent out some inquiries on equipment, and hope to hear back shortly." To Jus, Kebo says, "Regarding the Lords of Diamonds, what exactly would you like to know? Many would love to join 'em, but I'd think you stand a better chance, and enjoy greater satisfaction, raising the Three to their level."
Jus
Monday August 30th, 1999 10:15:59 PM
"I'd like to take a look at your spell books, if you don't mind. I know there's at least one spell Nonam has that I'd like to copy."
Gareth
Monday August 30th, 1999 10:56:59 PM
"And one other thing guys - I forgot about this... that carraige and horse team has value as well. We could sell it if we needed to also - but I would not be in favor of that unless absolutely necessary."
Nonam
Tuesday August 31st, 1999 1:08:59 AM
"I've always heard it advised that you not wear more than one ring per hand, Gareth."
Tericus
Tuesday August 31st, 1999 4:39:59 AM
"Thats a lot of money! so how should we split it up?"
Gareth
Tuesday August 31st, 1999 7:15:59 AM
His heart sinks and his disappointment is clear. "Rats. I was hoping I could get more than that. Are you sure I can't use more? Could I own them but not wear them all at once?"
Nonam
Tuesday August 31st, 1999 4:23:59 PM
"That's right. You can own them, but not use them all at once. A ring of invisibility or something might be used only when you need it, but say a ring of featherfall is the kind of thing you want to have on just in case. As far as splitting up the money, I'd suggest 25,000 each. That would leave 30,000 in the kitty for emergencies."
Onrad
Tuesday August 31st, 1999 4:32:59 PM
Nonam, what about the money we already had? Didn't we already have about 50,000gp in the kitty? And what about those gems I had from my time out of mind, not to be confused with my time out of body? We never spent all of those? If we combine all of that, we should be able to up everyone's share to 30,000 and keep enough in the kitty. Hmm....I had an Aunt Kitty once. She was very nice and eccentric. Just like an aunt should be.
DM Jerry
Tuesday August 31st, 1999 4:33:59 PM
The morning becomes afternoon and the halflings bring a working late lunch. The sun is golden shining in through the window and you all think of how much you'll miss it very soon.
Gareth
Tuesday August 31st, 1999 5:58:59 PM
"Math isn't my strong point but we have - what, 190,000 plus 50,000. That's 240,000 GP. Divided by 8 is about 30,000 GP each. Onrad, you gave me all the gems from the Simon incident as far as I know to carry with everything else. It adds up to 50,000 GP. Did you have more? Now we also have 6 potions of extra healing remember."
Kebo
Tuesday August 31st, 1999 8:33:59 PM
"My thought is that, although the carriage is nice, we won't be using it where we're going...it'd be better to go ahead and sell it."
Onrad
Tuesday August 31st, 1999 9:42:59 PM
Ahh, so that's where those gems went. Sorry, but my memories of that time are very fuzzy. We should divy up those potions around the group. Who knows who will be the nearest person to a fallen comrade? Then each of us should buy 4 or 5 potions out of our share as well. Us fighters who usually have to be healed for more damage, should perhaps see about getting a Complete Healing Potion that restores all damage. They are expensive, but important in a big battle like we're sure to get into with Matron Baenre. I feel that she and her kin will not go quietly into that good night." Onrad then makes a list to hand to the halflings for his shopping.
Tericus
Wednesday September 1st, 1999 2:13:59 AM
"I have pretty much an idea of what im going to get. With my share of the money, i should be able to afford what im getting easily. Does anyone else have ideas what we should get?"
Teko
Wednesday September 1st, 1999 4:00:59 AM
"Let's be sure and have that Stoneskin protection. Perhaps buy a few scrolls as a back up."
Jus
Wednesday September 1st, 1999 4:36:59 AM
"I can memorize Stoneskin; if we have enough time, I'll start on that." To Kebo, Jus says, "I have no personal reason to know about the LoD's, but this letter asked. I thought any knowledge of them may come in handy later on. Do you know which side of justice they fight for?"
Nonam
Wednesday September 1st, 1999 6:25:59 PM
"So now it's 50,000 in the kitty? Before it was 40,000. I think we should count. I also think we should save some. Don't get overwhelmed with all the goodies you can buy. You never know when a few thousand gold will come in handy."
Gareth
Wednesday September 1st, 1999 7:34:59 PM
"Oops. Sorry about that. The number IS 40,000, not 50,000. 30,000 from Patrark, 9,000 from Simon, and 1,000 in gems from before that. Sorry for the misquote. so the number is what - 28,750 apiece."
Gareth
Wednesday September 1st, 1999 7:57:59 PM
holds up his finger to everyone and says "I have here a 'Ring of Invisibilty Negation'. I can sell it for 16,000 gp but I wanted to see if anyone thought they would like to buy it before I sold it to a stranger."
Onrad
Wednesday September 1st, 1999 9:00:59 PM
"Do Drow turn invisible alot? I would think that their ability to hide in darkness would be enough for them. I say sell it Gareth." Onrad listens intently to what everyone has to say. "The Lords of Diamonds work for justice? Ha! They are rich guys who steal expensive stuff to keep their lives interesting. I, uh, had a relative who when he was alive might have been a member of that group. We don't know for sure, but once he died, his widow sure talked the stories about him. "
Gareth
Wednesday September 1st, 1999 10:10:59 PM
waits for other comments but moves on. "OK we have these 6 potions. I'll take one, that leaves 5. Who else wants one?".
Jus
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 1:20:59 AM
"I guess I could get a price on this bag of tricks, if we need more money. I like it, but haven't used it all that much. As for the ring, I'm not familiar with that type. What's it do? How is it used?"
Gareth
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 1:24:59 AM
"Best I can tell if you activate it anything around you that is invisible you can see again. It kills their magic somehow... I really have no idea how it does that. I need the cash I think so you can have first shot at it if you want it."
Tericus
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 2:22:59 AM
"Go ahead and split up the potions between you. I have my spells, plus i found some for a good deal."
Kebo
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 2:51:59 AM
Receiving a piece of paper from a fellow halfling, Kebo responds to Jus, "What Onrad says is pretty much true about the Lords -- there are some good people and some bad people involved, but they tend to deal in high-profile issues. I've never knowingly crossed paths with any of the members, and don't really have much of a need to." Looking down at the note, Kebo says to Gareth, "The judgment is yours regarding that ring, but I daresay we'll run into numerous hidden things before all is done." Stuffing the paper into his coat, Kibo concludes, "I received some quotes on various items, a couple I'd like to suggest as choices for either myself or others in the group: There is a permanent ring of invisibility, which allows the wielder to remain unseen even after attacks, costing 65K; there are some boots of silence that have a chance of detecting traps and allows incredible jumping abilities, costing 6K; and there's a ring that creates a field blocking out sounds after a ten foot, and can be altered to block all sound within, for 5K. I also located a pair of rings for 20K that allow the two wearers to communicate telepathically." Kebo sits back.
Teko
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 3:49:59 AM
"I'm checking on what I can get for my fire wand. I will, of course, let you know what I find out. I have a Detect Invisibility spell, but I think it would be wise to have some kind of constant detection. As for our items, we need detection, stealth, intense combat capabilites, and escape. I think everyone has been choosing with the right ideas in mind."
DM Jerry for Aeglos
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 7:41:59 AM
Aeglos, silent all this time, finally points toward the door and leaves. An hour or so later, a note arrives. "Gentlemen, your current undertaking is way above my abilities and experience. I return to Patrarch. Good luck, Aeglos."
DM Jerry
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 7:43:59 AM
The afternoon becomes evening. The sky is beautiful as the sun begins to shine from a position lower in the sky than the walls of the the city. It creates long shadows and an eerie effect of stars appearing in the sunlit sky.
Gareth
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 9:09:59 PM
stops and straightens upright upon Aeglos's announcement. "I am sorry to hear you are going to leave us. If you are determined to do so, please leave your device that Patrark gave you to communicate with him so we can update him on our progress. I would think he would want us to continue to do that. Be well my friend. I hope to see you again.". After Aeglos leaves Gareth stands up and says "OK. So that increases the amount we can each have from the kitty. Now there are 7 of us. If we each take 30,000 that leaves us 20,000 in the kitty - close to what Nonam proposed. Here's the list of goodies I have found that you all might want to know about. I've bought some of this stuff already but the rest is still out there if you want it. I need to go finish collecting my goodies. I'll be back." Gareth puts his list on the table and leaves. Some time later the door opens without a sound and closes. A moment later Gareth appears looking MUCH different than he did before he left. You see him dressed in fine leather armor carrying a wooden shield. To his back is strapped an arsenal of new arrows. Strapped to his side is his sword and he wears 2 new rings. But the most striking thing about him is that you can't seem to help but respond positively to his new look. It's as if he is better looking than he used to be - but he's not... strange. "Hey guys! How do you like my new gettup? Now I won't squeak when we walk down the tunnels!"
Kebo
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 9:53:59 PM
Looking at Gareth, Kebo pronounces, "Well done!"
Onrad
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 9:56:59 PM
"Gareth, if you'd stop fiddling with your list and look up you'd have realized that was a note being read. Aeglos has left and I guess taken his ring with him. Hmm....too bad. Perhaps Patrarck will realize the situation and want to send it to us. BTW, you look simply marvelous! And there's something different too. Hmm....It's like you could be a king or something. Almost regal."
Jus
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 10:35:59 PM
"Wow, Gareth. Good job. I hope you and your sword are pleased. When you can, share the abilities you now possess that we can rely on."
Gareth d20=13
Thursday September 2nd, 1999 11:06:59 PM
gloats at all the attention (That low wisdom...). He pulls stuff out as he speaks. "Well Jus, here's what I got: Magic Arrows - 18 of them - some better than others, I can see in the dark with this ring - Ring of the Drow he called it, I can turn invisible with this ring, this armor I have on makes people like me more - like I was good looking - and it is as good as my other armor, I have 5 complete healing potions and 7 extra healing potions. I still have my Invisibilty Negation ring, my lucky paw, and this shield here. I think Marlowe called it a Shield of Silence and Bridging - or something like that. It lets you be silent and also grows into a bridge. No real value in combat, though... And finally, my sword - who has been nice and let me carry all this stuff - as long as he's the boss... Anyway, that's about it. How about you all? Have you decided yet? Did my list help any?"
Teko
Friday September 3rd, 1999 8:35:59 AM
"No, Gareth, I haven't quite decided, but I think you present us with an ideal to aspire to. You're marvelous!"
DM Jerry
Saturday September 4th, 1999 5:42:59 PM
Gareth sits down dizzy for just a second after being in the room for a few seconds. Then he's ok. (Gareth perception check) The halflings come rushing in once more carrying information for Tericus and supper. It is dark now and the square outside comes alive with the night crowd of revelers. A magic carpet goes swooping by the window chased by a witch on a broom. A group of elven entertainers set up to play and perform in front of the Red Dragon Castle Gates across the street. A dark cloaked being moves through the square and people scatter to give it plenty of room. Continual Light Torches of various sizes light up the square. The halflings explain the command words for the fireplace and the everburning torches and candles in the room and the work continues into the night. The Black Genie Magic Shop send over a complementary bottle of RedHawk Wine from Dwarf Island and some sharp cheese. She attaches a note offering a Potion of Communion for 4000gp which allows all who drink of it to share minds for a time. It is used in various witch ceremonies to bring things to a fever pitch. She suggests that the potion might be good for coodinating attacks in a crucial situation without speech.
Gareth d20=19
Sunday September 5th, 1999 3:56:59 AM
shakes his head "That was wierd. I don't get dizzy often... Must have been your warm reception. I - I've never been treated that way before...". (failed perception check) "You guys finish up so we can rest and then leave. I believe I'll have some of that wine."
Onrad
Sunday September 5th, 1999 7:59:59 AM
"Gareth, are you alright? You looked pale there for a second."
Jus
Sunday September 5th, 1999 9:50:59 AM
When the halflings come in, Jus asks, "You are doing an excellent job, but I haven't heard any response from my list. Any problems?"
Gareth
Sunday September 5th, 1999 7:36:59 PM
"I feel OK now. I hope I'm not getting sick or something. Guess we'll just watch it and see.". Gareth pulls oof his Invisibility Ring and replaces it in his pocket. He pulls out the Ring of Regeneration from Patrark and replaces it to it's rightful place on his finger. "I'll save that ring for the underdark. I like being able to see in the dark with this one (looking at his Drow ring)."
Nonam
Monday September 6th, 1999 3:05:59 AM
"How about we use Aeglos' share to buy up all the healing items we can find... Oh and check this out." Nonam casts a spell (polymorph self), and now he looks like an elf. "I didn't see any of the drow, so I don't know what the look like. But if I did, I could make some of us look like drow. With a few scrolls, I could get everyone. Might make things easier. Sort of like that whole orc deal."
Kebo
Monday September 6th, 1999 3:55:59 AM
Kebo says to Nonam, "Using that one share to purchase healing magic for the party sounds like a good idea..." After a moment, Kebo clears his throat and says, "Hey, guys, it seems like purchases are already being made, and that's fine, but what about those items I mentioned a moment ago?"
Onrad
Monday September 6th, 1999 5:44:59 AM
"Uh, Gareth, I've heard that rotating three rings is hazardous to your health. I don't know exactly how or why. Perhaps Jus or Nonam knows." Onrad looks anxiously out the window to see if his halfling runners have returned yet.
DM Jerry
Monday September 6th, 1999 5:45:00 AM
The halflings go running looking for Jus' list.
Jus
Monday September 6th, 1999 10:50:59 AM
Jus starts reviewing Gareth's list again, in case nothing can be found fitting his desires.
Tericus
Monday September 6th, 1999 4:31:59 PM
"Ive already got everything i need ordered. It should be here either tonight or tommrow morning."
Gareth
Monday September 6th, 1999 7:35:59 PM
"Nonam said owning the different rings was OK but that I could only wear 2 at a time. Is there something else I need to know about this stuff? I need some advise if I have to drop down to 2 rings. I also bought all the healing magic I need - I think. If you guys want to use Aeglos's share for that I'll be glad to take the extra money. Also, if anyone has trouble finding potions of complete healing I'll share mine. I think the Temple of Alemi still has plenty. You might check back with the Three Sisters temple but I think I cleaned them out - they were cheaper.". Gareth pulls off all his rings until things get resolved.
Kebo
Monday September 6th, 1999 7:50:59 PM
Kebo begins drumming his fingers on the arm of the chair.
Gareth
Monday September 6th, 1999 8:30:59 PM
"Oops, sorry about that Kebo, I didn't mean to ignore you. As you can see my shopping is done - unless I can't have 4 rings. Your items look like winners to me - especially those boots. The ring would be great but would cost too much I think - at least for now. The other things look OK but I really wouldn't want them myself. But that's just me."
Gareth
Monday September 6th, 1999 8:31:00 PM
"Oops, sorry about that Kebo, I didn't mean to ignore you. As you can see my shopping is done - unless I can't have 4 rings. Your items look like winners to me - especially those boots. The ring would be great but would cost too much I think - at least for now. The other things look OK but I really wouldn't want them myself. But that's just me."
Nonam
Tuesday September 7th, 1999 1:43:59 AM
"Well I've heard that you shouldn't have more than 2 rings, but I always thought it was more of a guideline. Sort of like, when you're falling off a cliff, you want your ring of featherfall on your finger and not in your bag."
Teko
Tuesday September 7th, 1999 4:07:59 AM
"I've received word about my Wand of Flame. I've gotten bids of 10,000 to 13,500 gold pieces. However, Nonam here has also expressed possible interest in it. I have no problem keeping the item in the party. More likely than not, it will be of great help."
Gareth
Tuesday September 7th, 1999 4:51:59 AM
"Well guys, it would really be nice to know for sure. I know nothing of magic - except that I like some of it. I would rather you guys tell me what I should do than me decide. Now fighting, I can answer questions about that!"
DM Jerry
Tuesday September 7th, 1999 7:54:59 AM
Everyone enjoys the wine sent from Lucia the Witch and the night grows late. The crowds in the square thin out as the town crier calls the news at the midnight hour.
Gareth d20=4
Tuesday September 7th, 1999 6:01:59 PM
begins to come to a realization. (perception check + 4 = 0 out of 20. I think he figured it out...). "Guys I think I have too many rings. Any body need a Ring of Invisibilty Negation? I wonder if I need to get rid of more than one? I really think being invisible and being able to see down there are the most important things. But this ring from Patrark - it's a loaner. I don't know if it would be right for me to let anybody else carry it - or if anybody would want to. What do you guys think? Any opinions?"
Onrad
Tuesday September 7th, 1999 8:54:59 PM
For now, I only want to carry one ring. If that continues, I'll carry your third ring. When you want it you can have it and give me one of the others. I guess our mortal bodies just weren't made to carry too much of a specific kind of magic.
Tericus
Wednesday September 8th, 1999 1:55:59 AM
"Well, its getting late. I think im going to turn in."
Kebo
Wednesday September 8th, 1999 2:08:59 AM
Taking Gareth's advice as voicing the party's blessing on the purchases, Kebo quickly sends one of the halfings to purchase the boots of silence (with the detect traps and jumping abilities), costing 6K; the ring of silence, for 5K; and the pair of telepathic rings, for 20K.
Teko
Wednesday September 8th, 1999 3:57:59 AM
Teko sends for the following items: Gildo's Longtooth for 3000gp, Hat of Hiding for 14000gp, and a Ring of Invisibility for 7000gp. He settles in for a good rest.
Nonam
Wednesday September 8th, 1999 9:42:59 AM
Nonam sends for the Ring of the Crone. Then he looks at Teko and Jus, "How are you two set for spells. Should we run out and nab some scrolls?"
Gareth
Wednesday September 8th, 1999 6:47:59 PM
Since there are no takers on his ring Gareth once again goes to Gaston in "The Catacombs" to do some business. "OK, since I can't own so many rings I guess I have to do something else." He buys several potions (see email - to be announced later). He takes payment in gems.
Onrad
Wednesday September 8th, 1999 8:57:59 PM
Onrad yawns and does his daily stretching exercises. Then he heads off to bed as well. "Jus, wanna have a quick sword workout in the morning? I didn't get any exercise all day and don't want to be stiff when we head out. With this new fighting technique, I'm having to work hard on staying limber as well as not reverting to the old ways of doing things."
Jus
Wednesday September 8th, 1999 10:13:59 PM
A bit frustrated that nothing has been found for him, Jus is glad to hear Onrad's suggestion. "You bet, but are you sure you want to get bruised and beaten before our trip?"
DM JK
Wednesday September 8th, 1999 10:47:59 PM
Gareth wanders over to Gaston's and notes that the streets are pretty empty. Probably something to do with that towncrier stating that it was midnight. He arrives at the Catacombs unopposed and beats on the door til Gaston opens it. The sleepy eyed fellow ushers Gareth in and frowns when he sees that the warrrior wants to sell. He hands over the money in platinum rather than gems then he profers the large list of potions (see email). After doing so, he returns to a back room to resume sleeping.
Teko
Thursday September 9th, 1999 2:03:59 AM
To Nonam, Teko says, "Give me a moment to ponder my spell book again, in case I want to 'change my mind'."
Gareth
Thursday September 9th, 1999 3:06:59 AM
After an hour or so Gareth gets tired and lets himself out. He goes back to the inn and sleeps - ready to face the challenge of potions again in the morning.
Kebo
Thursday September 9th, 1999 6:22:59 AM
Kebo turns in for the evening, and, as he is wont to do, rises early and does his daily exercises.
Nonam
Thursday September 9th, 1999 6:45:59 PM
Nonam says, "Everyone should probably get some sleep. We should leave in the early afternoon." Then despite his own advice, Nonam leaves to search for a book on Drow, their habits, abilities, and such.
DM JK
Monday September 13th, 1999 2:23:59 AM
Night passes and dawn comes. Gareth sets out to look for more potions, and Nonam wakes up in a library with his head in a book about drow. Everyone else sets about making final preparations to visit the World Serpent Inn and the world of the Drow.
Tericus
Monday September 13th, 1999 7:44:59 AM
"Im pretty much ready to go. Anyone have any last minuete ideas on what we need or what we are going to face?"
Kebo
Monday September 13th, 1999 8:06:59 AM
"Other than death, I don't forsee a whole lot...I'm ready to go."
Jus
Monday September 13th, 1999 8:56:59 AM
"Good morning everyone. I got a response to my 'items of interest' just before bed. I would've loved to get a +1/+4 vs Drow Sun Blade this one place had, but I can't put my desires over what's best for the group. I know most of you bought things already, but you're welcome to see the list -- Oh, anyone have about 5 million gp to spare? There is this one GREAT item."
Gareth
Monday September 13th, 1999 6:37:59 PM
bids hello to everyone and heads back over to talk to Gaston. Before he departs he looks at Jus "So how much do you need? I have some extra I will share.".
Nonam
Tuesday September 14th, 1999 2:12:59 AM
Nonam returns with a book about Drow in his hand, "Perhaps I can glean a little useful information from this as we travel. Is everyone ready now? And where exactly do we go? I remember the entrance to the Inn in Floating City, but I don't know about here."
Teko
Tuesday September 14th, 1999 3:21:59 AM
"Oh, here's the cash for the wand of flame. Ten thousand gold to add to the coffers."
Jus
Tuesday September 14th, 1999 5:50:59 AM
"The Sun Blade is 30,000gp by itself. Nice item, but pretty expensive. I'm getting quotes on my Bag of Tricks to see if it'll help."
Nonam
Tuesday September 14th, 1999 4:41:59 PM
Nonam raises his eye at Teko but doesn't say anything.
Gareth d20=5
Tuesday September 14th, 1999 6:35:59 PM
returns from his trip to the Catacombs. "Finally, I'm done. Jus, I will loan you 6,000gp for your Sun Blade - nothing like a fine weapon. You can return the favor whenever you can. I picked up some more potions. We'll see if they help. I'm ready whenever you guys are.". Gareth begins his daily exercises and sword practice as he waits - marveling at his ease of movement with his newly found armor - but keeps his comments to himself so as not to offend his sword. (made wisdom check).
Kebo
Wednesday September 15th, 1999 4:40:59 AM
To Jus, Kebo replies, "I spent 31K, so, if it was 40K each, you can have the other 9K"
Nonam
Wednesday September 15th, 1999 4:24:59 PM
"There was 30,000 each plus an extra 20,000 in the kitty so we could come within a reasonable amount of what we needed. Less 1000 from Kebo +16000 offered to you by Gareth and Teko, there should be an extra 35,000 plus whatever funds you have left. Hopefully you don't need all of that."
Gareth
Wednesday September 15th, 1999 6:19:59 PM
"I can throw in another 1000 gp and some change too. I'd rather keep it but if it makes the difference between getting the new sword or no then you can have it.". The newly unencumbered warrior continues to train. After a bit he says "I need to name my sword. He doesn't seem to have a preferrence as to name so I was trying to think up something cool. If anyone has a suggestion I'd be glad to hear it.". After a while he puts away his sword and goes to eat.
Nonam
Wednesday September 15th, 1999 10:35:59 PM
"How about Douglas?"
Gareth
Thursday September 16th, 1999 12:59:59 AM
"I want the sword to LIKE me Nonam, any other ideas?"
Tericus
Thursday September 16th, 1999 2:21:59 AM
"How about Woundmaker? If i was a sword, thats what id like to be called."
Jus
Thursday September 16th, 1999 2:58:59 AM
With a mischevious smile, Jus offers, "How about Sancho, Gareth? Sancho Panza for full?" Waiting a moment to see if Gareth catches it, Jus shrugs and goes on, "Well, about the sword. Like I said, it costs 30,000gp. There's also a 10 level spell storing ring that would be nice for 15,000gp. I already got this Ion Stone that holds 6 spell levels for about 10,000gp. I'm thinking I'll sell my Bag of Tricks for 10,000gp to cover the Ion Stone, and get the Sun Sword with the 30,000. If that sounds fine by everyone, I'll go ahead and do it. I am a bit hesitant since I think having the extra spells could be very important."
Teko
Thursday September 16th, 1999 4:21:59 AM
"By all means, I would go with the Sun Sword. If need be, it will make a great impression. And, Gareth, what about 'Bloodstealer' or even just 'Bloodsteel'?
Nonam
Thursday September 16th, 1999 8:07:59 AM
"What's wrong with Douglas?"
Kebo
Thursday September 16th, 1999 2:56:59 PM
To Gareth, "What is the greatest feat ever accomplished by that sword? Name it accordingly, or perhaps wait until this grand adventure plays itself out..."
Onrad
Thursday September 16th, 1999 4:48:59 PM
Onrad finally wakes up. ::yawn:: "What time is it? I dreamed that Gareth named his sword Buffy. What a strange name."
DM Jerry
Thursday September 16th, 1999 4:51:59 PM
The (A: Morning, B: Late morning, C: Afternoon) sun is bright and beautiful. All days should be this way. A beautiful blue/black crow comes and lands on the window sill. It has a vial tied to it's neck. "Caw!! Caw!!" Around the vial is wrapped a note sealed with a single eye. "Caw!! Caw!!"
Jus
Thursday September 16th, 1999 10:05:59 PM
"Good, for some reason I thought everyone would insist I get the ring. After all, we have Gareth and Onrad to fight for us." Jus calls for a halfling to sell his Bag of Tricks and to fetch the Sun Sword. As the Bag of Tricks is taken away he sighs, "I didn't use that much, but it sure was cool -- a part of me hates to let it go. Ah, well..."
Gareth
Thursday September 16th, 1999 10:21:59 PM
"Buy it back when we return. I bet we have something to show for our efforts. And another thing, why not get the ring too? With moneys from me and Kebo you could get more spells too. Something tells me we'll need them and I'd rather you have them than not.
Nonam
Thursday September 16th, 1999 10:41:59 PM
Intrigued, Nonam goes and removes the vial from the bird's neck. As he examines it further he says, "Looks like something associated with the temple of Gargul."
Gareth
Thursday September 16th, 1999 10:52:59 PM
"What does it mean? Are we supposed to drink that, or what? Or maybe we should notify Sturtavent?"
DM Jerry
Friday September 17th, 1999 7:22:59 AM
The Note unfolds itself magically and a Magic Mouth on the paper speaks. "Greetings. I am Boliter, Chief Eye of Gargul. Gargul himself has expressed interest in your mission and wishes you success. Therefore, please accept this gift. The Most Holy Eye does not wish to slow you down or listen to you beg for your lives as all you adventurer types do so he offers a reprieve. Simply feed this potion to anyone recently demised and he shall live. The recipient however, owes Gargul his respects in our temple at his earliest opportunity. Live well for it is likely you shall not live long enough!" The mouth ceases in a cruel smile. The Crow says, "Caw!! Caw!!" and flies off.
Gareth
Friday September 17th, 1999 7:56:59 PM
"So who wants to carry that? Gargul huh? So sombody tell me about Gargul. I don't know that much about him. Why would he be interested in us?"
Nonam
Saturday September 18th, 1999 3:59:59 AM
"I don't mind keeping up with it. I have enough room inside this new robe." He hold aloft a black robe that just arrived in a box to illustrate his point. Then he returns to an earlier conversation, "Now Gareth, I was really serious when I said Douglas... or at least some other human name. Think of the respect it shows your sword. It should be treated as an equal rather than a tool. Would you rather we all called you 'Gareth' or 'Door-smasher'? See, one is how we would treat a friend and a colleague. The other how we would treat a barbarian with no more use than smashing doors. In effect a tool. So don't you think such a fine, beautiful, and deadly sharp weapon created by such a master craftsman and obviously bristling with more intelligence than many humans deserves to be called Douglas?" Nonam gets down and says this last bit as sweetly as possible nearly directly the sword. It's almost as if he wants the sword to insist on being called Douglas.
Gareth d20=20
Sunday September 19th, 1999 6:07:59 AM
"Douglas... well, your comment about being treated as an equal makes sense. But I don't like Douglas. I'll think about it."
Jus
Sunday September 19th, 1999 8:32:59 AM
"How much money do we have left? I spent 39500gp using 29500gp from the kitty and selling my Bag of Tricks for 10000gp." Jus looks at the others, "So, is anyone still shopping? If we have enough and no one minds, I would love to get a Ring of Spell Storing. But I agree we need to keep some money in reserve." Jus realizes what he just said and begins chuckling, slowly shaking his head side to side, "I wonder how many of us ever expected to spend 30000gp in a day. And I'm still wanting more..." When Nonam shows the robe, Jus' eyes light up. "You got it! Wow! I'm glad one of us did, that was hard to pass up -- even at that price."
Gareth d20=15
Sunday September 19th, 1999 7:51:59 PM
smiles at Jus's musing. "I would say Jus, that if we don't come back from this then we won't have need of any reserve. I say buy the ring for the extra firepower. You could always trade it in later if we needed to and we will still have some left over even with the purchase.". Somehow, Gareth is becoming very difficult to disagree with... He doesn't seem to be so hard to look at any more either - just something about him... hmmmm
Kebo
Sunday September 19th, 1999 8:15:59 PM
"I agree with Gareth, we don't want to be caught wishing for some extra fire-power."
Tericus
Monday September 20th, 1999 2:25:59 AM
pulls out his flute and begins to play a soothing melody, in order to calm everyones nerves
Nonam
Monday September 20th, 1999 2:38:59 AM
Nonam disappears into an adjoining room with his robe and speaks loudly from the other room, "I also bought a potion of double casting. After drinking it, I can cast two spells in the time it would normally take me to cast two for a limited time. I considered getting more but the side effects seemed severe. Perhaps a few more would be a cheaper alternative to the ring, Jus." After the last sentence he emerges, and asks, "What do you think" He seems very different than the Nonam of just a few days ago. His long multicolored hair is gone, and his smooth head shines in the room's dim light. His tattered grey robes and backpack have been replaced by the new black robe made of heavy silks, and he replaced the old rope belt with a fancy red sash. The changes don't end there for he has a magic ring prominently around one finger of his right hand and an expensive bracelet on his left wrist. He tops off the ensemble by reaching into a pocket on the robe and pulling out the newly purchased Catstaff which was no doubt carved from some mystic wood. All in all it seems that Nonam has transformed himself from a hedge wizard into a respectable mage.
Teko
Monday September 20th, 1999 4:11:59 AM
In amazement, Teko says, "Everyone's appearance seems to get more and more impressive. I hope that when the time comes, we all begin to look downright intimidating." Teko speaks to Gareth's sword, "Peoples of the Wold are typically given a name when they are born. You seem to have no name yet. So, if you can say more than 'No', friend, do you have a name that you prefer?"
Onrad
Monday September 20th, 1999 7:01:59 AM
I sent the halflings out to some different stores. So I'm still shopping. Gareth, you look marvelous. Onrad, you...well you look bald. Heh Heh.... Nah, truthfully, it makes you look, more.....dangerous.
DM Jerry
Monday September 20th, 1999 7:04:59 AM
There is a knock on the door. A short pudgy halfling who must have been very fetching when younger is at the door. She is dressed in Gold inlaid robes of white with red trim. She introduces herself as Victa Priestess of Karinthis and presider over the Vaults. "I've been told you have spent quite a bit of money this past day here in Adventurer City. I have an offer for you."
Gareth
Monday September 20th, 1999 6:30:59 PM
smiles at the new arrival. He bows as he says "So, what is your offer, Victa, Priestess of Karinthis? We haven't much time before we depart on our journey."
Kebo
Monday September 20th, 1999 9:44:59 PM
Turning a little red in the face at Gareth's lack of ettiquette, Kebo quickly rises and greets the Priestess of Karinthis in a humble voice, "Your Holiness, please forgive us for acting in such familiar terms -- as my companion stated, we are perhaps distracted by hasty preparations. Please, do come in. May I provide you with anything? Tea, perhaps?" Kebo says while retrieving a tea cup from the table.
Nonam
Tuesday September 21st, 1999 3:09:59 AM
Nonam launches right into negotiation mode, "Greetings Priestess Victa, I'm afraid that we've spent most of our cash on hand, but we still have a little bit. I'd intended on setting up accounts with you on our return, but it might be wise to do so before departure. I've never had enough cash before to be interested in your Patron's services, but our recent successes have changed that situation. I have a few questions before we begin: I assume that you could arrange a group account as well as individual ones, and I also assume that deposits made here would be available from the temple in the Floating City? Is that correct?"
Teko
Tuesday September 21st, 1999 4:06:59 AM
With his traditional bow, Teko says, "Greetings, Princess."
Onrad
Tuesday September 21st, 1999 7:56:59 AM
Onrad grins knowing about Karinthis' services since he comes from a wealthy family as Nonam deals with her.
Priestess Victa (DM Jerry)
Tuesday September 21st, 1999 8:04:59 AM
She grins at being called a priestess and takes Nonam's arm. "Yes, I can see you're a man of taste and distinction. We can transfer funds instantly at any of our temples. However, I thought you might want to open up a small vault here in Plateau City. For a fee of 1% of the value of what you have in the vault per annum, we can store and guarantee the safety of anything you wish to place there. Our annual fee for funds earmarked for transfer is 3% while the fee for funds put in the vault fall under the vault price. Using our services entitles you to use one of our priestesses as advisor for investments, information on auctions, etc. Also, we can provide an experienced publicity manager to take care of such details as dealing with the Town Criers and setting up appointments. Any other services dealing with your money management and reputation can assuredly also be worked out. Thanks for the tea."
Nonam
Tuesday September 21st, 1999 4:28:59 PM
"We shall certainly leave a deposit prior to our departure. One final question: the 1% per annum, is that the value of our items at the actual time of accounting, or is it some sort of average?"
Gareth
Tuesday September 21st, 1999 6:41:59 PM
raises his eyebrows at the thought of opening up an account. "Come to think of it I have an item I would prefer not to take on the trip. That sounds like a great idea. Once we see if our shopping is completed we'll know how much we have to deposit. Jus, have you decided yet? Anybody else need to buy anything?". Something is wrong - or at least different. It's becoming extremely obvious now: those prominent scars on the warriors face and scalp seem to have faded. His head - it isn't 'lopsided' any more. His mouth is straight and his teeth are white. his breath is actually good! Not that it was awful before - just not real good. His voice is smooth and soothing as you listen to the words roll off his tongue. All of a sudden the once homely to ugly human is now becoming before your very eyes quite a fine specimen of manhood with both grace and dignity. What is going on?!? The warrior doesn't really seem to notice the change...
Onrad
Tuesday September 21st, 1999 9:47:59 PM
Onrad looks closely at Gareth and says, "Gareth will you marry me? You're actually getting pretty. heh heh. Just kidding....about the marriage part. But you are pretty. Perhaps a little makeup here and here. "Doorman! Please send up some makeup! And lots of rouge!" Onrad positions himself in his favorite place, sitting sideways in the window sill. "Unbelievable. Nonam goes bald and respectable...Gareth gets pretty. Next thing you know, Jus will get serious about something.....besides his hatred for his dark brethren..." He lets those words slide out testing the current emotions of his friend and thinking that he'd better watch ol Jus down there to see that he doesn't lose his temper and endanger the party by attacking when we should be hiding or being stealthy.
Jus
Tuesday September 21st, 1999 10:27:59 PM
Jus intentionally glares so hard at Onrad that his face turns red... then he breaks into a smile. "It's okay if I get serious, Onrad; but if I *remain* serious, *then* we both better worry." Looking at Gareth with a slight puzzlement, Jus asks, "I have to know, Gareth: What don't you want to take with you? It can't be magic, you'd never leave that behind. And it certainly can't.... Ah!". Jus jumps up as a halfling enters carrying several boxes and a wrapped sword. "Cool! Excuse me guys," Jus manages to get out before he disappears into another room.
Gareth
Wednesday September 22nd, 1999 12:10:59 AM
distracted a bit by Onrad's musing he turns and says "What do you mean I'm getting 'pretty'? This armor doesn't look THAT good on me does it? It must be better than I tought it was going to be...". He trails off for a moment before he tunes back into the ongoing negotiation.
Tericus
Wednesday September 22nd, 1999 2:13:59 AM
"You really do look good, Gareth. A lot better than you did. You could even turn the heads of the Pink Paladins! Ever hear of them? I have a great story about them, if you want to here it."
Teko
Wednesday September 22nd, 1999 3:49:59 AM
Teko mutters to Gareth out of the corner of his mouth, "Just make sure that you aren't turning into a women, eh?" And with a look of sudden realization, he adds with a blushing sigh, "I wonder if I'm going to start calling princesses 'priestesses'."
Priestess Victa (DM Jerry)
Wednesday September 22nd, 1999 8:33:59 AM
"Master Nonam, we can do that either way. Why don't we put it down to charge whichever of those two options turns out to be cheaper each year?" She pulls some forms and quickly sketches out a contract. This will be on effect for one month. Later we can work out any fuzzy details that need expanding upon. Just send items or bring them as well as funds. Your password will be...she writes something down and shows it to everyone. It says, "Handsome Sir Gareth." She grins, kisses Gareth on the cheek and skips out quickly.
Kebo
Wednesday September 22nd, 1999 3:10:59 PM
Apparently speechless, Kebo manages to avoid staring as the financial transaction occurs. After the priestess leaves, Kebo excuses himself for a few moments and leaves the room.
Gareth
Wednesday September 22nd, 1999 6:18:59 PM
tries not to stumble back as the short woman hops up to kiss him. He stands there absolutely stunned for a minute or two. As he touches his cheek in a quiet voice he says "N-no woman has EVER done that before... kiss me OR call me handsome. Why would a woman call me handsome? Could I really...no...". He walks over to the mirror and looks at himself - something he generally avoids. As he looks upon his 'new' self for the first time he just stares silently until he falls into the chair behind him. Touching his face he fumbles out "My scars... they're gone - they're really gone!". He begins to weep - and doesn't stop for a long time. Amazed at the site in the mirror.
Nonam d100=49
Wednesday September 22nd, 1999 6:42:59 PM
Nonam sits down and copies 'stoneskin' from Jus' spellbook after saying, "Don't get too big of an ego. You're still a musclebound chucklehead."
Gareth
Thursday September 23rd, 1999 12:03:59 AM
begins to regain his composure after a bit and smiling says "Yeah, but I'm a good looking musclebound chuckled head! Hey, what's a chucklehead?". He gets up and makes final preparations. "So are you buying that ring Jus or not?"
Jus
Thursday September 23rd, 1999 1:08:59 AM
Jus enters the room again, dressed in new finery. He's wearing a pair of midnight blue stockings that tuck into finely made soft leather boots. A silk shirt, the same color as his stockings, peeks from a coat specially tailored to be stylish, yet offer no hindrance to combat. The boots and coat are so black they seem to draw in the light. Across his chest is a black leather bandolier with several small pockets for components and holding two new daggers with black hilts. Over his shoulders are his baldrics, holding his Long Sword over his left shoulder, and a new sword over his right, with a large white pearl inset at the base of it's hilt. Over his heart, he wears a small Ladybug pin, glaringly obvious against the black of his coat. Topping him off, literally, is the cap he acquired from the Gold Dragons; it is adorned with small pink moons with a blue onyx over his forehead. "I haven't put on my new belt and backpack, but I'm sure you could imagine what they look like. With Gareth and Nonam looking so good, I thought I should dress up a bit, too." He puts a box down on the table and opens it, "These didn't cost much, and I thought they'd come in handy. They are Potions of Nap. I could only find three, but they do have a soup stone if we want more; I'm still having conscience pricks spending all this money. Speaking of -- no offense Gareth -- but you didn't rob a moneylender, or something, did you? I've tried, but can't see how you've managed to buy all your stuff. I don't want to pry; but, honestly, I'm a bit envious."
Gareth
Thursday September 23rd, 1999 5:16:59 AM
shrugs at Jus's question. "I haven't really bought anything before now. I've kept all the items from all our adventures and just now traded them in. I haven't really kept track of how much exactly. I just bought what I could and have the rest for everyone else. So did you buy that ring yet? You might not like spending money Jus, but I'd rather have spent it and not be dead than to have saved it for somebody else."
Onrad
Thursday September 23rd, 1999 7:26:59 AM
"I've still got a few halflings out shopping. I also am playing some cards for some potions at the temple of Wardd today. Hopefully I'll win us some and not break myself in the process." Onrad does his daily stretching exercises while he talks. He's getting quite limber. He stretches his feet up behind his head and walks around the room on his hands. He puts his legs in the lotus position and walks on his knees.
Kebo
Thursday September 23rd, 1999 2:59:59 PM
Kebo enters the room just as Onrad starts his knees walks. Being careful to avoid any strange accidents, he makes his way over to the fireplace, far enough away not to disturb the others, and sits down. He pulls out his ring of silence, and putting it on, kicks back for a cat-nap.
Nonam
Thursday September 23rd, 1999 9:08:59 PM
Nonam finishes copying stoneskin from Jus and looks up at everyone and blinks. He's obviously not heard a thing said in the past hour or so. "What time is it? I got a couple of scrolls with Nap on them. I thought I'd copy it into my spell book before we left... assuming we still have time... Why are you wearing that hat, Jus?"
Gareth
Thursday September 23rd, 1999 10:33:59 PM
gathers all excess moneys from everyone. "I'll take this to 'The Priestess' for that deposit and you guys keep getting ready - since I'm already done. Jus, you need any more to get that ring? Speak now or do without it.". After the gathering and getting directions Gareth leaves and deposits the cash at the 'temple'.
Tericus
Friday September 24th, 1999 3:11:59 AM
"I guess no one wants to hear my story." and so saying, Tericus gets up, goes sits next to Kebo and begins to pout
Onrad
Friday September 24th, 1999 4:03:59 AM
"Sorry Tericus. I thought it was a threat rather than a story you wanted to tell. :) I'd love to hear it." Then before Tericus can start, he turns to the others and says, "Hey guys, I found a good deal on some Giant Strength Potions we might want to spring for with some Kitty funds. ::The Strength Package = 6 potions of Giant Strength. 1 each of the following versions: hill, stone, frost, fire, cloud, storm 4500gp:: I thought that might be a good investment and then save the potions for "the" big battle, or at least a "big" one. What do you think?
Teko
Friday September 24th, 1999 10:51:59 PM
Teko settles down comfortably in a chair. "So what's this about the Pink Paladin's? Did they have a flair for fashion?"
Jus
Sunday September 26th, 1999 8:15:59 AM
"Yes, I'm still interested in the Ring, Gareth. I just wanted to wait until everyone was finished shopping, first."
Gareth
Sunday September 26th, 1999 6:20:59 PM
"OK Jus, just checking. I'm done. I've got two giant strength potions. Cloud and Fire. I think they'd come in real handy so we could deal out maximum damage. Do we have enought to buy that and Jus's ring? I think we do. You guys tell me when your done so we can go make that deposit."
Tericus
Monday September 27th, 1999 12:06:59 PM
with a big smile on his face, Tericus gets up from the floor and walks out to where everyone can hear him. "The Pink Paladins are a group of four paladins that travel the Wold. They are called the Pink Paladins not because of their fasion sense, but because of their, um, "special" bond with each other, if you know what i mean." he says with a wink
Onrad
Monday September 27th, 1999 3:10:59 PM
"Ooh, yuck!" Onrad grimaces. "Hey, I heard one of them was related to Nonam. Hey Nonam--weren't you a pink paladin once?" Onrad's grin becomes as big as the halflings that have been serving at the hotel. Oh, and Onrad jumps up quickly and scoots out the door just in case Nonam decides to fire one of those new fangles spells at him and make him do weird stuff.
Nonam
Monday September 27th, 1999 3:21:59 PM
"And here I was about to remark on how I thought Onrad and I were getting along better lately."
Gareth
Monday September 27th, 1999 6:54:59 PM
"So are we buying the giant potions and ring or not? I'm ready to get going. Who says we can't get there a little early and enjoy the World Serpent Inn? It's been a while since we've been there."
Kebo
Tuesday September 28th, 1999 3:15:59 AM
Kebo is blissfully ignorant as he continues to snooze.
Teko
Tuesday September 28th, 1999 3:51:59 AM
"I'm ready to go. I do not FEEL ready, but that can't be helped. The Inn might be a good place to settle my nerves."
Tericus
Tuesday September 28th, 1999 5:42:59 AM
"They could be related. Lets see, their names are Jericus, Jerimon, Jeriff, and Jerobob. Do any of those names sound familiar Nonan?"
Onrad
Tuesday September 28th, 1999 8:10:59 AM
When he sees that Nonam isn't going to fry him for his comment he comes back into the room and resumes his perch in the windowsill. "Well, Nonam, my friend, at least I'm kidding now. Used to I meant it. I say we buy the potions. With Gareth's two, we can all bulk up before we take on Matron Baenre. That should surprise her a bit."
DM Jerry
Tuesday September 28th, 1999 8:11:59 AM
The beautiful day turns to afternoon. The fall breeze blows a little this afternoon bringing a slight chill to the air.
Jus
Tuesday September 28th, 1999 2:33:59 PM
"I agree, let's finish this up quickly; this day has felt like it's been weeks! Well, Gareth, how much do we have. I know I spent 29500gp from the kitty and 10,000 from selling my Bag of Tricks. Oh, and I agree, the giant potions first."
Kebo
Tuesday September 28th, 1999 2:50:59 PM
Feeling the chill, Kebo quickly rises and wanders over to the fireplace, turning the ring off while crossing the floor.
Gareth
Tuesday September 28th, 1999 7:41:59 PM
the impatient warrior takes 500 gp from the kitty left over from Jus, 10,000 gp from Teko, 7,000 gp from himself, and 2,000 gp extra from the kitty (15,000 gp for the ring + 4,500gp for the potions = 19,500 gp). He then goes and buys the potions, ring for Jus, deposits 10,000 gp with "The Priestess", and returns. Handing the ring to the reluctant elf he says "Here Jus. Put it on.". He takes the giant strength potions and puts them in the bag of holding - unless anyone offers to carry them. "I deposited 10,000 gp in our account at the temple. We still have 8,000 gp in the kitty - just in case. OK now, lets get going already!"
Nonam
Wednesday September 29th, 1999 1:54:59 AM
"And the leader has spoken... You know, we should all go out and have a good meal before we leave. We likely won't have another opportunity for something decent to eat for some time. We could nab something here in town, but I'd prefer to try something in the World Serpent Inn."
Onrad
Wednesday September 29th, 1999 2:29:59 AM
"I agree, friend Nonam, let's eat at the World Serpent Inn. That would be cool!" Onrad does a full flip off or the window sill with a full twist and says, "Why don't we get a head start then, comrades?" Is there any reason to remain?
Teko
Wednesday September 29th, 1999 3:17:59 AM
Teko hops up and slings his pack over his shoulder. "Let's do it."
Tericus
Wednesday September 29th, 1999 4:29:59 AM
grips his staff tightly and shoulders his pack. "Im ready do go too. Lets get going!"
Kebo
Wednesday September 29th, 1999 1:05:59 PM
Along with Tericus, Kebo grabs up his pack and stands ready to go, "To the Inn, then!"
Gareth
Wednesday September 29th, 1999 6:12:59 PM
"So how do we get there? I'll just do what you magic user types say.". The warrior gathers his gear and stands ready.
Onrad d20=15
Wednesday September 29th, 1999 6:26:59 PM
Onrad (making his perception check) says, "When we went to the World's Serpent Inn in the Floating City we had to find the most awful run-down tavern in the city and enter the inn through that location. So I guess we ask around to find the worst one. I hope that doesn't take too long. Lots of inns here in this city." Onrad gives Nonam a friendly clap on the back and heads out the door. "I guess we should settle with the inn here before leaving. Gareth is the treasurer. Hey, Gareth, how did you get to be treasurer and leader? Perhaps we should divide that up and give the treasuring duties to Jus or Nonam?"
DM Jerry
Wednesday September 29th, 1999 6:30:59 PM
Stomachs rumbling from hunger at supper time, the party heads out as the sun begins to dip towards the horizon. A chill is in the air. People are stringing lights for the upcoming Harvest Festival of Lamps. The party heads east to the poorer side of town. A little girl comes and tugs at Jus' clothing holding out a cup and asking for alms for the poor. She has red hair and freckles everywhere. Beautiful green eyes as well.
Gareth
Wednesday September 29th, 1999 6:45:59 PM
settles with the halflings for a job well done. He gives them a big tip. Remebering his humble beginnings Gareth has pity on the girl and offers her a gold piece - but makes sure to cover it up so that nobody sees him give it her. "Be careful not to let anyone see it. They will take it from you. Now off with you." (OOC: email me the amount owed the halflings.)
Jus
Wednesday September 29th, 1999 10:44:59 PM
Jus takes off his ladybug pin and pins it to the girls clothing. "Now, this isn't worth much, at least where money is concerned; so don't you go selling it. You can tell people Jus of the Three gave it to you." With a wink, he palms her 3 gold. When she leaves, Jus comments to the others, "You think we could get some coins minted with some emblem of ours on one side? Might help spread our name."
Nonam
Wednesday September 29th, 1999 11:42:59 PM
"Too many people know who we are already."
Tericus
Thursday September 30th, 1999 2:59:59 AM
"Thats a good idea, Jus! Even the Gold Dragons dont have their likeness printed on coins. Imagine, whenever someone pays for a meal or ale or whatever, they would have to use gold Nonans or silver Gareths. Or platinum Tericuses. That would be so cool!"
Teko
Thursday September 30th, 1999 3:35:59 AM
"As the evening encroaches, one thing occupies my mind: Just how good is the food at this place we're going to?"
Kebo
Thursday September 30th, 1999 2:46:59 PM
Seeing that two others have responded already, Kebo says, "Little one, it grows late, and things are not so safe here. Now off to shelter with you!"
Onrad
Thursday September 30th, 1999 4:54:59 PM
"The food? Just you wait and see! It's the best anywhere or anywhen! Well at least it has the most variety. You can get literally anything there." Onrad rubs his tummy. "I don't like the coin idea though. Coins have always had the Mayor on them. If the mayor offered to have a limited edition coin made in our image it would then be acceptable, but otherwise, it would appear arrogant and as Nonam implied, it would pull enemies, both good and evil, out of the woodwork so to speak. A calling symbol might be interesting, but still arrogant. We should know the consequences before embarking on something like that!"
DM Jerry
Thursday September 30th, 1999 4:56:59 PM
The party arrives in one of the poorer sections of town across from Gargul's skull shaped temple. The streets are busy with last minute errands and people heading home from the shop. Vendors clean up their stalls and tote their wagons to storage for the night. There are inns on nearly every corner...dozens of them.
Gareth
Thursday September 30th, 1999 6:35:59 PM
"So which one do we stand in front of? Maybe we should have asked Sturtavent."
Nonam
Thursday September 30th, 1999 11:25:59 PM
Nonam stops a passerby - one that looks like he frequents disreputable bars - and asks, "Which bar do you think is the worst one in the city?" He then repeats this process a few times to see if one answer pops up more than once.
Tericus
Friday October 1st, 1999 1:18:59 AM
"Do we really have to go in one of these places?"
Onrad
Friday October 1st, 1999 6:29:59 AM
"Nah, we don't have to go in...wait you'll see." Onrad grins crookedly. Onrad also begins asking around for taverns of ill repute.
DM Jerry
Friday October 1st, 1999 6:33:59 AM
You get several strange looks, but eventually at a small impromptu market selling death trinkets near the temple of Gargul, you get a discussion started amongst some of the vendors who are very bored. "The Flying Fish is horrible. It burned down last month and smelled for a week!" "Nope the Flying Monkey is worse. They've been appeasing that rogue god now for a good year after summoning him from the Cataclysm Lands. It did make that gorilla fly though!" "Yeah, right into that Flying Pig place. Those people are crazy. They bought the gorilla a drink by that same name - The Flying Pig--and showed that gorilla their own version of flying." Yeah, I stay away from that place. Those people are extreme!"
Nonam
Friday October 1st, 1999 5:31:59 PM
"Well gentleman, it sounds like the Flying Pig is the place to be. What do you say, leader Gareth? Shall we head over and check it out?" Nonam gets directions from the street vendors and heads out.
Kebo
Saturday October 2nd, 1999 3:09:59 AM
Grimly Kebo follows the group to the Flying Pig.
Gareth
Sunday October 3rd, 1999 6:15:59 PM
smiles at Nonam's change in attitude toward him. "The Flying Pig sounds promising. Lead on 'High Mage Nonam' :).".
Tericus
Monday October 4th, 1999 2:29:59 AM
"Do they have actual flying pigs there?"
Teko
Monday October 4th, 1999 3:34:59 AM
Teko grins. "The Flying Pig. It sounds like the best place to start." And Teko follows the others.
Jus
Monday October 4th, 1999 4:09:59 AM
Jus chuckles at Gareth's reaction, believing Nonam is once again toying with Gareth.
DM JK
Monday October 4th, 1999 6:33:59 PM
After a brief walk, the party finds themselves before the Flying Pig. It is obviously a run down establishment, but it seems to be rather popular. Music pours from the crumbling walls.
Gareth
Monday October 4th, 1999 7:14:59 PM
smiles at the chaos in front of him. "Now THAT looks like fun! Maybe we can go in when we come back. OK Nonam, do your thing.".
Nonam
Tuesday October 5th, 1999 1:03:59 AM
"My thing? You do all have your own coins, right?" Nonam pulls out his Lady of Pain Coin to illustrate which coin he means.
Kebo
Tuesday October 5th, 1999 1:37:59 AM
Concerned for their safety, Kebo keeps a vigilant lookout.
Tericus
Tuesday October 5th, 1999 3:43:59 AM
looks at the coin thoughfully. "Do we need one of those? I dont have one."
Onrad
Tuesday October 5th, 1999 1:02:59 PM
"It only takes one coin for the whole group folks. At least that's how it worked back in The Float."
Onrad
Tuesday October 5th, 1999 1:09:59 PM
"Sturtavent gave us three coins. I'm guessing Gareth has them. Perhaps we should split them up in case of trouble. We'll need one to get back and one for emergency or later use. Uh, do you know how to use them, Nonam? Jus?"
Nonam d20=9
Tuesday October 5th, 1999 4:52:59 PM
Nonam tries remember how he used the coin in the past (perception check).
Gareth
Tuesday October 5th, 1999 6:54:59 PM
"Jus took them actually but I thought Nonam had one too. You guys did this last time so I'll be no help. Do sombody still have Loren's written instructions?"
Kebo
Tuesday October 5th, 1999 10:55:59 PM
Kebo says, "I've never used one of those, but I'm told that you're supposed to let your gaze focus through the coin and past it."
Tericus
Wednesday October 6th, 1999 3:50:59 AM
"Kind of ironc, that we have the way to the Serpent Inn, but no one knows how to use it."
Teko
Wednesday October 6th, 1999 3:56:59 AM
Looking closely at the coin Nonam holds, Teko says, "I don't want a coin necessarily, but I do want to know the details of using one."
DM Jerry
Wednesday October 6th, 1999 5:01:59 AM
Nonam remembers the way of the coin and looks through it at the inn. Slowly, the old decrepit inn's signboard changes to "The Worlds Serpent Inn. Nonam remembers that the others much be touching to enter via the same coin.
Kebo
Wednesday October 6th, 1999 3:55:59 PM
When told to do so, Kebo joins up with Nonam and enters the Inn.
Nonam
Wednesday October 6th, 1999 4:19:59 PM
"Quit your babbling. I remember how it works. Everyone hold hands, and we'll be off." Once everyone is ready, Nonam goes to the World Serpent Inn.
Gareth
Wednesday October 6th, 1999 6:15:59 PM
As he touches the mage and sees the sign he smiles at the familiarity. "My how things have changed is such a short time. We come back worthy patrons instead of beginners. I'm really looking forward to this.". He steps forward with everyone else.
Jus
Wednesday October 6th, 1999 10:25:59 PM
Jus laughes as Onrad takes Nonam's hand, remembering Onrad's teasing. "Worthy, Gareth? We need to discuss the term, sometime." Jus takes hold of the other's hands.
Onrad
Thursday October 7th, 1999 12:14:59 AM
Onrad refuses to take anyone's hand, especially Nonam's opting instead to put his hand on Jus' shoulder squeezing a little too hard as they go through the door.
Tericus
Thursday October 7th, 1999 1:44:59 AM
grabs Onrads shoulder, since he isnt being very social right now. "Are you sure this will work?"
Teko
Thursday October 7th, 1999 3:38:59 AM
With a grin, and joining hands with the others, Teko says to Tericus, "If we were sure, it wouldn't be any fun would it?"
DM Jerry
Thursday October 7th, 1999 2:41:59 PM
Just as the words "will work?" are spoken the party enters the tavern. The party goes down a passageway into the main room. It is smoky and strangely lit; they can see the bar, situated in the middle, but the distant walls seem unclear. It is very smoky, as thick as fog. This is the oddest place. It must be larger, much larger, than it appeared on the outside. For another thing, it must have countless meeting rooms and private areas. What else could account for all those doors? Every couple of feet there is another door. In fact, some of the doorways seem to be shifting about, vanishing and reappearing! This is the place to see and to be seen! It is packed with folks all talking and laughing, seated at tables and booths scattered throughout the room. Those who couldn't get seats have made room on the floor. Over near the far wall is a green woman talking to a pig. A coat with six arms is slung over a chair. You hear snatches of conversation, bu much of it is in an unfamiliar language... That which you do understand still seems gibberish--it concerns places and people you've never heard of before. The Inn is an unbelievable place. The bar is situated in the middle of the room, with a light shining directly above it. The barkeeper is a fat man, wish a long white beard, red cheeks, and a big booming laugh. When you see him, you want to laugh despite yourselves. "Ahh, Jus it is truly good to see your playful self again. Gareth, you've changed! Onrad, looking quick! Nonam! Love the hair! Come! Come...I've been expecting you. Sit. Sit! Well, don't be shy, What'll you have? Venetian mountain brew? Sigma flypaper? Elysium Elixir? Blue wine from Gnowsy? I make the best Flaming Gnomish in the Universe!! Mitchifer is the name, gentlebeings," he shouts, "Name your poison!" I have a table reseved for you here! Enjoy!"
Kebo
Thursday October 7th, 1999 2:47:59 PM
"Welcome!" Kebo replies, "I'll try the Elysium Elixir, if you please." After they are seated, Kebo asks the group, "Okay, which of you guys wants to wear the other half of the telepathic ring set that I have? As I recall, Gareth is all ringed-out...but we'll need someone to stay in contact with me while I'm scouting ahead."
Gareth
Thursday October 7th, 1999 7:23:59 PM
is amazed that the barkeep would remember the names of a group of nobodys from 3 years ago. As he smiles he says "Hello Mitchifer. It's good to know you remember us. It's good to be back. I haven't seen mountains in a long time. A Venetian Mountain Brew sounds good for me. Please bring us some food too. Whatever the house specialty is for me! Also, we're supposed to meet some people here tonight in case you didn't know - but somehow I'm sure you did - please show them where we are. Unless they're already here..."
Jus
Friday October 8th, 1999 5:48:59 AM
Jus looks around to see if he recognizes anyone else from their last visit. He also looks through the doorways as they open, just to see where everyone is coming from.
Tericus
Friday October 8th, 1999 5:49:59 AM
follows everyone around the inn with his mouth wide open, the amazement clearly evident on his face. after Mitchifer asks what everyone wants to drink, he comes out of his stupor a bit. "Ill try the, um, Blue wine from Gnowsy."
Teko
Friday October 8th, 1999 7:24:59 AM
Teko gazes in silence for a moment at what goes on around him. "I think it would be a mistaken question to ask 'Where is this place?'". Turning to Mitchifer, Teko says, "You have a fine establishment, sir." He briefly falls silent again, but then remembers the bartender's offer. "May I have a glass of milk please?"
The Purple Woman
Friday October 8th, 1999 7:25:00 AM
As you speak your orders, the drinks arrive. Same for your meals. A incredibly beautiful woman dressed in purple scarves over a black bodice approaches. She puts one delicate hand on Jus' shoulder and one on Gareth's neck. "What you're doing is important. We're all behind you. May love conquer all." Her hand lifts and she returns to her table where she sits with a monk and a mage dressed in white.
The Masked Three
Friday October 8th, 1999 7:30:59 AM
Mitchifer approaches and says, "Three gentlemen wish to talk with you and ask permission to approach. They are there on Table 42." You look there and three men sit there wearing masks: Floating City masks. All are identical. They approach with your attention upon them. They speak in unison with magical disguises upon their voices evident. "Greetings adventurers. May fortune smile upon you. We are representatives of The Lords of Diamonds." They pause. "We want to help."
Gareth
Friday October 8th, 1999 8:48:59 AM
bids the newcomers to sit down remembering some of the words of his fellow comrades about this group of 'noble thieves'. "This is beginning to sound like a lot of people know about this. That makes me a little nervous. So how is it you would help us?"
Kibo
Friday October 8th, 1999 4:24:59 PM
Maintaining a poker-face, Kibo holds his tongue, waiting for a response. Meanwhile, he strikes up a innocuous conversation with Teko, "So how many fireballs does it take to light up the Caverns of Everdark?"
Nonam
Friday October 8th, 1999 6:00:59 PM
Nonam says, "One, if I cast it." Then he tells the waitress that he wants water and a chickenfry steak like he heard ordered the last time he was here. The very idea of the thing has confused him for the past year. After ordering, he leans over and tells Kebo that he could take the other ring as he only has one. Then finally he nods knowingly at the man in the center as if he could see through the disguise. "Well gentlemen, what do you propose?"
Jus
Saturday October 9th, 1999 12:35:59 AM
Disappointed that nothing interesting was seen, Jus frowns at the doors. Shrugging, he looks back towards the table, seeing the three men approach. Jus hurries over so he doesn't miss anything. Hearing Nonam's answer, Jus has to respond, "Would that be the fireball, or your hair providing the light?"
Nonam
Sunday October 10th, 1999 4:27:59 PM
Nonam snaps, "My hair never lit up. It just changed color."
Tericus
Monday October 11th, 1999 2:14:59 AM
he just sits there, nervously sipping his wine.
Teko
Monday October 11th, 1999 3:49:59 AM
Teko grins at the banter about fireballs, but otherwise listens closely to the masked individuals.
Onrad
Monday October 11th, 1999 4:59:59 AM
Onrad turns on to them, his sarcastic look on his face and says, "Nice of you to ask permission. What did you have in mind to steal? Some better looking masks? Surely you don't mind if I rib you just a bit since we all stand for good here and everything? Ahh, I get it now. You wear the masks because you're so humble that you don't want people to know who does all those good deeds." Onrad then throws back his chair and actually thumps the center Lord with his finger. 9 years ago, you stole the family crest and the statue of my grandmother from our estate. I don't care how much money your favorite charity made from the proceeds, I..." tears flowing now in anger and frustration, "I... want it returned. Promise to return it upon pain of your deaths within 30 days me in person and my friends here will listen to your proposition." Onrad then spins kicking the chair out of his way and stomps over to the bar and sits there with his head in his hands.
The Masked Three
Monday October 11th, 1999 5:07:59 AM
The Three Lords push their masks together and whisper. Yelling after Onrad, one says, "Done!" Then turning to the remaining members of The Three the one on the left proceeds. "We propose to send in three groups of Lords to assist in the evening's activities. We will hit Houses 1, 2, and 3, attempting to kidnap the #1 son of each house with the purpose of bringing them up to the surface. There we will offer in our own unique way these "men" to House Millithor as husbands. This will help prevent counterstrikes on House Millithor and defunct Kingship to whom we are pledged, and has cetain other benefits to us which are totally our own business. We will plant clues that House #1 attacked #2 and #3 while we will do the reverse to House #1 planting clues of a joint conspiracy between Houses #2 and 3 against House #1. We will do this irregardless. We seek your blessing on our efforts however. You are fellow Floating City Citizens and deserve such for your nobel work vs. the Black Blades in the past.
Gareth d20=8 d20=2
Monday October 11th, 1999 7:36:59 AM
watches Onrad's outburst but does not respond. "Normally I would be a bit more careful with whom I do business but I think we would all do well to work together in a situation as extreme as this. All I really know about your group is that you are good but you have a very strange way of showing it. Actually, I'm kind of impressed... Your plan sounds like it will not interfere with our objectives so far. As long as they don't I'm for it. What can you tell us about House #2? Do you have any maps or know of ways to infiltrate their compound - or escape from it? Do you know what kind of resistance we'll see? Anything you have would be helpful to us. Houses #1 and #3 are of no concern to us - or at least not as much of one as #2 house. We would be glad for info on them though. Could be useful. Also, how do you plan to traverse the city undetected? Can you help us with stealth strategy? We usually just plow through. We've not used stealth that much. Now, after you've answered my questions I would ask you to explain how you had in mind to help us - that is if I didn't cover it already. We need as much detail as we can get. This mission may depend on it - and yours too. I'd hate to cross paths with one of your groups and mistake them for somebody else..." (Made Intelligence roll. REALLY made Wisdom roll - amazing!)
Kibo d20=12
Monday October 11th, 1999 4:14:59 PM
Seeing Gareth's effective handling of the questioning raises Kibo's estimation of him. His trained eye scans the three masked ones for additional clues to their identity, seeing if he recognizes any.
Tericus
Tuesday October 12th, 1999 1:32:59 AM
after Onrad leaves for the bar and Gareth speaks with them, Tericus turns to Gareth "Ill go along with whatever you negotiate with them, but I dont want anything to do with them. I question their motives. The only thing they are loyal to is gold. Do what needs to be done, but i dont have to be hear to listen to it." and with that, he gets up and goes to the bar with Onrad.
Nonam
Tuesday October 12th, 1999 1:54:59 AM
Nonam raises an eyebrow but seems content to let Gareth do the talking for now. He is definitely paying attention though.
Teko
Tuesday October 12th, 1999 3:58:59 AM
For fear that too many cooks will spoil the broth, Teko keeps silent and continues to listen.
Onrad
Tuesday October 12th, 1999 5:07:59 AM
Onrad drinks some mineral water not wanting to do anything to spoil his concentration this evening. He waits for The Lords of Diamonds to answer his ultimatum.
The Masked Three
Tuesday October 12th, 1999 5:19:59 AM
The one on the left turns beet red around the edges of the mask as Gareth asks them to explain their plans. He balls up his fists and looks as if he's about to explode. The one on the left grabs him leading him away. The remaining one stands immoble for awhile and then says, "You don't know what we are or what it took for us to come here and......" He stops to angry to continue. Then he gets an edge to his voice and sounds like he's gritting his teeth. "Never. Never, ask..........Never." He spins and leaves. All three immediately walk through a nearby door and disappear with a slight popping sound."
Gareth
Tuesday October 12th, 1999 5:31:59 AM
Before the man gets too far away the puzzled warrior calmly offers "You came to us, we did not come to you. What did you expect? Thank you for letting us know anyway."
Jus
Tuesday October 12th, 1999 3:04:59 PM
Jus finally tears his eyes off of the beautiful woman in purple, shuddering as he realizes who she almost assuredly is. Turning back to where the masked strangers were, Jus begins, "Well, Lords of Dia...." Jus looks around, realizing that the conversation has already ended and the Lords of Diamonds are no longer there. "Great, just great.... What did you do this time, Gareth? Tell them they had to kiss your ring before we listened to them? I just hope you didn't tell them any of our 'for our ears only' plans."
Kibo
Tuesday October 12th, 1999 4:10:59 PM
Giving Nonam the other ring of telepathy (linked with the one Kibo is wearing), Kibo says to Gareth, "Do you have some sort of cursed item that twists what you say? You seemed more than cordial with those three, and yet they were offended..."
Gareth
Tuesday October 12th, 1999 5:55:59 PM
"That was enlightening... I didn't tell them anything they didn't already know and I misled them intentionally so that if something unexpected happened - like them getting all bent out of shape over nothing - then they couldn't hurt us. I figured that was the best approach until they demonstrated their sincerity - which they did not. I'm not sure dealing with them was in our best interst anyway. Do you think we should tell House Milithor of their 'alleged' plans?
Gareth
Tuesday October 12th, 1999 6:41:59 PM
As he eats, drinks, sits and waits for the others to respond he studies the dark female and her companiions. He looks at their faces and outfits and tries to tell who they might be. He also looks around for the 3 dark elves who are to meet them.
Tericus
Wednesday October 13th, 1999 2:12:59 AM
"Im glad they left. We dont need help from thugs anyway." then he returse from the bar and sits back down with everyone else. "How long do you think we have to wait."
Teko
Wednesday October 13th, 1999 3:43:59 AM
Teko looks into his milk. "I smell bridges burning. Some, apparently, have been burning for a long time."
Nonam
Wednesday October 13th, 1999 6:16:59 AM
"Don't worry about it Gareth, you'll get used to this leader thing with some more practice."
Onrad
Wednesday October 13th, 1999 6:21:59 AM
Onrad rejoins the group, his face still slightly red. "I think House Millithor already knows. Remember the letter? The matron asked who the Lords of Diamonds were? But we should mention it anyway." Onrad downs his mineral water. "Well what are we waiting around here for. We've got to get to that "Well" tavern place don't we? Uh, Mitchifer, what time is it Menzoberranzan time?"
Mitchifer
Wednesday October 13th, 1999 6:25:59 AM
"It's two and one half bells before midnight, Onrad. Your door is #667 when you're ready. Third door to your left on the 7th balcony up. Good luck Gents. Alot of people are watching the events of this night."
Kibo
Wednesday October 13th, 1999 6:46:59 AM
(Using the ring of telepathy) ::Nonam, this is your conscience speaking. The Kibo is one nice guy, and you should go ahead and pay for his drink:: Kibo gets up and follows Onrad's lead to the door.
Gareth
Wednesday October 13th, 1999 8:24:59 AM
finishes his meal and moves to the door with the others. "They DID commit to return your family heirlooms before we spoke, Onrad. We'll see if the Lord's keep their word. I wonder when they'll figure out I told them the wrong house? I'll enjoy that part."
Nonam
Wednesday October 13th, 1999 5:40:59 PM
Nonam slowly finishes his food in an attempt to enjoy these last few minutes of peace.
Jus
Thursday October 14th, 1999 1:43:59 AM
"Good idea, Nonam. No telling when we'll have a good meal again... or if, for some of us." Jus finishes his meal, and savors a mulled wine before going to the door. Nodding towards Gareth, Jus jokes with Nonam, "Think we'll be thrown in the brig for not following our shipmaster?"
Tericus
Thursday October 14th, 1999 2:32:59 AM
turns to Onrad "Were we suppost to meet with someone here?"
Teko
Thursday October 14th, 1999 3:26:59 AM
Teko orders a turkey leg and eats quickly before they go on.
Mitchifer
Thursday October 14th, 1999 9:11:59 AM
Onrad still a little upset over the Masked 3, spins on Tericus and says, "How do you memorize your songs with a memory like that." He then begins to climb the stairs. A few moments later he turns back around and says, "Sorry Tericus, I took my frustrations out on you. It's just that those Diamonds guys kinda got to me I guess. Our instructions, unless I'm becoming forgetful too, is to meet someone from House Millithor in a tavern called The Well of Darkness tonight at midnight." Onrad goes to the balcony where the door is and then leans over looking waaaay down at the others still relaxing wondering if they're coming anytime soon.
Kibo
Thursday October 14th, 1999 5:33:59 PM
Looking at Kibo, it is obvious that he is a seasoned veteran - despite the unsettling elements of the place, he remains focused on the upcoming mission. All of his items are perfectly placed for easy reach, and he exudes a feeling of confidence.
Gareth
Thursday October 14th, 1999 6:18:59 PM
looks concerned at Jus. "I'm not your shipmaster or anything else. It's just those guys looked at me when they spoke and you were eyeing that dark lady over there. I have no desire for you to call me your leader - but I'll take the lead if you would like. But ONLY if you like. I've never been able to really lead before now, being ugly and all. But now I suppose people won't wince when I walk up so maybe I could do it. But I won't do it if you don't want me to. I sort of viewed us as a team of equals anyway. Don't you?". As the discussion continues Gareth waits at the door until all are ready. "OK then, do we need to be invisible or anything before we go in? I have no idea what to expect."
Nonam
Friday October 15th, 1999 12:07:59 AM
Nonam makes sure that Onrad is up the stairs and looks at Jus, "I think we need to find Onrad a girl... Are you ready?" Nonam stands up and drinks the last of his water and heads upstairs. As he goes, he wonders how Gareth managed the trick of standing next to both the table and the door on the 2nd floor.
Tericus
Friday October 15th, 1999 2:10:59 AM
after regainng his composure after Onrad's outburst at him, he finishes his drink and mutters to himself "He definatly needs a woman." the he works his way to the door with everyone else
Teko
Friday October 15th, 1999 3:41:59 AM
Wiping his mouth and hands, Teko pays for his food and drink and meets Onrad at the door.
Jus
Friday October 15th, 1999 5:12:59 AM
Jus looks up towards Gareth, surprised that Gareth heard his comment to Nonam. In response, Jus gives a great big grin, like he just proved some point he was trying to make. With one last glance towards the Lady in Purple, Jus heads up the stairs, taking them three steps at a time.
Hatchme (DM Jerry)
Friday October 15th, 1999 9:42:59 AM
As the party prepares to open the door and step through, the door opens of it's own accord and a massive drow warrior steps through. He breaks the form of the elven physique in every way. He spots you and goes on alert for a second, his warrior instincts kicking in. Then after a moment he forces himself to relax. He speaks quickly pulling a "speaking stone" from his pocket. He speaks in drow, but the stone translates with a quirky feminine voice. "Good, I've caught you. I am Hatchme." He says this as if that were information enough about his credentials. "I am here of my own doing." He lowers his voice looking around nervously. "I wish you the luck of Ellistrae. When you arrive at House Baenre, count 6 guard stations from the center gate towards the east and look for this." He hands Kibo a brooch--a symbol of an upside down spider. "When you find the right one, trace it three times and enter. follow this repeating symbol for what may be the safest route to the Matron's Private Chambers. I know you have no reason to trust me, but you will probably die this day for a noble cause. Be aware that there are house passwords and signs that you will need to know or learn as you go from those you defeat, or you will truly perish. Keep an eye out for those you might get information from and by what ever means." He turns to exit once again by the door, pauses, and turns around once more, his face etched with personal pain. "If my information aids you in your quest, and you do survive, please mention my help to Matron Millithor along with my....my desire to.....to submit myself to her.....on the surface." He stands there a second looking pensive, and then once again thinking as a warrior, whirls around and exits through the door closing it behind him.
Nonam
Friday October 15th, 1999 5:17:59 PM
"Don't leap after him, this could very well be an ambush. Give me just a second to see if this thing is magic. If it is, then we need to find out more about it before we carry it into Menzoberranzan. If it's mundane, then it probably is just a guide marker like he said... oh, and Kibo, I'd make sure that it isn't covered in poison. Any other suggestions, Gareth?" Nonam casts 'detect magic.'
Kibo
Friday October 15th, 1999 5:41:59 PM
Kibo says to Nonam, "It is almost certainly going to register as magic -- just about anything down Below seems to. Hatchme is telling the truth." After everyone is satisfied, Kibo pins the brooch on the inside of his cloak. Set a little at ease with the scouting information provided, Kibo casts his glance around the huge tavern, taking in the carnival-like atmosphere, and says, "As the gods give me life, there will always be money in this madhouse. Money better spent on the needy."
Gareth
Sunday October 17th, 1999 6:32:59 PM
looks Hatchme up and down. "We will indeed mention your contribution to Matron Milithor. Good luck to us all! As Nonam analyses he shakes his head at the question. Once the broach issue is resolved you see the significant change in the warrior's intense demeanor. "It's showtime guys. Let's pull together and get it done." He looks into the eyes of everyone - you know he's not joking. "We have no issues between us. We stand together - or we die. Let's go!". If nobody has any last words he turns and opens the door - and walks through.
Gareth
Sunday October 17th, 1999 8:05:59 PM
[OOC: After the broach issue is resolved really means after the broach is resolved. Nonam's spell and any opinions, etc. Jumped the gun a bit - sorry]
Onrad
Monday October 18th, 1999 12:56:59 AM
After Nonam is satisfied that the brooch is not a "tag", Onrad sets his face, his visage grim, checks to see that all his supplies are where he wants them, and removes the peacebond on his sword. As Gareth steps through, he goes next stepping through so as to arrive on Gareth's left flank.
Jus
Monday October 18th, 1999 1:56:59 AM
Just touches his ladybug pin for good luck. He quick looks down with a frown when he realizes its gone. "Ah, yes...", he mumbles to no one in particular as he remembers the little girl he gave it to. Already forgetting his possibly fate once he enters this door, Jus says a silent prayer for the girl; wishing her safety, security, and a long life.
Tericus
Monday October 18th, 1999 2:06:59 AM
gripping his staff tightly and humming quietly to himself, his usualy carefree face set with a solomn expression, Tericus steps through the door behind Onrad and Gareth, ready to use his spells in their defense.
Teko
Monday October 18th, 1999 3:37:59 AM
When Teko sees that the others have already taken to walking through the door, he looks, quickly, cheerfully, but non-chalantly, behind him. Then he steps through the door, wondering to himself whether the Drow have anything like stars in which he might gain a glimpse of the dark future of the Three.
Welcome to a Black Lightmare! (DM Jerry) d10=4 d10=7
Monday October 18th, 1999 7:15:59 AM
The device registers no magic. As Gareth, Onrad, Tericus, and Teko enter they find themselves in a slum. A beautiful "black light poster" slum. As you catch your breath with the sight, there is no time to do other than catch your breath for exiting just behind you from the normal inn that exists here as the worst in Menzoberranzan, named the Lizardking Lounge, are 3 legendary creatures with tentacles where they're mouths should be. The Mind Flayers seeing what might be free prey and someone in their way, grunt and attack. (The four of you in first need to roll surprise. You were prepared for threats to the front, but not the rear.) The party wins initiative despite this however as our four spin towards the Illithid.
(DM Jerry)
Monday October 18th, 1999 7:17:59 AM
[The party now has 1st initiative. The Illithid,or Mind Flayers, have an AC of 5.]
Nonam 5d4(4+3+4+4+4)+5=24
Monday October 18th, 1999 8:10:59 AM
Nonam's mouth elicits a foul curse about people barging in without being prepared. Nevertheless, he brings 'magic missle' to mind and steps through. On seeing the mind flayers, he chokes off an 'I told you so' and lets loose at the nearest one with the spell (24pts dmg).
Kibo d100=71 d100=92
Monday October 18th, 1999 4:12:59 PM
Sensing Nonam's reaction, Kibo slips through and attempts to sneak around the combatants, preparing for a backstab (Hide in Shadows 100% and Move Silently 97% chances).
Gareth d20=19 d20=19 d8+10=12 d8+10=18
Monday October 18th, 1999 6:44:59 PM
"Prey upon this!" The indignant warrior hisses as he attacks the first of the flayers (not the one Nonam zapped) with two cross strokes, one left, one right making a gaping x shaped wound on the first one (hit AC -12 for 30 DMG).
Gareth d10=7 d10=8
Monday October 18th, 1999 7:45:59 PM
is not suprised by the Illithid and reacts quickly to their presence - he was ready for anything - almost... He thinks as he cuts "What's happened to me? These things should not have made me jump like that. I am not reacting as quickly as I should be. Maybe it's just my imagination..." (2nd suprise roll to accomodate slower reaction without freaking out)
Jus d3=1 d20=12 d20+1=3 d8+1=4
Monday October 18th, 1999 10:52:59 PM
"Let's have some fun," Jus says as he walks through the door into the land of death. Seeing a melee already in progress, Jus pulls out his swords and attacks the one which suffered Nonam's missiles (rolled to see which). His first attack strikes a glancing blow (a12/ac-1) for 4 hp damage. Slow to pull his secondary sword out, Jus is unable to score a second hit.
Tericus d20=10 d20=9
Tuesday October 19th, 1999 1:37:59 AM
not surprised in the least, Tericus moves besides Jus and attacks the same one he did, but the foul creature sidesteps his swing at the last second. then he notices the tenticals wiggeling from the mind flayer's mouth "Ut oh."
Teko d10=5 4d4(3+2+2+4)+4=15
Tuesday October 19th, 1999 4:17:59 AM
Teko, not surprised, casts an Improved Phantasmal Force of Magic Missile at the same Mind Flayer that Nonam attacked. The flayer takes 15 additional points of damage.
Onrad d20=6 d20=15 d20=16 d8=4 d8=7
Tuesday October 19th, 1999 8:13:59 AM
Onrad seeing the opportunity to perhaps finish one off before it ever attacks and afraid of what those attacks might be like, and also seeing most of the rest of the party concentrating on the one Nonam attacked, spins to join Gareth and attacks the same one as he. He attacks three times using his 2 weapon style hitting twice for (5 and 8)a total of 13 points of damage. Onrad then uses the remainer of his movement to withdraw from the creature seeing that Gareth is still there to hold position. Onrad then turns to survey the situation and see where he will be needed next.
Onrad d10=4
Tuesday October 19th, 1999 8:14:59 AM
(Surprise check)
Flailing Tentacles (DM Jerry)
Tuesday October 19th, 1999 8:17:59 AM
(Party Results) Flayer #2 is destroyed by Nonam, Jus, and Teko's mighty attacks. Flayer #1 withstands the attacks of the not quite so mighty Gareth and Onrad.
The Illithid (DM Jerry)
Tuesday October 19th, 1999 8:22:59 AM
Illithid #1 is dead. Illithid #2 manuvers to the side of Gareth and then faces him and the rest of the party. He attacks all with a cone of pale gray light. (Save vs. Wands or be stunned.) Illithid #3 who was not attacked, backs about 50' from the party and then does the same firing a second pale grey cone of light. (Save vs. Wands again or be stunned.)
Nonam d20=15 d20=9 5d4(3+4+2+4+2)+5=20
Tuesday October 19th, 1999 3:57:59 PM
Nonam withstands both rays, if only barely. He contemplates a big spell to finish things off quickly but decides speed and stealth are the key here. So, he blasts the uninjured illithid with a series of 5 more deadly magic missles. The fiery bolts streak to their nightmarish target doing 20 pts dmg.
Gareth d20=17 d20=13 d20=6 d20=17 d8+10=14 d8+10=17
Tuesday October 19th, 1999 7:17:59 PM
smiles as he shrugs off the two attacks and begins his assault anew slashing the Illithid once again in the form of a true warrior (14 or 31 DMG). If Illithid #2 falls with the first attack he closes on #3 with his very intimidating bull rush. With an intense glare he delivers his 2nd attack across its face and torso (17 dmg). The much lighter warrior marvels at the ease of movement allowed by his new armor. He closes twice as fast as he could in metal armor!
Gareth
Tuesday October 19th, 1999 7:18:59 PM
[OOC: If Gareth is hit by the attack of #3, wouldn't #2 be caught in the ray as well? Not that it appears to matter...]
Tericus d20=2 d20=17
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 1:47:59 AM
taking the blast from the first mind flayer head on, Tericus falls to the ground, clutching his head in pain, but he is able to resist the second one's attack
Teko d20=4 d20=12
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 3:48:59 AM
Teko's hands rush to his head. He staggers with the mind-blow of the first attack (with a roll of 4). He gathers enough composure (with a roll of 12)to resist the second attack, but can do little more than remain standing.
Kibo d20=3 d20=3
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 4:52:59 AM
Belatedly, Kibo realizes that his tactic has failed, as he collapses in a heap on the ground near the Inn's wall, in the darkest of shadows...
Jus
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 6:55:59 AM
Jus attempts to dodge the Illithid's cone of light. The sudden presence of a supernatural being enforces its will against Jus by declaring natural effects cannot be dodged. Jus collapses to the ground stunned. With a whisper in his mind, Jus asks who this entity is, to which the reply is heard, "Your Campaign Master". [ie: Saving throws rolled earlier, failed one unless I could dodge, Jerry nixed the dodge]
Onrad d20=12 d20=8
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 7:18:59 AM
Onrad makes the first save and fails the second. With a look at Gareth that says both, 'Here I go down again,' and 'Please don't let me die,' he spins very nonelegantly and collapses, a look of surprise and fear on his face.
Gareth d2=1 d20=18 d8+10=14
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 7:54:59 AM
Gets the attack on the Illithid and demonstrates that it should have thought about it's mortality sooner as the warrior makes a solid and crushing blow across the back of the last enemy standing. If the creature somehow survives the warrior chases the creature straight into the lounge not willing to give up Onrad so easily.
John Was Never Any Good At Dodgeball (DM Jerry) d2=2 d20=14
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 8:10:59 AM
(Party results) Those who fail the roll remain conscious, but cannot think or act without help. Nonam strikes at Illithi #3 with one Magic Missile after another, spinning the creature around and around. Gareth, with a mighty stroke takes out Illithid #1. Strangely, this does not release Tericus or Teko from their condition. Gareth bull rushes the third Mind Flayer and hits it cutting into it's chest. It remains. Realizing it's mortality, it breaks from Gareth. Gareth rolls even. The Mind Flayer rushes forward and pick up Onrad without even slowing down. it occurs to the logical part of Nonam's mind that this maneuver was done with the skill of a move that has been done again and again. He then races past Nonam, (making his dexterity check) and enters the ramshackle Lair of the Lizardking Lounge disappearing into it's interior.
Alone With The Lizard (DM Jerry)
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 8:13:59 AM
A lone figure exiting the Lair of the Lizardking Lounge is pushed aside as the Mind Flayer rushes into the inn with the stunned Onrad in tow. He quickly surveys the scene of the mostly stunned party.
Carry Me Away (DM Jerry)
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 8:14:59 AM
(It is now the party's initiative.)
Kibo
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 3:48:59 PM
Lying sideways against the crevice of the Inn wall and the pavement, Kibo's eyes take in the situation without comprehending it. A rock under his left shoulder blade would usually cause him to shift for comfort, and yet he continues to lie there.
Saire
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 9:45:59 PM
Saire, peering into the street realizes that these people probably will be chasing after the fleeing creature with the thing on it's shoulder. So he steps back into the bar backwards; moves a step to his left and puts his back to the wall (facing into the bar). Saire says under his breath, "Thank all holy Karinthis... humans! Now is my chance to get out of this place." Saire moves forward to half his movement rate in pursuit of the fleeing creature, while uttering a command word "catch'm". Then in a flash a rope shoots from Saire to entangle the fleeing creature. (Rope of Entanglement: No save)
Gareth d20=15 d8+10=15 d20=9 d8+10=16 d20=8
Wednesday October 20th, 1999 10:37:59 PM
curses under his breath as his apparently successful attack was a Figment :) of his imagination... he gives chase to the illithid into the bar and as his feet become entangled the warrior decends upon him and pins him to the ground with his sword. If the beast still moves he stabs him again (31 dmg total). He grabs his friend and the rope of the stranger and proceeds to the door pausing only long enough the see if anyone has a problem with him leaving a dead flayer on the floor. If they do he coldly turns to them and dangerously reminds them "This one and his two buddies thought they would eat us. That was the biggest mistake they ever made! Don't make the same!". As he leaves he tosses the rope to the stranger "Thanks for your help. I was hoping not to have to chase that thing down. We are short on time.". Thinking better of saying his name in public (made wisdom check!) he continues "Perhaps we can visit outside?"
Nonam
Thursday October 21st, 1999 12:26:59 AM
Nonam uses the telepathy ring to speak to Kibo, "Try to fight it. You can get up." While using the ring, the mage rushes to Jus, "Can you get up?" He starts pulling him to the shadows where Kibo is hidden in an effort to get the elf off the street. Nonam keeps an eye on Teko and Tericus ready to help them if a horde of Drow come chasing Gareth out of the tavern.
Tericus
Thursday October 21st, 1999 1:57:59 AM
seeing the mind flayer carry off Onrad, Tericus tries to stand up, but just falls in a heap on the ground. after seeing Onrad's rescue, he breathes a deep sigh, and tries to get up again, but he isnt able to move from his spot
Teko
Thursday October 21st, 1999 4:04:59 AM
Teko sways from side to side in a way that would seem funny in other circumstances. He trys to focus his thoughts, but they scatter with every external sight and sound. Still, because of the danger, he forces his eyes to stay open. He waits it out.
Jus
Thursday October 21st, 1999 4:21:59 AM
Jus shakes the cobwebs out of his head and looks around, "Yea, I'm fine, Nonam. Thanks. Hey, where's Gareth and Onrad!" As he hears Gareth inside the inn, Jus sheaths one of his swords and starts to head inside. At the last moment, he sees Tericus, Teko, and Kibo still on the ground and decides to stay and protect them (rolled against wisdom).
Jus
Thursday October 21st, 1999 4:46:59 AM
Jus shakes the cobwebs out of his head and looks around, "Yea, I'm fine, Nonam. Thanks. Hey, where's Gareth and Onrad!" As he hears Gareth inside the inn, Jus sheaths one of his swords and starts to head inside. At the last moment, he sees Tericus, Teko, and Kibo still on the ground and decides to stay and protect them (rolled against wisdom).
Onrad
Thursday October 21st, 1999 4:48:59 AM
Onrad looks up at the big mean Illithid and says, "Brother? Konrad? Is that you? Good. Someone needs to rescue me."
DM Jerry d20=3
Thursday October 21st, 1999 5:05:59 AM
(Party Results) The Illithid does not save vs. the Rope of Entanglement (rolls a 3). He and Onrad are wrapped head to foot and together with the long rope. Gareth enters and stabs the helpless illithid slaughtering the vile thing leaving Onrad and the dead Illithid still wrapped up together. Gareth makes his speech to the denizens of the bar as they rise, many heading for the kitchen door others racing around Gareth and the stranger and out the front. Gareth is unable to undo the rope. Those stunned continue to be stunned. Jus sees Hobgoblin, Flayers, Drow, and even a drider come rushing out of the bar scattering in various directions once exited.
DM Jerry
Thursday October 21st, 1999 5:06:59 AM
(Combat is over for the moment.)
Kibo d20=18
Thursday October 21st, 1999 2:37:59 PM
At Nonam's mental prompting, Kibo rises, swaying slightly, but continues to stare into the distance.
Teko
Thursday October 21st, 1999 5:40:59 PM
Teko continues to fight for a clear head.
Nonam d100=52 d100=71
Thursday October 21st, 1999 5:44:59 PM
Nonam cries out, "Let's be invisible and gone. Help the fallen." He pulls out the catstaff and silently hides in the shadows near Kibo. While doing so, he keeps encouraging the halfling through the ring, "Fight it off. It's in your mind. It's not real. The creatures are dead. You can get up." He keeps an eye on Teko and Tericus to make sure someone else gets them.
Gareth d20=8
Thursday October 21st, 1999 6:46:59 PM
picks up the bundle of both the dead flayer and Onrad (made strength check by plenty) and leaves quickly but in clearly no panic. Once outside he makes sure everyone is accounted for and close together. "Invisible is good, Nonam but first I would ask our newly found ally to remove his rope from our compatriot here and to tell us who he is."
Saire
Thursday October 21st, 1999 9:42:59 PM
"But my ro..." Saire follows Gareth outside... Hearing Gareth's request Saire utters command word to his rope "let go". "I seem to have everyone all tied up. I do apologize!" "Allow me to introduce myself... oh I see there are more of you in the shadows... I, uh normally don't talk to strangers, specially down here, but I'm uh, in a bit of a fix right now, and seeing as your accent is Ellenian, and that would be the first Ellenians I've seen since I got in this little fix... (breath) my name is Saire Newson of Newsun and Son Incorporated, I'm sure you've heard of us. Oh yah! Maybe we should talk over there in the shadows by the halfling." Saire rolls up the rope now that it is free. Saire is 4'11" and a bit portly. The warriors might think Saire a pretty sad excuse for a human. Brown curly hair, grey/blue eyes and a big nose. Appears to be about 34yrs. Cloak/boots/satchel/leather/Short Sword.
Gareth
Thursday October 21st, 1999 10:23:59 PM
Drops the illithid in a heap near his buddies and carries Onrad over to the others and begins to try and revive him. "I thank you for your assistance, Saire. We haven't much time to dally but I wouldn't leave a fellow Ellenian down here so you are free to travel with us. How have you been traveling about? We intend to do so invisibly once everyone gains their wits back."
Jus
Friday October 22nd, 1999 12:45:59 AM
Jus helps the others to the shadows. Then, remembering Hatchme's words, Jus examines the Illithid's for any items, signals, or signs that might be useful.
Saire
Friday October 22nd, 1999 3:39:59 AM
Saire looks up at Gareth, "Noble warrior, I was foolish to come here, but not so foolish as to come without some form of cloaking. And I would be honored to travel with you! It looks like you guys are my only real ticket out of here." Saire stops a moment and examines the party, "Are you guys alright?" "Those squid heads were looking for a fight earlier in the bar, Looks like you guys gave 'em what they were looking for. haha!" Saire lowers his voice and looks around the dark avenue, "We've been here far too long, we must be moving. Moving... moving... always must be moving... (sounds scared) Banrea has watchers about I'm sure of it. Say, how do you guys stay together if your all invisible?"
Tericus
Friday October 22nd, 1999 3:43:59 AM
After being dragged to the shadows, he just lays there like a slug, motionless
Out of the Fire... (DM Jerry)
Friday October 22nd, 1999 6:42:59 PM
Jus finds no distinguishing marks on the bloody pulp that Gareth has created for his inspection. The "shadows" turns out to be an alley around the corner from the Lizardking Lounge. Those not stunned catch your breath and bearings. You count yourselves lucky to have escaped from the brutal attack with no permanent physical damage. You look around the huge cavern city which is Menzoberranzan. The cavern is dimly and oddly lit with purple, blue, and green light coming from varying hues of fungi, magical fields of various sorts and deliberately placed fairie fires. The cavern no longer shows much of its original configuration. Every stalactite and pillar is decorated with huge cut jewels and rings of gold. The area of the city within which you find yourselves is the most rundown area of the city by comparison that you can see. Saire informs you that it is indeed The Stenchstreets. The name is apt. Everywhere it smells here in the manner of a sewer. Further on you see the various houses, each looking like a fortress surrounded by walls glowing with energy fields and magical wards. The size of this cavern is immense. There must be over 50,000 drow living in this huge breche. You see trains of slaves being taken or retrieved from the mines, merchants of varying races bartering or looking suspicious. One competent and intelligent looking Lizard Man Merchant nods slightly at Saire, then turns back to the drow who silently signs something and then takes a pink glowing potion from the man in exchange for a dark purple gem. There are a surprising number of minotaurs, illithid, bugbears, orcs, and other hirelings. The streets are of solid, smooth rock. The sounds of the street are rather hushed--and yet always noisy. Silence spells have been placed on various stalactites, spurs and hollows on the ceiling so that there are no echoes in the huge cavern. Carts are drawn with subterranean lizards and the occasional slug. Through the street traffic to your far right, a moving barge, floating 6 feet above the ground, parts the traffic in the same way that large ships cleave through the many small moving barges and boats in Harbor City. Nobles riding lizards and princesses riding on litters carried by slaves follow the barge in procession. A Matron is making the rounds. Scurrying above this procession are personal bodyguards on flying disks, their feet held in place by glowing straps. A couple of minotaurs pick up the bodies of the remaining two illithid snorting at them to see if their meat is still fresh. You discern that several beings who had begun to watch your efforts against the Illithid are dispersing rather quickly as well with the disgorging of patrons from the bar as well as the procession coming down the street. If the combat had taken much longer, you might have had a crowd.
Kibo
Sunday October 24th, 1999 5:53:59 PM
Kibo continues to stare into the distance, breathing slightly ever so often.
Teko
Sunday October 24th, 1999 6:39:59 PM
Teko still struggles against the effect of the mind flayer attack.
Gareth
Sunday October 24th, 1999 7:39:59 PM
looks to the others, especially those who appear to be having trouble getting their heads clear. "Nonam, Jus, this is beyond me. I have no idea how to help these guys snap out of it. All I know is we better get invisible and gone fast. How do we help them - or do we just carry them with us? I can carry two if necessary."
Saire
Sunday October 24th, 1999 9:28:59 PM
"It looks like you could carry them, perhaps you should... and then we can escape down the alley. Where to after that, I don't know. Why won't they snap out of it?" Saire walks down the alley about 15 feet and peers into the darkness. 30ft infravision.
Nonam
Sunday October 24th, 1999 11:49:59 PM
Nonam steps up to Teko, "Of the three of you, I've known you longest... Sorry if you feel this, and it doesn't work." Then the mage slaps the gnome.
Tericus
Monday October 25th, 1999 4:31:59 AM
Lies there, wondering if his limbs will ever move again.........
Jus
Monday October 25th, 1999 5:01:59 AM
Jus studies the hand signals he sees people using, trying to figure out their meanings. When satisfied he's learned as much as he will, Jus walks over to Teko, ready to pick him up if Nonam's idea didn't work.
Still Art (DM Jerry)
Monday October 25th, 1999 5:15:59 AM
As Teko is slapped, Tericus shakes his head shaking the cobwebs from his head. The others remain stunned. The matron and entourage is 50' down the street and moving. The flying drow could be in sight shortly. People are either going inside or moving obediently to the side of the street. No one talks and all outside face towards the carriage with respect etched in their faces.
Kibo
Monday October 25th, 1999 11:26:59 AM
Swaying slightly, Kibo appears to ponder great mysteries. Until you see the drool coming from his mouth: Then he seems a little mad, perhaps. He keeps staring.
Gareth d20=7
Monday October 25th, 1999 4:49:59 PM
(strength check) easily picks up Onrad and Kibo and utters a word "gone" at which time he disappears "Jus get Teko and lets get out of here now. We can regroup after we get out of harms' way." With that he heads down the ally following Saire keeping to the side of the right wall.
Nonam d100=18 d100=69
Monday October 25th, 1999 6:17:59 PM
Nonam quickly switches his red sash for a black one. Then he follows Gareth. While doing so, he turns his body invisible using his ability. The robe and staff are all that seem to remain, and as Nonam uses the staff to keep to the shadows (18/94) and move silently (69/70) even that disappears.
Saire d100=24 d100=36
Monday October 25th, 1999 10:07:59 PM
Saire, realizing that the others need to be able to follow something in the darkness, does not go invisible. But, he does hide in shadows (24/65) in order to remain partially concealed; in case someone looks down the alley they should not see him. And he moves without making a sound(36/100). Saire moves down the alley 60 feet(Saire is looking for a back door or window somewhere in the alley to make an escape; using infravision) At 60 feet Saire stops, and raises the hood of his cloak over his head; activating his cloak. Saire, blurs for a slight moment, then appears a few feet away.
Teko
Tuesday October 26th, 1999 1:43:59 AM
Teko now looks not only stunned, but also confused. He mutters something unintelligible and flops back into Jus's arms. His eyes roll in strange directions.
Tericus
Tuesday October 26th, 1999 3:38:59 AM
shaking the cobwebs from his head, Tericus realizes he can finally move again! as he gets up he sees everyone going invisible except the stranger that saved Gareth, who he sees disappearing into the shadows. not wanting to be left behind, he follows the direction of the man who disappeared into the shadows, hoping that he can find him soon
Jus
Tuesday October 26th, 1999 5:48:59 AM
With a slight frown, Jus watches Gareth and the others leave. He starts following, hesitates, then puts Teko down in the shadows. Jus moves his hands and makes some incantations, touching Teko when he is finished causing Teko to disappear as the Improved Invisibility takes effect. Satisfied that Teko is sufficiently hidden, Jus returns to the entrance to the alley, standing in the shadow of the building and using the crowd to hide him as much as possible. Taking a short moment to look around, he assumes the expression of respect he sees on other's faces and awaits the passing of the Matron's barge; his mind sharp and ready to recall every detail he sees.
Nonam
Tuesday October 26th, 1999 4:43:59 PM
Nonam watches Jus cast, "That spell won't last much longer than 10 minutes. Keep your mind on the time, so our buddy doesn't suddenly appear while we're crossing the street."
Gareth d20=11
Tuesday October 26th, 1999 6:37:59 PM
moves down the alley and thinks nothing of Jus's decision to remain visible (failed wisdom check). He waits in the shadows frustrated that the party cannot move on now - hoping they can do so soon.
Onrad d100=70 d100=63
Tuesday October 26th, 1999 8:58:59 PM
The procession passes by. As the Matron reaches Jus' position, she looks about with intelligent eyes nodding here and there. Suddenly her eyes meet Jus' eyes (70%). She uses a quick obvious hand sign and the whole group stops. She pivots on her sedan and says in clear but archaic common. "It is interesting to see a surface cousin visiting our fine city." She nods. "Are you here on business or pleasure?" Just about this time, Teko's mind clears (63%) and he finds himself in an alley with something interesting going on if he could only see. Further down the alley and around a corner, the rest of the party sees a door leaning off of it's hinges. Perhaps a place to get out of the alley. The others also pick this inopportune time to come to their senses.
Onrad d20=12
Tuesday October 26th, 1999 9:00:59 PM
Onrad shakes his head violently and gasps finding himself somewhat upside down. After a moment, he thinks he's figured things out (int. check of 12) and whispers, "Gareth, that you? I think I'm ok now. What happened?" Onrad continues to lay limp so as to not cause Gareth, or whoever is holding him any undue problems.
Gareth d20=6
Tuesday October 26th, 1999 10:03:59 PM
curses under his breath at Jus's stupidity (made Wisdom check after Matron saw him). He whispers to Onrad "Shh. It's me Gareth, Onrad. You and Kibo don't move. We need to see if Jus just got himself killed and compromised the mission or not."
Saire
Tuesday October 26th, 1999 10:06:59 PM
Turning around the corner, Saire sees the broken door, but realizes that party members are scattered all up and down the alley. Saire decides to report back to the warrior (Gareth). As Saire peers around the corner he sees the mage looking fellow going the opposite direction, "Oh No...". Plus, he can't see hardly any of the party coming his direction. "OK Saire, now what do you do? Wait?" Saire looks up... then looks at his rope... hmmm." (What does Saire see?)Ends the round just at the corner of the alley's bend, waiting.
Jus d20=9
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 12:23:59 AM
Jus gives an appropriate look of pleasant surprise when the Matron stops and speaks to him. Remembering his court etiquette training (rolled proficiency), Jus executes an appropriate bow to the Matron. Letting one of his practiced innocent grins appear (using his natural charisma), he answers her, "In meeting you, it is definitely a pleasure visit. I thank you for this honor."
Nonam
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 2:49:59 AM
Nonam whispers to Gareth, "Get everyone through that door hanging off its hinges. I'll wait with Jus. If this turns into a problem it's one for magic to solve." He keeps holding his staff with one hand but reaches into a pocket for the fire wand with the other.
Tericus
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 3:01:59 AM
catches up with Gareth and Saire, and turns to Gareth. "Where is everyone? Do we need to go back, or should we wait here?"
Teko
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 3:21:59 AM
Teko looks around, trying to glean whatever information his infravision will give him. After using a charge from his Ring of Invisibility, he moves down the alley, hoping to see one of his friends. He stays to the shadows as much as possible.
Kibo d20=11 d100=56 d20=17
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 3:37:59 AM
With a suppressed grunt, Kibo taps Gareth on the shoulder and indicates to let him down. He wills his ring to create a 10' radius sphere to block sound (speech is still possible within), and says, "All together, head for the door. Nonam, get away from Jus. Our presence only makes his more precarious." Kibo quickly blends into the shadows and checks for traps or ambushes within the doorway (he successfully made his rolls).
The Art of Conversation or is that Conversion? (DM Jerry) d100=78
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 5:25:59 AM
The matron makes a sly smile and says, "Such a clever young man. We must get together. Are you staying in town long? How about coming for tea and cakes on my veranda tomorrow morning? I simply won't say no for an answer. Here's my sign. Check into a nice inn and get yourself a bath and some nice clothes...and be careful. These ARE the Stenchstreets." She tosses what looks to be a real spider at Jus. She smiles. A practiced thing that seems to need more practice. Then she backs her face into the shadows of her cowl and the procession continues on it's way. Those stepping through the broken door see an abandoned room one door boarded shut leads somewhere else within the building. There is crusted vomit on the floor and blood of several species and colors. The place smells slightly of urine. Saire standing at the corner sees Jus speaking to someone he can't see.
Jus
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 6:18:59 AM
Jus catches the spider with as much nonchalance as possible, slipping it into one of his Baladrana's pockets without a second glance. His eyes still cheery, Jus watches the procession move down the street. As the crowd begins to break up, he quietly mentions, just loud enough for the nearby spectators to hear, "Imagine that -- an invitation to tea..." Taking his eyes from the receding barge, Jus looks around to see who is glancing his way after his comment. To these people – or creatures, as the case may be – Jus casually asks, "Which Matron was that, anyway?" Looking again to the barge, he adds, "I don't suppose any of you know where her veranda is, do you?"
Kibo d100=11
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 3:57:59 PM
Cutting the function of the ring, Kibo goes over and listens to the boarded up door (successful) to make sure the group will not be quickly discovered. "I don't like it here, I don't like it here, I don't..." Kibo mutters under his breath while checking the area for defensive value -- the others notice a quick methodical appraisal honed by years of experience.
Nonam
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 6:46:59 PM
Nonam grabs Jus when the procession passes and ushers him down to the doorway. He hisses in the elf's ear as he goes, "Be more careful."
Gareth d20=11
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 7:10:59 PM
(Int check made). After Kibo gets down and at Nonam's prompting, the warrior moves up to Saire's position and through the door where he sets down Onrad. "Looks like Jus got lucky. I am concerned that we may be followed by that Matron's people. I suggest we get out of here quickly.". He moves back out into the alley looking - and listening - for the others.
Saire
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 9:53:59 PM
Saire approaches the broken door, and peers in. After seeing and smelling the foulness, he shakes his head, "This'll never do, when need a nice, cozy place to call home base. Yet I have no real suggestions." Saire will follow Gareth with the remainder of his movement when Gareth decides to move from this location.
Onrad
Wednesday October 27th, 1999 9:54:59 PM
Onrad entering the "sanctuary" checks himself over and gives his supplies a once over to be sure that all is well. Then seeing Kibo case the joint, he says, "We've a lot to accomplish tonight and in some respects, we're not even started yet. We must begin conserving everything. Knowing when to use something and when not to may keep us all alive this night." He cocks an eye at Kibo to see if he detects anything beyond the door. "Kibo, how hard would it be to get through the door and close it back so that no one thinks we went that way. We need to lay a few false trails as well as get to our next meeting." It is evident that Onrad is quickly getting into high gear. "Saire, if you're gonna be with us for the duration, you need to know a few things....well a lot of things. Come I'll give you the 2 minute version. He takes Saire over to the side of the room and begins to whisper quickly and fervently to him. "First thing, we're not leaving yet. We've just arrived and we intend to do much hard and help to this place before we leave. You see it all started when...."
Tericus
Thursday October 28th, 1999 2:26:59 AM
goes into the run down house, covering his nose with his hand. seeing everyone else either talking or doing preparations for the upcoming job, Tericus goes over by the door and stands guard. reaching into his backpack, he pulls out a stone and a potion, the stone he plucks into his mouth and begins to suck on, the potion held in his free hand, ready to use if needed.
Gareth
Thursday October 28th, 1999 3:59:59 AM
remains invisible - not wanting to squander a charge. "Guys, I'm still here. I intend to stay invisible until we get to the meeting. That way I won't have to use another charge on my ring later. How do we get to this meeting place? Anybody know?"
Teko d20=3
Thursday October 28th, 1999 4:00:59 AM
As Teko steps out into the open, if he cannot see any of the party, he casts Detect Invisibility (makes Intelligence check to think to do so), hoping to catch them in range.
Tea for two with who? (DM Jerry)
Thursday October 28th, 1999 7:17:59 AM
The crowd breathes a visible sigh of relief as the matron moves on down the street. Everyone especially moves away, far away and quickly from Jus. No one answers his question and his naive curiosity seems to exacerbate the situation. Nonam then grabs Jus and drags him down the street to the doorway. (Nonam please make a perception check.) Teko sees the party disappearing into the doorway.
Kibo
Thursday October 28th, 1999 1:08:59 PM
Kibo replies to Onrad, "It shouldn't be much of a problem to make it look like the door was never opened. I'm pretty sure no one is currently behind it. What's got me concerned is why someone would want to board it up from this side, as if to keep something IN. I appreciate the false-trails suggestion, but I advise against using that door." Seeing Jus come in the doorway, Kibo says, "I think we need to get as far away from here as quickly as we can. Do we have any non-detection magic on us? I'm betting the Matron is keeping an eye on our friend Jus."
Nonam d20=15
Thursday October 28th, 1999 4:43:59 PM
[made perception check] Nonam makes sure that he doesn't touch anything in the filthy room, and he gives a quick, near silent lecture, "Look, no more running around half-cocked, or we're all going to get killed. Everyone, stay invisible or at least hidden... and in the future, anytime we leave the World Serpent Inn, we should already be invisible. Since we can't see, we should have a system of keeping track of each other. I suggest a sort of an expanded buddy system. Kibo will be out front, directing me through the ring. I'll relay to Gareth. And so on down the line. This way we only have to keep up with two others rather than the whole party. Jus and Onrad should probably get the rear and everyone else in between."
Gareth d20=1
Thursday October 28th, 1999 6:35:59 PM
signals everyone to be quiet until he realizes he's invisible. He gently grabs Jus by the shoulder and whispers "Elf, come outside with me quickly. The rest of you wait here.". Once there the warrior offers "Stay here for a moment. I'll be back in a minute". With that he goes back into the room and whispers quietly. Is it possible that spider she tossed him is a tracking device? Should we plant it on somebody else as we walk by them? I would think that would be better than just dropping it. Nonam, what do you think? You're the magic man." (made Int with a 1!)
Onrad
Thursday October 28th, 1999 8:16:59 PM
Onrad finishes his explanation of things to Saire. "So Saire, are you with us or not? If not, you'll have to wait for us here to return to the surface with us." Onrad frowns at Gareth's methods, but asks him, "What broach? What matron? Then he goes to Jus. "Jus what have you done?"
Gareth
Thursday October 28th, 1999 8:36:59 PM
looking at Onrad whispers "No names! Not now."
Saire
Thursday October 28th, 1999 9:40:59 PM
"Yah, sure Onrad, I think I can be of some service... but first I have a few questions. What meeting, where, with who and what for! This whole thing sounds terribly familiar to me... seeing as how I'm down here because of a meeting that went all wrong, as they usually do with drow, because they're back stabbing liars who can't be trusted. Their idea of fair trade is two for me, none for you. And Oh Saire, by the way... We'll Take Your Serpent Inn Coin while we're at it! Saire stops his ranting and pauses a moment. And what was that guy... (pointing at Jus)doing a little while ago?
Tericus
Friday October 29th, 1999 2:18:59 AM
watches Onrad and Jus walk outside, walking past him at the door. then he turns to Gareth "I've heard songs that tell of drow using spider like devices to track their friends and enemies. If Jus has something like that, we should get rid of if right away."
Teko
Friday October 29th, 1999 4:06:59 AM
Teko moves quickly through the doorway with the rest of the party.
Jus
Friday October 29th, 1999 8:48:59 AM
As Nonam pulls Jus down the alley, Jus looks back towards the street memorizing the face of anyone looking his way. When they come to the others, Jus glances at Gareth without any acknowledgement; instead, he walks to the other side of the alley and drops his pack. Jus fishes out his Ion Stone's elegant box, and places the spider on the purple velvet of its interior [for just a moment Jus remembers the image of The Purple Lady in the World Serpent Inn and smiles]. Jus examines the spider carefully, then shuts the lid. When Onrad comes out, Jus raises one hand to interrupt him. Without a word, he opens the box, displaying the spider for Onrad's inspection. "Ah, yes," Jus says, chuckling as he closes the box again, "I've just been given an invitation to tea with a Matron." His eyes betray his humor; Jus is disturbingly calm, with a "don't mess with me" attitude. Shouldering his pack, he quips, "Sure wish I knew what this little guy was for. Ah, well. I guess I'll find out when it teleports me to her veranda tomorrow morning." Peeking back into the box, Jus asks, "I don't suppose you can tell me what you are for?" As he waits for the unlikely response, Jus tells Onrad, "The impression the Matron gave me is that this will either take me to her veranda, or provide safe passage to it -- maybe as a key or a signet." With a shrug, Jus closes the box and begins examining the alley walls in the hope of finding a suitable loose brick he can Wizard Lock the box behind.
Onrad
Friday October 29th, 1999 2:50:59 PM
Onrad is fuming!! He whisper yells. "Shut up Gareth. Don't tell me what to do." He listens and watches Jus for a second going from fuming to boiling! "Think elf! We're dead now! She can trace you through that thing! Did you think of that?? And where do you get off trusting a drow Jus? You hate them! I've seen it just yesterday. Or did you just fall in love with an evil drow you don't know? What if she has wind of what's going down tonight? What if she's Matron Baenre? What if she's here to spy on us whom she was expecting? Destroy that thing now or we might as well just head for home!" Onrad moves to the rear of the party in a huff. When everyone stares at him, he just stares back motioning for the ones in front to move out. Onrad's thoughts whirl in turmoil ::gods we're gonna die down here. this place is a death trap. i nearly got my brains sucked out. i just told gareth to shut up. jus is in love with a matron. gods we're gonna die down here:: He whisper yells again, "Move!"
The Scene in the Latrine (DM Jerry)
Friday October 29th, 1999 2:58:59 PM
The stink of the place assails your nostrils in this rank room. Time continues to pass. There is a "weight" to this place that belies description--a feel of the miles of rock pressing down. This is contradicted by the strange beauty of the place--beauty that could be greater appreciated if it wasn't mostly in the distance, away from the Stenchstreets. Stenchstreets. Never was there a nomenclature that more fit the area to which it was attached. Just when your olfactory senses begin to overload with one horrible smell, another takes it's place, causing eyes to water and faces to squinch up unconsciously from the effort to keep from smelling more.
Nonam
Friday October 29th, 1999 7:16:59 PM
Though no one can see his head, Nonam glares at everyone in the room as they argue about spiders, then he finally loses it. A black robe with apparently no body in it starts to rant, "WHAT IS WRONG WITH ALL OF YOU!!! How we survived up to this point in our lives, I'll never know. Gareth, is running about like a crazed madman leaping through portals and running into inns without being prepared. Jus is accepting gifts from Matrons and chatting it up with them in the alley. Onrad, is acting like a spoiled child. We're all trusting a man that we met in Menobarranzan because he told us his name!?! If we can't pull it together right now, we don't deserve to be a dragon group and should just go back home right now and let someone else do this while there is still time. No more of this keeping secrets crap. If you know a good reason for keeping that spider, then tell us. If you know something about the drow that jumped out at us in the World Serpent then tell us. No more thinking that being a good leader means doing something first. If we're a group, then we should act like a group. Discuss plans. Make plans. Follow plans. No hidden agendas. Now, while you let that sink in, we have three things that need to be solved right now. 1)What is that spider? We need to identify it, but I don't have the spell memorized right now. 2)Who is Saire? Tericus, you're a priest. What's your judgement? Do you get any kind of reading, feeling, or whatever it is you do? Personally I think it's a little too convenient that he was waiting for us when we got here, helped us out of a jam, and then becomes part of the group. AND 3)How are we going to get out of here, and where are we going when we leave? -- And before you want to argue or yell at me, think about what I said. If we're going to be a dragon group, then we need to act like one. And right now, we're acting like a bunch of first timers with a lot of magic."
Kibo
Friday October 29th, 1999 9:31:59 PM
Kibo shakes his head when he hears about the "spider", but on finding that Jus is in the process of ditching it, he nods quickly with approval. Thought the maelstrom of controversy blows around him, it seems to not touch him, "I agree that those things need discussed. However, our first priority at this moment is survival, and standing here to hash out our weaknesses will leave us all dead men. Saire may be an enemy agent, but he's had ample opportunity to betray us already. We can trust him at least long enough to navigate us to a safer part of the city. We came on this suicide mission, and we're going to see it thru. Stupid mistakes have been made, but we're currently alive, which means we have a chance to avert them. Now Saire, if you would please excuse our well-placed distrust, and lead us to a safer area, I would be very grateful." Kibo stands at the doorway to the alley, keeping an eye on roving patrols and possible bandits. At the moment, this military man (er, make that halfling) is all business.
Gareth d20=6
Friday October 29th, 1999 9:56:59 PM
takes a deep breath and listens to Nonam - thinking how insane this situation has become. From some invisible spot you hear an angry voice "I asked you before we stepped through if we should become invisible and you never answered me! That's YOUR job to advise on magic! Why ... wait. We aren't going to do this... Forget it, Nonam, I should have asked again. We know now. Are we together or no? I thought we were ready to be here. I thought we knew how to get to our meeting. Don't we have directions? All I know is we have no time to spare. We must be off. I would also say we better dispose of that spider before we say anything else. Unless you guys can tell me it's OK."
Jus
Saturday October 30th, 1999 6:49:59 AM
Nodding agreement to Nonam, Jus walks to the back of the party. He places one hand on Onrad's shoulder and speaks, "I believe our danger began with our open revelations to the Lords of Diamonds" -- making sure Gareth sees a lightly reproachful look directed his way. With a tight squeeze before letting go of Onrad's shoulder, Jus adds in a firm voice, "Love has nothing to do with it... and I have no idea why the Dark... ummm... Ladies...," this word drips with sarcasm, "keep being interested in me. I still hate them, and would gladly kill them, but have reluctantly succumbed to my training." Jus raises the box slightly and shares his thoughts to everyone. "Despite how it seems, I do not do things without a reason... A wise elvish advisor once said 'If you know yourself but not the enemy, for every victory gained you will suffer a defeat.' We knew nothing of the Matrons, nor what we could expect. Now we know a little about this one's protections. Now we know my host for tea uses a spider as a sign. Quite interesting when you remember that someone recently mentioned spiders." Motioning to Kibo, Jus asks, "Can I see your new brooch for a moment?" When Jus gets the brooch Hatchme gave Kibo, Jus opens his box and compares the two spiders. Smiling mischievously, Jus continues, "Passwords and signs... always a good thing to know." Returning the brooch to Kibo, Jus finishes up with a wink, "I think we should find a tavern to talk about what sights we want to see while we are down here. Maybe we could even find someone more knowledgeable to identify this arachnid. On our way, let us discuss our new compatriot. Whatever we decide, he cannot leave us now."
Tericus
Saturday October 30th, 1999 7:02:59 AM
after everyone has vented their frustrations and calmed down a bit, Tericus steps towards Nonam "My personal feeling about Saire is that we should keep a close eye on him. No offence, Saire, but I agree with Nonam, it does seem pretty convenient that you appeared when you did. I didn't pray for spells that would tell me of his intentions, so we will have to trust our instincts. Now," he says as he starts pulling out some potions out of his backpack "We need to start preparing for the task at hand. I have the means to make 6 of us totally immune to poison for 18 hours. From what I understand about Drow, they consistently coat their weapons with various poisons. Now we have to decide which ones of us I should use these on."
Saire
Sunday October 31st, 1999 1:47:59 AM
I believe that the wise man continued by saying, "If you know neither the enemy nor yourself, you will succumb in every battle." From what I can see there's a serious problem here. I will begin step 2 (Looks to Nonam). I'm fighting for my survival down here. I'm a business man and adventurer that foolishly ventured down here to make a profit. I learned a great lesson. The drow are fierce. Their focus and drive to dominate and destroy is unstoppable. (Looks at Jus) A little humility will go a far way down here. My advice is to stay low and not draw any attention. This is their playing field. Back to me.. I'm an honest man, and frankly I'm terrified. Please... trust me. (Saire adjusts his pack and equipment) We need to find some allies. What family do you intend to trouble? Surely we can locate rivalries and exploit them to are advantage. That is what you were doing out there I hope (smiles at Jus)
Gareth
Sunday October 31st, 1999 7:14:59 PM
"I do not want to go to just any tavern to discuss plans. We just came from one. We need to find the 'Well of Darkness Tavern' quickly. That's where we're supposed to meet at midnight. The woman told us it was here - in the Stenchstreets. As for Saire - he didn't have to help us with that creature but he did. So we owe him enemy or no. We can let those we meet help us determine his intentions. Also, if I were trying to get out of here I'd hang around the entrance to the World Serpent Inn too and look for a chance. Wouldn't you? So far I see no reason for distrust - except that we just met. Which I agree is big. I only have about an hour left before I turn visible and have to use another charge and I don't want to do that. We need to preserve our magic. So let's get our bearings and go already! We can talk when we get to our destination."
Onrad
Sunday October 31st, 1999 8:30:59 PM
Onrad's mouth drops at Nonam's accusation that he is acting as a spoiled child. He just stares at Nonam, pure anger in his eyes. Then he turns away, refusing to add to this already ridiculous situation. He swallows. Whispering, he says, "Saire, do you know the way to this 'Well of Darkness" place? I think I could use a Well of Darkness right about now." He breathes deeply and slowly and regains control of himself. "We should go." Onrad moves to the doorway, then pivots back to face the group. He surveys each face. "I love you guys: Gareth, Jus, Nonam. I humbly apologize if I've given you anything other than my best. It...I hope...It...It won't happen again." He pauses to get control of his feelings. Slowly his face grows hard and determined. "Kibo should take point with Gareth ready to take the brunt of any attack off of him. Tericus and Jus should perhaps follow. Teko and Nonam after them. Saire and I will take the rear, unless he knows where we are going. In that case he can walk with Gareth and show the way. Is that acceptable? If we need to ask someone where to go, how do we accomplish that? Who should do the asking?"
Nonam
Sunday October 31st, 1999 8:49:59 PM
Not entirely surprised by the group response, Nonam shakes his invisible head and silently hopes that the group will mature a little more quickly. If only he could think of a way besides accusations to wake everyone up... "Let's just focus on the tasks at hand. That sounds like a fine plan Onrad. I have a suggestion, though I question its wisdom. How about I give my telepathy ring to Saire. He knows his way about down here, and he and Kibo together on the ring would probably be the most effective. I still don't entirely trust him, but it seems the best choice for now. Any thoughts? Kibo?"
Saire
Sunday October 31st, 1999 8:52:59 PM
"I'm not sure where this place is, but I do know all of us should not go trouncing around the streets looking for this place, while trying to keep 6 invisible people together and out of trouble. That would be a disaster. I believe one person should volunteer to walk up and down the street once, invisible of course, and locate the inn. After that they can come back and tell us where it is, and then we can all go together. That makes sense to me." Saire furrows his brows, more serious than before, " I would volunteer myself, but I'm not trusted, I should remain with the group, (sarcastic) just in case I should decide to take all of you on.
Gareth
Sunday October 31st, 1999 9:13:59 PM
"Either me or Kibo should go. Since Kibo has the telepathy ring I think he'd do best. That way he could stay in contact with Nonam. Perhaps both of you should go - unless we decide to go together. Which I think might be better - even if it is more difficult. Staying together is probably the safest option for everyone. What do you guys think?"
Kibo
Monday November 1st, 1999 1:02:59 AM
"I agree -- I'll go scout out the location, and one other person needs to come along, although at some distance, in case I need help getting out of a situation. Everyone else needs to sit tight, although I'm still not comfortable about our current location. I'm not sure if the other half of the ring should go with the second person travelling with me, or should stay here, so that the rest of you know what's going on..." Kibo thinks for all of 2 seconds and says, "Someone here needs to have that other ring." Once everyone is agreed, Kibo quickly steals out into the alley, using his skills to slip along, looking for the Inn.
Tericus
Monday November 1st, 1999 1:34:59 AM
seeing that no one is ready for his help yet, Tericus shrugs his shoulders and puts his potions away for later. then seeing that no one is taking his suggestions or comments seriously, he just goes over to the nearest wall, leans against it and pulls out his flute and begins to play softly, waiting for everyone else to resolve what they want to do
Saire
Monday November 1st, 1999 2:00:59 AM
Saire walks over to Tericus, "Sorry to interrupt your playing (Saire figures conversation is the easiest way to keep the flute from finding an undesirable ear) , your idea about protecting ourselves from poison is good. Drow can kill the most powerful heroes with poison. They even killed Mordrid and Valdor of the Gold Dragons, both at the same time, with poison. You should allow your friends to share your potions. (using his most tender voice) I think everyone was just a little distracted about what to do next. Being stressed is natural for a top-sider down here.
Teko
Monday November 1st, 1999 2:43:59 AM
To no one in particular, Teko says in a cool voice, "So, my kind friends, left any gnomes laying around lately???" He laughs in a low voice, "Never mind. Explain it to me later. And explain how you know I'm here when I'm invisible. Later, though. Lead the way."
Jus
Monday November 1st, 1999 5:40:59 AM
"Gareth, I was trying to be subtle with the 'find a tavern'. No use telling the Wold where we are going." Jus turns around at Teko's voice, "Ah, good..." Looking around and seeing no Teko, Jus smiles, "I'm glad to hear your voice. Do you want me to remove the Invisibility I cast on you? You should have a few minutes left before it fades."
The Scene in the Latrine (DM Jerry)
Monday November 1st, 1999 3:25:59 PM
Kibo leads the party in the order Onrad presented (since there were no objections to that). Saire walks beside Onrad. Nonam stands offering the rings still. Tericus puts up his potions in frustration. The party continues down the alley. Before they entered the alley, turned left, and found the open door and room on their right after the turning. Now they exit the door continuing to the right of the door and down the unexplored part of the alleyway. It Turns back and forth several times but basically runs behind the inn of the Lizardking and the street it was on. Eventually it turns right again exiting on the opposite side of the block from the Lizardking. There is another standard street. Seems this area known as the Stenchstreets is at least several dozen blocks long and wide.
Gareth
Monday November 1st, 1999 5:37:59 PM
seeing Tericus become a bit miffed about the potions offers "No offense intended Tericus. I think we would do better to save those potions until after our upcoming meeting. It is then we are most likely to encounter poison wielding opponents - unless Jus's encounter causes a prior response...". As they move into the alley the warrior takes up his position behind Kibo preparing to support in case of an attack. He draws his shield and whispers "Shhhh". All of a sudden, what little sound he was making ceases.
Onrad
Monday November 1st, 1999 7:44:59 PM
As the party heads off down the alley, Onrad looking the party over, sees that those visible look like an adventuring party stalking their way through the Stenchstreets. Onrad whispers, "Look casual. Don't look like....well adventurers." Onrad keeps an eye on both Saire, in a mocking fashion, and the rear and sides of the party. He pulls his cloak and hood close so that his face is somewhat hidden. (If your invisible, etc. please remind us often and send me an email about it.)
Saire
Monday November 1st, 1999 9:29:59 PM
Saire pulls tight the hood of his cloak of displacement, activating it (in case of an impending missile attack from some unseen shadow or from some roof-top). Saire whispers out of the side of mouth so only Onrad may here, "Look around you, It appears that all that walk the Stench Streets are stalking about. They walk as if... anticipating the inevitable knife in the back. Can you feel the shivers down your spine?" "This was a God-awful idea to go marching down the streets like a band of lost children. Maybe someone will find us, and return us to mother. Matron mother most likely. This is not safe. We would be safer looking separate and weak, than looking numerous and strong. Full-hardy."
Tericus
Tuesday November 2nd, 1999 1:08:59 AM
before he becomes silent, Tericus says "Perhaps your right. Still, its better to be safe than sorry." then taking his place in line walking down the street, he hears Saire's comments from the back. "I think that's a bad idea. If trouble does come, id rather be in a position where we can support each other rather than be in one where we get picked off one by one."
Kibo
Tuesday November 2nd, 1999 1:32:59 AM
Kibo puts a little distance between himself and the others, a little annoyed at all the noise. He paces about 50 feet ahead of the group, and remains as unobtrusive as possible, while keeping eyes peeled.
Teko
Tuesday November 2nd, 1999 2:40:59 AM
To Jus, Teko whispers, "No, thank you, I've used a charge from my ring. I'll just need to use another charge later on." Teko makes sure he is in position in line and moves as silently as his pace will allow.
Jus
Tuesday November 2nd, 1999 3:40:59 AM
Jus gives a small noise of irritation when he realizes Teko wasted his Invisibility spell by using his ring -- then again, with Teko in the shadows, he may not have realized he was invisible. Shrugging, Jus looks around, enjoying this lack of enjoyment in the underworld -- he thought for sure it would be more exciting. "I'll have to talk with Saire, sometime," Jus thinks to himself. "I have to say I'm pleasantly surprised he's heard of Master Sun Tzu. So few humans look farther then themselves for wisdom."
A Day in the Life (DM Jerry)
Tuesday November 2nd, 1999 8:11:59 AM
The party continues exiting the alleyway on the street behind the Lair of the LizardKing. There appears to be two noticeable tavern with the usual hanging placards. One a block to the left. One a few doors down on the right. A couple of blocks down further to the right there seems to be a strange hole in the ground. You see a large minotaur descend into is down some steps. A drow contingent of soldiers in formation moves away from you to your left. Passersby scramble to move out of their way. They corner a couple of orcs and begin to ask them questions. The look of fear in the orcs' posture can be seen even from your location. Two male drow exit the tavern on your right. 3 Kobolds seemingly drunk lean against a closed door across the street. 2 totally black faces dwarves cross the street to your right in front of the hole heading down a cross street. A drow priestess leading 2 huge spiders comes your way down the street from the right. A pool of green ichor or blood creeps from under a door directly across the street.
Gareth
Tuesday November 2nd, 1999 5:26:59 PM
silently keeps pace with Kibo as he looks for the Well of Darkness. As he sees the minotaur descend down the hole he winces as that hole looks the most like a well... "Somehow I know that's going to be it. As if we weren't deep enough into the earth.". He observes the signs as he moves by - looking at the names of the places. He carefully observes the priestess and spiders as well as the drow guards - trying to get an insight as to their fighting tactics and any weaknesses they may have.
Saire
Tuesday November 2nd, 1999 8:31:59 PM
"Yes Gareth, I do believe you're right. It seems likely that's what you are looking for" (While heading towards the well, Saire notices the Priestess coming their direction, and he tenses up. There's going to be an altercation here, I can just feel it! Saire begins inventing a plan in his mind in case there is a situation with the priestess. Something to do with a diversion... several drunk Kobolds. Saire looks over at the Kobolds and stares at them as he walks. He stares until one of them locks eyes with him. Then Saire casually looks away. Timing it out... so that about 15 to 20 seconds before interference with the priestess... he ACCIDENTALLY drops his money purse on the street below his feet. He continues to walk as if he is unaware of what has happened. If it appears that the party will make it to the well before the priestess arrives, then this thought... was merely a neurotic delusion. And Saire ceases to replay this mock scenario over and over in his head.
Onrad d20=15
Tuesday November 2nd, 1999 8:47:59 PM
Onrad not noticing what Saire does (failed perception check) continues watching the read and sides as the party continues. Onrad thinks to himself, that Izen would be a pretty safe place to visit this time of year. Nice friendly orcs and mirror groups. Pleasant Dark Lord Armies to fight. He also wonders to himself why the Drow keep a place as rundown as this in their city. Surely these evil beings had no sympathy for the weak and pitiful--but then Mind Flayers aren't weak and pitiful are they?
Jus d20=7
Tuesday November 2nd, 1999 10:24:59 PM
moves proudly down the street not caring really if he sticks out. He observes Saire's action and sees he did it on purpose. He rolls his eyes as he decides leave it on the ground as he moves by it hoping nobody saw - especially the priestess with her pets.
Tericus d20=3 d20=7
Wednesday November 3rd, 1999 1:22:59 AM
seeing Saire drop his purse and realizing that he did it on purpose, Tericus pretends not to notice and continues walking along with the others. he thinks to himself while looking at all the evil creatures around, how did I get talked into coming down here?
Teko d20=18 d20=9
Wednesday November 3rd, 1999 2:51:59 AM
Teko barely sees the purse fall, but he notes that it was dropped intentionally. He looks to see whether any passers-by notice it, but otherwise continues walking. He watches the Drow, their movements, their weapons, their clothing, trying to form stable, realistic images.
Cricks in Necks (DM Jerry)
Wednesday November 3rd, 1999 4:47:59 AM
Saire continues to walk beside Onrad in the back of the party. The back of the party where he has been since he did not know where the Well of Darkness was and therefore did not walk beside Gareth. The party all strain their necks turning to look at Saire amazingly hearing the soft sound of money in a sack hit the pavement. [Sense my chagrin?] The party passes the priestess and the spiders, though she stares at Jus as she goes by. The hole in the ground has a placard hanging beside a staircase heading down into the darkness which says in several languages, "The Fiend's Pit." Kibo looks right left and ahead. Ahead two blocks further on seems to be another pit. Also to the right is a pit a few blocks down the road. Two blocks to the left is a intersection that has a darkness spell cast on it. Nothing can be seen of it's contents or what is beyond it. The Kobolds wait until the party is long gone and then run after the coins fighting each other to get to them. The priestess sics the spiders on them. They make short work of the Kobolds. She seems to keep a sly eye on the party as they proceed down the street. (Perception check at -2 for Saire to recognize the house insignia from his experience in Menzoberranzan.)
Kibo
Wednesday November 3rd, 1999 12:58:59 PM
Keeping it simple, Kibo proceeds ahead two blocks to the next pit, with a sinking feeling that he's going to be looking under every pothole for the portal.
Nonam 3d4(2+4+4)+18=28
Wednesday November 3rd, 1999 4:39:59 PM
Now that he's had a few Drow to study, Nonam casts 'Alter Self' and changes his features into those of a tough looking drow with a scar down his cheek. He puts the staff back into its pocket. Then he drops his invisibility and walks amongst the group like he is in charge.
Gareth d20=11
Wednesday November 3rd, 1999 5:04:59 PM
watches the spiders take care of the Kobolds from his invisible and silent position... Watching the priestess watch them he jumps as a drow appears in the middle of the party. The pumped up warrior begins to take an attack position - until he realizes it must be Nonam. As the party moves away from the priestess he turns his attention to these holes the drow call inns musing to himself "These guys are weird. No wonder some of them want to topside!".
Jus
Wednesday November 3rd, 1999 5:38:59 PM
locks eyes and pays the priestess a nod as he moves by - looking confident but respectful. As he moves on by the feeling of disgust he is having grows a great deal. As Nonam appears as a drow he doesn't hide his anger - for a moment - as he strides even more proudly down the street.
Saire d20=12
Wednesday November 3rd, 1999 8:39:59 PM
Saire, dropping his pouch to the ground, moans internally as he sees most the party straining their necks backwards to see his maneuver. "Good grief, I must be getting very rusty, or these guys are hyper sensitive to their surroundings. I'm not rusty, so these guys must really be something. Saire also notes the various looks on the faces of the party, as this happens(everything from disapproval to confusion. Saire thinks "What a hilarious display of power jockeying, everyone jumping like a jester to catch the attention of everyone else." Saire smiles and thinks to himself, "From this point on I'm not bending over backwards to please these guys. They don't deserve it. Although I like this Gareth guy." Then Saire sees Jus' pompous waltz through the stench streets, and Saire thinks, "This guy makes me want to vomit!" Saire then focuses his attention on the passing drow priestess. (perception check 12/20 passes)Saire notices the drow ensignia as she stops to make a meal of the drunken kobolds, "Poor fellas, wasn't even any money in that pouch," chuckle, " I've been broke since last week." Saire then snaps to the realization that they just passed the dark well. Onrad might notice that Saire is surprised and looks as if he wants to say something.
Onrad
Wednesday November 3rd, 1999 8:49:59 PM
Onrad silently walks, his fear growing as he sees the spiders up close. He shivers as he notices that one of the spiders legs is as large as his arm. As he sees Nonam switching to Drow, he finds himself hoping that Nonam has enough magic to last the evening. He tries to catch Saire's eye and motion behind them at the priestess watching the party. Onrad hopes she didn't see Nonam change into a Drow. He walks up besides Nonam and motions slightly indicating the Drow priestess who was watching them.
Tericus
Thursday November 4th, 1999 2:02:59 AM
covering his eyes with his hands, Tericus asks Jus, "Tell me when they are finished."
Teko
Thursday November 4th, 1999 2:24:59 AM
The more Teko sees, the less he wants to make himself known. He keeps his mouth shut. He looks around constantly as though he were sight-seeing, but danger is the only thing on his mind.
The Hole in the Bottom of the.... (DM Jerry)
Thursday November 4th, 1999 3:26:59 AM
The party passes up the first well with the placard of the Fiend and follows as Kibo leads on forward. A few minutes and a few denizens later, they arrive at the next well, a square affair. A placard of an old fashioned well with it's center solid black hangs just inside one corner. Someone has scribbled in something green "Darkness" on the left side of the lip of the square hole. There is no apparent means for descending into this well. A faint smell of sweet smoke rises from the hole. Faint laughter echoes up the sides for a moment.
Kibo
Thursday November 4th, 1999 7:21:59 AM
Turning to Gareth, Kibo says, "This is crazy. The only way we'll know is if we go in. We COULD catch a patron and quiz it on what this place is called, but I'd more likely trust Jeb's White Lightnin' before believing an Menzonian answer." Turning to Saire, he says, "Do these things have some sort of permanent Feather Fall on them, or am I going to need some other ability to get down there." It's obvious in his stance that Kibo expects to go check it out while the others stay on the 'surface'.
Gareth
Thursday November 4th, 1999 6:40:59 PM
disables the silence and looks down the hole - being careful not to get too close to Kibo (as he's still invisible). "This it? Maybe we should just hang around until we see someone leave or arrive. Then we can do what they do."
Jus
Thursday November 4th, 1999 6:44:59 PM
looks around at this and the other holes to see how people are entering. He studies the sign to determine if he can glean any information not readily seen by a "non-elven" being.
Onrad
Thursday November 4th, 1999 7:43:59 PM
Onrad approaches and peers over the edge. "We saw that Minotaur climbing out of the last one. He looked like he was going up some stairs." Onrad then removes himself from the others to watch the area around the party while Kibo and the others figure out how to get down into the establishment. He watches to see if that priestess is still watching them. Onrad shivers as he waits in this alien place for something to happen and hoping that it won't.
Saire
Thursday November 4th, 1999 8:43:59 PM
"I believe it's simply a darkness spell. It serves as a curtain or something like that. Try entering the place as if it we're cold water. Sit on the edge and dip your feet in until you find something to walk on, then just slowly go to it." Saire tries to remember the house ensignia of the priestess that was watching them. He made his perception check last turn.
Teko
Friday November 5th, 1999 2:02:59 AM
"A leap in the dark does not sound like the way to achieve success. But we may have to try." Teko pauses for a few seconds and speaks again. "Listen to the laughter." Teko listens closely, hoping to hear the laughter again to get at least some idea of what it's about. A party, perhaps? A torture chamber?
Tericus
Friday November 5th, 1999 7:38:59 AM
joins Onrad, as there is enough people examining the hole. "Onrad, I've never seen such utter contempt for other beings. I know those kobolds are evil and probably did deserve the fate they got, but it still doesn't sit right with me." he says as he helps Onrad keep an eye on the priestess and other dangers walking around
Denius
Friday November 5th, 1999 3:19:59 PM
In chains in the corner of the room he hears the voices of men then starts to moan hop to attract them into the hole to get him in hope he can be saved 5'5/greenish blue eyes/brown hair/tan complexion/looks about 19 but he is an elf so you know he is much older than that Heelp...... me.
The Sounds of Darkness (DM Jerry)
Friday November 5th, 1999 8:31:59 PM
(First to Denius, whoever you are. This game is closed. We're happy to have you looking around, though. Email me at gericko@aol.com if you want to play in one of our games. I'll try to find you a spot.) Saire thinking long and hard about the priestess finally visualizes the emblem. The priestess is from House #3 Oblodra, the most secretive as well as the most treacherous and unpredictable of all the houses. A crunch of rickety stairs catches Kibo and Gareth's attention. Something is rising from the well!
Kibo
Friday November 5th, 1999 11:38:59 PM
Kibo stands back slightly from the well, assuming a less-threatening appearance to whatever emerges, and notes the location of the stairs once the being exits. Assuming a confrontation fails to occur, Kibo advances to the edge and makes his way downward into the nightmare, with a unfocused hard look on his face.
Saire
Saturday November 6th, 1999 3:15:59 AM
People standing near Saire hear him exclaim under his breath, "Shat! House Oblodra. A very unlucky encounter." In a louder voice (so the people around the well can hear) "We need to go inside guys."
Saire
Saturday November 6th, 1999 3:16:59 AM
Saire, being further towards the back of the group, does not hear the footsteps coming up the stairs.
Nonam
Sunday November 7th, 1999 3:35:59 PM
Nonam indicates to Onrad that he isn't concerned about the drow priestess since he changed while invisible. "Don't worry about it. Having Jus walk around in the open is a bigger problem." After that he remains silent by the well as everyone discusses things. Then he points out, "Down there we have a closed environment, even if it's a trap. Up here, we face a potential conflict with every creature in the city. Let's go down." He moves toward the opening as if he will do so.
Gareth
Sunday November 7th, 1999 5:15:59 PM
frowns at Saire's words and whispers "Just what we need. To draw attention from all the other houses. I wonder what house that Matron Jus talked to is from?". When he hears the stairs no one can see begin to creak he stands ready and waits for whatever is rising from the pit hoping it's not another bald thing with tongue tentacles - or worse yet, another drow Matron...
Jus d20=2
Sunday November 7th, 1999 6:24:59 PM
frowns anew at Nonam's chiding. He hisses in a very 'Un-Jus', intensely hateful way "I'll not become one of them unless I have no alternative! Leave me be!". As the war rages within him he is becoming aware that he'll have to do something - and soon... Preparing to unleash on Gareth the troubled elf decides against it as the warrior only asks a general, non-antagonistic question - which he considers (made intelligence check to determine if the spider he received was the same as the one on the priestess - or similar to the one Hatchme gave Kibo)"
Onrad
Sunday November 7th, 1999 8:38:59 PM
His senses overloaded, with the constant vigilance and danger, he continues backing and leans on the wall of the nearest building while the party clusters around the hole. He occasionally glances here and there keeping an eye out for danger. He especially watches the priestess and her spiders, shuddering as he sees their hairy lets and bulbous abdomens.
Teko
Monday November 8th, 1999 2:54:59 AM
When Teko sees the others react to something apparently in or around the well, he steps back, watching, but staying out of the way. While he waits, he holds his nose shut, hoping to block out the smell of this wretched place.
Tericus
Monday November 8th, 1999 3:28:59 AM
continues to stand guard with Onrad, but he stays where he is, continuing to watch the priestess and the spiders, but also glancing around to see if anything else looks like it might threaten the party
The Stomping of Midgets (DM Jerry)
Monday November 8th, 1999 4:12:59 AM
The stomping gets louder, and after a few minutes of this, a Fire Giant emerges. He looks at the "squirts" in front of him and says, "Grrrrhuhghkk," which seems to mean, ::better move:: He pushes roughly through the party and marches down the street. The priestess chooses this moment to turn down a side street. The fire giant exited at the left front corner of the pit. About this time a quiet tone sounds from a distant pillar. It sounds a total of 11 times. The sound can easily be heard throughout the city.
Kibo
Monday November 8th, 1999 2:07:59 PM
Letting certain death pass him by, Kibo enters the pit, making sure the first step connects before plunging into darkness. He hugs the wall, not wishing to test his tumbling skills at the moment.
Nonam
Monday November 8th, 1999 2:44:59 PM
Drow Nonam arches his eyebrows, "The gong is certainly for us. Let's waste no time." He begins the climb down.
Jus
Monday November 8th, 1999 5:40:59 PM
smiles a mischievous smile as he takes his turn descending. He muses to himself "I think I'd look good as a fire giant. But not yet...".
Gareth
Monday November 8th, 1999 6:26:59 PM
Waits for all the others to enter before descending. "I'll go last. That way there will be no surprises from the back.".
Onrad
Monday November 8th, 1999 8:14:59 PM
Onrad motions Gareth to go ahead. "I've got it, friend. With my dex abilities, I'm more capable than you to be in the back on these steps. Plus, I hit just about as well as you do now." He smiles. "Thanks again for the save back there, though. Once again, you've saved my life." After everyone else has descended down the steps, Onrad will follow a few feet back to give him some maneuvering room. As his head disappears below the lip of the well, he looks one final time for followers or dangers. A few seconds after that, he pops up once more and looks again. Sighing, he proceeds carefully feeling for each step.
Teko d20=19
Tuesday November 9th, 1999 2:34:59 AM
Teko (not making his dex check) just BARELY misses making it into the well before Onrad. Staying just out of striking distance, he says to Onrad, "Onrad, it's Teko. I'll follow you or step ahead, as you like." In either case, he steps into the well.
Tericus
Tuesday November 9th, 1999 6:01:59 AM
after taking a last look at the streets, Tericus takes his turn descending into the dark hole.
Bring on the night (DM Jerry)
Tuesday November 9th, 1999 8:22:59 PM
The party one by one descends into the hole by means of an unseen staircase. After the first 20', the darkness spell is lifted and the whole bottom of the pit is revealed as a tavern with a circular bar in the center of the pit and tables around. On the perimeter is curtained off privacy booths. However, the thing that immediately catches your attention is that you see no stairs below you. You cannot even see the stair upon which you stand! The stairs are invisible!
Gareth d20=12
Tuesday November 9th, 1999 9:21:59 PM
The invisible warrior carefully moves down the invisible stairs. Once he's made it to what appears to be the bottom he moves over to the wall in an area that is difficult to walk by. Then he quietly watches, looking for any sign of the drow they are supposed to meet. He keeps in mind the spider symbol of that drow woman from House Millithor... Zilvyra wasn't it? (Made Int check).
Saire d20=4
Tuesday November 9th, 1999 9:24:59 PM
Saire will move forward down the stairs as soon as the rest of the party advances forward. "Just keep on going like you normally would," Saire thinks to himself after not seeing the invisible stairs. (4/20 Dex Check passed). If the party moves slowly, he will use the time to visually take in the bar. Saire ponders, "Have I ever heard any noise in Menzo. like the 11 tones I heard outside the bar?"
Jus
Tuesday November 9th, 1999 9:29:59 PM
smiles as he walks down the invisible stairs, making sure Onrad makes it down (as he said he was last). He then boldly walks over to the bar and orders an ale as he listens to the conversations in both elven and common (if there are any) and tries to confirm that this is indeed "The Well of Darkness".
Kibo d20=8
Tuesday November 9th, 1999 11:44:59 PM
Seeing Jus take the initiative, Kibo focuses on finding an unoccupied corner table for the crew. He ignores specific noises or conversations, focusing on the general 'buzz' to detect any increases in volume or pitch that generally indicate 'problems'.
Teko
Wednesday November 10th, 1999 2:23:59 AM
Teko maintains silence. After reaching the floor he moves out of the way of traffic but keeps an eye on the others.
Tericus
Wednesday November 10th, 1999 4:04:59 AM
watching where everyone steps before him, Tericus steps where they step until he gets down to the bar then waits for everyone else to enter
The Stomping of Midgets (DM Jerry)
Wednesday November 10th, 1999 4:56:59 AM
When Jus' drink comes, there is the tavern's logo on the napkin. 'The Well of Darkness.' A Hobgoblin, growls at Gareth standing against the edge of one of the privy booths that circle the square tavern. Kibo obtains a corner booth in the opposite corner from the stairs you descended. Shortly, two richly attired females dressed in House Millithor family symbols descend from a different corner and walk, possibly purposefully past the party at the table and into one of the private booths. Once the curtain is opened to let them pass, you realize that even the booths have a magical darkness cast within them.
Kibo
Wednesday November 10th, 1999 5:08:59 AM
Kibo leans over to Gareth and says in a subdued voice, "I'll state the obvious: We wait a minute, and then we stay on our guard for an ambush once we enter..."
Gareth
Wednesday November 10th, 1999 2:13:59 PM
amazed at how everyone seem to SEE him, the invisible - that's invisible - warrior watches the two women enter the booth. Being in the proximity of the table Gareth offers "I would say we wait a few minutes and get closer to midnight. When we enter I'll not reveal myself until I know things are OK.
Nonam
Wednesday November 10th, 1999 3:00:59 PM
Nonam goes and sits at the bar alone. He says to Kibo through the ring so he can't be overheard, "I can sit out here and keep watch while the rest are in the meeting." He then orders ale and asks the bartender, "What are all these humans doing in your place?"
Onrad
Wednesday November 10th, 1999 7:41:59 PM
Onrad nods in the direction of where Gareth must be. (Sorry bout that David. I was in a hurry) He then returns to the bar so the group is not such a close knit target for spells and carefully samples his drink, but only a taste. No dulling of the senses tonight! Suddenly Onrad takes in a full cleansing breath of air and he realizes one advantage of these pit bars. There is no stench down here! Nice clean fresh...well not really fresh, but unsmelling air to breathe and almost revel in.
Onrad
Wednesday November 10th, 1999 7:42:00 PM
Onrad nods in the direction of where Gareth must be. (Sorry bout that David. I was in a hurry) He then returns to the bar so the group is not such a close knit target for spells and carefully samples his drink, but only a taste. No dulling of the senses tonight! Suddenly Onrad takes in a full cleansing breath of air and he realizes one advantage of these pit bars. There is no stench down here! Nice clean fresh...well not really fresh, but unsmelling air to breathe and almost revel in.
Tericus
Thursday November 11th, 1999 1:06:59 AM
acting on Onrad's suggestion, Tericus slides into the booth Kibo has procured for us so that we are not all standing around the bar, looking like targets. pulling out a stone, he pops it in his mouth, hoping the magical properties will help soothe his nervousness
Saire
Thursday November 11th, 1999 1:38:59 AM
Saire sits at the corner table with Kibo and Tericus. "Well guys, what's next?" CURRENT STATUS: DISPLACEMENT (Guys, I suggest that we all do this "status" every so often in order to help Jerry out. Plus, I can't even remember everyone's current state, visible or invisible, etc.)
Teko
Thursday November 11th, 1999 2:52:59 AM
Teko, still invisible, for another moment remains where he is. He watches to see if the other party members move to follow the duo from House Millithor.
Jus d20=6 d20=7
Thursday November 11th, 1999 5:38:59 AM
sits at the bar and eyes 'Nonam' the drow. He smiles/grimaces at the pathetic attempt he makes imitating one of them - but does give him credit for trying (Wisdom check 6). He watches the two Millithor women enter the booth. He tries to identify them as either the one's he has seen or perhaps by their markings and clothing what 'rank' they hold: daughter, granddaughter, priestess, etc. (Int check 7) He sips his ale and becomes aware of his surroundings - especially the things he doesn't see...
"The weight of indecision's in the air." [Kansas](DM Jerry)
Thursday November 11th, 1999 6:32:59 AM
The party sits and waits. Some at the bar and some at the table with Gareth in the proximity of the table. Everyone notices how nice and fresh the air is down here. Jus is positive that these are two daughters of Matron Millithor. He notices that one leaves a single drop of blood on the floor as she crosses the room. It's hard to remember but there might have been the trace of a grimace from the second of the ebony women. Gently, so that it is hard to determine when the first chord is struck, a bard from some unknown location across the room from where Kibo's table is at begins to strum eerie chords in a minor key. [Play your favorite Dead Can Dance CD here. If you don't have one, go get one.] #Song of the Dispossessed: The river is deep and the road is long, daylight come and I want to go home. Awoke this morning to find my people's tongues were tied and in my dreams they were given books to poison their minds. The river is deep and the mountain high, how long before the other side. We are their mortar, their building bricks and their clay. Their gold teeth mirror both our joys and our pain. The river is deep and the ocean wide, who will teach us how to read the signs. The earth is our mother. She taught us to embrace the light, now the lord is master she suffers an eternal night. You blocked up my ears, you plucked out my eyes, you cut out my tongue, you fed me with lies, ...........oh Lord.
Kibo
Thursday November 11th, 1999 2:05:59 PM
Kibo (who is currently COMPLETELY visible in the correct location), realizing he slightly misjudged Gareth's current location, leans a different direction and says, "I'll go ahead and check on our contacts, and use the ring to keep in contact..." With that, he slips away from the table and walks over to the sheltered alcove of the two drow. Slipping in, he enters so as not to startle the occupants, and bowing, says, "Greetings, my name is Kibo."
Nonam
Thursday November 11th, 1999 4:20:59 PM
Keeping in character, Drow Nonam turns and gives the human who just came and sat at the bar [Onrad] his best 'you'd better die' glare. His real motive is to make sure that he can see most of the room instead of the bartender's ugly mug.
Gareth d20=12
Thursday November 11th, 1999 5:16:59 PM
seeing Kibo's actions follows the halfling to the booth. Upon a response from the booth he whispers so that the occupants can hear "The Truth Will Out..." and waits for a response. He also tries to remember how long its been since he went invisible outside the first run down shack of a bar they encountered.
Onrad
Thursday November 11th, 1999 8:49:59 PM
Onrad glares back at Nonam showing a full set of teeth, but gets up and circles to the other side of the bar. On his way there, he pauses by where he suspects Gareth is and whispers, "Give me the ring he just gave you. I'll stay out here and watch for trouble. I can keep up with things with this. I'll contact Kibo every 5 minutes." Onrad then continues circling to the other side of the bar and sits down with his drink. He pulls his hood down tighter and shivers for no apparent reason.
Jus
Thursday November 11th, 1999 9:50:59 PM
wonders how one could live in such a place. They even worship the ground and not the gods in their songs! He is surprised Kibo was able to identify the drow women as being from the correct house but watches warily as he goes over to the booth. Taking note of the blood he decides it best not to reveal his association with the humans yet. His thoughts race ."I sure hope she is alright. I'd hate to lose one of them before we even have a chance to meet. Wouldn't look very good at all. Not at all. It sure is difficult to feel badly for them, though. Even if they claim not to be evil. We shall see."
Tericus d20=2
Friday November 12th, 1999 1:48:59 AM
still sitting in the booth, Tericus pulls out his flute and tries to learn the song the bard is playing, though he is playing as quietly as possible(made musical instrument check). in between playing, he chats with Saire "I guess we wait. I think the others are going to talk with who we need to talk to. Kibo just left, so I guess he's going to talk to who we need to talk to."
Teko
Friday November 12th, 1999 2:46:59 AM
Quietly, but quickly, Teko follows Kibo into the alcove. He is still invisible.
Saire
Friday November 12th, 1999 3:48:59 AM
"Well Tericus, I honestly don't know what in Gargoyle is going on right now. Hey, I think you got the tune going on now. Sounds pretty good! (Saire hums along softly). Boy, I sure am thirsty. Too bad I don't have a pot to piss in, or a glass to drink from for that matter. Perhaps you might spring for a cold beverage Tericus! (Saire smiles sheepishly) Anyway, a drink for my story; it might pass a little time. By the way, should I be concerned right now with what the rest of the party are doing? I'm just going crazy trying to figure what the other guys could possibly be talking about in that booth over there. (Saire looks at Tericus strangely) Are we in danger? I mean more danger than we've seen as yet. (whispers to himself) What the ---- is going on?"
Bathing the Night With Joy and Shadow (DM Jerry)
Sunday November 14th, 1999 5:18:59 AM
Kibo enters a cubical and passes through a magical curtain of darkness to emerge on the other side. There is a booth there. In the booth on the other side are two drow women, who if they were human appear to be in their late 20's. They nod but say nothing. Gareth enters, invisible. The movement of the curtain reveals Gareth's presence, but not his appearance. Teko also enters the alcove. They look at the movements of the curtain then return their stare to Kibo. When Gareth speaks, one stares in your general direction and says in a lovely contralto voice, "Bathe the night with joy." The other bleeds from the mouth which is puffy and from a stab wound in the upper abdomen. She lays her hands on her stomach and heals herself, then dabs at the blood. Neither shows any emotion. Meanwhile, a shadowy figure emerges from a booth behind the table. It is uncertain whether he heard Saire's calling of Gargul's name or not in his nervous chatting, but this figure quietly moves directly to Saire, coming to a stop and opening his hand in greeting--revealing a tattoo of an Eye, Gargul's holy symbol. He wears a partial mask covering what looks to be some form of disfigurement.
Nonam
Sunday November 14th, 1999 3:12:59 PM
Nonam smiles when the dirty human leaves. Then he sits and watches the room, frowning every time he sees one of the Three.
Onrad d20=10
Sunday November 14th, 1999 7:42:59 PM
Onrad's eyes widen slightly (perception check made) when he sees the masked figure emerge and approach Saire across the bar. He glances nervously at Nonam, at least he hopes it's still Nonam, for a second and then checks his pocket to see if Gareth gave him the ring he asked for. This is not going well at all, Onrad thinks. Too many people are finding them too easily. He glances around the bar for any taking interest in the party in a nonchalant manner. That bard sure has darkened the mood in here.
Gareth
Sunday November 14th, 1999 7:46:59 PM
utters a muffled word and appears before the two elves. He bows politely and offers a greeting. "So we meet at last. I am Gareth of the Three and we are here to assist you. Please forgive our early arrival. We felt it better than risking a late entrance. Shall we wait or should we get our compatriots?". Looking at the wounded woman the concerned warrior says "I wish to offer you help - if you desire it - for your wounds.". He prepares to offer a potion.
Jus d20=8
Sunday November 14th, 1999 8:03:59 PM
seeing the curtains move realizes his two invisible compatriots entered with Kibo. He keeps an eye on Nonam the drow for a sign to enter for a council or for battle.
The Dark Masked Figure
Monday November 15th, 1999 1:23:59 AM
Spreading his fingers in greeting he bows his head to the one named Saire. "GARG knows what is going on, that is why he sent me. The smell of death surrounds you and the Three. HE has sent me to remove it." Now that he has unwrapped himself from the shadows in the corner, it is clear he is a very big man. He is dressed in black, black shirt, pants, leather boots, and a sort of half coat half robe with no sleeves. All of his clothes look well worn and useful. A dangerous look scythe rests behind his head and strapped to his back, a light crossbow hangs at his side and on his left hand he wears a jeweled gauntlet. the left side of his face is 1/4 covered by a mask below which you can see old scars caused by a burn. There is something else about him that seems out of joint, but it is difficult to place. It almost seems as if he casts no shadow, but it's probably just a trick of the light.
Tericus
Monday November 15th, 1999 1:48:59 AM
looks at Saire, "Sure, I have a few extra coins on me. Ill buy you a drink." he says as he starts fishing some coins out of his pocket when the dark man enters the booth, startling Tericus, who drops the coins. seeing the eye symbol, Tericus immediately recognizes it as Gargul's symbol, which causes him to grip his staff tightly and to have a spell prepared on his lips.
Kibo d20=19
Monday November 15th, 1999 2:05:59 AM
Startled by Gareth's presence, Kibo keeps his mouth shut, anger flashing in his eyes, which he quickly hides. Mentally in contact with Nonam (the holder of the other ring), he relays what is occurring inside the booth. He bows slightly to the women, and then steps backward, allowing Gareth the prominent position in the room.
Teko d20=2
Monday November 15th, 1999 2:41:59 AM
Noticing Kibo's ire, Teko takes pause. After a moment, however, Teko cancels the effects of his ring and becomes visible. He smiles slightly and bows to the drow, but otherwise allows the conversation to continue.
Saire d20=20 d20=10
Monday November 15th, 1999 3:07:59 AM
Saire gasps, (makes constitution check NOT TO HAVE A FRIGGIN HEART ATTACK, after seemingly seeing Gargul's apparition immediately appear after Saire's plasmaphous curse). I don't believe I know you (Saire's voice trembles noticeably). If you want to sit here I'll gladly move, uh, if you would like to sit here, but us, sitting together... it ain't gonna happen today, or tomorrow if Karinthis be with me! Come on Tericus, let's go get a drink together at the bar. (Saire rises, and scoots out of the booth in a manner as to keep kis parts as far a away from the stranger as possible.) Excuse me sir.
Closing Time (DM Jerry)
Monday November 15th, 1999 6:05:59 AM
The 2nd of the daughters nods at Gareth, "I'll be fine. Various houses know we are to be killed tonight, but they won't make their move before House Baenre makes theirs." The first daughter also nods and says, "Yes, early you are, but there is no harm done. I should set things in motion though for other guests to come. Excuse me for a moment." She exits. Those outside in the bar see her make a quick hand signal to the barkeep who immediately echoes the sentiment drawing his finger across his throat. Just as Saire rises to move away from the priest of Gargul, House Millithor soldiers emerge from various darkness curtains around the tavern. The party is left alone, but all drow, and monsterkind are forcibly removed and sent packing up one of the stairs. Two drow approach Nonam and with death in their eyes, make a motion pointing him towards the stairs.
Nonam
Monday November 15th, 1999 4:12:59 PM
Nonam calls out, "Onrad, Jus, would you help me with these gentlemen?" Should their testimony not be enough, he will drop the spell. Meanwhile, Nonam informs Kibo about the tavern clearing and the masked man through the ring.
Jus
Monday November 15th, 1999 5:21:59 PM
looks over to the guards accosting Nonam and smiles at the thought of Nonam being escorted to the door - but quickly discards it and says "He's with us. It's a disguise. The masked man over there claims to know our plans through Gargul - but he is not one of us. Perhaps we should speak before he leaves.". The elf moves over to the masked man and asks "Do you have a message for us? We have heard once from your god recently. Do we need to know more?"
Gareth
Monday November 15th, 1999 5:55:59 PM
notices Kibo's frustration. He listens intently to the ladies looking relieved that daughter #2 seems to be OK. As the clearing begins he leans over and whispers to Kibo "Sorry about that. You didn't begin with the password and I feared a misunderstanding. I couldn't remember if you knew it or not.". As the activity increases Gareth smiles and greets the second daughter. "My name is Gareth. To whom do I have the honor of speaking?". The warrior is as charming with his words and mannerisms as a human can be.
Saire
Monday November 15th, 1999 8:45:59 PM
Saire, grabs his weapon and retreats into a corner as the drow enter from the back. He lowers his weapon when he realizes he is not their intent. Saire looks around the room, getting an accurate picture of the layout and the placement of the party members. He also takes note of all the drow and the various locations they used to conceal themselves. He looks about at the party and says, "I'm gonna stick my head out and see if everything is cool up top, I'm sure one of the patrons if not all of them are a little miffed about being rebuked."
Onrad
Monday November 15th, 1999 8:50:59 PM
Onrad nods at the guards agreeing with Jus and then quickly moves to listen to what this Eye has to say. Onrad thinks to himself, ::I don't like this one bit. This operation is too known. Too many people are just coming up to them as if they know everything: that guy at the Worlds Serpent Inn, Saire, now this guy. Mix in with that the possibilities of the matron and the priestess possibly knowing something, and things begin to look like we just came in and announced our intentions!:: Onrad scowls at the Eye a bit nonverbally telling him he'd better explain himself well. Onrad's mind continues to whirl. ::All this either means that we are in way over our heads and everyone else is competent, or someone somewhere is pretending loyalty and is instead setting us up. The thing that is confusing though:: Onrad continues to think:: is that if it's a setup, it's a bad one! A real traitor would have covered his tracks better and have better reasons for supposed actions. This means we have an extremely good traitor, a badly prepared traitor, horrible planning mixed with very good luck, incompetence on our part, or a combination of the above.:: Onrad grimaces waiting for this Eye to reveal his intentions. He also watches Saire carefully. His arrival is just too convenient. Onrad's mind continues to whirl. ::What are they cleaning out the tavern for? Is there a spy here? Is there some reason we need the WHOLE tavern? Onrad suddenly gets a vision of dozens of priests, adventurers, and supporters all repeating endlessly, 'I'm here to help.' By the Gods! This is a nightmare!::
Tericus
Tuesday November 16th, 1999 2:08:59 AM
seeing Saire up and leave him with the worshiper of Gargul alone, Tericus doesn't say anything, just up and leaves him sitting in the booth. seeing all the drow come out and throw out all the other patrons, Tericus just stands there by the booth, waiting to see what happens next
Teko
Tuesday November 16th, 1999 2:41:59 AM
Teko watches as the drow steps out momentarily and returns. Teko moves back and forth from one foot to the other, seemingly impatient, but more likely nervous. He grins slightly at Gareth and Kibo and says, "I think our evening is about to begin." He looks down, finally noticing his foot-switching, and attempts to stand still.
Closing Time (DM Jerry)
Tuesday November 16th, 1999 5:59:59 AM
Saire begins making his way carefully up the invisible stairs. The 1st daughter tries on a smile for size, something she evidently needs practice with and says, "I am Akordia. My half-sister is Irae. This tavern will serve as our headquarters for the evening. Others will be joining us. My sister will debrief them and send them on to their tasks. Our gratitude is great and everlasting. Take this as further evidence of our thanks." She hands Kibo a bag. "This bag of holding contains 10 potions of Complete Healing. There is also within a scroll of the Cleric Spell "Nap" which will also serve 10 persons." She stops up short, seeming to run out of things to say. Then she says, "The matron will join us shortly." She tries the smile again. It still isn't right. In the tavern outside the cubicle, the guards finish clearing the place, and some head to the surface with Saire, while others disappear back into cubicles to make themselves unobtrusive. Quickly those of The Three outside the cubicle are alone.....with the Eye.
The Masked Figure d100=25
Tuesday November 16th, 1999 6:46:59 AM
He seems unfazed by the sudden lack of interest in him. Upon seeing how the party and the drow jump and clear the room, and the guards approaching one of the others he says. "Ahhh the smell of death, Garg was right, it surrounds you all, it must be removed, you all must fulfil your quest." With that he whirls into a dark corner of the room and becomes masked in the shadows there.
Kibo
Tuesday November 16th, 1999 12:28:59 PM
::Thinking to Nonam, 'We've made a deal with the devil':: Kibo graciously accepts the bag and places it in his backpack, mentally notifying Nonam about its supposed contents. Kibo barely notices Gareth's response, at the moment his eyes are darting more than usual as he scans the booth, remembering every detail. "Please, go ahead," he murmurs to the warrior as he prepares from the parade.
Nonam
Tuesday November 16th, 1999 5:34:59 PM
Nonam takes out his staff and pulls the gift from Gargul out of the hidden compartment at the top. He calls out to the Masked Figure, "You see, One Eye has already favored us. What do your words mean?"
Gareth
Tuesday November 16th, 1999 5:40:59 PM
smiles at the woman's vain attempt to be 'nice'. He muses to himself "Boy, they have a lot to learn up top... but first we must get there.". He speaks to the daughter. "May the gods smile on our efforts this night and on the House of Millithor. It seems they are interested in what will transpire. We have heard from a number of their highest ranking priests and followers of late. I look forward to meeting the matron. We thank you for the gift of potions and the scroll. We will use them wisely. It would seem we have much to discuss."
Jus
Tuesday November 16th, 1999 5:49:59 PM
raises an eyebrow as the "Eye" moves into the shadow. "An ally I think. Even evil beings wouldn't dare impersonate a high ranking priest of another god. Not for long anyway.". Seeing the injured daughter healed and all the confusion of the clearing process he moves over to the booth with Gareth and the others - and enters. Hoping that this new elf will not react to him as the others did in Plateau City. As Gareth speaks he watches the drow woman closely.
Onrad
Tuesday November 16th, 1999 8:11:59 PM
Onrad stands beside Nonam adding his own intense stare to Nonam's. "Yes, explain your presence here. Speak plainly man! Don't couch your words in priestly gibberish. What specifically are you here to do?" Onrad tries to take a good look at the man who hides so well in shadows attempting to access the man's strength, experience, quickness, and resolve.
Saire
Tuesday November 16th, 1999 8:48:59 PM
Saire pushes his head out of the darkness. Like a ground hog spying for predators in his protective hole. He looks to the left , the looks to the right, looks forward, then turns completely around to look the opposite direction of the street.
Tericus
Wednesday November 17th, 1999 1:47:59 AM
stares into the corner where the dark priest moved into, hoping that he has gone. then he notices that the Three are the only ones in the tavern, so Tericus moves towards the nearest table and sits down, still staring at the dark corner
The Masked Figure
Wednesday November 17th, 1999 2:06:59 AM
The man having been spoken directly to steps out of the shadow to the left of where Nonam and Onrad were speaking. "One eye? That might amuse Him the next time He graces me, I shall remember. The Traveler felt that another gift was needed. He told me of the Three and their mission, and ... other things. I am here now, his second gift. He told me to remove the smell of death from about you and yours, to make myself a brother to those that would let me and an ally to those who wouldn't. I am here to force that smell upon your enemies and not allow it to overtake you. I am Bishop, gift of Garg, piece of Kings." He then bows deeply to both men.
Teko
Wednesday November 17th, 1999 2:57:59 AM
As Teko sees the potions and scroll change hands his face brightens and, looking very relieved, he breathes a sigh. His face settles into a small but comfortable smile.
The Matron Arrives (DM Jerry)
Wednesday November 17th, 1999 5:39:59 AM
Saire reaches the top of the well and observes completely empty streets in all directions, except for the backs of those leaving the Well of Darkness. The guard of House Millithor quickly takes up positions just below the lip of the well in all four corners on the stairs. They strip off their house colors revealing House Barrison Del'Armgo colors underneath. "In case someone does wonder who's requisitioned this establishment," explains a guard to Saire in broken common. Then, suddenly appearing in front of the well as if not there a moment before is a beautiful middle aged elf surrounded by 8 lean male fighters and 4 priestesses that by their age look to be granddaughters of the striking leader. She is dressed in greens and blues trimmed with very dark red. Her hair is long and silver hanging to her waist. She wears the colors and symbols of House Millithor as does her companions. She nods to the soldier and then sees Saire. She halts taking in the Gnome with her violet eyes and oval intelligent face. "You're a long way from home sir gnome," she states in such a way as to imply that she expects an explanation. Her guards display extraordinary discipline. Not one hand flinches towards a sword. Instead all calmly turn their attention on the one the matron would address. Below the second sister looks strangely at her sister. "Did you miss the signal sister. The matron comes." She points to a fading symbol of a spider on the wall of the booth, now slowly fading. (Would the cloaked figure [grin] please make a wisdom check please.)
Nonam
Wednesday November 17th, 1999 5:16:59 PM
Nonam returns the vial back to its place in his staff and while doing so leans over to Onrad and whispers so that only Onrad can hear, "I think this guy is crazy. Pieces of Kings?" Then he looks at the Bishop and says, "I think you have mistaken us for someone else. That isn't the smell of death. It's just my friend's feet."
Gareth
Wednesday November 17th, 1999 5:47:59 PM
stands ready. He moves out of the sisters' ways and stands outside next the booth entrance - and waits. He notes the conversation going on with Nonam Onrad, and the masked figure.
Jus
Wednesday November 17th, 1999 5:51:59 PM
smirks inwardly at the daughter's oversight. He prepares for what comes next, standing next to Gareth. He whispers to the warrior "It would seem Gargul has sent us an ally. Apparently this is a big deal to him. He is a priest of some sort I believe."
Onrad
Wednesday November 17th, 1999 8:12:59 PM
To Nonam in a whisper where the stranger cannot hear, "Well, it's evident he's not going to be forthcoming. He's determined to couch his language in religious rhetoric. We can't afford another loose end now. I think that unless that changes, we have to leave him behind. Perhaps Saire too. I wish we could do a truth-tell here or had a Priest of Alemi for an oathbonding. We have to be able to trust these guys. Have to."
Kibo
Wednesday November 17th, 1999 11:28:59 PM
::OOC I thought the only characters aware of what was going on within the booth were Kibo, Gareth, and Teko (along with Nonam, via the ring) since the darkness spell covers the entrance...:: Kibo, seeing Gareth duck back to the entrance, looks over at the drow for a second, then strides over to the far corner (away from the alcove exit) to make room for the others (guessing that Gareth has gone to retrieve them). Based on their reaction, Kibo guesses the drow aren't chatty, so he keeps silent.
Gareth
Wednesday November 17th, 1999 11:35:59 PM
OOC: Jus joined the party in the booth last turn. Nobody else knows what was said there. Turns appear to reflect this...
Saire d10=8
Thursday November 18th, 1999 1:53:59 AM
(Although Saire should be very surprised by the Matron's sudden appearance, the die roll 8/10 reflects that he is not.) " Ya... Ya... Yes your excellency, I am trespassing on grounds that I certainly am unworthy of soiling with my Gnomish feet (Saire bows lowly and long). Please do not judge me harshly. My presence is entirely accidental. But as things seem, I am currently at your service. I have no qualm with your proud family. But I must state with all the weak truthfulness of my Gnome heart, I am no friend of house Banrae. And I must swear with truth, I have no intention of dying in Menzoberrenzan. With that said, I will step out of your path, and await your immediate wishes." (Saire steps out from the well and stands aside in order to let the party pass. He will follow as they wish or after they pass by.)
Teko
Thursday November 18th, 1999 2:32:59 AM
Teko watches, furrowing his bushy brow, and cocks his head in a pose much like that of a puppy. He waits.
Tericus
Thursday November 18th, 1999 3:00:59 AM
continues to stare at Bishop with a stern look on his face, then says "Any so called gift from the bringer of death can only be a cursed gift. I can see no good that comes from this gift." then he waits for Bishop's response
Bishop (The Masked Figure) d20=19
Thursday November 18th, 1999 3:17:59 AM
The dark man laughs at the joke Nonam makes, the sound is full, pleasant and comforting, a twinkle of mischief flashes through his eyes. He seems to be enjoying the moment to much to notice much that happens around him. (OOC: Can we get into a combat soon cause I haven't rolled under a 17 in 8 weeks! KNOCK ON WOOD)
Bishop (The Masked Figure)
Thursday November 18th, 1999 4:18:59 AM
Turning to look at Tericus Bishop, the mirth leaving his voice, says. "You kill at times do you not? From what I have heard of the Three they have fought many battles, if you have been with them any length of time I am sure you have had occasion to kill. Garg does not bring death, he watches over it so that it is not perverted or twisted. We mortals are the bringers of death. He is the guardian, and the gate, the protector of the afterlife, without whom no mortal would EVER reach the lap of their god."
A Momentary Lapse of Reason (DM Jerry)
Thursday November 18th, 1999 2:37:59 PM
The 2nd daughter staring strangely at her sister for a few seconds and nods to Jus. "Welcome. I am Irae. My sister is Akordia." Akordia wheels on her sister pure hatred in her eyes for a second. Akordia's face though remains bland retaining control at all times. Above, the Matron seems to make a decision about this gnome and signs something at one of the guards with Saire. The guard doesn't seem to see the sign though. One of the guards with the Matron slips his hand to his sword at this lack of attention. (Jus and Saire perception check at -4. Eye, repeat your check.)
Nonam
Thursday November 18th, 1999 3:30:59 PM
Nonam gives Onrad an uninterpretable look, "As you can see, my friend Tericus worships life, so I imagine you have some obvious theological differences... BUT for someone like me, I would guess you'd bring a balance to the group. So welcome, I'm Nonam Firstorlast. And where is your diocese, Bishop?" Nonam completely ignores the entering drow as the priest is much more interesting at the moment.
Kibo d20+4=20
Thursday November 18th, 1999 6:46:59 PM
Keeping an eye on Akordia, Kibo discovers, for some strange reason, that he prefers her to her sister. He looks back over to Jus, to see how he'll play this one out.
Jus d20=3
Thursday November 18th, 1999 6:48:59 PM
bows gallantly to the two drow women and says "It's and honor to meet you. I have not had an opportunity, and know only of very few who have had the chance to ally themselves with our dark cousins. I welcome the opportunity.". He does this flawlessly and without any sign of hesitation (made ability roll) - but inwardly, the warrior-mage wonders of the wisdom of this endeavor - and hopes...
Gareth
Thursday November 18th, 1999 6:51:59 PM
stands tall and watches for the Matron who is apparently coming. He notices that Saire is missing - and tries to make eye contact with the others to get an answer on where he is. He whispers to the halfling, "Kibo, ask Nonam where Saire is. I don't see him."
Onrad
Thursday November 18th, 1999 7:49:59 PM
Onrad returns Nonam's bland look wondering what it means. He thinks to himself, ::This Wold would be a lot nicer if everyone just said stuff. I hate all this pretending to be this and that.:: Onrad moves to a position where he can observe both the priest and the stairs where Saire ascended. ::What's wrong with me down here?:: Onrad continues to think. ::I welcome Saire without a comment or a doubt, yet this priest coming into our midst makes me doubt my earlier trust. Now I'm even doubting Nonam's motives...not that that's a first.::
Saire d20=8 d20=10
Friday November 19th, 1999 2:46:59 AM
Saire makes perception check 8/20, and is apparently waiting for the outcome of the situation at hand. Saire makes second perception check 10/20. He notices the second drow guard reach for his sword. Saire immediately goes invisible and retreats into the bar.
Tericus
Friday November 19th, 1999 6:32:59 AM
as Tericus listens to Bishop's comments, his face turns redder and redder with anger. when Bishop is done, Tericus screams, "PREVENTS THE CORRUPION OF DEATH!?!?! HOW DARE YOU SAY THAT!!!!!" he grips his staff tightly, with every intent on striking the dark priest with it, but then he takes a deep breath and is able to regain his composure somewhat. "How do you explain the walking dead? Wights, Ghosts, Skeletons, and such. To me, and to my goddess, that is the ultimate perversion of life. But I guess someone like you wouldn't consider that 'twisted and the perversion of death'." he looks like he's about to say more, but he just turns away and walks over to the bar, giving Nonam an icy glare as he goes.
Bishop (The Masked Figure) d20=13
Friday November 19th, 1999 6:40:59 AM
To Nonam Bishop smiles and says "I hale from the north, Cinnamon Valley, however I was taken into Garg's family in Floating City." Then turning to the retreating form of Tericus, "I am sorry that you have lived such an uninformed life, Garg sees the undead as a perversion of the balance of life and death, It is my sworn duty to destroy all such perversions. I have never backed away from destroying the undead and I never will. Most people like yourself fear what they do not understand, it is clear that you understand little of His purpose, I am sorry for that and would be more than happy to help re-educate you. You will find that your and my life philosophies are much more alike than you may know." (Makes Wis check)
I'm Melting (DM Jerry)
Sunday November 21st, 1999 2:35:59 AM
Jus, while scrutinizing his drow sisters, observes something minutely strange about Akordia. Not anything you could put your finger on, but an overall effect of being not quite right. An ear not exactly pointed at the right angle. A small difference in the expression on her face. An accent not quite correct. A Hand with a wrinkle that looks a bit off. What happens above is lost to Saire as he makes his way downstairs as invisible as the stairs that hold him. As Saire chooses his steps on the stairs he cannot see and enters the darkness, he notices the same thing about the guards that went to the surface with him. (We'll assume 3 minutes to descend the stairs if hurrying, which will involve a dex check. Two if being careful.) Just that little something in the shape of the hand that grips the sword. Meanwhile, Bishop gets that tell-tale warmth in his blood that reveals the presence of an unnatural being in the vicinity. (Kibo, please make a perception check to notice the same things about Akordia.)
Kibo d20=19
Sunday November 21st, 1999 3:54:59 AM
Unaware of any discrepancies (and he'll be kicking himself when he DOES find out), Kibo continues watching Jus' handling of the encounter, waiting for any others to enter the booth.
Nonam
Sunday November 21st, 1999 4:48:59 PM
Nonam frowns as he realizes he hasn't been paying attention to the drow. He stops worrying about Bishop for a few moments and turns his full attention to what's happening with the drow. He asks through the ring, "Kibo, how are things going in there?" while keeping an eye on the main exit and any others that the patrons were forced out of.
Jus
Sunday November 21st, 1999 6:04:59 PM
frowns at the discovery of the poorly executed illusion. He looks carefully at the other daughter to see if she too is "off". Once done he turns to Kibo and whisper's "I need you're ring a moment. Quickly, the poison returns... I'll return it shortly.". He grabs his hand and pulls the ring off - gently. He puts it on and tells Nonam with this thoughts "I'm afraid we have a problem. One of the daughters is an illusion - or has one cast on her. She is not who she says she is. Do we blow the whistle now or do we wait? The matron may be in danger.".
Gareth
Sunday November 21st, 1999 6:08:59 PM
watches the actions of the drow as they mill around. He memorizes the sisters and their names. Listens for sounds of the matron.
Onrad
Sunday November 21st, 1999 7:42:59 PM
Onrad continues to wait, calm and composed on the outside, but very tense and suspicious on the inside. He keeps within sword's length of Bishop. He gives Gareth a...::no don't want to give anything away. Oh, that's what Nonam was doing.:: Turning to Nonam, Onrad gives him an identical look to the one Nonam had given Onrad earlier, then looks at Gareth a blank expression on his face. ::By the Gods, I can be so ignorant sometimes.::
Onrad
Sunday November 21st, 1999 7:43:59 PM
Onrad continues to wait, calm and composed on the outside, but very tense and suspicious on the inside. He keeps within sword's length of Bishop. He gives Gareth a...::no don't want to give anything away. Oh, that's what Nonam was doing.:: Turning to Nonam, Onrad gives him an identical look to the one Nonam had given Onrad earlier, then looks at Gareth a blank expression on his face. ::By the Gods, I can be so ignorant sometimes.::
Tericus
Monday November 22nd, 1999 1:43:59 AM
realizing that there is more evil in the room besides Bishop, Tericus says "We'll talk about my 're-education' later." he stays where he is, but makes sure that he can see the entire room
Teko
Monday November 22nd, 1999 3:14:59 AM
Teko waits for the party to assemble together. He gazes at the drow periodically and smiles a friendly smile if they happen to look in his direction.
I'm Melting (DM Jerry) d20=16 d10=6 d20=3 d20=14 d20=8 d20=10 d20=3 d20=8
Monday November 22nd, 1999 3:42:59 AM
Suddenly from somewhere above the sounds of combat is heard. Saire realizes that those above him are now fighting. A lone figure screaming in a strange high pitched voice and falls all the way from the top, breaking the table that Tericus is sitting at. He has a dagger in his back. A moment after he hits, his body coalesces into a thick gooey mass and flows onto the floor. At this moment, inside the booth a pseudopod whips out of Akordia's chest and strikes at her sister while it changes form and moves under the table running like goo. He hits the other drow for a mighty blow in her face leaving the other bloody. In the bar, soldiers jump out of their booths filling the chamber with flashing transforming bodies. 3 strike at Bishop from the rear each missing it's target. A high eerie scream issues from transforming mouths as they miss. Two more attack Tericus. One from the booth behind and another appearing after his attack from the front. Both of these miss as well.
I'm Melting (DM Jerry) d20=5 d20=15 d20=20 d20=19 d10=3 d20=8 d20=1
Monday November 22nd, 1999 3:49:59 AM
The barkeep jumps across at Gareth diving and attempting to dislodge Gareth's sword from his grasp.(I ran out of dice space and so started a second post.) He misses and continues moving joining his comrade under the table in the booth. (Gareth may make a break attack as well as his normal stuff.) Two figures jump over the bar from where they were hiding and transform, one attacking Onrad and one Nonam. Both are hit. Onrad hit with a 15 and Nonam with a 20 and a 19 critically. Onrad takes 3 hit points of damage and Nonam takes 9. We're in combat gentlemen. It is now your initiative. Their AC is 5.
Kibo d20=6 d20=17 d20=3 d3=2
Monday November 22nd, 1999 5:40:59 AM
Grabbing darts from his pants 'pockets', Kibo quickly slings them at the pseudo-creature in the booth, but in his haste two of these fly wide, one imbedding itself in the table, and the other careening into the folds of the curtain. The middle dart hits the creature true, causing 2 points of damage. Not having time to analyze the effectiveness of this attack, Kibo quickly pulls his scimitar as he darts under the table, preparing to take the enemy from below, and using the table to shield himself from counter-attack when he does so.
Bishop
Monday November 22nd, 1999 6:16:59 AM
Bishop goes stiff and his eyes go white, a deep voice issues from deep within his chest. "UNDEAD" his scythe leaps into his right hand, with his left he touches his hand to his chest and says "Protect" A black shadow from within the cleric comes and wraps itself about him. (He is now AC -2) He then points out any hidden undead to the party.
Nonam d3=2
Monday November 22nd, 1999 4:20:59 PM
Nonam points his fingers at the thing that attacked him and casts burning hands (20pts sav 1/2). Nonam is careful to leave Onrad and any other party members out of the spell, but if possible he'll angle it to get any other bad guys. (5ft 120deg semi circle around Nonam)
Gareth d20=20 d20=8 d20=17 d20=20 d20=14 d8+10=14 d8+10=12 d8+10=14 d8+10=13 d8+10=14
Monday November 22nd, 1999 6:08:59 PM
Deftly avoids the attacking goo ball and strikes it as it passes by (20 and 8 hit). As it crawls in a cowardly fashion under the table he brings hi sword down on the middle of the table splintering it into many pieces (17 hit). He then attacks the other creepy crawly as it extracts itself from the table shards. (see 2nd turn for damage. Ran off the screen).
Gareth
Monday November 22nd, 1999 6:11:59 PM
creepy crawly #1: 26 DMG, table 14 DMG - unless you feel a critter underneath the table might get some of that damage, creepy crawly #2: 27 DMG.
Gareth
Monday November 22nd, 1999 7:14:59 PM
curses as he sees Kibo getting in the way - too late to retract his blow to the table. His thoughts reveal a great frustration - "Doesn't he realize the daughter should be his objective? I can handle these two things!". The angry warrior says nothing but moves to put himself between the daughter and the danger - if there's room. If not he will attempt to draw any attack to himself and parry any attack directed at her next turn. (OOC: sorry for the multiple entries. It's really only one)
Saire d20=10 3d20(5+18+14)=37
Monday November 22nd, 1999 9:19:59 PM
Saire, pausing in the darkness of the stairs, is bumped aside by the flying body that is crashing lifelessly down the stairs. (Saire makes a dex check 10/17 to avoid being toppled by the body.) Saire, hearing the screams from above and the combat and bellowing from below, decides he does not have time to be careful descending the stairs. So he dashes blindly down the invisible stairs. (Saire passes his first dex check 5/17 but fails his second dex check 18/17 and his foot does not find the next step. Saire begins falling forward, leaving his feet behind. He stretches out his arms to catch his crashing blow upon the jagged stair steps below. He makes his third Dex check, hoping to lessen the damage as he smashes to the ground and begins falling down the stair well due to gravity.) CURRENT STATUS: out of control, but very invisible.
Bishop d20=2
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 12:17:59 AM
Bishops scythe leaps out at the nearest creepy crawly, and misses. He curses to himself and places his back to one of the nearest party members.
Jus d20=12 d20=10 d20=9 d20=12 d20=12 d20=18 d6+3=6 d6+3=5
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 12:59:59 AM
seeing that the sister appears to be safe with Gareth and Kibo defending, the elf races up the stairs as fast as he can (full run several stairs at a time) to aid the Matron, preparing to fire his long bow as soon as he sees what is happening. (4 Dex checks made by plenty). If within his movement rate (don't know), then the fair figured elven warrior fires two arrows at the green glob nearest the Matron.
Teko d20=12 d6+3=8
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 2:48:59 AM
The sound of a growling dog comes from the dagger in Teko's hand. He slashes out at the blob in the booth (the one Kibo attacked) with his Longtooth dagger. He strikes the foul thing for 8 points of damage.
Tericus d20+1=21 d20+1=7 d6+1=5
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 3:06:59 AM
"What are they?!?" Tericus screams as he swings back at the blob attacking his rear, hitting critically for 7pts of damage and hitting ac 8 for 5pts of damage. the he moves to the nearest party member for support
Bar Battle -- Part I (DM Dave) d6=4 d20=14 d20=3 d20=4 d20=7 d20=16 d12=8 d20=11 d20=9 d20=9
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 4:31:59 AM
As the form of the bartender shifts and flies past Gareth, the mighty warrior’s sword cleaves it in two, ending it with a SPLAT just short of the alcove table. Another flash as the blade lands across the tabletop, shattering wood just as Kibo ducks under to engage the creature known as Akordia. Kibo goes sprawling, taking 4 hps of dmg from the concussion of the blow, and driving Teko back, preventing either halfling from engaging the enemy. Gareth’s final blow smashes Akordia into several wet pieces, leaving Irae (the other Drow) looking a mess. Meanwhile, Jus makes a dash out of the alcove and towards the spiral stairs, but is stymied by the fierce battle occurring across the center of the room: Nonam, manages to torch one of the ‘men’ who emerged from behind the bar, slicing off a part of his form (saved for half damage), but it keeps coming, lashing out at Nonam with a pseudopodia, which Nonam easily sidesteps. Onrad’s deadly dance of steel rains down on his attacker for 15 hps of dmg, but it continues its assault with a sweep that would have sent the Dexterous One sprawling, if the monster's intent had not been so obviously telegraphed. Meanwhile, Bishop and Tericus have drawn up back to back, and are hard pressed to keep off 5 more of the enemy. Tericus’ blow, although it lands true, is not enough to fell the strange creature – two of the enemy attack Tericus, one of which smashes into his right thigh for 8 points of damage.
Bar Battle -- Part II (DM Dave) d8=7 d8=7 d6=5
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 4:37:59 AM
The other three attack Bishop, but are unable to penetrate his formidable defenses. With all of this going on, Jus is unable to advance past the fray. To expedite the quickest passage, the elf manages to fell the creature attacking the Mage, using some quick bow work, and ripping it to shreds with 14 points of dmg. That done, Jus manages to sprint towards the spiral stairs, before being brought up short by the loud thuds and groans from an invisible Saire choosing that moment to land at the bottom of the stairs (who takes 5 points from the fall).
Nonam 5d4(4+4+3+1+4)+5=21
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 4:44:59 PM
Nonam casts a magic missile. 2 bolts explode into the thing in front of him (10pts). The other three race in a fiery streak toward the least injured blog around Bishop and Tericus (11pts).
Saire d20=7
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 9:14:59 PM
(OOC: How does Jus know that the matron is up above the well?) Saire comes to a rolling stop and feels the pain pulsing through his forearms that are now bruised and bleeding. He manages to scream at Jus, who stands above him preparing to take the stairs, "Don't go up, there are many drow fighting. The way is closed!" Saire sees Tericus just after he is wounded by the strange creature. Seeing that Tericus is outnumbered. Saire grabs his s. sword and sprints to attack the assailing creature from behind(the one that hit Tericus). Saire misses 7/9 and becomes visible.
Jus d20=13 d20=11 d6+3=7 d6+3=7
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 10:30:59 PM
(OOC: To Saire - Spider sign on the wall, followed by real sister saying she was here, followed by sounds of fighting up above). Seeing the melee ensue around bishop and Tericus, and hearing Saire's warning, Jus decides to fire two arrows at the most injured blob around Bishop as he is the most outnumbered - preserving his precious magic. The elven bowyer's arrows fly true as they hit the interloper squarely (7+7=14DMG, Note: arrows will go to separate creatures if the first kills). He listens to the raging battle up above and tries to determine if it goes well for the matron. He decides it better to support his comrades for now.
Gareth d20=18 d20=7 d8+10=16 d8+10=16
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 11:12:59 PM
grunts out a "Sorry for the mess." to the daughter. As the warrior moves to engage the blobs around Bishop and Tericus he calls back to Kibo and Teko "Protect the daughter! She must survive this!". With a flair known only to those of great skill in the art of swordplay he presses his irresistible assault on two of the blobs in the vicinity of Bishop and Tericus striking the most injured looking one first (16+16 DMG). As he cleaves at the enemy he muses to himself "We are going to have to work on our tactics. That was too sloppy - and Kibo was injured. Not acceptable...".
Teko d20=18 d6+3=8
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 11:31:59 PM
Teko strikes at the nearest available blob, doing 8 points of damage. (Hopefully.)
Kibo
Tuesday November 23rd, 1999 11:49:59 PM
Looking over at Teko while brushing the wood splinters off his vest, Kibo snarls, "That's why I always take the scouting positions...I just love getting caught in friendly-fire." He turns to the drow-lady and says (in a more restrained voice), "Is there anything I may help with?" He then turns to assume a guarding stance near the entrance to the alcove.
Tericus d20+1=11 d6+1=5
Wednesday November 24th, 1999 1:58:59 AM
thankful for the help, Tericus attacks the blob he hit earlier, hitting AC4 for 5pts of dm(if that one is already slain, he will strike the nearest one).
End of Round 2: Character Results (DM Jerry)
Thursday November 25th, 1999 2:19:59 AM
Nonam's missiles hit their targets. The first two strike #9, the one in front of Nonam, which Jus had just killed. The other three hit #2. Saire misses and becomes visible. The way to Tericus is mostly blocked so Saire ends up near, but not closed with #4. Jus hits #4 with his arrows. Gareth hits #2 and he dies becoming more liquid on the ground. Teko must move to attack the nearest blob since none are near his location in the booth. He attacks #5 for the 8 points mentioned. Kibo guards the entrance to the booth of darkness. Tericus hits "blob" #5 as well. The goo of dead and injured opponents are everywhere and on everyone. Everyone needs to begin making dex checks when fighting in the well trafficked areas or they slip and fall losing their action for the round.
Round 3: Opponent's Attack Part 1 (DM Jerry) d20=9 d20=17 d20=14 d20=7 d12=2
Thursday November 25th, 1999 3:15:59 AM
Kibo notices 6 more figures looking like drow stepping out from behind darkness curtains across the bar on the other side from the combat. They immediately begin to flow and change form. An alien sounding voice screams, "CRAGE!" and pulls out a pouch. Doppelganger #6, pulls out a pouch as well. Then screaming bloody rage, both the doppelgangers holding pouches fan their pouch in the air releasing dust that flies everywhere. Suddenly, the blobs begin moving faster and begin bulging in strange places. They make awful screeching noises, like an ape on speed, as the drug takes effect. (New AC of the Doppelgangers is 0.) The effect upon you is that you begin to cough (Con check at -1 or you reduced to choking and coughing for 2 or 1 rounds. Make an even/odd roll if you fail the con check with even meaning 2 rounds of inactivity and odd equaling 1.) Meanwhile the doppelgangers attack with renewed fury, speed, and power. #3 and #4 attack Bishop, twice each rolling 9, 17, 14, and 7 hitting the mighty Bishop once for (2+8 for strength) 10 points of damage. (to be continued)
Round 3: Opponent's Attack Part 2 (DM Jerry) d20=10 d20=4 d12=2 d20=15 d20=2 d12=8
Thursday November 25th, 1999 3:47:59 AM
The doppelgangers continue to attack. Blob +5 attacks Teko twice hitting once with a 9 for 10 points of damage. Blob +6 bristles with pseudopods two of which strike at Tericus one hitting with a 15 for 16 points of damage. (To be continued on next post)
Round 3: Opponent's Attack Part 3 (DM Jerry) d20=17 d20=4 d20=3 d20=2 d12=2
Thursday November 25th, 1999 3:56:59 AM
Blobs 11 and 12 move with amazing speed to Kibo and attack him twice each and hitting once for 10 points of damage. (To be continued.)
Round 3: Opponent's Attack Part 4 (DM Jerry) d20=12 d20=13 d20=11 d20=19 d12=4 d12=2 d12=5
Thursday November 25th, 1999 4:20:59 AM
Blobs 13 and 14 move with their brothers and each attacks Jus twice with bludgeoning pseudopods hitting 3 times for 12 + 10 + 13 = 35 points of damage. Blobs 15 and 16 move part way across the room, but stop across the table from Saire. "Come. Your Death awaits yourrrraaaaarrrghhHahaHAAAA" (finally done) [It is now The Three's turn to attack.]
Bishop
Thursday November 25th, 1999 5:43:59 AM
Bishop holds his hand out, palm forward toward #4,3 and 6. "Fear the true bringer of death filth." His eyes roll back and he roars. (Inspire Fear, same as spell, save or flee.)
Kibo d20=8 d20+1=5 d20=11
Thursday November 25th, 1999 6:57:59 AM
::Makes both Dex and Con checks:: Speaking over his left shoulder to Irae (and checking to make sure she isn't about to attack him, since she failed to do anything last round), Kibo says, "Let's get 'em!" He then engages #11, using his scimitar defensively, trying to keep the two villains at bay, hoping that the Drow will be able to initiate a spell. ::Parry Roll of 11::
Jus d20=4 d20=7 d20=15
Thursday November 25th, 1999 6:17:59 PM
seeing that this battle is not resolving as fast as first hoped the mage makes a command and promptly disappears (Improved Invisibility) - unaffected by the goo or cloud (Made Dex and Con). He backs away from the blobs and moves up a few of the invisible stairs (Made Dex) - hopefully out of the goo and cloud of dust and also within earshot of the battle above. The marksman prepares to fire his arrows once again.
Gareth d20=6 d20=11 d20=13 d20=12 d8+10=16 d8+10=13
Thursday November 25th, 1999 6:35:59 PM
(Made Con and Dex) Amazed that none of the creepies decided not to attack him, the warrior moves to support Kibo as Jus disappears - worried that the 2 free attackers will move to the booth. He whacks one (or both) of the ones in front of Kibo (Can't see Damage, you'll have to add it up. Sorry).
Tericus d20=8 d20=14 d20=18 d6+1=5
Friday November 26th, 1999 1:18:59 AM
(makes dex and con check) staggers under the blow that the blob-like creature delivers on him, but he's able to recover and swings at #5 again, since its the most wounded on near him, hitting ac -3 for 5pts of damage. then he yells "I need help over here!"
Nonam d20=3 d20=17 d20=17 d4+2=3 d4+2=4
Friday November 26th, 1999 3:36:59 PM
Nonam only finds the dust to be mildly irritating, and he notices that Onrad hasn't been attacking the thing in front of himself. Nonam is happy to oblige and throws his magic returning daggers at it. Both hit for a spectacular 7 pts.
Saire d20=12 d20=13
Friday November 26th, 1999 9:17:59 PM
Saire breathes carefully through his mouth and is unaffected by the magic powder 12/16. He also remains invisible, because he never engaged anyone. Noticing the melee around Gareth, Tericus, and Bishop; Saire pushes forward to attack #2 from behind. He misses the amazingly improved monster with AC0 (13/14)OCC: Saire's robe of displacement is activated.
Round 3: Party Results (DM Jerry) d20=4 d20=5 d20=2 d20=7 d20=5 d20=6 d20=2 d20=7
Monday November 29th, 1999 4:18:59 AM
(I didn't get a Dex or Con check from Bishop so I'm rolling it for him here. He makes both.)Bishop's mighty presence sends chills into everyone within the room. The last personage that installed that kind of effect was the sapphire dragon, Patrark. (Bishop can effect 2 at 8th level) Both Doppelgangers #3 and 4 shudder and look at Bishop for a second with eyes wide with fear. Then they break hauling past Saire for the stairs, and up the stairs disappearing into the darkness 20' above the floor of the Well of Darkness. Kibo's parry hits AC 6 which is ineffective against any attack that may come from the Doppelgangers. Irae jumps out of the booth saying, "I thought you would never invite. However, this be a nice location for an initial tryst...I mean date. I've been studying your surface customs." She tears into combat pushing 11 back a bit making her con and dex check, but missing her attack. Her concentration increases as she reassesses her opponent. "That was a joke....the date....joke." Jus (received a corrected turn from David)turns invisible (improved) as stated and then moves around table 9 (rolled dex of 7) and over to the NE corner. (to be continued)
Round 3: Party Results (DM Jerry) d2=1 d2=2 d20=6 d20=12
Monday November 29th, 1999 4:44:59 AM
As Jus breaks, both Doppelgangers closed with him, #13 and 14 try to see where he is gone. One gets enough of a fix (13 rolled even and 14 rolled odd to earn a break attack) to attack as Jus breaks, but he rolls a 6 and misses. Gareth moves to take on 13 and 14. He swings at 13 hitting him twice for a total of 29 points of damage. The stubborn opponent still stands. Tericus, looking somewhat beat up, stands his ground delivering more damage to #5 who also stubbornly refuses to die. (Nonam didn't make a dex check to keep his feet, so I'll roll for him which he makes with a 12) Nonam's daggers fire into the chest of #8 killing him. Goo spurts all over Onrad as the daggers pop out of the Doppelganger and return to Nonam causing him to overcome his inactivity (shall we call it voluntary surprise and thus fantastic role-play on my part? Yes, I think we shall. [grin]) Saire suddenly seems to shimmer for a second as he activates his cloak of displacement. (to be continued)
Round 4: Opponent's Attack Part 1 (DM Jerry) d20=6 d20=19 d12=5 d12=5 d20=14 d20=1 d12=8 d20=1
Monday November 29th, 1999 4:56:59 AM
Doppelganger #5 cries with evil joy as it attacks Teko twice hitting twice for 13 + 13 = 26 points of damage. #6 faces Tericus attacking twice hitting once for 16 points of damage. He swings so hard with his second attack that a pseudopod flies across the room, with #6 crying in pain. (to be continued)
Round 4: Opponent's Attack Part 2 (DM Jerry) d20=5 d20=13 d12=3 d20=3 d20=7 d12=11 d12=3
Monday November 29th, 1999 5:03:59 AM
#11 attacks Irae twice hitting her once with a 13 for 11 points of damage. #12 attacks Kibo twice hitting with a 3 and a 7 for 19 + 11 = 30 points of damage. Kibo looks extremely beat up and is covered with horrible bruises. (to be continued)
Round 4: Opponent's Attack Part 3 (DM Jerry) d20=14 d20=7 d12=2 d20=19 d20=13 d12=11 d12=3
Monday November 29th, 1999 5:10:59 AM
#13 attacks Gareth twice rolling a 14 and a 7 hitting once for 10 points of damage. #14 also attacks Gareth twice rolling a 19 and a 13 hitting twice for 19 + 11 = 30 points of damage. (to be continued)
Round 4: Opponent's Attack Part 4 (DM Jerry) d20=9 d20=11 d20=16 d20=2 d12=6
Monday November 29th, 1999 5:16:59 AM
#15 and 16 close with Bishop hesitantly. #15 attacks twice rolling a 9 and a 11 both missing. #16 also attacks twice hitting once for 14 points of damage. The doppelgangers begin to emit a keening of driven pain and begin to slowly lose substance trailing goo everywhere as the magical effects of the dust begin to show some major side-effects. (It is now party initiative.)
Onrad d20=20 d20=8 d20=13 d8+6=13 d8+6=8 d8+6=11
Monday November 29th, 1999 5:30:59 AM
Onrad, being splashed with monster goo, awakens from his stupor and spins darting deftly between Tericus and the broken table and attacks #6 with a vengeance rolling a 20 and a 8 with a reroll of a 13 hitting with all three rolls for 13 + 8 + 11 = 32 points of damage to the vile creature. Onrad screams his triumph and then shouts at Tericus while he continues to dart and fight saying, "I've got this Tericus, withdraw and get some healing. I'll hold the spot so you can get away." If #6 is dead, he screams in frustration at #5, trying to draw his attack on himself rather than Teko.
Kibo
Monday November 29th, 1999 1:23:59 PM
Feeling absolutely horrible, Kibo collapses onto the floor, sword skittering across the ground, and convulses a moment before lying still (he is at 2 hps, and trying to play 'dead').
Nonam 5d4(3+1+3+4+4)+5=20
Monday November 29th, 1999 3:40:59 PM
Nonam hopes Onrad can get the job done to help Teko and Tericus and casts another magic missile. All 5 shots hit #12 before it can attack Kibo again (20pts).
The Dark Masked Figure d20=15
Monday November 29th, 1999 4:33:59 PM
Bishop concentrates and makes a called shot to #16, trying to decapitate the hideous creature.(OOC I can't remember is a called shot -2 or -4? I hit at -2 missed at -4)
Jus d20=18 d20=15 d6+3=7 d6+3=6
Monday November 29th, 1999 7:01:59 PM
seeing on of the interlopers severely injured the archer fires two more arrows from his concealed position ripping into the goo ball in front of Gareth - hopefully killing it so the warrior can focus on helping Kibo (if arrow 1 kills #13 then the other is directed at #12).
Jus
Monday November 29th, 1999 7:04:59 PM
Note: if #12 dies from Nonam's Magic Missiles and arrow 2 is not needed to kill #13, then #14 gets arrow 2.
Gareth d20=19 d20=12 d8+10=15 d8+10=17
Monday November 29th, 1999 7:10:59 PM
Seeing his ally fall the warrior grits his teeth while swinging his blade and cuts into his assailants slicing them nicely once again (attack in this order - if already dead move to next living gooball: 12, 13, 14)
Gareth d20=10 d20=8
Monday November 29th, 1999 7:20:59 PM
Dex check pass. Con check pass...
Jus d20=8 d20=7
Monday November 29th, 1999 7:21:59 PM
Dex and Con pass (although, I doubt Dex would apply due to his position...)
Saire d20=14 d20=20 d20=5 d20=6
Monday November 29th, 1999 8:41:59 PM
Saire Jumps onto the table directly in front of him (near Gareth and Nonam) in order to get a better bow shot at #11, #12, #13 near Kibo. Saire is obviously shocked that Kibo went down. Saire makes his dex to land on the table. Saire then fires at #11 (+2 attacking from above). Saire hits #11 seriously with a 20. He fires again at #12 and misses with a 5. Saire fires again after the serious hit to #11 and misses with a 6. (8 points total to #11). Saire attempts to get a better feel for everyone's placement in combat from his higher vantage point. Then Saire looks up to see if there is anything on the ceiling to anchor his rope of entanglement for a swinging leap over to where Kibo lay.
Tericus d8=2 d8=3 d8+3=8
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 1:42:59 AM
with bruises and contusions visible all over his body, Tericus pulls out a potion and drinks it quickly(potion of ex healing). instantly some of the wounds disappear from his body(heals 13pts). he turns to Onrad "I'm not going to leave you here by yourself!" and he grasps his staff, ready for the blobs
Teko d20=8 d20=2 d20=9 d20=10
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 2:59:59 AM
Teko makes both his Dex roll and his Con roll. Using a Shadow Monster spell, he creates a duplicate blob which attacks #5 with to-hit rolls of 9 and 10, missing both times.
Round 4 Party Results (DM Jerry) d20=17 d20=19 d20=16 d20=11 d20=16 d20=4
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 4:51:59 AM
Onrad just as he is about to slice and dice #6, succumbs to the dust and bends over double coughing and throwing up. (forgot to make checks--rolled 19 for con and 16 for dex) He is unable to attack. (Onrad may make a second con check to recover this coming round.) Kibo collapses somewhat unbelievably (failed intelligence check, 17) to the floor making his dex check (11). (Nonam makes his dex check with a 16.) Nonam's missiles strike true, but the monster stands. Bishop makes his dex check (4), but misses his called shot to the head of #16 his scythe skimming just by the monster's head, if it can now be called a head. Jus' first arrow kills #13 causing it to collapse into goo as the arrow flies through it. His second arrow strikes a pseudopod of #12 which again, still stands. Gareth's first shot hits #12 killing it finally while his second attack hits #14, and it grins with a dripping mouth taking the pain. Saire gallantly jumps onto the table firing at #11 hitting him and causing him to burst sending goo everywhere. Tericus drinks his potion, not needing a dex check to stand still. Teko creates his Shadow Monster successfully. (to be continued)
Round 4 Party Results Part 2 (DM Jerry) d20=6 d20=4 d20=18 d8=4
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 4:57:59 AM
Irae makes her dex and con check and moves to the other flank of 14 across from Gareth and strikes true hitting the monstrous blob for 7 points of damage with her triple headed flail. (continue to make dex checks when fighting or moving)(To be continued)
Round 5 Opponent's Attack Part 1 (DM Jerry) d4=3 d20=18 d20=18 d12=6 d12=12
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 5:01:59 AM
Doppelganger #5, now literally melting, and facing 4 opponents, chooses to attack Onrad twice hitting him twice for 14 + 20 = 34 points of damage. He gurgles with glee. (to be continued)
Round 5 Opponent's Attack Part 2 (DM Jerry) d2=2 d2=1 d20=15 d20=9 d12=2
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 5:16:59 AM
#14 has two opponents and decides to attack Irae twice hitting once with a 15 for 10 hit points of damage. She is somewhat beat up between this and the damage she took in the booth.
Round 5 Opponent's Attack Part 3 (DM Jerry) d20=19 d20=18 d12=11 d12=10 d2=2 d20=15 d20=12
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 5:19:59 AM
#15 attacks Bishop twice hitting him both times for 19 + 18 = 27 points of damage. Bishop also looks somewhat beat up. #16 deciding between Bishop and Tericus, decides to attack Tericus twice hitting both times. (to be continued)
Round 5 Opponent's Attack Part 4 (DM Jerry) d12=3 d12=10
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 5:22:59 AM
Tericus takes 11 + 18 = 29 points of damage. Tericus falls to the ground unconscious. (It is now the party's action for Round 5.)
Bishop 2d8(1+8)+2=11 d8=1 d8=4
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 6:02:59 AM
Bishop seeing Tericus go down curses. "To hell with you all, I need help here, I can't repair us both." With that he cast cure serious on Tericus. (14 points back, Re-roll ones for healing)
Kibo d20=14 d20=12
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 9:18:59 AM
Sitting up (made Dex check) Kibo, shamefacedly, retrieves his sword and moves to check on Irae, making sure she's alright. Looking at his sword, and then down, he says, "Not much use in an out-right fight, I guess." Kibo withdraws from the fighting, using a Parry as needed to defend himself (hit AC 5).
Nonam d20=4 d100=49 5d4(4+2+4+3+2)+5=20
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 4:01:59 PM
Seeing Kibo is safe, Nonam calmly turns around (D4) to face the battle raging on the other side of the room. Before he begins casting again, he says, "You know, as a priest of Gargul condemning people to hell probably isn't the best way to make friends." Then Nonam recalls Magic Missile (49) and the familiar bolts streak toward #16 exploding for 20pts damage.
Jus d20=10 d20=10 d20=14 d6+3=4 d6+3=5
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 5:51:59 PM
is able to not slip on the goo again and get a solid stance from which to fire. Seeing Tericus go down and Onrad start coughing, he hits 5 twice (9 DMG).
Gareth d20=11 d20=18 d20=18 d8+10=14 d8+10=12
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 5:59:59 PM
The warrior positions himself between Irae and #14 to make sure it cannot get to her. He then hammers the disgusting oozing creature with two more mighty blows (14+12=26 DMG). If it falls with the first blow he moves to #16 or 15 - whichever is closer and cuts it good with his 2nd attack.
Saire d20=4 d20=17 d20=16 d8=7 d8=5
Tuesday November 30th, 1999 8:38:59 PM
Makes DEX check 4/17. Saire's eyes are wild with fright and adrenaline. From his vantage point on the table he is seeing people fall to the floor, and there is blood splattered all over the floors and walls, mixed with stinking ooze from the vile creatures. It looks as if 5 and 6 are possibly the creatures in charge (because they sprinkled the powder and are doing the most damage). Saire launches 2 arrows at #5. (+2 from above). Both arrows hit true to their mark 17/13 , 16/13, for (7+5)= 12 points of damage. Saire then jumps off the table to stand next to Tericus.
Bishop
Wednesday December 1st, 1999 12:42:59 AM
"My apologies, I did not intend that remark to be taken by friendly ears, it was a curse directed at these slimy monstrosities."
Tericus d20=4 d8=2 d8=7 d8+3=10
Wednesday December 1st, 1999 1:32:59 AM
momentarily rendered unconscious, but reawaken by Bishop's spell(was at -4, now at 10)Tericus crawls away from the action(about 20 ft), as Saire and Onrad are guarding his way, making his dex check and drinks another potion of healing(19 pts back)
Teko d20=11 d20=13 d20=16 d20=10
Wednesday December 1st, 1999 2:45:59 AM
Teko once again avoids the effects of the slime. Teko's shadow monster attacks #5, assuming that #5 is still alive. Otherwise, the shadow monster attacks the nearest available living blob. Alas, both of his attacks miss, one just barely. Teko screams in frustration.
Onrad d20=3 d20=8 d20=11 d20=4 d8=8
Wednesday December 1st, 1999 4:47:59 AM
Onrad easily makes his Con check (3)once again as well as his dex (8) and says, "Let's try this again slimeball!" He swings his twin swords and hits once with an 11 for 16 points of damage to #5. "Ha! Take that! Watch yourself, you're melting!" If #5, his current opponent, dies, Onrad will leave his current location and move between #16 and Tericus.
Round 5 Party Results (DM Jerry) d20=7 d20=19 d20=6
Wednesday December 1st, 1999 5:13:59 AM
Bishop gives healing to Tericus who's eyes open conscious once again(we'll let the dex check for Bishop go since he's healing.). Kibo withdraws (60' being the normal amount adjusted for common sense) Irae looks beat up to Kibo, but not in danger of dying at this point. Jus kills #5 with his Magic Missiles and he explodes in goo covering Teko, Onrad, Tericus. Jus at the same moment, fires arrows into the monster while Onrad slices him as well, before moving to stand beside Bishop and #16. Meanwhile, Saire also simultaneously hits the creature with two more arrows. (Let's see: the blob was hit with Magic Missiles, 4 arrows, and one sword slash. Yep he's dead.) Gareth moves in front of Irae. He fells #14 with his first blow and then moves to engage #16 doing 12 points of damage to it as well. As Gareth moves to stand in front of Irae, she spits, "I appreciate the sentiment, surface warrior, but I know how to fight." Saire moves to stand by Tericus. Tericus then crawls away to safety ending up close to Kibo. Irae then calls upon Ellistrae and shouts something in Drow. #15 is held in place missing his save. #16 remains. She yells defiance and moves to stand beside Saire closing with the surrounded remaining doppelganger. (To be continued.)
Round 6 Opponent's Attack (DM Jerry) d20=14 d20=19 d12=10 d12=5
Wednesday December 1st, 1999 5:17:59 AM
Doppelganger #16 turns to his comrade and slices at him twice hitting twice with a 14 and a 19 for 18 + 13 = 31 points of damage killing him. Then he shouts "Eka Dwo Sowdd!" and explodes showering all once again with goo. All the opponents are dead.
The Matron Descends (DM Jerry)
Wednesday December 1st, 1999 5:29:59 AM
A stately and once beautiful lady descends the stairs on the NE corner by Jus and surveys the scene. "Greetings Elf. Ours committed suicide at the end as well. Too bad. I would know who sent them." Her retinue follows her down the stairs. She turns to what looks to be a son and says, "Can you prepare the tavern for guests?" He nods affirmative and in functional elven although somewhat archaic says, "Clean." Immediately all the goo is gone. He motions to guards to remove the broken tables into booths and out of sight. Shortly the room is presentable. Two tables are pushed together and the matron sits at the end of one with her daughter at one side and her son at the other. The guards position themselves at the corners watching the stairs in each corner. One after being so instructed goes behind the bar and begins serving, although somewhat awkwardly. Irae says, "Honorable Mother, we should send for some healing. It would be best for all to keep what we have in mind for now." She bows slightly to the matron. Matron Millithor smiles proudly at her daughter, and nods. "Just don't watch these professional adventurers and decide to become one." Irae stiffens for a second and then the matron breaks out in great loud laughter for a bit. "Gentlemen of The Three, already we find ourselves in your debt. Come let's talk for a moment before the other groups arrive and have to be dealt with. She motions at the empty seats being pushed up to the two tables.
Kibo
Wednesday December 1st, 1999 2:23:59 PM
Kibo sops up the blood from his cuts as best he can, working to be as presentable as possible, then (moving tenderly because of the pain) claims a seat near the far end of the table.
Gareth d20=5
Wednesday December 1st, 1999 5:59:59 PM
As the last opponent dies, the warrior moves over to Irae before the Matron arrives and speaks. "I saw that you could fight - and well. My worry was that since we didn't know if the Matron survived I did not want to risk losing you too. Then we would be unable to discover our plans for the evening and your family would be in jeopardy. I also saw you had been in a fight before you came into the Well. I wasn't sure your condition. Under other circumstances I would not have done what I did. I meant no disrespect. Please accept my sincerest apologies - if that is your way.". Remembering his messy situation Gareth quickly brushes off whatever goo he can before the Matron gets to the bottom of the stairs. After she speaks and begins cleanup Gareth bows with respect and says "It is our pleasure to serve you this night. I pray things will go as well for us for the duration of our time together.". When she moves to a table to sit he holds out a chair for her - and only after she's comfortably seated does he take a seat near her (made CHA check in a huge way).
Jus
Wednesday December 1st, 1999 6:12:59 PM
releases his spell and once again becomes visible. The marksman retrieves all his arrows feeling confident that they should not be damaged much sinking into goo. He smiles seeing everyone get up. "Not bad... No fatalities. Maybe we have a shot at surviving this after all.". As the Matron addresses him he bows and offers "It is my pleasure to make your acquaintance m'lady! My name is Jus and I am at your service.". When offered a seat he sits with his mischievous smile gleaming across his face. "We are honored to sit with you. We have much to discuss."
Saire
Wednesday December 1st, 1999 8:43:59 PM
Saire throws his arms over his face as the last creature explodes, showering all with its warm goo. He slowly lowers his arms as he surveys the mess. Saire notices the matron mother descending the stairs. He begins to reach back for another arrow, but seeing that everyone else appears relieved of her arrival, he lowers his weapon. He slowly walks over to the corner and retrieves his arrows. After the mess has been "cleaned" and the table set, Saire selects a seat in the middle to the matrons left. He selects the middle because he might appear overly bold to sit too near the matron, but cowardly if he sat too far from the matron. So the middle seems just fine. "What on earth is going on here," Saire thinks to himself.
Bishop
Thursday December 2nd, 1999 12:36:59 AM
Bishop shakes off what goo he can, much like a dog, and crosses to a side of the room where he will not be in the way. He stands at parade rest and tries to blend in as much as he can.
Teko
Thursday December 2nd, 1999 1:17:59 AM
Teko cancels the Shadow Monster spell. He wipes himself off as best he can and finds an available seat. He tends any of his wounds that need immediate binding, but otherwise gives the Matron his attention.
Tericus
Thursday December 2nd, 1999 1:23:59 AM
after the last creature is destroyed, Tericus stands back up and brushes off his robes. he looks at Bishop, and seems about to say something, but instead walks over to the table and takes a seat next to Saire, a thoughtful expression clearly on his face
Onrad
Thursday December 2nd, 1999 8:42:59 AM
Onrad takes the seat on the other side of Saire. He looks at each of his comrades to see how badly injured they are. He takes in the stately beauty of this revolutionary drow. He finds himself admiring such a one to break with thousands of years of drow society and envision the things that have been set into motion this night. He stares hard looking for Bishop, finally seeing where he is standing. He starts to wave him over and then thinks better of it.
Matron Millithor (DM Jerry)
Thursday December 2nd, 1999 8:51:59 AM
The Matron looks over the group. First, we should clean up a bit. Olno, son, please cast another of those Clean Cantrips on those assembled here. The son obliges and the party is clean at least for the moment before the fresh wounds begin to mess things up again. "Much better. Let's get to it. First, we must discuss how to get you into House Baenre for your mission. We hired a mercenary to get this information from the great-granddaughter we with to save, but he has not returned. Augury says that things are still on course though, and I trust Ellistrae. Let's pool resources. I've sent out my daughter, Akordia, to find out what she could of the situation, but she also has not returned." Irae then speaks up. "Honorable Matron, I fear for her. She had been replaced by one of the doppelgangers and attacked us in a booth here during the fight." The Matron looks thoughtful for a moment. Then she continues, "I would know if she had perished. She is still alive and in no major danger currently. As you know, Irae, I have many spells that have been laid upon my daughters since you were but children. I'll know if she is accosted. At least I "should" know. Hmm...this is the major complication so far. All hinges on getting the ring." She drops into thought for a few minutes.
Saire
Thursday December 2nd, 1999 8:37:59 PM
At mention of House Baenre, Saire chokes on his drink, then grabs a towel to clean his lips. His eyes scan the many people about the table (wondering if he let his surprise give himself away) "That's too coincidental" Saire thinks as his stomach jumps back-flips. For the remainder of the Matrons pause of silence, Saire averts his eyes downward.
Jus d20=9
Thursday December 2nd, 1999 8:52:59 PM
waits as the Matron speaks taking in every word she says. When appropriate he speaks. "It would appear that several know of your planned demise tonight. We have encountered two houses as we made our way here. One we can name the other we cannot. I doubt that either had anything to do with this attack. It appears this was planned well in advance of our arrival. I pray your missing daughter is well." (CHA is holding)
Gareth d20=8
Thursday December 2nd, 1999 8:53:59 PM
sits respectfully as the Matron speaks. He watches for her reaction as Jus reveals some of their adventure - hoping it will help and not hurt.
Tericus d20=14
Friday December 3rd, 1999 1:40:59 AM
sees Saire's reaction to Banere's name and raises an eyebrow at him, but doesn't say anything and begins to bandage his wounds as he listens to the matron mother
Teko
Friday December 3rd, 1999 2:25:59 AM
Teko, too, waits for the Matron to continue. Though his breathing seems labored, he sits very still.
Onrad
Friday December 3rd, 1999 8:44:59 AM
Onrad waits to see the matron's reaction to Jus' offering before saying anything further. He wonders if the group should say anything about their meeting with the mercenary in the Worlds Inn and the way in he offered. Onrad smiles as Jus gets involved in the discussion. "Good," he thinks to himself.
Matron Millithor (DM Jerry)
Friday December 3rd, 1999 8:52:59 AM
She looks from Gareth to Jus taking in the ramifications of what Jus has said. "This is the night that House Millithor is to be destroyed. There are many out meeting and making preparations for that event. They may have been preparing for attack or just making the rounds getting the word on the street. As far as this attack is concerned, I feel pretty sure it was a warning from House Barison Del' Armgo, House Two, that they would be involved in tonight's attack against us. This is significant since House Baenre and Del'Armgo are bitter enemies, but also it is expected. This house is known for using such creatures for assassination purposes. Now, if you feel comfortable speaking more of this Sir Jus, what are your observations concerning these encounters? Was your impression that these instances were specifically targeted upon you? Or do you think they were coincidence?
Kibo
Friday December 3rd, 1999 2:00:59 PM
His mind still clouded from the pain, Kibo sits silently and listens to the proceedings, trying to focus on the reactions of the other Drow to what is being said.
Saire
Saturday December 4th, 1999 2:39:59 AM
Saire finally speaks, "It's more like we just went around introducing ourselves to everyone. (Speaking to Jus) It's too bad you didn't continue your conversation with the other matron in the street, you might have gotten some more useful information. Then we'd know the names of both houses that are aware of us now.
Nonam d4+8=12
Saturday December 4th, 1999 4:29:59 PM
Nonam takes out his vial of Kheogtom's Ointment and rubs it over the wound the goo monster gave him. He picks the ointment instead of a potion in case the nasty thing injected him with poison or disease (12 pts). Back in perfect shape, he stands behind Gareth ready to advise. While there, he keeps eyes and ears open.
Jus
Sunday December 5th, 1999 7:17:59 PM
"The second encounter happened near here. We happened across a priestess belonging to House Oblodra. She watched us closely but left the street before we entered the Well. But there is no guarantee she did not know we entered here. The assassins would have been in place down here before that encounter - unless they teleported in. That is why I discount it somewhat. The first encounter was when we first arrived about two to three hours ago. We encountered a matron in a caravan - who stopped upon seeing me. She invited me to tea and gave me her sign. I have it with me - I felt it would be useful for you to see it. Perhaps it could play to our advantage - perhaps not. Either way I would value your council on what to do next regarding it.". Jus produces the box which contains the spider sign. He waits for a signal from the Matron before opening it. When given he opens the box and shows it to her.
Gareth
Sunday December 5th, 1999 9:36:59 PM
looks on and watches Jus and the Matron. He gives Jus his attention - as if to say without words "It's OK for him to talk...". He looks at the others and notes those with wounds.
Teko
Monday December 6th, 1999 3:01:59 AM
Teko takes an immediate interest in the appearance of the healing ointment, but only for a brief moment. He sighs, smiles slightly, and returns his gaze to the Matron.
Tericus
Monday December 6th, 1999 3:17:59 AM
fretting over his wounds and the wounds of his friends, Tericus tries to keep his attention on what the matron mother is saying, but his preoccupation with the well being of his friends is clearly evident
Onrad
Monday December 6th, 1999 7:21:59 AM
Onrad suddenly gets up and begins searching every cubicle in the place. Once done, he says, "Sorry 'bout that. I'm just being sure." He begins thinking to himself that a house that is trying to pull off something the level of what House Millithor is attempting this night would have taken care of something as obvious as the security of this tavern. His eyes go wide for a second as he contemplates the possibility of the fact that this might have been planned all along by House Millithor to test the party and their effectiveness. He forces his mind to focus back on what the Matron is saying and hopes the healer gets here soon. He thinks, looking at his friends that the group seems uneasy injured like this and thus unprepared for another such attack.
Matron Millithor (DM Jerry)
Monday December 6th, 1999 7:30:59 AM
The Matron listens intently to Jus' telling of the groups encounters. She frowns at he mentioning of Oblodra and whispers something to a soldier who goes scooting up the stairs. "I'm sending a squad to search the buildings in a one block radius. This area should have been cleared except for random encounters." She then continues listening to Jus and takes the box. Her son jumps forward and intercepts the box looking sternly at his Matron. Matron Millithor nods sheepishly, then takes the box. "We must exhibit trust my son." She opens it then lets loose a sigh while her daughter and son stiffen. "House Baenre." The daughter jumps in and speaks. "But she hasn't been seen in public in decades? Plus she pushes death and....becomes....something other!"
Kibo d20=15
Monday December 6th, 1999 1:24:59 PM
Hardening himself, Kibo continues to focus on the surrounding details, looking for clues in voice, dress, and manners of the drow, as well as the construction of this room. Finally, he takes stock of the condition of the rest of the Three.
Jus d20=3 d20=11
Monday December 6th, 1999 5:17:59 PM
does not respond to Saire's words (Wis) nor does he react when the son lunges for the box (Wis). The elf looks solely at the Matron. When the revelation is heard he raises his eyebrow. "My... what an encounter! Good or bad I know not! We at least know what she looks like now. Perhaps we should refrain from discussion until we all know what that symbol actually is and what it does - such as allow discussion to be heard. We know precious little about these symbols. We are dependent on you in this matter.".
Gareth d20=19 d20=16
Monday December 6th, 1999 5:22:59 PM
As the son lunges toward Jus the warrior flexes his muscles and stands as well, moving a hand toward his sword (Failed Wis check) - but only until the Matron restrains him. Swallowing hard the warrior slowly sits back down with a little grace (Made CHA). "My apologies. Combat makes me a bit jumpy. I'm still a bit on edge. I ask your forgiveness for my outburst..."
Nonam
Monday December 6th, 1999 5:23:59 PM
Nonam lifts his eyebrows at the mention of Baenrae but otherwise remains motionless. He seems to be making a supreme effort at letting the others direct the conversation.
Saire
Monday December 6th, 1999 8:07:59 PM
Saire leans into the conversation, "What's this about pushing death... and becoming something other. I've never heard about that before." Saire then allows his gaze to move across the room until he locks eyes with Bishop. Saire watches Bishops facial and bodily reaction to the daughters off-handed reference to undead. "So is this what the strange fellow over-there is all about," Saire thinks to himself. "How convenient, these guys have a grievance with Baenre, and so do I. This might not be a futile trip after all." Saire can't help but to smile a bit as he awaits the daughters response to his query.
Bishop
Monday December 6th, 1999 9:06:59 PM
Stepping into the light he bows deeply upon one knee. Addressing himself to the Matron he speaks. "My great lady, may I have the pleasure of answering the questions about death?" upon receiving her OK he stands and continues. "A creature whose time upon this world draws near has two choices. That creature may fight or relax. Neither do any good. Death comes to all, this is 'THAT WHICH IS' only through magic may creatures change 'THAT WHICH IS' this upsets the natural balance of things and removes power from the gods as well as removing glory from them as well. This process of cheating death, of moving away from 'THAT WHICH IS' is called Lichdom.
Teko
Tuesday December 7th, 1999 2:39:59 AM
Teko starts at Bishop's words. "This is ill news", the gnome mutters.
Tericus
Tuesday December 7th, 1999 3:35:59 AM
Frowns when Bishop speaks, but doesn't say anything to contradict him. "Does that mean that she is trying to become a Lich?"
Onrad
Tuesday December 7th, 1999 7:25:59 PM
Seeing Kibo's concern as he looks at each of the group, Onrad smiles and says, "I'm ok." Then he focuses once again on the Matron. Concern shows on his face as he hears all the talk of liches and fighting death. "I fight every day to avoid death. It's why I practice with my sword. It's why I developed my new fighting style. I stare death in the face and deny it daily. It's what I do. However, I wouldn't prolong it through magic. That is....perverted. It's...evil.
Matron Millithor (DM Jerry)
Tuesday December 7th, 1999 7:38:59 PM
Taking in the responses around her and frowning as the odd priest from the shadows finally speaks she ponders it all for a moment. She definitely is not one to speak off of the cuff. "She may indeed be transforming into a lich. However, my sources seem to imply that she is becoming something "lich-like." She is reported to be using the powers of the ring and of Lolth to transform into something new and unpredictable." A poignant silence then fills the tavern for a moment. This is broken as the Matron rises. "They come." 5 female clerics of Ellistrae of the House of Millithor descend out of the darkness above levitating down to the floor. They immediately without a word begin to tend to everyone's wounds beginning with the party. (Everyone is healed to full.) The matron sits again as the healing has begun and says, "I am still worried about my spy though. Hatchme was to report to me with the method of infiltrating House Baenre. You can give up on getting the Air Ascension Ring if we do not have that information."
Saire
Tuesday December 7th, 1999 8:03:59 PM
Saire looks troubled.
Gareth d20=11
Tuesday December 7th, 1999 9:52:59 PM
decides to heed Hatchme's words (Int) and only mention him if his symbol and instructions work. He thanks the priestess who heals him. As the Matron directs the healing he says "I would be interested in knowing of any special powers Matron Baenre has as we - as I understand it - are to kill her. Also, if your spy returns with information how would we go about getting in to get the ring? What can you tell us now? We could proceed with the other parts of the plan and if by some means we can get the necessary information on infiltrating, at least we could have that part out of the way already. It sounds like the ring would be worth our trouble if we can get in - even at great risk..."
Jus d20=17
Tuesday December 7th, 1999 10:00:59 PM
Suspicion comes over the elf as he hears the matron mention Hatchme. He begins to look very closely at her to attempt to detect anything that would betray an illusion or a transmuted form - like the doppelgangers (Int)... Annoyed that the warrior intervened in the conversation that he was so adeptly handling he holds his questions for the next appropriate time noting who needed the least healing in the party (i.e. Me!). When the time presents itself he asks his questions. "Matron Millithor, I would still be interested to see if we could use the tea invitation to our advantage? Could we use the symbol to infiltrate? Also, how does this device work? I assume it does not allow eavesdropping as we have continued our discussion..."
Tericus
Wednesday December 8th, 1999 1:04:59 AM
thanks the priestesses for healing him and his friends, but the troubled look remains on his face. "How can you become lich-like? I don't think its possible to be half undead." Tericus says to the Matron Mother
Teko
Wednesday December 8th, 1999 2:50:59 AM
Teko, too, thanks the clerics that attend him. He visibly relaxes as his wounds fade.
Nonam
Wednesday December 8th, 1999 3:53:59 AM
Nonam frowns at Bishop's bizarre little tirade then he nearly fireballs the arriving clerics. Finally, in an attempt to relax he quietly asks, "Does she wear the ring? And does she have the ability to control it?"
Kibo d20=16
Wednesday December 8th, 1999 5:40:59 AM
Kibo thanks the priestess for their healing, and then sits up at the name of Lolth, "I've heard a little something about that Being, and I'm sure I can't even fathom the combinations of semi-undead status that that One can come up with. It turns my stomach thinking about it, but I'm sure we'll need to know details before it's all over with."
Onrad
Wednesday December 8th, 1999 3:51:59 PM
Not about to breach the party trust and mention Hatchme when no one else will, Onrad sits on the brink of opening his big mouth again. It eats at him. He realizes that these doppelgangers have if nothing else increased everyone else's paranoia. The gold dragons grew to trust House Millithor. "I have a concern, honorable matron... friends. I see my comrades as well as some of your people looking around wondering if everyone still here is genuine." He turns to his comrades. "Friends, are any of you prepared with spells or some other means of determining the good intent or legitimacy of everyone here for all of our sakes? I realize it's considered an affront, but we could proceed with a light heart toward each other if all agreed to undergo such an..... interrogation."
Bishop
Wednesday December 8th, 1999 4:17:59 PM
Bishop bows deeply to the Matron again, and then retreats to his corner again. When the priests come he whispers something to her as she heals him and she laughs a good natured laugh as she continues about the room. When the question about being lich - like is raised Bishop again speaks. "Anything is possible with the perversion of evil magic."
Matron Millithor (DM Jerry)
Wednesday December 8th, 1999 5:22:59 PM
The Matron smiles grimly as she listens to the various concerns, ideas, and questions the party presents. "Truly you are worthy to undertake this mission. Your insights are worthy of the best drow spies." She inwardly is amazed at how these adventurers, like the Gold Dragons, hide their competence at times with purposeful ineptitude. "Now," she continues, "I know nothing about the inner workings of House Baenre and what might be happening to Matron Baenre is just rumors that may have been started by the matron herself. Nor do I know her habits with regard to the ring. That's why we hired Hatchme." For a moment it seems that she says his name with just a touch of longing, then in an instant it is gone. "Jus, having tea with her would be a horrible mistake as the ring must be taken tonight. The missing ring will distract her from our escape to the surface and in reverse her concentration on her armies moving to Culverwood and her attack on our house will distract her from the ring being taken. To delay until noon tomorrow would not be wise." She pivots to her son the mage. "Test this for magic and communication." Back to the part she adds, "This area is free from outside listening so the device, if active, won't work here." The Millithor Mage retreats up the stairs with the symbol to test it. He nods to Jus and Nonam to accompany him if they wish. The matron then gets a very stern look and stares reading each face. "So tell me brave adventures. Do we cancel the attempt to get the ring for lack of information, or do you go in blind and get killed?" (I'm not trying to tell you what to do here folks, but....)[Everyone make a perception check to remember that the former Matron Millithor threw out the Gold Dragons in disgrace due to them allowing a misunderstanding to continue.]
Kibo d20=16
Wednesday December 8th, 1999 7:39:59 PM
Looking at the Matron, Kibo states, "As much as I always like to know the territory before scouting out the enemy, I think to stop all the forces involved in this operation at this late date would be next to impossible. We are too committed to the task at hand to do anything other than make the best with what we have. I do not foolishly give my life away, but this is not a foolish endeavor." Kibo ends with a low bow to the Matron and the members of her house.
Gareth d20=2 d20=5 d20=14
Wednesday December 8th, 1999 8:10:59 PM
pauses a moment and sighs and says half to himself "Nothing ventured, nothing gained...". Looking up he locks eyes with the matron, looking for any clues of insincerity or deceit. "There is one other piece of information we have to give you regarding our current topic. I decided to refrain from telling you immediately because I was - and still am to a degree - concerned that others here may not be who they claim to be. Your enemies are powerful and could have spies in our midst. Your daughter is missing, other things have happened not according to how we were told they would. Somebody knew you were meeting here. Seems to me like they would try to listen in. I felt it prudent to listen a bit longer before deciding to divulge any more information. But I feel if I don't that we will never have a basis for trust - so here it goes: As we were leaving the World's Serpent Inn, Hatchme found us. He told us how to infiltrate the stronghold and where the ring is located. He gave us a symbol to enter. Kibo, don't you have it? He told us to tell you of the information's value after you were safely on the surface - if it helped. We decided to honor his request - but since he hasn't contacted you, I feel it only right that we tell you what we know.". Gareth waits to see the Matron's response before proceeding any further. (Wis & Int to determine the course of action, Cha to sell it to the matron). (OOC: the archive is missing a large chunk of posts while we were in the World's Serpent Inn. I would really like to be able to review them before my next post. Any chance I can see them via email or something? Thanks, DEH).
Jus d20=16 d20=6
Wednesday December 8th, 1999 8:22:59 PM
prepares to offer more information but thinks better of it given the opportunity to watch the drow mage work. He muses to himself "Might be useful to see how they operate. All that wild magic they got from the Gold Dragons. I bet Nonam would have it if he could... :)". He leaves with the elven mage looking at Gareth to finish what he started - wondering if it is such a good idea with the Gold Dragon's history with this woman (Int). He smirks at his thoughts "I bet they let Valdor handle the talking - another big guy with a dim flame in the lantern... No wonder they didn't impress Milithor much." The mage/warrior also tries to recall if he saw any rings on Matron Baenre's fingers when he encountered her (Int).
Tericus d20=2
Thursday December 9th, 1999 12:58:59 AM
looks at everyone else "To be honest, I don't like walking blinding into a dangerous situation, but I don't think we have a choice. But lets go as prepared as we can."
Teko d20=6
Thursday December 9th, 1999 2:24:59 AM
Teko waits once again for the Matron to respond to Gareth's revelation.
Saire
Thursday December 9th, 1999 2:39:59 AM
Saire breaks his troubled silence and shakes his head, "If I might add something... for the last 10,000 years House Baenre has prepared for someone as foolish as you all to make an unwelcome visit. Matron Baenre has well over a dozen arch mages (9th level casters) at her disposal, crafting spells that breath instant death. A mere look at the battlements can be as if looking The One dead in the eye. Their fortress lies high on the largest plateau in the city. As a matter of fact, you can see it if you just step outside for a moment. The house gate looks as a city gate might. I suggest you step out with Jus and take a good look. There are guard towers and stalactite turrets every. The path is watched and warded, and invisibility is all but useless." Saire pauses now that people are listening; he lights the pipe he's been stuffing with tobacco as he was talking. He draws a big puff and blows a large grey ring. As he watches it float away, "I would just hate to see you guys all commit suicide. If you think certain death is the highest gesture of patriotism... your wrong. You are searching for the Ring of Air as I gather from your conversation. Yes, it is certainly necessary that it be taken, for the good of all New Ellena. But the worst possible outcome for our country: is an opportunity lost, the matron still holding the ring, and all you worthy warriors of Ellena dead, down here miles below the earth. Many many miles away from the battlements of Plateau City, where you all will be desperately needed someday. I beg you all take sense of the situation. If you try this tonight, without intelligence... you will all die." Saire pauses and looks right to the Matron, "I'm sorry your highness, but that is the truth of it."
Nonam
Thursday December 9th, 1999 3:58:59 AM
"Anyone who would come to Menzoberranzan from the surface and not expect to get killed is an idiot. I say we do what we came here to do and get the ring." Nonam then follows the Matron's son upstairs to see what kind of spell he's going to cast on the Baenrae spider.
Bishop
Thursday December 9th, 1999 4:57:59 PM
Bishop stands waiting for something.
Onrad
Thursday December 9th, 1999 7:35:59 PM
Onrad nods with both Saire and Nonam as a chill runs down his spine. "Both of you are correct. It's death without information and yet, something that we must do. Remember, the Gods themselves had expressed interest in our mission and if that is the case, then perhaps some faith is in order. Help will come when needed....I hope." Onrad then turns a bit red, not used to speaking of religious things.
Matron Millithor (DM Jerry)
Thursday December 9th, 1999 7:49:59 PM
The matron listens intently to each speaker of The Three. "Ellistrae is with us as well, Sir Onrad." She turns to Gareth. "I received a sign from Hatchme several hours ago showing that he was aware of some danger. He must have thought that it was too dangerous to report to me personally and gave his information directly to you. I think you can trust him. He wouldn't have recommended such a frontal entrance if the approach was not being taken care of to a certain extent." She puts her hand on Gareth's shoulder, hesitant at the touch. She wears one ring on her right hand, one on her left, and one around her neck on a mithril necklace. "However, your comrade is correct that if the information he gave you is not enough, or is incorrect, you'll be hard pressed to.....live through the experience. I give you a final gift. A scroll. It contains 2 Raise Dead Spells on it. I pray you do not need to use it."
Olno the Mage (DM Jerry)
Thursday December 9th, 1999 7:51:59 PM
Olno and Jus move towards the staircase. As they begin to climb, they are nearly run over as a courier with a satchel arrives out of breath. "Matron! The attack begins early!"
Matron Millithor (DM Jerry)
Thursday December 9th, 1999 7:55:59 PM
Matron Millithor takes the satchel and scans the message within. "House Baenre and allies have attacked our house early. I must go." She turns to the party. "Several other surface groups are due to arrive here soon and Irae will give them their final instructions for the parts they will play in this....battle against evil. Here is a sealed scroll with their instructions. It is best for interrogation scenario purposes that you not read this unless necessary. Simply say the word inscribed on the seal and the scroll will be destroyed in a large fireball. If there are no more necessary things to cover here, we must both be on our way. May Ellistrae as well as The Gods of Wold protect us this night!" She pauses waiting....
Saire
Thursday December 9th, 1999 8:12:59 PM
"If there has to be a good side... At least we may assume that Baere's defenses at their fortress will be greatly diminished, because they have weakened their garrison in order to launch an attack against House Millithor. Much of Baenre's strength will be strung out. I Say if you do it... you should do it soon."
Gareth
Thursday December 9th, 1999 9:29:59 PM
rises with the matron. He accepts the scroll and bows courteously. "I pray your blessing is true and we not need this. Your gift honors us. I wish you well in defense of your family. I have one last question: What is the best way to get to House Baenre from here and are there any known traps we can avoid?"
Jus
Thursday December 9th, 1999 9:36:59 PM
adeptly dodges the courier and frowns at the news. If he remembers that Matron Baenre had on a ring he mentions it to Matron Millithor. If Olno continues up the stairs he follows - still hoping to get information about the spider symbol. When the time is right, the elf bows as the matron passes and offers "May your path be smooth, your way be straight, and your house be saved. I hope to meet you again in your new home very soon.". (OOC: I think my last post was misunderstood. Jus was trying to remember rings on Matron BAENRE's hands - not Matron Millithor)
Tericus
Friday December 10th, 1999 12:17:59 AM
after hearing what the Matron Mother says and then hearing what the courier says, Tericus stands up, ready to do what he has to, even though his fear is evident on his face. well, he thinks to himself, at least it will make a great song.
Kibo
Friday December 10th, 1999 1:14:59 AM
Kibo listens intently to any directions given to the enemy house.
Bishop
Friday December 10th, 1999 1:37:59 AM
When the matron rises Bishop kneels down on one knee, pressing his palm to the ground.
Teko
Friday December 10th, 1999 2:49:59 AM
Teko rises quickly and bows to the Matron as she leaves. After she is gone, he says, "So, do we wait here until the other groups arrive?"
Onrad
Saturday December 11th, 1999 7:01:59 AM
Onrad purses his lips and then draws both swords with a flourish. "No friends, we go now. And it seems to me that the way there is obvious. We hide ourselves as best as we can...now before going up the stairs... with invisibility, etc. march up to the gate boldly hiding ourselves, and follow Hatchme's instructions. If discovered we fight."
Matron Millithor (DM Jerry)
Saturday December 11th, 1999 7:21:59 AM
The Matron rises from her seat adjusting her cloak and using a few discreet hand signals, sends soldiers, priests, and offspring scrambling up the various stairs and through previously unseen secret doors. She nods at Onrad's words and then turns to Saire. "Beware good adventurer. Your new comrades will explain to you that House Baenre is not weakened by these moves, but they may be distracted." Then to the party, "Move quickly. I hope to see you again on the surface welcoming you to our new home." And with that she is gone rising vertically into the darkness.
Olno (DM Jerry)
Saturday December 11th, 1999 7:27:59 AM
Shrugging with a uncharacteristic grin, Olno says, "I have new orders elf. Here, take this. It contains 4 identify spells. Use one on the symbol if you get the chance. Somehow, I think you're about to be as busy as I." He puts his hand on Jus' shoulder as he turns to go, red eyes evident. "I never thought I'd meet an honorable brother of Wold. It....it has brought fulfillment. Promise me, if....when we get to the s-surface, you'll show me around The Floating City." Then without waiting for an answer, he vaults up the stairs quickly turning invisible.
Kibo
Sunday December 12th, 1999 4:00:59 AM
Turning to Gareth, Kibo says, "Okay, fearless leader, tell me what is thy will." Kibo works quickly, along with the others, in preparing to make the raid.
Saire
Sunday December 12th, 1999 5:34:59 AM
(OCC: No one in the party ever bothered to tell Saire any aspect of the true meaning behind the adventure; what I did put together was mostly out of character.) Saire chuckles at Onrad's bold proclamation of CHARGE! "Fellow men of Ellena, good luck on your nights journey. I wish you well! But I must say it saddens me greatly (Saire looks into the sparkling and hopeful eyes of each member of the party) to know that you all will d... well any way, good luck. And a last word, you should always have one person test the waters before you venture too far. Adieu." With that Saire scoots his chair back and heads for the stairs. As he descends the stairs he goes invisible. While invisible he turns around and shouts, "Remember that invisibility is no good within House Baenre!" Saire steps outside the bar and runs into a shadow across the street. Saire will follow the party as far as may be allowed by circumstance; checking for spies, traps, and any other pitfalls that might get in the party's way; helping where he can. Although, until understanding the true significance of the mission, he WILL NOT be a sheep to the slaughter. Maybe he can learn something along the way that might get him home. Saire thinks that this does not bode well for anyone involved, and how can any person be so consumed with the idea of glory that senseless death could be worth-it. Saire thinks, "If only they've seen what drow truly are all about, they would not be so willing to listen to the so called honorable words of Matron Millithor. She knows they're all doomed to die. But she doesn't care, as long as she reaches her objective. She is no better than Matron Baenre. She most likely sees the upper world as weak and exploitable. The grass is always greener on the other side. She is using these noble adventurers as a diversion to her escape! Shame, shame, shame on her. Everything that was planned (or not) to aid the party (Hatch-me and company) is no where to be seen. No aid... and no information... what-a-mess. Not to mention, that Jus fellow wants to show everyone how cool he is. With that attitude, he'll have to drop his sacred quiver in order to carry his wounded comrades to safety. Maybe then he'll understand that being a leader is not about being the best, but being the MOST SELFLESS."
Nonam
Sunday December 12th, 1999 4:02:59 PM
Nonam comes back down the stairs, "The matron's son had to leave quickly, but he said the symbol that the matron gave Jus..." (ooc: what did he say? we skipped that part)
Gareth d20=10 d20=11
Sunday December 12th, 1999 6:05:59 PM
as Saire attempts to leave the warrior rapidly moves to intercept and grab him (hit AC 0). Holding him fast(Str) the perturbed warrior somewhat brusquely says "Sorry Saire, you cannot leave the party. The mission is too critical to risk discovery. To leave now would suggest you are a spy - although I don't think you are. Onrad explained to you when we first met that we had a mission and were just getting here. You could have left at that time - but not now. We will explain what we can on our way but you're in for the duration. You do not have to fight but I would suggest it. Besides, do you think the dark ones would let you live now that you've fought with us?". (OOC: As I recall Onrad took Saire aside and explained everything to him when we first met - thus Nonam's explosion against the party. It was done post haste as to get him up to speed - not played in character which would not have allowed him - or Bishop to join in. I think we should play it like Saire knows more than he should, otherwise Saire will be detained/immobilized or killed by Gareth - depending on if he thinks he's a spy. How can he let him go now? Can't.)
Bishop
Monday December 13th, 1999 12:41:59 AM
Crossing to Gareth and Saire, Bishop speaks. "It is unlike what I have been told of you all to force a man to stay when he wishes to go. Likewise I would not like a man that sees me as an enemy for forcing him to stay watching my back. We are leaving soon and it would be to late for him to get word anywhere were he a spy, which he is not. Let us not have these petty fights when we should be planing a strategy against the house. Saire I would ask that if you are going to leave please do so some time after we leave, is that fair? Now come, we have a war to win."
Tericus
Monday December 13th, 1999 12:45:59 AM
seeing Gareth grab Saire, he puts a hand on Gareth's shoulder. "I understand your fears, and I'm not in total disagreement with you, but we have to commit enough violence and pain tonight. I see no reason to start yet."
Teko
Monday December 13th, 1999 1:57:59 AM
"Excellent idea Bishop. We should let him go. But we should go first, well ahead of him. Saire, I wish you would stay. We may survive this, yet. But do as you will, albeit, as Bishop suggests, discreetly."
Saire
Monday December 13th, 1999 3:22:59 AM
(OCC: ok everyone, if we are to assume that Saire knows more than was previously played (Onrad's short briefing), then someone should e-mail me and explain what is going on. Honestly, I have no clue what-so-ever, what the story line is all about. I simply cannot commit a character to danger, if he does not know the significance or motive for the ordeal.)
Jus
Monday December 13th, 1999 11:19:59 AM
"Write it down Onrad, I actually agree with Gareth; As I said when Nonam yelled at us after my tea invitation: Whatever our decision in regards to him, Saire cannot leave. " Dropping his pack and pulling out a small book, Jus approaches Saire, "Saire, ask your questions – quickly for we have little time. If you agree to follow us (as I hope you do), we will die for you as we would die for each other." Holding a page of the book towards Saire, Jus continues. "If you do not wish to join us, I offer this Sepia Snake Sigil for you to read behind one of these secret doors, or we will turn you over to House Millithor for, ummm, ‘safekeeping’." With a grimace and empathetic shrug, Jus adds, "Either choice is extreme, I know -- and I'm willing to hear other suggestions -- but the seriousness of our quest demands ultimate secrecy." Jus stands before Saire for a moment, watching him. "By your previous actions and words, I imagine we were just an opportunity to get topside; you act like you have all the answers. I am truly sorry it has come to this, but you must decide now."
Gareth d20=12
Monday December 13th, 1999 6:34:59 PM
"Please understand, Saire. This mission is critical to New Ellenna as well as House Millithor. Many thousands of elves in Culverwood will die if the mission is compromised. It is up to us and a few others to hold up our end of the mission. With consequences like that perhaps you can at least understand our caution. Ask your question. We'll answer." (Cha by 6). (OOC: You need to go back and read what has gone before. It is unfair to ask us to wait a week while we explain what could be gleaned with 30 minutes of your time in the archives. I sent you the missing piece in case you need it.)
Kibo
Monday December 13th, 1999 6:55:59 PM
Seeing the crisis at hand, Kibo states, "I agree, we can't let anyone out that has witnessed this much, although I have misgivings about what we actually know. I am going strictly based upon my oath of service and my word to the Mayor." Turning to Saire, "Although I would not care to make a captive of you, this mission is bigger than any of us. It may be that only one or two of us survive, but none will if you were captured and interrogated by enemy forces."
Saire
Monday December 13th, 1999 8:51:59 PM
"Whatever, I know everything. You guys don't have time for this. Let's go."
Onrad
Monday December 13th, 1999 9:08:59 PM
"Come Saire. Let's sit down and let us answer your questions. It's better that we take a few minutes now and get onto the same page, than to rush off and leave a valuable ally behind." Onrad leads the group back to the tables and begins a detailed description of what has led to this mission, what it will accomplish, and it's importance. He leaves no detail uncovered.
The Show Must Go On (DM Jerry)
Monday December 13th, 1999 9:18:59 PM
The Wold unconsciously waits with baited breath to see what the Heroes known as The Three will do next. Will they find unity and succeed? Will they scatter to dark and lonely places in the Underdark to hide in their failure? Read on Brave Reader and see as the story unfolds.
Gareth
Monday December 13th, 1999 10:11:59 PM
Relieved that the situation resolves quickly and with the group completely intact, the warrior stands and says "So lets go get a ring and destroy an evil stranglehold on the drow race. Maybe in our efforts we will gain a huge ally for New Ellenna. By the way, what are we supposed to do with the ring once we get it? Is it evil? Can one of us wear it and use it's powers?". His mind reels at the possibility of acquiring such power - and using it...
Tericus
Tuesday December 14th, 1999 12:16:59 AM
relived that everyone seems to be getting along, at least for the time being, Tericus pulls out a potion and drinks it(potion of poison negation - I'm immune to poison for 18 hrs). "Anyone want a drink?"
Saire
Tuesday December 14th, 1999 2:44:59 AM
Saire looks at Tericus with wide eyes, "Do you have enough for everyone, for we will surely need it, seeing as how we are going to be poison receptacles for the next 24 hours. But, I would feel unwelcome taking your last draught, your traveling companions would be the first to deserve such gifts. By the way, he looks at everyone around the table, "Here is what I have to aid the party...1 xhealing, 1 poison antidote... a rope of entanglement... really useful to climb to reachable places... and my cloak of displacement... and these new boots! I can be both invisible and very very quiet. But otherwise that's about it. By the way, as I understand it, are we to work with other parties. Where are they, and do they have the same mission as us, or are they just diversions?"
Teko
Tuesday December 14th, 1999 2:53:59 AM
Teko listens and nods his approval to how this misunderstanding with Saire was resolved. When he hears Gareth's musings over the possibility of using the Ring, he says, "I do not know what alignment the ring possesses. But any artifact is dangerous and often a burden too heavy to bear." He smiles and continues, "That doesn't guarantee that we won't be forced to use it, of course." While waiting for input from the others, he makes sure his things are in order. After a moment, he stands ready to leave.
Jus
Tuesday December 14th, 1999 11:25:59 AM
Jus smiles at Saire's acceptance into the party. "Anything you can do will be an aid, Saire; and anything we have is yours when needed." Turning to Tericus, Jus comments, "The potion should go next to our hand-to-hand fighters, Gareth and Onrad. Bishop and Saire, too, if they only fight hand to hand. Let's review what Hatchme told us and what we will do. It'll take a while, but I think we should identify the Matron's spider -- it may be a passkey. Any comments?"
Nonam
Tuesday December 14th, 1999 8:09:59 PM
"I agree. The pincushions should get drinks from the poison potion first. And don't worry, Gareth, I'm confident that I can work the ring."
Onrad the Pincushion
Tuesday December 14th, 1999 8:52:59 PM
Onrad takes the potion from Tericus. "Thanks my friend." He then passes it on to Saire. "If you're with us then you are a part of us now. We may argue and fight, but it's like brother and sister. No one picks on us except for us. Welcome to The Three, Saire, at least for this adventure. You too Bishop. You've proved your loyalty, but understand if we have our...misunderstandings. I think that there will still be a lot of...misconceptions for all of us to grow past." Onrad once again takes Saire aside and answers his newest set of questions. Then he turns toward the party as a whole, one arm on Jus and one on Nonam. "Gentlemen, the enemy is out there. It is evil, powerful, and smart. We are here as the agents of good, prepared to dish out justice and prevent future suffering upon the Noble Races of Wold. Specifically, we are here to steal the Ring of Air before House Baenre and her Army can begin their attack upon the elves on the morrow in Culverwood. By doing this quickly and efficiently, we can distract the house from their army, which is probably heading towards the elves as we speak, as well as the multi-house attack upon House Millithor, who will fake their own destruction and hopefully escape to the surface to live amongst us. I pray to Wardd that luck will be with us and we may return to the surface flushed with the glory of our mutual success. Now, let's get this done." He turns to Gareth and Kibo motioning them to get things underway.
Onrad the Pincushion
Tuesday December 14th, 1999 8:53:00 PM
Onrad takes the potion from Tericus. "Thanks my friend." He then passes it on to Saire. "If you're with us then you are a part of us now. We may argue and fight, but it's like brother and sister. No one picks on us except for us. Welcome to The Three, Saire, at least for this adventure. You too Bishop. You've proved your loyalty, but understand if we have our...misunderstandings. I think that there will still be a lot of...misconceptions for all of us to grow past." Onrad once again takes Saire aside and answers his newest set of questions. Then he turns toward the party as a whole, one arm on Jus and one on Nonam. "Gentlemen, the enemy is out there. It is evil, powerful, and smart. We are here as the agents of good, prepared to dish out justice and prevent future suffering upon the Noble Races of Wold. Specifically, we are here to steal the Ring of Air before House Baenre and her Army can begin their attack upon the elves on the morrow in Culverwood. By doing this quickly and efficiently, we can distract the house from their army, which is probably heading towards the elves as we speak, as well as the multi-house attack upon House Millithor, who will fake their own destruction and hopefully escape to the surface to live amongst us. I pray to Wardd that luck will be with us and we may return to the surface flushed with the glory of our mutual success. Now, let's get this done." He turns to Gareth and Kibo motioning them to get things underway.
(DM Jerry)
Tuesday December 14th, 1999 9:30:59 PM
The sound of feet on steps reaches your ears as Onrad finishes his oration. From inside of a cabinet under the bar, kicking can be heard.
Gareth
Tuesday December 14th, 1999 9:46:59 PM
The warrior takes a draught from the potion after Saire. He looks to Jus "Better get started if you intend to identify that thing. We'll go over Hatchme's words while you get that done.". He turns to the others, pauses, and muses "How come the idea with Nonam wearing that ring makes me uneasy...".
Gareth (con't) d20=8
Tuesday December 14th, 1999 10:50:59 PM
Upon hearing an interloper the warrior draws his sword and races to the cabinet where the kicking is coming from and smashes/throws open the door (Str). He prepares to strike - depending on what he discovers.
Bishop
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 12:20:59 AM
Bishop takes a drought of the potion if offered and thanks the party. He then stands back and continues to listen. He mumbles a prayer as he hears the kicking. "Dear father, what have you gotten me into now?"
Teko
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 2:51:59 AM
Teko uses a charge from his ring of invisibility (his second charge of the night). Unseen, he watches to see what is coming out of the cabinet.
Tericus
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 3:14:59 AM
after Gareth, Onrad, Bishop, and Saire take a swig of the potion, Tericus gets it back and says. "All gone. I can also cast slow poison on whoever we feel needs it the most. Also, I have 3 potions that will increase someone's strength temporarily to that of a mighty hill giant. I'm going to keep one for myself, but I think we should distribute the rest of them to whoever we feel will need them." then, hearing the footsteps on the stairs, he grips his staff, with a spell on his lips, ready to cast
Saire
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 4:09:59 AM
After hearing the noises, Saire watches the party take their positions. Gareth surely has whatever could be in a cabinet under control. So Saire rushes across the room near the stairs. He decides it would be unwise to use his invisibility right now, so he hides under a nearby table. He takes his rope from around his left shoulder and prepares to entangle whatever foe comes down the stairs, although he is sure that this must be the other parties the matron spoke of.
Onrad
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 6:10:59 AM
Onrad nods appreciatively to Saire and backs up against the side of the stairs so as to hopefully get a back attack. He motions to the drow priestess to get into one of the booths so as to not be seen. He stands motionless (dex 7).
I'll have what the guy under the bar is having (DM Jerry)
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 6:19:59 AM
Gareth carefully opens the cabinet under the bar and a fat old drow with a mole on his nose and a huge bump on his head emerges looking very peeved...and scared. He says something in the form of a question at Gareth in the Drow tongue. Meanwhile, a man smoking a pipe and dressed like a sea captain emerges from the darkness followed by an outfit of traditional warriors, mages, clerics and thieves. He spots Gareth right off at the bar and marches right up to him. "Ho there! I be Orion and these are the Blue Sapphires and we're reporting for duty!"
I'll have what the guy under the bar is having (DM Jerry)
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 6:20:00 AM
Gareth carefully opens the cabinet under the bar and a fat old drow with a mole on his nose and a huge bump on his head emerges looking very peeved...and scared. He says something in the form of a question at Gareth in the Drow tongue. Meanwhile, a man smoking a pipe and dressed like a sea captain emerges from the darkness followed by an outfit of traditional warriors, mages, clerics and thieves. He spots Gareth right off at the bar and marches right up to him. "Ho there! I be Orion and these are the Blue Sapphires and we're reporting for duty!"
Jus
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 10:05:59 AM
Jus looks around for Irae, since the Matron said Irae will handle the other parties. "This fine Lady will tell you what you need to know." Jus motions to Gareth and the others to give the newcomers space, and makes sure Gareth keeps the sealed scroll the Matron gave us tucked away. Satisfied everyone knows what they are doing, Jus begins looking at the Identify scroll given him. "Alas, Nonam. Looks like you'll have the fun again. I've not seen this Drow script before and haven't the Read Magic to decipher it. Strangely, either the Drow are prolific in their spell descriptions, or this is much more complex than the Identify I know..." Grimacing when he considers what is probably within the bar, Jus shakes his head in frustration, "Let's just ask Irae is she can take car of the barkeep. We need to review Hatchme's instructions and be off."
Kibo
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 2:03:59 PM
Moving quickly over to the newcomers, Kibo begins assessing the equipment of the Blue Sapphires, and also listens for any other 'guests'.
Nonam
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 3:34:59 PM
"I didn't memorize 'Read Magic' either. I suggest we simply hide the spider in here where any effects it might have are shielded. Should we still be alive in time for you to have your meeting tomorrow morning, we can come back for it. That way it won't cause us any problems if it is malevolent." Nonam then takes out his staff and casts invisibility on himself. "Let's get going."
Gareth (con't) d20=5
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 6:21:59 PM
backs away from the corpulent elf and sheaths his sword. "I'm afraid Irae will need to help with this. I do not speak drow.". He looks at the elf's colors to try and determine which house he is associated with (Int by 7!).As long as the drow is non-offensive the warrior makes no aggressive moves. When accosted by the Blue Sapphires Gareth turns - but not too far - and welcomes the new group. "Greetings Orion. I am Gareth of The Three. It's good to be in the company of fellow adventurers from topside! I take it you are here for the same reason we are. I think the good lady would have us ignorant of each other's mission as to reduce the risk for both groups. I wish you well on your foray. As for The Three, we must be off - unless the good lady wishes us to stay...". He looks to Irae for help with the new interloper and a sign as to whether to be off or stay.
Irae
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 6:46:59 PM
Irae quickly comes out from the booth with style and bearing, almost making you wonder if she enhanced her aura in some way. Her look is both beautiful and regal. She nods to Orion and motions to the table for him and his party to sit. She then levitates over the bar and says, "Gareth I'll handle this." She says something and the bartender turns to show her the bump on his head. She then quickly produces a short steel bar and wallops him on the head once again, knocking him out. As he falls, she kicks him back into the cabinet and slams it shut locking it. "Problem solved." She returns to the table via the same means. Once in position, she says "Good luck heroes," and turns to brief Orion and the Sapphires.
Irae
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 6:47:00 PM
Irae quickly comes out from the booth with style and bearing, almost making you wonder if she enhanced her aura in some way. Her look is both beautiful and regal. She nods to Orion and motions to the table for him and his party to sit. She then levitates over the bar and says, "Gareth I'll handle this." She says something and the bartender turns to show her the bump on his head. She then quickly produces a short steel bar and wallops him on the head once again, knocking him out. As he falls, she kicks him back into the cabinet and slams it shut locking it. "Problem solved." She returns to the table via the same means. Once in position, she says "Good luck heroes," and turns to brief Orion and the Sapphires.
Gareth
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 7:24:59 PM
The warrior smiles at Irae's 'handling' of the situation. He turns to The Three and says "So we're off then. Jus, decide about your 'trinket' and lets move out.". Turning invisible he makes for the stairs.
Gareth
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 7:25:00 PM
The warrior smiles at Irae's 'handling' of the situation. He turns to The Three and says "So we're off then. Jus, decide about your 'trinket' and lets move out.". Turning invisible he makes for the stairs.
Saire
Wednesday December 15th, 1999 8:45:59 PM
Saire smiles when he sees Irea wallop the drow. "I believe I saw this barkeep from earlier. Wasn't he helping the doppelgangers in combat?" time passes as Gareth and others talk. Finally Gareth heads for the stairs and turns invisible. Saire quickly bounces forward and goes invisible. "Gareth how will we know where each other are?" (You begin to notice that Saire always ends with a question)
Tericus
Thursday December 16th, 1999 1:11:59 AM
"Well, ill just keep them for myself." Tericus says with a shrug and puts up his potions again. seeing Orion come in, and that Irae is dealing with him, Tericus gets ready to go. he pulls out a potion, but waits to drink it. "Do we know where exactly we are going?"
Teko
Thursday December 16th, 1999 3:04:59 AM
See the slew of adventures pour into the room, Teko moves quickly to stay out of the way. He utters a sympathetic "Ow!" when the bar keep is knocked out. Invisible, he stands ready once more.
Jus
Thursday December 16th, 1999 5:40:59 AM
Jus sees Gareth and Saire start leaving. Glancing to Tericus, Jus says, "At least twice now I've asked the same thing. I guess we should pray Gareth and his worshiper knows where they are going." Seeing Tericus pull out another potion, Jus asks, "I don't suppose you have one for Invisibility? I don't have any more spells to do so." While listening to the answer, Jus pulls out the box containing the spider, "I honestly hate to leave this; I have a strange feeling it's a passkey to get by defenses. Oh well, we'll never know. Hey wait a moment..." Jus calls out Orion's and Irae's name. If either come out, he asks if one of their party can use Read Magic and take a few minutes to identify the spider. "It may be critical in our effort."
Kibo
Thursday December 16th, 1999 5:53:59 AM
Taking in the conversation, Kibo says to Gareth, "As before, let me go ahead to scout out the way." Kibo heads up the stairs.
Nonam
Thursday December 16th, 1999 4:39:59 PM
"I have an invisibility I can cast on you, Jus. You certainly don't need to be visible up there. Tericus, I'll have a drink of potion if no one else wants it. I just wanted to make sure the others had a chance."
Gareth
Thursday December 16th, 1999 5:45:59 PM
shrugging and a bit surprised that Jus didn't feel the need to keep his spider the warrior moves up the stairs and waits near the well opening - and listens for the rest of the group as they climb as he did when blind not too long ago. "Scouting would be good Kibo but lets wait for the others before continuing.". He looks - as Saire suggested - to the place where House Baenre is supposed to be located and also around to look for fighting.
Saire
Thursday December 16th, 1999 8:32:59 PM
"Well Gareth... Kibo... are you wanting to enter through the front... scale the walls... find away under... or approach from above. I'm curious.
Gareth
Thursday December 16th, 1999 8:48:59 PM
The warrior says quietly as he looks around "Hatchme said that when we arrive at House Baenre, to count 6 guard stations from the center gate towards the east and look for the symbol of an upside down spider. We are to trace it three times and enter. We follow this repeating symbol for what might be the safest route to the Matron's Private Chambers. We are to be aware that there are house passwords and signs that you will need to know or learn as you go from those you defeat. We are supposed to keep an eye out for those we might get information from and get it by what ever means necessary... Fun isn't it? I sure hope all these gods who say they are interested in this are willing to help us out. I think we're going to need it."
Onrad
Friday December 17th, 1999 1:35:59 AM
Onrad shakes his head grinning as Gareth charges off. "Saire, Gareth gets kinda one-track minded at times like this. Guys, let's organize a bit. If Nonam is willing to stay in his....current state, we can center on him. I'll pick up the rear. Kibo scouts ahead if that's ok with Gareth right behind. Perhaps Jus on one side of Nonam and Bishop on the other? I honestly don't know where the rest of you would be best. Speak up and state your optimal place in the order scheme. I suggest that when we get nearer to House Baenre that we go totally invisible and then I don't know what to do.
Tericus
Friday December 17th, 1999 2:15:59 AM
turns to Nonam. "Sorry, but I've used it all up. I can cast a spell on you that will slow the effects of poison, but you would have to neutralize it somehow before the spell wears off. It will only last 7 hours, though, so tell me when you want it and ill cast it on you." then he turns to Jus. "I have another one you can have, but do you think its a good idea for all of us to turn invisible yet? I think we should wait until we at least get there." then, if everyone else is leaving, Tericus will follow along.
Teko
Friday December 17th, 1999 2:58:59 AM
Teko says, "Onrad, if it's all right, I'll travel along side you. My senses are sharp enough. I'll watch for anyone that might be following us."
Silent Night.....What a night! (DM Jerry)
Friday December 17th, 1999 4:56:59 AM
Orion, absorbed in his discussions with Irae, nods at one of the mages in his group. The woman quickly comes over, and assesses the need. "Yes, I'll help. However, I hope we don't find ourselves needing the same spell later." She casts on the text and it begins to glow under her touch. "Very interesting spell. I want a copy of this if we both live through this night. I am Sarinewa. I'll hunt you down. You're cute." She casts the first spell on the scroll and it disappears word after word. She fingers the item. "Well, House Baenre, now knows you've identified the item.... And now I've received a recorded message in the spider to not proceed to study the item further. Don't worry, I'm continuing. It lets the owner of a like item locate you without error. Oh, it can explode with great force when....Uh Oh." Her face turns white. She throws the thing across the room as far away from everyone as she can. There is a whoosh and a silent boom. A huge incredibly hot ball of ultraviolet fire explodes for a moment and the item is destroyed. "Sorry. Good luck. Orion, giving me the prickly stare. Better go. Bye."
Jus
Friday December 17th, 1999 5:21:59 AM
Jus actually blushes at Sarinewa's comments. There have been a too many 'interests' in him lately for his comfort -- must be the new clothes, he surmises. Returning a smile, he listens patiently as she examines the spider. "Whoops," he laughs as the spider explodes, "I guess we won't be needing that anymore." Turning to Sarinewa he states, "Thank you. I'll do my best to save one of these Identifies for your later use -- and I look forward to meeting you again." Recalling something as she starts to leave, Jus adds, "Oh, by the way Sarinewa, the House may not know of your Identify, this tavern is supposedly shielded. And again, thank you."
Kibo
Saturday December 18th, 1999 4:29:59 AM
Kibo ducks at the sight of the blossoming fireball, then quickly regains his composure. To no one in particular, he says, "Well, sounds like I'll be the only visible member of the party -- I'll do my best with my scouting abilities to avoid detection." Kibo then proceeds with the group to the enemy's house.
Gareth
Sunday December 19th, 1999 5:53:59 PM
The warrior continues to look around to see if there is any fighting going on. He looks for House Baenre in the distance - and listens for footfalls up the stairs.
Saire
Sunday December 19th, 1999 8:51:59 PM
"I guess I'd be best somewhere in the middle," Saire says as he examines his inventory and straightens everything up. He then jumps a bit, startled when he hears a loud whooosh from within the bar. "Did you hear that Gareth?!"
Bishop
Sunday December 19th, 1999 10:15:59 PM
"Kibo we shall both be less than unseen at this rate."
Tericus
Monday December 20th, 1999 1:33:59 AM
"Well, are we going? We might as well get this over with."
Teko
Monday December 20th, 1999 2:31:59 AM
From the location that the invisible Teko last spoke, those nearby hear a thump as the gnome hits the floor, presumably to dodge the explosion that just occurred. He rises noisily, muttering, "This brings back bad memories of encounters with certain fire-beasts." After a pause, he says cheerfully, "All right. I'm ready."
Onrad
Monday December 20th, 1999 5:48:59 AM
Is there something we can do for those who cannot go invisible? Let's pool our resources folks. If you can't go invisible speak up. I count Kibo and Bishop so far. Is that right?
The Stairway to Heaven (DM Jerry)
Monday December 20th, 1999 5:57:59 AM
Irae motions to Onrad to take their conversation outside and to move on quickly. Those on the stairs are bumped once more as another group descends the stairs. None on the steps see who the other is, though, due to the darkness. Those below see a group of Half-ogres, witches, and Minotaurs. "One turns to Kibo when they reach the room and says, "We are The Misfits. We report for duty."
Nonam
Monday December 20th, 1999 6:13:59 PM
Nonam speaks to those remaining in the inn and through the ring to Kibo for those who can't hear, "Onrad, my current state is invisible. I'm not sure what you mean by centering on me. I suggest we each move from point to point regrouping at designated intervals. The points should be within sight of one another so we are all available should one of us encounter trouble during the move stage."
Gareth
Monday December 20th, 1999 6:18:59 PM
"Yes I heard it Saire, I think they can handle it. If not they'll call out. We need to identify our path to the house. Any suggestions?". The warrior still continues to look around to see if there is any fighting going on. He looks for House Baenre in the distance - and listens for footfalls up the stairs. He moves aside as the new group of adventurers arrives.
Saire
Monday December 20th, 1999 8:06:59 PM
Saire knows that house Baenrae can be seen from anywhere in the city, so he scans the horizon until he sees it. Then he points at the plateau "There it is Gareth. We can head straight for it, or we can loop around the outside and approach the house from the side. At any rate we should steer clear from house Millithor, but I have no clue where that is." Saire begins tapping his foot, as he gets nervous while waiting for the others.
Jus
Monday December 20th, 1999 8:34:59 PM
Walking towards the stairs, Jus speaks, "As I said, I have no invisibility. I can do an Alter Self if someone else needs the invisibility Nonam offered me. I hate to even suggest such a waste, but we can also use one of the naps and memorize some invisibilities. I do agree, however, that we need to move quickly."
Tericus
Tuesday December 21st, 1999 12:05:59 AM
moves up the stairs with everyone else. "I have 2 potions that will make you invisible, and I have 2 stones that will make you invisible and will let you attack once before you become visible. I want one of the stones for myself, but everything else is up for grabs. Just tell me who needs what." then he looks the great house, a stern look on his face
Teko
Tuesday December 21st, 1999 2:09:59 AM
"All right. I have one Invisibility Spell memorized. Who wants it?"
Kibo
Tuesday December 21st, 1999 5:42:59 AM
Kibo directs the newcomers to Irae. Catching up with the group, he says, "I'll take one of the invisibility potions, thank you very much!" He pockets it, to be used when the group draws near the House. "We need to travel the most direct route, without going thru a lot of high-volume traffic. Will going around the edge expose us to muggings?"
The Stairway to Heaven (DM Jerry)
Tuesday December 21st, 1999 12:52:59 PM
Onrad selfishly stews that Jus didn't think to bring Invisibility Potions to a infiltration mission, then remembers the ultimate time he wasn't prepared and realizes that Jus hasn't had an experience like that as of yet. 'Party first' he thinks and sighs. "Sorry Nonam, I thought you'd remain visible since you had taken Drow form. However, having everyone invisible will work if we can stay together without noise. Perhaps that's even best. We should proceed across town invisibly. Spies will be about tonight watching the movements and numbers of the troops that attack House Millithor. No better time for one house to study another's preparedness than when that other house is involved in a House War. Perhaps we'll be noticed, but left alone anyway. It would be a hostile act I would think for one house to reveal another tonight when all work together to attack House Millithor." He turns to the party. "I have 3 invisibility potions left as well as around 10 other potions. You name it, I probably have it. I came loaded for bear. I never want to be caught with nothing to do ever again. I do suggest we use spells now and save the potions for combat. It's harder to interrupt drinking a potion. We need everyone to be invisible then. I will do like Tericus and keep one for myself. So I have two more to spare. If it's ok, Kibo use Teko's spell. Thanks Teko. Here, Jus, take one of my invisibility potions. That leaves us with 3 between Tericus and I to use later if we need them as well as those who have rings." Onrad climbs the stairs. "I'll shut up now."
The Dwelling of Baenre (DM Jerry)
Tuesday December 21st, 1999 1:23:59 PM
The party, somewhat separated, works their way to the surface. Some wait at the top and scout out a route, while others climb the stairs preparing and planning party strategy. Your current location is in the Stenchstreets within The Braeryn which is in the north east portion of the city. House Baenre occupies the highest tier in the main cavern of Menzoberranzan. The Stenchstreets are two tiers below that on the lowest tier of the city. House Baenre's location is extreme southeast. Saire notes that the #1 House's compound is at the eastern end of the Qu'ellarz'orl, the Place of Nobles, which translates roughly as The House-Loft. (See map in email.) The compound is roughly oval in shape, 3/8th of a mile long and 1/4 of a mile wide. It is surrounded by a magnificent and magical fence, appearing as a silvery spider's web around the general blue hues of the Baenre compound. Twenty feet high, this barrier looks formidable indeed. Entrance is given by one of several symmetrical web-gates, the principle one being set between the outer compound's tallest two stalagmites, which spiral out, creating a circular gap. The central structure of House Baenre is a purple-glowing dome, covering a chapel large enough to house thousands of people. Around it's anchoring symmetry, twenty huge stalagmite mounds weave a variety of ways, some tall and slender, others short and squat, and all interconnected with gracefully sweeping and arching bridges and parapets. Even more striking loom the inverse structures of the thirty stalactites. Not all are hollowed, as are the stalagmite mounds, but all are ringed with balconies, curving like the edging of a screw. Some connect tip-to-tip with stalagmite mounds; others hand freely, except for the inevitable skywalks linking every structure. (Roll surprise as you emerge from the stairs and look at House Baenre for the first time. Failure means you just stand and stare at the place for a time.)
Gareth d20=13
Tuesday December 21st, 1999 6:00:59 PM
The warrior gazes at the house - amazed at it's size and grandeur. "My, my. Looks like we have our work cut out for us. I think it best if we get there quickly. Is everybody here?"
Tericus d10=6
Wednesday December 22nd, 1999 12:48:59 AM
hands out a potion to whomever needs one. then stands ready to go
Teko d10=5
Wednesday December 22nd, 1999 2:47:59 AM
Although Teko is not surprised by the spectacle, he is nevertheless impressed. All the adulthood he has thus far achieved he thrusts aside, boyishly whispering, "Wow!"
Saire d10=8
Wednesday December 22nd, 1999 2:55:59 AM
Hearing Gareth's words that startlingly emit from vacant space, Saire nods in agreement, "She is a beast. Can you imagine the wealth inside that place?" Saire begins walking forward slowly; others should be able to hear his voice change tone as he moves several yards ahead. "Well let's find that 6th tower left of center."
Jus d10=9
Wednesday December 22nd, 1999 3:13:59 AM
Jus glances up at House Baenre and grimaces. "I suppose it could be awesome to some, but remember who live there..." Accepting the proffered potion from Tericus, he nods his thanks. "We should drink these sooner, rather than later, due to the elevated view from the House -- as long as we're careful to stay out of fights along the way." After taking a moment to ensure everyone is nearby and ready, he quaffs the potion.
Kibo d20=3
Wednesday December 22nd, 1999 5:03:59 AM
Focused on locating strategic points, the majesty of the work escapes Kibo, "I agree with Jus, let's cloak ourselves now." Kibo turns to receive a spell from Teko, or downs the invisibility potion, if that is what's at hand. Kibo begins leading towards the Narbondellyn region.
Onrad d10=7
Wednesday December 22nd, 1999 3:02:59 PM
Looking around to see that everyone is invisible, he nods to himself and then sets his sights on House Baenre. He thinks to himself that it is a waste to place such beauty in the hands of such evil. "All talk stops now gentlemen. Not a word until we get there, except for designating the next point to meet. We'll center on Kibo our good scout. There we'll check in with a distinctive touch. Does that sound ok? My touch will be a slow swipe with my hand like this." Onrad reaches around him and demonstrates his touch. "Heading out."
Take a Walk On the Underside (DM Jerry)
Wednesday December 22nd, 1999 3:32:59 PM
Bishop nods at Nonam, accepting his invisibility spell offered earlier and whispers thanks. The party moves out. Soon it becomes evident that the party has not designated a place to reassemble and everyone begins to spread out further and further, if the small sounds of footsteps, creaking supplies, etc. are any indication. It's amazing how alone one can feel when invisible travelling through Menzoberranzan. All of a sudden, across town, on the 2nd tier, almost in a line between you and House Baenre and the third tier, you see a rising ball of flame explode silently. A couple of seconds later, you hear the explosion. A house is being attacked.
Gareth d20=7
Wednesday December 22nd, 1999 5:44:59 PM
The warrior listens as he walks and locates everybody pretty easily (Blindfighting specialty, Int check). Noticing that they are separating too much he whispers loudly "Guys, were getting too far apart. Stay focused by listening carefully to the sounds...". Seeing the fireball, the warrior sighs in thought. "So it has begun. This is our best chance to get in I think. Must hurry.". As he steps up his pace his footfalls become more obvious - but not too much so - as if on purpose so everyone can hear if they listen closely.
Teko
Wednesday December 22nd, 1999 10:12:59 PM
Teko indeed cloaks Kibo in Invisibility. "My touch," Teko says, "will be a simple circle. When I find you, I'll make a clock-wise circle, say two inches across." He then follows the others closely, listening to their sounds.
Kibo
Thursday December 23rd, 1999 12:31:59 AM
Kibo announces, "My sign is the snake squiggle of a drawn out 's'" Kibo, focused on the path ahead, pays little attention to the sounds of the rest of the group. At the sight of the fireball, he decides that haste must be made, while the distraction is at hand. He quickens his pace.
Tericus
Thursday December 23rd, 1999 12:38:59 AM
hands one of his potions to Jus, then takes the other one. "My touch will be a horizontal and vertical line intersecting each other in the middle." then he begins to move towards the great house.
Jus
Thursday December 23rd, 1999 12:33:59 PM
"Mine's a circle and two antennae -- a ladybug. Let's meet at...", shaking his invisible head as he realizes the party is already moving, Jus follows. He begins to wonder how everyone will keep in touch, but decides just to trust in the gods and his hearing for now. At hearing Gareth's voice after the explosion, he closes the gap and hopes the rest of the party does the same.
Saire d20=14
Saturday December 25th, 1999 1:51:59 AM
Saire realizes suddenly that the entrance ramp to the second tier will certainly be cut off or guarded heavily. Saire thinks to himself, "We will have to scale the cliff wall somewhere unnoticed." He then quickly advances to the last place he heard Gareth call from [int made 14]. Saire calls out, "Everyone! Start heading more to the right!"
Nonam
Tuesday December 28th, 1999 12:15:59 AM
After a long silence, Nonam says, "My touch is an invisible hand that grabs your invisible hand."
Teko
Tuesday December 28th, 1999 2:03:59 AM
Teko ALMOST giggles, but thinks better of it.
Onrad
Tuesday December 28th, 1999 6:34:59 AM
Onrad winces as Gareth talks in the street. He winces again when Saire calls out. He stays in the rear moving as quietly as he can. Every so often he will sign who he is when he bumps into someone. He listens hard trying to see that everyone is in front of him.
Dancin' In The Streets (DM Jerry)
Tuesday December 28th, 1999 7:11:59 AM
As the party begins to leave the Stenchstreets and poorer sections of Menzoberranzan, they notice that their surroundings begin to change. Whereas before in the poorer areas, typical sights included slaves, commoner servants, and visiting merchants struggling with many wheeled carts. Many belly pack carrying spiders are seen. Around these knots of carts and merchants, stream many drow on foot, as well as small bands of bugbears, orcs, gnolls, and other hirelings. As the party moves on, there are less non-drow, and those non-drow present are escorted by a drow overseer. Drow on foot tend to go singly, in pairs, or in small unconcerned groups--lingering to talk, shop, or look about with little fear for their personal safety. The streets of Menzoberranzan tend to be rather hushed--and yet always noisy. Silence spells keep most sounds from moving beyond the block in which they originate. A large walled marketplace is passed. After that, a merchant section of town highlighted by massage parlors. These seem to be some of the most popular leisure spots in the city. Also, more drinking pits are seen, some with wonderful exotic smells emerging from them. Gareth has to close his eyes and stop for a minute so he can use his Blindfighting to try and locate some of his compatriots around him. He hears occasional footsteps, however, it is impossible to determine individual footsteps with the other citizens of the city around. There is some confusion as some speed up and others maintain an even pace. (Everyone make perception checks at -2 to maintain contact with the group. If you fail, you have not heard or seen any sign of the party for at least a minute.) Suddenly to the right of those in front, an army of soldiers trots silently around a corner turning onto the street the party is on. Scouts float on discs spinning all around the group of foot soldiers which number about 500. Following them are 15 Driders ridden by priestesses. (Those making perception checks recognize the house as Barrison Del'Armgo.) Suddenly, one priestess, spins on her Drider, and looks carefully at the area behind her on the street. She begins to fish in her pocket for something quickly. She fishes out a diamond and blows on it causing it to glow white. She begins to raise it to her right eye.
Gareth d20=10
Tuesday December 28th, 1999 6:12:59 PM
Moving through the busy streets the warrior is able to keep tabs on the party(Int -2) - or at least the ones who are around him. He keeps near any group heading in the right direction to mask his movements. When he sees the garrison he immediately moves off to the other side of the street - or at least as far off as he can get. When he sees the priestess go for the stone he attempts to enter a store or if not possible, he dives behind a cart or something. He curses to himself at the bad luck. "Why would the priestess care about us? We are no threat to them."
Saire d20=10 d100=32 d20=13
Tuesday December 28th, 1999 9:05:59 PM
Saire makes his perception check, and maintains contact with the party. When Saire sees the scouts approaching he immediately swerves to the right side of the street as close to pedestrians as safety allows. Then he places his back to a wall while his eyes search for the relative safety of the shadows. (32/65) His hide in shadows check was effective. Saire watches things unfold until he sees the priestess stop, turn around and reach for a gem. Saire makes another intelligence check to realize that it is a Gem of true seeing. At that Saire attempts to sprint for the corner of the building into an alley or behind something. Not even the shadows are any use versus such an item. Saire wonders why a priestess would have such an item, and how useful such an item could be if he could get his hands on it. With that in mind Saire stops after finding a suitable hiding place and peers back at the spying winch. What will she do next? Will she forfeit the relative safety of her armed escort to investigate the area? If so, I've got a little surprise for her.
Teko d20=4
Wednesday December 29th, 1999 1:10:59 AM
Teko is able to keep track of at least some of the party members. He finds something that might provide complete cover and hides behind that. He hopes that his Hat of Hiding - which is supposed to protect him from scrying and magical detections - lives up to its name.
Tericus d20=10 d20=11
Wednesday December 29th, 1999 1:50:59 AM
Tericus is able to keep track of his friends nearest to him, even though he is transfixed by the sights and sounds surrounding him. when he sees the soldiers and priestesses on driders, he recognizes them for who they are. when he sees one of them put the diamond to her eye, Tericus moves to the nearest building and ducks around the corner, trying to get out of her line of sight
Jus d20=7 d20=12
Wednesday December 29th, 1999 2:31:59 AM
Jus continues onward, keeping track of the party through their noises. "I hope no one else bothers to listen," Jus thinks to himself. About that time, he sees the House Barrison Del'Armgo. Jus' eyes open wide as he sees the priestess become alert and pull out a gem. Keeping in mind he would become visible if he casts anything, Jus rushes for complete cover, making as little sound as possible. He immediately makes preparations to cast Forget from his Ion Stones onto the priestess. Jus holds his casting, listening intently for ANY indication that she's seen the party and hoping one of the others can do something without spoiling their invisibility.
Kibo d20+2=3
Wednesday December 29th, 1999 5:26:59 AM
Kibo easily keeps tabs on his companions, and realizes that perhaps he is assuming too much when he thinks they are having an easy time in keeping up with him. At the sight of the armed contingent, Kibo faces a tough choice: stay near the others, or go for cover -- loosing contact with the group. Deciding to rely on his ring to maintain contact with Nonam, Kibo uses his boots of leaping, springing up to a nearby roof that will, hopefully, offer a low wall to crouch behind.
Onrad d20=7
Wednesday December 29th, 1999 5:38:59 AM
Onrad doesn't know who is who so much, but does keep himself within range of the group (perception check of 7). When the Army comes around the corner, he quickly ducks around an alleyway corner. He listens for the army to move on and hopes that the rest of the party will be there when they are gone. ::Oh gods, we're taking awful chances tonight. Wardd give us continued luck:: Onrad prays silently using the prayer to calm his mind and focus his thoughts.
The Backstreet Boys Latest Hit (DM Jerry)
Wednesday December 29th, 1999 6:02:59 AM
As the priestess raises her diamond adventurers go diving in all directions for cover. Gareth enters a massage salon. Inside, two beautiful drow in white robes spin, but don't see anyone. One says something unintelligient and goes to close the door. Saire, Teko, Tericus, Jus, and Onrad all end up bumping into each other in the same alleyway. The army moves on silently. One scout on a flying disks makes a run pell mell through the alley. (Dex check at +1 or you are hit by the flying disk and take 2d6 points of damage.)
Nonam d20=1
Wednesday December 29th, 1999 6:22:59 PM
Nonam has a good idea of where everyone went (perception was 1), and he casts fly and shoots straight up hoping that the priestess won't look up in the air.
Gareth
Wednesday December 29th, 1999 6:49:59 PM
stays out of the way and waits for the army to go by. He watches to make sure nobody was seen. When the opportunity presents itself (somebody opens the door) he exits the parlor. If nobody does, he quietly opens the door and then quickly leaves not wanting them to say anything before he gets a good head start.
Saire d20=20 2d6(5+5)=10
Wednesday December 29th, 1999 9:28:59 PM
Saire waits as if time were frozen while he STILL remains peering around the corner at the priestess. Meanwhile Saire bumps and curses as adventurers collide into one another in the alley way. Whispers, "So there you all are, it's me Saire." Saire sees the scout with flying disk approach and he hits the dirt. Saire misses his dex check and is hit in the head by the disk (For 10 points of damage). Saire hits the ground in a blackened daze. "ooohhhh... What was that." Saire slowly looks up as blood runs down his forehead into his eyes, "We... must... get... gem." [Ofcourse Saire is invisible so no one can really appreciate the lump on his head.]
Jus d20=15
Wednesday December 29th, 1999 11:49:59 PM
Jus tries his best to ignore the others, keeping his ears focused on the princess and the Forget spell on his fingertips. Jus is so focused that he doesn't see the scout until it's almost too late -- twisting out of harm's way at the very last moment. Hearing a collision, followed by more of Saire's mumbling, Jus wishes for a silence spell; but magic can only do so much, he thinks wryly.
Tericus d20=6
Thursday December 30th, 1999 1:36:59 AM
seeing the scout drop his disks, Teriucs easily dodges out of the way of the falling weapons. then hearing Saire mumble, Tericus wants to go help him, buut decides it will be better to keep moving, and starts to move out of the alley slowly, keeping an eye out for any trouble that my present itself
Onrad d20=13
Thursday December 30th, 1999 1:54:59 PM
Onrad distracted by counting invisible heads to see who all is there nearly gets hit by the flying disk (rolled a 13) escaping, but feeling the "whoosh" of air as the disk flies past. He spins to see what happens to the disk and it's rider once it hits Saire and where they go.
Kibo d20=16
Thursday December 30th, 1999 1:57:59 PM
Kibo remains hidden behind the low wall on the roof until the sounds of the army have faded, before peering out at the street below. Looking around, he quickly guesses that the group has moved on, and hurries to catch up at the rendevous near the gate of the compound (failed Int check).
Nonam in the sky with diamonds (DM Jerry) d20=3 d100=33 d20=8 d20=6
Thursday December 30th, 1999 2:07:59 PM
The princess on the spider pulls her diamond to her eye and sees movement (perception check of 3). She smiles wickedly as she sees the fear evident by the scattering of the invisible creatures she perceived. One shoots straight up in the air (percentile roll of 33). She concentrates on him. Her eyes meet Onrad's. She nods appreciatively. Then she commands the spider to turn and she quickly closes ranks with the other spiders and princesses. Meanwhile in the alley, Saire begins to drip blood upon the alleyway. The rider and disk swerve avoiding initial panic (dex check of 8) and then swerves again avoiding the alleyway wall(dex of 6). He then is out of the alleyway and streaming along rising somewhat closely to Nonam and catching up with the "Silent army." A few moments later, Gareth exits the massage parlor, but not before seeing a few more beautiful drow women in towels... eww and one fat ugly one!
Nonam
Thursday December 30th, 1999 3:58:59 PM
Nonam nods back at the princess. After the army is gone, he decides to wait in the air a minute. He looks around to see if any more armies or the like are on their way. While taking in the view, he uses the ring to contact Kibo, "How's the roof? I got a pretty good idea of where everyone went before we split up. Most guys rushed down the alley, and Gareth ran into a shop. I'm about 60 feet above the street... We need to regroup. The priestess saw us all anyway. I'll get the guys in the alley if you want to get Gareth and meet us at the corner of the alley."
Gareth d20=19
Thursday December 30th, 1999 8:45:59 PM
The warrior moves down the walk trying to locate the others. He looks for obvious places of hiding based on their last known positions. Not being able to see any logical solutions he stops, closes his eyes and listens carefully - knowing they can't be too far away.
Saire d20=15
Friday December 31st, 1999 1:53:59 AM
Saire gets on his feet, a little woozy. Saire makes a perception check and notices the drops of blood on the ground. He then takes his foot and tries to destroy the blood markings. Then he takes his dagger and slices off a bit of his winter blanket and wraps his head wound tightly. Saire lost track of a little, now he figures he's behind the rest of the group, so he looks around the corner, if the way is clear he will run down the road, heading to the cliff wall below level 2.
Tericus
Friday December 31st, 1999 2:41:59 AM
seeing that the priestess saw him, but basicly ignored him, Tericus decides not to wait around and begins to make his way towards the great house.
Kibo
Friday December 31st, 1999 4:42:59 AM
Thankful for Nonam's knowledge, Kibo says back (via the ring) "Yes, I'll gather up the warrior at the parlor and meet you at the alley."
Jus
Friday December 31st, 1999 8:07:59 AM
Jus considers casting the Forget spell, but decides keeping the invisibility is more important. Mumbling a quick petition to his ancestors, Jus watches the caravan retreat.
Onrad d20=16
Friday December 31st, 1999 3:15:59 PM
Onrad knowing most everyone was in the alley and hears what Kibo says and looks around, but doesn't notice the bleeding (perception check of 16). He whispers in the direction of where he just heard Kibo's voice. "Kibo, let us know when Nonam and Gareth are corralled. Then we'll head out. Tell Nonam that flying is a good idea. He can effectively watch ahead and behind us from there. I suggest we circumvent this battle ahead at what I guess is House Millithor. Looks like we will need to pass up that place where the fireball went off before we have to climb up to that 2nd tier. We could aim at that clock column ahead of us and to the right. That should give us something to aim at so we can stay together. Once there, we can then head straight to House Baenre. Does that sound ok?"
Fast Forward to The Future (DM Jerry)
Friday December 31st, 1999 3:34:59 PM
The party moves past House Millithor where an organized attack is occuring. The wall has been penetrated in one place and attackers fill the courtyards inside the house as well as outside, however the spells of the attackers are turning back on themselves as often as they succeed and Millithor squads appear to surgically strike at the rear or at a commander of the enemy only to disappear quickly before force can be brought to bear. The party moving on past this, has to follow a short cliff around to the nearest road heading up the cliff. There they mix in with the city trafic and avoid the guards. Thus the party enters the 2nd tier and walks among the greater houses. House Baenre looms larger and larger ahead. Finally the party approaches a winding road that leads up the cliff to House Baenre. No soldiers are evident. It's almost as if they are inviting the curious to come up and view the most glorious house through the gates. A spider leaps from the wall right onto Jus' shoulder. It whispers, "I see you've arrived. Greetings, I'm Iymril 1st great-granddaughter of the matron. I'm watching you from one of the walkways inside the compound. The highest one just to the left of the temple." You see a lone femaale at that location holding up something to her eye. "When you see me flash my light, proceed to walk straight to the gate. Once there, I can give you a few minutes to get in by whatever plan Hatchme gave you." She looks towards the temple for a minute and shortly a squad of 12 soldiers trot along the path she is on. The stop at her location and grab her by both arms. She resists. Spinnning towards the city, she flashes her mirror and then drops it over the side to crash below. She then surrenders to the soldiers and they lead her off to the temple. The spider on Jus' shoulder turns to dust.
Saire d8=6 d8=5 d8=4
Sunday January 2nd, 2000 12:37:59 AM
Saire whispers to Gareth and or Jus, "Say the word, and lets go. I'm right behind. Remember, I got a rope that may help." Saire takes a potion of Extra-Healing for 16 points. With the tumble down the stairs and the bang into the flying disk, he should be about normal now.
Kibo
Sunday January 2nd, 2000 4:00:59 AM
Kibo takes the lead, counting off 6 guard stations from the center gate towards the east, and begins looking for the symbol of an upside down spider. Once found, he traces it three times and enters, looking for similiar symbols to indicate the safest route to the Matron's Private Chambers.
Nonam
Sunday January 2nd, 2000 5:53:59 PM
Nonam flies up so that he can look down over the wall and make sure there isn't a squad waiting for the party or something (he takes care not to pass the actual boundary of the wall). Then he flies down to the appropriate entrance.
Gareth d20=8
Sunday January 2nd, 2000 6:04:59 PM
Sensing Kibo taking the lead the warrior follows closely - and prepares for battle.
Irae
Sunday January 2nd, 2000 8:58:59 PM
Onrad waits a second and then searches, by making his sign and waiting for sign to be given in return, for Saire and Bishop. He takes their arms and leads them to the right, knowing that the others know to go that way. He counts 6 guard stations to the right and stops, waiting for the others to hopefully open it. He stands tense, watching in all directions, knowing that this can't be this easy and silently praying for luck.
Jus d20=6
Sunday January 2nd, 2000 9:54:59 PM
Jus barely contains a hiss of surprised anger as he sees Iymril's capture. She's probably keeping them alive by her capture. Drow or not, her breatherern won't be kind to her. Jus gives a loud whisper of "now" when he sees the flash. Hearing the others move towards the gate(perception), he quickly follows -- taking a quick moment to assure Onrad he is there by giving his own sign. Hoping everyone remembers Hatchme's instructions, the long dark night begins.
Teko d20=5 d20=14
Monday January 3rd, 2000 2:57:59 AM
Teko, having successfully avoiding the flying disk and tracked the others, indicates his presence by his hand sign, but otherwise remains quiet. He continues to follow the others.
Tericus
Monday January 3rd, 2000 3:48:59 AM
Tericus makes his way to the main gate, counts 6 guard stations to the east, then waits for everyone elst to show up(hopefully). then, seeing that someone traces the spider and opens the door, he quietly slips in, ready for anything that comes.
Searching For Spiders (DM Jerry)
Monday January 3rd, 2000 2:19:59 PM
The party heads south-southeast, to the right of the gate, and counts out 6 guard posts, moving as quietly as they can. Kibo shortly joined by Tericus begin searching the huge pillar for the upside down spider sign. Neither finds it. The panic begins to grow as the Narbondel clock strikes the first hour and drow begin to slowly exit the House Baenre Temple. Before long the entire house will be full of drow. (perception checks by those searching to confirm that the upside down spider sign is not there.)
Gareth d20=5
Monday January 3rd, 2000 6:22:59 PM
begins looking closely as he sees no apparent correct spider symbol. He remembers the spider sign and should see it if it's there. Thinking back the warrior whispers "He said East, not South/Southeast. Contact Nonam to see if he can fly around the place quickly and and locate the correct side. I also wonder if it's invisible or something (Int by 7).". He also begins to watch the drow as they begin to enter the house trying to see if they say or do anything special to enter the gates and doors.
Nonam d20=12
Monday January 3rd, 2000 6:44:59 PM
Apparently not noticing anything of interest on the other side of the wall, Nonam locates the center gate from his vantage point in the air, then he flies down to the 6th guard station to the east. Once he arrives, he whispers, "So open it already." While he waits for an answer, he looks for the symbol himself (made perception).
Saire d20=9
Monday January 3rd, 2000 8:22:59 PM
[makes perception check] "Oh great, that's just wonderful."
Bishop d20=8
Tuesday January 4th, 2000 12:42:59 AM
(made percept)"Unless it is hidden from sight as we are?"
Teko d20=8
Tuesday January 4th, 2000 2:38:59 AM
Seeing that the symbol is not in sight, Teko says to Bishop, whispering, "I could cast Detect Invisibility. If you think it is worth it. I have it memorized once. Let's wait until Nonam returns." Teko checks around to see if anyone else has a draught of Invisibility potion. Otherwise, he uses another charge from his ring.
Tericus d20=15
Tuesday January 4th, 2000 3:07:59 AM
realizes that something is wrong. "Are we in the right place?" he says, his agitaion clearly in his voice
Onrad
Tuesday January 4th, 2000 3:08:59 AM
Onrad, getting frustrated quick counts with his whispering getting louder as he continues, "1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6....1,2,3,4,5,6.....123456!" This is the sixth pillar! Going east would mean...around the right side and finding a gate there and going 6. But Hatchme said the main gate. That's where we counted from. Does Hatchme know how to count? He doesn't know directions either!"
Counting Towers (DM Jerry)
Tuesday January 4th, 2000 3:14:59 AM
The party still searches in vain for the spider sign. Nonam flying higher notices that there are two guard houses on either side of the main gate that cannot be seen from ground level on the outside. The Drow continue to leave the temple and now a strange lilting singing can be heard accompanied by something that sounds like strange cricket sounds.
Kibo d100=61
Tuesday January 4th, 2000 4:49:59 AM
Kibo says, "If I were a spider, perhaps I'd prefer the high ground." With that, he scales the pillar, looking for the symbol at its zenith.
Nonam d20=5
Tuesday January 4th, 2000 5:05:59 PM
Nonam whispers, "There are two guard towers you can't see from this side. Let me check on it." Nonam flys back up and counts again including the extra guard stations. He then flies down to check for the symbol at the new 6th one. He looks and tells Kibo what he finds through the ring. (made perception)
Gareth
Tuesday January 4th, 2000 6:21:59 PM
the warrior waits and watches as he knows this is better handled by the others.
Saire
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 1:04:59 AM
Saire watches the Drow leaving the temple. What are they doing? Where are they going? What are they singing? What are those cricket noises? Are they heading this way? Are we in danger of being exposed? Saire's mind races with questions, as usual.
Bishop
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 1:07:59 AM
Bishop peers up high at the stalagtite towers. Bishop whispers to the others, "Have we counted those towers up there. Maybe we should include those when we count 6 over from the main gate." sm
Bishop
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 1:14:59 AM
Bishop breathes and waits. "Today is a good day to die." He wispers.
Teko
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 2:26:59 AM
Teko remains quiet, waiting for more information.
Tericus
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 4:03:59 AM
glances around nervously, not sure what to do
Jus d20=13 d20=19 d20=16 d20=2
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 11:05:59 AM
Jus, after finding the wrong person a few times, finds Kibo and whispers for Hatchme's spider brooch. Jus then turns the brooch upside-down and traces the spider thereon. If nothing happens, he then touches the upside-down spider to the column, traces an identical upside-down spider onto the column, and anything else he can think of doing with the brooch.
Onrad
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 11:33:59 AM
Onrad, refusing to just stand there, begins moving on past the 6th pillar and checks #7 for spider sign.
Sign of the Spider (DM Jerry)
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 11:35:59 AM
Nonam searches the "new" 6th pillar and finds the sign of the upside down spider at shoulder height.
Nonam
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 4:33:59 PM
Using the ring, "Kibo, you guys are at the wrong place." The mage then gives directions to the proper guard post. He waits around impatiently and starts thinks about tracing the spider himself and going on ahead.
Onrad
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 7:30:59 PM
Onrad, evidently not finding anything at the 7th guard station, moves on to the 8th one. He thinks to himself, scowling: "Where's the luck now, Onrad. You're in a fix now. Figure it out. If this had been a trap, the drow would have sprung it by now. It has to just be bad instructions." Onrad searches frantically.
Saire
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 8:58:59 PM
Saire advance to the newest location, and waits for someone who knows what they're doing to trace the spider symbol. He draws his sword and waits to pounce on anything that might be beyond the door as it opens. He closes his eyes for a few moments to aclamate his eyes to the infravision he will need in a few seconds when the secret door is opened.
Gareth d20=3
Wednesday January 5th, 2000 11:31:59 PM
The warrior continues to look around as the others try to find the way in. Hearing somebody continue to head east he closes his eyes and concentrates on the footfalls. Concluding that it is Onrad (Int), the warrior is relieved to hear him stop near the next column. Getting nervous at their lack of progress he impatiently struggles with the information they have and ponders. "Where is Nonam? What has he found? And why is this house worshiping as they attack Millithor? Wouldn't it be more prudent for them to all be on the attack - no matter how powerful they are? Hey... perhaps their arrogance can be used against them. I wonder if we can save the great-granddaughter - or if she needs saving at all... Iymril wasn't it?...
Tericus
Thursday January 6th, 2000 2:04:59 AM
hearing that they are at the wrong position, Tericus just waits where he is, looking and waiting for the right guardpost to open up
Teko
Thursday January 6th, 2000 2:29:59 AM
When Teko hears word of Nonam's message, he heads quickly to Nonam's location.
Bishop
Thursday January 6th, 2000 3:47:59 AM
Bishop waits for death.
Kibo
Thursday January 6th, 2000 3:50:59 AM
Receiving the message via the ring, Kibo quickly makes his way toward Nonam's pillar, making the hand sign of the snake to any he crosses, and whispering the directions to the new pillar.
Nonam
Thursday January 6th, 2000 3:41:59 PM
Growing impatience causes Nonam to reach out his finger toward the spider symbol. At the last minute he thinks better of it once again and waits for the others.
Gareth d20=5
Thursday January 6th, 2000 5:18:59 PM
As the others move to the new location, the warrior activates his shield to mask his sounds. He moves over to the 8th pillar and gets Onrad. He deactivates the shield for a moment and whispers to him. "We found it. Stay close and you will be silent.". With that he activates the shield again and leads to the 6th pillar with the others.
The Entrance (DM Jerry)
Thursday January 6th, 2000 6:05:59 PM
Kibo eventually signs to everyone, except for Onrad who is further away, leading them to the correct pillar. Meanwhile, the front gate opens and you hear a buzzing sound as magic is either intiated or disengaged from the front gate. A drow contingent of nearly 200 soldiers, loaded for combat, emerges and marches away and down to the 2nd tier. They do not hide their movement, stamping and stomping so that their movement is heard throughout the city.
Onrad d20=16
Thursday January 6th, 2000 6:10:59 PM
Onrad, misses his perception check and in his ignorance, leaves column #8 and begins to head to guard tower #9. When he sees and hears the army, he stops and hides around the far side of #8 to wait until they pass. Onrad desperately hopes that this army is not also attacking House Millithor.
Saire
Thursday January 6th, 2000 7:45:59 PM
"We could be in by now if we'd have waited by the gate." Saire holds
Jus
Thursday January 6th, 2000 11:33:59 PM
Under cover from the army's noise, Jus whispers, "Good job, Nonam. Before Nonam rubs, is everyone ready -- for that matter, is everyone here?" Jus listens for everyone's whisper or to give him their "sign".
Tericus
Friday January 7th, 2000 2:00:59 AM
"Im here." Tericus says quietly, then grips his staff in readyness and has a spell on the tips of his lips
Teko
Friday January 7th, 2000 2:54:59 AM
Teko signs his presence to Jus. He stands ready.
Kibo
Friday January 7th, 2000 4:43:59 AM
After doing the sign-thang with everyone, Kibo puts a little distance between himself and the others, hoping to avoid any area-effecting damage.
Nonam
Friday January 7th, 2000 3:41:59 PM
Nonam quickly bends down and presses a single finger to the ground leaving a glowing fingerprint. The mage stands and whispers as the print rapidly fades, "That's my new sign."
Gareth
Friday January 7th, 2000 11:15:59 PM
After retrieving Onrad, the warrior moves to the new location and assumes an attack position.
Sign of the Glowing Hand (DM Jerry)
Saturday January 8th, 2000 5:48:59 AM
Everyone answers the signs and prepares for what is to come.
Saire
Sunday January 9th, 2000 4:18:59 AM
Saire acivates cloak and waits unpatiently, and muffles a cough. "Is that the flu coming on?"
Bishop
Sunday January 9th, 2000 6:18:59 AM
Bishop gives his sign and then spaces himself out a bit so as to not be cluped with the others.
Nonam
Sunday January 9th, 2000 5:35:59 PM
Nonam touches his right index finger to the spider symbol and traces it three times.
Gareth
Sunday January 9th, 2000 6:50:59 PM
The warrior prepares to step in front of Nonam as the door opens. He engages his shield so that he and those around him are silent. when the door opens - barring attack - he moves forward rapidly prepared to draw his sword.
Onrad
Sunday January 9th, 2000 8:00:59 PM
Onrad puts his back to the tower just to the right of the opening Gareth disappeared into. He counts as everyone goes in and mentally tries to remember the order for future reference.
Bishop
Monday January 10th, 2000 12:40:59 AM
Bishop waits.
Tericus
Monday January 10th, 2000 1:40:59 AM
stands ready to enter the gate, waiting for it to open
Kibo
Monday January 10th, 2000 2:12:59 AM
Kibo enters the compound once the symbol has been traced, looking for additional symbols further along. For good measure, he checks for traps on the far side (70% chance + 25% for the boots).
Teko
Monday January 10th, 2000 2:46:59 AM
Teko steps twenty feet back from the group and looks quickly behind them for signs of anyone coming near. He turns back to the door and waits until the door opens. He proceeds through cautiously.
Breaking and Entering (DM Jerry)
Monday January 10th, 2000 4:50:59 AM
As Gareth enters followed by some of the others, he finds himself on a circular staircase going both up and down. Down is to the right, up to the left.
Kibo
Monday January 10th, 2000 2:42:59 PM
Kibo begins checking to see if the stairs are trapped in the downward direction.
Nonam d20=20 d20=13
Monday January 10th, 2000 4:52:59 PM
Nonam falls down as Gareth muscles past him and curses a little too loudly (dex=20). The wizard quickly gets back up and steps inside. On seeing the two staircases, he immediately looks for another spider symbol to show the way (percep=13/made by 5).
Onrad d20=2
Monday January 10th, 2000 5:11:59 PM
Onrad, once everyone is inside, examines the door or portal to see how it works. He then, if it's obvious shuts it. If not, he whispers, "Anyone know how to shut this door. It would be good to know how to open it again too."(made perception by at least 10.)
Gareth d20=10
Monday January 10th, 2000 5:24:59 PM
watches and tries to decide which way is best. He begins to whisper "Sorry." to Nonam but thinks better of it. (Int by 2)
Saire
Tuesday January 11th, 2000 1:49:59 AM
Saire believes it is a dead end going up (duh, it's a tower). So he knows the party must go down into the plateau. Knowing this... Saire quietly goes up the stairs to protect the rear against any guards coming down from the watch tower.
Bishop
Tuesday January 11th, 2000 2:07:59 AM
Bishop follows
Tericus
Tuesday January 11th, 2000 2:15:59 AM
moving throught the opened gate, Tericus moves a little off to the left, keeping out of everyone's way while looking for any trouble that may present itself
Jus d20=18 d6=3
Tuesday January 11th, 2000 6:37:59 AM
Jus tries to recall his memories of Hatchme's instructions, and looks around for more spider sigals [d20 perception and d6 search, whichever is appropriate].
Webs of Our Discontent (DM Jerry)
Tuesday January 11th, 2000 7:13:59 AM
Kibo begins to check out the safety of the downward stairs. (make your rolls.) Nonam finds an upsidedown spider in the center of what is obviously a "fake" web in the downward direction. Saire notices real spiders spinning the web in the upward direction. Jus does not remember anything about this section from Hatchme. In fact, he didn't say much about this at all, except to watch for the spider sign and to try and discover passwords, etc. as the gruop proceded. Onrad finds a very small spider sign above the entrance door frame and slightly to the right of center. Bishop (if he makes his wisdom check) notices the taint of undead in this place. It is closer above. Weaker--perhaps further away, below, but more consistant.
Nonam
Tuesday January 11th, 2000 4:41:59 PM
Nonam takes out his staff so he can use infravision and asks "Did you find how to close it, Onrad?"
Gareth
Tuesday January 11th, 2000 5:23:59 PM
the warrior follows Kibo down the stairs carefully.
Saire
Tuesday January 11th, 2000 9:20:59 PM
Saire returns to the entrance and reports to the party that the upward way is blocked by spiders and a web.
Jus
Tuesday January 11th, 2000 9:41:59 PM
Jus waits by the doorway until Onrad gets it shut. "Try touching the spider on the frame," Jus whispers to Onrad's question. When the door is shut, Jus continues downward, carefully listening and looking for upside-down spiders.
Kibo d100=17
Tuesday January 11th, 2000 11:25:59 PM
(OOC: Didn't know how you wanted to handle trap detection -- I easily made the roll to detect magical traps). Kibo continues downward. If a trap is detected, he will confer with the others before disarming or bypassing.
Tericus
Wednesday January 12th, 2000 12:44:59 AM
begins to go downward, trying not to get in anyones way. pulling out his lens, he puts it on his eye, so that he can see better(infravision).
Bishop d20=6
Wednesday January 12th, 2000 2:31:59 AM
Bishop growls to himself silently and this wispers to anyone close, "Undead near, above and below."
Teko d6=4
Wednesday January 12th, 2000 3:03:59 AM
"Undead?", Teko whispers. "So that's what they smell like." While Kibo looks for traps, Teko examines the nearby walls for secret doors, presumably without success (roll of 4).
Onrad d20=18
Wednesday January 12th, 2000 7:11:59 AM
Onrad grimaces as he reaches up on his toes to examine the spider. If it's the same as the one on the outside, he traces it 3 times, first in one direction and then the other. If this doesn't work, he attempts to remember what Hatchme said about the the tracings, but draws a blank. He hopes it works. Admitting he can't do it would be....embarrasing.
These Are the Webs Of Our Lives (DM Jerry)
Wednesday January 12th, 2000 7:36:59 AM
Onrad gets the door to close as he traces in the opposite direction to the way it opened. The spider in the web is of some rubber substance, made evidently in a mold of some sort. Kibo detects no [magical?] traps. As the door closes, all goes dark. Completely dark. Underdark. After a minute, those with infravision can see. The nature of the underdark seems to enhance the beauty of seeing The Wold this way. There are no stars to diminish the experience. Yet there's something else too. As if all your life, you've never used the ability in the environment where it was intended to flourish. All is as if lighted with a black light. Certain colors extremely vibrant, others complimentary and muted. You experience edges of the infrared and ultraviolet spectrum that you've never seen before. Breathtaking.
Kibo d100=73 d100=17
Wednesday January 12th, 2000 2:39:59 PM
Upon hearing the pronouncement about Undead, Kibo cautiously edges down the stairs, still checking for traps. His natural abilities fail him, but his boots pitch in, allowing him to successful detect the non-magical variety.
Nonam
Wednesday January 12th, 2000 5:59:59 PM
The wizard starts down the stairs staff in hand, "can everyone see? I've always been told that invisibility spells don't work on the undead. There is a special spell for that, so remember, They can see you."
Gareth
Wednesday January 12th, 2000 6:08:59 PM
After his eyes adjust, the warrior looks back at the spider over the door to see what it looks like in the dark. He also looks at the spider symbol on the web in the downward direction trying to make sure and remember how it appears. He follows Kibo as he goes.
Tericus
Thursday January 13th, 2000 12:46:59 AM
thankful that he put his lense on so that he could see, Tericus continues down with the others. "Undead? You can smell them Bishob? I thought that smell was you." he says, trying to keep everyone's spirits up
Jus
Thursday January 13th, 2000 3:06:59 AM
Standing by Onrad, Jus relishes the depth of darkness, quiet and still. Whispering quietly to Onrad, Jus asks, "Need to see? I have a circlet that gives incredible Infravision range." If Onrad says no, Jus asks a little louder so the party can hear his offer.
Teko
Thursday January 13th, 2000 3:10:59 AM
Teko smiles at Tericus' jest but moves all the more warily down the stairs with the others.
Onrad
Thursday January 13th, 2000 4:02:59 AM
No thanks, my dear friend, I brought my own light. Onrad, seemingly oblivious to the needs of the party to stay "dark" pulls his lantern out and lights it. To Jus, who is standing near Onrad, it seems to be a normal lantern that doesn't work. Onrad tinkers with it a bit and then looks up at Jus grinning. "Like it? It only blinds those 5' behind me. I turn away and you're blinded. See?" He turns away once again, blinding all those within 5 feet of his backside just for a moment. "Yep, I'll go last." Jus grin grows.
Blinded by the Light (DM Jerry)
Thursday January 13th, 2000 4:06:59 AM
The group begins to descend the stairs. Nonam is in the lead. He reaches the fake spiderweb that prevents further descent. The spider web covers the downward stairs from ceiling to floor and wall to wall just as the real web does on the upward stairs.
Bishop
Thursday January 13th, 2000 4:56:59 AM
Bishop follows the others.
Gareth d20=9
Thursday January 13th, 2000 6:05:59 AM
looks for a spider symbol. He also offers in a very low voice "Perhaps the symbol we recieved from Hat-.. our contact could be placed in the middle. If not we may need to go up the other stairs." (Int).
Nonam d20=10
Thursday January 13th, 2000 3:49:59 PM
Nonam stops and looks for a way to get by the fake web without ripping through it. He whispers back, "Everyone wait a second." (percep 10/made by 8)
Kibo
Thursday January 13th, 2000 3:56:59 PM
Kibo, wondering why everyone is ignoring potential traps and wandering ahead, says, "Well, at least look for the symbol on the stairway shaft -- there's probably (hopefully) a secret passageway to bypass those undead." The he shrugs his shoulders at his fellow halfling in one of those big-people-love-em-though-they're-oafs looks, and moves aside until most of the others pass, deciding a brush with undeath is not his forte.
Saire
Thursday January 13th, 2000 8:16:59 PM
As the party proceeds down, Saire examines the tunnel wall that is closest to the compound. He hopes to find a spider symbol on this wall.
Tericus
Friday January 14th, 2000 12:10:59 AM
waits to see if everyone can find away through the spider web
Teko
Friday January 14th, 2000 2:41:59 AM
Teko also searches the walls for spider symbols.
Jus d20=16 d6=6
Friday January 14th, 2000 3:28:59 AM
Jus closes his eyes in the blinding light of Onrad's latern, but it's too late. With a chuckle and shake of his head, Jus whispers to Onrad, "Yes, I see -- well, actually, I don't see anything but a white blob right now, but I'm sure it'll go away in a few minutes. Nifty device, though." When his blindness passes, Jus edges his way downward to the web. Seeing the barrier, Jus keeps in mind the broach Hatchme gave the party and helps search for a way past.
Gareth d20=5
Friday January 14th, 2000 7:05:59 AM
In a brief moment of brilliance the warrior softly adds "What if we trace the second spider symbol we just past as we did the one on the entrance?".
Onrad d20=12
Friday January 14th, 2000 1:01:59 PM
Onrad tries to wait patiently, but fails (perception check of 12). He whispers in a loud whisper, "It's a spider web. It has our symbol on it. That means go that way. So go!"
An Absence of Spiders (DM Jerry)
Friday January 14th, 2000 1:05:59 PM
No traps or other spider symbols are found. No casual looking for secret doors reveals anything unusual. If Bishop can make another wisdom check, he notices that the undead below seems to have moved on. He no longer detects them. (Please note if you are in the dark and cannot see. Everyone is still invisible.)
Nonam
Sunday January 16th, 2000 4:48:59 PM
"I'll try tracing it." Nonam reaches up and traces the pattern three times on the marking spider. In the dark, everyone easily notices the glow left behind by his finger.
Gareth
Sunday January 16th, 2000 6:38:59 PM
watches and waits - not knowing what to expect next.
Teko
Monday January 17th, 2000 12:23:59 AM
Teko watches to see the effect, if any, of Nonam's action.
Tericus
Monday January 17th, 2000 2:11:59 AM
waits to see if Nonnan's action does anything. if not, Tericus casts free action on himself(lasts 7 turns) and walks through the web, hoping the spell will keep him from getting tangled up in it.
Kibo
Monday January 17th, 2000 2:12:00 AM
Getting nervous about the pause, Kibo checks toward the back of the group, making sure no 'nasties' are descending from above.
Jus
Monday January 17th, 2000 9:34:59 AM
On the edge of Onrad's magical light, Jus notices it gets dark again if he stays a bit farther ahead of Onrad. Since Jus can see 120' in the dark, Jus steps out of range and lets his infravision return -- looking past the web to whatever is beyond.
Onrad
Monday January 17th, 2000 7:45:59 PM
Onrad nods grinning to Jus as he moves ahead of the effect of his light. He whispers, "I'll try to keep it out of your way, Mighty Jus." Onrad then focuses on Nonam and moving ahead.
(DM Jerry)
Monday January 17th, 2000 7:56:59 PM
Nonam touches the spider symbol and it causes a vibration which splits the web causing it to fall harmlessly to the ground. The stairs continue down curving to the left as they wind around a central pillar descending down into the darkness. The stairway seems to bear a weight upon the souls of those who travel it's lonely steps. Sounds of breathing, creaking armor, and footsteps seem exagerrated.
Saire
Monday January 17th, 2000 8:29:59 PM
Saire continues down to the bottom, but stops to examine any doors along the way. [Saire currently is invisible and displaced]
Gareth
Monday January 17th, 2000 9:07:59 PM
Pleased that his idea resulted in successfully bypassing the first challenge the invisible warrior continues down the stairs trying to determine who - if anybody is in front of him. He activates his shield to silence the noise. (Silence 5' radius).
Bishop d20=6
Monday January 17th, 2000 11:23:59 PM
Bishop begins to fidgit neverously. "Who ever is in charge of this motley parade, the undead have moved, I don't know where they are any longer. NOT A GOOD SIGN! We are spending WAY to much time in one place. If I can feel them than they can feel us. We need to move."
Tericus
Tuesday January 18th, 2000 12:24:59 AM
hears what Bishob says. "Your right, we need to keep moving." then he moves throught the door where the spiders web was
Teko
Tuesday January 18th, 2000 2:42:59 AM
Teko mutters, "I don't want to spoil the fun, but we are talking far too much. Let's get moving." And he continues down the stairs with the others. [Teko remains invisible.]
Onrad
Tuesday January 18th, 2000 4:47:59 AM
Onrad picks up the end of the adventurer train and follows along. "Thanks for the info Bishop," he whispers softly.
Enter the Bowels (DM Jerry)
Tuesday January 18th, 2000 4:53:59 AM
The party winds around and around, down and down. Eventually after 5 1/2 revolutions, the stairs end. A hallway extends ahead for as far as the eye can see. A gridlike sign is on the wall with an arrow pointing down the hall.
Kibo d100=30
Tuesday January 18th, 2000 1:37:59 PM
Listening for noises, Kibo waits at the stairs while the others examine the markings on the wall.
Nonam d20=11
Tuesday January 18th, 2000 5:17:59 PM
Nonam whispers, "That seems a little too obvious. Let's see if we can find a spider. I'll check the wall with the arrow." Nonam studies the wall with the arrow (made percep). While he looks, he asks Kibo through the ring, "Are you getting enough time to check for traps? It's hard to tell when we can't see you."
Gareth d20=2
Tuesday January 18th, 2000 5:29:59 PM
the warrior scours the walls, ceiling, and stairs as he decends for a spider symbol. He turns every few steps and looks at the side of each step (perpendicualr to the floor) as well. (Int by 10!).
Onrad
Tuesday January 18th, 2000 7:27:59 PM
Onrad follows the group down the stairs. "Kibo, please do us the honor of continued scouting. Any idea what this symbol means. Looks like "cross passages" or a grid of some sort. It wouldn't be a literal map would it?" Onrad remains in the rear. Suddenly he bumps into someone. "Um, sorry bout that."
Jus
Tuesday January 18th, 2000 8:11:59 PM
Jus, invisible and using his circlet's infravision, goes to the front of the party and pears down the hallway, looking to the extent of his enhanced ability (120').
Saire
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 1:39:59 AM
Saire's gnomish background causes him to attract toward the grid-work. As he peers up at it he whispers, "Is this some kind of clever device? I wonder... if these are buttons or something..." as he reaches out to touch the one of the squares. [second row from bottom, second from right.]
Saire
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 2:03:59 AM
"Oh my! I remember what this is. It's not a device, it's a symbol. This means "BATTLEMAZE!" Oh guys, we shouldn't go that way. It's a drow defense network that forces an opponent through a focused channel of deep kaka. Unless you're just in a mood for a fight."
Bishop
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 2:06:59 AM
Bishop relaxes a bit after having moved some but is still nervous. He closes his eyes and tries to find the undead he felt earlier.
Teko d20=15
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 2:44:59 AM
Teko takes a look at the sign and the wall behind it to see what else he might notice. (Makes perception roll by 4.)
Tericus
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 3:42:59 AM
continues to move with the others, keeping his eye out for danger
Kibo d100=49
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 10:30:59 AM
Replying back to Nonam via the ring, Kibo says, "Well, I was trying to check for traps at the start, but you big folk kept barging ahead. I'm currently at the tail-end of this pack..." With some huffing and puffing, he starts slipping to the front again. When he hears Saire's response to the symbol, he tries to think if he's ever heard of such a thing, and decides he hasn't. Once at the front, he says, "Well, if I wanted to put a secret entrance into the compound, I think I'd use a Battlemaze, too, to scare off intruders." He then says to the group, "Okay, if you want me to check the way ahead, you have to give me more time." He looks in the area immediately ahead of the symbol for traps.
Nonam
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 4:06:59 PM
"Battlemaze sounds bad. Is there some sort of secret to them, Saire?"
Gareth
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 5:25:59 PM
The warrior frowns at the prospect of a battle so soon into the compound. He disengages his shield and offers a thought - quietly. "I doubt the Matron would go through such an area to get to her lair - unless there are tricks to not setting it off. See if you can find a way past Kibo. I'm sure you are better at that than most.". The warrior tries to remember if he saw any spider symbols on the perpendicualr part of the stairs as they decended.
(DM Jerry)
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 7:35:59 PM
Jus looks ahead and sees straight corridor for 100'. After that it opens up into a chamber. He distantly sees the railing on a set of stairs that seems to descend further at a right angle to the hallway. Kibo scouts 60' ahead finding nothing except for footprints and some clawmarks on the floor. All are muffled as if the ones following messed up the tracks of those who came before. There is a light layer of dust, hence the prints. Nothing happens as Saire traces the Battlemaze symbol. Bishop, once again senses the undead. This time the scent is somewhat different...older. (Perception check Bishop to realize that your undead detecting senses are somehow heightened in this place.) The party as a whole remains by the end of the stairs where the Battlemaze sign is carved into the wall.
Jus
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 8:11:59 PM
Jus whispers to the others what he's seen. "Battlemaze? I don't recall clearly, but I think I heard the Gold Dragons were involved in one, once. But unless we find another marker, it looks like the battlemaze is our only way through." Jus waits for Kibo to report and for Saire's descriptions before continuing.
Saire
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 8:53:59 PM
"Well, fortunately I don't know a whole lot about them. Once, I took a wrong turn down in the markets... and I came upon a symbol exactly like this one. A drow grabbed my elbow and told me that I must not go that way, it would be dangerous to eneter a Battlemaze. I didn't ask why, I just assumed that he was telling me straight up. Although, the name 'BattleMaze' has a nasty sound to it. Hmmm... It doesn't make since to have an entire BattleMaze guarding a so called secret entrance. Have we missed something? Maybe we should back up and go the other direction."
Gareth
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 10:17:59 PM
The warrior waits for Kibo to report back. He sees if there is a pattern to the Battle-Maze symbol. He whispers "Unless Kibo finds a spider symbol I would say we'd better go back and check up the tower stairs. It's possible she could teleport across. There may even be a path from the top to the house."
Tericus
Wednesday January 19th, 2000 11:49:59 PM
"I disagree Gareth. We have wasted enough time stumbling around here. We need to choose one one way to go, and we need to choose now."
Bishop d20=6
Thursday January 20th, 2000 12:32:59 AM
"I agree with Tericus, there is something, very old down here, and in terms of undead, old menas bad. We are probably pretty close to attracting it's attention as it is. It seems alot eaiser for me to know where they are down here so it stands to reason that they can find us alot eaiser too. Every second we are hear narrows the odds from our favor to theres, the time for action is here, we leap and hope we don't die, but I say leap we must."
Kibo d100=36 d100=80 d100=36
Thursday January 20th, 2000 2:03:59 AM
Kibo briefs Nonam via the ring, and informs him that he will scout the rest of the passageway to the chamber, probably taking another 5 minutes. Kibo keeps a look out for the spider symbol on any surface while searching the remainder of the hall for traps. He peeks into the chamber beyond while hiding in shadows and moving silently (passed all skill checks).
Teko
Thursday January 20th, 2000 2:36:59 AM
Teko quietly says, "I think now may be the time to use that Detect Invisibility that I have memorized. I would prefer to use it in battle, but if it helps me see something that we're missing, it would be certainly be worth it. What do you think?"
Onrad
Thursday January 20th, 2000 5:37:59 AM
"There was a spider sign like the one on the secret door on that web that was a few steps down the stairs, right? Then this is the way and Tericus and Bishop are correct. We should get moving. Whoever planted these spiders and this route must have known we would have to keep moving and wouldn't have the time to search in every crack for the way to go. We're gonna have to trust that we'll see what we need to see when the time comes. Let's move."
Confidence and Paranoia (DM Jerry)
Thursday January 20th, 2000 5:53:59 AM
Kibo continues down the corridor making his way to the opening beyond. Once there, he notices a difference in construction. Whereas the corridor was rough, dusty and wet, the area beyond is clean, neat, and well constructed. A chamber opens at the end of the corridor on the left side. The chamber basically is a glorified balcony--the only feature of the room a flight of stairs going down with a protective rail preventing one from accidently falling. Scorch marks are on the stairs and railing reminiscent of the residue from a fireball related spell. (Map sent to Kibo)
Kibo d100=72 d100=54 d100=31
Thursday January 20th, 2000 2:04:59 PM
Kibo relays to Nonam (via the ring) what he sees, adding, "The chamber streches off to the left some distance, although it's not particularly wide. The stairs open at the opposite (left) end of the room, and extend downward coming back this way (they run under the floor of the room). I'm going to keep scouting ahead." Kibo makes his way to the stairs, remaining stealthy. He gives a quick glance around the room for any markings before descending the stairs. (Made all skill checks - Hide in Shadows, Move Silent, Detect Noise)
Nonam d20=16
Thursday January 20th, 2000 3:30:59 PM
Nonam speaks to the group, "Kibo is down at the opening to the room. It is safe until that point. The room beyond is constructed differently than these passages, and is heavily scorched by what looks to be fireballs." He then speaks to Kibo via the ring, "Be careful down there. Did you notice any spider symbol in the hall before you got there?" And back to the group, "He's checking it out a little more for us. We can wait a minute just to be careful. Teko, you should probably keep your spell. If we can't find a spider symbol to direct us, then we are probably supposed to go through the Battlemaze. Maybe, our spies turned it off. Or if its a maze, maybe spider symbols will leads us through without incident. Now, let's get to looking for the spider... um, if its okay with Gareth." Nonam steps down to the next section of hallway and starts looking for the spider symbol. (made percep)
Gareth d20=6
Thursday January 20th, 2000 6:41:59 PM
The warrior examines the Battle-Maze symbol in case it might be a map. He looks for a 'safe' path through it if he can see it (Int. by 6). "Yes, Nonam, lets get looking. Tell Kibo he's doing a good job up there. I would suggest you let me go first - in case of attack I think it would be better for me to be in front.". If nobody objects, the warrior moves to the front - knowing the time for the Three to prove themselves is at hand.
Onrad
Thursday January 20th, 2000 7:38:59 PM
"Good work everyone. I'll stay here as rear guard, but if we get a frontal attack, watch out cause I'll be coming through to the front or to a flanking position. Kibo's through to the chamber beyond, let's move up to the end of the hallway. Hmm...I wonder if anyone in House Baenre ever expected someone to sneak in through their Battlemaze?"
Saire
Thursday January 20th, 2000 8:34:59 PM
"I don't know what to think about this 'leap and hope you don't die' business. It might sound good to you muscle-heads, but it sounds down right silly to me." Saire then advances with the party. Halfway down the hall a thought comes to Saire, and he whispers, "If Bishop smells really old undead, and the matron is a lich, doesn't that add up to... the matron is down here with us."
Teko
Friday January 21st, 2000 2:33:59 AM
Teko examines another section of wall, hoping to find another spider symbol.
Jus
Friday January 21st, 2000 3:33:59 AM
Jus raises his eyebrows when he hears Saire talk about the lich. It's hard to believe this is real... "let's just hope these Drow are worth it," he thinks to himself. A soft blue glow appears around his blade as Jus begins to pull his sword from its sheath. Thinking it best to keep the lights down, he slides it back home with a 'snick'. Pulling out his bow, he readies his arrows instead.
Gag Me and Call Me a Ghoul (DM Jerry) d10=5 d10=4
Friday January 21st, 2000 6:51:59 AM
No other spider signs are found. No pattern is discernable from the Battlemaze symbol. It appears to be just that: a symbol. As Kibo rounds the edge of the rail to look down the stairs, he sees the far wall across the room from him slide silently up revealing a secret room behind it. An awful smell follows this causing not only Kibo to gag, but the others down the hall to do so as well (all save vs. poison or you will be attacking at -2 to hit due to retching and nausea). Stepping out into the room as if all this was normal is a group of ghoul/ghast types as well as 3 Wight type monsters. They immediately halt barely into the room and begin sniffing. Then they begin growling, seemingly led by 3 darker skinned ghoul/ghasts. #8 points down the hallway with one hand. (Initiative goes to the party 5-4.) {See map sent by email for opening locations.}(Please state the AC you hit. I'll keep their ACs a mystery for now.)[Round 1: Party Initiative begins now]
Kibo d20=10 d100=58
Friday January 21st, 2000 4:02:59 PM
Via the ring, Kibo tells Nonam what he sees, adding, "I'm far enough away if you want to use an area-effect attack on them. I'll duck down the stairs, just in case." Kibo heads downward looking for traps (made his saving throw- base of 8+2=10 needed).
Nonam 2d4(4+2)=6 d4=3
Friday January 21st, 2000 9:53:59 PM
Nonam calmly pulls out the fire wand as he speaks to Kibo through the ring, "Stay up here. You might be running into the Battlemaze by yourself if you go down." Nonam levels the wand at the undead and a wall of fire suddenly appears in diagonally across the hall from floor to ceiling. It is directly in front of #s 2,7,& 8, so only 3 & 4 are not trapped. The heat of a thousand suns radiates on the side with the most undead. The blistering heat burns 1,2,6,7,8,12 for 12 pts dmg (2d4=6). Even 5 and 11 take 6 pts of dmg (1d4=3,dbl dmg to undead, no save). Any of the monstrosities that are foolish enough to touch the searing wall will take (2d6+6)x2 pts dmg. As soon as the spell is cast, Nonam becomes visible, and he addresses the party, "Our side of the wall is cool, but whatever you do, DON'T TOUCH IT." Then Nonam looks in the general direction of Teko and says, "I can't believe you didn't want this wand."
Tericus d20+1=3
Sunday January 23rd, 2000 3:29:59 AM
as the firewall springs to life, Tericus can see that there are still 2 of the living dead in view. brandishing his staff in front of him, he boldly yells out, "In the name of Teresalia, return to the grave!!!!!!!" his staff begins to glow brightly, its light shooting over the undead(turned everything below wights or 5 hd creatures). then he becomes visible, waiting for the corpses to attack.
Saire 2d20(19+7)=26 d8=7 d8=7 d8=7
Sunday January 23rd, 2000 3:36:59 AM
Saire hears Tericus' bold proclamation, and advances behind the now visible Tericus. Saire holds unless the undead approach Tericus, if so Saire fires a volley of arrows at #4 [hitting armor class -4 and 8, arrow 1 for 7, arrow 2 for 7 point of damage.]
Bishop
Sunday January 23rd, 2000 7:30:59 AM
Bishop advances to 10 feet in front of the fire wall and waits. (Holding)
Gareth d20=14 d20=20 d20=15 d20=10 d8=5 d8=2
Sunday January 23rd, 2000 6:48:59 PM
The warrior advances and watches the 2 creatures still in view. If they do not die or turn and run into the flames from the Three's assault he attacks the one that looks the most powerful with a decisive blow (33 DMG). The warrior again swings his trusty blade landing another effective attack (12 DMG). Note: If attack #1 kills the first vermin, attack #2 goes to the other one.
Jus
Sunday January 23rd, 2000 8:38:59 PM
"Kibo!" Jus exclaimes under his breath, unable to hear the conversation between Nonam and Kibo. Hoping the other's attacks have taken care of the two visible undead, Jus runs around the corner to catch up to Kibo with his bow ready, just in case their are more undead to contend with. Around the corner, Jus continues far enough to give him some space from the undead and the Wall of Fire.
Bishop
Monday January 24th, 2000 12:18:59 AM
Still holding.
Teko d20=3
Monday January 24th, 2000 3:36:59 AM
No reponse from Teko is heard about the wand, though the rest of the party does retching sounds, seemingly at gnome-level. For the moment, Teko waits to see the result of the others' attacks. He briefly glances behind the party to see if there might be anyone there.
Onrad
Monday January 24th, 2000 3:41:59 AM
Onrad by reflex takes a step forward, but seeing things well in hand he holds to see what develops.
Party Results (DM Jerry)
Monday January 24th, 2000 3:45:59 AM
Nonam's Wall of Fire springs up with a loud ::whoosh:: sound followed by the crackling of flames (count 2 charges) as planned isolating 3 and 4. Tericus then turns those two who run back through the flames screaming an unearthly yell due to terror first and pain second. Nothing else is seen. The Wall of Fire remains. Jus then runs to join Kibo now that the way is clear for him to do so. Everyone else holds.
These Are the Flames Of Our Lives (DM Jerry)
Monday January 24th, 2000 3:51:59 AM
Nothing emerges from the flames. Nothing is seen beyond the flames. The crackling sound of the flames is testimony to their effectiveness. (Combat is over.)
Kibo d20=9 d20=19 d100=73
Monday January 24th, 2000 6:12:59 AM
Hearing footsteps running his way, Kibo quickly deduces that they are Jus' (the 2nd roll occurred in error). He whispers, "Over here." He continues checking the stairs for traps (were any detected last round?).
Gareth
Monday January 24th, 2000 6:21:59 PM
Relieved that he remained invisible and didn't have to reveal himself, the warrior whispers "Perhaps it would be worthwhile to look in the passage the undead came out of. It may lead around the maze instead of through it."
Onrad d20=2
Monday January 24th, 2000 7:37:59 PM
(Voluntary Perception Check made) Onrad rushes forward to the Wall of Fire. "Uh oh. I think we've made a mistake. Nonam, can you release the wall? If these monsters get away, it's possible they can blow the whistle on us.
Jus d20=10
Monday January 24th, 2000 8:43:59 PM
"You ok, Kibo?" Jus asks, scanning the area around the stairs. His eyes tear from the horrid stench of the undead, but Jus is able to keep his nausea in check.
Saire
Monday January 24th, 2000 9:02:59 PM
"I think this is an opportunity to quickly pass through this area; let's not lose this chance. No need to wait for trouble. Plus, I don't think those rotting brains will blow a whistle on us. To the best of my senses, I would hide treasure far below the keep." Saire hurries forward to the stairs, as he passes Tericus, "Good job with the turn undead... are you gonna stay visible?" Saire moves to the ledge of the stairs and looks down, then he advances to the dead end wall at the end of the hall. Saire examines the wall for a spider mark.
Tericus
Monday January 24th, 2000 11:20:59 PM
pauses a moment to catch his breath. "Yeah, for the moment. I can only go invisible one more time, so ill save it." then he moves up to the intersection, making sure no one comes to investigate the wall of fire
Bishop
Tuesday January 25th, 2000 1:30:59 AM
Bishop waits and speaks. "I too think that we should hurry, but worry not Onrad, anyone that could communicate with these creatures would already know we were here."
Teko
Tuesday January 25th, 2000 1:40:59 AM
Teko waits to see what happens with the fire wall. He remains quiet, other than any gagging that he cannot help.
Nonam
Tuesday January 25th, 2000 2:14:59 AM
Nonam steps up to the L in the hallway so that everyone can see him, "The wall will last about 5 more minutes. I had hoped we could see through it to tell if the fire was killing them or to cast more spells at them, but I guess that's not the case. Now then, we can run off and avoid the fight. I agree with Saire and Bishop that the undead will pose no threat if we continue on, but what if our spider symbol is in the room they came out of? We could be entering the BattleMaze without needing to. I think we should cast a vote. We would ensure that we went the right way if we waited for the flames to die down, but I feel Kibo would have noticed a spider symbol here when he went by. So, I vote that we go on down the stairs and avoid this fight. However, I'm not sure... I don't suppose the stairs have a spider on them?" Nonam leans on his staff and waits for the others to answer.
Gareth
Tuesday January 25th, 2000 5:36:59 AM
The warrior looks for footprints going down the stairs like the ones seen earlier - now that there is ample light. "My only concern is that we might avoid the maze completely if we go the way they came from. It may be no better though."
Upstairs Downstairs (DM Jerry)
Tuesday January 25th, 2000 8:26:59 AM
The flames continue to crackle and burn revealing nothing on the other side. The undead, if still there, are not seen nor heard. Gareth notices no footprints in this area. There is no dust. The floor and steps are clean. All have to raise their voices above a whisper now to be heard. Nonam and Tericus are now visible. All others are still invisible. Saire is also displaced. The party is still about 50' down the hallway except for Jus and Kibo who are a couple of steps down the stairs. The two of them cannot hear the others at their current location due to the distance and the crackle of the flames. Suddenly, a large spider about 2' in diameter, appears on the top landing of the stairs facing Kibo and Jus. It stands there and quivers, it's eyes whirling. No one notices this except Jus and Kibo.
Kibo d20=2
Tuesday January 25th, 2000 1:54:59 PM
Remaining still and silent, hoping the creature hasn't stopped him, Kibo uses his ring to inform Nonam of the spider's presence, ending with, "Perhaps if you made a distraction, we could hit it from behind?" If the spider does leave the stairs, headed for the rest of the group, Kibo tries to backstab, failing miserably.
Nonam 5d4(1+2+4+3+3)+5=18 d100=60
Tuesday January 25th, 2000 2:19:59 PM
Once Nonam gets Kibo's message, he runs toward the stairs. Once the spider is in view, he stops and waits. Should it move to attack anyone, the mage will cast magic missle (18pts).
Gareth
Tuesday January 25th, 2000 5:10:59 PM
Upon noticing that there are no footprints the warrior frowns. "No footprints. That means the undead never travel this direction. That also may mean neither does the Matron. But I think she would travel a direction other than the rancid ranks of the undead. I say we continue down the stairs.". As the warrior hears Nonam move toward the stairs quickly he follows him - but holds his attack pending action from the spider.
Saire d20=7
Tuesday January 25th, 2000 8:25:59 PM
Saire,having reached the stair banister last turn, now sees the spider from behind. Saire grabs his rope of entanglement. Knowing that spiders are obscenely fast Saire decides it must be immobilized. "Entangle" he commands as he lashes out the rope to entwine the 8 legged creature. [7/15] Saire hits better than armor class 10. Saire becomes visible, but that is alright because his invisibility was about to expire. Then Saire will move around the banister to stand at the lip of the stairs.
Onrad
Tuesday January 25th, 2000 9:46:59 PM
Onrad whispers to those still in the hallway. "Let's all proceed to the stairs. We should except for scouting, stay together."
Tericus d20+1=3
Wednesday January 26th, 2000 12:07:59 AM
moves on to the stairs after seeing or hearing everyone move in that direction. upon seeing the spider, Tericus takes a step back, hoping the thing wont decide to jump on him. if it does, he'll strike at it, but misses.
Teko d20=18
Wednesday January 26th, 2000 2:50:59 AM
Teko heads for the stairs and upon noticing the spider and the various actions taken against it (makes perception check), he waits to see the consequences for the spider.
Bishop
Wednesday January 26th, 2000 3:07:59 AM
Bishop remembering that he is invisable freezes and makes no sounds.
Jus
Wednesday January 26th, 2000 6:04:59 AM
Jus attempts to be as still as possible, using his invisibility to hide, and his common sense to be quite.
Upstairs Downstairs (DM Jerry)
Wednesday January 26th, 2000 6:38:59 AM
The rope, almost faster than the eye can see, secures itself around the spider. It stands there helpless. Then, it phases out of existence. A few seconds later, either it or another appears directly behind Onrad and those at the back of the party in the hallway.
Kibo d20=17
Wednesday January 26th, 2000 2:19:59 PM
Via the ring, Kibo informs Nonam (who is now coming toward the stairs) of the disappearance of the spider. He's never seen or heard of such a thing before.
Nonam
Wednesday January 26th, 2000 3:47:59 PM
Nonam sees the spider disappear and hears Kibo's comment. He speaks to those near the stairs, "It could have been an illusion. It could have blinked to somewhere else. Or it could have been some sort of spy for the house that teleported back to its mistress." Trying to figure out where it went, the wizard turns and looks back down the hall.
Bishop
Wednesday January 26th, 2000 11:39:59 PM
Bishop wishing that they had hurried stays still and silent.
Gareth d20=8
Thursday January 27th, 2000 12:03:59 AM
The warrior frowns at the spider's agility. He whispers to Nonam "So what do you think. Do we take it out or move on? It bothers me that it's not attacking. I think it's observing us." (Int by 4).
Saire
Thursday January 27th, 2000 2:03:59 AM
Saire, utterly dismayed that he's been taken... dashes forward to retrieve his rope. "Blast, what was that." After picking up the rope he activates his boots to become invisible once more [if time permits]. Thinking the phantasm has vanished, Saire stage whispers, "Advance, what are we waiting for? We are already in the spiders web, hurry before the trap comes to fruition. I feel caution is no longer in order."
Saire
Thursday January 27th, 2000 2:09:59 AM
"Well... maybe caution is in order, but maybe caution of a faster nature." Saire smiles sheepishly at his previous foolish statement.
Teko d20=19
Thursday January 27th, 2000 2:36:59 AM
Whether the spider was an illusion or invisible, Teko look around for more of the same (just makes perception roll). If he sees the spider, he watches it for discrepencies to see if it is an illusion.
Tericus d20+1=10 d6+1=2
Thursday January 27th, 2000 4:47:59 AM
seeing the spider disappear, only to reappear again, Tericus walks up to it and tries to swat it with his staff(hits ac 5 for 2 whole pts of dm). "Get out of here!" he says to it
Onrad d20=8 d20=2 d8+6=11 d8+6=12
Thursday January 27th, 2000 6:11:59 AM
Seeing that Tericus has chosen to attack, he joins in--dipping around Tericus to strike at the spider using his dex style hitting AC 0 and 6 for 11 and 12 points of damage respectively. "Uh, Cousin Spider is back here. We're...slicing and dicing."
Spurting Goo! (DM Jerry)
Thursday January 27th, 2000 6:29:59 AM
Tericus hits the spider cutting it open. Goo spurts out all over him. Onrad hits the spider twice causing the thing to basically explode spurting goo all over everyone still in the hallway. Ewww....the stink!
Nonam
Thursday January 27th, 2000 4:10:59 PM
Nonam yells out to everyone in the party, "The firewall isn't going to last much longer! Do we go down?"
Gareth
Thursday January 27th, 2000 6:31:59 PM
"Let's go. I doubt the matron would travel such a path as the undead do. I'm tired of this slow pace anyway. Speed may be our ally at this point as much as stealth.". The warrior moves to the stairs, takes a deep breath, and decends until he finds Kibo and Jus.
Saire
Thursday January 27th, 2000 8:51:59 PM
Saire joins with Gareth, Kibo, and Jus at the bottom of the stairs.
Onrad
Thursday January 27th, 2000 11:42:59 PM
Onrad, who is now visible, comes around the corner and over to the stairs seeing that everyone else is in front of him. "I'll see that all are ahead of me. Please say something if you for some strange reason you are invisible and fall behind me." Take off Kibo, if you're still willing to scout ahead. Gareth, I'll let you know if we get behind."
Kibo d100=93 d100=17 d100=6 d100=83 d100=45
Friday January 28th, 2000 12:33:59 AM
Kibo checks the rest of the way down the stairs for traps, relying on his boots (failed regular skills roll). Once at the bottom, he searches the hall beyond for traps (very successful roll, allowing for detection of magical traps) as he continues to remain stealthy (and invisible).
Teko
Friday January 28th, 2000 2:44:59 AM
Teko immediately follows the others. He watches for more spiders - of whatever kind.
Tericus
Friday January 28th, 2000 3:56:59 AM
tries his best to wipe off the spider goo thats all over him while he moves down the stairs to join the others
Jus
Saturday January 29th, 2000 10:46:59 PM
Jus grins as everyone joins him. "This isn't so bad...," Jus jokes, knowing the party hasn't even entered the outskirts of the compound.
"This isn't so bad." (DM Jerry)
Sunday January 30th, 2000 2:16:59 AM
Kibo leads the party down the stairs with Jus slightly behind him and to one side. Gareth and Saire follow with Teko and Tericus coming after them. Nonam and Bishop are at the top landing followed by Onrad. Kibo goes down to the 30' mark and then suddenly Kibo's boots give him a little shock warning him of a magical trap just ahead. Kibo has 30' to go and 30' behind him. Each row is 5' behind the group in front of them so there is a space between Nonam/Bishop and those in front of them. Tericus and Onrad are truly beginning to smell in these enclosed spaces this smell mixing with that of the charred steps and banister.
Kibo d100=41
Sunday January 30th, 2000 3:06:59 AM
Kibo warns everybody back, saying, "Magical trap dead ahead. I can try to disarm it, but I've only got a 3 or 4 chance in ten of doing so..." Kibo waits, and if no other solution is offered, attempts to disarm the trap after everyone has ascended to the top of the stairs.
Bishop d20=10
Sunday January 30th, 2000 7:02:59 AM
Bishop places his hand to heart, "Keep watch father night as we fool loose the fight in the name of action." He then concentrates trying again to detect undead. (made it by 7)
Nonam
Sunday January 30th, 2000 3:19:59 PM
Nonam follows down the stairs, "I can cast 'detect magic' on it if you want, Kibo. It would probably just make the trapped area glow which might make it easier for you to work with, but it might set it off. I don't really know. - Did everyone make it down the stairs?" He sniffs around loudly and says, "Gods, I wish a couple of you hadn't." He screws up his face and waves his hand back and forth in front of his face. "Smells like a farting zombie."
Gareth
Sunday January 30th, 2000 6:32:59 PM
The warrior looks for a spider symbol. "Can we circumvent it? There must be a way. I'm sure it doesn't go off when they enter every time. Try and disarm it if we can't find a way around. You're our best shot at it Kibo.".
Jus
Sunday January 30th, 2000 7:36:59 PM
Jus glances at Bishop, wondering what he is doing; the ways of clerics has always made Jus curious. "Ever the charmer, Nonam," Jus says as he hears Nonam's proclamations. "We should pool our money and send you to charm school someday." Turning to Gareth, Jus comments, "Unless the spider our smelly friends dispatched was the way around, I think this is it."
Saire d100=74
Sunday January 30th, 2000 8:24:59 PM
"You might try letting me have a hand at disarming the trap. I'm actually not bad at it. Where abouts is it?" After someone directs him to the specific area of the trap, Saire first attempts to find traps. But can not locate the trap. "I can't seem to locate the trap though, I guess Kibo should do it."
Onrad
Sunday January 30th, 2000 8:51:59 PM
"Good work Kibo." Onrad's face puzzles as he backs up a few paces allowing all to wish to return to the top of the stairs. "I'm trying to put myself in the mind of the one who designed this place. It seems meant to slow down invading armies, demorolize them while smaller forces snuck around and attacked. That would work against an army... We're not an army. Hmm..." Onrad nods and smiles at Saire's efforts and also in Bishop's general vicinity. "Quickly folks. Disarm or set it off, then let's move on."
Tericus
Monday January 31st, 2000 2:05:59 AM
"I smell like Bishob's last date." Tericus mutterst to himself, still trying to get the goo off him. then, hearing that Kibo found a trap, says "If its magical, let me know and ill try to dispel it."
Bishop
Monday January 31st, 2000 2:18:59 AM
Bishop continues to test for undead.
Teko
Monday January 31st, 2000 2:39:59 AM
"My chance of disarming it is probably about 5 in 10. That and opening locks are my forte'. And I'm probably more resistant to magic than most of you. If you like, I'll take the first try."
Keep Watch Father Night (DM Jerry) 6d8(4+5+3+6+5+5)=28
Monday January 31st, 2000 6:48:59 AM
Bishop detects no undead. Gareth sees no spider symbol. Onrad and Tericus smell horrible. Everyone crowds at the top of the stairs, no one yet tempting fate by passing the halfway point 30' down the stairs where Kibo detected the Magical Trap. Finally deciding he's the one to do this, Kibo attempts to disarm the trap. (I'm assuming that your roll of 41 was this check DAH) Kibo fails and is baptized in flame as fire fills the entire stairway top to bottom from the ceiling to the stairs doing 6d8=28 hpd to Kibo (save for half). Kibo is effectively blinded by the flames unable to see. (Roll for surprise everyone. Kibo will be surprised 3 in 10 not including any adjustments.) Everyone at the top sees Kibo disappear as they are assaulted by a wave of heat singeing the nose hairs and the clothing of those closest to the stairs. The fire continues to rain down billowing and filling the entire staircase with flame and sound!
Gareth
Monday January 31st, 2000 5:42:59 PM
"Looks like he found it.". The warrior moves quickly down the stairs as the flames subside grabbing Kibo and carrying him to the bottom. "You OK?".
Nonam d20=13
Monday January 31st, 2000 5:50:59 PM
Nonam quickly tries to determine if the flames will die out or if this is more like his wall of fire (percep or spellcasting prof by 5). Should he think the flames might last a few minutes, he will cast 'flame shield' and rush forward to help Kibo.
Saire
Monday January 31st, 2000 8:42:59 PM
Saire throws his arm up around his face to protect from the onrush of heat. "Crap, I thought Teko was gonna disarm the trap!?" Saire can not will himself to charge into the flames to help Kibo, the heat is far too intense. Saire feels helpless. "I wonder if there is another way down," Saire says to himself. Then he reels around and dashes down the hall, If the old fire wall is finished, Saire will advance to the door and look inside; unless he can see or hear undead, in which case he decides that was a stupid idea and returns to the party.
Gareth d20=14
Monday January 31st, 2000 9:21:59 PM
(suprise roll...)
Jus d20=11 d20=11
Monday January 31st, 2000 11:19:59 PM
Hoping the flames are only instantaneous, Jus waits a moment to see if they subside. If the flames continue, Jus casts Dispel Magic centered on the area where the trap was sprung(suprise roll=11, dispel magic roll=11).
Kibo d20=9 d10=5 d100=75 d100=83
Tuesday February 1st, 2000 1:59:59 AM
(Kibo makes his save, and passes the surprise check). Not enjoying the flame bath, and figuring it is easier stepping down than up to get out quickly, Kibo heads down the rest of the stairs to the hall below. Realizing he is still invisible, and his companions may be worried, he uses the ring to tell Nonam where he is. He quickly uses his thieving skills to hide and move quietly, hoping to avoid any critters down below.
Bishop d10=2
Tuesday February 1st, 2000 2:42:59 AM
Bishop is surprised briefly.
Teko d10=7
Tuesday February 1st, 2000 2:54:59 AM
Teko is not suprised. He also watches to see whether or not the fire effect is instantaneous. "Take care," he says, "The trap could reset itself in no time at all."
Tericus d10=9
Tuesday February 1st, 2000 3:11:59 AM
as the flames engulf Kibo, Tericus runs up to the edge of the flames, looking into the inferno. "Kibo, can you hear me? Are you ok." he yells out. if the flames dissapate, he will run throught and see if he can help Kibo, if the flames remain, he will stay where he is, waiting for them to die
Saire d10=6
Tuesday February 1st, 2000 5:37:59 AM
Saire was not surprised
Nonam d10=4
Tuesday February 1st, 2000 3:11:59 PM
Nonam wasn't suprised.
Onrad d10=2
Wednesday February 2nd, 2000 9:54:59 AM
Onrad jumps back to the wall from the heat his mouth hanging open as he sees the cruelty of this place. He can't think. He just stares.
Kibo Gets Cooked (DM Jerry 6d8(5+6+2+3+2+7)=25
Wednesday February 2nd, 2000 10:29:59 AM
When the flames don't subside, Gareth holds and doesn't descend the stairs. Nonam prepares to cast Flame shield and also move to help Kibo, but gets the message that he's ok just in time to stop him. Nonam pausing causes Jus to pause saving his spell. Tericus yells down at Kibo. Kibo, still in the flames takes 6d8=25 (save for half) additional hpd. He then blindly tries to run down the stairs. (Please make dex check at -2 or you tumble the rest of the way taking 3d4 additional points of damage.) Either on his feet or crumpled at the foot of the stairs, exits the flames and the stairs. Immediately the flames stop. Kibo looks up. Two crossbows are leveled at his person. One at his head. One at his heart. Two dark figures are holding the crossbows--Drow! One draws his second finger to his lips instructing Kibo to be quiet. The drow seem to be masked by some kind of cloak. (Only a 25% chance for anyone looking down the stairs to see them.)
Saire Sees Something Interesting (DM Jerry
Wednesday February 2nd, 2000 10:41:59 AM
Saire arrives at the Wall of Flame on the other side of the room about the time it dissipates. On the other side of the flame is not undead, but drow--two rows of them in a scattered formation. Those in back are levitated. All of them have crossbows at the ready. Luckily, they don't seem to have seen you, but they do seem to have spotted Tericus and Onrad who are visible on the other side of the room since you see them nodding slightly in that direction. They seem to be waiting for their eyes to adjust as they blink furiously.
One Last Observation (DM Jerry)
Wednesday February 2nd, 2000 10:43:59 AM
(Kibo, perception check to notice that the Drow are not looking directly at you--i.e. can't see you, but heard you fall.)
Kibo d20=13 d20+2=13 d20=6 d100=15
Wednesday February 2nd, 2000 2:13:59 PM
Kibo clears the flames, again somehow managing only to suffer half-damage, and gets the bottom without tripping. Looking up and seeing the two drow, he quickly gauges their abilities and determines they are going by sound to locate him...he successfully moves silently to the side while informing Nonam via the ring about these two cloaked individuals, adding, "I'm not sure why they want me to be quiet, when killing me would be just as effective. They are probably not enemies, but I'm moving, just in case."
Nonam d100=88
Wednesday February 2nd, 2000 5:18:59 PM
The mage whispers, "Kibo sees two drow with crossbows. He thinks they're friendly. Be careful though... Being stuck right here isn't good."
Gareth
Wednesday February 2nd, 2000 5:42:59 PM
the warrior decides to move down the stairs to the place where Kibo was trying to disarm the trap to get a better look at them. Before he decends he whispers "Guys, if you're going to disarm it do it now. I'm going to go down if they do anything."
Gareth, con't. d20=6
Wednesday February 2nd, 2000 5:45:59 PM
If the drow attack - or look like they are going to, regardless of the trap the warrior draws his weapon and races down the stairs. (Dex by plenty). He uses his blind fighting skill to attack the drow without penalty.
Saire d10=5 d20=3 d20=7
Wednesday February 2nd, 2000 8:39:59 PM
Saire is startled but not suprised by the appearance of the drow. He looks back and sees Tericus and the others who are visible. The drow can not attack them from behind, because if Tericus is facing down the stairs, he should also easily be able to see the drow when the flames drop. [The drow and the party should be facing each other according to the map]. Saire dashes back to the party. Saire commands his rope to attach to the banister above the stairs as he runs forward (picking up the slack until there's about 15 feet of rope left). Then, holding the rope he leeps over the banister, letting gravity bring him down, and letting his momentum bring his body and the rope back toward the 'under banister'; where he alights on the floor below the stairs. [DEX made 3/17 DEX made again for difficulty 7/17] He commands the rope to release as soon as time permits [next action]
Teko d100=69
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 2:41:59 AM
Teko first attempts to find the workings of the fire trap itself, but keeps clear of the boundry of the flames that appeared. Unfortunately, he cannot seem to find it without tripping the trap again! When he has finally determined this, he moves back towards the party to let them know that he couldn't find the trap.
Bishop
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 3:25:59 AM
Bishop snaps out of his stooper and crosses down the stairs to as close to the fire wall as he can get without taking damage. He tries to strain his vision through the wall.
Onrad
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 3:52:59 AM
Onrad, still overwhelmed by the heat wave, whispers, "Any way of getting down without setting this thing off? Nonam, ask Kibo if the trigger was stepping on a step, or passing a certain vertical plane?" Onrad continues to stay pressed against the back wall, ready for action.
Lit and Hit (DM Jerry) d20=7 d20=3 d20=14 d3=3
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 4:16:59 AM
Kibo moves "silently to the side" past the drow and then whispers his message. Both drow turn making their perception checks(7 and 3). One instantly casts Fairie Fire. (No Save.) Instantly Kibo is outlined with blue flame and is now +2 to hit. The second one fires his hand crossbow (14) hitting Kibo easily for 3 hpd. (save vs. poison or you fall remembering no more.)...
Saire Through the Air With the Greatest of Ease (DM Jerry)
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 5:22:59 AM
Saire swings and lands at the foot of the stairs. He now sees two drow in front of him facing a smallish creature beyond them over at the side of the hallway that he can see only by the blue fire outlining his body. Their back is to him at the moment....
Teko and Gareth on the Edge (DM Jerry) d100=76 6d8(5+5+6+4+3+4)=27
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 5:23:00 AM
As Teko moves to find the magical trap, he unfortunately sets it off again. (76% rolled. I allowed a 75% chance of not setting it off.)The flames surge doing 6d8=27 hpd (save. for half) to all on the stairs which seems to be Gareth and Teko--Saire having already landed.(Anyone moving in the flames needs to make a dex check or they fall taking 1d4 per 10')(Gareth and Teko may make a perception check at -4 just before the flames go off, to see a rope suddenly descend from the bannister, swing back and forth, and then disappear as it is quickly is thrown towards the bottom landing. Those at the top of the stairs may make the same check at -8.)...
(DM Jerry)
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 5:23:59 AM
...(still not done)[grin]{Scott is waiting on me.[big evil grin]}...
Almost Fried Bishop(DM Jerry)
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 5:34:59 AM
Bishop moves to go down the stairs, but stops at the lip of the first stair as the Flames engulf the stairway once more. He pulls his foot back smoking, but not damaged....
Faerie Fire Buffet (DM Jerry) d20=3 d20=7 d20=1 d20=9 d20=16 d20=18 d20=13 d20=15 d3=2 d3=2 d3=2 d20=6 d20=17 d3=2
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 5:58:59 AM
Perception checks of 3, 7, 1, 9, and 16 alert the drow to minor sounds: whispers, creaking bannisters with ropes hung from them, visible party members, etc. Drow #6-10 instantly cast Fairie Fire on the last 30 x 40 feet of the chamber lighting up Jus, Tericus, Bishop, Onrad, and Nonam with Green Flames. Right after this, Drow 1-5 advance 60' and open fire with their hand crossbows. #1-3 fire at Jus at short range (plus two for the Fairie Fire) rolling 18(20), 13(15), and 15(17) hitting Jus all three times for 6 hpd (save 3 times or Jus falls remembering no more.) #4-5 fire at Onrad at Medium Range (-2 for range, +2 for Fairie fire evening out) rolling 6 and 17 hitting Onrad once for 2 hpd. (save once or Onrad falls remembering no more.) Drow #6-9 then lower themselves to the ground and use movement to position themselves at the top end of the bannister giving them 25% cover making them -2 to hit with missles. #10 moves forward out of the secret room and turns to close it by doing something just to the right of the opening.
Round 1 (DM Jerry)
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 6:00:59 AM
(We are now in combat--above and below. It is your initiative. Good Luck.)
Nonam d20=13
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 4:54:59 PM
Nonam curses and casts Wall of Stone directly in front of 1,2,3,4. It's twenty feet across (these are 10' squares right?). It's anchored to the passage wall, but is open over the stairs. It's 9' high (or height of passage) and 2.25" thick. Then Nonam moves so that he's behind the new wall. The mage seems remarkably calm for someone fighting drow in a battlemaze in Menzoberrenzan, and he calls out, "That will just slow them down, but it will give us some cover."
Gareth d20=3 d20=9 d20=7 d20=16 d20=15 d8+10=12 d8+10=12
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 5:42:59 PM
Curses under his breath as he sees the 2 drow attack Kibo. He races forward as the flames ignite taking the full brunt of the flames (failed save). He successfully traverses the rest of the stairs (Made Dex -4), closes in on the two drow and attacks somehow avoiding Saire at the bottom (Made Dex check). He swings twice cutting into the one with the cocked crossbow twice (Hit AC -9 and -8 for 24 DMG). The now visible warrior hopes the potion he and the others took to prevent poisoning works as advertised.
Saire d20=8
Thursday February 3rd, 2000 9:00:59 PM
Saire lands on the ground... and seeing that Kibo has been caught [so to speak]Saire acts fast... not fast enough because Gareth dashes by and really lays into the drow with the cocked crossbow... Saire shoulders his rope and approaches the drow that hasn't been attacked. Saire grips his short sword as he steps behind the drow to attack from behind. (not a back attack, but a called shot from behind attempting to knock out the drow. -4 called shot, +2 from behind}. Saire misses his mark, and as he misses his mark he wonders why it's always him that misses the really important shots?
Tericus d4=1
Friday February 4th, 2000 12:42:59 AM
after the wall of stone appears, Tericus turns his attention to the four nealing by the stairs. he casts hold person, but is only able to effect one of them(save at -4). he then moves towards the stone wall, dragging anyone who went down from the hail of bolts.
Jus d100=98 d20+1=8 d20=4 d20=9 d20=18 d20=5 d20=6
Friday February 4th, 2000 12:49:59 AM
Jus grimaces as the Faire Fire's wisps envelope him. He pulls out his Long Sword and Drow Slayer from their sheaths and turns to face the approaching undead. A grin spreads across his face as he sees no undead, but Drow. Jus drops his grin with a "Yikes!", as he sees multiple bolts fly in his direction. Lunging to the side, Jus uses his Tumbling and Parrying skills in an attempt to avoid being hit . Caught offguard, his sword barely catches the first bolt (2-hit = d20+1[magic sword]+2[tumbling] = 10:hits ac1). Throwing himself down in a crouch, he swings at the second bolt, missing badly, then brings his sword back around for one more attempt. Jus watches, the world in slow motion, as the last bolt slips past his sword and into his shoulder. Looking down, he sees all three bolts have hit their target -- his two parries were useless. A coldness seeps into his wounds from the last bolt to strike (saved on other two). Determined to overcome the poison, Jus struggles to his feet (hero point); only to fall, remembering no more.
Teko d20=18 d20=2 8d6(5+6+3+4+4+2+5+4)=33
Friday February 4th, 2000 2:39:59 AM
Teko does save for half damage and steps quickly back out of the flame. He does notice the brief appearance of the rope. Using a Spectral Force, Teko strikes the two Drow attacking Kibo with a lightning bolt for 33 points of damage.
Bishop
Sunday February 6th, 2000 4:13:59 AM
Bishop unslings his sythe and begins to pray. "Father Gargul as I live so must I die, as I die so must I live, allow me this day to walk the path and banish our enemys from the Wold." Bishop forgoes the first round of combat to meditate upon the path. He is defending only.
Kibo (revised) d20=20
Sunday February 6th, 2000 4:23:59 AM
Kibo easily shrugs off the effects of the poison on the dart, and quickly backpeddles, hoping to keep the drows' attention focused on him while the others gain the advantage of a back attack. He glances behind as he heads down the hall, hoping not to run into anything else.
Round 1 Player Results(DM Jerry) d20=2 8d6(5+2+5+4+2+3+5+5)=31 d20=6 d100=17 d100=5 d20=10
Sunday February 6th, 2000 5:36:59 AM
(Gareth, failing his save, must now have everything in his possession save on the Item Matrix Saving Throw Chart vs. flame. If you'll either on the Loot 'n Booty board, or at irony, roll a d20 say 30 times, list the rolls for me in an email, and I'll go down your character sheet using the chart and let you know what is destroyed.) Gareth takes no additional damage this turn from the fire since he posted then that he was running forward as an alternate move. Gareth tears into #11 for 24 points. He howls in pain arching his back as the blade penetrates his armor. Tericus perceives (made perception check d20=2) that he can't see those behind the banisters due to the constant flames and doesn't cast his spell. He then moves to pick up Jus and drag him over behind the wall and next to Nonam. Jus is down(will send John an email as to his condition). Teko takes 8d6(5+2+5+4+2+3+5+5)=31 points of damage from the flames, save for half, as he backs 30' back to the top of the stairs. (Note again, that the flames are from the top of the stairs to the bottom, floor of the stairs to the ceiling. They cover the entire stairway and cannot be seen through.) As soon as Teko reaches the top, the flames suddenly die out clearing the way for his Spectral Lightning Bolt spell. Making a perception check (d20=6) to notice that Gareth is just in front of #11 and 12 and Kibo is behind them angles the Spectral Force so that it starts 10' wide right where the two are....., except that all that happens is a fizzle when it touches the two elves and the spell fails. (Intelligence checks by to realize it was magic resistance that fizzled the spell with rolls on the Drow's part of d100=17 d100=5]) Teko becomes visible. Bishop goes into a trance seemingly preparing for something. The vocalizations that come out of his mouth make those nearby shiver as if the temperature just dropped several degrees. Kibo backpeddles down the hallway about 40' until he reaches the wall. // Onrad's turn: (done here since I forgot about it so that the rolls up top will still be there.) Onrad recovering from his surprise, sees Jus down and Tericus tending to him. He goes to join them, even though his heart is saying to tightrope along the bannister and engage the foe. "Can you do something for him Tericus? I have nothing for poison." To Nonam he says, "We need to get down. (Perception check of d20=10.) I think if we can skip touching the stairs past the 30' mark, it won't set off the flames, but even so we should move. I have some levitation potions as well as Gaseous Form, though those would make someone useless in battle for a time, I think. If Tericus can't revive him, I'll carry him while levitating. He looks pretty light. We should like go, though, and now. We need to get together with the others and use this wall to move forward as far as we can before they hit us again."...
Round 2 Opponent's Actions(DM Jerry) d20=8 d20=10 d20=19 d20=20 d20=7 d20=11 d3=1 d3=2
Sunday February 6th, 2000 5:51:59 AM
Drow #1-5 do....something. Drow #6-9, now that the flames are gone, strike at Bishop with their hand crossbows at Medium Range rolling d20=8, d20=10, d20=19, and d20=20 with a second roll of d20=7 hitting him twice for d3=1 and d3=2 totaling 3 hpd. The poison doesn't harm Bishop as he took one of Tericus' Poison Potions. After their shots, drow #6-10 move somewhere out of Bishop's sight, as if he was noticing. Downstairs, Drow #11 and 12 turn toward Gareth and nod in his direction. (Gareth please save vs. spell twice or you find yourself floating on the ceiling and out of control.) It is now party initiative. Good fortune to you all.
Nonam
Sunday February 6th, 2000 3:42:59 PM
Nonam pulls out a potion of double casting and mutters something about how he knew he should have drunk it when the flames popped up on the stairs. He drinks it down as he looks up to see how close the wall is to the ceiling and to make sure nothing is coming over it. As he looks around he speaks to Onrad, "We could jump down on this side and maybe miss it all together... It might be too far to fall... I don't know. I hate to waste spells to get down some stairs. First we need to kill these guys, though."
Gareth d20=18 d20=18 d20=13 d20=15 d20=6 d8+10=14 d8+10=18
Sunday February 6th, 2000 6:57:59 PM
Realizing the damage his gear could take and being painfully well acquainted with fire traps, the warrior tries to minimize the damage done by the flames as he races to intecept the drow attacking Kibo (Hero point reroll of failed save - saved for half damage - if you'll allow it). The warrior feels the tingling sensation of magic coursing across his body but somehow avoids it's affects - barely (saved twice vs. spell). Growling and baring his teeth the now fully visible warrior slashes into his opponent once again twice making a pair of deep cuts to match the ones on his back (Hit AC -8 and 1 for 32 DMG). The warrior notes the condition of his foe and directs attack #2 at the other drow should his first attack drop the spawn from hell.
Kibo d100=3 d100=95
Monday February 7th, 2000 12:45:59 AM
Realizing that the party will still need an invisible scout (once the Faerie Fire has disappeared) and that Gareth will likely trounce the two drow before him (too bad, really -- the halfling thinks, still convinced that they were probably from a friendly contingent), Kibo decides to scout further down the hall, to warn the party of any surprises. (OOC: made find traps easily, hit the percentage button twice by accident). He doesn't worry about silence or hiding, since the combat and his lite body more than prevent him from succeeding.
Tericus
Monday February 7th, 2000 1:58:59 AM
after he gets Jus behind the stone wall, Tericus unslings his healing pack and begins to pull out salves, herbs, medicines, and bandages. then he turns to Onrad. "I think I can save him, but its going to take some time! I need a few minuets to figure out how to counter the posion, but he cant be moved while I work!" then he turns to Jus and begins examining the wounds.(using healing proficincey, im able to give Jus another saving throw at +2 vs posion if i can work on him uninterupted for 5 rnds.)
Teko d20=1
Monday February 7th, 2000 3:14:59 AM
Teko's astonishing gnomish constitution doesn't help him in the slightest. He screams in agony. And yet the scream, strangely, is a modest one. He attempts to activate his Ring of Invisibility again. After this attempt, if he has time, he casts Alter Self upon himself, turning into a pixie (perhaps a rather large one), and flies quickly down the stairs without touching ANYTHING.
Bishop d20=18 d100+15=75 d4+2=5
Monday February 7th, 2000 5:35:59 AM
Bishop drops the Sythe and untangles his crossbow, it seems as if he is moving in slow motion, ever motion he makes is crisp and delibrate. He sights the crossbow at the nearest drow he can see down the stairs or if none can be seen there he sight on the nearest one upstairs. He breathes in and holds his breath aiming dilibrately at the drows eyes and brain. He fires and hits AC -4 His called shot does major damage. (5pts damage and 75% called shot to the head.) Bishop then continues his trance like state,every movement delibrate, every motion deadly.
Onrad d20=14 d20=11 d6=5 d6=6
Monday February 7th, 2000 7:22:59 AM
With a grim visage, nods to Tericus and lays his hand in thanks upon the Priest's shoulders. Then he turns to Nonam remembering his own recent death. "You and me to the end Nonam. To the bitter end." A tear drops from Onrad's face landing on Jus' still form. Onrad then offers his hand to grasp hands with Nonam. After Nonam makes his response, Onrad spins into action. he goes to the corner of the wall and peers around it looking for drow to shoot at with his short bow. If he finds a shot, he lets loose with two quick arrows rolling 14 and 11 hitting AC0 and -3 for 5 and 6 points of damage respectively.
Party Results for Round 2 (DM Jerry)
Monday February 7th, 2000 7:38:59 AM
Nonam drinks his potion. As he finishes drinking the world around him slows down as his thought processes increase to an incredible speed. His eyes dart around taking in everything. Gareth feel his burn racked body cosmically react to the fire damage while burned and broken things in his pack and on his person fix themselves. The Gods of Fate have blessed him once again. He hits with his first attack for 14 points of damage. The drow grins back at him nodding at his prowess. Kibo looks around the corner and his fire covered form flits in that direction. The hallway around the corner continues for 60 or 70' where there is an intersection. A hallway then turns left while the original continues straight. Tericus begins his ministrations upon Jus. Teko flies to safety at the bottom of the stairs. (I need 30 d20's from you rolled either at irony or on the Loot 'n Booty as described in the previous turn with regards to Gareth.) Not having great manuverabiligy, he lands behind and to the right of Gareth, but off of those deadly stairs. Bishop sights the drow that has not yet been attacked and his bolt buries itself into the dark elf's brain, whizzing past Saire's ear. The drow gets a look of surprise in his dark eyes. He falls over to move no more. Onrad looks for Drow behind the bannister and sees no one. He saves his arrows. (Onrad make a perception check to actually see the wall of the secret chamber close.)...
Opponent's Actions for Round 3 (DM Jerry) d20=8 d20=18 d8=8 d8=6
Monday February 7th, 2000 7:43:59 AM
Nothing is heard from the upstairs drow. #11 seeing his comrade die to the deadly bolt from above, turns his own death in his eyes and wails into Gareth rolling an 8 and an 18 hitting him twice for 8(+7) + 6(+7) or 15 and 13= 28 points of damage. He then crouches awaiting the inevitable.
Kibo d100=25
Monday February 7th, 2000 1:58:59 PM
Kibo continues around the corner, carefully checking for traps (successful) and trying to notice any secret openings along the way. He sniffs the air, smelling smoke, and realizes he still has some hair left on his head that is smoldering, so he dutifully reaches up and pats it out.
Nonam d20=12 d20=2
Monday February 7th, 2000 4:17:59 PM
Nonam looks at Onrad in bewilderment, "Nobody's going to die but drow." Then he stands up and casts stoneskin on himself and runs over to the edge of the wall. He quickly informs Kibo of the situation up top and asks what its like downstairs. While communicating with the halfling, he peers around (dex=12) the wall to make sure that there aren't any drow there. If there are any back there, he casts cloudkill on the other side of the wall. If there aren't, he casts fireshield on himself, swings out around the wall to land on the other side (dx=2) and starts hunting. As he does all this, Nonam can't stop thinking about magic. He wants to start casting all the spells he knows. He knows just how all the magic works. He absently thinks that its probably going to hurt him somehow, but he likes it.
Gareth d20=19 d20=17 d20=9 d8+10=16 d8+10=14
Monday February 7th, 2000 6:21:59 PM
Impessed at the skill displayed by his foe, the warrior battles on striking swords, parrying, and maneuvering for an advantage. He once again finds his mark and strikes the dark fighter twice. As he does he looks at any symbols he has on trying to determine from which house he hails from. i.e. making sure they are from house Millithor. (Hit AC -12 and -10 for 30 dmg).
Gareth, con't.
Monday February 7th, 2000 11:25:59 PM
(Int check of 9 on the symbols).
Tericus
Tuesday February 8th, 2000 12:40:59 AM
continues to apply salves and herbs to Jus's wounds. he looks up for a moment and sees that only Onrad is still upstairs. "Is there any sign of those drow?" he asks Onrad, then goes back to working on Jus
Bishop
Tuesday February 8th, 2000 2:17:59 AM
Bishop continues to move with that same purpose as he holsters his crossbow and picks up his sythe in one smooth motion. He waits for the next opertunity to strike.
Saire d20=14 d20=3 d6=2
Tuesday February 8th, 2000 2:38:59 AM
Saire steps off balance after the drow moves aside, causing Saire to miss his back attack. SSZZZZZZZZMMMMMMMMPPPPP... Saire blinks and cringes as a whisp of air dances past his cheek. "What the... ?" A splattering of warmth is spit upon the left side of his face, blood red dripping slowly down his chin; causing Saire to look to his left, where the ghastly image of a dark elf stands quivering with his eyes roled back in the head... just a black shaft petruding from his fore-head, blood bubbling out... the drow's knees give and it falls to the ground. Saire looks to his right, following back to the bolt sender, just stairs... he follows the Stairs up to peer into the simi-darkness beyond, where stands a hulking dark image, fearsome, clad in black and deadly; seeing for the first time the calculated power of the strange fellow named Bishop. Saire does not smile... but squints his eyes as if to see further into the queer fellows piercing gaze. Saire breaks his long trance with a shake of the head [actually all in just a split moment]. The clash of battle rages nearby as Gareth and the drow warrior are caught in a noble battle; a clash of ringing steel that looks to be a blood ballet, the two warriors exchanging terrible blows that break both skin and armor... "is time slowing down or am I just losing my mind!" Saire's tongue feels dry and swollen, his heart pounds like Orcin drums thumping in his ears, the helt of his sword slipping slowly from his grip as sweat poors from his palms in cascades, his nerves breaking down. "This is madness, all hell has broken loose. Where is everyone? Pull it together," he mind screams! Saire rubs the blood from his cheek to his forearm... and looks closely. "Kill or be killed reverberates in his head", breaking the madness and delusion. Saire drops to his knee and swings at the drow dancing with Gareth... at heel with the sharp steely edge of Saire's blade. [from behind, hits AC0 for 3 points of damage]
Teko d20=3 d6+3=6
Tuesday February 8th, 2000 2:56:59 AM
Teko cancels the Alter Self and, if Gareth's blows do not bring down the Drow that Gareth is fighting, attacks that Drow with his Longtooth dagger - with embarassing results. On the off chance that the Drow has an armor class of 11, Teko slashes for 6 points of damage.
Onrad d20=4 d6=3
Tuesday February 8th, 2000 3:48:59 AM
Onrad looks down at his still outstretched hand after Nonam ignores it, shakes it and pulls it in, as his temper begins to boil. He mumbles, "Just like old times. Where's a lake to throw the guys in when you need one." He turns to look around the wall. "Tericus, Nonam went A-WOL on the other side. Good thing, actually." He leans over the bannister and looks down. "I'm following Nonam. No, I don't know why." Onrad makes a dex check of 4 and crosses to the other side. He moves immediately to the secret wall and begins searching for a way to open it. He doesn't find anything with a roll of 3 out of 6.
Party Results for Round 3 (DM Jerry)
Tuesday February 8th, 2000 3:58:59 AM
Kibo continues around the corner. Nonam and Onrad find no drow beyond the wall. The secret door is still closed. Gareth strikes at the drow slicing his head and left shoulder from his body. He is dead. Tericus continues to work on Jus' unmoving form. He breathes shallowly. (Combat is over.)
Bishop
Tuesday February 8th, 2000 5:35:59 AM
Bishop, calms down focuses his mind back into the real world, everything sppeding back up and coming back together. Finnaly he comes to his senses and moves to help Jus if he can. "I have cure posion if it's needed. I think it's the only one I have though."
Nonam d20=12
Tuesday February 8th, 2000 3:52:59 PM
Blue flames crackle around Nonam as he creeps carefully but very visibly down the hall. He hears Onrad come over to his side, and he pauses a moment to wait for the warrior. Once Onrad gets near, he can feel that the flames radiate cold rather than heat. Nonam grins at his irritated friend, "Now that's the spirit. No dying here." Something about the wizard appears different than normal, not the flames - something else. It's as if he has gone mad, and Onrad can almost feel the magic coursing through Nonam. The wizard blinks his eyes a few times as if he were thinking of something else and asks, "How about you go try to open the door, and I'll stand out here in front and start blasting them when it opens. They can't do too much to me right now, but it won't last long." Nonam moves to take his position and leaves Onrad to ponder the mage's wisdom.
Gareth 3d8(7+6+8)+1=22
Tuesday February 8th, 2000 4:42:59 PM
The warrior continues to check out the symbols on the now dead foes to make sure they are Millithor. He quickly follows Kibo until he finds him. "Tell the others via the ring to get down here fast. They know we're here. The faster we get through this thing the better chance we have of surviving. They'l have less time to prepare.". The warrior pulls out a potion of extra healing from his bag of holding while he waits for the others and downs the whole thing (24 HP - forgot to add 3).
Onrad d20=11 d20=9 d6=2 d20=14 d20=4 d8+7=12 d8+7=11
Tuesday February 8th, 2000 8:01:59 PM
(First 2 rolls inadvertant) Onrad growls to himself. "I already tried to find it." He looks around again looking for the way to open the door (rolled a 2). He opens the wall turning to face whatever is within. If anyone is inside he holds until Nonam is done and then closes to attack rolling a 14 and a 4 hitting AC -5 and 5 which if they hit doing 12 and 11 hpd respectively. If there is no one in the room, he enters immediately into the secret room and begins looking around.
Tericus
Wednesday February 9th, 2000 12:42:59 AM
Tericus continues to work on Jus, then he hears Bishob, who somehow climbed back up the trapped staircase without setting it off. "Save it, in case I cant find the cure." he says to Bishob, silently thinking to himself that he doesnt entirely trust someone who worships death to save someone's life
Teko
Wednesday February 9th, 2000 1:23:59 AM
Teko follows quickly after Kebo with Gareth. "I'm amazed that I can still walk. I'm wishing I could have faced a couple of hell hounds instead. They don't seem nearly as vicious as they did."
Saire
Wednesday February 9th, 2000 2:31:59 AM
After Saire pulls it back together he decides that the party needs a way to get back together. Saire positions himself at an angle to see the banister above the stairs. Next he commands his rope of entanglement to wrap around the banister above in order to provide a way down for the others.
Bishop
Wednesday February 9th, 2000 4:45:59 AM
As if readin Tericus's mind he says "I never went down stairs." The he cosses over to the staircase to help with the rope. He wispers down stairs, "Hold there a bit we have a man down and are tring to remedy it quickly."
Kibo d100=60
Thursday February 10th, 2000 7:14:59 AM
Using his telepathic with Nonam (via the ring), Kibo thinks Gareth's message to the crew above, adding, "Gareth killed the two drow that were down here...I'm scouting ahead for traps (rolled successfully).
Midnight and All is Well? (DM Jerry)
Friday February 11th, 2000 6:53:59 AM
Gareth notices that the symbols on the dead foes are House Baenre, the enemy occupants of this house, not House Millithor their allies. Onrad views an empty chamber once he gets the wall to rise. (All else is as posted.) The heat from the flames quickly dissapates. A silence descends upon the battlemaze and all is calm--at least for the moment. (It is midnight folks. All your magic items and abilities that renew with the new day are rejuvinated.)
Nonam
Friday February 11th, 2000 3:55:59 PM
Nonam looks into the opened secret room for either a door or a spider symbol.
Saire
Friday February 11th, 2000 9:38:59 PM
Still holding the rope, Saire bends over the dead drow bodies and checks them for items, treasure and clues. He also looks at their weapons to see if any might be of better make or design than his. He will not attempt to remove Bishop's bolt from the drows forehead... because that would just be grose.
Kibo d100=77 d100=97 d100=70 d100=94
Saturday February 12th, 2000 12:35:59 AM
Holding out his hand to stop Gareth and Teko from coming any further, Kibo creeps down the short hallway to the door opening, checking for traps (failed both rolls) and moving silently in shadows, to peek inside(made both rolls).
Tericus
Saturday February 12th, 2000 3:14:59 AM
continues to try to counteract the posion in Jus's system. "Ive almost got it." he says to himself
Gareth
Sunday February 13th, 2000 9:17:59 PM
The warrior holds, waiting for the go ahead from Kibo. He invokes his invisibility ring again (1st charge).
Gareth d8+1=7 d8+1=8 d8+1=6
Sunday February 13th, 2000 9:43:59 PM
Before going invisible, the warrior drains another extra healing potion (21 HP).
Teko
Monday February 14th, 2000 2:41:59 AM
Teko follows suit, waiting for Kibo's signal. He also turns invisible, using his ring - if, of course, the ring fared the flames better than Teko himself did.
Bishop
Monday February 14th, 2000 5:21:59 AM
Bishop waits to see if we are going down or staying up. Bishop thinks to himself "Hurry up and wait, hurry up and wait. It seems that is th S.O.P. with these guys, I just hope it dosen't get anyone killed."
Onrad d6=4
Monday February 14th, 2000 5:52:59 AM
Onrad runs to the back wall of the room and immediately begins looking for a secret door in the back of the secret room. He doesn't find one. He yells back toward Tericus, "Give a shout Tericus if and when you need us or you get Jus to come around."
Act 2 .....Andante With Feeling (GM Jerry) d20=17 d10=6 d10=7
Monday February 14th, 2000 6:21:59 AM
Nonam notices neither door nor spider symbol (perception of 17). Saire finds that each has a long sword, dagger, hand crossbow with 20 and 19 bolts respectively, cloak, boots, chain mail and buckler. All weapons and armor are made of adamantite. The make of all materials is very fine, but it is impossible to make a definitive comparison with his own. Overall the make of the cloak compares with Saire's cloak. Their chain looks to be of superior make, whereas Saire's leather armor appears ordinary. Kibo approaches the door opening and looking inside sees a chamber that is 30' in diameter shaped like the bottom portion of an hourglass. It narrows, again as an hourglass does, over his head to about 10' in diameter with this vertical tube disapearing overhead. A ladder runs from the floor through the tube overhead. There are no other apparent exits from the chamber. There is a southern passage back doen the hallway before the southwestern turn which runs south and turns west ending in a dead end there. (None of Teko's items are destroyed from the flames.) Suddenly downstairs at the northern end of the corridor leading north from the stairs, a 40' section of hallway slides up, revealing 10 drow inside a secret room 40' across and 20' deep. (Those downstairs need to roll surprise.) Those upstairs may hear the sliding of the wall, but can't see the drow due to the vertical angle. (I'm assuming that both the party and the drow are prepared to fight, unless some of The Three are surprised, therefore we'll roll initiative.) The party wins initiative 7 to 6. (Combat begins.)
Nonam d20=8 d20=12 9d6(2+4+3+2+1+4+5+5+5)=31
Monday February 14th, 2000 4:41:59 PM
Nonam hears the door opening and realizes what it must be (percep 8). All hopped up on speed potion, he doesn't necessarily think as clearly as he should, and he runs and vaults over the banister so that he can see the other direction(dex 12). He casts featherfall to slow his fall, and as he drifts down sees the drow. The potion running through him prompts him to immediately attack, and he casts a double wide lightning bolt as he falls. He starts it right in front of drow 4 & 5, so that it will bounce back. Nonam has a momentary insight that he will be helpless when the potion wears off, but he doesn't care... yet.
Gareth d20=14 d20=18 d8+10=18 d8+10=16
Monday February 14th, 2000 5:40:59 PM
closes in on the drow. He stays to the side of the passage so as to avoid any frontal attack like bolts. He tries to attack any drow he sees casting to disrupt their spell. He swings his blade twice hitting his chosen target twice (AC -7 and -11) making large wounds (34 DMG). Note: If the warrior can get to 2 spell casters he will split his attack to disrupt both spells.
Tericus
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 12:23:59 AM
Tericus crushes a herb and mixes it with a salve, then applys it to Jus's wounds "That should do it." he says (its been 3 rnds that Tericus has been working on Jus, he now gets anther saving throw at +2). then hearing all the noise downstairs and seeing Nonnan bound down the stairs, he yells out to Onrad, "Something is going on downstairs." Ill stay up here until Jus wakes up, but they might need your help down there."
Saire d20=7 d20=3 d20=14 d20=1
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 1:51:59 AM
As Nonam's hands crackle with magical energy, Saire dives to the corner across form the foot of the stairs to avoid being caught in his attack. [dex check 7/17] If Saire does not avoid the attack in time he has failed his save. [3/13] Saire then holds with his short bow drawn... to attack any spell casters that begin to cast. [Hit AC 1 followed by a critical miss if he must fire at spell casters]
Teko d10=8
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 2:51:59 AM
Unsuprised, Teko casts a Glitterdust upon the Drow, positioning it carefully so as not to hit Gareth, but getting as many Drow as he can within its 20ft cube. He is visible. Again.
Kibo d10=1
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 2:55:59 AM
Definitely surprised, Kibo fumbles for his weapon, trying to reach a point where he at least has options.
Bishop d20=1 d20=18
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 4:21:59 AM
Bishop hears and knows precisly what is happing.(percep by 17) He draws his crossbow, kneels at the top of the stairs, and holds, if any drow show themselfs he fires using the magical bolt and line from his weapon, he will then command it to drag the drow back toward him and onto the stair trap. (Hit AC-4)
Onrad d20=6 d20=18 d20=16 d20=20
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 6:23:59 AM
Gotcha. Onrad runs toward the bannister and looks down. He notices the rope (perception check of 6) and slides down swinging to the bottom of the stairs missing both his strength and his dex check. Desperately he tries to avoid the bottom half of the stairs and flip himself to the top half (dex of 20.) He lands hard on the stairs about 10' from the bottom. "Ouch...AIIIIEEEEE!" he screams as the flames ignite around him.
Jus d20+2=17
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 6:24:59 AM
"W... What!", Jus visibly starts, looking around wildly in an attempt to ascertain what's going on. At the sight of Tericus with herbs and pestal, Jus smiles, "I do believe a thanks are in order. Thank you, Tericus." Slowly getting up, Jus places his hand on Tericus' shoulder. Unable to withhold his happiness, Jus gives Tericus a brief hug. "Now then," Jus shakily starts towards the stairs and the noise of fighting below. Stopping before he reaches the stairs, he asks, "Anyone find another way down? I'm not up to being baked today."
Round 1 Party Results(DM Jerry) d20=15 d20=5 d20=17 d20=9 d20=17 d20=20 d20=18 d20=13 d20=19 d20=6 d20=8 d20=17 6d8(7+2+4+8+7+3)=31 4d6(4+1+5+4)=14 2d6(3+4)=7
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 7:02:59 AM
Nonam's double-wide bolt is perfectly thrown only effecting drow #4, 5, 9, and 10. Their saves for the first passing are 15(save), 5, 17(save), and 9. Those passing take 16hpd, those failing take 31. Their saves for the second passing are 17, 20, 18, and 13 (all saving). All four thus take an additional 16hpd. Drow #5 and #10 fall to the stone floor soundlessly, charred black. The smell of ozone and cooked flesh fill the hallway. Saire avoids the lightning bolt as the bolt was very cleverly placed so as to only harm the drow. Saire then holds as does Gareth waiting on any spell casting movements to occur. Teko casts the Glitterdust on Drow #1, 2, 6, and 7. They attempt their saves rolling 19(save), 6, 8, and 17(save). Drow #2 and 6 and blinded by the glitterdust. (I still need Saire's surprise roll.) Onrad takes 31 points of damage from the stairs(save for half) as well as 14hpd from the fall. He will, however, continue to roll down the stairs to the bottom taking another 7hpd.
Round 1 Drow Actions (DM Jerry) d20=3 d20=15 d3=3 d10=2 d10=7 d20-2=5 d20+6=9 d20+6=25 d8+7=11 d8+7=12 d20+2=9 d20+2=11
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 7:29:59 AM
The Drow hit by the lightning bolts that are still alive, #4, 9, respond in kind firing bolts at Nonam rolling 3 and 15 hitting once for 3hpd (save vs. poison or lose consciousness). #2 and 6 check for surprise rolling 2 and 7. #2 thus freezes in place. #6, however, strikes out in blind-fighting fashion entering the hallway swinging. He misses. #1 and #7 exit their room and runs down the hallway to engage Teko. (Gareth is still invisible. No drow cast a spell with verbal or somatic components and so Gareth and Saire did not attack as planned.) They strike once each with their longswords rolling a 9 and a 25 hitting twice for 11 + 12 = 23 total points of damage. #8 and 3 fire at the Fairie Fired Nonam missing him both times. They then advance down the hallway toward the stairs to meet the dreaded mage...
Round 1 Party Holding Action (DM Jerry) 6d8(8+5+7+4+6+4)=34 d20=7 6d8(2+6+4+6+7+3)=28
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 7:35:59 AM
Bishop notices drow #3 and 8. He fires snagging #3 and pulling him between the invisible Saire and the heap on the floor that is Onrad onto the stairs, sending the flames roaring yet again blocking Bishop's view of the action below yet again. Drow #3 takes 34 hit points of damage. The magical cord of light from the crossbow takes 28 points of damage dissolving it, but only after it has done it's work. (It is now Round 2 and Player Initiative again.)
Jus
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 9:01:59 AM
"There has got to be a better way...." Jus runs back to the secret room on the top level, hoping to find a way downstairs without hitting the firetrap.
Nonam d4+4=8
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 3:44:59 PM
[forgot to roll for Nonam's stoneskins when I cast it - he has 8]
Nonam d100=67 5d4(2+2+2+3+2)+5=16 d100=51 5d4(2+3+2+2+2)+5=16
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 3:53:59 PM
Nonam frowns at the drow that fire bolts at him. Then he laughs as the bolt that hits him bounces away harmlessly, merely stripping him of a stoneskin (7 left). He responds with a magic missle cast at 4. Five fiery bolts streak from Nonam's fingers and explode into drow #4 with a vengeance (16 pts). Nonam silently mouths "You're next" at drow #9 and casts a second magic missle. Again Nonam summons the mystical energy for the spell and 5 more missles spring into existence and hurtle through the hallway at drow #9. They burn into the drow in rapid succession (16 pts). The flaming wizard grins at the advancing #3 and #8 as his feet finally touch the ground.
Gareth d20=17 d20=19 d8+10=13 d8+10=14
Tuesday February 15th, 2000 9:45:59 PM
The warrior strikes again the nearest standing ebony fighter(s) he can get to once again doing good damage (AC -10 and -12 for 27 dmg). OOC: Gareth did not say he was holding his attack. He said if given a choice he would attack casters. The intent was to attack - but to look for casters. Since he saw none he attacked the first non-casters he got to - and turned visible. 34 hp damage should be given to some lucky drow warriors... :)
Teko
Wednesday February 16th, 2000 2:42:59 AM
Teko casts Color Spray upon the two Drow that are coming toward him (#1 & #7).
Tericus d20+3=15 d4+4=7
Wednesday February 16th, 2000 2:48:59 AM
moves next to Bishob, and loads his sling. if he can see any drow, he'll fire a bullett at the nearest one, hitting ac -2 for 7 pts of damage(if they are lower than ac 1, he takes an addional 2pts of damage for every ac level below 1). if there isnt a drow he can see, he will stand by, waiting to see if the trap flaires up again
Kibo
Wednesday February 16th, 2000 2:54:59 AM
Still invisible, and with weapon in hand, Kibo moves back several feet to the corner to make out what is happening. If any party member falls, he will move quickly to provide assistance. Otherwise, he moves to within 15 feet of Teko, staying close to the wall.
Onrad d20=20 d20=19 d20=18 d8+6=9 d8+6=8
Wednesday February 16th, 2000 4:36:59 AM
(Onrad saves taking half damage from the fire taking 16hpd.) Onrad gets to his feet. Seeing the Drow in the hallway he decides to take out his frustration on them. He closes with #3 and wails on him rolling a 19 and an 18 hitting AC -11 and -10 doing 9 + 8 = 17 total hpd. He smiles a friendly "You're gonna die" kinda smile and waits for the counter attack from the Drow.
Round 2: Party Results (DM Jerry)
Wednesday February 16th, 2000 5:56:59 AM
Jus notices no exits from the secret room. Nonam fells both drow #4 and 9 with his powerful Magic Missiles. (I need dex checks to climb around the wall of stone please from now on.) Gareth attacks #6, the glittered and blinded drow in front of him for the stated 27hpd. (Last round stands as is.) Teko casts affecting only 1 creature (see spell) #1 rolls an 8 on the saving throw and is blinded. The flames on #3 continues preventing those above from seeing downstairs...
Round 2: Opponent Initiative (DM Jerry) d20-2=5 d20-2=1 d20=8 d20=10 d8+7=13 d8+7=9 d20=6 d20=17 d8+7=15 d20=20 d20=6 d8+7=14 6d8(7+4+2+3+7+7)=30 d20=4 d6=3
Wednesday February 16th, 2000 6:18:59 AM
Drow #1,blinded, concentrates and strikes out twice at Teko in response rolling a 5 missing and then rolling a critical failure (1) missing his next attack. #7 also attacks Teko twice rolling 8 and 10 hitting twice for 13 + 9 = 22 points of damage. #6 strikes back at Gareth blindly twice rolling a 6 and a 17 hitting Gareth once for 15 points of damage. #2 overcomng his surprise, hears the cries of battle and blinded moves away from it toward the back of the secret room afraid of hitting his comrade. Once there he moves along the wall to the back corner trying to recover. #8 strikes out once at Onrad switching to his long sword rolling a 20 critically hitting with a 6 as the extra roll hitting once for 14 points of damage. #3 rolls out of the fire taking 30hpd (failed save) and 3hpd rolling down the stairs. He arrives dead at the bottom and the flames die. (It is now Round 3: Player Initiative)
Bishop d20=19
Wednesday February 16th, 2000 6:31:59 AM
Bishop fires at number 8 tring to duplicate the same thing again. Mumbling "They said it would do this 3 times a day, I hope this works" He takes the -1 to hit so as not to strike friends. Again he strikes true and strong and begins to reel in the Drow to it's death.
Nonam d20=16 9d6(2+3+5+4+4+5+5+2+3)=33 d100=89 5d4(3+3+4+4+3)+5=22
Wednesday February 16th, 2000 3:15:59 PM
The mad wizard steps out of the way so that Bishop can pull #8 to his death, and he looks down the hall at #2. Nonam briefly thinks that he shouldn't waste his spells on the helpless, but the lure is too strong (fail Wis, 16). He pulls his arm back, mutters a few arcane words, and hurls a fireball right at the cowering, blind drow (33pts,sv for 1/2). Then Nonam moves 40' down the hall to stand in the L. He sees the two drow on Teko and casts another magic missle at 7 (still keeps the spell 89). The spell is Nonam's most powerful yet (22pts), and the flaming wizard cackles in mad laughter as the missles hit their pointy-eared target.
Gareth d20=12 d20=11 d8+10=13 d8+10=15
Wednesday February 16th, 2000 6:40:59 PM
The warrior strikes again the abomination before him with two mighty blows (AC -5 and -4 for 13+15=28 dmg). As his opponent falls he rushes to aid Tericus striking the most injured first. (Only if first attack killed #6)
Saire
Wednesday February 16th, 2000 8:32:59 PM
Saire hears and sees the party smash through the attacking drow with a marvelous display of glitter, colors, flame and flash. "I haven't seen anything like this in years... at the summer festival!" Saire decides at this point it is best to save his invisibility, and to hold off from attacking through Nonam and Onrad. Saire will watch their back as they advance. Saire grabs his rope and pulls it taught... "Hurry-up up there... what's holding you!? Use the rope to quickly slide down." Saire turns to Onrad and Nonam, "Sorry guys, I gotta stay with the rope."
Jus d20=15 d20=5
Wednesday February 16th, 2000 11:21:59 PM
Even though he knows there must be a trapdoor or something in the room, Jus feels he can't waste anymore time looking. Frustrated, knowning he could possibly die from the flames, Jus runs back to the stairs -- convincing himself it's better to die helping his friends than to be safe up here. His eyes light up as he hears Saire, "Bless you, Saire!" Jus yells down as he grabs the rope. Jus immediately starts down, going as quickly as he can to get to the fight [ability checks rolled for DM, if needed].
Tericus d20=9 d20+1=5
Thursday February 17th, 2000 12:58:59 AM
if Jus is able to use the rope without setting off the fire trap, Tericus will follow him down, using the rope to slide down (made dex check). if Jus does set off the fire trap again, Tericus will wait upstairs for Bishob to reel in another drow and bash him with his staff, but misses(hit ac10)
Teko
Thursday February 17th, 2000 1:41:59 AM
Teko's body shudders from the first of the drow's attacks. He begins slowly to slump to the floor, but as the drow hits him the second time, Teko's descent is robbed of any gracefullness. He falls in a bloody heap.
Kibo
Thursday February 17th, 2000 2:46:59 AM
In Faerie-Fired frustration, Kibo pauses to see whether or not drow #7 comes after him. If so, Kibo will race back into the room from whence he came and head up the ladder, hoping to find a better position from which to fight. If the drow heads toward Gareth, Kibo will move quickly and cautiously toward Teko, to see whether or not the gnome can be saved.
Onrad 3d8(5+1+3)+3=12
Thursday February 17th, 2000 5:07:59 AM
Onrad, seeing #8 being dragged toward the stairs, sighs with relief, does a lazy salute in Bishop's direction expressing his grattitude and digs out an extra-healing potion regaining 12hps. "Stupid Onrad. Can't believe you can't slide down a stupid rope. Stupid, stupid, stupid!"
Round 3: Player Results (DM Jerry)
Thursday February 17th, 2000 5:18:59 AM
Bishop begins pulling Drow #8 towards the stairs. Nonam causes #2 to explode literally with the magic slammed into him. Itsy bitsy drow pieces shower the secret room beginning to glitter as they inter the Glitterdust area of effect. Gareth fells #6 with his first shot, then runs around the L of the hallway corner to his east to realize that Tericus is still upstairs. Jus slides safely down the rope. Tericus then follows him down. Teko, as stated, falls in a bloody heap. Kibo holds his position...
Round 3: Opponent Initiative (DM Jerry) d20=19 d20=6 d20=12 d4+7=10 d20=16 d8+7=10 d20=8 6d8(8+2+7+6+3+1)=27 d20=16
Thursday February 17th, 2000 5:40:59 AM
#1 thinking Teko dead (perception check of 19)and not seeing another opponent within sight, grabs Teko's body and picking him up, and carries him back into the secret room. #7 follows his lead, but sees Teko's diaphragm move slightly. He strikes at the guy with his sword handle hitting the defenseless Teko and does 10hpd. Teko remembers no more. When both enter the room the secret door closes as if on cue. #8 finding himself surrounded attempts to hack at the light blue light that is pulling at him striking twice rolling a 16 and an 8 hitting the pale light once and doing 10 points of damage to it which is just not enough. He is dragged through the clustered party who manage to get out of his way and is dragged into the flames where he takes 14hpd (saved for half rolling a 16.) He begins a constant scream and the sound echoes through the Battlemaze. (It is now Round 4: Party Initiative)
Bishop
Thursday February 17th, 2000 5:57:59 AM
Bishop continues to reel #8 in untill he is half way up the stairs in the fire. To his comrades he wispers, "Careful he saw what happened to his friend he might do something unexpected."
Bishop
Thursday February 17th, 2000 6:35:59 AM
Bishop watches the Drow die and then pulls his sythe in case it comes runnig towards himout of the flames. He will try and keep it from running out.
Nonam
Thursday February 17th, 2000 4:24:59 PM
Nonam moves to the L in the hallway and uses the ring, "Kibo, where did they go?"
Gareth d20=12 d20=3
Thursday February 17th, 2000 5:43:59 PM
The warrior curses loudly at his lack of ability to get things done - twice in a row. Looking around and not seeing Tericus - as he is still upstairs - and realizing his mistake that the party member in trouble was in fact Teko and not Tericu he races back to help. When he sees the secret door closed and the 2 drow and Teko gone (Int), he attempts to open it by kicking it in/ripping open (open locked or magically barred door by 3). His huge arms strain mightily with great effort as he rends it assunder - hoping beyond hope that he still has a chance to save his ally from both his his mistakes.
Jus
Thursday February 17th, 2000 11:47:59 PM
Jus lands full of excitement and ready to cast -- but cast at whom? He runs down the hall towards Gareth. Along the way, he calls out to no one in particular, "Where'd the fight go? Don't tell me these were the only ones," Jus adds, pointing to the fallen Drow. Seeing Gareth's determination with wide eyes, Jus wonders if Gareth has gone bezerk. Oblivious to Teko's exit, he asks, "Gareth, what's got you so fired up? We need to move on. Leave the Drow be; we'll face more of them soon enough."
Tericus
Friday February 18th, 2000 12:34:59 AM
seeing that all the drow are dead down where he is at, Tericus moves the intersection of the hall, mumbling to himself, "Where is Teko?"
Kibo
Friday February 18th, 2000 2:44:59 AM
Kibo moving quickly toward Gareth, updates Nonam through the ring, "Teko has fallen in combat. The drow responsible picked him up and moved him back through the secret door, which Gareth is trying to demolish."
Saire
Saturday February 19th, 2000 4:24:59 AM
"BISHOP! You're testing my patience! Get down here fast!" as Saire continues to hold the rope taught. Saire will issue the command word to release the rope as soon as Bishop makes it down safely. Saire, in this position is unaware that Teko has been abducted, so does not feel the anxiety that the others feel, yet. But he does hear the anguished cries that mix and mingle through the corridoor. Thus his frustration with Bishop's delay.
Bishop d20=14 d20=11
Sunday February 20th, 2000 5:38:59 AM
Bishop leaps out grabing the rope and then slides down the rope, jumping out of the way at the last second. All the while saying, "My apologies, I was taking care of our enemies and felt that to leave the job half done would help kill us latter." (STR and DEX)
Onrad d6=3
Sunday February 20th, 2000 7:33:59 AM
"Woah, Woah Gareth! Slow down there. We'll get the wall open if you need in there so bad. Personally, I think we should take advantage of this hiatus. They all seem to be dead or have retreated. Let's move on." Looking around Onrad nods as Bishop slids down successfully. Onrad counts heads, "5, 6, 7, 8....8...Uh, Where's Kibo? Anyone? Anyone?" Then he looks back at Gareth. "Uh Oh." Onrad then hears what Kibo says happened to the illusionist. He immediately begins looking for a trigger to open the wall (rolled a 3 looking for secret doors.) "Kibo, was he just downed or was he dead? Do you know?"
A Silent Tribute (DM Jerry) d6=4
Sunday February 20th, 2000 7:43:59 AM
The final drow dies in the flames. The pale blue light dies out before the body can be drawn up past the halfway point and so the flames continue to for a few minutes until even the bones are consumed in the magical flames. (I have added the damage from the second spell to one of the drow abducting Kibo. Sorry I missed that. Kibo's fate was already sealed and the damage did not kill the drow or change his intentions.) Gareth digs into the solid wall of stone. He takes 4 hpd trying to kick it. The "secret wall" is just that--a section of the wall 40' long and at least 1 foot thick that rose vertically to open. A very fine crack is visible showing the opening the wall slides up into when activated. All is silent after the roar of the flames cuts off. To those award of Teko's fate it could almost seem that the creaks and drips that the battlemaze usually makes were paying silent tribute to the fallen hero. (Combat is over.)
Kibo
Sunday February 20th, 2000 2:03:59 PM
An invisible Kibo (the Faerie Fire gone with the death of its caster) informs the party about Teko's demise, ending with, "Were those the same drow that jumped you upstairs? If so, that secret door may lead to an elevating platform, meaning they could ambush us again. I need healing, and we need to move on, before they use magic to make Teko speak from beyond the grave and give up valuable information." The scout looks resolute, though sad, at leaving behind a fallen comrade.
Nonam
Sunday February 20th, 2000 3:33:59 PM
"I can bring Teko back to life... though perhaps it would be better for Bishop to do it." Nonam twists the top of his staff and opens a secret compartment. He pulls out a small vial and hands it to Bishop. "A gift we received from your god. It will restore life, perhaps you should care for it." Nonam looks at the rest, "Now then, Teko isn't dead as long as we have this, let's find him." Nonam starts looking for a way to open the secret door.
Saire d100=82 d100=37
Sunday February 20th, 2000 8:37:59 PM
Saire gathers his rope and walks forward to the secret wall, ignoring Bishop's rebutle. He stands stunned as the party recounts what happened to Teko. "I'll do what I can to help find Teko." Saire kneels down at the lower corner of the wall and places his left hand on the seam and his right hand along the wall, and slowly works his way around the seam, at least where he can reach. He uses many years of experience and study about secret and concealed doors to try and locate the device that must activate the wall from the outside. "It's gotta be here somewhere." [Saire passes open locks check 82/85. Saire passes find remove traps check 32/55, and he would like the DM to make Find secret doors check for him.]
Tericus
Monday February 21st, 2000 1:26:59 AM
after hearing Kibo's fate, Tericus sings a quiet song to himself while the others try to open the passageway. it is a sad song, but its also filled the knowelege that the deceased is in a better place. then he sees the potion that Noonan is carrying, he frowns, but doesnt say anything
Jus
Monday February 21st, 2000 3:20:59 AM
Jus immediately gets to work trying to find a way through the secret door. With grief in his voice, he tells the others, "Let's not forget our goals... I don't want to be the one to say it, but either we open this door in the next few minutes, or we need to go."
Fears and Hopes (DM Jerry) d6=5 d6=5 d6=4
Monday February 21st, 2000 5:14:59 AM
Nonam (rolled a secret doors roll of 5) does not find the means to open the door. Saire also does not find the mechanism (rolled 5). Onrad who had already tried his check encourages the others. Jus, sadly also misses his try to find the mechanism (rolled 4). A dark cloud figuratively begins to settle over The Three as they struggle to find their friend Teko.
Bishop
Monday February 21st, 2000 5:23:59 AM
"Judgeing by the space between the last 2 drow attacks I say we have 3 minutes to get that door open leaving us 2 to be somewhere else entirely. Too many Drow have seen us and escaped, stelth is over, it is time to confuse and confound our opponent, now if we want on the other side of that wall I can get us there but I can NOT get us back! We have no time for discussion, ONLY action."
Kibo d6=2
Monday February 21st, 2000 6:12:59 AM
Resignedly, Kibo quickly trudges over to locate the secret door mechanism (rolled 2) and states, "The elf is right, we must go...too much time has already passed, I fear."
Gareth
Monday February 21st, 2000 6:13:59 AM
Feeling responsible for the whole abduction at his ridiculously poor performance in the battle, the warrior looks at Bishop. "Then do it. We must get him back. Now would be the best time. I doubt the drow will be expecting us to take this route - and make it quick"
Gareth
Monday February 21st, 2000 6:14:00 AM
Feeling responsible for the whole abduction at his ridiculously poor performance in the battle, the warrior looks at Bishop. "Then do it. We must get him back. Now would be the best time. I doubt the drow will be expecting us to take this route - and make it quick - please..."
Nonam
Monday February 21st, 2000 6:53:59 AM
Nonam snaps at Jus, "To Gargul with the mission, Teko is more important!" Then the mage casts 'locate object' and thinks about a switch to open the door.
Saire
Monday February 21st, 2000 9:09:59 PM
Saire stands next to Bishop, waiting for whatever it is he plans to do. [Saire reamins invisible and displaced]
Tericus
Tuesday February 22nd, 2000 12:25:59 AM
seeing that tempers are flairing up, Tericus tries to calm people down. "Yelling at each other wont bring Teko back any sooner. Also, think on this. The drow took his body for a reason, and isnt it believed that that the matron mother is paritally undead? Im sure they have taken him to her, so if we find her, we find Kibo. Besides, with all the bashing at the door we've been doing, im sure there is a surprise waiting for us behind it."
Bishop d100=82
Tuesday February 22nd, 2000 3:09:59 AM
Bishop casts Demensional Fold. A gate pops open leading to just beyond the other side of the wall. Everyone on this side of the gate can see through to the other side, and anyone on the other side can see through to us. "It's a two way gate folks we have exactly ONE minuter to get through and then the gate is gone and I CAN NOT bring it back, so if your going GO!!!" (OOC I would like to know what I see through the gate before I jump through, but if Bishop dosen't see any clear traps or dangers he will be the first through.)(No one ages)
Onrad
Tuesday February 22nd, 2000 5:48:59 AM
Onrad, knowing the importance of someone making a decision, and glad to see Gareth supporting Bishop's action, decides the time has come for him to act. "If there are Drow, Tericus, they are standing between us and our friend. Nonam is right." He nods his thanks to Bishop gives Gareth that "here we go again" look and steps through.
The Needs of The Few (DM Jerry)
Tuesday February 22nd, 2000 5:55:59 AM
Nonam's spell reveals to him a general direction for the trigger which is just to the left of the secret wall. (It can now be found as if it was hidden: 2 in 6 for non elves, 3 in 6 for elves.) Bishop's Dimensional Fold reveals the secret room. Another secret door slides shut on the back wall near the right corner just as the spell appears.
Nonam d6=2
Tuesday February 22nd, 2000 3:40:59 PM
Nonam sees the lever to the secret door and opens it. After it slides open, he looks at Bishop's portal, shrugs his shoulders, and walks into the room by way of open door. Since the spell lasts several more minutes, the mage moves up to the next wall and hopes the spell will help him find the way to open that secret door too.
Gareth d20=3 d20=10
Tuesday February 22nd, 2000 5:22:59 PM
jumps to the door as it closes. He looks to see if it is as thick as the one they just went through. If it is not he tries to force it with success. If so he turns to the others and says "Maybe closing the outside door makes that one open automatically (Made Int).". He tries to remember how he saw the door opening to determine if it seemed to close exactly as the other one was opening.
Onrad d6=2
Tuesday February 22nd, 2000 8:22:59 PM
Onrad moves forward quickly and begins searching where the door closed if Gareth is unable to force it open. (rolled a 2 which means success if the same rules apply as before) He quickly finds the trigger and opens the door! He races through looking for a sign of the cowardly drow carrying their friend and comrade. He continues moving so others may follow. He motions for all to now be quiet so as to hear any audible clues.
Jus d6=4
Tuesday February 22nd, 2000 8:38:59 PM
Jus quickly enters the room, still a bit embarrassed by his own comment to continue the mission. "But its nice to hear us fighting *for* each other for a change," Jus thinks to himself. Pulling his mind back to the task at hand, Jus searches for the mechanism to open the next door -- without success.
Tericus
Wednesday February 23rd, 2000 2:00:59 AM
seeing that everyone is jumping through the gate, Tericus follows them through, not wanting to be left alone in the maze. then he waits as everyone tries to open the secret door
Saire d100=53
Wednesday February 23rd, 2000 2:09:59 AM
Saire draws forth his mighty little short bow, and tip toes forward [So as not to make any noise while Onrad shushes the party and listens at the door, makes check] Saire smiles a little, as Jus begins talking the very second after Onrad told evryone to be quiet. Saire holds in position to fire at the drow when the door opens, then thinks better of it and scoots back a little as Nonam's hands begin to crackle in anticipation of their next spell.
The Many Ways of Opening a Door (DM Jerry)
Wednesday February 23rd, 2000 3:29:59 AM
Gareth forces the door busting through with great noise. Onrad follows him through pointing to the trigger as he goes. Jus looks THOUGHTFUL, keeping quiet. Gareth and Jus enter a 10' x 10' landing, stairs ascending up and to the left for 30' where there is another landing. (see map.) The area is slightly musty. Most importantly though, if Gareth or Onrad can make a perception check, they hear, just for a second, soft feet upon the stairs somewhere above them.
Kibo
Wednesday February 23rd, 2000 5:31:59 AM
Kibo, following the rest of the crew, focuses on surprise attacks from behind, leaving the current chase up to the experienced warriors.
Bishop
Wednesday February 23rd, 2000 6:49:59 AM
Bishop follows,wondering why they keep messing up, two spells on the same problem. They must get their head back in the game.
Nonam
Wednesday February 23rd, 2000 3:20:59 PM
Nonam grips his staff tightly so that he doesn't kill Gareth and enters the landing. Not seeing any other way to go, the mage starts running up the stairs thinking of spells as he goes.
Gareth d20=6 d20=6
Wednesday February 23rd, 2000 6:22:59 PM
"I hear them." Int by 6). The warrior races up the stairs taking them 4 or 5 at a time (Str by 12+). He wastes no time with stealth wanting to close the gap fast knowing they are carrying a load and should not be able to pull away. Thinking that the foot falls were higher up he continues to climb any stairs he sees from the landing 30' up not even pausing for a breath.
Gareth - con't.
Wednesday February 23rd, 2000 7:37:59 PM
The warrior is impressed as he loses ground to Nonam who seems to be moving much faster than he's ever seen him move before.
Onrad
Wednesday February 23rd, 2000 8:09:59 PM
Onrad gracefully follows Gareth up the stairs his "grace" nearly matching the big fighter's "brawn". He lets Gareth get 10' ahead of him so that if something happens involving the big guy he has time to respond to it.
Saire d100=45 d20=18
Wednesday February 23rd, 2000 9:10:59 PM
[I've received no map] Saire dashes through the door after the others. Seeing the situation with the stairs, he throws his bow over his shoulder and pulls forth his rope. [ fails detect noise check and perception check] Saire follows Gareth at full speed. Saire fears we are running into a trap, so his immediately prepared to lash out his rope to grab something for support.
Jus d4+4=8
Wednesday February 23rd, 2000 9:46:59 PM
Jus races upward, casting Stoneskin from his Ring of Storing in preparation for the battles to come (8 skins).
Tericus
Thursday February 24th, 2000 2:39:59 AM
Tericus follows right behind Jus, a spell ready at his lips
Bishop
Thursday February 24th, 2000 4:49:59 AM
Bishop readys his crossbow and continues ot follow.
(DM Jerry)
Thursday February 24th, 2000 6:57:59 PM
Nonam runs up the stairs to the left at full speed. He hits the landing followed distantly by Gareth, Onrad and then others. The stairs reverse continuing up another 30' where there is another landing. To the left, is a short corridor 20' long. The last 10' of the corridor is covered with spider shaped glyphs. There are dozens of them. The two drow are there in the glyphed area. One holds the still form of Teko, while the other says something softly which results in his hand glowing with a purplish hue. He moves to touch to touch the wall on the left side, but is stopped with a barked command from the other. Both draw their swords then. Teko's body is dropped like a lump of clay behind them. (Sorry guys, AOL has been cutting out on me since I've had the new modem. It took two hours to post Wed. and last night, I couldn't even get on. AOL for once said it was their fault. So I didn't get the map out Wed. and didn't get to do a turn last night. I'd have put this in email, but was afraid I couldn't get on. Did this at school.)
Gareth d20=18 d20=17 d8+10=15 d8+10=15
Thursday February 24th, 2000 7:12:59 PM
The warrior wastes no time in decending upong the two drow. His blade sings as it cuts through the air with deadly accuracy. His mastery of form and style result rapidly into two openings. In grim silence he cuts the one who was not carrying Teko - the one who delivered the final blow to him. His eyes tell the drow all he needs to know about why he was the chosen target (hit AC -11 and -10 for 30 dmg).
Saire
Thursday February 24th, 2000 9:11:59 PM
Saire comes upon the landing and can see Gareth engaged with the drow down the hall. Saire advances half the distance down the hall and lashes out his rope [commanding it to entangle the 2 drow] Saire continues to advance forward until he is standing above Teko [in a position where the drow would have to attack Saire before they could get Teko's body]. IN GNOMISH "Capture the second one!" Hoping Kibo are somebody understands him, other than the drow!
Saire
Thursday February 24th, 2000 9:12:00 PM
Saire is now visible, but displaced.
Kibo
Friday February 25th, 2000 4:36:59 AM
Distantly, in back of the group, Kibo makes our Saire's words as gibberish (don't speak Gnome), and continues facing the rear, convinced that these crafty opponents will yet again surprise the group from an unknown direction.
Tericus
Friday February 25th, 2000 5:56:59 AM
runs up the stairs with the others. when the get to the top, he moves to the side in order to get out of everyone's way, readying a spell in case its needed
Jus d20=17
Friday February 25th, 2000 10:21:59 AM
Jus watches the Drow's spellcasting carefully, watching the hand movements, listening to the words, feeling the mystical threads unite through a careful focus of concentration until the magic manifests itself in the Drow's glowing hand. "Almost, I almost see it", Jus thinks, "but... I'm missing something..." Jus frowns in concentration, hoping his experience as an elf and magic brings something to mind [missed Spellcraft roll by 1].
Nonam 5d8(3+8+7+8+7)=33
Friday February 25th, 2000 3:37:59 PM
Nonam calls out, "Gareth, Saire is right. Capture the one that was casting. We need to pick up passwords and signs... remember?" Fearing that Gareth will kill the drow anyway, Nonam downs his potion of ESP (lasts 33 min) and attempts to probe the caster's mind to learn where they were taking Teko and why. If he has time, he'll also attempt to learn what he was casting when they ran up. [that's two potions active in Nonam]
Bishop d20=13
Sunday February 27th, 2000 5:11:59 AM
Bishop covers his friends with the crossbow while he reaches out with his inner senses, feeling for any unnatral presence nearby.
Onrad d20=6 d6=6
Sunday February 27th, 2000 5:55:59 AM
Onrad runs the rest of the way up the stairs. Turning to Saire, Onrad says, "What did you say?" He sees that things are well in hand and perceiving (rolled a 6) that there should be a secret door leading from the right wing of this short hallway to the upper secret room, begins searching at the right end of the hall and is, of course, oblivious to anything (rolled a 6.)
Foaming at the Mouth (GM Jerry) d20=11 d100=14
Sunday February 27th, 2000 6:15:59 AM
Gareth lays into the Drow that killed Teko and the dark elf slumps to the floor. Saire entangles both the dead and the living elf. The captured elf tries to raise his fist at his attackers, but the rope pulls it back down. He opens his mouth to speak, but a section of rope gags him. Nonam reads that his surface thoughts are of failure, fear, and regret. He fails his save and Nonam learns further that they were to take Teko to a place of deployment where priests would indeed speak with this dead adventurer to find the purpose for the groups invasion. The spell he was casting is unknown to Nonam. It is called "Identify Glyph" and seemed to be a priest spell of some sort. Noman notices that the three walls at this end of the hallway are covered with spider glyphs. Then Nonam is wracked with pain as both potions finally react with each other as an acid does with a base. Both are cancelled. Nonam begins to foam at the mouth and acts as if he's having a seizure.
Kibo
Sunday February 27th, 2000 2:18:59 PM
Telepahically linked to Nonam, Kibo catches snatches of what the mage is going through, and bits back bile rising up in his throat. Still invisible, he shouts up to the ones above, "I'll stay by the secret door downstairs, to make sure nothing else pops up."
Nonam d20=4
Sunday February 27th, 2000 4:15:59 PM
Nonam collapses in a flaming spasmodic fit, and he begins retching all over himself. Not exactly sure what happened to him, he summons all his will and gasps out, "kill it." [con4] Then he relapses into seizure with his eyes rolling back in his head which is cracking repeatedly against the floor.
Gareth d20=2
Sunday February 27th, 2000 5:39:59 PM
The warrior pauses until he hears Nonam spew forth his blessing to kill - which he does without hesitation. "OK guys, I can't help with all this. Do something.". He looks at the spider symbols and looks for the symbol they have been following. If he finds it he takes note and continues to scan all the symbols to make sure there are not more than one of the correct looking ones (Int by 10).
Gareth
Sunday February 27th, 2000 5:40:59 PM
NOTE: "...can't do anything with alll this..." Refers to Nonam's and Teko's situation.
Onrad
Sunday February 27th, 2000 7:53:59 PM
As much as Onrad would love at some other time to be rapping Nonam's head into the floor, he has sympathy upon the guy, who really has been heroic this night, and cradles his head preventing him from bashing his brains out. "Now Now...There There..." he croons. To the others he says, "Not that we need it, but there should be a secret door on that shorter southern end of the hallway."
Saire
Sunday February 27th, 2000 8:45:59 PM
[Gareth's turn was worded a little crypticly, did he kill the second drow?] Saire bends over Teko, and places Teko on his back to the floor. Saire checks his pulse... then places Teko's hands in a resting position. (If Teko is dead.. he also closes his eye-lids because dead eyes just gazing off to somewhere far away is just down right eerie.) "Ok, who can help a man in this state." Then he looks at Onrad. "What I said was... don't kill the second Drow!" Then he looks at Gareth with a tinge of disdain. "We were supposed to question people we found along the way in order to get passwords and information. Or are we so far off course now that it doesn't matter any more."
Gareth d20=4
Sunday February 27th, 2000 9:34:59 PM
As he searches the wall, the warrior shoots back at Saire "Nonam said hold, he drank a potion, he did something and then said kill him - so I did. I was not aware you had any ability to read minds. Somehow I doubt this drow - ANY drow - would say anything. Usually they kill themselves if they can once captured. Blows my mind. I don't know that we're too off course - except that they know we're here. Maybe by going this way we will skirt some more of their defenses." Pausing, the warrior looks up at the diminutive figure and offers "I'm sorry if I deprived you an opportunity to help. I don't know what you can and can't do so I have to assume nothing as it could be deadly to do otherwise. I'll try not to let that happen again (CHA by 14).".
Tericus
Monday February 28th, 2000 12:58:59 AM
moves next to Onrad. "Let me help him, ive seen this type of thing before." then he kneels down by Noonan, pulling out his healing pack. then he begins to work on Noonan,trying to find a way to counter the potions poisioning effects
Jus d20=19 d6=4
Monday February 28th, 2000 2:51:59 AM
Pausing by Nonam, Jus gives a quick prayer of thanks that Tericus is with them. Heading down to Gareth and Saire, Jus looks around the walls, trying to discern which spider the Drow was going to touch (d20=perception, d6=secret doors).
Bishop
Monday February 28th, 2000 5:20:59 AM
Bishop moves foreward and kneels before Teko. If he is dead her speaks. "Everyone move back and protect us, this may take a bit and Teko will need to be completly healed after I am done. Can any one do that." He awaits the partys answers to his questions as he prepares himself to go and visit his God.
Things Mortal and Immortal (GM Jerry)
Monday February 28th, 2000 6:24:59 AM
Gareth looks for the familiar spider and it is not present. Dozens of spiders, familiar and not familiar, adorn the walls, almost seeming to move, but none match the spider symbol you are familiar with. Tericus realizes soon that the seizures he's undergoing are beyond his ability to deal with, however, he does help with such practical things as preventing the mage from swallowing his tongue and helps Onrad hold him. After a few minutes, Nonam's seizure subsides and he collapses into a deep sleep exhausted from both his extra fast exertions of late, and the mixing of the potions. (Perception check for all mage types to realize what has happened, all others may make the check if they wish at -4). Jus looks at the walls covered with spiders and is at a loss (bad rolls huh?) as to even which wall the drow was looking towards. Bishop seems to grow in stature as he towers over the pale limp form of Teko. A shiver of static electricity passes through the party as they witness the contrast between the two.
Kibo
Monday February 28th, 2000 2:08:59 PM
Kibo continues his watch dog roll downstairs, relieved at the passing of nausia he felt moments ago.
Gareth d6=4 d6=1 d6=1
Monday February 28th, 2000 3:16:59 PM
Realizing that the symbol they seek is not there he looks on all 3 walls for the secret door he knows is there - somewhere. "Bishop, how is Teko, can you help him?"
Nonam
Monday February 28th, 2000 3:17:59 PM
zzzzzzzzz
Onrad
Monday February 28th, 2000 7:32:59 PM
"Gareth, my suggestion is that we quickly backtrack back out of this area and proceed the way we were going. I'm afraid we'll miss future spidersigns if we don't. But we need to move. Get as far as we can before we're attacked again. That is as soon as Bishop finishes his efforts on Teko's behalf."
Gareth
Monday February 28th, 2000 7:50:59 PM
"Is it possible we already missed the spider sign? Should go back and search some more?
Saire
Monday February 28th, 2000 8:56:59 PM
Saire remains leaning over Teko until Bishop comes forward and begins looking ominous. Saire backs up, wringing his hands in nervous wait; looking a little dog shy after mincing words with the big warrior. Saire bends over and releases his rope from the entangled dead drow. "Hmmm... I wonder what we got here?" As Saire begings rifling through the Drow's pockets, tunics, sacks, bags. "One of these buggers has to have something of interest." Nothing is said loudly, because Saire realizes that the others are intent on the well being of their long time traveling companions.
Tericus
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 12:50:59 AM
after Nonnan falls asleep, Tericus walks up to Gareth. "He needs to rest for a bit. Not long, but i dont think he can be moved for a few minuets."
Bishop
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 1:57:59 AM
Bishop seem completly engossed in what he is doing.
Jus d20=2
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 6:46:59 AM
Not having any luck looking for an exit, Jus glances down at Teko and Nonam. Immediately understanding what happened to Nonam, Jus lets Tericus know [perception=2]. Jus then pulls out his blades and stands in the hallway where the Drow lie -- just in case more dark dwellers arrive from that locale.
Loot or Booty? (GM Jerry)
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 7:24:59 AM
Saire finds that the drow are wearing adamantite chainmail, bucklers, swords, and daggers. They also have on dark cloaks and boots. They each carry hand crossbows and darts in a quiver. They seem uniformly equipped with standard issue supplies like troops usually are...
Gods and Men (GM Jerry)
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 7:26:59 AM
DM Jerry: All grows quiet as Parnoth seems to fade a bit seeming to become a bit like the shadow which strangely he does not have. He goes into a trance and mumbles things unintelligible that makes the air around him alive with static energy. Bishop: Bishop places his hands on Tekos chest as they crackel with energy, the tempeture in the room seems to have droped 10 degrees or so. He is concentrating deeply but seems almost at peace. DM Jerry: Slowly but surely, Bishop's perception changes. He leaves the land of the living and stands before the throne that stands guard between the realities of life and death. A powerful entity stands there, a monster dressed all in black and imminating evil. A single eye shows forth seeing into the soul. After a moment the form changes to that of a middle ages human like form. Gargul (DM Jerry): "Ahh, Bishop my servant. Welcome. I've been watching. We all have... Gargul (DM Jerry): Rest for a moment and tell me of your need. Bishop: Bishop kneels and places his head and right palm to the floor. "Father thank you for again greeting your dutiful son. I would love nothing better to sit with you again and share some of that exellent darkwood tea you prepare so well but I am afraid one of the companions I was set to help has travled here to the other side. I have come to see if it is his time, or if he wishes to reamin with you. If not I would beceech you to release his soul back to me so that he can continue the fight for justice he has begun." Gargul (DM Jerry): Bishop, in these troubled times, you're faith makes my heart glad. Teko has indeed been most restless, constantly asking those who have looked after him about your safety. He indeed does with to return. And it is not his time. He has much to accomplish and many things yet to learn. I am pleased to return him to you with my blessing without hesitation....for once. However, I perceive the possibility that the mortals that you have joined yourself to may take this sign as a precursor to many such happenings. They may think that now that you have joined with them that your influence protects them from the gates of the afterlife. Warn them well, that such pompousness could be their undoing. I also would intervene where my fellow gods would not and offer one small bit of advice. 'Stay to the path you began.' I shall suffer at good Brother Alemi's hands for this, but I offer it freely. So it is done, Teko is raised, and you must be on your way. Now Go!!! DM Jerry: Bishop is hurled from Gargul's sight and back into his body with the power of a bodyslam. This loving "Godpat" wakes him from his reverie instantly. Then Teko takes a faltering breath and opens his eyes.
Kibo d100=17
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 2:31:59 PM
Growing anxious, Kibo peeks out of the lower level secret door, looking and listening intently (still invisible - easily made detect noises check). He continues to think about how easily the group was set upon via the use of secret doors. Had he the time, he would scour the halls for more such openings, but time presses...he wishes the others would hurry up -- it's always dangerous to stay in one place to long in the camp of the enemy, he concludes.
Nonam
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 3:57:59 PM
Nonam lays sleeping but is still surrounded by flames, which Tericus discovers are cold to the touch but not harmful. The additional presence of stoneskins makes it difficult for the healer to do much. Nevertheless, the heavy presence of magic probably indicates that Nonam isn't hurt too badly.
Gareth
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 4:00:59 PM
The warrior turns his attention from the walls and watches Bishop when he feels the temperature change. He sees Teko begin to breath and is heard to utter one word "Wow...".
Onrad
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 7:44:59 PM
Onrad finally breaks the silence giving Bishop a huge hug and a grin. "Thanks. You truly are a godsend. Teko, welcome back! Now, however, we have a worn out mage. What can we do for him." Onrad looks down at the mage's head in his own lap and grins hugely. He starts lightly slapping Nonam's face. Then he pours a bit of water on it. ....ooh that looked cold. "What do you say Gareth? Back to our original hallway? It's what I suggest.
Saire
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 8:20:59 PM
Saire hums an old walking song as he quickly rifles through the drow's belongings (old nervous habit). Saire pockets the drow knives for later use. "Ratz, I don't get it! They cast spells, yet they carry no spell books, or spell components. What is this? How can..." Saire stops cold when he feels the room temperature drop. "Wooo.... that's creepy." Silence. Teko breathes. "I've never seen anything like it. That was a fraction of the time it took for that old priest at the Temple of Alemi to raise Rodger McFarlund." Saire rises and is ready to move.
Saire
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 8:23:59 PM
"Not to mention, after several hours of chanting, that old man heaved over like a wet sack of potatos. And Old Rodger was still dead."
Jus d20=11
Tuesday February 29th, 2000 9:26:59 PM
Jus, more than a little awed at Bishop, mumbles barely above a whisper, "Wow, Bishop. I had no idea you were that powerful." Waking himself with a shake, he kneels down to Teko, seeing if any healing is still needing (made perception).
Tericus
Wednesday March 1st, 2000 12:48:59 AM
not confortable with Bishop's summening of Garguls power, Tericus waits outside in the hall until the ceremorny is over, then he goes back and checks on Noonan. seeing there isnt much he can do, hw goes and checks on Teko to see what condition he is in
Bishop
Wednesday March 1st, 2000 3:16:59 AM
Bishop shakes his head and rises. "The Father sends his blessing and greetings. He has asked that I inform you that my presence here with you is not to raise you back from the dead but to help you from death in the first place. He also sends word that we shoulld 'Stay to the path you began.' This information the Father gives us even though it will cost him with the other Gods. Our friend there will need much healing if he is to move today at all. My othere advice for us all is that all I have left to cheat death is the potion you all gave me."
Teko
Wednesday March 1st, 2000 3:34:59 AM
Though Teko himself remains quite immobile, his eyes begin to move about. In a matter of seconds, his eyes focus and with mouth half open, he gazes at his friends, briefly, one after the other. Finally, in a serious tone, he speaks. "My mother told me that my stealing those pies from the window sill would come back to haunt me. She was ever so right. Now what say we get to eating those pies?" And he grins. Grimacing against the pain, he grins.
12:30 and All's well. (GM Jerry)
Wednesday March 1st, 2000 2:44:59 PM
Nonam comes around slowly with Onrad's uh.... ministrations. Teko hovers on the edge of death his injuries still telling.
Nonam
Wednesday March 1st, 2000 3:51:59 PM
::grooaaan:: Nonam props himself on his elbows and whispers, "Where's my staff?" Once he gets it, he uses it to help him stand up. The mage rises slowly and is clearly putting nearly all of his weight on the catstaff. Once standing he remains still for a second and begins to speak slowly, "Before... THAT happened, I read their thoughts. They were afraid of us and didn't know why we were here. That's why they were taking Teko. They wanted to take him to their leaders so they could interrogate his spirit and find out our purpose here. Further, they didn't know which glyph they were looking for in here, they had a spell to help them find it. So the drow may know there are some people down here, but they don't know why. Things are not as bad as we feared." Then, clearly not having learned his lesson, Nonam looks over at Saire and says, "Here maybe this will help." He casts detect magic over the drow. The spell comes off, but Nonam crashes back down onto the floor. As he hits the ground he mutters, "I want the boots if they're magic."
Gareth d20=6
Wednesday March 1st, 2000 5:39:59 PM
The warrior pulls a potion of complete healing out of his pack. "Here Teko, drink this. It should do the trick.". Turning to Saire he says "Are those cloaks useable by us? They conceal pretty good, don't they? If so I'd suggest we acquire as many as we can.". Seeing Nonam collapse again he says "OK guys, we have to have Nonam back at full strngth and fast. Otherwise we'll have to carry him - and I'd rather have my hands free for battle. What can we do?". After thinking about it a minute, the wiley (at least this time) warrior has a flash of brilliance. He rummages through the bag of holding until he finds what he's looking for. He pulls out a potion of vitality. "I don't know if another potion is the best idea right now Nonam, but this is a potion of vitality. Want it?" (Int by 6).
Saire
Wednesday March 1st, 2000 8:09:59 PM
"Saire still kneeling over the drow, listens closely as Gareth speaks. Upon hearing Gareth's comment about a potion, Saire's eyebrows raise. "You wanna kill'em, we need a scroll of healing or something. But, as far as potions... he's through with those for a while." Saire pulls the two robes off the drow. "Yes, I do believe we can use these robes. I've been noticing them." He tosses them to Gareth. "There seems to be something awefully peculiar about them, like they absorb light or something."
Tericus
Thursday March 2nd, 2000 12:48:59 AM
"We need to get moving. I know Nonnan is weak, but staying in one place is hazardous to our health."
Bishop d100=28
Thursday March 2nd, 2000 2:00:59 AM
Bishop begins to get edgy so he fades into the shadows untill the group has made a decission on what to do next.
Kibo
Thursday March 2nd, 2000 3:17:59 AM
Downstairs, Kibo briefly senses Nonam's presense as it fades away once again. Growing a little irritated, the scout firmly pushes the distracting emotion aside, realizing it will only cloud judgment and hinder performance.
Onrad
Thursday March 2nd, 2000 4:40:59 AM
"I agree Tericus. We must move. Strip the drow of what he has. Spread them amongst those easiest to hit first, then to the fighters. Gareth, if you would lead the way please I'll get the rear again and help Nonam. Let's move folks!"
Jus
Thursday March 2nd, 2000 4:43:59 AM
Jus kneels beside Nonam and asks, "Hey lazy oaf, are you going to join us or not? Seriously, glad to have you two back with us." He nods to Onrad to help him pick Nonam up and carry him downstairs. "Down there we'll at least have some space between us and any attacks."
(GM Jerry)
Thursday March 2nd, 2000 4:45:59 AM
As Nonam casts, an eerie green light covers the Drow head to toe. Once stripped, the party sees that the armor, swords, daggers, crossbows, shields, cloaks, and boots are glowing emerald green.
Nonam d20=4
Thursday March 2nd, 2000 4:49:59 PM
"First, I want a pair of those boots." Nonam scoots over to a drow, takes off the boots, and puts them in his big robe pocket. Then Nonam stands back up with the aid of his staff. He moves slowly but already seems to be getting stronger. He pulls a piece of jerky from somewhere inside his robe and begins to gnaw on it. He starts to walk out but he feels drawn back to the glyphs. "Everybody humor me and make one last effort to look for our upside down spider in here." Regardless of the reaction, Nonam focuses all his attention on the glyphs hoping to find the right one. (percep=4, made by 14)
Gareth
Thursday March 2nd, 2000 5:51:59 PM
The warrior hands a cloak to Teko and Tericus. "Here guys, maybe these will help some. We'll collect more as we go.". He then turn to the others "I'd say we take the advice of a god over any ideas we ourselves have. That seems to have worked well for us over the years. Let's get going.". Seeing how everyone is able to move by themselves, the warrior heads back down the stairs - listening for Nonam in case he notices something.
Saire
Thursday March 2nd, 2000 10:33:59 PM
Saire stands, stretches, and follows Gareth down the stairs. "There's a serious lack of good loot in this place. We're gonna run out of potions of healing soon Gareth. Not that its your fault, I'm just making an observation. Plus Nonam and the others can't go on casting spells left and right without resting. I guess we don't have a choice though." Saire stops and turns around, speaking back up the stairs, "Someone needs to fill Nonam in on Bishop's vision! His God said we should go this way." Saire points down the stairs.
Kibo d100=71 d100=83
Friday March 3rd, 2000 1:11:59 AM
Now that he hears the others starting to come down, Kibo says, "I'm still invisible, so don't come charging down here! I'm going to scout the hallway, again." Kibo slips out into the lower hall, and heads away from the stairs, back toward the intersection(Made stealth rolls).
Tericus
Friday March 3rd, 2000 1:35:59 AM
Tericus puts on the drow's cloak. "This is a nice cloak, too bad it has blood stains all over it." then he moves on with everyone else, keeping an eye on Noonan, in case he needs any help
Teko
Friday March 3rd, 2000 2:32:59 AM
After an amazing recovery from Gareth's potion, Teko takes a deep breath, "Thanks Gareth. And Bishop, there are not thanks enough." Teko bows to them both, and indeed to everyone in the party. "I will not forget what you have done for me this day. Many thanks." Turning immediately to the business at hand, he examines the cloak he is given. "I wonder if this is better than the one I'm wearing..."
Onrad
Friday March 3rd, 2000 4:41:59 AM
Waiting for all the others to move off, Onrad picks up the two swords and tries them out with a few simulated moves. "Niiiiice. I've always heard about Drow weapons. I think I'll see how well they spill Drow blood. He pulls his "babies" out of their scabbards and binds them to his backpack. He whispers, "Don't worry lovelies, I'm just letting these guys have a chance at spilling their own for a bit." He then puts the drow weapons in his scabbards and draws them again continuing to practice with them a bit. "Anyone want these daggers? Or the bucklers? Or the crossbows? Free magic folks, might as well try it out, unless you think your stuff will pull a 'Gareth.' Hehe."
We're off to see the Matron... (DM Jerry)
Friday March 3rd, 2000 4:51:59 AM
As Nonam puts on the boots, he realizes they are way too small. However, they slowly change to fit his fee. He does not see the spider glyph he is looking for. Kibo makes it to the intersection and notices no trace of drow activity. The blood and gore is still there as are the bodies of the fallen. Tericus' drow robe is also tight. It changes to fit the wearer. Teko finds it hard to tell whether his cloak is better or not than the Drow one he holds. His sure is cleaner though.
Nonam
Friday March 3rd, 2000 4:43:59 PM
Deciding that the symbol isn't here, Nonam follows the others back down. He lectures as he goes, "Now what he said was that we should follow the path we began. The path we first began was following upside-down spiders. Should we have found said spider glyph up there then that would have been the path we were following, right? Since we didn't, I suppose its a moot point." As he rambles and moves around, Nonam's strength seems to return. Finally Nonam remembers the ring, "How's it going, Kibo?"
Tericus
Sunday March 5th, 2000 6:59:59 AM
tugs at the robe a bit while it shapes around his body. "Well, I know its magical. Hopefully, it will do me some good." then he turns to Onrad "I dont know how to use any of this stuff, let someone else take it." then he follows behind Noonan.
Gareth
Sunday March 5th, 2000 6:10:59 PM
The warrior takes a look at those who have donned the drow cloaks to see if they seem to become less visible. He pauses long enough to pull off a pair of boots and a cloak from the dead for himself and put them on. He picks up one of their swords and tests it. "Hmmm. I like mine better...". He puts it back down. He also gets a few daggars, replaces his own with the new ones which are undoubtedly magical and deposits his quickly in his pack. "OK guys, lets rumble. Onrad, how is Pa- I mean the ring of regeneration working? I think we're going to find out down here.". Whene everyone looks ready, the warrior speaks a command, turns invisible, and follows Kibo down the hall. Ready...
Onrad
Sunday March 5th, 2000 8:48:59 PM
Onrad gives those hanging around a playful push and follows the others down the stairs and back through the secret doors. Onrad whispers "It works by itself Tericus, but if you don't feel comfortable. Guys, there's more bodies out here in the downstairs hallway. Grab what you will. Hey Kibo, load up my friend. You're small, see if one of the sets of armor will fit you. Grab some daggers and one of the crossbows if you can use it. Can you use a long sword? Grab a buckler. We've got to make you harder to hit....unless you're hiding rings and stuff on you." Onrad grins. He takes the smallest set of armor to Kibo. Whispering still, he says, "Try this on. Quickly. No, it's worth a few minutes to make you able to take a hit. No, I insist."
Onrad
Sunday March 5th, 2000 8:49:59 PM
[David, what regeneration ring? Email me. I'm confused.]
Saire
Sunday March 5th, 2000 9:06:59 PM
As Saire watches Gareth examine the others in their new found robes, Saire jabs, "The robes can't be all that great if there covered in blood. I mean they didn't protect the drow." Saire cracks a grin, "and if they can't protect you from an attack from one such as Gareth, what CAN they protect you from?" Obviously a joke. Saire watches the drow being plucked dry by the party, "Heeeeyy... save something for me." Saire skips down the hall and grabs a few daggers. He holds the dagger out to examine it more closely, when Saire notices his own reflection in the shining metal. "Blast, that reminds me; I'm completely visible." Saire clicks his heels and vanishes. Then Saire runs down the hall to the intersection. "Well we venture forth again, and not 1 minute later I don't know where anyone is. What's new?"
Gareth
Sunday March 5th, 2000 10:35:59 PM
The warrior smiles slowly into a large grin as he moves down the hall... "Let's hope their magic stays as wimpy. Hey Nonam, how were you able to not be hit by their attacks? I saw them land spells and hit you with crossbow bolts - but they just bounced off. What WAS all that about and can I get some? Somehow I think I'm gonna need all the help I can get.".
Jus
Monday March 6th, 2000 12:50:59 AM
Jus heads downstairs, ready to find some boots, cloak, daggers, and hopefully some rings from the unlucky Drow laying below. Wearing Drow garbage may be against his better tastes, but Jus knows this is no time to have reservations.
Kibo d100=24
Monday March 6th, 2000 2:16:59 AM
Once satisfied that others are watching the halls, Kibo does as Onrad bids, looking for light-weight armor that won't impede his stealth skills. As an afterthought, he grabs a couple of daggers. He tells Nonam (mentally), "I really could do with some healing, if any can be spared." Once preparations are completed, and everybody is happy, Kibo takes the lead, going first down the right hallway to the round room, to scout out for traps (successful roll).
Teko
Monday March 6th, 2000 2:43:59 AM
"I think I'll pass on the cloak, but I will take one of the daggers. I'm completely spell-less now, so I look forward to the time when we can recover our magic." Teko follows suit with the others and uses a charge from his ring to become invisible. "On we go." And he moves forward.
Nonam
Monday March 6th, 2000 3:29:59 AM
Nonam gets down to the bodies and holds out a potion of extra-healing for Kibo, he thinks into the ring, "How about this?" Then he looks at Gareth and grins, "It's magic." Then the wizard whispers an arcane word, and he and his staff melt into the shadows. At least you think that's what would have happened if he wasn't surrounded by flames. "Seriously, I can set you up later when I have a chance to memorize again. I'm nearly out myself."
Bishop
Monday March 6th, 2000 3:53:59 AM
Bishop continues to hide in the shadows as he waits for the hammer to fall.
Looting and Scooting (DM Jerry)
Monday March 6th, 2000 4:55:59 AM
Gareth and Saire pick up 3 daggers each. Jus outfits himself with new boots, cloak, and two daggers. Even he has to be impressed with the sleek make of this armor and weapons. Kibo finds only elven chain available. However, it is possible that the cloak and boots added to the magic of the armor and buckler may come close to offsetting any stealth effectiness loss. He also grabs 2 daggers. Teko takes one dagger. Gareth and Teko turn invisible. Kibo pauses at the opening to the chamber. It is as before: a 30' diameter chamber that looks like the bottom of an hourglass. As Kibo looks up he sees that the narrow portion of the hourglass is about 10' in diameter. There is a ladder that climbs vertically from the floor in the center of the chamber up through the narrow center section of the hourglass. The ladder stops 50' above--20' to the top of the chamber and 30' through the aperture of the bottleneck--seeming to end at some sort of lip like the top of a well or something. There is a slight smell of "something" in the air up the shaft. Perhaps it's the smell of feminine perfume...or is it asparagus?
Saire d100=72
Monday March 6th, 2000 6:43:59 AM
Saire walks into the hour glass shaped room, and peers up into the sphincter of death. "No way, uh uh, aint gonna do it. Thats the most vurnerable position I think I've ever seen in my entire life. You guys are stupider than you look if you try to go up that ladder. I think going down this hall over here sounds like a good plan." As a display of mercy, Saire will check the bottom of the ladder for traps, in case one of his hasty friends decides that climbing these deadly stairs sounds enticing. [In true Saireian fashion he fails his Find traps check 72/55. Who designed this die roll program. If it is suppossed to be completely random, how come I've failed every check since this game started (almost)]
Nonam d20=6 d20=2
Monday March 6th, 2000 3:04:59 PM
Nonam checks the entrance of the hourglass room for the spider glyph (percep 6/18). Then he looks around inside the hourglass room, without actually entering, to see if there's one in there (percep 2/18). As he looks, he mutters in, "I wouldn't go in there if I were you, Saire."
Onrad
Monday March 6th, 2000 5:59:59 PM
Onrad begins cleaning the hallway of the drow, one by one tossing them in the flames. He takes two daggers for himself as well as a pair of boots and a cloak. He makes sure everyone has what they want first and strips each of armor and stuff before performing his grisly task. He whispers, "No bodies, no speaking with their own dead to find out what happened here." He turns when Saire makes his, uh, comments. "It's about my turn to be a stupid guinea pig if we need one."
Gareth
Monday March 6th, 2000 7:14:59 PM
The warrior heads down the hall. Since the scouts appear to see no traps on the ladder, the warrior climbs it. "It's the most likely way since it's the most vulnerable. Wait here a minute.". He peers up over the landing - if he makes it that far.
Jus
Monday March 6th, 2000 10:57:59 PM
Jus stands on the outskirts of the funnel, ready to head up to Gareth if combat begins. Keeping his voice low, Jus mentions to Nonam and Teko that he has some Nap potions they can use when we have about 30 minutes to spare.
Teko
Tuesday March 7th, 2000 1:17:59 AM
"I'll certainly take you up on one of those Nap potions, Jus, when the time comes." Teko, while waiting for the others to check the ladder for traps, takes a good look around the room. He glances periodically at the way in, looking for any uninvited guests.
Tericus
Tuesday March 7th, 2000 1:30:59 AM
moves just into the room, right by the doorway, and loads his sling, in case someone or thing tries to cause Gareth any trouble
Bishop
Tuesday March 7th, 2000 2:09:59 AM
Bishop stays well away from the Hourglass shaped room for now.
Kibo d20=18 d8+3=11 d8=4 d8=8
Tuesday March 7th, 2000 3:21:59 AM
Kibo, who was WAY in front of everyone else when scouting the entrance to the hourglass room, wisely decides that it is too risky, and let's Nonam know this judgement before starting down the other branch, checking for traps. He doesn't get very far from the entrance to the hourglass room when he sees a herd of heroes stupidly ambling toward it, intent upon entry. He immediately launches himself, blocking the blokes from certain stupidit. "Stop," he hisses, "Stay clear of there...we'll go that route if the other fails to display the spider symbol." With that, Kibo ambles back over, checking for traps down the new hall. (Previously, he did decide to don the elven chain, cloak, etc. for the protection, and also drank the potion of extra-healing for 23 points bringing him up to 43 hps - need stats on new equipment).
The Ladder: A new CD by Yes (DM Jerry)
Tuesday March 7th, 2000 3:58:59 AM
Saire finds no traps on the botto of the ladder. Nonam doesn't spot the spider sign near the entrance or in the room looking from the entrance. Gareth, who was already moving down the hall (see last turn) arrives at the entrance to the chamber and without hesitation, ignores Kibo's plea and climbs the ladder. As he enters the bottleneck portion, the vertical shaft above the hourglass chamber, he suddenly becomes visible. His armor suddenly feels slightly restrictive--encumbering. He peeks over the landing. There is a 10' lip surrounding the shaft. No exits. Teko finds no traps within the hourglass room. Tericus also ignores Kibo entering the room and stationing himself inside the entrance.
Gareth d20=5 d20=2 d20=12
Tuesday March 7th, 2000 5:24:59 AM
Upon feeling the affect on his armor, the warrior immediately puts his feet on the outside of the ladder and easily slides down it as fast as he can go, pausing only to slow his descent at the bottom (Dex). He moves back to the door. "No exits that way - I'm betting it's a trap (Int). Something happened to my armor. It doesn't feel right. And I'm clearly visible again - maybe something up there affects magic...". He focuses his attention exclusively on his armor for the moment and tries to feel if it is becoming any tighter. If he feels the slightest change he instantly and rapidly starts pulling it off (Dex).
Kibo
Tuesday March 7th, 2000 1:59:59 PM
Stunned at the total disregard of his warning, Kibo folds his hands across his chest, "Fine, if you don't need my services, I'll gladly stand back while you fools run to your deaths." He clambers to the back of the line, wanting as much space between him and whatever mess the party gets into.
Nonam
Tuesday March 7th, 2000 2:57:59 PM
To Kibo, "Don't look at me, I didn't go in there... no, I suppose it's my fault. I don't guess I passed on the message. I guess I'm still not thinking clearly yet." After that Nonam keeps his eyes on the hole at the top in case something else happens. As he watches he lectures some more, "Gareth, you likely wandered into a no-magic zone, and things will return to normal soon. IF instead, that was a dispell magic trap strong enough to kill your armor, then everything you have is probably toast. You're probably okay... I hope."
Gareth
Tuesday March 7th, 2000 5:38:59 PM
When Kibo goes off, the warrior offers a consolation "We detected no traps and they're going to make it tough. We have to explore all possible directions. That's why I took the risk and did not expect you or anyone else to. It's my job - which can be rather hazardous at times. I DO appreciate your input and ask that you continue to give it - even if I disgregard a warning. I still had to check."
Saire
Tuesday March 7th, 2000 9:25:59 PM
Saire exits the room, and waits for the party to gather before heading down the hall.
Jus
Wednesday March 8th, 2000 12:38:59 AM
"Kibo, we're listening." With a glance to Gareth, Jus adds, "Some of us are just a bit more 'Paladin' than the rest. In the meantime, I suggest we should avoid all talk of why we are here and our path. I have little doubt we are being watched and probably listened to."
Tericus
Wednesday March 8th, 2000 12:43:59 AM
leaves the room with Gareth, then turns to Kibo, "Dont worry, no one listens to me either."
Teko
Wednesday March 8th, 2000 2:44:59 AM
When Teko sees Gareth, visible and experimenting with his armor, he takes quick interest. When Gareth mentions that something has happened to his armor, Teko immediately leaves the room through the door from which he came. Sounding not a little embarrassed, Teko mutters to Kibo, "I bow to your greater wisdom. Sorry."
Bishop
Wednesday March 8th, 2000 5:14:59 AM
Bishop catches up to Saire. Wispering from the shadows he speaks. "I do not know what is wrong with me here in this plcae but I am as on edge as a cat in a room full of rocking chairs. Is it me or do we seem to be making agonizing progress?"
Onrad (DM Jerry)
Wednesday March 8th, 2000 5:17:59 AM
"So Gareth, find out which it is. Try to turn invisible again and see if you can. Or something else if you don't want to risk that."
Onrad (DM Jerry)
Wednesday March 8th, 2000 5:20:59 AM
Gareth finds that his armor returns to it's normal feel once he leaves the bottleneck portion of the room. All is quiet. No monsters are breathing down your neck. The Battlemaze drips is normal drips and makes it's normal creaks. All is fine. Nothing is wrong.
Kibo d100=62
Wednesday March 8th, 2000 2:03:59 PM
Kibo begins searching for traps down the hallway running next to the bottle-neck room. Mentally to Nonam, he says, "Perhaps ya'll could look for secret doors while I'm looking for traps?"
Gareth
Wednesday March 8th, 2000 4:40:59 PM
The warrior turns invisible again and follows Kibo down the hall - not liking the fact that all is well...
Nonam
Wednesday March 8th, 2000 5:49:59 PM
"Gareth, wait a second. Kibo wants to have time to check for traps without us setting them off. He suggests we start looking for secret doors, so that no more Drow jump out behind him... I think it would be a good idea to do as he asks." Nonam starts moving slowly down the hall checking for spider symbols, secret doors, or other oddities. "By the way Tericus, I pay attention to what you say too. The last thing you said was that you knew the stuff was magical but didn't know how to work it so someone else should take it. I believed you to be speaking to Onrad so I didn't acknowledge it. If you were speaking to me, I apologize, but I quite agree, now isn't the time or place to be experimenting. In fact I don't recall putting these boots on. I thought I was taking them and putting them in my robe pocket for later study [see my earlier post and you'll see], but low and behold, there they are on my feet."
Onrad
Wednesday March 8th, 2000 8:41:59 PM
"Amazing how that works isn't it Nonam?" Onrad thinks about closing both the secret doors behind them, but changes his mind. "Perhaps we'll hear someone coming this way. I doubt it though." He turns to Tericus. "I think I misunderstood you. Sorry. I didn't realize you were advising against wearing the items. I thought you genuinely didn't know how to operate them. I thought it was funny that a trouper as experienced as you didn't know that." Onrad faces the rear of the party ready for action. Part of him would like some because he's bored back here. However, he knows he's needed here and that this is the logical place for him.
Saire
Wednesday March 8th, 2000 8:48:59 PM
Saire remains invisible. He over hears Nonam's conversation with Gareth, regarding Kibo's thoughts on traps and secret doors. Saire walks along the right side of the hall checking for traps and secret doors, but making sure to remain well behind Kibo the scout. Saire knows that Kibo will have found a trap when flames bellow forth. Saire nods in agreement when Bishop finally decides to speak with him.
Tericus
Thursday March 9th, 2000 1:35:59 AM
looks at Noonan. "I wasnt implying that i dont know how to use them, I was just saying that others have more skill and handeling things like daggers and crossbows than I do." then he looks around a bit, "So, which way are we going?"
Jus
Thursday March 9th, 2000 2:24:59 AM
Jus smiles in spite of himself -- the party may argue and bicker, but it certainly pulls together when it counts. And besides, this is getting to be a LOT of fun!
Teko
Thursday March 9th, 2000 2:41:59 AM
Teko assists in searching the party's path for anything other than traps.
The Way Less Travelled (DM Jerry) d6=5 d20=15 d6=4 d100=70 d100=86 d6=4
Thursday March 9th, 2000 4:38:59 AM
Kibo scours the hallway for traps and finds none. Nonam finds no secret doors, however he does find a spider-sign. Hoody Hoo! It's very small and at the lower left hand corner of the wall near the floor at the end of the hallway around the corner where the hallway turns right, goes 10' and then dead ends. (I've shown this hallway on previous maps. I can send again if needed.) Saire and Teko also find no secret doors or traps. This hallway smells slightly musty. There is a small spiderweb with a very active tiny spider, on the left side of the hallway about 30' down, who has trapped a larger spider and seems very excited about it.
Kibo
Thursday March 9th, 2000 2:10:59 PM
Kibo states, "Well, there's either a door or a magical transport of some sort here...what was it we did at that first sign back at the start of this place?" Kibo searches both the crook of the hall, as well as its end for secret doors.
Nonam
Thursday March 9th, 2000 3:30:59 PM
Nonam says, "Saire, you seem like a sensible sort, unlike some elves I know. What say when we get out of here, we open up a shop or something in Floating City and never do anything like this again?" Then Nonam crouches down to look at his spider symbol. He points it out and says, "Gentlemen, I believe that this is the way to go."
Gareth
Thursday March 9th, 2000 5:33:59 PM
The warrior holds as Nonam suggests he let Kibo get farther down the hall. "Good. I was hoping someone would find it. I think this looks like a way not visited for a long time. Maybe long forgotten - or at least I hope so. So go ahead, open it". He stands ready to help.
Saire
Thursday March 9th, 2000 8:32:59 PM
Saire hears Nonam's words, and responds, "No sensible person would be here right now, But thanks anyway. I have a shop in Plateau City, a very nice one. I hope to return to it someday. I would be honored if you would come visit me. We could watch the evening twilight come and go at the little table next to the second floor window, right above the store front. Eating boiled potatoes, drinking cider and playings a nice game of chess. I would like that very much." Somebody found something. A spider sign? Saire moves forward. "Where?"
Onrad
Thursday March 9th, 2000 11:37:59 PM
Onrad stays back at the intersection listening intently for other inhabitants of this vile place.
Teko
Friday March 10th, 2000 3:11:59 AM
As soon as Teko hears of the discovered spider sign, he heads directly to it.
Tericus
Friday March 10th, 2000 3:14:59 AM
"Finally, we found it. Lets get going." Tericus says while moving towards where the spider is
Jus
Sunday March 12th, 2000 12:58:59 AM
Jus walks towards the others, staying far enough back to allow room if a fight ensues. Trying to keep his incredible curiosity in check, Jus asks "So, Teko, what was it like to die? Did you meet anyone you know? Any gods? What did it feel like?"
Signs and Portents (DM Jerry) d6=3
Monday March 13th, 2000 5:47:59 AM
Kibo finds no secret doors either at the end of the hallway or in the crook of the hallway. [Gentlemen, it has been an honor to be your DM. Anthony takes over tomorrow.]
Kibo
Monday March 13th, 2000 2:06:59 PM
Suddenly, Kibo looks up, and peering at the ceiling, says, "Perhaps a trap door?" Not being able to reach that high (he's a halfling, remember), he asks Gareth for a boast to check above. If nothing there, he turns to the floors for doors.
Nonam
Monday March 13th, 2000 5:34:59 PM
Nonam begins tapping his foot impatiently. Whether he wants Gareth to hurry up and lift Kibo or just for Kibo to give the all clear is hard to tell.
Saire
Monday March 13th, 2000 8:13:59 PM
Saire, hearing Nonam tapping his foot impatiently, joins in with a ruckus counter rhythm. [slow and sarcastic like Han Solo] "Why don't you just trace the spider sign with your little finger and open the door. Meanwhile Nonam and I will stand here until we're liches too. You don't want us to go ahead of you, but you take all day up there." Oooppss... shouldn't have said that, but Oh well. My legs are cramping after all.
Teko
Tuesday March 14th, 2000 1:07:59 AM
"Jus, death is...well, disorienting. In the same way that putting a telescope to your eye for the first time is disorienting. One's senses are enhanced, although that's not quite the right word. Enhanced, but in a different direction. How's that? That's all I'll say for now. I'm not sure how much I'm allowed to talk about..."
Jus
Tuesday March 14th, 2000 1:29:59 AM
Glad Teko is talking while everyone waits for the spider sign to be traced, Jus listens attentively. With Teko's 'not sure how much I'm allowed to way', Jus' curiosity is even stronger. "Did you actually talk with Gargul? Are you of follower of his, now? Why wouldn't you be allowed to talk about it?" For lack of better to do, Jus begins searching for secret doors while he speaks.
Tericus
Tuesday March 14th, 2000 2:06:59 AM
"I guess we arnt going anywhere for a bit" Tericus says to himself, then he starts humming softly, waiting for something to happen
Bishop
Tuesday March 14th, 2000 2:09:59 AM
Bishop chuckles to himself at all the nieve questions about death. In spite of himself there are times her truely likes this rag tag group of men.
D.M. (Anthony) The pit of Dispair d6=6 d6=1
Tuesday March 14th, 2000 2:29:59 AM
Kibo finds nothing above although he searches diligently, much to the pain in the neck of those holding him up. Jus on the other hand simply walks to the wall and flicks a switch that is now completely visible to all, why didn't any one else see it. The secret door slides away to reveal an extremely large room. The room runs 60' east to west and 80'north and south. The secret door opens in the middle of the east wall. In the north wall there are large double doors. Directly across from the secret door is a ladder that looks as if it climbs up about 60' to an open hallway. This exit and the height of the room give the alarming impression of being on the bottom of a pit.
Saire d100=95
Tuesday March 14th, 2000 2:43:59 AM
Saire walks forward and peers around Jus, "Holy Moly, that's a big room!" (in aloud airy whisper) Saire prepares his rope then leans over to check the floor just beyond the door for traps. [And Saire continues his losing streak of failed checks with a 95.] Saire steps on the end of his rope and trips a step forward, right on top of the area he was attempting to examine.
Kibo
Tuesday March 14th, 2000 5:24:59 AM
Still invisible, Kibo mutters, "Let me take care of this." Stepping into the room, he quickly scans the area for further spider symbols, then proceeds to the ladder and climbs upward to get a view.
Nonam
Tuesday March 14th, 2000 8:22:59 AM
Not wanting to waste time with extra rooms, Nonam moves forward and traces the spider symbol three times as per instructions.
Onrad
Tuesday March 14th, 2000 2:13:59 PM
Onrad seeing Kibo go up the ladder shakes his head in wonder. He thinks that a bored hero is a horrible thing. Then he thinks that such thinking is dangerous and will bring the monsters out of the walls again. He renews his vigilance. "We're overdue for visitors. Stay vigilant. Keep moving, my comrades."
Tericus
Tuesday March 14th, 2000 3:42:59 PM
seeing everyone moving in different directions and doing unwise things, Tericus stays where he is at, and pulls his healing bag off his shoulder, rummaging through it a bit "I'm going to need more bandages soon if we keep this up."
Teko
Wednesday March 15th, 2000 1:17:59 AM
Teko refrains from answering any of Jus queries with anything more than a bright smile. Instead, he enters the room, watching for the effects of the others' preliminary explorations.
Jus
Wednesday March 15th, 2000 1:41:59 AM
Jus really, really, wants to ask more questions, but falls silent when the huge chamber is revealed. He waits a moment to allow Kibo time to climb a bit, then steps quietly into the room, bow drawn.
D.M. (Anthony) Jacobs Ladder d20=20
Wednesday March 15th, 2000 4:25:59 AM
There are no spider symbols close by only the new hall opeing up, and the rumble of greating stone coming from up the hall behind you. Kibo gets across the room and 1/4 the way up the ladder. Everyone else can see the ladder bounce around, clearly marking that someone is climbing it, as a matter of fact if you consentrate you can even see which rungs are depressed with weight. this does not happen to cross Kibos mind however (crit failed observation check) and he continuses his merry way up the ladder to the end of his movement before it does happen to cross his mind.
Kibo d20=17
Wednesday March 15th, 2000 5:34:59 AM
Not particular worried about stealth at the moment (he figures with everybody else around, it's pretty much useless), Kibo continues to quickly ascend the ladder, hoping to gain a perspective of the room from above, and to spot any symbols in the hall overhead.
Tericus
Wednesday March 15th, 2000 8:09:59 AM
turns in the dircetion of the grating stone, and gripps his staff in his hands. "I dont like the sound of that." he stands his ground, hoping someone will come to his aid if something should attack
Jus
Wednesday March 15th, 2000 11:09:59 AM
Looking down at himself, Jus is suprised, and a bit chagrined, that he is still invisible. Taking advantage of it, he heads over to the base of the ladder, keeping his bow aimed upwards, ready for an attack.
Onrad
Wednesday March 15th, 2000 5:19:59 PM
Onrad races back down the hallway looking desperately for where their retreat is being cut off and some way to stop it. "It's a trap!" He screams.
Saire
Wednesday March 15th, 2000 8:40:59 PM
Invisible Saire notices once again the great double doors on the north wall. "That's interesting!" He quickly walks forward to examine the doors more closely. Just visibly at the moment; NO TOUCHING. The grating noise from the hall encouraging him on as enters the great room, leaving the hall behind.
Teko
Thursday March 16th, 2000 1:27:59 AM
Hearing Onrad's scream and his footfalls rushing down the hallway, Teko chuckles, "Can we say, 'fear of commitment'?" Teko continues watching the goings on in the room.
D.M. (Anthony) Baby go Boom 7d6(3+4+4+4+5+5+4)=29 d10=2 d10=7
Thursday March 16th, 2000 8:34:59 PM
As Onrad runs back down the hall he gets around the corner and runs into a solid rock wall, it is scared with what looks like electrical strikes, coverd in ash and old blood. This wall can take a beating. As the others explore the room they notice that there is an identacle opening to the one Kibo is climbing to on the other side of the room, right above the opeingin they just came through, except that no ladder climbs to this one. Kibo nears the top of the ladder and his hand strikes a metal gong, invisable and suspenneded over the top of the ladder. The sound reverberates through out the room. The Kibo alone hears a sound like "Hup" and the ladder begins to fall backward, being pushed by a pole, out, out, out into space. Kibo falls 60 feet and the ladder lands ontop of him. Sounds of preperation for battle come from the alcoves at the top of the room on both sides(29 pts. dex check for half) we are now in combat, the party has the first go. No enemys are seen.
Tericus d20=3
Friday March 17th, 2000 1:00:59 AM
sees Kibo fall off the ladder, Tericus runs up to him and tries to throw the ladder off him(made strength check by 6) "What happened?" he asks
Teko
Friday March 17th, 2000 1:29:59 AM
Teko heads to a wall to the side of the entrance and waits. He is still invisible.
Saire d100=24
Friday March 17th, 2000 1:42:59 AM
Saire runs to where Kibo was climbing up, and places his back to the wall (successfully hiding in shadows + invisible). He is prepared to use his rope to pull down any unsuspecting enemy who might show himself. Hoping that Bishop is prepared to do the same with his crossbow.
Kibo d100=3
Friday March 17th, 2000 5:42:59 AM
Falling screaming to the deck below, Kibo manages his system shock survival, but doesn't feel like moving after smacking the ground, scared that something serious might be broken. His wits are gone from the scare, so that he fails to tell anyone about what he heard. Thankfully, that invisibility still seems to be holding up...
Jus d20=10
Friday March 17th, 2000 6:32:59 AM
Jus almost yells Kibo's name when he sees someone pole the ladder (made perception). Instead, Jus starts to cast Feather Fall, only to remember he can't remember it -- the drow's poisoned bolts must have done more to him than he realized. He quickly considers the spells on his ring and ion stone, but it is too late. "Ouch," Jus winces (quietly), as he sees Kibo hit the ground.
Nonam
Saturday March 18th, 2000 6:07:59 AM
Wondering what on earth happened to the spider symbol that he saw before secret doors started opening up revealing ladders, huge rooms, falling halflings, and the paranoid Onrad, Nonam steps back into the shadows and grips his fire wand.
D.M. (Anthony) Baby go Boom d100=64
Sunday March 19th, 2000 2:27:59 AM
Bishop moves into the room and hides in the shadow around the corner. He is hidden and waits for what ever is going to happen. (OOC I need Jerry or each of you to send me your AC, Thaco, Invis/not invis and all that. Also please be calm with me I am woring as fast as I can to get this set up, it's tough droping right in the middle of a heroic combat.)
Saire
Sunday March 19th, 2000 6:22:59 AM
Saire looks upward and over to see if there are drow on the other side, where the ladder wasn't. If there is no sign of drow activity there, Saire will run out and grab the ladder and set it up on the side closest to the entrance we came in on, so we can get on the same level as the attacking drow.
Onrad
Sunday March 19th, 2000 9:25:59 AM
Onrad comes racing back down the hallway. "They've blocked that route with a stone wall. Our only way is to go forward." He edges up to the secret door and takes a look into the room from the safety of the hallway. He then activates his armor to become invisible. He goes up to Gareth and whispers. "Gareth, what do you say we go Drow tossing. I have a few levitation potions." He points at his pouch. "Here take one if you need one. I'll take mine next round and begin to rise."
Kibo d20=13 d100=31
Sunday March 19th, 2000 2:08:59 PM
[OOC: Forgot about that Dex check last round -- made it for half damage] Stifling a groan, Kibo rolls over and makes his way to the double doors, checking them for traps (successful roll for detecting magical or regular traps) and relaying his findings to Nonam via the ring.
Gareth
Sunday March 19th, 2000 5:55:59 PM
The invisible warrior - having recently been the strong silent type - takes the potion from Onrad, quaffs it quickly, and whispers "OK, but what happened to that spider symbol Nonam found? I think we could have avoided this entirely".
Tericus
Monday March 20th, 2000 1:08:59 AM
after he pulls the ladder off Kibo, Tericus looks up at the passageway. "I hope we dont have to go that way."
Teko d20=15
Monday March 20th, 2000 1:09:00 AM
Spell-less, Teko looks about the room in dismay. He watches for further signs of activity from above and takes note of Onrad becoming invisible, but otherwise waits.
Jus (Invisible, 8 Stone Skins, Drow Cloak and Boots)
Monday March 20th, 2000 1:14:59 AM
Jus slides over to the opposite corner of the room so he is not under one of the openings. He covers both openings with his bow, awaiting the probable fight to ensue.
D.M. (Anthony) You light up my life.
Thursday March 23rd, 2000 4:31:59 AM
A command is heard from one of the corridors above and a second latter the room below is flooded with farie fire lighting up the entire bottom of the room. Everyone in the room is lit up like a christmas tree. Those in the hall avoid it completly. The the lights go out and the room is pitch black except for the well lit up people. Then imperseptably you know, something about the room has changed, something...fundemental. (Pecep checks please, partys init)
Saire
Thursday March 23rd, 2000 4:32:59 AM
OK once again, grabbed the latter and placed on the near wall inorder to go up the side nearest to us. By the way I'm invisble and displaced. [ps/ Saire would be a fool to take any one on here in personal combat, not gonna happen.]
Onrad
Thursday March 23rd, 2000 5:12:59 AM
Onrad stays in the hallway thinking that a followup spell in the room is a logical next step. He pulls out a potion of levitation and drinks it. Then he lets himself, with the half of his movement that is left, float up to the ceiling of the hallway where he inverts anchoring himself to the ceiling as best as he can.
Nonam d20=4
Thursday March 23rd, 2000 3:34:59 PM
Nonam stayed out in the hallway trying to figure out the spider symbol. He curses when everyone barges into the room. He curses again when they get lit up, and he curses twice more when the lights go out. With the flame shield, he's nearly as visible as the faerie fired, but his flames are different. For one they're purple. He notices something different about the room (percep 4), and waits in the hall til he figures out what it is. As soon as he comes up with it, he shouts it out so that everyone knows.
Onrad d20=1
Thursday March 23rd, 2000 4:57:59 PM
[Forgot perception check] Onrad perceives easily.
Saire d20=14
Friday March 24th, 2000 2:10:59 AM
[I did not see the second half of Anthony's post last night, Strange] Made perception check. Saire struggles to get his infravision. And he hurry's to try and get the ladder where he's been trying a week to get it [4 posts ago]. After seeing himself lit up like a light bulb, Saire hopes that his displacement will aid against the initial onslaught of attacks.] First attack from opponents automatically misses, +2 AC and saves after that.
Teko d20=13
Friday March 24th, 2000 2:16:59 AM
Teko makes his perception check. He was in the room, just inside the entrance, to the right, and against the wall. Unfortunately, this means that he is faerie-fired. He moves back towards the entrance and backs up through the entrance to stand outside the room again.
Gareth d20=15 d20=2
Friday March 24th, 2000 3:45:59 AM
Having already quaffed the levitation potion the invisible warrior moves into the room and floats up toward the ceiling - looking for a chance to do some damage (20'/round). He is oblivious to any changes in the room (failed perception). He avoids stumbling on Onrad as he enters through the door (Made dex). [Gareth was next to Onrad and waiting with Nonam at last post. He is now 20' above the floor of the secret room].
Jus d20=1
Friday March 24th, 2000 5:17:59 AM
Jus, already in the corner of the room on the opposite side of both the ladder wall and the hallway, lights up with the Faire Fire. He immediately notices something about the room (made perception). Jus casts Alter Self using his Ion Stone and transforms into a Pixie, flying halfway up and a bit away from the wall with his newly aquired wings.
Kibo d100=74
Friday March 24th, 2000 5:55:59 AM
Having successfully checked for traps on the double doors before the lights went out, Kibo looks around and see a bunch of fire-lit people ascending the heavens. Realizing he can't hope to make it back across the room without some big problems, he ops to open the left of the two doors. If it is locked, he attempts to (unsuccessfully) pick it.
Tericus d20=8
Friday March 24th, 2000 6:02:59 AM
Tericus is by the ladder that fell on Kibo as he tried to climb it. when he gets lit up by the fairie fire, he moves back towards the nearest wall. then when the room goes dark(made perception check), Tericus casts a light spell, hoping it will counteract the unnatural darkness
D.M. (Anthony)
Thursday March 30th, 2000 11:54:59 PM
Sorry guys, it won't happen again. I almost lost my job this week sooo, it's not been pleasant. Well start back now, where were we. Ahhhh yes I was killing you all.
D.M. (Anthony) Behind Door #1
Friday March 31st, 2000 12:13:59 AM
Onrad, staying in the hallway sees a wall of fire rip up from the floor and begin to move foreward, hearding everyone out into the room. This round there is room for the whole party in the hall, that will decreease by one person per round he estamates. Onrad and the others who noticed can tell that the celing seems alot closer than it was, or so it seems. Gareth floats up to 20' and sees something above him. (pecep again Gareth). Jus turning himself into a pixie (same size as?) fly upward and barely avoids the web that has been cast all about the top of the room at about 55'. Kibo remebers before he opens the doors that they are Heavly traped with MANY traps, and so he advises himself against opening the doors. Tericus's light spell pushes back the darkness about 25' then everyone hears a deep grinding sound, like stone on stone. I hope thats everyting, again I am SOOOOO very sorry, and if I didn't get someone please let me know.
Kibo d100=60
Friday March 31st, 2000 3:05:59 AM
With a grim look on his face, Kibo descends ascent is his only option, and uses his climb walls ability to scale the room, looking to hack thru any webbing that gets in his way.
Jus
Friday March 31st, 2000 4:22:59 AM
Jus looks down towards the hallway and yells (might as well since he's visible from the Fairie Fire), "Web up above." Seeing the flickering of flames in the hallway, he gets an idea and shouts again, "Shoot a flaming arrow into it!". Jus then carefully darts around, attempting to use his infravision (120' with device) to note anything else that might be useful.
Saire
Friday March 31st, 2000 5:08:59 AM
Saire, hearing the wisdom of Jus' words darts into the hall way, pulls out an arrow. He tares a strip of cloth from his clothing and wraps it around the arrow. The he pokes it into the flames until it catches. Then he advances back into the room; ready to launch it up into the darkness next round. Knowing that he is invisible and no one knows what he is doing he shouts as loud as he can. "I'm going to take out the web with a flaming arrow! We're really going to have to work like a team to get out of this mess."
Onrad
Friday March 31st, 2000 9:51:59 AM
Onrad reluctantly enters the room pushing off from his position on the hallway ceiling of the hallway so as to take him across the room and to the southwest corner of the far wall. He lets himself rise as far as the potion will allow this round, which is 20'. As he moves, he speaks, "A wall of fire is slowly traveling up the hallway forcing us into the room! The hallway ceiling also appears to be descending." He allows his voice to inform the others as to his general location. He ends up in the southwest corner of the room 20' up. [Invisible due to armor, Levitation potion]
Gareth d20=8
Saturday April 1st, 2000 5:31:59 AM
The invisible warrior moves up another 20' seeing what lies above (15' from the web - made Int). Hearing Saire's warning he makes sure and not push off the wall he is next to so as not to get in the arrows path. He mutters to himself "Great, another fight. Guess we didn't didn't do too well on getting in unnoticed. Don't know if I can get through that web but at least I'm close if we do."
Nonam
Saturday April 1st, 2000 5:24:59 PM
"That's a good idea, Saire. The arrow is less costly than any methods at my disposal." Nonam decides the hall is still safer and crouches down near the doorway. He pulls a small bottle out of one of his pockets, and he applies the oil of etherealness to himself. "Gentleman, I'll be able to help out with the magic in just a moment."
Tericus
Sunday April 2nd, 2000 4:58:59 AM
for the moment, stays in the area that his light spell pushed back the darkness. he then pulls out a little stone and plops it in his mouth, and then fades from sight(turns invisible). then he moves to the outskirts of his light spell and kneels on the ground, so that only his face is in the light's spell radius, looking up at the passageway in the ceiling, hoping to see anything up there
Teko
Monday April 3rd, 2000 3:52:59 AM
When Teko sees the flames rise up in the hallway, his eyes grow huge, and, as the flames grow closer, he steps back into the room again. When the room grows dark, he exclaims, "Good grief!". Once again, he takes his position against the wall, just to the right of the door, inside the room. He waits and watches.
D.M. (Anthony) As above so below
Monday April 3rd, 2000 7:39:59 PM
The grating sound of stone on stone continues untill the floor begins to grow spikes. 12" steel spikes have pushed through the floor they are laid out in a pattern of every 4" easaily walked through. Those high enough to see the roof of the room (50' or more) through the web see that the celing is made up of large rocks held back by a iron net. The rocks vary in size from the sixe of your head to twice the size of your body. The net is held in place on one side by four large pin areas, there are currently 2 drow floating up to each pin area. Those above also see a single drow standing to the left with a flaming arrow pointed at the web, he is holding, [percep checks from those above 50' please.]
Nonam
Monday April 3rd, 2000 8:16:59 PM
Nonam finishes applying the oil, tosses the empty container back into the fire, and calmly walks into the room. The mages slowly begins turning invisible as the oil begins to work. Nonam surveys the situation and pulls out his fire wand and casts pyrotechnics, using the hallway fire as a source. He creates a huge cloud of smoke about 70' up in the chamber causing any drow up there to begin choking and completely obscuring their vision. Any that high must also save or get -2 to all combat rolls and AC. It also extinguishes part of the fire in the hall.
Saire d20=20
Monday April 3rd, 2000 10:58:59 PM
Saire moves to the entrance of the room, not noticing the drow, but taking note of the spikes growing from the floor. Saire, aims his arrow up, "FIRE IN THE HOLE!" And lets loose his flaming arrow. (20 critical hit). Saire is positioned so that if the burning web falls down to the floor he is pretected by the hallway ceiling. Saire yells,"woohoo" as his masterful shot hits it's mark [the web of course]
Gareth d20=7
Monday April 3rd, 2000 11:27:59 PM
Hovering right below the web, the warrior floats up the wall through the hole made by Saire's flaming arrow (Made Int). Seeing what the drow are about to do - and the drow with the flaming arrow - he floats up and lights on the side under the pins making sure he is under the smoke Nonam just created. He looks around to see if there are any additional enemies other than the 9 seen initially. If so he take a position behind them if possible so that they are between him and the ledge - and if not he makes sure he moves back from the ledge so that when the drow decend they are between him and the ledge. (How high are the pins?).
Tericus
Tuesday April 4th, 2000 2:55:59 AM
seeing the spikes starting to grow out of the ground, Tericus decides to move to the nearest wall and put his back to it, waiting to see what happens next
Teko
Tuesday April 4th, 2000 3:34:59 AM
Teko, keeping away from the spikes that rise from the floor, continues to watch, both above and below, for an opportunity to act. At the same time, he pulls out his short bow and nocks an arrow.
Kibo
Tuesday April 4th, 2000 4:11:59 AM
Quickly taking in the scene, Kibo works feverishly to finish getting thru the webs and the relative safety beyond the net of rocks.
Jus
Tuesday April 4th, 2000 5:18:59 AM
Jus notices the rock ceiling, then looks down to see Tericus, Teko, and Nonam still grounded. Although he has no flight spells to offer them, Jus keeps one eye out -- and a feather fall ready to cast above them -- in case the ceiling collapses. Jus then turns his attention to Saire, easily impressed by the masterful shot. As soon as the web is clear, Jus zooms upward, ready to engage Drow #1.
Onrad
Tuesday April 4th, 2000 7:21:59 AM
Oblivious to what is above he pushes off again from the Southwest corner to the Southeast corner and rises to 40'. There he sticks, listening as he figures he's close to the lip. Suddenly Onrad's mind is bombarded by doubts and questions such as... "Why are we here, again?" "Is this truly going to help anyone?" "This is crazy!" "I wonder what the sun looks like." He shakes his head and something whizzes by causing flames to sizzle above him. ::oooh, nice shot:: he thinks to Saire. He grins and focuses. ::Let's do this!:: Onrad's mind blanks and hardens as he focuses like he never has before. Determination furrows his young brow and a drop of sweat falls to the floor far below.
D.M. (Anthony) Where there's fire d20=9 d10=2 d10=7 d10=4 d10=8 d10=6
Wednesday April 5th, 2000 3:15:59 AM
Noman checks his memory of the spell just before casting in and realizes that it would place the entire bottom half of the room in blinding, choking smoke and leave the top half the room un-harmed, so he saves the wand for another day. Saire's arrow hits its mark beautifully and the web burns away instantly in a stunning cascade of colors. The Drow with the flaming arrow seems dazed by the display (200exp Saire) the other groups are distracted for a moment but then continue rising till they reach the pins. Gareth sees that the pins are 30' from the floor on that side. Gareth sees as he reaches the top that these two halls are actually rooms and the one he has entered is FULL of Drow, Driders and, priestesses, all hiding unseen from below, waiting. Then turning to look across the way he sees that the other room is bristling with archers. Gareth has been soooooo quiet up till now, they don't seem to have noticed him. Yet. Tericus, moves to a wall but keeps the light near to be useful. Teko, draws and waits. Kibo was luckily near a thin part of the web when it burned through and was not burnt, thank goodness for that perfect shot from Saire, Kibo also sees that the net of rocks makes up the whole ceiling of this room, the only place of safety would be the above ledge which he can see in occupied by a stunned Drow with bow and flaming arrow pointed down. What an opportunity to take out a hated foe while he is not fully aware of his surroundings. Jus makes it up to the full hight and is ready to engage Drow #1 he stops as he too sees the awesome sight of a contingent of Drow archers ready to strike, and a army of Drow behind him on the other ledge. Onrad overcoming his moment of dought, strengthens his resolve and then wonders what those Drow could be doing floating up to those pins. (OOC in your posts please type and effect next to your characters name in parentheses, with this high a level campaign I am having A LOT of trouble having to flip back and forth between my 20 pages of notes on you guys. Ex. would be Jus (8 stone skins, invisible, farie fired, flying) Thanks, I'm not as organized as Jerry)
D.M. (Anthony) For those about to rock. d20=14 d20=13 d20=14 d20=15 d20=2
Wednesday April 5th, 2000 3:21:59 AM
The four Drow teams get the first set of pins pulled, the net shifts and a hail pebbles fall, striking no one. To those that can see, it looks like one more set of pins and the entire ceiling comes down. The Drow archers seeing the glowing form of an invader move foreword into ranks to take aim at the floating farie fired form of Jus, string bows and preparing to slaughter.
Saire d20=8
Wednesday April 5th, 2000 3:49:59 AM
Saire, miffed that he can't see far enough to notice whats on the far ledge, decides it is time to act. Now that the fire has grown closer, he wraps yet another flaming arrow, lights it as before, and hastefully launches it up and across the room onto the ledge, in hope of lighting up an area to allow for a light source. Then he yells, "NONAM! There's a fire source for ya!" Saire easily hits AC 10.
Teko (Invisible, Faerie-Fired)
Wednesday April 5th, 2000 4:01:59 AM
In the darkness, Teko suddenly exclaims, but not too loudly, "I've been so stupid!" He reaches into his pack and quickly unrolls a dark cloth. The final inches of the cloth unroll to reveal - light! He picks up two torches - each with Continual Light cast upon it - and quickly tosses them thirty or forty feet out into the room, hoping to shed light on a very dark circumstance. He tosses them together so that they will land in approximately the same place. He looks around.
Kibo (Invisible, Silenced) d20=14
Wednesday April 5th, 2000 5:28:59 AM
Activating his ring to cover his approach (silence), Kibo quickly clicks the heels of his boots, springing at the archer above (boots enable a jump of 30' in any direction). Rather than using a weapon-attack, Kibo focuses on just tackling the archer, to prevent the use of the enemy's bow. Perhaps the momentum will be enough to help...[THAC0 is 17, rolled 14]
Onrad (Invisible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern)
Wednesday April 5th, 2000 6:12:59 AM
Onrad now gets out his lantern, which emits no light, but allow him to see; and activates it. When he sees the rocks, he directs his voice straight down so as to hide his location somewhat and barks, "Net filled with rocks over the whole floor, they are fixin to drop them on us. Get scarce!" He rises 20 more feet, using the Southern wall to guide him west and 10' over the western chamber out of the way of the rocks. He clings there and looks for leaders and casters amongst the drow. He also glances around hoping that luck is with him and he can find a hook or torch sconce to hang his lantern upon up there above the reach of the drow.
Jus (8 Stone Skins, Invisible, Farie Fired, Flying, Sun Sword 10' radius)
Wednesday April 5th, 2000 9:25:59 AM
With a large gulp, Jus realizes he probably wouldn't survive all those arrows and better get out of their sight. Jus launches into action, darting back over the ledge towards the corner near kibo (who he doesn't know is there) and a couple of feet down. As he does so, he yells, "Those grounded get under me or through the doors! Nonam, fireball over the ledges." Jus then starts swinging his Sword round and round. It immediately lets out a blinding, sun bright light 10' in radius and growing ("Let's see how the drow and their magic items like this!", Jus thinks happily to himself). All the while, he keeps his eyes towards the ceiling, ready to cast Feather Fall at the rocks above when they come tumbling down.
Nonam (ethereal, stone skinned (7))
Wednesday April 5th, 2000 5:04:59 PM
Nonam calls out down below, "I'm about to go ethereal, but I'll be around." Nonam finally becomes ethereal and thus also invisible. First he drops the fire shield. Then he flies up so that he can see what's going on above the darkness.
Gareth - Invisivble
Wednesday April 5th, 2000 9:29:59 PM
Knowing that he cannot get to the drow before they pull the last pin (only 20'/round) the warrior waits near the ledge for the inevitable to happen. He is relieved when he realizes the others see the rocks and have been warned. At the next loud sound, he pulls off his shield from its back strap and becomes silent (5' radius). He moves over to the wall and begins to count drow - how many warrios, mages, priests, archers. If he can he tries and maneuver so that some of the more interested drow - who might be prepared to look over - are between him and the ledge.
D.M. (Anthony) Let there be light d10=5
Thursday April 6th, 2000 1:00:59 AM
Saire lights up the ledges above not realizing that they were already lit up. Teko's torches light up the entire bottom room again dispelling the unnatural darkness, the room is full of spikes and there is a huge net full of rocks above. Kibo easily tackles the surprised archer and smiles to himself as he rolls up and sees a contingent of Drow archers, bows drawn, looking right at him, now visible. Onrad not needing the lantern any longer because the room has been lit up floats up to the ledge and sees the Drow army, waiting above. (Onrad roll for surprise please, surprised on 1-4) Jus, forgetting to roll for surprise allows the DM to do it and barely shakes off the fear and escapes before the Drow fire on him. Jus then drops the 10' and begins swinging the Sun Sword about (well done 200exp Jus) But then he wonders how he is going to keep swinging, cast feather fall, and avoid the net if it swings down on this side as it might. Noman can see EVERYTHING now as he flies up to the 65' higth. Gareth begins to count, he reaches 6 Driders, and 6 Priestesses before the room lights up in more ways than one, Jus and his sun sword have suddenly gotten this sides attention. The priestesses all begin to cast, however none of the other Drow have moved from the back of the room, the wait and remain disciplined.
D.M. (Anthony) Oops d20=13 d20=7 d20=18 d20=9 d100=81 d100=49 d20=11
Thursday April 6th, 2000 1:14:59 AM
The Drow at the pins make a major error, they fail to pull one of the pins causing the rocks to spill out to one side of the room, missing everyone in the party. The north side of the room is now filled with rocks however. The last pin rips out of the clasp and slices two of the drow in hals and the other six against the far wall, behind the Drow Legions. However now the beauty of this room is revieled, the net falls to the west side of the room effectively blocking off movement throught that part of the room, but not arrow fire, the archers are now well protected behind the net, (holes in net are 3' wide.) Also traping Kibo on the WRONG SIDE. The one good thing is that the sun sword cuts Jus a small opening as he swings that may allow him to keep from getting pinned to the wall. (Dex check please Jus) Just after that dex check the spells go off 3 hold persons centered right on Jus. (3 saves -2 please Jus)
D.M. (Anthony) Oops II d20=5 d20=19 d20=12
Thursday April 6th, 2000 1:20:59 AM
Right after the hold person spells go off three dispell magic spells go off centered right on Jus's sword. Jus please save Vs. spell to keep the sword working. The Driders and warriors begin to form ranks. Still to far back to be seen from the floor.
D.M. (Anthony) Oops III (The Human Pin Cushion) d20=17 d20=7 d20=2 d20=16 d20=8 d20=11 d20=14 d20=9
Thursday April 6th, 2000 1:25:59 AM
The archers 16 in all form 2 ranks as well the first rank all taking one practice shot at Kibo.
D.M. (Anthony) Oops III (The Human Pin Cushion) d3=2 d3=1
Thursday April 6th, 2000 1:28:59 AM
These then move to the back and begin to reload while the next rank move foreward. (3 pts of damage Kibo and save vs. posion twice please.)
Tericus(invisible, light spell)
Thursday April 6th, 2000 2:33:59 AM
after hearing what everyone has to say and then seeing the magical darkness dispelled, stays stays where he is against the wall and begins to cast a spell as quietly as possible. before he begins to cast, he kneels against the wall, trying to make himself as small a target as possible
Saire
Thursday April 6th, 2000 4:09:59 AM
Saire holds, as he watches chaos break loose. THe room lights up; the rocks crash; arrows loose! Saire screams out to the party. "TAKE OUT THE DROW! I'LL STAY BACK AND PLAY DOCTOR!" Saying this as he sees a magical rush around JUS, and a flurry of arrows hitting Kibo.
Kibo (Silenced) d20=12 d20=4 d20=20 d20=3
Thursday April 6th, 2000 4:52:59 AM
[Failed one save] Attempting to use the surprised archer as a shield against the rain of arrows [did any of the missed shots last round hit the archer?], Kibo is surprised to discover just how effective his armor is against the barrage. With a mighty effort, Kibo shrugs off the effects of the poison [used hero point]. Unable to hear about the suggestion to fireball the drow, Kibo still wisely decides to remain near the ledge, expecting the casters to level some type of mass damage against the drow.
Jus [8 Stoneskins, Invisible, Faire Fired, Hold Person (x2), Sun Sword 15' Radius and fading, Sun Sword Dispelled (x2), wishing he could grab the net] d100=14 d100=85 d100=17 d100=17 d100=82 d100=5 d20=12 d20=7 d20=4 d20=3 d20=3 d20=5 d20=6
Thursday April 6th, 2000 1:00:59 PM
Jus continues swinging his sword, the Sun's brightness expanding yet another 5'. He feels a curious vibration on his ring finger, not realizing that his ring has -- for the first time -- successfully used it's magic resistance and prevented one of the Dispel Magics from affecting him (d100's with one<=7%). Unfortunately, glancing at his ring is the last thing he's able to do as two of the Hold Persons and two of the Dispel Magics (5 d20 rolls) affect him. (2 accidental d20 rolls at the end).
Nonam
Thursday April 6th, 2000 6:03:59 PM
Nonam grins knowing that it will be nearly impossible for the drow to detect his exact location. Then he uses the fire wand to spring up a searing hot redish-purple "Wall of Fire" right in front of the drow archers - so close that they are might be touching it (60'x20' - starts in front of 1 then running down the line in front of 8 and continuing on for another 20 ft. 2d6+6 to any that touch it, 2d4 if in 10', 1d4 in 20' - no save). Heat is on their side. Nonam floats to a position about 15 feet down so that he is below the sight line for when one of the drow suddenly has a gem of true seeing like last time up in the city.
Gareth - Invisible, Silenced, levitate, poison immunity
Thursday April 6th, 2000 6:54:59 PM
The warrior levitates up about 10 or 12 feet just enough to clear the heads of the drow and driders - out of their line of fire. He holds his position fearing Nonam will catch him on the wrong side of one of his fire walls.
Onrad (Levitating and now visible) d20=1 d20=16 d8=2
Thursday April 6th, 2000 8:34:59 PM
Thinking to himself that they sure could use some Magic assistance, illusion style from Teko, he ponders his situation. He knows that he should take some burden off of the mages, yet to go in amongst the fighters or to reveal himself to the priests would be suicide. Nonam, bless him, has halved the numbers for the moment. Perhaps he can do something to the priests as well. However, I'll bet he's getting low on spells. Time to trust on luck and dexterity. He pulls out his bow. Perhaps I can take out one priest's spellpower by hitting his throat and make the others worry about me. They can't cast too much without their voice! They are way too confident right now. He pulls out an arrow and takes close aim at the priest in the center of that group. The arrow leaves his bow heading way off mark. (using a hero point) He wills it, however, into the throat of the priest for a called shot hitting AC-6: -3 with the called shot (Onrad does called shots at -3.) Ahh a lucky shot! He does 2 measly points of damage, but hopes the location will be telling. He then pushes out into the room and into the "main room" again and down below the ledge a few feet hugging the wall, so as to hide from the priests if he can.
Teko (Invisible, Faerie Fired)
Thursday April 6th, 2000 9:30:59 PM
Teko, having exhausted most of his options, stays near the wall, trying to remain as inconspicuous as possible. However, his bow remains ready. He continues to watch events.
Saire [invisible/ displaced]
Friday April 7th, 2000 2:51:59 AM
Saire wathes Jus' heroics end suddenly as his limp body just floats there, levitated about 60 feet in the air. Saire sprints forward to stand just under Jus. Saire commands his rope to grab Jus. After it flings out and grabs him, Saire begins to reel him in. Then Saire runs back to the hallway's entrance. "You guys need to kill those B------s that did this to Jus. We must break the spell... We need Jus in the fight!"
Tericus(invisible, light spell)
Friday April 7th, 2000 5:04:59 AM
after what seems like an eterinity, Tericus's spell is complete. a small whirlwind appears a few feet in front of him(dust devil spell). seeing that a wall of fire blocks off the drow archers, and seeing Jus suddenly go limp, Tericus sees Onrad shooting at the priestesses. deciding now is the time to strike, Tericus orders his small elemental to engulf the priestess next to the one Onrad shot(priestess must make a saving throw vs spell or she is unable to cast spells due the the whirling wings engulfing her).
D.M. (Anthony) And the walls come tumbling down d20=13 2d4(2+2)=4 d100=74
Saturday April 8th, 2000 10:48:59 PM
Tericus, kneels and casts seeing nothing but spells and arrows fly above. It is a freighting sight. Saire sees Jus taken out of the battle so quickly it is freighting, there must be a way to get him back in and fast. Kibo trapped behind the fence that the net has become. He picks up the Drow that was below him and prepares to use him as a shield. Kibos Drow does everything he can to kick free but fails, he looks to his comrades and speaks in Drow something resigned and sad, the next wave of archers level at Kibo and his shield. Jus watches in horror while his sword goes dull and then he feels the bond of magic tie his body down, he can no longer move. But wait the power of flight requires only thought, not body. Can he still fly? YES, although he can not move his body at all he can still fly it's statue like form through space. Nonam's spell works beautifully and the Drow take some minor damage before changing formation. Gareth levitates up and sees that the Drow are planning something, messages are being passed through the ranks. Onrad's called shot strikes true and hurts the priest badly, in fact no one would have noticed except for the pool of blood the silenced Drow made. Teko continues to wait. Saire begins to reel Jus in but feels the rope being tugged on as if someone were pulling Jus in different directions. Tericus can not see the Drow that Onrad sees from his position so the dust devil simply raises up to just below the ledge, he can see the archers that are now right beside the net line now. (Drow to come latter today)
Saire [invisible/ displaced]
Sunday April 9th, 2000 2:26:59 AM
Saire allows slack in the rope to find out exactly what direction the unkwown force is pulling Jus. Trying to figure out if Jus is moving himself or if the drow are pulling Jus towards them.
D.M. (Anthony) The Pin Cushion IV d20=8 d20=13 d20=16 d3=1 d20=8 d20=15 d20=4 d20=16 d20=14
Sunday April 9th, 2000 2:51:59 AM
Three of the Drow fire on Kibo with no care for what happens to the shield. One hit for 1 point of Damage. Save vs posion again. The other five archers look out into the room and fire across at the now visable Onrad.
D.M. (Anthony) The Pin Cushion IV d3=1 d20=12 d20=19 d20=12
Sunday April 9th, 2000 2:56:59 AM
Onrad is struck once and takes one point of damage. Save vs posion please. three of the priestess finish casting and the whole room goes dark again. It is a natral darkness this time however something strange comes out of it. Strange Drow shaped glowing figures are everywhere, the sound of movement is everywhere, in the darkness the Drow have moved and they are ready for some other trick. The strange glowing figures are constantly moving, making it VERY difficult to tell friend from foe, they are also playing havoc with infervision. (If you wish to strike a Drow you must save vs spell or risk hitting someone you know.) DONE, YOUR TURN!
Kibo (Silenced) d20=4 d20=13
Sunday April 9th, 2000 3:06:59 PM
As the darkness rises, Kibo decides it's time to put his silence to good use. Clicking his boots, he launches himself into the ranks of the enemy, hoping to disrupt further spell casting (and combat coordination)....his last thought is, "Well, this is it." [failed save vs. poison, used hero point to make save, used boots of jumping with silence (ring) still activated]
Teko (Invisible, but Faerie-Fired)
Monday April 10th, 2000 12:05:59 AM
Teko does not attack. He does seek to avoid getting hit. Unless the spikes in the floor get in his way, he will dodge any attacks using his Tumbling ability (-4 bonus to AC).
Gareth - Invisible, Silenced, levitate, poison immunity
Monday April 10th, 2000 1:46:59 AM
The warrior moves slowly along the wall to a point behind the last row of drow/driders, lowers himself to the floor, and prepares to strike.
Saire [invisible/ displaced] d20=5 d20=18
Monday April 10th, 2000 2:36:59 AM
Saire exclaims, "That's the straw that broke the camel's back!" He pulls the rope taught and begins to climb up it using Jus' resistance to get in the air maybe after he get high enough he can swing to a landing or something. Made dex check, failed strength check.
Onrad (Invisible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern) d20=10 d20=13 d20=14 d20=4 d8+10=17 d8+10=16 d20=15
Monday April 10th, 2000 2:37:59 AM
Onrad, thanks his lucky God for Tericus providing the poison protection he has coursing through his veins and prepares for a repeat performance of sorts. (Immune to poison. Sorry, forgot that on my byline.) Refusing to give up in this hopeless situation and wondering how many of his friends will die, he rises. Using his magical lantern, he tries to locate the priests within the group (perception 10)(made his save to avoid a comrade rolling a 13). If a priest is spotted, on the front row, he lands and attacks the priest. Also, if possible, Onrad positions himself at the northern end or the southern end of the room where he can use the wall to limit the number that can attack him if that occurs. If not, he lands at the southern end of the eastern upper chamber and attacks the closest enemy. (Sorry for all the iffs, but I didn't know where the enemy was.) Once his opponent is determined, Onrad grits his teeth and attacks using his Dexterity Style. He hits AC-9 (14) and AC1(4) for damage (if those hit) of 17hpd and 16hpd. Onrad then uses remaining movement to "Tumble to Disengage", (rolls a 15) successfully doing so, and rises 10' above the enemy once again.
Tericus(invisible, light spell)
Monday April 10th, 2000 2:43:59 AM
Tericus casts another light spell, hoping it will banish the next wave of darkness, while his whirlwind hovers near him, waiting to be ordered
Nonam (ethereal, stone skinned) d20=15 d20=1
Monday April 10th, 2000 6:33:59 AM
(15saves on things flying around) Nonam rises back up and picks out a priest for a target (percep=1), then he casts phantasmal killer, and the drow's worst fear instantly comes to life in his mind. After casting Nonam drifts to the side with Onrad and Gareth and begins planning how to best line up a lightning bolt for next round.
Teko (Invisible, Faerie-fired)
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 12:17:59 AM
Teko watches the strange drow images, wondering if they are simply Mirror Image spells. Frustrated, he continues to wait and hopes that the situation is not nearly so desperate as it appears.
D.M. (Anthony) The Pin Cushion IV d100=58 d100=41 d100=97 d100=88 d100=20 d100=3 d100=65
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 12:51:59 AM
As the room is lit up the Drow have arryed themselfs in a new battle formation. Four nwe battle formations actualy. They stand in each corner of the room facing in Driders to the front, Warriors behing filling gaps and 1 priest and 1 other male drow that was not seen untill now standing in the protective clutch. Spell casters on top of everything else. This battle has just become a slaughter.
D.M. (Anthony) The Pin Cushion IV
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 12:57:59 AM
Gareth, and Saire both notice something peculiar about the west wall. Right in the middle there seems to be a secrect door. It is unguarded and looks as if it has not been used in a long, long, long time. Could it be a means of escape? How to get Kibo from behind the net though?
D.M. (Anthony) The Pin Cushion IV
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 12:58:59 AM
The male spell casters have begun what looks to be some sort of joint meditation. The rest of the drow wait, for....
Saire [invisible/ displaced] d100=2
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 2:49:59 AM
Saire barks an order for the rope to release and falls back to the ground with the rope in hand. With eyes wide he runs to the secret door. He checks the door for traps and succesfully diagnoses the door.
Kibo (SILENCED) d20=17 d8=1
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 3:53:59 AM
[Assuming Kibo was successful in jumping last round] Kibo tries to get close enough to the spell casters to disrupt their speech. He hopes that the silence also disrupts commands among the ranks. Knowing the imminent arrival of death, Kibo is at peace, knowing that he died in the line of duty. With sweeping strokes of his scimitar, he harries the enemy long enough, hopefully, for his friends beyond the net to salvage the mission. (THAC0 of 17 for a single point of damage)
Jus (8 Stoneskins, Faire Fired, Fly, Hold Person (x2-round 2), Sun Sword Dispelled (x2-round 2))
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 4:45:59 AM
As Saire's rope releases Jus, Jus uses his Fly to turn his body around so he can see what's going on. Oblivious to the secret door, and knowing the party needs all the help it can get, Jus does the only thing left to him. Zooming off at full speed (18"), Jus heads face forward, with his body perpendicular to his travel, into the cluster of mages that are casting their spells. He knows he can't do much damage to them, but he's gotta try to disrupt their casting! (rolls left to DM's discretion)
Nonam (ethereal, stone skinned)
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 5:23:59 AM
Ticked off that his last spell did not seem to work when it usually kills people, Nonam casts cloudkill over the area the spellcasters are gathered in joint meditation. (how about another map?)
Tericus(invisible, light spell) d4=1
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 5:43:59 AM
knowing now is the time for action, Tericus sends his whirlwind to the nearest corner of drow, ordering him to contain the spellcaster within(save vs spell or he cant cast). then Tericus casts hold person on the same group, centering it on the priestess, but can only effect her(save at -2).then he moves a bit to his left, knowing his next action will render him visible
Gareth - Invisible, Silenced, levitate, poison immunity d20=3
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 6:27:59 PM
seeing Kibo in trouble and Jus and Nonam laying waste to the spellcasters, the warrior chooses to aid his comrade. He races to the ledge, places his shield at the ledge and issues the command "Cross" aiming it so that it coincides with the hole cut in the net. At once a wooden bridge crosses to the other ledge and secures itself there. He then races across. [OOC: See Below the line page for questions]
Onrad (Levitating and now visible)
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 7:07:59 PM
Seeing the bridge form, Onrad finally realizes where Gareth is. (I also have questions sent by email.) Still not knowing who he damaged the last round, Onrad speaks to Garet who is now near his supposed position. "Jus and Teko are both without spells since both went down earlier. Nonam and Saire are bound to be nearly out. Bishop is nowhere to be seen. We've got to find a way out of this, heal, and nap. Better late than never. At this rate it will be never. I don't want to die here Gareth. I really don't. It was not fun. Going to help Jus and Kibo." Onrad pushes off of the wall nearest him and towards the location where Jus and Kibo are in the knot with the spellcasters. He then descends to the floor and slips in front of Jus and Kibo taking a Total Healing Potion. "There's more in my right side pouch. Grab one if you need it." Onrad then prepares to defend those two to the death. "Wardd, be with me!!!"
Onrad (Levitating and now visible)
Tuesday April 11th, 2000 7:08:59 PM
Seeing the bridge form, Onrad finally realizes where Gareth is. (I also have questions sent by email.) Still not knowing who he damaged the last round, Onrad speaks to Garet who is now near his supposed position. "Jus and Teko are both without spells since both went down earlier. Nonam and Saire are bound to be nearly out. Bishop is nowhere to be seen. We've got to find a way out of this, heal, and nap. Better late than never. At this rate it will be never. I don't want to die here Gareth. I really don't. It was not fun. Going to help Jus and Kibo." Onrad pushes off of the wall nearest him and towards the location where Jus and Kibo are in the knot with the spellcasters. He then descends to the floor and slips in front of Jus and Kibo taking a Total Healing Potion. "There's more in my right side pouch. Grab one if you need it." Onrad then prepares to defend those two to the death. "Wardd, be with me!!!"
Teko d20=6 d6=6
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 12:27:59 AM
Deciding that it is worth the risk of harming one of his friends, Teko fires an arrow into the mages, hoping, like Kibo and Jus, that he can disrupt at least one mage's concentration. Alas, he misses with a roll of 6.
D.M. (Anthony) A Door of Hope d20=9 d20=20 d20=14 d20=4 d20=20 d20=13 d20=12
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 1:19:59 AM
Saire sees that the door is neither locked or traped in fact it is so old it may not open. Kibo finds he is still behind the net, traped up on the ledge with the Drow archers. Jus flies into the protective circle of Drow. Six Drow use weapons to try and stop him from infiltrating the circle One with a critical hit. This keeps Jus from the spell casters and uses up 7 stone skins.
D.M. (Anthony) A Door of Hope d20=19 d20=3 d20=2 d20=12 d20=20 d20=11 d20=2 d20=20 d20=10 d20=19 d20=10 d20=3
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 1:24:59 AM
Noman casts Cloudkill over the Drow in the south east corner of the room. Some of the Drow save others do not, these die, retchit up their internal organs.
D.M. (Anthony) A Door of Hope d20=18 d20=18
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 1:38:59 AM
Four Drow in all die from the Cloudkill spell. Tericus's Whirlwind disrupts the focus of the mage and the hold person spell in inefective. Gareth realizes that the hole in thenet is too low to do any good so the bridge crosses to the ledge and Gareth is able to cross to the net. The Drow archers are split between targets now, hover they seemed confused and bewildered. Could it be form the massive amount of light from the wall of fire? The Drow continue to Hold in order to protect the spell casters, it looks as if they will take ANY attacks trown at the casters in order to protect them. The group of Drow move out of the cloud kill area and form a circle. No one seems to have noticed Saire. Kibo is still traped behind the net. The spell caster in the North East corner is able to shrug off the effects of the whirl wind. It seems as if the spell casters are starting their meditaion again.
Bishop
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 1:45:59 AM
Bishop backs up Saire, making sure the thief does not get hurt doing his job.
Tericus(light spell) d4=4
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 3:31:59 AM
Tericus continues to order his whirlwind to engulf the wizard, hoping to disrupt whatever he is trying to do(save again). then he rises up and once again casts a hold person spell, centered on the priestess, catching her and the next 3 nearest drow(save normally). then Tericus fades back into view, and moves to whoever is the nearest to him(my location isnt on the map, so i dont know who is closest to me)
Nonam 9d6(3+3+6+2+6+4+6+6+6)=42
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 4:23:59 AM
Just getting warmed up, Nonam casts fireball in the midst of the reassembled spell casters (42pts save for 1/2).
Kibo (SILENCED) d20=9
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 6:13:59 AM
[OOC: For whatever reason, I have been unable to open the battle maps provided, and thought that there were spell casters with the archers] Seeing the opening in the net, Kibo decides to spring (with his boots) toward it, realizing that dying as a pin-cushion will do no one any good. He makes his way, as possible, toward the spell-casters.
Saire [invisible/ displaced] d20=6
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 7:27:59 AM
Saire realizing the door has been long forgotten, simply gives a huge tug to open it. Strength check made by many.
Jus [1 Stoneskin, Faire Fired, Hold Person (x2-round3), Sun Sword Dispelled (x2-round3), Fly]
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 11:33:59 AM
Frustrated that his attempts at disruption failed, Jus backs out over the ledge, maintaining his sights on the spellcasters. After going a bit away, he casts Forget using his Ring of Spell Storing on four of the magic users -- the ones trying to coordinate their spellcasting.
Onrad (Levitating and now visible) d20=18 d20=18
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 7:03:59 PM
Onrad suddenly realizes that these drow had to enter this room from somewhere and that somewhere would provide an exit. He levitates up another 10' to 20' above the eastern loft's floor and looks for an exit. Then he reverses and looks for an exit from the western loft.
Gareth - Invisible, Silenced, levitate, poison immunity d20=20 d20=6 d8+10=16
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 8:26:59 PM
The warrior slices through the net effortlessly and steps through (Would this be an attack?). As he becomes visible he yells to his firend "Kibo, over here!". The warrior attacks the closest drow as he positions himself so that his friend is defended while he breaks away.
Gareth - Invisible, Silenced, levitate, poison immunity
Wednesday April 12th, 2000 8:27:59 PM
[OOC: Hit AC 1]
D.M. (Anthony) Living in a land of confusion d20=6 d20=13 d20=10 d20=14 d20=6 d20=17
Thursday April 13th, 2000 1:09:59 AM
Tericus's whirlwind attacks again, this time upsetting the wizard and priestess taking them out of the picture for the round. Nonam on the same group of Drow from last round and while the Drow guards are hurt the spell casters are unharmed. However this group of drow are really hurt. Another two drop leaving one warrior and 2 driders to defend the spell casters.
D.M. (Anthony) Living in a land of confusion
Thursday April 13th, 2000 1:15:59 AM
Kibo so affraid realizes that the hole in the net is unreachable and that he can not escape that way. The Drow archers have begun to sweep with their arms tring to find him. He sees Gareth on the other side of the net the bridge extended. Saire gets the rusty door open easily and sees an old small passage way dissapearing into the dark. Jus tries to activate his ring but with out moving or speaking that is impossable. He can simply fly. Onrad sees that bot ledges are actualy rooms and at the back of each room there is a large adamantite door. Gareth does quite a bit of dammage to the metal net but does not quiet slice enough to get Kibo through.
D.M. (Anthony) Living in a land of confusion d20=8 d20=20 d20=12 d20=19 d20=14 d3=1 d20=2
Thursday April 13th, 2000 1:19:59 AM
4 of the archers find Kibo and fire (-4 cause blind) 2 hits for 4 points of damage save twice. 4 of the other archers walk into the wall of fire and take heavy damage from it. The spell casters regather and begin again, the only one having dificulty is the one dealing with the whirlwind. The priestess is casts dispell magic on the whirlwind.
D.M. (Anthony) Living in a land of confusion d20=6 d20=4 d20=20 d20=19 2d8(4+6)+7=17 2d8(4+6)+7=17
Thursday April 13th, 2000 1:24:59 AM
The priestess spell fails misarably. 4 Driders see that someone has opened the secrect door, they move to attack and Bishop moves to guard. Two of the Driders hit Bishop dealing a great deal of damage to the Cleric. The driders then move back into formation at a command from one of the priestesses.
Bishop 3d8(7+2+5)+3=17
Thursday April 13th, 2000 1:25:59 AM
Bishop takes a potion. He says over his shoulder to the invisable door opener. "If that is a means of escape then we had all better take it." Bishop looks hurt.
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity) d20+3=15 d4+4=8
Thursday April 13th, 2000 2:48:59 AM
glad that his whirlwind is doing its job and wondering if his hold person spell he cast last round worked or not, Tericus sees that a secret door has been opened, with Bishob standing next to it. Making his way to the door, Tericus orders his whirlwind to continue to disrupt the wizards spell(same again). once he gets to the door, he tells Bishop "Get in there, you look pretty beat up. Ill guard the door!" he loads up his sling and lauches a magical bullet at one of the driders that attacked Bishob, hitting AC -2 for 8 pts of damage(if his AC is 1 or less, he takes an additional 2 pts of damage for every AC number he is below 1. see character for details.). then Tericus yell."THERES A WAY OUT HERE. RALLY TO ME!!!"
Saire [invisible/ displaced]
Thursday April 13th, 2000 3:26:59 AM
Saire yells out, "Don't forget Kibo," as he enters into the dark passage. He must look ahead to see if there is anything there that might attack the weekened Bishop. So, using his infravision he enters at his full movement rate; always careful of traps. "Well if this is a bottleneck trap, I'm going to be the one to find out first."
Teko (Invisible, Faerie-Fired) d20=9
Thursday April 13th, 2000 5:14:59 AM
Teko, if possible, lobs another arrow into the drow spellcasters, hitting, at best, an armor class of 8. In any case, he heads for the no-longer-secret passage. He waits at the door for the others.
Kibo (SILENCED) d20=3 d20=6
Thursday April 13th, 2000 5:51:59 AM
Kibo fails to shrug off the poison from the arrows [OOC Question: if they are blind and can't hear Kibo, were they able to really hit? He did use his boots to spring 30 feet last round...] which takes effect as the scout makes his way toward Gareth.
Nonam (ethereal, stoneskinned)
Thursday April 13th, 2000 7:19:59 AM
Nonam casts "Wall of Ice" between Kibo and the archers. It is angled so that Kibo is isolated on the ledge without a way to walk around.
Gareth - Invisible, Silenced, levitate, poison immunity d20=19 d20=10 d8+10=11 d8+10=15 d20=4
Thursday April 13th, 2000 8:29:59 PM
Amazed at his lack of progress, the warrior finishes cutting through the net (?rolled a 20 last time). He moves to the point where he heard his invisible friend fall. Using his bind fighting skill (can attack at no penalty) he locates Kibo, picks him up (Str), and carries him back to the bridge. With is free hand he reaches down, speaks "Retract", and grabs up his shield. Using levitation to break their fall, he leaps from the ledge and floats to the ground - somewhere around the secret door. (A lot of stuff. Just take him as far as you will allow).
Onrad (Levitating and now visible)
Thursday April 13th, 2000 10:41:59 PM
Onrad yells out at Jus, "Jus! Fly by and I'll grab onto you. I'll get there faster that way. If Jus flies by, Onrad latches onto him and lets Jus fly them down to the exit. Onrad levitates to keep the weight from being too strong. He keeps an eye out to see that Gareth and Kibo make it out. "Who's not with us?"
Onrad (Levitating and now visible)
Thursday April 13th, 2000 10:59:59 PM
Onrad levitates 20' towards the floor if he can't rendevous with Jus.
DM (Anthony) Fight another day d100=54 d100=43 d20=15 d100=93 d20=7 d20=16 d20=8 d20=5
Friday April 14th, 2000 12:33:59 AM
The Mages are disrupted again, again they try to rally and complete the spell. Tericus's Bullet strikes true and does more damage than he expected. Tericus's spell from last round takes effect now, the Mage saves as does the priestess, however the Drider does not. Saire travles down the dusty cave about 60' and then the cave forks and goes left and right. Teko's arrow is completly inefective. Kibo is paralized from the posion, the drow continue to sweep with arms to find someone, another Drow walks into the fire wall. Nonam's spell souldn't work cause he can't speak in this form but it does this one time and seperates Kibo long enough for Gareth to grab Kibo. Gareth in an unbeliveable feet of heroisum Hacks through the rest of the steel net and grabs Kibo, running back across the bridge he retracts it and leaps off the ledge, the shield gets tangles up in Kibos cloting. However the weight is too much for the levitate spell. (Dex and save vs. Breath Weapon, to not take any Dam Gareth, and to keep Kibos body safe.)
DM (Anthony) Fight another day d20=17 d20=9 2d8(8+7)+7=22 d20=18 d20=5 2d8(8+5)+7=20 d20=19 d20=7 2d8(1+7)+7=15
Friday April 14th, 2000 12:41:59 AM
Bishop, Tericus's, and Teko standing by the door are attacked by the impaiant Drow, Three driders on each person, they seem to be attacking the area not the people. They seem to want to block the door. Bishop is hit again taking 22 points of damage, Bishop falls to his knees in pain going very pale. Tericus is hit as well taking 20 points of damage. Teko is also hit once taking only 15 points of damage.
DM (Anthony) Fight another day
Friday April 14th, 2000 12:42:59 AM
Jus is able to pick up Onrad and get althe way through the door should he choose to.
Bishop d20=2 d2=2 d2=1 d20=16
Friday April 14th, 2000 12:54:59 AM
Bishop screams in pain and poits his finger at one of the spell casters screaming someting deep and dark. A blok of black lifgting leaps out of his hand and strikes the spell caster square in the chest, the mage then whithers and and looks as if some of his very life force has been lost. Bishop falls to his hands and knees, barely able to crawl toward the exit. Barely missing a free attack from a Drider, Bishop disapears into the dark of the tunnel.
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity) d20=1
Friday April 14th, 2000 2:40:59 AM
"We need to clear these things from the doorway so the others can get through!" Tericus yells out to Teko, Bishob, and Saire. he lifts his staff to strike at the drider in front of him, but fumbles his staff in attempting to strike at the monster
Saire [invisible/ displaced]
Friday April 14th, 2000 2:55:59 AM
Saire stops at the entersection and hear Tericus scream out to him. Saire returns, only moving half his movement rate (60') and steps in front of the others at the entrance. Saire commands his rope to entangle the driders. "Now guys! Hack em' to pieces." Saire becomes visible, but is still displaced. He knows that the driders can't hurt him on their first attack, if some remain untangled.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Faire Fired, Hold Person (x2-round 5), Sun Sword Dispelled (x2-round 5), Fly) d20=14
Friday April 14th, 2000 3:10:59 AM
Jus may not be able to do much, but he sure can fly fast (18")! He zips Onrad over to the door, then tumbles himself around, looking for anyone else. Spotting Kibo's visible body (made perception), Jus darts up to see if he can lend a hand -- smiling grimly inside, Jus amends, maybe not a hand, but a ride at least.
Gareth d20=16 d20=13 d20=15 d20=7 d8+10=18 d8+10=15
Saturday April 15th, 2000 6:35:59 AM
The warrior traverses the distance and absorbs the harder than desired impact without incident (saved twice). He sets Kibo down at the door, turns and attacks the nearest drider (hit AC -9 and -1) dealing it major damage (18+15). The warrior doles out damage to another drider if the first one falls to his first attack. "Get throught the door and tell me when everyone has made it."
Nonam 9d6(6+6+6+4+5+6+6+6+5)=50
Saturday April 15th, 2000 5:08:59 PM
Nonam, who speaks perfectly well on the etheral plane, casts a lightning bolt down from on high so that it hits a couple of driders near the door (and not his companions) and bounces back up through them. (50pts [twice] save for 1/2).
Onrad (Levitating and now visible)
Monday April 17th, 2000 12:45:59 AM
Onrad lands and holds his attacks to parry. "Gareth, I'm set to parry am I'm at full. Go on in and I'll be the last. Saire, can you close this thing once we're in? If so stand by to close, please. Tericus, would you count heads to be sure we're all in? Give me the word and I'll step in and Saire can close the door. Someone start pushing ahead. I don't think this door will hold for long."
Teko d20=5
Monday April 17th, 2000 1:10:59 AM
On a roll, Teko takes one seemingly unsuccessful stab with his short sword at one of the driders and steps backward into the tunnel.
D.M. (Anthony) Last Stand
Monday April 17th, 2000 2:12:59 AM
The Drow draw back from the entrance in fear of the magic and then from a barked command from the priestesses. The Mages have finally finished casting their spell, all clerics and mages recognize it as a summoning spell. With that the floor of the room cracks open and a large black claw reaches out of the opening. Someting BIG is coming.
Bishop d20=17
Monday April 17th, 2000 2:13:59 AM
Bishop screams from the darkened room "Something dead and powerful just showed up out there!!!!!"
Saire [invisible/ displaced]
Monday April 17th, 2000 3:54:59 AM
"I'm not leaving my rope!" It's just about all he has. Saire commands the rope to release the dead driders, and live ones if there are any. he then retreats through the door at 60 feet while raveling his rope.
Gareth - Invisible, Silenced, levitate, poison immunity
Monday April 17th, 2000 4:01:59 PM
Seeing the drow withdraw and the claw appear, the warrior takes advantage of the retreat and withdraws, wondering if he killed anything with his last attacks. "Uh, guys, I think now's a good time to find somewhere else to be.". He moves Kibo into the opening, waits for Onrad to get in, and quickly closes the door and puts his shoulder against it. "Let's go guys, fast. Does anybody have a way to bar this thing?"
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity)
Monday April 17th, 2000 4:55:59 PM
after picking up his staff and moving into the room, Tericus yells to Onrad "Me, Saire, Bishop. and Teko are in here. You, Noonan, Jus and Kibo are still outside, but I dont see Gareth anywhere, but I think hes invisible." then after sensing the creature, Tericus moves deeper in the room, makeing room for everyone to move in
Gareth - levitate, poison immunity
Monday April 17th, 2000 5:55:59 PM
[OOC: oops. forgot to update his items in effect.]
Nonam 9d6(5+6+6+4+5+3+6+5+6)=46
Monday April 17th, 2000 6:10:59 PM
Knowing undead have little love for fire, Nonam casts his last fireball on the outstretched hand. (46) Then seeing his companions move to the door, he streaks down to the door. He cries "HERE!!" though he doubts they will hear him. He hopes they aren't stupid and will shut the door, but he has his doubts.
Teko
Tuesday April 18th, 2000 12:09:59 AM
Querying no one in particular, Teko says, "This isn't how it was supposed to go, correct?" With short sword still unsheathed, he grins and watches as the others pass through the door.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Faire Fired, Fly, Hold Person (x2-round 6), Sun Sword Dispelled (x2-round 6))
Tuesday April 18th, 2000 12:41:59 AM
Jus flys through the door, slowing drastically when he gets inside.
D.M. (Anthony)
Tuesday April 18th, 2000 1:16:59 AM
A second claw emeges from the floor and brushes off the inefective fireball. Then a great red horned head rises up out of the floor and screams. The sound causes the very walls to shake. The Drow begin to levatate up, removing them selfs from the fight. Whatever the Drow have called up from the depths of hell it will stand over 18' tall.
Bishop
Tuesday April 18th, 2000 1:17:59 AM
Bishop pants and tries to breathe.
Saire [invisible/ displaced] d20=6
Tuesday April 18th, 2000 4:24:59 AM
Saire puts an arm around him to lend support as Bishops goes whoozy due to the undead onslaught. "Don't worry bishop, it's not really undead, it must be a demon or something from another plane." [int pass] "Gentlemen, this way... there's a fork left and right 60 feet ahead. Don't worry about barring that door. The beast can not follow. He is too big! And the drow would be insane to follow... until much later." Saire's voice goes distant as he leads Bishop further down the hall "And by that time we can lay a barrier somewhere else further down the way!"
Nonam
Tuesday April 18th, 2000 4:05:59 PM
Nonam casts "phantasmal force" and puts an image of himself in the hallway. He has it motion for everyone to move down the passage. Then it silently starts walking. Nonam actually waits near the doorway, just in case.
Gareth d20=16 d20=8 d20=1 d20=1 d20=16 d20=13
Tuesday April 18th, 2000 6:13:59 PM
After closing the door (did that last round...) the warrior picks up his shield and puts it away. He then picks up Kibo and follows the others down the hall - allowing Onrad to go last if he so chooses. He scours the walls at the T for spider symbols (perception rolls per 10' section of wall).
Onrad (Levitating and now visible)
Tuesday April 18th, 2000 6:50:59 PM
Onrad, who I guess was shooed inside by Gareth, [grin] shrugs at Gareth. "I've only been at the back, because you like to hog the front, my friend. No, it's ok really. I don't mind. After you Sir Gareth!" He takes a final look at the door to see if there is anything he can discern about it as they leave it's comforting presence.
DM (Anthony) Combat is over
Wednesday April 19th, 2000 1:44:59 AM
Someting on the otherside of the door smells as if it is on fire and the closed secrect door melts slightly sealing the way back closed for all time. As you look around, those with infervision or light sorces, see that they have enterd a natral cave formation leading north and west, sort of. It is difficult to tell directions down here in the dark. Perhaps some one should keep a map? There is an odd oder here, some what familiar to everyone but distant like a faded memory.
Bishop d20=6 d20=10
Wednesday April 19th, 2000 1:47:59 AM
Bishop begins to move on his own finaly, his breathing returning to normal. "Thank you Saire, it was not the presence of evil but the power I cast upon that Mage. It drained me for out streching what I am normaly capeable of, however I can tell you that he will not ever bother us again! I feel the presence on the other side of the door has become angry and is fading away."
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity)
Wednesday April 19th, 2000 2:33:59 AM
with his light spell still active, Tericus looks around. "Whos hurt and needs attention?" he asks as he opens up his healing bag, preparing bandages and healing salves
Saire [invisible/ displaced]
Wednesday April 19th, 2000 2:49:59 AM
"I think we should go left, apparently there are no spider signs here. And why is Jus just floating there like a dead fish. If I couldn't see the fire in his eyes I would say he was a dead fish."
Onrad (Visible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern)
Wednesday April 19th, 2000 5:46:59 AM
Laughing with relief, at Tericus' words, he spins Jus around like a top. "Silly Jus." Then realizing this isn't the best time for a joke replies, "We have an effective order. Kibo, get after it please, or have Saire take a turn. Make room for Gareth to come through and take his spot. Let's git."
Kibo (Paralyzed) d20=8
Wednesday April 19th, 2000 5:54:59 AM
[Made perception check to determine familiar odor] Using his ring, Kibo informs Nonam to inform the others that he's a little too stiff at the moment to be of much use, except as a post for a lampshade.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Faire Fired-round 10 or so, Fly, Hold Person (x2-round 7), Sun Sword Dispelled (x2-round 7))
Wednesday April 19th, 2000 12:43:59 PM
Just for fun, Jus flys himself upright in his normal position, giving an exaggerated "shuffle" in his walk as the party moves onward.
Gareth - levitate, poison immunity
Wednesday April 19th, 2000 4:17:59 PM
The warrior carries Kibo until somebody offers a solution to his problem. "Don't worry, Kibo, I'll take care of you until you are able to continue." The warrior moves toward the front.
Nonam
Wednesday April 19th, 2000 6:04:59 PM
Nonam brightens when Kibo contacts him because its a way to contact the party. That hope fades with Kibo's message, but he replies through the ring, "I'm actually on a different plane. I can see all of you but can't speak to you. The thing walking around is an illusion of myself so that the party would know that I'm here." Nonam wishes he had something to take the oil off with now.
Bishop d20=1
Thursday April 20th, 2000 1:56:59 AM
Stands on his own now and looks about. Seeing Kibos perdicament he says. "I think we should get moving quickly." With that he casts a spell, remove paralysis. (Jus and Kibo save again at +4)
DM (Anthony) Lean on me
Thursday April 20th, 2000 1:58:59 AM
The darkness seems to close in more and the air seems to get colder. Your ears trick you into thinking you hear things, things moving all around you, but there is nothing there...or?"
Teko (Faerie-fired) d100=98
Thursday April 20th, 2000 2:10:59 AM
"It's getting cold. And dark," Teko whispers. He listens (in the special way that thieves do), but discerns nothing beyond the suggestive sounds that everyone has heard.
Kibo (Paralyzed) d20+4=23 d100=61 d100=53 d100=52
Thursday April 20th, 2000 2:48:59 AM
Kibo immediately snaps free from the grip of the paralysis, and turns to make a deep bow toward the group, "I don't believe I've ever known more competent spell casters." To Nonam, Kibo speaks, via the ring, "Sounds to me like you're the perfect scout. You can go thru walls and stuff, right?" Kibo turns all of his scouting talent on to discern the shapes in the dark (made all skill rolls).
Saire [displaced] d100=99
Thursday April 20th, 2000 2:56:59 AM
Saire decides to remain visible for now so the party can be cohesive. Saire digs his toes into the ground in arching patterns, waiting for the party to make a decision. Left or right? "Well guys I'm gonna go forward about 60 feet this way [left] just to see what's ahead. OK?" Saire advances while looking for pits, but is entirely unaware of any danger.
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity) d8=2 d8=3 d8=3 2d8(7+3)+1=11
Thursday April 20th, 2000 4:21:59 AM
before everyone starts moving, Tericus casts CLWs on himself, Teko, and Kibo(2, 3, and 3). then he casts cure serious wounds on Jus for 11 pts of damage. "Anyone else need help?" he asks
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Faire Fired-round 11 or so, Fly, Hold Person (x2-round 8), Sun Sword Dispelled (x2-round 8)) d20=3
Thursday April 20th, 2000 5:38:59 AM
If Jus could roll his eyes, he would. The spell Bishop so wonderfully bestowed upon Jus had no effect; Jus is still a flying lump of coal (failed save by 1). Jus is also grateful for the healing, wishing he could thank Tericus.
Gareth d6=3 d6=5 d6=5 d6=1 d6=1 d6=4
Thursday April 20th, 2000 5:18:59 PM
the warrior sets Kibo down and trails Saire looking for spider symbols (60').
Onrad (Visible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern)
Thursday April 20th, 2000 5:50:59 PM
Onrad backs down the hallway watching the door. He bristles at the feeling this place gives him. There is power here, he can feel it.
Nonam
Thursday April 20th, 2000 6:52:59 PM
Nonam tells Kibo, "Let them know about my state, and I'll quit concentrating on the illusion... and yes, I can go through walls."
Teko(Faerie-fir)
Friday April 21st, 2000 1:46:59 AM
"Thanks, Tericus, for the healing," Teko says. He sees Nonam's illusion for what it is (immune to 1st level illusions, due to intelligence) and wonders out loud, "Is there a reason that Nonam isn't Nonam?" He points to the Nonam-image, "That is an illusion. A very good one, such as is possible with 1st level magic, but...", Teko looks around warily, "Does anyone have any ideas?"
DM (Anthony) Into every life...
Monday April 24th, 2000 12:54:59 AM
Kibo sees nothing unusual in the dark, rocks, mold, mushrooms, fungis, formations. Saire advances down the left path 60'. It stays fairly straight and continues further in that direction. Tericus remembers that Bishop is badly hurt. Jus sees the farie fire go out and at the same time feels the power of ths sun sword come back into being. Gareth looks for spider symbols but notices the age of this place. No one has been this way for a long, long time. The place seems opressive in a strange way. It is not evil so much as simply old. Very very old. It feels almost church like.
Bishop d8=7 d20=8
Monday April 24th, 2000 12:57:59 AM
Bishop cast CLW on him self but still looks like hell. He closes his eyes, consentrating and then says. "The un-natral presence in the other room has been removed from this plane. I can not detect any other un-natral presences any where near us, however this place gives me the creeps."
Nonam
Monday April 24th, 2000 1:04:59 AM
Nonam has his illusion give Teko a smile and a thumbs-up. Then the pseudo-Nonam waves both hands in the air and disappears.
Kibo (Un-Paralyzed)
Monday April 24th, 2000 2:01:59 AM
Kibo replies to Nonam, "Well, as to your state, I'm not quiet sure how to answer...I don't see you anywhere. I just figured you could locate any hidden passages faster than us, if you floated around the room real quick like. That'll cut down our chances of getting slimed by some fungus-creature, too." Realizing no one else is privy to this conversation, Kibo turns and reports it to the group, ending with, "I really think we should sit tight and let Nonam float thru this cavern.
Master
Monday April 24th, 2000 3:09:59 AM
slash
Saire [displaced]
Monday April 24th, 2000 3:31:59 AM
Saire hears a a voice drift down the passage... "I think we should sit tight." Saire thinks, "well, that sounds good top me." Saire returns.
Gareth
Monday April 24th, 2000 7:04:59 AM
The warrior returns with Saire, glad to see Kibo back to normal. "Any way to help Jus? Bishop, if you need it I have healing potions.". He opens his bag and pulls out complete healing and extra healing potions. "Onrad, pull off that ring of Patrark's and give it to Bishop. That should help too. We should use that resource constantly while we're down here.".
Nonam
Monday April 24th, 2000 5:05:59 PM
Nonam tells Kibo, "Tell Jus that I'm ethereal, and I will stay this way for about 30 more minutes. In the meantime, I'll check out this passageway." Nonam moves through the passage and every 10 ft or so sticks his head through the wall on either side of the passage to see if it ever opens up or if it stays solid rock.
Teko
Monday April 24th, 2000 9:34:59 PM
"If Nonam can pass through walls, that's great. Let's stay where we are. Nonam should take care. If this place is as old as it looks, some very powerful things could be hidden here."
DM (Anthony)
Tuesday April 25th, 2000 1:36:59 AM
The groups sits tight as Noman drifts foreward. Sticking his head through the wall reveals nothing. 60' down the passage it splits and goes right and left.
Bishop
Tuesday April 25th, 2000 1:39:59 AM
Bishop speaking to Gareth says "I can cast more spells if need be, however if we have potions to spare I would be happy to use one I however have two of my own that I hold in reserve in case of emergency. If these are tnot spares then I will cast a spell or use one of my own."
Kibo
Tuesday April 25th, 2000 2:45:59 AM
Kibo relays Nonam's message, then tells the group, "I'll go on down to the passage split, while Nonam searches further ahead." The scout quickly scoots off into the darkness.
Onrad (Visible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern)
Tuesday April 25th, 2000 9:10:59 AM
Hands the Ring of Regeneration to Bishop. "I still say we find a place to nap. We need our casters at full strength. And we can't afford to stop. Move on folks." Onrad begins herding forward those who stop.
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity) 2d8(5+4)+1=10
Tuesday April 25th, 2000 1:10:59 PM
moves along with Onrad, and moves next to Bishop and casts CSW on him(10 pts back). "We do need to keep moving, but if we're going to rest, I think this is the best place for it. This is the first time since we have been down here I dont feel threatened."
Nonam
Tuesday April 25th, 2000 4:12:59 PM
Nonam uses the ring, "I have some healing potions I can hand out once I'm solid again. I guess, I'll head left." Nonam moves down to the left utilizing the same head sticking method.
Gareth - Poison immunity, Levitation, visible (Used 2 of 4 charges)
Tuesday April 25th, 2000 7:13:59 PM
"Bishop, I don't know at this point if we can consider ANY asset we have as 'spare' right now. But your welcome to take one if you wish. If we are about to rest would it be better to cast your spell now and relearn it since your going to do that anyway? You guys are smarter about that sort of thing than me so I leave it to you to decide. Just know these are available if you feel you need them.".
Jus (1 Stone Skins, Flying, Hold Person x2 - round 10)
Tuesday April 25th, 2000 11:28:59 PM
Jus follows along, wishing he could remind the others about his Nap potions.
D.M. (Anthony) Dancing in the Dark
Wednesday April 26th, 2000 2:47:59 AM
Nonam floats down the left channel until it splits again 180' latter one curving off to the left and another almost doubling back on it's self to the right.
Bishop
Wednesday April 26th, 2000 2:48:59 AM
Bishop thanks everyone for there help and takes the ring from Onrad. "This should finish the job I think, Thank you all." He puts the ring on his finger.
Saire [displaced]
Wednesday April 26th, 2000 3:03:59 AM
"Onrad! You are not being polite. Stop trying to herd us along. I think some need to rest. There has been much fighting. But I will agree that the door behind us is only 60 feet away. And Bishop says the monster is gone, so the drow will be back soon. So we should not stand about for long... When we decide to go further we should keep in mind those double doors in the big chamber outside. They lead somewhere important... and we should try to use these caves to head in that direction. Were those double doors to our left or right."
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity)
Wednesday April 26th, 2000 3:57:59 AM
waits around while everyone decides what we should do
Kibo
Wednesday April 26th, 2000 5:31:59 AM
From the far end of the cavern, Kibo replies to Saire, "I daresay that those double doors lead nowhere...it looked more like an exercise in thieving ability to me. The thing was just covered in traps. I agree, though, that we need to rest. Nonam should scout as far ahead as possible before he loses his current ability."
Onrad (Visible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern)
Wednesday April 26th, 2000 7:13:59 AM
Dearest Saire, I wasn't trying to be polite. I was trying to push us along. Please keep moving. Thank you kindly for your obedience. He smiles, but looks challengingly at Saire. Sorry, my new friend, but I'm just not that polite a person. I'll remember to put lots of pleases and thank yous in my speech patterns when talking to you. Thanks for listening. Move along please.
Nonam
Wednesday April 26th, 2000 4:40:59 PM
Nonam zooms back down to the original T in the hallway and heads the other direction using the same method. "Checking the other way... you know I can't sense traps. I can just tell if there are people or monsters. So you should still be careful."
Gareth - Poison immunity, Levitation, visible (Used 2 of 4 charges)
Wednesday April 26th, 2000 5:59:59 PM
The warrior waits at the T for a signal from Nonam before proceeding.
DM (Anthony) couldn't think of anything
Thursday April 27th, 2000 2:09:59 AM
Noman zooms back down the hall and stops 100' futher on when the channel branches out into three diffrent choices. One straight ahead, one to the righ, and one to the far right.
Bishop
Thursday April 27th, 2000 2:10:59 AM
Bishop waits, tring to continue to catch his breath.
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity)
Thursday April 27th, 2000 2:26:59 AM
moves up to the T with Gareth and pulls out a skin of water. taking a deep drink, he offers it to Gareth. "Do you see anything down these halls?" he asks him
Saire [displaced]
Thursday April 27th, 2000 2:40:59 AM
to Onrad, "Well... now we're just being rude. Save your pleases, for there is no meaning behind them. I'll go foward, but I'll have you know it's not due to your coaching. Saire gets his back pack comfortable and starts walking back forward 60' to the left where he was before, before he was told to come back. "I wish you guys would figure out who is making the decisions around here."
Onrad (Visible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern)
Thursday April 27th, 2000 6:52:59 AM
Onrad beams at Saire. "Gareth is our leader, my new friend, however he can use good suggestions anytime. Always speak your mind with us. ...and thanks for moving forward." His smile grows even larger. "Gareth, I suggest we move as far into these rough passages as we can and let the casters nap at the end while we watch....and please hurry. Every moment may be one we need. Let me know if I or Saire can help. How are you feeling Bishop? Is anyone else hurt bad?"
Gareth
Thursday April 27th, 2000 7:24:59 AM
"Kibo, has Nonam found anything? If not lets go left - that seems closer to those double doors - does it not?". The last part directed at everyone. (Using direction sense NWP).
Nonam
Thursday April 27th, 2000 4:26:59 PM
Nonam zooms back to the T. "Kibo, after about 100 feet to the left the passage doubles back on itself. I didn't continue. After about the same distance to the right, it splits into the passages. Oh, and tell Saire that picking on Onrad is my job."
Jus (1 Stone Skin, Flying, Hold Person x2 - round 12)
Thursday April 27th, 2000 10:58:59 PM
Jus follows along, doing his best to keep out of the way.
Kibo
Friday April 28th, 2000 3:44:59 PM
Kibo relates Nonam's discoveries to the group, then answers Nonam via the ring (telepathy only),"I think Onrad likes a wee bit too much attention...he's all yours. I ask that you go back down the original hallway (the one with the two passages) and check those out further."
Teko
Friday April 28th, 2000 3:51:59 PM
Hearing the banter, Teko shakes his head, wondering if bigger egos just come with bigger people. He says, "Yes, finding a place in the passages sounds safer...there are less directions to be attacked from, and frankly, we spellcasters won't be of much use unless we take a break." He pulls out a carrot and chews on it thoughtfully, wondering exactly who used this passage in the past. Some type of legend lore spell would be nice, but no time for that sort of thing now.
Bishop d20=12 d20=11
Saturday April 29th, 2000 10:18:59 PM
Bishop making chicken scratches on a piece of paper says, "I have made a rough map from what everyone has said but I can tell you it is starting to look confusing, also what are these?" He points to something on the wall of the cave. (Percep Checks all) Gareth realizes that it is the FAR left passage he wants if he wishes to head back toward the doubble doors.
Saire [displaced]
Saturday April 29th, 2000 11:04:59 PM
Saire slowly shuffles down the left hall, whistling and mumbling a tune, something about, "The left way, the left way, that's what I say. That....izzzzz what I said. Yesterday me thinkzzz... I said, I said. I knew... knew it doubled back, back, back... near the double doors, double doors. But I was called back, then then told to go forward... by Onrad the man withthe whip, whip, whip. Hmmm... the whip part doesn't rhyme." Saire turns left at the 'T'. He announces an echoing proclamation, "I'm turning left at the T... T... T... Onrad, are you keeping up? Where are you?"
Nonam d20=6
Sunday April 30th, 2000 4:32:59 PM
Nonam makes his perception check and says, "You know Kibo, I can just go back into the other room, fly through the double doors, and see what's in there."
Onrad (Levitating and now visible) d20=16
Sunday April 30th, 2000 9:49:59 PM
Onrad levitates and reverses walking on the ceiling continuing to slightly rise and then pushing back with his legs effectively walking on the ceiling. "Up here Saire. Keep moving...and I heard that Kibo. Thanks for the attention. I feel loved." He grins to himself that the new guys are finally feeling comfortable enough to banter with the old guys. Some of them are showing promise..real promise. "Gareth, pick a spot soon and let's have the mages nap. The longer we go, the more I get this gut feeling that we're waiting too long."
Gareth - Poison immunity, Levitation, visible (Used 2 of 4 charges) d20=13
Sunday April 30th, 2000 10:14:59 PM
The warrior looks at the wall, but draws no real conclusions about what's on it. He takes the far left passage as soon as everyone has a look at the scrathes on the wall - assuming they are not a warning to go to the left... :).
Jus (1 Stone Skin, Flying, Hold Person x2 - round 13) d20=13
Monday May 1st, 2000 1:32:59 AM
Jus checks out what Bishop was pointing to (easily making his perception). Too bad he can't do much more than stare.
D.M. (Anthony)
Monday May 1st, 2000 6:31:59 AM
Everyone who mad the pecep sees what looks like evenly spaced holes in the wall as if something large pulls itself through these tunnels however Bishop is pointing to something that looks a whole lot like a purple scale.
Onrad (Visible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern) d20=6
Monday May 1st, 2000 7:32:59 AM
Looking and perceiving Onrad tries to discern from his upside down position whether the purple scale is a drawing, a real purple scale of a creature like say a dragon, or a balance scale that is colored purple. "Keep moving." He intones.
Nonam
Monday May 1st, 2000 4:18:59 PM
Nonam figures that he can hear Kibo's reply from wherever, so he moves down the left passage and continues until it splits, stops, has a door, or is otherwise notable.
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity)
Monday May 1st, 2000 4:43:59 PM
folows Noonan down the hall, wondering what will happen next
Gareth (Poison imm, lev.)
Monday May 1st, 2000 5:55:59 PM
The warrior follows the passage as nobody offers any explanation about the scratches until Kibo instructs any differently. Since this area is clearly old - and Nonam is checking for secret doors, the warrior wastes little time in moving down the hall (3/4 max move rate). "Let's move folks, with Nonam in the lead with his temporary ability for a time I suggest we make tracks.
Teko d20=1
Tuesday May 2nd, 2000 12:35:59 AM
Teko sees the scale on the wall and examines it for a moment to see if he recognizes anything more about it. Otherwise, he continues on with the others.
Kibo
Tuesday May 2nd, 2000 3:44:59 AM
The scout stands stunned a minute after Onrad speaks. Then he replies, "What did you say? Were you responding to me?" Kibo shakes his head, wondering how Onrad overheard the telepathic conversation with Nonam. A feeling of dislike immediately creeps up on the battle-hardened warrior, as memories of enemy interigations spring to mind. Once the purple scale is mentioned, Kibo immediately draws the group together and whispers, "If that thing is a purple worm, it'll sense us by vibrations and noise. Anyone who cares to can walk with me in a silence field." He then activates his boots, and heads down the hall, following Nonam.
Saire [displaced]
Tuesday May 2nd, 2000 3:58:59 AM
Saire stays close to Kibo with eyes wide. "WWwwWhat exactly is a purple worm? Are we supposed to be scared of a worm? Is it like an earthworm? I like earthworms." Saire goes into question mode once again as he feels uncomfortable with the situation.
D.M. (Anthony)
Tuesday May 2nd, 2000 7:03:59 AM
Onrad decides that it is of the reptile/dragon kind. The "claw" holds along the walls are spaced evenly down all the walls and the purple scales are found randomly, some very old and others that seem fairly new. The passage way to the left goes about another 150' and then dead ends in to a cave in. Two left in this tri fork to check. Bishop continues to scratch on his paper.
Onrad (Visible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern)
Tuesday May 2nd, 2000 8:59:59 AM
Onrad pulls up one of the scales and sniffs and handles the large purple scale. He whispers. "Nah, not worm. W-Y-R-M." Not wanting to speak out loud more than that he lets the others think about what that means. He crouches on the ceiling. and let's his senses explore the area for anything he can perceive or notice beyond what has been discovered. The hair on the back of his neck begins to stand up.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Fly, Hold Person x2-round 15)
Tuesday May 2nd, 2000 12:37:59 PM
Jus tries to nudge a scale a few times, hoping to give someone the clue that he would like to take a few.
Teko
Wednesday May 3rd, 2000 12:06:59 AM
As Teko continues to walk with the others, searching the walls for anything of interest. "Well, drat," he says. "I seem to have left my two magical torches at the scene of combat. Anyone interested in forming a rescue party to retrieve them?"
Nonam
Wednesday May 3rd, 2000 2:44:59 AM
Having meant to go left from the original T, Nonam decides he might as well check out the other two passages here first. He checks the one on the right first.
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity)
Wednesday May 3rd, 2000 2:45:59 AM
"Ive never heard of a wyrm that was purple before. Do they exist?" Tericus asks anyone who happens to be next to him
Kibo (Silenced)
Wednesday May 3rd, 2000 3:16:59 AM
Oblivious to the purple wyrm conversation, Kibo keeps moving down the hall. Based upon the age of the place, he opts not to slow down the group by constantly checking for traps. Instead, he moves at a brisk pace (for a halfing), hoping to find some place far, far away from those drow archers.
D.M. (Anthony)
Wednesday May 3rd, 2000 5:34:59 AM
The next passage goes down about the same distance as the first one and it too dead ends in a cave in. These caveins look almost as if they were caused on purpose.
Nonam
Wednesday May 3rd, 2000 6:45:59 PM
Nonam decides to delve into the rocks to see if he can find anything of interest on the other side.
Onrad (Levitating and now visible) d20=8
Wednesday May 3rd, 2000 7:08:59 PM
Perceiving Jus' request (perception check made), Onrad begins scraping off several of the scales. "Perhaps since we're so far underground, it's Ultraviolet. Can elven types, etc. see this in the dark? Does the scale glow or something? Are these true dragon scales or something else?" Onrad nods upside down at Gareth at his assessment concerning making tracks for the moment. "Just keep in mind Gareth, that we're in no shape for a major battle without our mages and priests having spells."
Teko
Thursday May 4th, 2000 12:01:59 AM
Teko, too, looks closely at the rubble to determine what might have caused the cave-in. He will also look for any possible overhead openings.
Saire [displaced]
Thursday May 4th, 2000 4:07:59 AM
"Well Onrad, this dead end looks like a good place to rest. We must have our mages rested, if we are to take on a [gulp] DRAGON. I thought we were here to fight a leech. What am I supposed to do against a dragon? I have nothing that could do anything to a dragon. Does anyone have something I could use? My rope would be torn to shreds."
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity)
Thursday May 4th, 2000 5:27:59 AM
"What dragon?"
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Fly, Hold Person x2-round 16)
Thursday May 4th, 2000 3:16:59 PM
Jus is still there.
Kibo d20=20
Friday May 5th, 2000 6:03:59 AM
Kibo deactivates his silence at the dead end, looking around. "Dragon?" he asks, what are you talking..." He stops when realizes his mouth is hanging open, quickly sniffing the air for dragon spore (and failing miserably). He agrees with the others, "Yep, this is as good as any to rest and regain spells, with only one direction to have to guard against."
D.M. (Anthony)
Saturday May 6th, 2000 10:16:59 PM
Noman devels into the cave in, 20, 30, 60, 100 feet and he finnaly comes out into a small chamber. Four dead drow lay on the ground, on the otherside of the chamber another cave in. Upon closes inspection the Drow are clearly Mages, they gave their lives to seal off this end of the tunnel, they starved to death here. Onrad does notice that the scalse do glow a little, but it is barely perceptable. Teko finds no openings or cause for the cave in.
Bishop
Saturday May 6th, 2000 10:18:59 PM
"We have fought a dragon once and we were prepared, I wonder how we would fair if we were not prepared."
Saire [displaced]
Sunday May 7th, 2000 4:08:59 AM
"Well I for one am gonna be invisible. Then I'm gonna stick him in the back and pray for the gods mercy. Maybe the gods don't like this dragon. But I bet it'll breath on us all. Do you think if I wrap his hind legs with my magic rope that he'll have the strength to rip it in two? Or do we avoid this dragon. After all... that is not why we are here."
Nonam
Sunday May 7th, 2000 5:22:59 PM
Nonam gets out fast, he doesn't want to get stuck back there. Seems pretty silly to him that they wouldn't have prepared themselves better. He tells Kibo about what he saw, "Whatever is in here is dangerous enough that drow mages would rather trap it than fight it. It's also not a dragon or it could get out using magic."
Onrad (Levitating and now visible)
Sunday May 7th, 2000 9:00:59 PM
"Yes, Saire, that is the point exactly. That's not why we're here. We avoid it. And I say we nap now while we have the chance." Onrad nods at Nonam's wise words. "Gareth, I feel We should rest and get on towards the goal. Those drow will have another trap set for us. By now they must at least have an idea why we're here. Personally, I feel we should adopt their original strategy. Hit and run. Race through rather than fight till they are all dead. I suggest our mages memorize with the ideas in mind that we need to be more of a skirmish group avoiding heavy combats until we get to the matron. Then we make our stand, hopefully saving enough to limp out again."
Teko
Sunday May 7th, 2000 9:36:59 PM
"Excellent plan, Onrad. These big battles along the way, they drain us."
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity)
Sunday May 7th, 2000 11:51:59 PM
"Im with you Onrad, lets rest here for a bit. Im hurt, tired, fustrated, and im almost out of spells." Tericus says as hs leans against the nearest wall, trying to catch his breath. "And I sure as hell dont want to fight some purple dragon!!!!"
D.M. (Anthony)
Monday May 8th, 2000 1:11:59 AM
Time marches on.
Bishop
Monday May 8th, 2000 1:12:00 AM
Bishop prepares to nap if that is what the Group chooses to do.
Kibo
Monday May 8th, 2000 2:09:59 AM
Kibo relates Nonam's observations and thoughts to the group. He is at a loss on how else to help the party, so volunteers for guard duty while the others bed down for their Naps.
Jus (1 Stone Skin, Fly, Hold Person x2 - round 18 (if each posting day was a round each))
Monday May 8th, 2000 3:59:59 AM
Jus goes over to Kibo, then nudges him a few times with his pack, hoping to get a message across.
Saire [displaced]
Monday May 8th, 2000 4:21:59 AM
Saire reaches in his pack and grabs a hunk of sweet-bread. He gobbles it down as he listens to the rest of the party make plans. Then he unshoulders his back-pack... fluffs it to comfort and lies down, placing his head on his almost empty back-pack. "Wake me when it's my turn." Then he closes his eyes for a short nap.
Onrad (Visible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern)
Monday May 8th, 2000 5:28:59 AM
Onrad nods at Kibo and the others, but then looks questioningly at Gareth. Shrugging, he also joins the ranks of those who will guard those napping. He looks around for any rocks that might be moved about or used to set up a barricade.
Kibo (Perception Roll) d20=1
Monday May 8th, 2000 3:00:59 PM
[Kibo makes his roll with flying colors to determine Jus' intentions. He rummages thru Jus' pack]
Nonam
Monday May 8th, 2000 4:52:59 PM
Nonam decides not to waste the etherealness by napping with it, so he heads down to scout out more passages. First, back to the fork of the three passages to check out the third branch. Nonam tells Kibo through the ring what he's doing and will report when there is trouble or he's back. He also says, "Tell Onrad to stop reading our minds."
Teko
Tuesday May 9th, 2000 12:22:59 AM
Teko gratefully settles down for a Nap.
D.M. (Anthony)
Tuesday May 9th, 2000 2:57:59 AM
Jus feels the spell that has been holding him finnaly release and give up. Onrad sees no rocks, in fact there seems to be an absence of any rocks larger than a pebble. there are the rocks that make the cave in, but no telling what shifting those around would do. Noman finds that all three forks have been caved in.
Bishop
Tuesday May 9th, 2000 2:58:00 AM
Bishop prepares to nap all that wish to be.
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity)
Tuesday May 9th, 2000 4:05:59 AM
"Ill take a mystical nap Bishop." Tericus says as he makes himself confortable
Nonam
Tuesday May 9th, 2000 4:16:59 AM
Nonam whips back down the hallway to check out the other option where the hall doubled back on itself.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Fly)
Tuesday May 9th, 2000 9:16:59 AM
"Yes, Yes! Finally! You guys have no idea how frustrating it is not to join in the fun!" Taking the items Kibo has removed from his pack, he puts most back in. Leaving Kibo holding a Nap potion that Kibo had retreived, Jus nods at it. "There are three doses in that vial. If Bishop can't get all of us, we can use that and others that I have."
Onrad (Visible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern)
Tuesday May 9th, 2000 10:04:59 AM
"Good preparation Jus. I'm glad you have those." Onrad grins at Just and give him a quick hug. Onrad then dances after Nonam a short way to be within reach if he for some strange ethereal reason he needs a bit of help. "Quick Nonam, we're running against the clock as you know."
Kibo
Tuesday May 9th, 2000 2:41:59 PM
Kibo says, "Frankly, I'm thankful for Nonam's present condition - it's saving us a lot of time in narrowing down the correct path." With that, he positions himself to provide coverage while the others nap.
Teko
Tuesday May 9th, 2000 11:52:59 PM
"Bishop, I don't know how many you can enchant at one time with that Nap, but maybe I'll count as only one-half." Teko grins and waits for the enchantment.
Bishop (Nap)
Wednesday May 10th, 2000 2:00:59 AM
"I can Nap 8 of us", he casts and people who wish to sleep.
D.M. Anthony
Wednesday May 10th, 2000 2:04:59 AM
Noman floats down to the doubble back corner and travles what seems like 4 or 5 hundred feet, maybe more, then suddenly he enters a huge chamber. This chamber is lit whit molds and lichen and within it's center a giant mound of gold and treasure. It is however what sits upon the treasure that takes Nomans non exsistant breath away. A huge purple dragon lays atop the pile. As Noman enters the head rises and turns to look directly at Noman, the moth of the beast turns up into a smile and a voice is heard in Nomans head.
Trantellia
Wednesday May 10th, 2000 2:05:59 AM
"Hello, I thought you and yours would take the next thousand years to finnaly come visit me." The smile widdens and the teeth gleem.
Onrad (Visible, Levitating, seeing with Lantern)
Wednesday May 10th, 2000 3:27:59 AM
Onrad's Levitating runs out during the hour of napping. He stands guard watching and on alert. He stays in the intersection of the last passage Nonam went down until he returns. 'Hmm...' Onrad thinks to himself. 'It sure is quiet down here. Um Hmmm.... Quiet. Hmm.... ::sigh::'
Tericus(light spell, posion immunity)
Wednesday May 10th, 2000 3:53:59 AM
sleeping away, pleasent thoughs on his mind
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Fly)
Wednesday May 10th, 2000 4:21:59 AM
Jus thanks Bishop for the Nap spell and prepares for sleep. Being silent for so long under the hold spell was way too much for him; as soon as he lays down he begins talking. "You know, I'm never very good at going to sleep, there's always too much going on-- I wonder if this spell would affect me differently. That would be awful if it didn't work. Anyhow, glad you have this memorized -- speaking of memorization I guess I'd better consider what spells I should memorize. The invisibility doesn't seem to work very well since the drow keep casting this fairie fire stuff. Oh, don't worry about me Bishop, go on and cast. I'm just getting myself ready; you know, considering the options, trying to imagine what spells would be fun and effective. I wonder, yeah, a Wand of Wonders. That would be fun. Hey Gareth, if you see that Dragon in these caves, you could always blow that Horn of Blasting (or is it a Horn of Collapsing?) that we were given. It sure wouldn't be fun if it was the later, we'd have to dig our way out. Not that I'd do anything with it, but would you let me hold...." Jus' head drops as he falls asleep from the Nap spell.
Kibo
Wednesday May 10th, 2000 3:19:59 PM
If and when Nonam reports in, Kibo relays the message to the other awake members in the group.
Gareth d20=9
Wednesday May 10th, 2000 10:24:59 PM
The warrior stands guard while the others prepare. "I'll stand guard while you guys reload. I would suggest we attempt to make a deal with this dragon - if there really is one. If the drow wronged it then maybe we can convince it to allow us to continue and perhaps help it escape - or regain power. In fact, if it finds out what we're up to it might even help us a bit."
Teko
Wednesday May 10th, 2000 11:50:59 PM
Teko sleeps very deeply indeed. At times he looks very much dead, but careful observation reveals the tiniest movement of his chest. He sleeps on.
Nonam d20=8 d10=9 d20=14
Thursday May 11th, 2000 12:00:59 AM
Nonam quickly thinks to Kibo as soon as he sees the dragon, "I know what that scale belongs to. Dragon. Hopefully Amethyst. Stay put." Then the mage abruptly shifts all of his attention to the situation at hand. Having spent the time to learn to speak Gem Dragon while with Patrarch, Nonam bows and then speaks despite the etherealness, "I am Nonam Firstorlast of the adventuring group known as The Three. I have met one other dragon before, a Sapphire named Patrarch. I thought I would never see a creature that was his equal, but I must confess he pales before your majesty. How may I be of service?" [made a charisma check by 10, hopefully to keep from being eaten - then made a voluntary suprise check - then a proficiency check in Gem Dragon language by 4]
Onrad (Levitating and now visible)
Thursday May 11th, 2000 12:52:59 AM
"Guys, you should have waited until Nonam returned. He'll want to nap too!" Once Kibo relates what Nonam has found, Onrad says, "Stay here! We can't help him. He's pretty far ahead and if the dragon decides to attack him we couldn't get to him in time. He's on his own. If he proves friendly we'll join him and hopefully get Nonam to nap too. How long does that Nap spell last. Can you still apply it to Nonam when he returns, or did we rush and leave him out?"
Trantellia
Thursday May 11th, 2000 2:29:59 AM
A warm chuckel rummbles through the whole cave. "Well I have not spoken this language in a long time, however I am not a gem." She rises up and shows her dark undebelly, it is almost black. "I am a Deep Drake, older than any poor gem you have ever seen, my name was writen in the stars for we, the stars and I were born together, twins of the universe. Mother fire and Father time formed us from nothing. You may call me Trantellia small man." She stretches and power ripples through her body. Noman being a mage can feel the ancient magic pulsing off this being like heat.
Kibo
Thursday May 11th, 2000 2:24:59 PM
Kibo concurs with Onrad on the assessment of the situation. "I think that Nap thing lasts something like an hour...in any case, it won't hurt to have the other spell casters ready, even if we have to wait for Nonam. A down-right talented fellow, that Nonam is!" muses Kibo.
Gareth (Poison imm, lev.) d20=9
Thursday May 11th, 2000 10:24:59 PM
"Yes, Nonam is quite the mage lately. I hope it serves him well. He's going to need it. The drow can take out dragons. A house like Banrae has the horsepower. If they avoided a fight then that probably means this one is extremely powerful. That could be good or bad for us. Guess we'll find out soon.". The warrior prepares himself for battle - hoping that none is necessary.
Onrad (seeing Lantern, poison immune)
Friday May 12th, 2000 4:31:59 AM
Onrad getting restless, which seems like his full time job in this adventure--sit tight and wait--watching the time pass. Seconds seem like minutes. He worries for his friend drawing and putting up his swords over and over in his frustration. He retreats back down the hall and sets up a dual guard with Gareth standing at his right hand. He gives Gareth a grim look--words not needed.
Nonam
Sunday May 14th, 2000 2:32:59 AM
Curiosity getting the better of the mage, he asks, "A Deep Drake? I have not heard of such - only chromatics, gems, and metallics. Is that a specific type of dragon, or does it refer to your age? Or maybe a title like king?" Thinking a little harder, "Or maybe your dwelling place? Forgive me for so many questions. I prize knowledge above all else, and the chance to speak with you makes this journey worth while."
Saire [displaced] Sleeping
Sunday May 14th, 2000 3:11:59 AM
ZZzzzzz.... [DREAMING of sitting behind his little lathe back home... making something wonderful and beautiful for his new found friends.]
Trantellia
Sunday May 14th, 2000 6:14:59 AM
"A moment please." The drake turns around and stokes an amulet with her long claw mumbling something as she does so. Noman feels the power of magic rush around him. Trantellia turns back around to face Noman. "An hour has passed, your friends should be finished with their nap by now, I should like to meet them if it is not to much trouble." With that her form changes into a long snake like form with the body of a human at it's head. "Please lead on, I will follow."
D.M. Anthony
Sunday May 14th, 2000 6:15:59 AM
An hour passes and the nap spell ends.
Teko
Sunday May 14th, 2000 8:40:59 AM
Teko rubs his eyes, blinks and says, "That feels much better. If no one has objections, I'll get to studying now..." And Teko reaches for his spell books.
Nonam
Sunday May 14th, 2000 5:03:59 PM
To Kibo, "We're coming. I have not discerned the Deep Drake's intent." To Trantellia, "Certainly, it would be an honor. I must warn you that some of my companions can be rather bellicose. I pray that you will not take offense and instead show them patience." Nonam, hoping for answers to his questions, then leads the way in silence.
Gareth (Poison imm, lev.)
Sunday May 14th, 2000 7:04:59 PM
Valuing his friends' company, the warrior stands a little more at ease - waiting for the mages and clerics to finish their work. "We must be ready. The drow know of us and have had time to prepare. That's not good. Of course, they might have assumed that whatever is back here has done their job for them. But I doubt it...".
Onrad
Sunday May 14th, 2000 9:26:59 PM
Onrad nods and begins going through his pack reordering things and moving some fresh potions to his pouches and the empty metallic flasks to his pack. "I suggest a couple of us go around the corner and form an escort behind the creature. Who wants to come with me? After Onrad receives an answer, he takes off for the first hallway intersection to await their "guest." ::Onrad begins humming a strange tune that sounds somewhat like another tune in another world called 'Brave, Brave, Brave, Brave Sir Robin.'
Tericus(posion immunity)
Sunday May 14th, 2000 11:54:59 PM
wakes up, streching his limbs as he rised "I feel much better. What creature are you talking about Onrad?" Tericus says
Teko
Monday May 15th, 2000 5:03:59 AM
"I'm hearing the word 'creature' too many times," says Teko and he proceeds to put up his spell books. "If we are escorting this creature, then it must be friendly, yes? Or was 'escort' a euphemism?" In any case, Teko straightens his clothes and weapons, shoulders his pack, and stands ready.
Kibo
Monday May 15th, 2000 5:43:59 AM
Kibo relates Nonam's encounter with the Drake to the group. "I think I'll just stay put, if it's all the same to you." Kibo sits down in the area where the others were recently snoozing, deciding a cat nap wouldn't be half bad while the spell casters regain their spells.
Saire [displaced] Sleeping
Tuesday May 16th, 2000 3:11:59 AM
Everyone is being so quiet and curteous, Saire remains asleep on the floor.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Fly)
Tuesday May 16th, 2000 4:26:59 AM
Jus finds a nook in the cave to begin his spell preparations. Hearing Kibo tell of the approaching "Drake", Jus reluctantly puts his spell books aside and strings his bow -- one can never be too sure about dragons.
DM (JKlinger)
Tuesday May 16th, 2000 4:51:59 AM
The party begins to feel the dragon approach; the hair on the back of each neck rising. Casually, the dragon in snake form answers Nonam's question, "It is obvious you are a surface dweller, otherwise you would know of my kind." With a deep echoing chuckle Trantellia adds, "You must learn more about dragon anatomy, my delicious human. A king, indeed! What has become of the Wold's schools? Tsk, tsk." Trantellia allows Onrad to go behind her as an escort, but curls her tail tight in a warning lest he try anything. She stops at the edge of the party, examining each person carefully. With just a tinge of warning in her voice Trantellia speaks, "For what honor do you visit my domain tonight?"
Onrad (seeing Lantern, poison immune) d20=17
Tuesday May 16th, 2000 4:59:59 AM
Onrad thinks 'Euphemism! Euphemism!' to Teko, but doesn't say anything since the dragon is there. Onrad studies the dragon as he passes. He thinks, 'This doesn't look like a dragon! Is Nonam sure? Is he charmed?' Onrad then takes a look at Nonam to see if he is still seems to act the same old preturbing Nonam [voluntary perception check here which I failed].
Kibo
Tuesday May 16th, 2000 6:15:59 AM
Jolted awake from his catnap, Kibo rises and bows low to the Drake, "It is an honor and priviledge to met you. Kibo at your service. And thank you for the pleasure of your abode."
Gareth d20=14 d20=15
Tuesday May 16th, 2000 6:57:59 AM
The warrior seems to handle the drakes appearance with poise. He stands up straight, smiles, bows respectfully, and attempts to graciously answer (Saved vs fear, CHA by 3). "I must apologize for our lack of manners. We did not intend to be in your domain this night. We were actually battling the drow who forced us into this area. They attacked us with a band of 50 or so and we felt retreat was our best option. We did not realize where we were. We will be glad to leave immediately if that is your wish. It would appear, however, that you have battled these same drow - or rather they have battled you - before. Perhaps we can be of use to you in opposing them. Although I'm sure you can handle them just fine.". With a smile, the warrior adds "I would think the drow would be more than happy to face us as opposed to you anyway. But both..."
Teko
Tuesday May 16th, 2000 11:49:59 PM
Teko's eyes grow huge as the dragon makes his appearance. Taken off guard, Teko can do little more that bow repeatedly to the creature.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Wednesday May 17th, 2000 1:43:59 AM
Tericus just stared wided-eyed, not sure what to do or say
Jus
Wednesday May 17th, 2000 3:02:59 AM
Jus' eyes light up when he sees the snake with human body. "Wow. I've never seen this before. I thought you were a dragon?"
Nonam
Wednesday May 17th, 2000 3:06:59 AM
Nonam is now no longer ethereal, and he introduces his companions to the dragon, "Trantellia may I present the Three. Friends, this is Trantellia, a Deep Drake. She has changed form to travel with me. I assure you that her real form is much more fearsome."
Trantellia (DM JKlinger)
Wednesday May 17th, 2000 8:47:59 AM
Trantellia awaits Nonam's introduction before she speaks. She then makes a shallow nod towards Kibo, "Delighted." Ignoring Jus' ignorant comments and the other's appropriate gaping, she addresses Gareth, "I intend you no offense, but you do realize where you are? Running from fifty drow indicates a party unprepared for this area. I, however, could easily 'handle' them if I chose." Considering everyone once again, she cautiously adds, "Explain your purpose here and I will consider how you would be of best 'use' to me?"
Nonam
Wednesday May 17th, 2000 4:15:59 PM
Nonam mutters under his breath, "We wouldn't have needed to run if it hadn't been for the demon."
Gareth (Poison imm, lev.) d20=12
Wednesday May 17th, 2000 7:15:59 PM
The warrior continues. "We could probably have handled the drow but we would have risked losing some of our number. They summoned a demon to aid them as well whom we also could have fought with reasonable success. But we had many battle prior to this and felt it would be better to retreat, preserve our power, regroup and move forward again - not expecting, of course to trespass. Our purpose here is to aid one drow house against another and prevent a drow invasion of the surface elves. One house has gained great power recently and could eventually threaten all the surface races - and has already moved against one. They have also committed themselves to the destruction of a minor house who has, in turn, approached the government of our country to help them survive - to which they agreed. And so we have come to attack their flank while their main force is trying to destroy the minor house. In this way we can strategically weaken them while they are not prepared and thus reduce the risk to our own country, distract them while others attempt to save the minor house, and prevent the invasion on the surface from making too much progress - or if we're lucky, prevent it altogether. That's about the long and short of it. This information might be useful to you because with their continuing increase in power they may even eventually pose a threat to you - or at least a very large annoyance. In any case, we are honored by your patience and tolerance of us here. Perhaps we can prevent you from having to deal with the drow directly and in that way preserving your own power. As I recall, others of your kind value their privacy greatly - especially when it involves adversaries. A serious blow to the house and they will lose power and confidence which may prevent them from turning their eyes toward their neighbors.". He watches the drake carefully, looking it directly in the eyes as you would an equal - but not too much as to inflame. Just enough to display confidence and demonstrate that the drake is dealing with a group that has a lot of power. The warrior stands in as non-threatening a manner as he can (CHA by 6).
Onrad
Wednesday May 17th, 2000 8:47:59 PM
Onrad shoots Gareth an angry glare as he reveals the parties secret purposes to the dragon clearly showing he disagrees with telling it so much and nods at Nonam to continue as he clearly knows how to flatter a dragon.
Teko
Thursday May 18th, 2000 2:13:59 AM
Teko finally stops bowing and listens to Gareth's words. He studies the dragon very carefully, hoping to glean something of its intentions from its alien features.
Saire [displaced] Sleeping
Thursday May 18th, 2000 3:17:59 AM
Saire stirs on the ground and wakes, rubbing the sleep from his eyes. With back turned the dragon, "What's all the commotion. I had a most fascinating dream about a great white stork delivering a precious package to a great king and queen." Saire turns and sees the great beast, "Ohhhh, I guess I must still be dreaming." Saire stands. "What's going on guys?" Saire begins flapping his arms and kicking his legs in an attempt to fly over the party to take a closer look at this dream-world phantasm.
Kibo
Thursday May 18th, 2000 5:15:59 AM
Kibo stands and waits for the Drake's response to Gareth's revelation.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Thursday May 18th, 2000 11:09:59 AM
turns his stare from Trantellia to Gareth, his eyes widening just a bit more. "That probaby wasnt a good idea." Tericus whispers to himself, then he braces himself, expecting the worse from the transformed wyrm
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Fly)
Thursday May 18th, 2000 1:35:59 PM
"I don't know, Nonam," Jus volunteers, "I could've bumped the demon to death." Trying to keep his mind on Gareth's words, Jus can't help to wonder why a dragon would need help from anyone.
Trantellia (DM JKlinger)
Thursday May 18th, 2000 2:17:59 PM
"You are surprisingly erudite for a warrior," Trantellia tells Gareth, considering him with wary eyes. "But I find wisdom in your words; you may indeed help me," she states with a placating grin. "This is what you will do. First, as a show of fealty, one and all of you shall bow to me." She pointedly looks at Gareth, delighted in her expectations of his reaction. "Then you will find and kill the Matron of this house. But before she dies, you must remove a small metal flask from her person; one the color of my scales. Return the flask to me intact and your job will be complete." With a flutter of her snake tail she resumes, "A trivial task for a group as yourselves, but it is all I request."
Nonam
Thursday May 18th, 2000 5:44:59 PM
"Would it be possible for us to learn of your reason for needing the vile after we swear?"
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=9 d20=1
Thursday May 18th, 2000 7:19:59 PM
Somehow the warrior grasps the Drakes lofty vocabulary (Int by 3). He keeps his poise and becomes exremely charming as he negotiates (CHA by 17 - Yes!). "This seems a very reasonable request. I have no issue bringing the vial back to you - nor swearing to do so. If you are willing, I would ask something of you which will help insure our success. Clearly, you know this house, their power, and its layout better than we. I would request that you provide us with a map or instructions on how to most easily get to the Matron's lair, and provide us a means to escape once we have secured the vial. That way we wouldn't fall short as we retreat. Somehow I doubt they will take kindly to us killing their Matron and will really throw resources at us at that point. Also, since you know their power, any support you can give us in the form of warnings or magic would be greatly appreciated. You may be suprised by the boldness of my request. It's just that if we take an oath we keep it. And if we must not fail, then it would be wise to employ any extra preparation we can make.". The warrior waits...
Onrad
Thursday May 18th, 2000 11:27:59 PM
Onrad bristles at the thought of bowing down to anyone! He keeps his thoughts under control however thinking, 'It's only fealty, not surrender or an act of cowardice. Only fealty.' But his conscious will not release him. 'What if he is evil? I'd be swearing fealty to an evil being. I cannot do that upon my death!' Onrad begins to sweat nervous beads that drip down his face and begins to get somewhat worked up.
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=3 d20=3
Thursday May 18th, 2000 11:59:59 PM
(Wis and Int by plenty) As he waits the warrior's mind races back to his homeland. His thoughts are crystal clear on this sort of thing. "Fealty... my family has sworn that oath before - several times! Only to be betrayed by those to whom we swore it. [I'll repay their treachery soon enough] That was until my father became wise about such things and became very good at wording oaths. Good thing I was there...". The warrior can't help but smile as he prepares to craft an oath.
Saire (awake)
Friday May 19th, 2000 3:02:59 AM
THinking, "I'm not flying, and this smells and feels real." gulp. Saire waits for the others to lead the way. He will bow when the time comes. Thinking, "Whatever, lets get out of here."
Jus (1 Stone Skin, Fly) d20+6=26
Friday May 19th, 2000 4:13:59 AM
Jus bristles slightly with the thought of bowing before a dragon. He hasn't thought about fealty in a long time, and it brings us a longing for home. Oh, well; not everyone could say they've bowed before a Deep Drake. Hmm. I wonder... (rolled against perception with stiff penalty due to upbringing). Nope. I don't remember whether these guys are evil, good, or what. I sure would like to see it in dragon form, though. "If we do this, could we see you in your dragon form? I don't suppose you can do an Immutable Image spell? My dad had portraits hanging all over our house made using that spell."
Kibo
Friday May 19th, 2000 4:31:59 AM
In his mind, Kibo views the Drake as female. He addresses her, "Swearing fealty, as you know, would bind us by our honor. However, are there any other intrinsic bindings that we are not aware of -- perhaps some type of magic, that will be upon us after we do so?" He taps his fingers along his arm, then adds, "Also, may I inquire about the origin of the spider symbols we have been following? These have obviously lead us to you...are you aware of the one who placed them?" Kibo watches to see the reaction of the Drake.
Teko
Friday May 19th, 2000 7:49:59 AM
Nodding at Kibo's words, Teko adds, speaking to the dragon, "I swear no fealty, though I *might* seek out this vial that you speak of if it is rightfully yours and if doing so does not interfere with The Three's present concerns." He waits for a response.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Friday May 19th, 2000 8:13:59 AM
seeing everyone hesitate, Tericus gets a bit of a backbone and says "If we swear fealty to you, that means we serve you. I already serve Terisalia and the kindome of New Elenia. Ill help you, but I cannot swear fealty to you." he stands up straight, knowing what he has said may lead to his death, but if it does, he'll face it bravely
Trantellia (DM Klinger) d20=19
Friday May 19th, 2000 10:07:59 AM
"Do you not know that fealty chains both the vassal and the lord? Again I say, what has the Wold come to? A lord of creatures asks humans to pay due respect upon entering its lair, and they quibble about ramifications that don't exist." With a calm voice Trantellia continues, "This one," Trantellia slithers towards Kibo, "has already offered his services -- or are his words not to be trusted? This honorable one," she slithers around Gareth to face Teko, "has already gained favor through his deep bows." Continuing back around, she returns to face Gareth, "Your mouth speaks words, but your pride speaks louder." With a final sigh, she says, "Use what word you wish: homage, Triuwe, obeisance, submission, respect. You have entered my lair uninvited; simply bow to your host. No magic. No tricks." Trantellia begins flicking her tail in irritation, impatience, or maybe even excitement. "I tire of this. In return for performing my minor quest, I will escort you out of my lair and provide you aid for your travel. Your time grows short; please decide now." She falls silent, waiting for the parties decision. Gareth notices the obvious: due to her travels around the room, her snake-like body is now lying on all sides of him. Her eyes laugh as Gareth realizes she is toying with him, but she does nothing to prevent him from stepping out of the ring.
Gareth (Poison imm., lev) d20=15
Friday May 19th, 2000 7:54:59 PM
The warrior smiles as the drake plays her games, knowing that if he were in any danger he would already know it. "You may recall, I bowed to you when you entered this area - and I have not quibbled with your words. What I have asked I have done only for my group - not myself - whom I apologize for. They allow me to lead, but my leadership does not censure them from speaking their mind. I understand fealty, and my request of your commitment to safe passage was the lords part of the binding I had in mind for you. Nothing more.". The warrior bows, takes a knee for a moment. As he does this he offers "I pledge The Three's services to you in the capturing of the vial in return for safe passage out of your lair - preferrably to Menzberranzen or the World's Serpent Inn.". He pauses, then stands again - hoping his decision not to move wasn't a mistake.
Kibo
Sunday May 21st, 2000 2:59:59 PM
Kibo bows in unison with Gareth, stating simply, "The Three."
Nonam
Sunday May 21st, 2000 5:28:59 PM
Nonam bows deep, "I swear fealty to you for your hospitality and allowing us to take refuge in your home. To repay this debt and offer thanks to you, I will make every effort humanly possible to bring you this vial."
Bishop
Sunday May 21st, 2000 7:34:59 PM
Bishop comes from his innerself and realizes with fear what has happened.
Onrad
Sunday May 21st, 2000 8:52:59 PM
Onrad starts with Gareth's request for location. He whispers in a loud whisper. "Gareth, we're not ready to go to Menoberranzan or the Inn yet. We haven't completed our mission!" To the dragon he speaks. "I am Onrad. I also will strike this bargain proudly with such a noble and mighty one as yourself. I would ask an additional favor once we return to you, however. We will more than likely be pretty beat up after performing this task and the opportunity to take refuge and rest here once again, upon our return, would be of great benefit. We would, in return tell you the story of our adventure. We'll need to travel here anyway to deliver the vial to you. Would this be permissable?" He pauses. "The direction we would ask you to show us is the quickest means to the Matron's location so that we can accomplish your noble mission as well as our own and then return to you." Onrad bows the bow of one respecting a creature acting in a noble manner.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Monday May 22nd, 2000 1:42:59 AM
hearing what Gareth has said, a small frown appears on Tericus, but he keeps quiet, hoping Gareth hasnt made a mistake
Saire [displaced] Sleeping
Monday May 22nd, 2000 4:30:59 AM
Saire, suprisingly, is impressed with Gareth the Warrior's good sense. It takes a bigger man to know when the time is not right to strike. Saire hisses out of the side his mouth at Tericus and a few others, "This is no time for non-sense." Saire quickly bows. He thinks, "I'll have to remember to point out to Onrad that this is not a safe place to rest after we finish with the matron."
Teko
Monday May 22nd, 2000 5:16:59 AM
Teko cocks his head to one side, gazing for a brief moment at the dragon. "My previous words stand. If what you request continues to appear righteous and fair, I will do it," Teko says. And he bows once more.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Fly)
Monday May 22nd, 2000 8:52:59 AM
Since fealty doesn't seem to be involved -- at least as Jus heard it, Jus doesn't have a problem with bowing. With the deepest bow he can manage -- jokingly making sure it is deeper than Nonam's -- Jus says, "I thank you for permitting our group to enter your lair." He steps back, but can't quite let things rest, "So, what kind of help are you going to give? I mean, are you going up with us or giving us some of your magic items? Either would be cool." With the slightest of pause, Jus continues once again, "Oh, and what did you mean our time grows short? Do you mean our mission, your minor quest, or your patience with us? Not that it really matters, but I am curious."
Trantellia
Monday May 22nd, 2000 10:26:59 AM
Trantellia is a surprised that no one has a problem killing the Matron. She surmises that either the party is much greater than it seems, or their goal closely matches hers. Keeping her own queries silent, Trantellia addresses the party, "Now, now, one of your compatriots seem a bit recalcitrant. That simply won't do. Tell the one that awakened what is requested, tell the other to follow along. Ah, then again, I could always eat the rude one. But humanoids always have such a bitter taste, and I have no beholder vitreous left to wash it down." A small bit of drool runs unnoticed from the snake's mouth. "I suppose the rest of you would frown upon such actions." Glancing towards Tericus, Trantellia adds, "Unfortunate that we have already made bargains. Still, not all of us have agreed, have we." Jus' question seems to snap Trantellia out of her deliberations, "You want me to give you my treasure!" The snake rises up in revulsion, "How dare your insolence to consider such a thing!" She unexpectedly drops down and turns toward the cave, her momentary rage gone so quickly you're not sure it was real. "Follow me. We will give the others a few minutes to decide their fate. Until then, I will answer your questions."
DM (JKlinger)
Monday May 22nd, 2000 10:27:59 AM
Trantellia stops, allowing everyone time to collect their belongings and decide if they will follow her. In the meantime, she tells you she will give you tonight's passcode. Used sparingly, it should get you far. She warns you that she has heard several alarms, so the passcodes may change frequently. As a precaution, she will also demonstrate the handsign of a league house; the handsign may work where the passcode fails. Trantellia further reveals to the party that she cannot travel into the Matron's house, otherwise there would be 'disastrous' results [she refuses to say any more on this subject]. She will remain in the caves. She also, rather testily, tells you that if those who have shown respect wish to recuperate when the vial is returned, they are very welcome and will be treated as guests. She wishes to wait for everyone to attend before saying more.
Nonam (still stoneskinned btw)
Monday May 22nd, 2000 6:43:59 PM
Nonam follows, but his shoulders seem to sag a bit. He is obiously getting tired.
Onrad
Monday May 22nd, 2000 7:08:59 PM
Onrad frowns at the criticism of his query. He thinks, 'Don't they realize that dragons can hear anything said in their lair? Whispers don't help.' Onrad turns to Gareth. "Gareth, I DO strongly feel that we need a place selected to make for where we can rest after our encounter with the Matron. We will have to return here anyway with the vial. And we'll more than likely be very hurt at the time as well as low on supplies. All this is obvious. I feel we should ask this mighty and honorable dragon now if we can rest here upon our return." Onrad unabashadely leads the group back down the hallway in the direction the dragon is going.
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=1 d20=10 d20=20
Monday May 22nd, 2000 7:09:00 PM
The warrior fights to keep his composure as Onrad repeats exactly the requests he already made of the drake (Wis) and Jus as he presses the dragon for treasure. He smiles and respectfully follows the dragon to its lair all the while maintaining a somewhat leaderly posture (Cha) - although it's clear to him it isn't respected by those he leads. He does not notice Nonam's plight (Int). The warrior offers a word to their large host "Do not worry about the reluctance of some in our number to carry out our pledge. This errand is consistent with our mission. I will return the vial alone if necessary. It would help relieve the reluctance if you would explain what is in the vial, and why we must take it from the Matron before she dies. Was it stolen from you?"
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev)
Monday May 22nd, 2000 7:40:59 PM
The warrior points out to Onrad that the drake has already offered for us to rest and recouperate upon our return with the vial.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Tuesday May 23rd, 2000 1:34:59 AM
not really liking it, but realizing that if he doesnt comply, the lives of his friends are in major jeapordy, Tericus stands up straight, places his staff on the ground, then bows deeply in Trantellia's direction. "I pay you the respect that you deserve." then he picks up his staff and walks toward Trantellia
Teko
Tuesday May 23rd, 2000 2:08:59 AM
Teko follows the dragon. "This is the best way, I think," he mutters, to no one in particular. "I think we wouldn't have had much of a chance otherwise." Lowering his voice to a whisper, so that only the dragon can hear, he says, "Thank you, great dragon, for your assistance."
Saire [displaced
Tuesday May 23rd, 2000 4:17:59 AM
Saire wonders if the dragon was talking about him... the one that awoke, because Saire has done nothing but comply. Must have been miscommunication. If everyone would recount what he said, they might realise that. Saire follows the dragon.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Fly)
Tuesday May 23rd, 2000 6:05:59 AM
Jus speaks with Bishop, the one who just awakened, letting Bishop know what he missed in his reverie. "I would suggest you bow to the dragon soon -- I'm not sure I like hearing it talk about us as food." He then follows the dragon where it leads. He can't help but let out a bright laugh when he sees the way Gareth is carrying himself. "Will he never learn," Jus wonders to himself, "that some of us enjoy being leaderless? Ah, well, if it keeps him happy."
DM (JKlinger)
Tuesday May 23rd, 2000 11:51:59 AM
Trantellia leads the party through several twisting passages past many dark branches. Dampness begins to show on the walls, steadily increasing and making walking difficult. She tells Gareth that the vial would become useless unless it is retrieved before the Matron dies. And yes, Trantellia assures you the vial was taken from her long ago. Turning the last corner, the passage opens onto an underground lake. As you enter, glow worms from the ceiling quickly extinguish their feeble light. The edge of the water has a well worn path and many dragon scales pushed neatly to the side. The water itself is crystal clear, allowing you to see numerous fish swimming below.
Trantellia (DM JKlinger) d20=19 d20=10 d20=10
Tuesday May 23rd, 2000 11:55:59 AM
"Welcome to my dining room," Trantellia announces with a flourish. Facing the party, she transforms into a female Drow of exceptional beauty rivaling any Drow you have yet met (and with a notable absence of attire). With a mischievous smile she looks at each of you, "This is where we part. The passcode is currently 'Ring True for the Bearer'. Now watch closely and I will show you the sign." She deftly flicks her hand, appearing only to briefly scratch her thigh. "And again, but slowly." She repeats the sign several times, allowing each of you a chance to learn (roll against dex to learn, non-thieves at -4). "Remember to use the hand sign only if the passcode fails." Casually turning away, she strolls over to the lake and points towards the wall 70' across the cavern. "There is a cave underwater at the far side of the lake. Twenty feet beyond is a well opening to the level above. The current should not pose a problem." She turns to face the party, "I have considered your request for magical aid and have decided to grant it on one condition: Return when your task is complete and allow me to see the Ring."
Nonam (stoneskinned) d20=8 d20=20
Tuesday May 23rd, 2000 6:23:59 PM
Nonam easily learns the hand sign (dex,8), but he seems confused by Trantellia's offer (int 20). So he asks, "What ring?" It isn't like the wizard to be so obtuse. He must be getting weary.
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=10 d20=10 d20=9
Tuesday May 23rd, 2000 6:57:59 PM
The warrior's mind races back to make sure nobody has mentioned the ring (Int). Sure that it hasn't been mentioned he begins to think (Wis). "She could have not mentioned it and ambushed us on the way back if she meant to take it but it's probably better to play it a bit cagey since she doesn't yet know we plan to get it...". He respectfully - and truthfully - offers (CHA) "Ring, we have heard of a ring in her possession, and have been warned, but we don't know much about it. What kind of magic did you have in mind if we were to get it and show it to you?".
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev)
Tuesday May 23rd, 2000 7:22:59 PM
glancing at Nonam, he notices his haggard state. "Your tired. What can we do for you? In fact, if possible, I could use some rest too - but I can continue OK."
Onrad d20=7
Wednesday May 24th, 2000 12:41:59 AM
Onrad, feeling rather obtuse at his earlier blunder, just keeps silent his face slightly red. He makes the dex check.
Jus (1 Stone Skin, Fly) d20=4
Wednesday May 24th, 2000 1:10:59 AM
Embarassed to do so, Jus can't help but admire her looks. Even though he is disconcerted by the beautiful drow [after all, drow are low life scum. Aren't they!?!?], he still manages to quickly learn the hand sign. Jus begins to question whether this creature is a dragon at all. If it can polymorph so readily, maybe its dragon appearance to Nonam was a sham. With a start, Jus realizes that a lot of time has passed since they've entered the Drow's house. "Anyone know what time it is?"
Teko d20=20
Wednesday May 24th, 2000 2:30:59 AM
For the life of him, Teko can't get the hand sign. "Umm...could someone run through it again?" His skill at thievery and his intelligence are now exceeded only by his embarrassment.
Saire [displaced d20=18 d20=1
Wednesday May 24th, 2000 2:38:59 AM
"I have no clue what time it is." Saire, embarrased he was not able to catch the hand sign, fails to mention it to the rest of the party. "Uhhhmmm... guys... I hope you guys don't have things that will get ruined in the water." Saire is not pleased that the nude babe knows about our quest.
Tericus(posion immunity) d20=6
Wednesday May 24th, 2000 3:12:59 AM
grasping the complexities of the hand gestures, Tericus looks at Noonan. "If you need to rest, lets stop here for a bit. It seems safe enough." he says, glancing at the dragon in a drow's body
Kibo d20=2
Wednesday May 24th, 2000 4:21:59 AM
Easily mastering the handsign, Kibo mentally tells Nonam, "She knows far more than she's letting on...either ESP or divination, I should think." He addresses the Drake, "Thank you for your graciousness. Please bear me the burden of this question: What do you know of the symbols that we have been following on this path?"
Trantellia (DM JKlinger)
Wednesday May 24th, 2000 1:43:59 PM
Trantellia chuckles at Nonam and Gareth's response. Her chuckle begins to echo in the cavern as she transforms back into dragon form. "Do you forget with whom you are dealing? Secrets cannot be kept from me for long." Addressing Kibo, Trantellia says, "I do not know these spider signs of which you speak. I can investigate this if you wish. However, since the drow are obviously alerted to your presence, I suggest you give further signs little heed." She gives a slight bow of her head. "You are welcome to rest here as long as you need. I have a potion that will strengthen this weak one," nodding towards Nonam. "This, and else, I will give based solely on your promise to let me see the Ring."
Kibo
Wednesday May 24th, 2000 2:00:59 PM
Kibo turns to Gareth, "You speak on my behalf."
Nonam (stoneskinned)
Wednesday May 24th, 2000 4:55:59 PM
"My magic will make me strong again. I'm simply weary from casting so many spells... and that potion mishap. Physically, I can continue if need be." Nonam looks back at Saire, "Trantellia has manipulated time here, so I don't know exactly what time it is."
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=1 d20=4 d20=12
Wednesday May 24th, 2000 7:49:59 PM
Watching the others try their best to get the sign with mixed results, the warrior demonstrates the sign perfectly a few times (Dex!). Then he turns to the drake and again dazzles with his words (Cha) "What other magic did you have in mind? If you are willing to support us with magic - and the mages agree it is a fair trade - then we will be willing to let you see this ring if we are successful in retrieving it. If we fail to get it then we are not obligated in any other way to you. This is a risk on your part, but I cannot guarantee we can get the ring - unless perhaps you can tell us where it is, and any wards or other problems we might encounter getting to it. In the past we have used physical disguise to infiltrate strongholds. If you can change us - what is it? polymorph I think - into a drow form which in your estimation will get us in without as much suspicion that would be a good option (Int). I think the mages should make suggestions - or at the very least listen to yours.". The warrior looks about the cavern as well (when polite) and takes note of all the dragon scales around the place and anything else that he can see.
Onrad
Wednesday May 24th, 2000 8:15:59 PM
Onrad nods at Gareth's idea of polymorphing, but also glances at Nonam with a concerned look. He wonders if we're asking for too much--trusting too much.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Thursday May 25th, 2000 1:41:59 AM
walks up to Noonan. "What do you want to do, rest here for a bit or continue on?" then he asks Trantellia "Do you know whats going on in the matron's house right now? Also, we've heard rumors that shes a liche or some other kind of undead. Is this true?"
Teko
Thursday May 25th, 2000 2:35:59 AM
Teko looks on as the questions and haggling continue. "We become more entwined by the moment." The last question, about the alleged drow-lich piques his interest. He listens for the dragon's response.
Saire [displaced
Thursday May 25th, 2000 3:49:59 AM
Saire begins to prepare to enter the water. He dips his leg in to test the temperature of the water. At this depth the water may be too cold for any humanoid to endure. "Do you guys mind if I venture ahead to see where this well comes out?"
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Fly)
Thursday May 25th, 2000 8:38:59 AM
"Fine by me, Saire. Although I'd suggest someone coming along with you. I'd volunteer, but I really need to start memorizing spells." Jus is curious by Nonam's statement about warping time, and hopes Trantellia says something about it. Jus finds a clear spot, and begins pulling out his study materials.
Trantellia (DM JKlinger) d20=20 d20=17
Thursday May 25th, 2000 4:24:59 PM
Gareth's tries his best to charm Trantellia, but she only hears his words, no how he is saying them. "<I>Agree it is a fair trade!</I>" Trantellia rears her head back and takes a deep breath like she's about to use her breath weapon. Shaking her head in rage, she instead lets out a deafening roar, "Arrrrrgh! Vermin! I asked to see the Ring, not take it home as my own!" With a quick flick towards Jus, she yells, "He asked for my treasure and I wanted to tear him apart! Now you say my gifts must be <I>approved!</I> Your impudence is overwhelming! Are my belongings mere baubles you can cast aside it they don't suit you? Do you think I would give you my treasure for the sheer goodness of the task? Am I your nursemaid to fulfill your every whim? Am I to be treated like the parent of a spoiled child! <B>I HAVE NO MORE PATIENCE FOR YOU!</B>" Vapor curls out of Trantellia's mouth as she bellows these last words. The shear power emanating from this dragon sends chills up everyone's spine (all save vs. fear at -2). Seeing the effect she has on the party, Trantellia forcibly calms herself. In an almost congenial tone, she says, "Choose another 'leader' to call for me, Three. I will <I>consider</I> bestowing the honor of an answer." Trantellia dives into the lake and darts out under a side wall; her blistering yells still echoing through the caves.
Nonam (stoneskinned) d20=16
Thursday May 25th, 2000 6:36:59 PM
Unafraid and assuming that the drow changed into a dragon for purposes of this little tirade rather than bellowing smoke out of the beautiful drow's mouth and then diving into the water, "See, I said she was a dragon." After a moment's pause, "I will speak to her again if you all wish it. I managed to spend some time with her before without offending her. I also believe Tericus would be an admirable choice. His words tend to soothe and are spoken with wisdom." Then with a quick sweeping look, "Keep any thoughts that might damage our relations with her to yourself until we leave her home. For now keep this in mind, she wishes our aid. Thus she chooses to help us. Should we refuse to help her or make her doubt our sincerity, her reasons for helping us further are gone. I truly think she would rather eat us that let us leave without our promise of aid. And as far as resting, I think we should take another hour now. We will need my spells and Gareth's full strength before this is over. It would be preferable if we could do this later, but another safe place might not present itself."
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=13
Thursday May 25th, 2000 7:22:59 PM
The warrior stands as the dragon rages - barely. As she leaves the cavern he breathes a sigh of relief. With a bit of irony in his voice he speaks. "And it was going so well... Nonam, I think you would be the best choice for the job of speaking to the dragon from now on. I'm obviously not very good at placating 'rulers of creatures'. As for resting, I think if we were going to be eaten it would have been a minute ago. I would say we do it fast though. I think it's time to leave.". The warrior sits and makes himself comfortable. He eats and drinks quickly, preparing for one of those 'nap spells'.
Onrad
Thursday May 25th, 2000 7:27:59 PM
Onrad nods to Nonam and then says, "Saire, I feel we should wait and all go together. Separating is not wise." He gives Gareth a look. Then his face softens and he pats Gareth on the back as if to say, Then he writes a message on some paper and shows it to the party. It says, ::This is a dragon lair. Dragons hear everything that is said here. Mind your words.:: Then Onrad takes up a guard position. He sighs with inward frustration and the stress of this venture. He breathes in deep and then out willing himself to relax. He also does some stretching exercises to keep himself limber and ready for action. Some of them look almost like contortionist moves, but they all seem to fit into Onrad's usual strategies of combat.
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=10
Thursday May 25th, 2000 10:40:59 PM
Before sleep takes him, the warrior offers one other thought "I think she had in mind that we speak with her one more time before we leave. Nonam, when we are ready I would say you should call out to her." (Int). The warrior resists the thought of saying "call for her..." :).
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Fly) d20=11 d20=13
Friday May 26th, 2000 4:14:59 AM
Jus turns white as he sees Trantellia's rage (missed save due to -2 adjustment). He manages to stand his ground, but is VERY thankful when she leaves. "I think... ahem". Jus clears his voice and tries again, a little less shaky this time, "I think Nonam has a point. Whatever this vial is must be important to Trantellia and she wants us to get it for her." Thinking for a moment [Intel check], Jus continues, "I shouldn't have asked for magic items from her earlier; I know better." Jus carefully phrases his next words. "What some see as a dragon's treasure is truly a priceless, personal collection kept safe by the dragon." With a little laugh, Jus asks rhetorically, "When you think about it, how many of us would give our magic away just because someone says 'Sure I'll help you'?"
Teko d20=9
Saturday May 27th, 2000 6:31:59 AM
Teko stands silent and trembling. The dragon was a little too close. And a little too angry. The look on his face is one of a person who does not want to be here anymore. He struggles to maintain his footing - and to regain his composure.
Tericus(posion immunity) d20=13
Saturday May 27th, 2000 2:23:59 PM
not effective by the least by Trantellia's outburst, Tericus just stares at her as she enters the water. "Such a gracful creature." he mutters to himself, then he turns to Noonan. "Thank you for the kind words, but your friend Gareth doesnt seem to have your faith in me. But ill go over and see if one of my songs cant calm her down a bit." Tericus walks over to the edge of the water, pulls out his flute, and begins to play a slow, soothing tune, hoping that it will calm and please Trantellia
DM (JKlinger)
Monday May 29th, 2000 5:42:59 AM
As things calm down, the glow worms begin to dimly light the cavern. Fish scatter from Tericus as he approaches the lake's edge, but they too calm down after a few seconds. Saire checks the water. The lake is the temperature definitely cold, but not too cold to be a problem -- unless something unforeseen happens to keep you in the water.
Gareth d20=16
Monday May 29th, 2000 6:56:59 AM
The warrior mentions softly to Tericus as he moves to play his lute. "It is not my lack of confidence in you but my complete, tested, and tried confidence in Nonam that makes me suggest he speak for us. He was also able to speak with her before without raising her hackles. It is merely a choice. Not a vote of no confidence. I hope you can see that (Cha)."
Kibo d20+2=11
Monday May 29th, 2000 3:17:59 PM
Kibo shakes his head at the near-death experience, but keeps his mouth shut. He goes over and checks out the fish.
Nonam (stoneskinned)
Monday May 29th, 2000 5:03:59 PM
Nonam speaks softly, "Trantellia, you must remember that I told you some of my companions would offend you with their words. However, they shall speak to you no more. I will be the party's spokesman whenever you wish to return."
Onrad d20=6
Monday May 29th, 2000 9:24:59 PM
Onrad, overhearing Nonam's words (perception of 6), nods to him and smiles. He silently mouths the words, > Then he, having stretched, lies down to get what rest he can. As he positions himself, he turns to Gareth and softly says, "We should go as soon as possible, my friend." Onrad closes his eyes willing himself to rest.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Tuesday May 30th, 2000 12:55:59 AM
Tericus continues to play his flute, praying to Terisalia that its calming Trantellia down
Saire [displaced d20=1
Tuesday May 30th, 2000 2:40:59 AM
Saire is scared stiff.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Fly)
Tuesday May 30th, 2000 4:31:59 AM
Jus returns to his studies, hoping all this commotion hasn't ruined the opportunity to learn spells.
Teko
Tuesday May 30th, 2000 5:20:59 AM
Teko, if he can calm down enough from the dragon's display of power, will pull out his spell books again, hoping that he has time to learn something worthwhile.
DM (JKlinger)
Tuesday May 30th, 2000 2:27:59 PM
The cave is quiet except for the noise the party makes. Although Nonam and Tericus try to pacify Trantellia, she has yet to reappear. The mages begin to study, preparing their spells.
Jus
Tuesday May 30th, 2000 2:34:59 PM
Jus glances up from his studies, "How long is everyone willing to wait for us to memorize spells. This will take a while. And I'd really like to let Nonam rest if we can. Oh, and if someone can figure out the time, I'd really appreciate it. I'd like to, but," holding up his spellbook, "I've really got to work on this."
Nonam (stoneskinned)
Tuesday May 30th, 2000 5:56:59 PM
"It would take me at least an hour to nap and some time to memorize spells after that." Nonam looks at Tericus and tries to draw his attention to Saire and Teko. "She'll come when she's ready. See to our friends." Then Nonam sits down crosslegged by the lake to wait and rest.
Onrad
Tuesday May 30th, 2000 8:28:59 PM
Onrad getting restless and more nervous the longer he stays here says, "Stop talking about it and get on with it. Nonam, take a nap. I'll see that no one but me bothers you while you're asleep." When the requisite dirty look comes, he'll add, "Well, ok. I'll leave ya alone too."
Teko
Wednesday May 31st, 2000 3:23:59 AM
"I'll continue to study until our host returns. However long that may be." Teko drops his head and looks down over an open book.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Wednesday May 31st, 2000 5:45:59 AM
stops playing for a moment. "Theres not much I can do for them Noonan. All we can do is wait until the effect wears off." then he turns his attention back to the lake. he begins playing again softly, losing himself in his music
Kibo
Wednesday May 31st, 2000 2:39:59 PM
"Now, if she went down into that pool, I'm willing to bet she's slipped into the compound...for what purpose, who knows?" Kibo turns back from facing the water, and decides to take a defensive position near the opening to this cave.
DM (JKlinger) d20=3
Wednesday May 31st, 2000 3:05:59 PM
Time passes. Everything is quiet and Trantellia never returned. Onrad is alerted when he hears footsteps enter the cavern. A lone drow enters carrying a large sack.
Krait
Wednesday May 31st, 2000 3:11:59 PM
The male drow is close to the strongest humanoid you've ever seen. His bulk exceeds Gareth, possibly giving Valdor healthy competition. Strange though, he doesn't wear armor and has numerous small pouches and pockets around his body -- the spell casters easily recognize these as components. In an voice unconcerned of any reaction you may have to his appearance, the drow speaks, "Trantellia said she "won't grace certain members of the party" with her presence. She also said to tell you, Nonam, Teko, and Kibo, that your actions are why I was sent." The drow lets go of the sack and stretches, his muscles rippling in response. After cracking his knuckles for good measure, the drow continues, "Well, let's get to it then." He then drops to one knee and opens the sack. "I'm Sumatran Krait; go by Krait. Trantellia seems to think you're gonna come back and show her somethin'. She's willing to give you some aid for the favor." Reaching in, Krait grabs hold of an object. With the item still in the sack he asks, "So, you gonna do it?"
Nonam
Wednesday May 31st, 2000 5:37:59 PM
Before the drow speaks, Nonam is on his feet with firewand in hand. Seeing no hostile intent, the wizard waits and hears the Krait's message. He replies, "If by that you mean, 'Are we going to return to display the ring?' then the answer is yes."
Onrad
Wednesday May 31st, 2000 9:34:59 PM
Onrad rises to his feet respectfully, his hands nervously prowling the area of his sword hilts until he identifies himself. He looks carefully at this drow warrior looking for any signs of house designation, etc. He wonders if this drow is also not what he appears to be and has another form. Well at least he's not naked!
Saire [displaced
Wednesday May 31st, 2000 10:10:59 PM
Saire turns slightly to watch the drow enter, but Saire is still far too overcome with fear to be coherant. He looks almost dazed.
Teko
Thursday June 1st, 2000 2:21:59 AM
To the new drow, Teko says, "Within the limits of my ability and conscience, I will do as she requests."
Tericus
Thursday June 1st, 2000 5:48:59 AM
after hearing what Krait says, Tericus realizes that his playing may actually be the cause why Trantellia hasnt come back, so he stops playing and moves next to Onrad, keeping an eye on Krait
Kibo
Thursday June 1st, 2000 5:53:59 AM
The scout scowls as Nonam reveals the type of object to the drow. Hearing Teko's conditional statement gets him more on edge, as he realizes that such caginess is bound to make matters worse. Stepping forward, Kibo bows to the drow and says, "Yes, we will do it, if there be breath in us to see it to its conclusion. Please relay my gratitude in the consideration we have been shown, first by her presence, and now by your aid."
Jus
Thursday June 1st, 2000 7:14:59 AM
Jus is very wary of this stranger, wondering if he is indeed from Trantellia. But she would probably come take care him if he wasn't -- just a guess, but Jus doesn't think this dragon would allow someone to falsely claim to be her spokesman. Although wary of bringing the ring to the dragon, Jus will go along with the rest of the party and nods his ascent to Krait.
Gareth
Thursday June 1st, 2000 10:38:59 PM
The warrior stands to receive the drow. He says nothing but nods as Nonam speaks. Glaring at Kibo for speaking as Nonam was designated to do so. He watches the drow closely - but looks on with interest and curiosity. Dragons always have such interesting things...
DM (JKlinger)
Friday June 2nd, 2000 1:00:59 AM
With the arrival of Krait, the remaining vestiges of fear from the dragon's rage fades from the affected party members. Krait's arrival comes at a good time. Nonam is rested and spells have been memorized [time elapsed is under discussion among the DMs].
Krait d20=2
Friday June 2nd, 2000 1:11:59 AM
Seeing some of the party members initially reach for their weapons [r=perception], Krait raises his hands in peace, forgetting the sack for now. "Sorry, just doing my job. Didn't mean to cause problems." Relaxing a little, Krait hopes he can get some of his curiosities satisfied. "I don't know what up, but there's an awful lot of action tonight. Like that bit with the Lords of Diamonds. What's going down?"
Kibo
Friday June 2nd, 2000 2:51:59 PM
Wondering how this drow got down here, Kibo decides to casually walk a little bit apart from the rest of the group, glancing around to see if anyone else is lurking in the shadows.
Saire [displaced
Saturday June 3rd, 2000 10:26:59 PM
Saire is aware of what is going on around him now. "What about the Lords of Diamonds?" Saire begins to walk forward to see what is in the bag.
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=14
Sunday June 4th, 2000 6:57:59 PM
Not suprised by Krait's mention of other things happening - and Onrad's reminder that dragons hear everything in their lair (Int), the warrior decides that the dragon is once again fishing for information and that he should respond because the drow is allegedly speaking for himself and not Trantellia. "Some guy came up and said something about the Lord's of Diamonds, but that's about all we know about them and what they're up to. What does a drow care about those guys? Do they come down here much?"
Nonam
Sunday June 4th, 2000 9:01:59 PM
Nonam replies, "You mean Menzoberrenzan isn't always like this?" (Was Nonam included in the memorization part of the last dm post?)
Onrad
Sunday June 4th, 2000 9:15:59 PM
Trying to set the example without saying anything, Onrad nods at Tericus instrument and smiles thanks. He then moves to Teko and silently puts his hand on Teko's shoulder. He hopes Teko gets the message to keep quiet. He now tries to play the part of silent encourager. He moves to Saire and turning him away from the new drow begins going through his pack showing him the labels of the potions he has just in case someone needs to know later. He smiles at Saire and tries to ease his fears while keeping his own fears and frustration at being here for so long at bay. As he notices that Nonam is now rested and seemingly has memorized his spells, he nods to Gareth that perhaps it's time to move out.
Teko
Monday June 5th, 2000 2:01:59 AM
As Onrad place his hand upon Teko, Teko looks at Onrad with a brief, questioning smile, but otherwise says nothing. He finishes his spellwork and waits patiently for things to unfold.
Saire [displaced
Monday June 5th, 2000 2:30:59 AM
Onrad grabs Saire's attention, but maybe that wasn't such a good idea, seeing as how Saire's mother was a gnome. Saire happily goes through the pack, reading the labels of the potions, and pulling anything else out that seems of interest. Even when Onrad slaps his hands, he moves on to something else of interest. "Wow Onrad, where did you get all this neat stuff? I don't have anything like this."
Tericus(posion immunity)
Monday June 5th, 2000 2:38:59 AM
thinking to himself, is it wise to accept gifts from strangers, Tericus waits and sees what the drow has to offer them
Jus (1 Stoneskin)
Monday June 5th, 2000 3:26:59 AM
Jus wanders over to Onrad, to see what Saire and he are doing. As Saire begins pulling things out, Jus happily gets involved. "Wow! Where did you get all these potions, Onrad? I didn't find near this many -- you must've bought them all, didn't you?"
DM (JKlinger) d20=3 d20=5 d20=12
Monday June 5th, 2000 9:28:59 AM
Kibo catches a movement down one of the caves against the way. He's fairly certain it was another drow, and may have even been more than one. Still a bit away, Saire can see into the top of the sack. he sees what appears to be a stick, and a highly polished wooden box.
Krait*
Monday June 5th, 2000 9:43:59 AM
"Menzo is always rough to upsiders, if I take ya right, mage. But I'm talkin bout a human sqealing bout some conspiracy. Something, or someone killed him quick, but not before he said the Diamonds were down here. Now we find you. Like I said, Menzo is rough, but we fight ourselves; having upsiders in the fight is getting some powerful people riled."
Nonam
Monday June 5th, 2000 6:14:59 PM
In response to Krait's last statement, Nonam says, "Oops." Then he waits a moment and says, "What do you have for us?"
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=19
Monday June 5th, 2000 7:09:59 PM
The warrior does not respond immediately but keeps a questioning inquisitive look on his face. He looks for any sign of a house insignia on Krait. If found and it is not one he knows about he tries to identify anything in his experience down here that might lend an idea as to who they are - but cannot (Missed Int). He also begins scanning the area for others. "The Lords of Diamonds are an unknown quantity to us. We are not working with them nor know what they're up to. Nobody ever does. It seems odd to me that you are aligned with a dragon that is clearly at odds with a very powerful house. Why are you working with her?"
Onrad
Monday June 5th, 2000 9:28:59 PM
Onrad slaps at Jus and Saire as if they are children in a candy shop. He gives them a look and then a head nod in the directions the dragon left hoping they understand that it's not good to talk of magical treasures in the presence of a dragon. Surely she knows what the party has, at least for the most part, but we don't have to rub her "ear" in it. He patiently lets both of them see what's there and where he puts it. He knows Jus is dependable when push comes to shove and wouldn't steal or "borrow" from a friend without reason. He assumes the same from Saire. Then he gives Gareth a urgent nod toward the lake and motions that it's time to get going very soon.
Kibo d100=40 d100=2
Tuesday June 6th, 2000 2:44:59 AM
Kibo immediately alerts Nonam, via the telephatic ring, about the presence of other drow, ending with the thought, "This smells like a setup. I'm going to go see if I can't collar this lurking cat." Kibo then slips into the shadows, attempting to sneak up on the hidden drow. [made ability rolls to hide in shadows and move silently] He also goes ahead and activates his Silence from the boots.
Teko
Tuesday June 6th, 2000 4:45:59 AM
Teko keeps quiet and watches the drow, waiting to see what rabbits he pulls out the hat.
Jus (1 Stoneskin)
Tuesday June 6th, 2000 4:49:59 AM
Jus sticks his tongue out at Onrad and gives a loud rasberry. The noise he makes brings to mind the glow worms. Jus wanders over to the lake and begins claps his hands together once -- leaving Onrad to repack his bag. Wondering how loud the noise must be to dim the glow worms, he repeats this, getting louder each time.
DM (JKlinger)*
Tuesday June 6th, 2000 9:03:59 AM
Kibo slips into the cave, expertly using the shadows to conceal himself. The cave extends forward for about 60' before turning, with cracks and crevices every few feet on each side. The cave is quite dark, enabling Kibo to use his infravision to see a humanoid in an natural alcove concentrating on something he's holding. The stranger is either oblivious to, or unconcerned of, Kibo's approach. There is also heat coming out of another crevice about 20' further down the cave on the other side.
Krait*
Tuesday June 6th, 2000 9:10:59 AM
Seeing that the party won't give him any useful answers, Krait shrugs with mild frustration. Motioning Nonam over, Krait answers Gareth as he picks up the sack, "And why are you now working with her? We all have our reasons." Noticing Gareth's glance at his insignia, Krait smiles, "House Baenre, if you want ta know. Chew on that a while why don't ya?" Still chuckling Krait begins pulling things out of his sack. He approaches Bishop first, handing him a nondescript black object, "Glad to get rid of that." He then pulls out a book containing prepared sheafs of paper. "Sign here please, where it says 'received by'."<BR> Moving on to Teko, Krait hands him a wand, and a potion. Krait pulls out yet another book and leafs through the book to a certain page. Pulling gently at the page, Krait says, "Pop" and the page detaches from the book. Doing this again and handing both pages to Teko, Krait says to everyone "If ya get any pages, read it. It has descriptions of the items you're gettin. Don't forget to get them back to me before ya leave the cave."<BR> Moving to Tericus, Krait pulls out a Mace (which looks much to big to have fit in the sack), and a antique reed flute. "Pop" goes a page for Tericus.<BR> To Jus: a wand, an amulet and two of the pages.<BR> To Nonam: a thick book with an inlaid cover and heavy bindings, an amulet, and two pages.<BR> To Onrad: a ring, a small round piece of glass, and two pages.<BR> Coming up to Saire, Krait says, pulling out a bracelet, "Now this is nice. Say the word written on the side here, and you got a chess set." Krait does so and indeed the charm on the bracelet expands into a full size chess set. "Well, anyhow, I'll let you read the rest," Krait says, "Pop"ping another page from his book.<BR> Turning to Gareth, Krait hands him a palm sized metal box with a hinged lid. "There's a glass globe in here that you can throw at someone. I'm to tell you that you should use this on the Matron -- but only if you have to. It's up to you when or if, but don't be casual about it. And don't ask me what it does, 'cause Trants never told me."<BR> Krait reaches back into his sack and pulls out some daggers and a sheath. Looking around he gives a little frown. "Were's the other one? Kibo, I think his name was. I can't release these until he signs for them. Oh, yea, that reminds me. Please sign the book that your priest there has," Krait points to Bishop, "to show ya got your goodies."
Tericus(posion immunity)
Tuesday June 6th, 2000 10:57:59 AM
after Krait gives him the mace and flute, Tericus eyes them both a bit wearely. lifting the mace, he swings it a couple of times, trying to get use to its weight. after a few moments, he puts it down and examines the flute, then reads the page he was given, seeing if it will give him any info on the items he's received
Kibo (Silenced) d20=3
Tuesday June 6th, 2000 2:39:59 PM
Kibo relays his findings to Nonam, via the ring, and adds, "I'm going to pay the nearest one a visit, unless you deem otherwise." With that, Kibo slips up behind the engrossed humanoid and tries to grab whatever the item is that his attention is focused on [failed THACO roll], but stumbles on some unseen rock, and barely catches his balance. Praying that the silence field will forestall spell-casting, Kibo stays nearby, to prevent an alarm from being sounded. He glances over his shoulder at the other heat-source, to see if it has moved.
Nonam
Tuesday June 6th, 2000 5:55:59 PM
Nonam thinks to Kibo, "If that dragon wanted us dead, then we be dead. She would have eaten me by myself and then gotten the rest of you while you were sleeping. You should come back and pick up your items. Some of them look interesting." Then Nonam quickly reads his page before its his turn to sign the book. He smiles thinly and places the amulet around his neck. Almost immediately, Nonam seems a little more important as if he's destined for greatness. Then the mage places the book in his large outer robe pocket where it seemingly disappears. He mumbles something like, "Have to read that later." Once he's signed the book, he returns his pages, "Tell Trantellia that we appreciate her generosity. Her gifts far exceed our worthiness."
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev)
Tuesday June 6th, 2000 6:59:59 PM
The warrior takes the box and puts and X for his signature. He mutters embarassingly "I've never signed my name before...". When complete he prepares to leave. Turning to the big drow he asks "So you are working against your own house. Interesting. Anything specific you want us to do while we're in? I'm not opposed to helping if it helps us too.".
Saire [displaced
Wednesday June 7th, 2000 2:50:59 AM
Saire quickly scribbles his name on the paper, too excited to read thin small print. "Wow Krait that's really cool, I love chess. But what am I supposed to do to the matron with it? Lure her into a mean game of chess, then the others sneak up on her. Hehe... that's silly."
Jus (1 Stoneskin) d20=6
Wednesday June 7th, 2000 8:34:59 AM
Jus reads the paper, then rereads it again. "Wow. I mean.... Wow." He has a momentary thought that this job must be a lot more dangerous than he's ever thought before [why else would a dragon give his stuff like this]. But the thought quickly disappears as he begins daydreaming of the excitement ahead. Handing the two sheets back to Krait, Jus signs his name to the receipt book in an expansive flowing script. "Hey guys, can we get going now? I mean, I'd like to try these out soon." Managing to remember Krait asking about Kibo (rolled), Jus adds, "I dunno where Kibo is, maybe he had to take a nature break -- but I sure hope he gets back soon. Nonam can find out." Jus then runs over to Nonam to see what he got. "Hey wait!", Jus pouts when Nonam hands Krait the pages back before he had a chance to read them. "So what did you get? Oh, and where's Kibo. And when are we going to leave?"
Krait
Wednesday June 7th, 2000 11:51:59 AM
"Working against my own house, you say?" Krait says, considering Gareth's words. "I guess you could see it that way." With a crooked smile, Krait adds, "I'm sure a small group like yourselves always agree and are in harmony, huh?" Krait cocks his head to one side as if he hears something, and then resumes talking. "Let's find your friend and get ya goin'. Trant says she doesn't want to draw any more attention down here."
DM (JKlinger)
Wednesday June 7th, 2000 12:08:59 PM
Kibo misses the drow badly in his hairy toed blunder. The drow seems to awaken from a trance, blinking his eyes rapidly. After the barest of pauses, the drows eyes widen when he realizes Kibo is there. With a quick step into the middle of the corridor, the drow screams down the hallway away from the rest of the party -- except no sound is heard due to the fortunate presence of Kibo's silence spell. With a silent curse, the drow pockets the item he was holding, pulls a dagger from his belt, and turns back to face Kibo once again. With a feral grin, the drow quickly casts a spell, plunging the cave into a magical darkness.
DM (JKlinger)
Wednesday June 7th, 2000 12:10:59 PM
Everyone roll perception to see if you notice a subtle but sudden change in the darkness 20' down the cave. If made, roll another perception to see if you could tell what caught your eye.
Krait d20=19
Wednesday June 7th, 2000 12:52:59 PM
Krait (not noticing the darkness down the hallway) walks to the water's edge and pulls a stick from one of his pockets. Dropping it onto the edge of the water, it expands into a medium sized raft. "Take this to the other side. After the short swim under the wall, you'll see glow worms in an opening above you. Use the ropes I have there to climb to the bottom of the well. If you have other means to get up, use them, otherwise you gotta climb the well's stone walls for about 10'. There'll be a wooden cover, but just push through it and you'll be back in the dungeon. Good luck; I hope to see you on your return."
Tericus(posion immunity) d20=9 d20=1
Wednesday June 7th, 2000 4:41:59 PM
while examining his new items, Tericus notices something different about the tunnel. walking nearer, he realizes that its gotten unnaturally dark ."Hey Noonan, I think somethings wrong over here. This darkness isnt natural." he says, stopping about 20 ft away from the tunnel
Nonam d20=9 d20=16
Wednesday June 7th, 2000 5:17:59 PM
Nonam says quickly, "I know. I've been watching. There's was a drow over there spying on us. Kibo was going to creep up on it. Then it got dark. Kibo's probably in trouble. Gareth, you might want to go help him." To Kibo via the ring, "Gareth's coming." Then to Krait with an angry look, "Do you know anything about this?"
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=3 d20=13
Wednesday June 7th, 2000 10:51:59 PM
The warrior notices the darkness (Int). Before Nonam finishes his sentence he is in route to intervene. He draws his sword and says in a loud whisper - get rid of the darkness so I can see him. He runs straight into the darkenss (if movement rate allows) relying on his blind fighting skills to aid him - not knowing Kibo is silenced. He does not readily notice he cannot hear yet (Int).
Saire [displaced d20=3 d20=11
Thursday June 8th, 2000 2:42:59 AM
Saire notices a waver in the caves natural light, and realizes its location. He squints to see if his infravision can reveal anything, and is a bit suprised to see Gareth bounding off. A party member snaps and Krait; and Saire realizes that if Krait is involved, there's only a couple around to ward him off. Saire grits his teeth and cowers low; pulling his sword out to poke anyone trying to so something funny.
Jus (1 Stoneskin) d20=20
Thursday June 8th, 2000 8:16:59 AM
Jus is perfectly oblivious to the change in lighting down the tunnel. Luckily, everyone points it out. He pulls off his bow and runs to the tunnel's opening. Listening carefully, he tries to make out any sounds of battle.
Kibo (Silenced) d100=49 d100=36
Thursday June 8th, 2000 2:48:59 PM
Realizing that Nonam is aware of the situation, and wondering how the drow cast the darkness spell, Kibo decides to take advantage of it (he figures he can see as well as the drow) by slipping off, rather than facing this enemy. He uses his skills to head done the hall to the other heat source he spotted earlier, planning on backstabbing that individual. [Made all skill checks].
Teko d20=6 d20=9
Friday June 9th, 2000 1:58:59 AM
Teko sees the source of the darker darkness and follows Gareth, staying back about 10 or 20 feet.
DM (JKlinger)* d20=16 d20=1 d20=9
Friday June 9th, 2000 2:22:59 AM
Kibo manages to creep undetected to the crevice. Hiding in the recess is a drow, watching the other way for any unexpected visitors (call him the sentry). Unfortunate for the drow, he doesn't notice the silence descend around him as Kibo approaches (failed perception). The drow is in complete surprise when Kibo makes his backstab attempt [Kibo, roll to hit and damage].<BR> Right after Kibo leaves, the drow that cast darkness (call him the caster) takes off the same direction. Unconcerned that his compatriot may be in danger, the drow tries to escape before the rest of The Three arrive.<BR> Gareth barrels into the darkness. Unable to see or hear, he can't determine where anyone is. However, when Kibo with his silence sneaks off [unbenownst to Gareth], Gareth hears someone start running away from him. Gareth has the opportunity to strike at this target (at -2), but he has to decide if it's Kibo or the Drow -- or to strike regardless. (You can use a perception roll if you can figure out a way to tell in the dark).<BR> In the main chamber, two drow seem to appear from nowhere. Running from the walls were they were hidden, one attacks Nonam, the other Krait.<BR> Drow Assassin #1<BR> Holding a wicked knife with a curving blade, the Assassin lunges at Nonam. In his haste, the drow slips on the damp floor and drops his blade (a1 - fumble!).<BR> Drow Assassin #2<BR> Using a two-pronged dagger, this Assassin takes a wide-armed swing at Krait; hoping to scratch with his blade and turn towards another opponent. Misjudging the distance, the dagger whisks by Krait without connecting (a9).
Tericus(posion immunity)
Friday June 9th, 2000 2:44:59 AM
seeing Gareth rush headlong into the darkness, Tericus casts a light spell in the area of the magical darkness, dispelling its effects. then, when he sees the 2 drow appear suddenly, he jumps back a bit, but seeing the warrior drop his dagger,he desides to wait where hes at to see who might need his help more.
Onrad (seeing Lantern, poison immune) d20=19 d8+6=9
Friday June 9th, 2000 5:57:59 AM
Onrad reacting quickly assesses that Drow #2 is detained for a moment and quickly decides to go for Drow #2. He closes quickly and does a called shot to the assassins wrist to disarm his weapon which is obviously poison. He hits! (rolled a 19 hitting AC-7) Onrad tries to angle the hit so that the dagger flies into the nearby water. He does 9 hpd to the drow. Onrad's face focuses on the hands of the assassin to see how hurt the wrist is.
DM (JKlinger)
Friday June 9th, 2000 6:04:59 AM
NOTE: caster: AC 4, sentry: AC 2, assassins: AC 1
Jus (1 Stoneskin) 2d20(11+12)-2=21 2d6(5+2)+2=9
Friday June 9th, 2000 6:10:59 AM
Jus turns toward around and fires his bow twice at Assassin #1, being careful not to hit his compatriots (-2 to hit each die - a11 and a12 rolled). Both arrows strike true, embedding themselves firmly in the drow (d9 total).
Gareth (Poison Imm. [levi now expired]) [by Jerry] d20=6 d20=4 d20=16 2d4(1+1)+10=12 2d4(1+2)+10=13
Friday June 9th, 2000 6:12:59 AM
Gareth, unable to tell the difference between the drow and Kibo instead (Perception of 6) races through the darkness after the footsteps. When Tericus' spell causes the chamber to alight, he'll attack if possible (Disregard if impossible) striking two-handed and hitting AC3 and AC-9 for 12 and 13 hpd respectively. He maintains silence either way focusing on sounds and the breeze of those passing him in the dark and using his Ring of the Drow to see if it's not magically dark after Tericus' spell. Gareth is ruthless--totally focused on this intrusion and what it means if the drow of House Baenre have penetrated this area.
Krait
Friday June 9th, 2000 3:30:59 PM
Krait yells to Nonam as he turns to look down the hallway, "I know nothing of this! Don't let any of them escape!" Thanking his god for the timing of Tericus' spell, Krait is able to see Gareth strike the back of the Drow. If he can cast a spell before the drow escapes, Krait causes a Wall of Iron to appear across the tunnel (as far in front of the fleeing drow as possible).
Kibo (Silenced) d20=1 d20=11
Saturday June 10th, 2000 11:34:59 PM
By all that is good and holy, it appears that the gods have conspired to the ruination of the scout! Kibo somehow manages to catch his blade on a low hanging section of stone, causing the blade to rip free of his hand and drop to the floor. The only saving grace is the effect of the silence field in hiding the sound of the dropped weapon. Foregoing the chance of another fumble, the halfling throws himself at the sentry, hoping to knock him down...
Nonam (7stoneskins) d3+18=20
Sunday June 11th, 2000 4:41:59 PM
Searing flames shoot out of Nonam's fingertips and engulf Assassin #1 (and only ass#1) [burning hands,20pts/sv for 1/2]. Nonam shows no emotion whatsoever. It's like he suddenly turned into a spellcasting machine.
Saire [displaced
Sunday June 11th, 2000 10:11:59 PM
Saire notices that drow #1 is getting walloped good. So he turns his attnetion to drow #2. Saire reaches over his shoudler, grabs the coiled rope and launches it in the air, "Rope! Entangle him!" [pointing at drow#2] Saire runs forward to drow 2
Teko 4d4(3+2+2+2)+4=13
Monday June 12th, 2000 2:29:59 AM
Teko casts an Improved Phantasmal Force of Magic Missle, hitting Drow#1 if hasn't fallen, otherwise hitting Drow#2.
DM (JKlinger)* d100=87 d20=14 d20=12 d100=54 d20=3 d20=5 d20=16 d20=3 d3=2
Monday June 12th, 2000 7:57:59 AM
The assassins don't stand a chance against the coordinated attacks of The Three. Onrad's well placed shot into assassin #2's wrist causes the drow to drop his weapon when his hand goes numb (damage roll of 87%). Saire's rope then quickly entangles the assassin, immobilizing him from further action.<BR> The other assassin's luck falls the same. Jus' shots peg the assassin as he picks up his fallen blade. Turning, the assassin gets blasted by Nonam burning hands. The drow manages to jump outside the flames before they can do all their damage (save 14), only to be hit by Teko's Illusionary Magic Missiles. The drow unfortunately fails to see their falseness (missed save 12) and falls unconscience from the illusionary damage (made system shock 54%).<BR> Down the hall things go much better for the Drow. Since he was running while the darkness was still in effect, Gareth's hesitation let's the drow disengage without giving Gareth an attack opportunity. Likewise, Krait sees that his Wall of Iron would be too late, effectively cutting off the hallway after the Drow has left (from previous posts, cave turns at 60'; can keep spell if desired).<BR> The sentry can't help but notice Kibo's failed back stab attempt, let alone the image of his drow compatriot running down the hallway. The sentry spins around pulling out a small handful of darts. Throwing two darts at Kibo and two at Gareth, he withdraws half his movement down the cave. ::<I>Curses! Who did this dice roller, anyway!</I>:: Kibo's luck is holding after all, as both darts meant for him miss their target's badly (a3:ac13 a5:ac10). One of the darts sent towards Gareth manages to hit its mark (a16:ac-1 a3:ac12), doing a dart's minor damage (2 hp) but infusing Gareth's blood with yet another poison (save if poison immunity not still in effect -- and what is giving the immunity?).<BR> The running drow is around the corner and can no longer be seen.
Kibo (Silenced) d20=12
Monday June 12th, 2000 3:25:59 PM
With the sentry so close and moving at half-speed, Kibo decides to attempt a tackle, intending to keep the silence field on the drow as long as possible.
Nonam (7stoneskins)
Monday June 12th, 2000 4:34:59 PM
Nonam snaps his wrist and a dagger appears in his right hand. He kneels down and slashes the unconcious assassin #1's throat. He looks over at the one in Saire's rope and says, "Save that one for questions." Then the mage gets up and starts running toward Kibo and the others.
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=15 d20=6 d20=6 d8+10=18 d8+10=13
Monday June 12th, 2000 7:10:59 PM
The warrior races after the fleeing drow, not waiting for anything. He is unaffected by the poison (sv if needed) and focuses only on catching the fleeing drow. As he runs he disappears from sight and pulls over his shield and speak "Quiet". When he turns the corner he is completely silent and invisible. If he can close on the drow he strikes (AC 1 & AC1 for 31 DMG).
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev)
Monday June 12th, 2000 10:15:59 PM
[OOC: Gareth has poison immunity for 24 hours from the time they left the Well of Darkness. I saved in case it's been longer than that - but I don't think it has. DMs need to decide how much time has passed. Also, he used his ring to go invisible.]
Onrad (Poison Immunity)
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 2:08:59 AM
Onrad breathes a sigh of relief and relaxes. He turns to the drow they defended and the irony of what the party has just done hits him. " Well Drow, let's find out what this guy knows. He steps over to Drow #2 and shows no emotion. Onrad figures this guy will be ready to die. Some other method will have to be found, such as ways sorcerous. He looks longingly at the water, anxious to be on with the task at hand.
Tericus(posion immunity) d20=17 d6+7=12
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 2:50:59 AM
Tericus, seeing that the sentry isnt engaged with anyone, loads his sling with a magical stone and flings it at him, hitting ac -1 for 12 pts of damage. then he loads his sling again, waiting for a chance to strike again
Teko 4d4(4+2+1+3)+4=14
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 3:13:59 AM
Teko heads after Gareth and peeks around the corner to see what's happening. If it's just Gareth and the single Drow, and Gareth hasn't taken out the Drow yet, Teko will have at it with another Improved Illusory Magic Missle spell, doing 14 points of damage.
Jus (1 Stoneskin0 d20+1=9 d20+1=18 2d6(4+1)+2=7
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 10:23:59 AM
Careful in his shot again, to make sure he doesn't his Kibo, Jus lets two arrows loose towards the sentry. Both arrows hit for 7 points of damage.
Krait
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 10:24:59 AM
Krait runs down the hall after Gareth, hoping the drow didn't get away.
DM (JKlinger)
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 10:31:59 AM
Kibo doesn't manage to tackle the drow, but does get close enough to cover him within the silence spell. Tericus' excellent placement with his shot whizzes by Kibo and strikes the drow; Jus' arrows follow close behind. The drow is still alive and still fighting. Gareth rounds the corner and sees no one. The cave branches at 20' and continues to branch into caves of various sizes. No sounds can be heard over the combat behind him. Krait and Teko see no one when they round the corner, both the drow and Gareth are apparently gone.
Drow Sentry d20=17 d3=1 d20=1 d20=13 d3=1
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 10:41:59 AM
In hopes he can quickly even the odds, the drow launches a dart at each of his nearby opponents. The one launched at Kibo hits for 1 point of damage (a17:ac-2 d1). As he begins to launch a dart at Tericus, the dart breaks (a1:fumble) causing him to lose his next shot. The forth and final dart is thrown Teko and scores a hit (a13:ac2 d1). Kibo and Teko must save vs. poison or collapse.
Krait d20+2=4 d20+2=22 d20+2=3 d8+3=11
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 11:06:59 AM
Allowing a moment's hesitation to communicate with Trantiella, Krait turns back and attacks the sentry missing his first attack (a4:ac9). Between swings, Krait yells to those nearby, "Trant's busy with others, but she'll help me find and kill the runner in a few minutes. Let's dispatch the drow and then get you going -- they probably know your plans now." Hacking at the drow again, Krait's next attack is well placed (a20:critical), but Krait can't take advantage of the critical hit (a3:ac10 d11). Again Krait yells, "And make sure none of you touch those assassins, whether dead or alive -- I can almost guarantee it would be bad news!"
Kibo (Silenced) d20=12 d20=16
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 3:04:59 PM
Kibo shrugs off the effects of the poison, and oblivious to the warning to not touch the enemy (due to the Silence) once again attempts to tackle the enemy [hits unmodified AC 1 - disregard armor?] and struggles to pull the drow's legs out from under him.
Nonam (7stoneskins) 5d4(3+1+1+4+1)+5=15
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 4:49:59 PM
Nonam stops running when he hears Krait and casts a magic missile at the sentry as Kibo drags him down. The missiles all find their target and magically avoid Kibo (15pts). Nonam turns around and heads back to the edge of the lake.
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev)
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 8:06:59 PM
The warrior curses as he rounds the corner and sees nothing. He releases his silence and freezes. Hoping to hear the drow using his heightened sense of hearing.
Saire [displaced
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 9:19:59 PM
Saire hears Kraits instructions not to touch the drow. So, he grabs his waterskin, and if that drow begins moving his lips to cast a spell, Saire will squirt water in to his mouth until the drow gags. HOLDING
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev) d20=4
Tuesday June 13th, 2000 10:07:59 PM
[Perception by 8]
Teko d20=12 d100=80
Wednesday June 14th, 2000 12:39:59 AM
Teko - with roll of 12+3=15 - presumably saves vs the poison. Teko moves to the fork in the cave, listening for any sign of which way Gareth (and the drow that he was chasing) might have gone. Unless, there are obvious sounds being made from the fork, he hears nothing.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Wednesday June 14th, 2000 2:46:59 AM
seeing that either the drow are dead or engaged, Tericus scans the area, making sure there isnt anyone else planning any surprises
Jus (1 Stoneskin) d20=10 d20=20 d20=12 3d6(1+4+3)+3=11
Wednesday June 14th, 2000 1:00:59 PM
Jus, extra careful in his shot to avoid Kibo (-4 attacks), launches two more arrows at the drow. Both arrows hit (a6:ac0, a20:critical), the second buries itself deep, ripping through the drow's flesh (a8:ac-2 d11 total)
DM (JKlinger)
Wednesday June 14th, 2000 1:05:59 PM
The drow sentry falls from Kibo's grapple. Krait and Jus' blows, and Nonam spell are enough to finish him off. The remaining assassin hears the sounds of battle die off. He goes limp. The rope is now entangling yet another dead drow.
Krait
Wednesday June 14th, 2000 1:09:59 PM
Krait looks around, cautious but hopeful that no more enemy is around. "We're gonna try and scry for that last drow; leave him to us. You guys get out of here while you still can." Krait starts running, then quick pauses. Flipping through one of his books, he says "Pop" a couple of times, then drops the pages, some daggers, and a sheath. "Return the pages after you're done, Kibo!" With that, he resumes his run down the cave ignoring any words the party may say. He disappears before taking the first turn, invisible and silent.
Jus (1 Stoneskin)
Wednesday June 14th, 2000 1:10:59 PM
Jus glances over the sentry, careful not to touch anything, but looking for rings or items of interest. He then goes over to the raft and gets on, waiting for the others to join him.
DM (JKlinger)
Wednesday June 14th, 2000 3:40:59 PM
DM (JKlinger) note: The dead drow all have a blank, black insignia. There is no obvious items on the sentry, other than a collection of darts. The assassins, however, are all carrying the dagger they attacked with and several vials of green ichor on the front of their belts. The vials and clothes of the assassins appear to have an oily sheen on them, and the clothes have a peculiar bitter smell to them. The Rope of Entanglement has collected a similar light green oily sheen from the drow it encompases.
Nonam (7stoneskins)
Wednesday June 14th, 2000 4:09:59 PM
Wading out into the lake, the wizard yells hopefully loud enough for Gareth to hear, "Gentlemen, let's go!"
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev)
Wednesday June 14th, 2000 6:37:59 PM
Not hearing anything from the halls, the warrior returns to the cavern. From the air the party hears him. "I didn't catch him guys, he disappeared and went silent. I'd say we get gone now.". With that he boards the raft which will take them across to the well entrance.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Wednesday June 14th, 2000 7:18:59 PM
"Yeah, lets get out of here before we have another army breathing down out necks." Tericus says as he moves towards the rafts and boards them
Onrad
Thursday June 15th, 2000 7:56:59 AM
Still not convinced Krait was not somehow involved the dextrous swordsman hops on the raft. "There's a mystery here, but I think it best we move fast.". When everyone is aboard he directs the raft to the opposite side of the lake.
DM (JKlinger) d100=9
Friday June 16th, 2000 6:12:59 AM
The party takes the raft to the other side of the cavern. Fastened on the wall just above the surface of the water are three thick guide ropes, leading the way into the cave entrance below and the well beyond. Following Krait's directions, you easily make it through the underwater cave and up to the room above the well. It is still dark and decrepit -- and now cold in your wet clothes. This section of the dungeon is in the same shape as the caves below; walls are partially collapsed, and doors have rotted from their frames. Carefully following a cleared path among the rooms of rubble, the party emerges into a chamber with the walkway leading to a well kept door on the far wall. Listening carefully, Kibo can easily hear shouts on the other side of the door (rolled DN=9%). The voices come and go but their source is far away. [Saire, what did you do with your rope? Kibo, did you take or leave Krait's daggers?]
BLU BOY d3=2
Sunday June 18th, 2000 1:58:59 AM
HIT
Nonam (7stoneskins)
Sunday June 18th, 2000 6:12:59 PM
Nonam casts a heat cantrip on his clothes in order to try to dry them out after he gets ashore.
Gareth (Poison Imm., lev, Invisible)
Sunday June 18th, 2000 6:44:59 PM
The warrior pulls his shield to the ready position - prepared to go silent. He whispers "How do we get by undetected? Perhaps we can go a ways before having to try the sign or passowrd. I can silently open the door if necessary.". He waits for Kibo's signal.
Onrad (Poison Imm., lev)
Sunday June 18th, 2000 7:32:59 PM
positions himself behind Kibo and waits for the scout to give the go ahead signal.
Tericus(posion immunity) d20=6
Monday June 19th, 2000 1:01:59 AM
concentrating on listening to the voices, Tericus tries to count how many different voices he hears, hoping to figure out how many drow are waiting for them(made per. check by 11)
Teko d100=83
Tuesday June 20th, 2000 12:06:59 AM
Teko will check for traps/alarms on the door, hopefully with success (rolls 83).
Jus (1 Stoneskin)
Tuesday June 20th, 2000 2:03:59 AM
Jus prepares his bow, excitement visibly pouring out of his hasty actions. Whispering, he says, "Well, Teko, what do you think? Can we go now?"
DM d100=11
Tuesday June 20th, 2000 2:15:59 AM
As Nonam's clothes steam dry, Teko checks out the exit. No traps are found on this huge door. The handle is very simple, without any ornamentation or visible locks. The door itself is almost 10 feet high and close to 7 feet wide. Tericus, with one ear against the doorway's hairline crack, is overwhelmed trying to count all the drow he hears. However, there are many voices (you would estimate around a dozen) shouting commands heard above the rest of the din. It sounds like a melee is in progress; Tericus is easily able to estimate its distance at over 100 feet beyond the door [rolled perception for Tericus (wrong die), equivalent to a 2].
Tericus(posion immunity)
Tuesday June 20th, 2000 9:29:59 AM
glances back at the others "Theres alot of people in there, and it sounds like a fight is going on." then he looks at Noonan and Gareth. "Do we wait it out, or do we go in?"
Nonam (7stoneskins)
Tuesday June 20th, 2000 5:22:59 PM
"We've probably waited long enough, we should probably go invisible and hit it."
Gareth (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev) d20=1
Tuesday June 20th, 2000 6:09:59 PM
"OK then. Could be one of the other groups Sturtavent sent down here. Or Millithor. Let's find out...". The warrior quickly puts up his shield, grabs the handle, and pulls open the door (strength by 17/00!). Unless locked, the huge door poses little trouble for the muscular human. Once open he moves through and over to the side, where he draws his sword and waits for the others to get through. When the last one is through, he closes the door as silently as possible behind everyone, whispering (if no drow are near) "We don't want to leave a trail I wouldn't think.".
Onrad (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev)
Tuesday June 20th, 2000 6:19:59 PM
As Onrad hears Gareth begin pulling on the door, he draws his swords and fades from sight. With a seasoned warrior's stare and battle focus, he grinds out "Let's get to it.".
Saire [sorry for the tardy]
Tuesday June 20th, 2000 9:38:59 PM
Saire made sure that he carefully dragged his rope behind them as they rafted across the lake. Hoping the clean cold water will dilute the poison. When Saire enters through the door he turns invisble.
Teko
Wednesday June 21st, 2000 12:18:59 AM
"Here we go then...", Teko says, and before stepping into and through the doorway, casts Invisibility on himself.
Jus (1 Stoneskin)
Wednesday June 21st, 2000 6:40:59 AM
Before Gareth opens the door, Jus quickly whispers, "Sorry guys, but I thought you should know... The only thing I have left for stealth is my Improved Invisibility spells. They're nice, but only last for a short while. Whoever sets the pace beyond that door, please keep it in mind. Oh! We should try and gather at ever hallway turn so we can decide which way to go -- after all, we're all going to be hard to see." Watching everyone fade from view, Jus collects himself then casts Improved Invisibility before the door is opened.
DM (JKlinger)*
Thursday June 22nd, 2000 4:06:05 AM
The door swings easily and silently when Gareth shuts the door. As it shuts, the door appears to disappear. If you pause to try and find the door, part of you is already convinced there isn't a door there to be found -- you know there isn't a door there, so why look? Another part of you knows you just came through, but you still have trouble even thinking about it [two save vs. spells are required to have a chance of looking for the secret door again].
Ahead of you is a long, empty hallway. There are four branches from the hallway, three of which are ahead to either side of the hall.
To the right, a 20' hallway ends in a stairway heading down to the sounds of a large combat that only those outside of silence spells can hear. From your vantage, you can't see the bottom of the stairs, but you can see the top of several drow archers firing their bows downward. Across what appears to be a very large drop are more drow, firing and casting spells downward. Looking down into the fight makes you dizzy as the combat area is continually thrown into total blackness and quickly back into light.
The hallway you are in is immersed in red light as several fireballs explode in the midst of the drow; many fall, but many more are there to take their place.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Thursday June 22nd, 2000 11:03:20 AM
popping a stone into his mouth, Tericus is the first one to move through the door. moving as quietly as he can, he moves to the first corner and watches the drow fight for a bit until he thinks all his companions have moved
Nonam (7stoneskins,invisible) d20=2 d20=5
Thursday June 22nd, 2000 11:03:21 AM
Nonam casts invisibility on himself before moving, and the mage completely loses track of the door after it's closed. Once in the hallway he whispers, "Quickly, to the first doorway." After whispering he uses his catstaff to allow him to move silently, and he hurries down the hall.
Onrad (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev)
Thursday June 22nd, 2000 12:57:31 PM
Looking quickly at the battle and wanting to avoid it, Onrad quickly and carefully makes his way to the first hallway with Nonam.
Gareth (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev) d20=9 d20=1 d20=1 d20=5
Thursday June 22nd, 2000 1:02:41 PM
Disappointed that he does not get to help kill any drow, the warrior takes a good look at the fighting army and then moves on to the first hallway. He pulls over his shield again, goes silent, and looks around the corner. The warrior has no hope of ever finding the door again and hopes they can find their way back to the deep drakes' lair (failed twice). He does, however, notice the house from which the drow hail - just to make sure they are from Baenre (last roll was accidental).
Saire [invisible/displaced] d20=19 d20=14
Thursday June 22nd, 2000 1:02:42 PM
Saire takes note of where the secret door is, then he dashes down the hallway to the first door way on the right.
Teko d20=9 d20=11
Thursday June 22nd, 2000 1:29:14 PM
Teko remembers the door, but moves forward. He moves to the first hallway.
Tericus(posion immunity)
Thursday June 22nd, 2000 7:48:13 PM
(the stone made me invisible, i forgot to type it in)
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invisibility cast at Dragon Door) d20=12
Friday June 23rd, 2000 12:33:02 AM
Jus wonder's which way everyone is going to go. It would be fun to join the fight and start pushing drow over the edge, but the ol' gruff Gareth would probably complain about that. "Hmmm, I wonder if Gareth would consider that fair combat", Jus wonders to himself. "Nah, he wouldn't care." About to head to the stairs in his distraction, Jus manages to remember their goal. Turning back around he heads over to the first hallway, making a tiny, tiny squeak to let others know he's around (if no drow are seen, that is).
DM (JKlinger)
Friday June 23rd, 2000 12:33:03 AM
A small troop of drow come out of the stairway and split up, some going down the left (western) hallway, and some down the far (northern) hallway that turns to the right. They all seem ready for battle and pass you without a notice. Otherwise, both hallways you see are clear.
The light is fitful at best, but you can make out most of the hallways at this location.
Nonam (7stoneskins,invisible)
Monday June 26th, 2000 9:44:26 AM
Nonam lowers the castaff and just barely breathes out a whisper, "Gareth, you're the leader, where to from here?"
Gareth (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev) d20=2
Monday June 26th, 2000 2:36:29 PM
Scoffing inwardly at Nonam's calling him the leader, the warrior waits until the drow party splits and moves away. He concentrates and tries to reconstruct which direction would orient them under the drow house - preferrably toward the middle (percep/direction sense). Whatever he comes up with, he whispers it to the party and moves out in that direction. If nothing is garnered by his attempt to orient himself, the warrior whispers "Let's go North." and moves in that direction.
Tericus(posion immunity, invisibility)
Monday June 26th, 2000 6:22:24 PM
hearing Gareth say we should move north, Tericus begins to move north, moving slowly, making sure no more drow cross their path
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invisibility cast at dragons door)
Monday June 26th, 2000 6:22:25 PM
Jus nods his agreement (as if anyone could see), then heads off to the far hallway -- going slow so others have time to check for traps.
Saire [invisible/displaced]
Monday June 26th, 2000 6:56:03 PM
Saire follows to the north, holding close to the sounds of shuffling feet.
Teko
Monday June 26th, 2000 8:37:36 PM
Wary of more drow, Teko remains silent. He heads north with the others.
DM (JKlinger)* d20=18
Tuesday June 27th, 2000 4:03:24 AM
Gareth manages to tell everyone he wants to go to the north hallway, despite the inconvenience of his silence spell .
There are two guards halfway down the hallway, standing with swords drawn. They appear tense, looking around nervously and talking in whispers. The closest is turned towards the far end of the halway, the other towards the party. Neither is aware of your presence.
Nonam (7stoneskins,invisible)
Tuesday June 27th, 2000 11:03:47 AM
While waiting for someone to take care of the guards, Nonam recalls his potion of ESP and drinks it down. Hopefully, it will provide useful information from the drow the party passes.
Gareth (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev)
Tuesday June 27th, 2000 1:50:34 PM
The warrior gives the signal to halt and withdraw. He also tries to remember what he saw as he looked down the other passages as he passed. Were their any guards in them? [Note: I assumed that Gareth would at least look down the other 2 halls as he went by - sorry for not specifying].
Onrad (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev)
Tuesday June 27th, 2000 2:13:17 PM
Feeling Gareth's hand pushing back, he understands he wants to withdraw a moment. He moves back down the hall a few feet and waits for the go ahead.
Gareth (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev)
Tuesday June 27th, 2000 2:14:42 PM
[OOC: Gareth is waiting to get an idea of what we saw down the halls before he engages the drow.]
Saire [invisible/displaced]
Tuesday June 27th, 2000 2:14:43 PM
Saire grabs his rope. He will entangle the 2 drow as soon as Gareth gives the word. HOLDING
Tericus(posion immunity, invisibility)
Tuesday June 27th, 2000 7:39:29 PM
knowing that the others are better equiped to deal with the guards than he is, Tericus waits where he is, though he has a spell ready in case he has to act
Teko
Tuesday June 27th, 2000 7:39:30 PM
Teko steps back and waits for the word on where to proceed next.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invisibility cast at dragons door) d20=2
Tuesday June 27th, 2000 9:03:00 PM
Since Jus is being very cautious, he manages to catch on that the party has stopped at the corner (rolled perception). Making sure he is within someone's silence spell first, he pulls out his bow and aims at the drow facing the party, ready to fire if the other drow is taken down by someone else.
DM (JKlinger) d20=18
Wednesday June 28th, 2000 12:02:52 AM
Gareth recalls that the first hallway they came to was clear of any drow. The second hallway was empty for 60', which was the limit he could see. Those that notice, see four drow exit this second hallway and look around. They head down towards the stairs, but stop at the end of the hall before turning the corner. [OOC: please mention if you have a silence spell and it's range, according to the status list by your names, nobody has one active]
Nonam (7stoneskins,invisible,move silently spell) d20=1 d20=18
Wednesday June 28th, 2000 9:09:18 AM
Nonam tries to reach out and find Saire and Gareth and somehow invisibly and silently indicate to them that Gareth should get the drow within his silence spell while Saire grabs them with his robe. (a dex check and a chr check, both made) He isn't sure how successful he is and so tries to read the drows thoughts in the passage ahead while he waits for someone to do something.
Gareth (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev, Silence 5' Radius) d20=18 d20=14 d8+10=17 d8+10=18
Wednesday June 28th, 2000 1:42:25 PM
The warrior smiles, knowing that the drow will be protecting the most important passage way the heaviest. He signals the others that he is about to strike. He draws his weapon and moves to the drow. He waits until the second one is turned away from his partner and strikes. He aims for the neck of the one facing him trying to prevent two attackers on him at once. After finishing off the first, he moves to the second and engages him hoping to catch him by suprise. (18-4=14 hits AC -7, 17 &a8 DMG).
Gareth (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev, Silence 5' Radius)
Wednesday June 28th, 2000 1:44:47 PM
[Note: did Gareth succeed at his direction sense attempt?]
Saire [invisible/displaced]
Wednesday June 28th, 2000 1:44:48 PM
Saire lunges forward after Gareth, and he hurls his rope forward to entangle the 2 drow.
DM Notes (not the end of day post) d100=32 d100=62
Wednesday June 28th, 2000 4:58:39 PM
Nonam can read the guards nervous excitement. They are ready to trigger an alarm is anything happens, and are hoping they can join in the battle downstairs soon. [OOC: Gareth, Direction Sense is a non-Weapon proficiency. You can roll against this proficiency if you have it.]
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invisibility cast at dragons door) d20+1=9 d20+1=11 2d6(1+4)+2=7
Wednesday June 28th, 2000 5:05:33 PM
When Jus hears again, he prepares to fire, thinking that someone is going to attack the guards. As soon as he sees Gareth's blow hit the drow, Jus fires two shots at the remaining guard. Both shots are solid (a9:ac-3, a11:ac-5, d7).
Tericus(posion immunity, invisibility)
Wednesday June 28th, 2000 8:03:04 PM
Tericus moves back towards the way they came in, making sure that no other drow that may hear sneaks up on them
Gareth (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev, Silence 5' Radius) d20=17 d20=7 d8+10=17 d8+10=12 d20=4
Thursday June 29th, 2000 12:56:10 PM
The warrior presses his attack on the second drow slicing him twice - if he has survived thus far. He looks for any others as he move forward down the hall. He goes invisible once again - hoping he won't have to attack too often as they go. [OOC: I am assuming Gareth successful in his first attack, the 2nd drow was suprised and now dead, and that they are entangled. Please note that Gareth made his proficiency check 3 turns ago and I believe was successful. But just in case, I rolled again (last d20).]
Onrad
Tuesday July 4th, 2000 8:11:19 AM
Onrad waits for the power that is to say what is around the corner and for the results of his last turn.
Jus
Tuesday July 4th, 2000 3:35:22 PM
Jus is here and ready to go.
Gareth
Wednesday July 5th, 2000 2:02:38 PM
The warrior finally discovers how to post and does so... Wondering if there are any dead drow yet.
Gareth - In case anyone missed my brilliant post... :)
Thursday July 6th, 2000 3:00:13 PM
The warrior rolls backward out of the no-magic zone around the corner as he is hit with the second round of arrows. He simulataneously drinks a potion of complete healing causing the deadly damage to begin healing. As he rolls he causes the drow mages to lose their balance and accidentally fire the lightning bolts at each other, killing them all. And since the potion of complete healing is still doing it's work, any the 179 points of damage he incurs is also healed as it is taken... :) Good Day!
Teko
Thursday July 6th, 2000 11:15:11 PM
Teko cancels his Invisibility to Gamers spell and pops into view. "Sorry," he says, "I was picking a lock." He seems to brush something from his nose.
DM JK
Friday July 7th, 2000 10:43:52 AM
The party kill the two drow with sinister grace, and Gareth presses onward. Gareth realizes that his direction sense is virtually useless underground.
Nonam
Friday July 7th, 2000 10:46:16 AM
Nonam whispers, "These two must have been guarding something. We should search the area and strip the bodies. And we should be fast about it before more drow come by."
Gareth (Invisible, Poison Imm., lev, Silence 5' Radius) d20=20
Friday July 7th, 2000 2:29:26 PM
The warrior moves immediately down the hall to the corner and looks around it.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invis. cast at Dragon's door)
Friday July 7th, 2000 3:28:52 PM
Jus looks down the hallway to the south, making sure no drow are approaching. Since he's still invisible, he takes sentry position by the corner.
Onrad (Invisible) d20=20
Friday July 7th, 2000 3:28:54 PM
Onrad silently jumps as Gareth pulls up behind him to peek around the corner and realizes that Onrad has already done that but hasn't been told what he sees yet. He turns to whisper to Gareth something very important strategy wise, but can't quite get his thoughts organized (Int. check of 20 since I know the module.) and decides not to talk. He continues to look around the corner.
Teko
Friday July 7th, 2000 6:30:40 PM
Not being invisible, Teko cautiously moves along the hall, listening for the others. He pauses, not peeking around any corners, not just yet.
Around the Corner (DM Jerry for DM JK)
Monday July 10th, 2000 5:37:05 PM
Onrad, Gareth and Jus look around the corner like a bad scene from the Keystone Cops--one head above the other. They see a hallway heading south. At the end of the hallway, which is about 80 feet down, is another opening to a lit chamber where the battle is taking place. You can't see who they are fighting, but they are having a real hard time of it. At least a dozen Drow bodies are stacked up about 70 feet down the hallway. Thirty feet down the hallway on the east (left), there is a side passage. As you look a squad of drow exit that corridor and head for the battle at a run. Seconds after that, a priest runs the other way. It is eerie, because the battle suddenly goes silent, and you see the explosions and blood spattering, but now hear nothing.
Nonam d6=1
Tuesday July 11th, 2000 8:49:21 AM
Nonam starts searching for whatever the two drow could have been guarding in the middle of the hallway.
Gareth (Invisible, Poison Immunity, Silent)
Tuesday July 11th, 2000 1:12:40 PM
The warrior moves down to the next hallway and looks down it. He also looks toward the fight to see if he can detect who these guys are fighting.
Saire
Tuesday July 11th, 2000 1:27:14 PM
Saire whispers back, "Nonam, i am confused, stay close." Saire is a bit unnerved by the strange battle ahead. He holds his ground in the middle of the hall. Not moving, not knowing where the party is.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invisibility cast at Dragon's Door)
Tuesday July 11th, 2000 3:45:29 PM
Jus looks around, seeing who became invisible in the short skirmish. He then goes to the fallen Drow, searching for any clues to help the party (and anything else of interest).
Teko
Tuesday July 11th, 2000 3:53:49 PM
Teko casts another Invisibility upon himself and heads around the corner to the hallway on the east. Cautiously, he peers down the hallway.
Tericus(poision immunity, invisible)
Tuesday July 11th, 2000 9:00:39 PM
having been quiet for a while, Tericus moves up to the 2 drow bodies and whispers "Is anyone here?"
Onrad
Tuesday July 11th, 2000 10:49:08 PM
"Onrad whispers everyone quickly head down this south hallway and into the eastern one. Go invis if you can. Quickly." With that, he goes south and then turns east taking a look down the eastern hallway, while looking to avoid any passing drow.
DM JK
Wednesday July 12th, 2000 10:22:26 AM
As Gareth starts moving down the hallway, the battle starts to spill out of the room and into the hallway. A drow mage is running straight at Gareth and Onrad followed by several others. The mage moves silently though running. Then suddenly Gareth and Onrad hear him running. Once he gets out of the silent area, he spins and starts casting. From that point forward, everything is cloaked in magical darkness. Then the mage draws a wicked looking dagger and steps into the darkness. To continue on to the hallway will require moving through the darkness.
DM JK
Wednesday July 12th, 2000 10:47:05 AM
Meanwhile, back at the bodies...
Nonam actually manages to find a secret door. Jus finds no clues on the bodies of the guards, but they are wearing jet black chain mail. They also carry wicked looking longswords, and their cloaks seem to be high quality items.
Nonam
Wednesday July 12th, 2000 10:48:24 AM
Nonam says in a stage whisper, "There's a secret door here on the north side of the passage." He looks around and starts to get a little bit frustrated with all the invisible people. "Where is everyone? Jus? Saire? You're both still here, right? Somebody get that idiot Gareth back here before he walks into the middle of a drow army."
Gareth
Wednesday July 12th, 2000 6:29:21 PM
Seeing the mayhem move his way the warrior begins to move back in an 'armed retreat' fashion all the way to the corner where the two drow are dead. When he bumps into Onrad he gently pushes him back the way they came.
Teko
Wednesday July 12th, 2000 6:29:22 PM
Teko pauses only a second to decide whether or not to continue into the darkness. He heads for Nonam and the secret door. He whispers to Nonam as he draws near, "Teko, here." Teko then turns and waits to see what the others will do.
Onrad
Wednesday July 12th, 2000 7:59:34 PM
Onrad pulls on Gareth as if to say 'I can take care of myself, friend' and continues to pull Gareth out of trouble. When they are back around the corner Onrad whispers, "Battle coming this way. We should git."
DM JK d20=19
Thursday July 13th, 2000 9:25:47 AM
The party all makes it back into the same section of hallway. Even though, Nonam found the secret door, he is unable to figure out how to open it.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invis cast at dragon's door)
Thursday July 13th, 2000 9:52:40 AM
Jus switches out the drow equipment he had before meeting the dragon with one of the guards. He then goes over to where he heard Nonam. "I'm still with us. The guards have some nice stuff like the others we've found. But not really anything to help us out of here."
Gareth d20=13
Thursday July 13th, 2000 2:26:06 PM
The warrior attempts to figure out the door as well but he is unable (failed Int) so instead he turns back to the drow and prepares to pick up their bodies to drag through the door (doesn't want live drow to come around the corner and see floating dead bodies.). He whispers "Somebody pick up that head and get it through the door when we go. I think we're all here. You smart guys figure out how to get in.".
Teko d100=32 d20=17
Thursday July 13th, 2000 10:07:01 PM
Teko takes a good look at the secret door and applies his skills. He makes both his Pick Locks and intelligence rolls.
Tericus(invisible, posion immunity)
Friday July 14th, 2000 12:31:30 AM
moves next to Teko(since he can see him) and waits for the door to be opened up
Nonam
Friday July 14th, 2000 7:48:37 AM
The mage thinks it's grand how everyone is able to find the secret door without him pointing out where it was. He also steps back as all the invisible people crowding around it bump into him.
DM JK
Friday July 14th, 2000 7:54:39 AM
Teko quickly figures out how the secret door is opened. Does he proceed to open it? What exactly does Jus take off the drow? Gareth gets a good grip on one of the dead bodies. So there's a dead drow body floating off the floor. It looks creepy.
Onrad (invisible)
Friday July 14th, 2000 10:24:05 AM
Onrad lifts the head and looks to see how bloody the floor is. He whispers, "I'm going back to the corner to watch the progress of the battle. I don't want us getting surprised if it moves this far north." He then goes back to the corner and peeks around peering south towards the darkness.
Gareth (Invisible, poison imm.)
Friday July 14th, 2000 1:57:20 PM
Having put up his shield to lift the bodies, the now 'non-silent' warrior waits for Teko to open the door. Once it is open - and nothing happens - he quickly picks up the bodies and moves them through it. He whispers "Onrad, time to go."
Teko
Friday July 14th, 2000 10:16:33 PM
"Everyone get back at least ten feet", Teko says quietly. After a few seconds, Teko opens the door.
Tericus(posion immunity, invisible)
Saturday July 15th, 2000 2:26:15 AM
Tericus backs up 10 feet from the door and loads his sling, readying to launch an attack if need be
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invis cast at Dragon's Door)
Saturday July 15th, 2000 2:59:52 AM
Jus replaces the old drow cloak and boots he had with the drow's, thinking the old set were ruined when he used his sun sword. Hesitating, wondering if he's crazy to do it, Jus removes one of the sets of chain mail. If he can determine it to be elven chain -- which won't spoil his spellcasting -- he causiously dons that as well.
Nonam (stoneskin7,move silent,invisible) d100=27
Monday July 17th, 2000 8:39:57 AM
Nonam waits for a warrior type to go through the door first.
DM JK
Monday July 17th, 2000 8:43:47 AM
Teko opens the door and it swings back on silent hinges. Beyond is a short passage that slopes upward and makes a quick bend to the right. It looks as if this passage spirals upward. Onrad gets down to the edge and sees only the darkness.
Gareth (Invisible, poison imm.)
Monday July 17th, 2000 1:40:54 PM
When the door swings open - and Jus finishes his rummaging, the warrior moves the bodies and himself over to the door. He tosses one of the bodies in first to see if there is any reaction. If not, the he moves through the door and up the hallway, pausing to stuff the bodies over to the side as he goes. He moves up the slope 20' and has a look.
Saire [invisble/displaced]
Monday July 17th, 2000 6:41:32 PM
Saire watches as the drow body rises in the air and goes hurling through the door way. Then he watches as the bodies seem to push themselves up against the wall. Thinking, "Hmmm must be Gareth." Saire enters through the door. Saire takes out his chalk and makes a small "x" next to the entrance so he can locate that this door is the way out.
Teko (invisible)
Monday July 17th, 2000 8:51:12 PM
Teko steps through and waits for a moment to see if his infravision adjusts to his surroundings.
Onrad (invisible)
Tuesday July 18th, 2000 1:11:54 AM
Onrad waits to see that all get in ok and then enters last watching to see that no one notices their passing. Then he closes the door. He whispers, "Everyone's in."
Tericus(invisible, poision immunity)
Tuesday July 18th, 2000 6:38:10 AM
once the door is open, Tericus moves in 20 ft and looks around, wondering if anyone noticed their passage
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invis cast at Dragon's Door)
Tuesday July 18th, 2000 6:38:11 AM
Jus walks through the doorway with his bow ready, hoping everyone is still together.
Nonam
Tuesday July 18th, 2000 8:41:21 AM
Nonam enters the door with all the rest.
DM JK
Tuesday July 18th, 2000 8:42:48 AM
The party makes it through the door and brings the bodies in with them. They shut the door behind them, and Saire marks the door. If possible this passage seems even darker than the battlemaze. Everyone's infravision quickly adjusts as long as they stay in front of Onrad's magic lantern. After moving a bit in the new boot and cloak, Jus feels that they make him move more quietly (75%). Jus finally gets the drow armor removed. He can't tell if it is magic, but it is very lightweight. (Jus, percep check)
Gareth (Invisible, poison imm., 50% silent)
Tuesday July 18th, 2000 1:55:56 PM
The warrior moves ahead slowly looking for obvious booby traps. He moves ahead until he finds something other than a plain hallway.
Saire [invisble/displaced] d100=87
Tuesday July 18th, 2000 1:55:57 PM
Saire follows closely with short bow ready, one arrow notched, the other in his teeth. He moves one foot in front of the other, attempting to move silnetly.
Tericus(invisibility, poision immunity)
Tuesday July 18th, 2000 10:01:28 PM
rummaging through his pouches, Tericus pulls out his eye of infravision and puts it on so he can see in the dark. noticing that everyone he can see hasnt moved very far down the hall yet, he waits where hes at, waiting for everyone to start moving
Teko
Tuesday July 18th, 2000 10:01:29 PM
Teko moves ahead, signing his presence to others if he bumps into them.
Onrad
Tuesday July 18th, 2000 10:01:30 PM
Onrad follows along remaining quiet, enjoying the silence before the storm.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invis cast at Dragon's Door, 75% silent) d20=14
Wednesday July 19th, 2000 12:48:18 AM
As he moves forward to keep himself in front of Onrad's lantern, Jus examines the chainmail. He sees something unusual about it (made perception)
Saire [invisble/displaced]
Wednesday July 19th, 2000 12:56:53 PM
Saire activates his chest, extracts a potion of fly, and consumes it. Then he flies forward up to about 50 feet.
Nonam (stoneskin7,movesilent,invisible) d100=26
Wednesday July 19th, 2000 1:46:27 PM
The mage uses his catstaff to see in the dark and move silently as he moves out.
DM JK
Wednesday July 19th, 2000 1:51:10 PM
The group cautiously advances upwards through the spiraled passage. After countless revolutions and what seems like several hundred feet, the passage straightens out and ends in a door. During the trip, Jus noticed several small needles throughout the inside of the chainmail. Obviously the suit must be put on in a special manner to avoid being pricked.
Nonam
Wednesday July 19th, 2000 1:55:08 PM
When he sees the door, Nonam whispers, "If there aren't any guards on this side, then there probably are on the other."
Gareth (Invisible, 50% silent)
Wednesday July 19th, 2000 3:35:12 PM
The warrior waits for everyone to get back together, pulls out his shield, and prepares to go silent. "Anyone care to check for traps before I open it?" he whispers. He also looks for any spider symbols he might need to trace. Once the door is checked for traps - and the correct symbol traced if it's there - he takes a deep breath, and opens the door.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invis cast at Dragon's Door)
Wednesday July 19th, 2000 4:43:23 PM
Jus quietly puts the chainmail down, whispering to the others about the needles. When they reach the door, Jus prepares his bow and tells Gareth he's ready.
Onrad
Wednesday July 19th, 2000 5:37:29 PM
Onrad follows the others up the staircase, counting the steps to pass the time. He whispers, "Look for a spider sign. If there's not one, we may not be in the right place."
Teko d100=58
Wednesday July 19th, 2000 9:17:44 PM
Teko checks the door for traps. He quietly shares the results of his search with the others.
Tericus(invisible, poision immunity) d8=1
Wednesday July 19th, 2000 11:42:26 PM
while everyone is waiting for Teko's report on the door, Tericus quietly cast as spell of healing on himself (1pt of damage back, whoo hoo)
dm jk d20=7 d20=15 d20=13
Thursday July 20th, 2000 8:38:54 AM
Teko finds no traps, but he does see the spider symbol once Onrad mentions it. Gareth then steps up and traces the symbol which doesn't seem to do anything. He then opens the door. True to Nonam's prediction, a pair of well armored drow holding crossbows stand guard on the other side. On seeing nothing standing in the doorway, they both fire a pair of bolts straight through the opening. The first silently smashes into Gareth's shield, but he can feel the impact. The second whizzes past his ear, and he can feel the feathers scrape across his cheek. After passing the warrior, the bolt continues on its course but miraculously misses everyone. Then both drow throw down their crossbows and each draws a sword and a long dagger. They also appear to be yelling something, but Gareth's silence in the doorway keeps you all from hearing what it is, presuming of course that you could understand drow.
Gareth (Invisible, poison imm., 50% silent) d20=7 d20=9 d8+10=11 d8+10=14
Thursday July 20th, 2000 2:13:47 PM
The warrior wastes no time wondering what they are yelling and rushes forward making sure the two drow fall withing the 5' radius of his silence - hoping he got them in before they sounded the alarm (any chance they were in before they yelled?). His sword sings as it slices through the air (although nobody can hear it) to strike the drow farthest from the party - trying to make it impossible for him to break away. (Hit AC -2 and -4 for 11+14 dmg - assumed +2 to hit due to being invisible)
Gareth (Invisible, poison imm., silent)
Thursday July 20th, 2000 2:19:02 PM
[OOC: sorry, Gareth is 100% silent. the cookie reset my entry]
Saire [invisble/displaced] d20=3 d20=15
Thursday July 20th, 2000 2:19:03 PM
Saire hits armor class zero as he unleashes 2 arrows on the closest drow [the one Gareth did not attack]. Saire flies through the door and to the opposite side of the drow to prevent their escape.
Onrad (Visible, using dex style) d20=8 d20=5 d8+6=12 d8+6=13
Thursday July 20th, 2000 5:34:29 PM
Onrad waits for the others to move in so he can. When he hears everything go silent, he realized Gareth is causing it and they can talk behind the bubble for a moment. "Everyone get through the door and spread out to prevent group spells and attacks. Onrad will hold his attack semi-patiently until everyone enters. Then he will turn to the Drow that Gareth did not attack and attack twice. He hits AC-2 and AC1 for 14 and 56 hpd if his attacks hit. (I added an additional +2 to the stated rolls above and below. I forgot that Onrad was using one of the +3 drow weapons now instead of one of his normal +1 swords.) He glances at the area beyond the door now to get a feel for the area.
Teko (Invisible)
Thursday July 20th, 2000 6:11:18 PM
When the opportunity presents itself, Teko heads through the door past/around the Drow and moves out of the way to the right. He scopes out the area.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invis cast at Dragon's Door, 75% silent) d20-2=1 d20-2=4
Friday July 21st, 2000 7:23:18 AM
Jus fires his bow at the same Drow Saire hit, he'd like to be careful not to hit Onrad and Teko (the only ones he can see). He's bumped by one of his invisible friends, causing both arrows to severely wobble in their flight (a1:ac6-not fumble, a4:ac2).
Tericus(invisible, posion immunity)
Friday July 21st, 2000 10:51:53 AM
after seeing the 2 drow take several hits, Tericus moves past the combat and moves to the left, looking out for other drow
Nonam
Friday July 21st, 2000 10:51:54 AM
Nonam thinks to himself that he's going to have to have a talk to his friends about mobbing the enemy before he can cast spells. He then moves back to make sure that he's outside the silent area and waits to cast at whatever might be on its way.
Gareth (Invisible, poison imm., silent) d20=15 d20=20 d20=7 d8+10=14 d8+10=11 d8+10=18
Friday July 21st, 2000 3:03:52 PM
Impressed with the multi-attack posture of his foes, the warrior strikes with renewed fury. Using the attack methods taught to him by Patrark he lands 2 decisive blows on his foe, the second perfectly (20!) dealing him major damage. (hit AC -8, -13, &0 for 14+18+11=43 DMG - disregard last damage roll Note: As always, if he goes down with the first blow the second is dealt to #2).
Tericus(invisible, poision immunity)
Friday July 21st, 2000 8:13:03 PM
surprised that the 2 drow didnt fall, Tericus decides that it would be better that he looks for reinforcements coming rather than join the combat. so instead of goining the fight, he moves to the nearest coradore or door and stands guard, ready to intercept and trouble that comes his way
Stoneskin, Improved Invis cast at Dragon's Door, 75% silent) d20-3=4 d6+1=2 d20-3=3 d6+1=5
Friday July 21st, 2000 8:35:40 PM
Thankful that his last two shots missed his compatriots, Jus fires two more into the same Drow, carefully aiming to avoid a friendly-fire casualty
--
adding -4 to hit being careful not to hit 4 players -- as per online rules, and using +1 arrows for a total modifier of -3. 1st attack rolls 2hit = 4 : hits ac 2 : dam if hit = 2. 2nd attack rolls a3:ac3:d5)
--
Jus grimaces at his poor shots -- pretty good compared to some, but downright awful compared to how he SHOULD be doing. Jus begins to seriously wonder if the drow boots and cloak are causing his poor performance.
Teko d100=75 d20=5 d6=6
Saturday July 22nd, 2000 12:41:12 PM
If at least one of the Drow is still standing, Teko will sneak up behind him (he moves silently successfully with a roll of 75) and backstab him with his shortsword (hitting, alas, only an armor class of 8 or worse). If he somehow hits the Drow he will do 18 points of damage.
Onrad d20=19 d20=18 d8+6=13 d8+6=10
Sunday July 23rd, 2000 1:56:19 PM
Onrad grunts silently from his wound. He shuts out the pain. He then attacks his opponent again, grinning at him fiercly with respect. His attacks are more cunning this time as he dodges and weaves between the legs and amongst the different combatants to disguise his dexterity based attacks. Both hit easily hitting AC-10+ and AC-10 for 13 and 10hpd for a total of 23 points of damage.
Nonam
Monday July 24th, 2000 9:02:22 AM
After Gareth, Jus, and Onrad deal their damage, Nonam casts detect magic on the two drow.
DM JK
Monday July 24th, 2000 9:08:54 AM
The warriors drop the two drow, and it took every hit on each one. Jus notes that his first arrow did indeed hit. Once Nonam's spell goes off, the drow's swords, daggers, boots, and cloaks light up. From his position further down the hall, Tericus hears someone coming. A whole lot of someones.
Gareth (Poison imm., 50% silent)
Monday July 24th, 2000 1:20:36 PM
The warrior puts away his shield (no longer silent) and does a QUICK assessment of the 2 drow warriors - looking for anything they might have in the way of pouches, symbols, etc. As he releases his silence and realizes they are going to have company, he makes sure the door they came through is open and looks for a hallway that appears clear of sound. "Nonam, sounds like you're going to get to cast some spells. Let's see if we can avoid them.". He heads into whichever passage or door might allow them to escape this battle so soon into the infiltration.
Saire [displaced]
Monday July 24th, 2000 1:20:37 PM
Saire grabs one of the glowing swords if they are short swords. Otherwise he clicks his boots again to go back invisible.
Tericus(invisible, poision immunity)
Monday July 24th, 2000 8:18:14 PM
Tericus rushes back to where the combat took place. "There is a whole bunch of drow or something heading this way through the left passageway!"
Onrad
Monday July 24th, 2000 8:18:15 PM
Realizing that he looked around during combat and still didn't see what "was" around, he looks quickly again. (map or description please?) He thinks, ::Can't make a decision without seeing where we could go...Is there an option to move away from the sounds for now? Are they headed past us or into the secret door, or where? Onrad tries to discern all this. In the meantime, he picks up a body and motions for Gareth to do the same. He looks to see that the body is not dripping on the floor and waits for the "area" to reveal itself for a second before acting.
Teko (Invisible)
Monday July 24th, 2000 8:36:59 PM
Teko, too, looks for a good spot to hide from the coming onslaught.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, Improv. Invis. cast at Dragon's Door) 4d6(2+1+2+1)=6
Tuesday July 25th, 2000 3:13:31 AM
Jus quietly says "woohoo!" as the drow falls. As Jus looks around for his arrows, Tericus approaches with his announcment. Jus quietly says, "I'll help guard our backs from those drow, you guys figure out which way to go from here." Jus then heads a few feet from the group towards the approaching drow. He leans against the wall and examines the arrows he recovered. Three have hairline fractures from hitting the wall at point blank. The last is missing part of the arrowhead -- it must still be buried in the drow.
Nonam
Tuesday July 25th, 2000 7:51:50 AM
Nonam drinks another potion of double casting. Then he silently steps up ready to sling some spells.
DM JK
Tuesday July 25th, 2000 7:58:01 AM
Now that the party has time to examine their surroundings, they see that there is one long passageway. There appear to be several doors off the passage to the right about 50 feet down. About 70 feet down there is a passage to the left, this is indeed where the sounds are coming from. Judging from the speed of the approach it would be difficult to make it to the doors down the hall. Of course there is always the door through which you entered. Jus finds his arrow that hit. The others all had sufficient momentum to carry them much further down the hall. Gareth notices nothing on the dead guards other than House Benrae insignia. As Gareth heads toward the doors, he makes it about 10 feet when the floor drops out from under him. He lands in a pit filled with spiders. He feels small bites all over him as they cover him. Fortunately he still has immunity from poison, but Gareth needs to make a fear check at -5 (par/poi). The pit nearly takes up the whole passage. There are narrow walkways on either side though. Saire is invisible. Gareth is down in the pit and hidden from view. Onrad alone can be seen.
Nonam
Tuesday July 25th, 2000 8:09:36 AM
Nonam turns and briefly studies the party's location. Then he casts Phantasmal Force just at the edge of the trap, hopefully creating an illusion that the end of the hallway is normal, with no bodies, no open traps, and certainly no adventurers. Once it's in place, he whispers, "Teko can you do the guards?"
Gareth (Poison imm., 50% silent) d20=3 d20=13
Tuesday July 25th, 2000 12:39:41 PM
braces for the impact of the spikes he knows are coming. When he hits the bottom and is cushioned by the fall (spider bodies), he breathes a sigh of relief - that is until he begins to feel the spiders. The warrior begins to try and brush them off but to no avail. As more climb on and start biting him he begins to panic - a feeling very unfamiliar to the warrior (failed save badly). He has the presence of mind not to scream or cry out - he'd rather face a quiet death than compromise his friends - but he begins to hyperventilate and squeaks out "Help....". Not being able to think clearly on what to do his only immediate thought is to get out, so he attempts to leap up and grab the sides of the pit and pull himself out - fast.
Saire [invisble/displaced] d20=11
Tuesday July 25th, 2000 1:04:41 PM
Saire runs to the edge of the pit and peers down. Saire's eyes go wide as he takes in the site. He grabs his rope and commands it to grab Gareth... "and be gentle with him." Saire turns with the rope over his back and pulls with all his might. Saire misses his strength check; Falls to his knees with a grunt... Whisper "Help, grab the rope if you can see it."
Tericus(invisible, poision immunity)
Tuesday July 25th, 2000 8:31:52 PM
being a bit confused with the trap opening and then it dissapearing again, Tericus moves back over to the left passageway and moves as far left as he can, wanting whatever is coming through the passageway to pass him by before he strikes
Onrad d20=12
Tuesday July 25th, 2000 8:31:53 PM
Onrad, now making out that the door we entered is at the end of a hallway heading to the right, sees all that happens. He realizes also that he's the only one visible and goes invisible again. That being his action, he is unable to help Saire pull up the fallen Gareth. He steps to the side of the hallway planning on staying out of the drow's way.
Teko (Invisible) d20=6 d20=15
Tuesday July 25th, 2000 8:31:54 PM
Teko notices the rope being lowered to Gareth and announces quietly to the rope's owner, "It's Teko" and reaches to help pull on the rope. He fails his strength check. Nevertheless, as soon as Gareth gets a good hold on the rope, Teko pulls mightily upon it.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, Improv. Invis. cast at Dragon's Door) d20=4 d20=1
Tuesday July 25th, 2000 8:31:55 PM
"Deja Vu", Jus whispers when he sees Gareth take the plunge. Running over to the edge of the pit, Jus hopes to see a living Gareth (made perception). Seeing Gareth and his plight, Jus grabs the end of the rope and adds his strength to the effort (big time made str check with a 1). Jus has a bad feeling about this... if those spiders get up here... and the probably have poison bites. As soon as Gareth clears the pit, Jus stays as far away as he can from him and any spiders spiders he's brought with him.
dm jk d20=1
Wednesday July 26th, 2000 9:30:17 AM
Once Jus finally lends his aid the group is able to start pulling Gareth. Soon he is out. Most of the spiders fall off, but there are still many on him. Also many of the spiders are starting to crawl up the sides. About this time, A drow priestess leading six guards shows up from the passage down the hall on the left. She looks down the hall. Apparently Nonam's illusion works because after taking a quick look around, they simply enter a door on the other side of the hall.
Gareth (Poison imm., 50% silent, 50% Invisible)
Wednesday July 26th, 2000 1:08:13 PM
The warrior claws his way with the help of his compatriots out of the pit. As he makes the edge he begins to regain his composure. After he sees the drow move through the door he looks around and smashes any spiders he sees. As the last one dies he is again in complete command of himself again - with the exception of the occasional chill bumps. He whispers "Thanks guys. That one got to me. I'd say we need to move on in fast.". He goes 'dark' once again and begin rummaging through his bag as he makes his way to the side of the pit - wanting to get by before too many spiders make their way up the sides.
Gareth (Poison imm., 50% silent, Invisible)
Wednesday July 26th, 2000 1:33:53 PM
Note: the warrior is completely invisible - not 50%. Sorry.
Saire [invisble/displaced]
Wednesday July 26th, 2000 1:56:02 PM
Saire commands his rope to release Gareth. Then he flies down the hall to the door the drow went into, Saire listens closely.
Saire [invisble/displaced]
Wednesday July 26th, 2000 2:02:06 PM
[Could really use a map!]
Tericus(invisible, poision immunity)
Wednesday July 26th, 2000 9:18:32 PM
Tericus remains where he is and keeps watch on the left passageway until the party moves on
Teko (Invisible)
Wednesday July 26th, 2000 9:18:33 PM
"Sorry, Nonam," Teko whispers. "I judged that grabbing Gareth was a more urgent need. I may have judged wrongly."
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invisibility cast at Dragon's Door) d20=17
Wednesday July 26th, 2000 9:18:34 PM
Jus takes a look at the pit, trying to judge whether he can jump it or has to walk along the edge. Either way, he tries to cross before the spiders get out and become a problem (roll made for DM's use).
Onrad
Wednesday July 26th, 2000 10:48:42 PM
Breathing a sigh of relief, he races forward past the trap on the right side to the door where the priests disappeared. As he passes the pit, he whispers, "Following them may lead us to where we need to go." He aches to go ahead and open the door, but forces himself to wait until the priests have had a chance to move on and the party a chance to catch up.
Nonam
Thursday July 27th, 2000 10:36:51 AM
"I agree with Onrad. Let's follow them."
DM JK
Thursday July 27th, 2000 11:12:03 AM
[I'm checking with John on how to put a map on the new style page, until then...] Things seem relatively calm for now. You are in a long passageway that runs north to south. Immediately behind you there is the door that you came through. Right before you there is a trap filled with spiders. The passageway runs until you can't see the end of it. Several yards beyond the trap, there is a series of three doors on the right wall. The drow passed through the one that is farthest away. Just beyond these three doors, there is an opening in the left wall. This is where the drow patrol came from. Presumably it is a room or a passage. The passage that you are in gets dark beyond this point and you can't see what lies beyond.
Gareth 2d4(2+4)+2=8 2d4(3+1)+2=6 d4=4
Thursday July 27th, 2000 5:06:24 PM
The warrior passes the pit and pulls out two potions and quaffs them back to back and returns the bottles into his bag. The injuries from the drow warriors seems to all but disappear. He moves to the door and waits for Onrad or one of the others in front to open it. He goes through when it is. (potions of healing 8+9=17HP restored. NOTE: Extra d4 was for the 1 I rolled. I'm assuming the 1 on hit point and healing rerolls rule applies).
Saire [invisble/displaced]
Thursday July 27th, 2000 5:06:25 PM
Saire strains his ear even harder to hear what goes on behind the door.
Teko(Invisible) d100=32
Thursday July 27th, 2000 7:44:43 PM
Teko moves to the door with Onrad and Saire. He listens at the door, making his roll by 3 points.
Tericus(invisible, poision immunity)
Thursday July 27th, 2000 10:02:16 PM
hears Onrad's suggestion and follows the drow into the passageway. once he gets to the farthest door, he waits for everyone to catch up
Onrad
Thursday July 27th, 2000 10:02:17 PM
Realizing that hearing past a closed door is a rare thing, and that they need to move on, he whispers, "Opening." He very slowly opens the door and peeks in.
Nonam (Invisible, stoneskin7, move silent 95%)
Friday July 28th, 2000 9:28:36 AM
Nonam moves down the hall with the rest. Outside the door he whispers, "If there is something tough in there, let me fireball it before everyone rushes in."
DM JK
Friday July 28th, 2000 9:33:39 AM
No one hears anything at the door. When Onrad peeks in, he sees what looks like two piles of bones laying on the floor, and it looks like something is carved into the wall directly on the other side of him. There is no readily apparent exit to the room, but there aren't any drow inside.
Gareth (Poison Imm, Invisible, %50 silent d20=12 d20=11 d20=5 d20=6
Friday July 28th, 2000 11:51:03 AM
The warrior pulls out yet another potion and puts it in the very top of his pack so that he can reach it in an instant (i.e. Use 1 attack to get to it and drink it.). He then moves into the room with his sword drawn and begins looking for the secret door(s). He also looks on the floor for any indication of the drow's passage like say footprints in dust or something dropped - or bones jostled indicating a direction of travel. [search for secret doors rolls]
Saire [invisble/displaced] d6=2
Friday July 28th, 2000 4:32:07 PM
Saire joins into the search for secret doors.
Tericus(invisibile, poision immunity)
Friday July 28th, 2000 9:58:56 PM
"Dont forget to look for the spider sigil." Tericus whispers as the others search for traps
Jerry (invisible) d6=6
Friday July 28th, 2000 9:58:57 PM
After being sure that Gareth hasn't set off any more traps he also enters and begins looking around. (room dimensions, etc. please.) He goes straight across the room to examine what is carved into the wall and searches there for a secret door. (rolled a 6) He doesn't find anything. He copies Gareth's move and moves potions of the same kind from his pack to his pouches that he had there before.
Teko d20=14 d100=14
Friday July 28th, 2000 10:39:44 PM
While the others search the conveniently empty room, Teko stands in the doorway listening for the sounds of enemy motion. He makes his standard rolls for perception and thief-specific hearing.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, Improved Invis cast at Dragon's Door, 75% silent)
Sunday July 30th, 2000 1:55:08 AM
Jus keeps outside the door, guarding it from any other visitors. He does take a moment to read the writing on the wall -- if he can.
DM JK d20=4 d20=7 d20=8 d20=18 d20=5 d20=1
Monday July 31st, 2000 8:56:52 AM
When Gareth enters the room, the two piles of bones animate and take the shape of hideous looking skeletal spiders. Obviously spiders have no bones, so these must be some sort of magical construct. On closer examination this is evident, the bones seem to have once belonged to humans. The spider legs looks a little more threatening, if less disgusting. They are made up of sword blades. It takes mere seconds for the spiders to assemble, and even less time for them to attack. The first spider leaps across the room at Gareth attempting to bite and catch him in it's legs, but it misses on all counts. The second leaps at Saire, but misses the displaced one. It also places a leg poorly in the strike and totters, which will cause it to lose an attack next round.
Gareth (poison imm, 50% Invisible, 50% silent) d20=3 d20=19 d8+10=12 d8+10=11 d8+10=18 d8+10=17
Monday July 31st, 2000 10:47:42 AM
The warrior wheels around rellying on his skill alone to see him through his first attack but rights himself and delivers a mighty blow for the second. (AC4 for 23, AC -12 for 35 note:2d8 for large creature. Character sheet not with me.)
Saire [invisble/displaced] d20=9 d20=7
Monday July 31st, 2000 1:14:28 PM
Saire, knowing that his Displacement saved him from certain doom, decides to back up because the displacement won't work so well as the spider gets savy that something strange is going on. Saire fires 2 arrows at the one that lunged at him. [hits ac6 and ac7].
Teko (Invisible)
Monday July 31st, 2000 6:07:46 PM
Not wanting to break his Invisibility, Teko waits one round.
Tericus(invisible, poision immunity) d20+1=13
Monday July 31st, 2000 9:26:19 PM
dropping his invisibility, Tericus stands forward and begins to play his flute. its a harsh, loud melody, and after a few moments it ends with a sharp note, and Tericus yells "BEGONE, CONSTRUCTS OF EVIL!!!!"(turning undead, turned 7 hd or smaller)
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, Improved Invisibility cast at Dragon's Door) d20-5=15 d20-5=5 d20-5=13 d6+1=5 d6+1=5
Monday July 31st, 2000 10:53:45 PM
Jus takes careful aim through the crowded doorway (-5 to hit) at the spider attacking Saire. His shot is perfect, scoring a critical hit [natural 20 for 7 points of damage, with extra attack roll of 5 (hits ac 1) for 5 points of damage]. Considering how careful he's aiming, Jus' second shot fares pretty well too. (a13:ac-7:d5). "Ha! I guess I can forget my curse theory!" Jus chortles in glee.
Onrad (Visible) d20=7 d20=19 d12+6=16 d12+6=11
Monday July 31st, 2000 11:17:39 PM
Onrad cartwheels between Saire and the spider attacking him and strikes the spider on Saire hitting AC1 and AC-11 for 16 and 11 points of damage respectively. "I'll take the brunt from this one. Everyone take out the one on Gareth first, then it will be easier." Onrad taunts the spider over to one side of the room. "Come on big boy."
DM JK d20=15 d20=8 d20=13 2d4(2+4)=6 2d12(2+2)=4 d8=2 d8+6=11
Tuesday August 1st, 2000 7:21:35 AM
Gareth's first attack misses. The second hits for 18 pts of damage, but the monster still stands and goes after Gareth with a vengeance. It bites Gareth for 6pts [AC0}, and slashes him with a sword leg for 4 pts [AC2]. Tericus's words have no effect on the spiders. Perhaps they aren't actually undead, or maybe the gods aren't listening. Saire's first arrow hits for 2 pts, but the second misses. Jus faires well, but doesn't drop the spider. Onrad dishes out 11 points, and finally drops the spider on Saire. [The spiders are AC6 and medium sized. I rolled some damages if done for large size or were simply missing, but all those rerolled resulted in destruction of one of the spiders. So complain if you want, but it's the quickest way.] Gareth is still in battle with one of the spiders, the other is simple a pile of bones and rusty sword blades once again.
Nonam d3+20=22 5d4(2+1+1+2+1)+5=12 d100=64
Tuesday August 1st, 2000 8:01:41 AM
Nonam steps over and blasts the remaining spider with a burning hands spell for 22 points dmg. He does so with little regard for Gareth's safety, and the warrior can feel the spell's heat. The mage's eyes have that feverish gleam once again as the double casting potion pumps through his veins. Someone find the way out. Jus you're the best with secret doors. Then Nonam casts another Magic Missile at the spider for good measure (12pts), he cackles as each bolt hits the spider.
dm jk d20=20
Tuesday August 1st, 2000 8:10:56 AM
Even with the spider making it's save, Nonam destroys it with his first spell. The second just comes off as a crazed expenditure of magical energy.
Gareth (poison imm, 50% Invisible, 50% silent) d20=15 d20=11 d20=13 d20=6
Tuesday August 1st, 2000 10:16:21 AM
"Careful Nonam, you'll be needing every extra spell you have by the time this is over. He begins to look for the secret door, knowing it's there somewhere.[Rolled d20 for each wall. Can't remember which to roll and I'm away from my stuff]
Teko
Tuesday August 1st, 2000 4:12:01 PM
Taking one more look around outside the room, Teko steps in and assists in looking for any secret doors.
Tericus(poision immunity)
Tuesday August 1st, 2000 7:59:55 PM
dissapointed that he wasnt able to dispel the magic of the spider things, Tericus examins the pile of bones while everyone looks for a way out
Saire [displaced]
Tuesday August 1st, 2000 7:59:56 PM
Saire backs up from the beserking mage with a disapproving look, and turn to see if guards come running to the beckoning calls of the flute and the magic barrage. "We need to find the secret passage fast."
Onrad
Tuesday August 1st, 2000 10:48:57 PM
Onrad closes the door from the hallway so that anyone coming down the hallway won't see them. He then looks to see what results the others have.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, Improved Invisibility cast at Dragon's Door) d6=2 d6=4 d6=6 d6=3 d6=3 d6=3 d6=6 d6=1
Tuesday August 1st, 2000 11:48:14 PM
Jus quickly grabs his arrows, tossing one down that is mutilated beyond hope (d6=2,4). He then quickly scans each wall, hoping to notice a way out without much delay (d6=3,3,3). "Don't notice anything yet", Jus quitely comments. Sliding his hands along the wall, Jus starts a careful search, looking up and down while he walks around the room. (d6=3,6,1)
dm jk
Wednesday August 2nd, 2000 11:51:18 AM
Just when he thinks it's useless. Jus finds the secret door. Tericus notes that the bones are runed and can almost still feel magic within the destroyed creatures. (Who is visible, etc?)
Gareth (poison imm, 50% Invisible, 50% silent)
Wednesday August 2nd, 2000 1:17:26 PM
The warrior prepares to enter the passageway holding his shield and sword. He whispers to Jus "Open the door. I'll move through first when you are ready. Onrad, prepare to follow. Anyone have any suggestions on a better strategy for advancing? Speak quickly if you do.". The warrior prepares to move. {Note: he the above activated abilities is accurate}
Saire [displaced]
Wednesday August 2nd, 2000 1:17:27 PM
Saire waits for Gareth to lead. He will then follow.
Onrad d20=4
Wednesday August 2nd, 2000 2:46:49 PM
"Perhaps (voluntary Int. check of 4 to think of this) we should gather and throw the bones out into the pit in the hallway. I certainly don't want them animating again when the next door opens. Or perhaps we could break some of them." Onrad then nods at Gareth.
Gareth (poison imm, 50% Invisible, 50% silent)
Wednesday August 2nd, 2000 4:32:12 PM
Hearing Onrad's suggestion the warrior shrugs and says "Sounds OK to me. Nonam, Jus? You guys know the magic. Is that a good idea?". If the mages say it is a good idea the warrior puts away his sword and shield, picks up as large a pile of bones as he can, and dumps them in the pit (after somebody opens the door that is...). If the mages say leave them the warrior moves on with plan A. [double post I know. Just trying to save time]
Teko d100=37
Wednesday August 2nd, 2000 4:32:13 PM
If there are any difficulties opening the secret door, Teko applies his thief skills successfully with a roll of 37.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, Improved Invisibility cast at Dragon's Door)
Wednesday August 2nd, 2000 8:46:10 PM
Jus shrugs to Gareth's question, "I personally hope we won't be coming back here -- I doubt we have much time left." Jus waits for everyone to prepare (and the spiders to be disposed of if Gareth chooses to do so), then opens the secret door.
Tericus
Wednesday August 2nd, 2000 10:41:55 PM
"We should certainly move these bones to some other place, I can sense the magic in them." then he turns to Onrad "How did you know they were still magical? I didnt see you examine them any?"
Nonam
Thursday August 3rd, 2000 8:43:21 AM
Nonam runs over and grabs a few bones out of each pile and stuffs them into the pockets of his robe. Then he heads back toward the door, "Let's go!"
DM JK
Thursday August 3rd, 2000 9:02:18 AM
Nonam gets the bones, and Jus opens the door. Beyond is a short 30' hallway. There is an ornate door at the far end with a little plaque written in drow. There is another door in the middle of the left hand wall. It's fairly plain and has little special about it.
Saire [displaced] d100=73
Thursday August 3rd, 2000 1:09:20 PM
Saire checks his the door to the left for traps, but is unable to find any.
Teko d100=78
Thursday August 3rd, 2000 1:30:08 PM
Teko will check for traps also; he makes his roll successfully.
Nonam
Friday August 4th, 2000 8:05:13 AM
"The ornate door, or the plain one? Personally, I guess the ornate one would lead to the Matron."
DM JK
Friday August 4th, 2000 8:10:12 AM
Teko finds no traps on the plain door to the left.
Gareth (poison imm., %50 Invisile, %50 silent d20=7 d20=14 d20=3
Friday August 4th, 2000 1:09:52 PM
The warrior looks for spider symbols in hopes that they are back on their orignal trail - which has had it's share of detours. He begins to sniff to see if he can smell which way the drow contingent went. He also tries and see and marks left by the quick moving group.(Perception checks. Made spider and marks, failed smell).
Gareth (poison imm., %50 Invisile, %50 silent
Friday August 4th, 2000 1:13:07 PM
"I will leave the guessing to you guys with the brains. Teko, check this other door for traps too please."
Teko (Invisible) d100=30
Friday August 4th, 2000 1:23:01 PM
Teko checks the other door for traps, again successfully, and reports his results.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, Improved Invis cast at Dragon's Door) d6=3 d6=6
Friday August 4th, 2000 10:15:06 PM
As Jus waits for the others to finish checking out the exit, he looks for any secret doors. When he gets to the plaque, he sees if he can make out any of the writing. Whispering, Jus says, "Didn't one of you read the sign by the battlemaze? Can you read this one too?"
Tericus(poision immunity)
Sunday August 6th, 2000 9:00:47 PM
Tericus waits around the door, hoping its the way they need to go
Nonam
Monday August 7th, 2000 10:25:22 AM
"The spider symbols were to guide us through the underground part so that we could get inside House Baenrae. Now that we are here, we should find no more of them. We are looking for the Matron's quarters, which will not be down a servants hall," Nonam points at the plain door on the left, "but rather in a fancier section of this place." And Nonam nods at the ornate door before continuing his lecture, "The lesser passages may lead to the matron eventually and more secretively than barging through the front door so to speak, but they may also lead to the kitchens, the dungeons, and the guard house. We'll find no further clues (unless Saire can read the plaque), and we can not wait here. I vote for the fancy door.
Saire [displaced]
Monday August 7th, 2000 1:40:18 PM
Laughing... "I couldn't read the plaque. All I said was that I had seen it before, and what it meant... because a drow told me."
Onrad
Monday August 7th, 2000 6:52:22 PM
Onrad positions himself near the door on the right hand side so as not to be seen when the door is opened. He motions for the others to do the same. Then nods to Gareth as if to say 'Let's get this show on the road.'
Gareth (poison imm, 50% Invisible, %50 Silent)
Tuesday August 8th, 2000 8:22:56 AM
Assuming no traps or locks (were there?) were found on the ornate door either, the warrior looks to the others and says "It's decided then. We take the fancy one.". With that he make sure everyone is in position and opens it moving through as soon as he is able.
DM JK
Tuesday August 8th, 2000 12:01:42 PM
No one found any traps, and Gareth opens the door. Beyond is a small room with a door on the far side. There are two drow priestesses sitting in the room in front of a mirror applying ceremonial make-up. There are lots of jars of makeup sitting on a counter in front of them. No one could fail to notice a golden barrel sitting in the center of the room. The observant (make a percep check) notice a rope hanging down in the corner near the priestesses. When the door opens the priestesses turn to look and immediately leap to their feet. They don't act immediately but seem to be waiting for something.
Nonam d20=2 d20=8 d20=15 d4+2=6
Tuesday August 8th, 2000 12:09:01 PM
Nonam notices the cord hanging in the corner of the room (2) and has a feeling that he doesn't want anyone to pull it. He snaps his wrists and his magical daggers appear in his hands. He throws each with the intent to sever the cord. The first undoubtedly misses and clangs against the wall, but the second comes closer (AC-1,6pts). Both daggers then reappear in his hands, and he tucks them away again.
Gareth (poison imm., %50 Invisile, %100 silent d20=12 d20=9 d8+10=13 d8+10=13
Tuesday August 8th, 2000 2:23:26 PM
The warrior moves instantly into the room and maneuvers to between the priestesses and the rope. He rolls as he does and watches for a back attack from a ledge or something over the door. He launches into the priestess nearest him and employs his silence with a command as he attacks her quickly doing severe damage to the drow woman. (Hit AC -5 &-2 for 13+13=26 dmg. Since his shield was ready and only takes a word to activate I assumed it would not cost an attack.).
Saire [displaced]
Tuesday August 8th, 2000 2:23:28 PM
Saire advances behind Gareth. Taking his rope, he gives the command word, then throws it at the two drow.
Teko
Tuesday August 8th, 2000 4:07:46 PM
Teko casts Unseen Servant and directs the servant to lift the rope (or what remains of it) out of the Drows' reach.
Onrad d20=12
Tuesday August 8th, 2000 5:50:48 PM
Onrad dives in the door next and if the two are tied up with Saire's rope, he goes to quickly investigate the barrel. If something slithers, etc. inside, he says to Gareth, "Quick give me your sheild." Then he places the shield as a lid on the barrel. If the two are not tied up, Onrad holds his attack in an attempt to block whatever the two priests are waiting for. He is prepared to throw three knives 2-weapon style if needed, but again his intent is to foil their move, whatever it is. (Sorry for the if then, but I truly needed to know the effectiveness of those who posted before me so that I could act properly.)
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, Improved Invis cast at Dragon's Door)
Tuesday August 8th, 2000 6:24:23 PM
Seeing the expectant looks of the drow, Jus pulls a wand out and quickly turns to look back into the hallway. With a quite command, Jus creates a 6" wall of ice going down the length of the hallway. Jus angles the Ice Wall so that it blocks the plain wooden door on the side wall and the secret door on the opposite wall from opening.
DM JK d20=4 d20=15 d6+5=8
Wednesday August 9th, 2000 10:40:05 AM
[To the chagrin of many players before Gareth, activation of any item always counts as a full action.] Nonam throws his knives just before one of the priestesses can pull the rope, and the end falls to the ground. Then Gareth barges into the small room and uses his shield to make everything silent, but the warrior finds he has no time for anything else. Saire throws his rope, but he utters the command word in silence and it just falls to the ground. Teko attempts to cast Unseen Servant, but the words just don't come out, and nothing happens (make an int check to keep the spell). Jus swings his wand, and opens his mouth to give the command word. Again nothing happens as no sound comes out of his mouth. Onrad gets a quick look in the barrel and sees a liquid. He also sees that the priestesses intend to run out the closed door on the far side of the room. He manages to get to it first.
Seeing their escape route cut off, the priestesses try to attack. The both take out finely crafted maces. The first attempts to crush Gareth's shield arm (called shot), but she pathetically misses. The second swings at Onrad who blocks her escape, and the heavy mace crashes into the nimble Onrad (8pts).
Tericus(poision immunity) d20=13 d20=3
Wednesday August 9th, 2000 1:29:34 PM
realizing that Gareth's shied negates all his abilites(made perception check), Tericus rushes up to the priestess that attacked Onrad and attacks her, but misses. his mouth is moving, but no one can hear what hes saying
Gareth (poison imm, 50% invisible, %100 silent) d20=2 d20=13 d8+10=11 d8+10=14
Wednesday August 9th, 2000 2:29:21 PM
The warrior attacks the priestess who attacked him swinging poorly but recovering and improving on the second try (Hit AC 5 for 11 DMG and AC -6 for 14 DMG) (NOTE: unless all characters are within 5' of Gareth the silence will not affect them. In fact it is doubtful the 2nd drow priestess is even affected. He did not employ the silence until after he moved so the silence should not have affected anyone behind him at all. Just a note...:))
Teko d20=14
Wednesday August 9th, 2000 4:16:24 PM
Teko does not lose his spell. He steps back several steps to escape the silence, humming until he can hear himself. He casts the same spell again, steps forward and attempts to levitate the rope out of reach of the Drow.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, Improved Invis cast at Dragon's Door) d20=8 d20-6=12 d20-6=3 d6+1=2 d6+1=4
Wednesday August 9th, 2000 7:40:04 PM
Realizing that someone must have cast a silence in the area (perception), Jus puts his wand away. He lifts his bow and takes careful aim into the confusion of bodies before him (-6 to hit). At point blank range, he fires two arrows.
The first shot is incredible, whisking past Nonam and under Tericus' arm, finally hitting the drow in the hip. Lucky for the priestess, she happened to twist at just the right moment, minimizing the damage (a12:ac-6:d2).
The battle heats up, with everyone vying for an advantage. Unable to get a clear shot at the drow's torso, Jus lets his second arrow fly when he catches a glimpse of the priestess' face. It's hard to tell in the melee, but Jus is pretty sure his shot missed (a3:ac3:if hit d4).
Onrad d20=11 d20=6
Wednesday August 9th, 2000 9:37:35 PM
Onrad draws one of his drow swords and once again plays defense. He holds his attack attempting to parry whatever actions the two priests take. His primary concern is to keep the priests from warning whoever might be on the other end of the doors (especially the inner one) or the rope. He flashes his sword and ducks back and forth staying limber while he waits...in silence. If they don't go for the rope or the door, he will parry [rolling 11 and 6 hitting AC -5 and 0](dex style which gives 2 parries)any attacks to disarm Gareth's shield or any attacks upon his own person. [ooc: kept my actions defensive so as to be able to try and foil their moves] He grins hugely at the evident frustration of the priests and tries to increase their fear and perhaps their anger by exuding confidence and bravado. Assuming they are female, he winks at them.
Saire [displaced]
Wednesday August 9th, 2000 10:08:18 PM
Saire flies over to the rope, gently grabbing it and then levitating up to the ceiling; effectively taking the rope out of the reach of the drow.
Nonam d20=20 d20=16 d20=1 d4+2=6 d4+2=6
Thursday August 10th, 2000 1:12:10 PM
Nonam looks ticked off about the silence and throws his daggers at the priestess on Onrad since no one else looks like they are going to attack her. The first shot comes off beautifully and digs deep into the drow's shoulder (20&16,12pts). The second, however, ends up flying sideways and crashes into the wall.
DM JK d20=17 d20=19 d6+5=8 d100=76
Thursday August 10th, 2000 1:21:49 PM
Evidently Gareth's shield loves its new owner for it seems to be working with a radius of at least 15 feet, either that or something else happened. The priestesses look distraught but are cleary unready to give up. The one on Onrad swings her mace at his head, but he turns it aside. The other attempts to smash Gareth's shield arm once again (19-4=AC-2). Occupied with his own priestess, Onrad is unable to turn the attack on Gareth. The maces crushes Gareth's shoulder (8pts) and the shield crashes to the ground with a startling bang. (Gave a 75% chance of him hanging on to it.)
Gareth (poison imm, 50% invisible, %100 silent) d20=16 d20=17 d8+10=18 d8+10=14
Thursday August 10th, 2000 3:48:37 PM
The warrior glares in anger as his shield arm is once again attacked. He decides to go defensive as the priestesses seem to be unable to call for reinforcements and he successfully parries to prevent her from connecting with his shield. The swordsman presses his attack once he has her off balance and slashes her deeply once again. (first attack parried AC -9 for 0 DMG - shield not dropped, 2nd attack AC -10 for 14 DMG - ignore 18 DMG roll - rats!). Since the priestess seems to only be able to hit him once he decides to use his first attack to parry if her attacks are successful.
Onrad the Flirt d20=6 d20=14 d8+8=14 d8+8=10
Thursday August 10th, 2000 6:41:48 PM
Onrad, frustrated at his inability to accomplish his goal of blocking the priests attempt on Gareth instead continues to hold the door position. He attacks the priestess that attacked him. He hits AC0 and AC-8 doing 14 and 10 respectively for a total of 24 if both hit. Onrad continues to flirt with them, doing all he can to distract them or anger them into making mistakes. As he dodges and maneuvers in combat he'll brush his hand gently through their hair, even attempt to kiss their cheek.
Tericus(poision immunity) d20=14 d6+1=3
Thursday August 10th, 2000 9:30:14 PM
swinging his staff above his head, Tericus brings it crashing down on the priestess attacking Onrad, hitting ac 1 for 3 pts of damage(whoo hooo). then he backs of a bit and pulls out a potion, readying it for use
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, Improved Invis cast at Dragon's Door) d20-6=0 d20-6=1
Thursday August 10th, 2000 9:30:15 PM
Jus tries again, firing two more arrows at the drow fighting Onrad (-6 to avoid hitting friends). The melee proves too complex, however, as both shots miss their targets (modified a0:ac6/a1:ac5).
Nonam
Friday August 11th, 2000 11:09:23 AM
Nonam, muttering something about incompetent wizards charming knives, runs over to pick up the dagger that didn't return to him.
DM JK
Friday August 11th, 2000 11:22:00 AM
Gareth finds that it is quite impossible to parry the attack that happened the round before, and his shield still lays on the ground. Nevertheless, his mighty attack drops the drow, and she lays in a lifeless heap at his feet. Onrad and Tericus drop the other priestess as well. Once the sounds of combat our over, everyone can hear a small voice chanting over and over, "i love you, gareth. don't leave me.i love you, gareth. don't leave me.i love you, gareth. don't leave me.i love you, gareth. don't leave me.i love you, gareth. don't leave me.i love you, gareth. don't leave me.i love you, gareth. don't leave me.i love you, gareth. don't leave me.i love you, gareth. don't leave me."
Gareth (poison imm, 50% invisible, %100 silent) d20=20
Friday August 11th, 2000 2:10:35 PM
The warrior shakes his head a little at the sound of the voice and doesn't really detect where it is coming from (failed Int - what a waste of a 20). He picks up his shield and brushes it off. He then quickly begins to look over the drow before he move to the door. He also looks up at the now cut rope to see where it goes.
Saire [displaced]
Friday August 11th, 2000 2:10:36 PM
[The rope was never cut] Saire flies back down letting the rope go slack. "Onrad, why did you get horny all of a sudden?"
Tericus(poision immunity) d20=5 d8=2
Friday August 11th, 2000 5:34:17 PM
casts a spell to heal some of his wounds, healing back 2 pts of damage. "We need to hide these bodies." he says
Onrad d20=17 d20=14
Friday August 11th, 2000 5:34:18 PM
Looking at Saire with a totally serious deadpan face, Onrad says, "Combat Tactics." Then Onrad points at Gareth's shield and says, "You bring a little girlfriend here or somethin'?" (Onrad also misses an intelligence check-17) Then getting serious once again he points to Saire and then to the inner door. "Check please." Onrad puts his back to the door. "If this is a priest preparation room, we're probably close. (Int. check made) If you have preparations to make, perhaps we should make them now. Onrad pulls out his pack and pulls a few potions putting them in his pouches for quick access. He then moves some empty vials back to his backpack. He puts his back to the wall beside the door and then gets an idea. He goes over to one of the priestesses and begins stripping her. He motions for Jus to help him. He then dons the robes, etc. over his own clothes. He then dons makeup, etc. in the style of the priestesses. He then points to the other priestess' body and says, "Anyone brave enough to join me?"
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Improv. Invis. cast at Dragon's Door) d8=7
Friday August 11th, 2000 7:14:57 PM
Jus laughes at Onrad's suggestion, then helps obtain the clothes (which appears a bit odd, since Jus is still invisible). "Don't you think your arrival with a party of armed men may appear a bit suspicious?", Jus chuckles. After handing the last big of clothing to Onrad, Jus pulls out some components and casts a spell (Strength Spell +7 to 18/10). Nodding he is ready (forgetting he is invisible), Jus pulls out his wand and says, "I have several spells I may cast along the way, but I'm ready."
Nonam
Monday August 14th, 2000 9:08:49 AM
Nonam pulls an egg out of a pocket in his robe and says, "This was given to us by the temple of Caeroldra provided that Gareth and I attend holiday services on our return. My instructions were to break it open now." Nonam cracks open the egg.
DM JK
Monday August 14th, 2000 9:16:55 AM
Gareth sees that the rope goes into a hole in the ceiling. The robes don't fit Onrad quite like they did the drow females, but he manages. No one can really see how Jus looks because once he gets them on, they turn invisible. Then Nonam cracks the egg. There is a quick burst of light and a pile of golden apples appears. There is one for each of you.
Gareth (poison imm, 50% invisible, %100 silent) d20=19 d20=2
Monday August 14th, 2000 12:01:45 PM
The warrior picks up an apple and looks at it "I have no problem attending a holiday service - especially if it helps our cause. But what do we do with these?" (failed Int). The warrior pulls out a potion and holds it, waiting for the party to get ready to open the door. "So what kind of plan do you have Onrad, or did you just want to dress up for our benefit? :)". The warrior grins at his friend (Made Cha by 16 - it was clearly a joke).
Tericus(poision immunity)
Monday August 14th, 2000 1:20:12 PM
walks over to where the apples are lying and picks one up. "I assume we eat these, but what will they do?"
Onrad
Monday August 14th, 2000 6:49:14 PM
Whispering, Onrad says, "Even a moment's distraction may earn us an edge. Let Jus and I open the door and any other doors after this one as long as this ruse lasts first. Then you guys can follow in a surprise maneuver attacking and pushing us out of your way. If you follow quick enough, they won't look at us closely and then we can get a second minor surprise when we attack as well." Onrad then holds his apple up as if offering it to Wardd his patron and whispers, "Crunch time." He bites his apple.
Teko
Monday August 14th, 2000 8:02:43 PM
Teko picks up an apple and, looking it over, pauses for a moment and says, "This looks ap-pealing." He grins. "I know. It was core-ny." He digs in.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Improv. Invis. cast at Dragon's Door)
Tuesday August 15th, 2000 12:13:55 AM
Jus, a little suprised to realize he is wearing the drow's clothes, takes an apple from Nonam (and thus the apple disappears). "So what are these for anyway?", Jus asks. Deciding to eat rather than cast another spell, Jus takes a bite of the apple -- unless Nonam tells him to do otherwise.
DM JK
Tuesday August 15th, 2000 11:57:06 AM
Jus's improved invisibility spell finally wears off, and he's still wearing his own clothes. Those who bite into the apple feel as if they've just eaten a wonderful meal. The tension of the moment fades somewhat, and everyone feels a love for the group. Their wounds completely disappear, and they all feel blessed (+1 to hit and saves). About this time the speaking crystal the group received in the Well of Darkness begins to buzz.
Gareth (poison imm, 50% invisible, %100 silent) d20=6 d20=11
Tuesday August 15th, 2000 5:36:27 PM
Not wanting to miss an opportunity to revitalize, the warrior quickly eats the apple. Drawing on his knowledge of farming (he does come from a farming family), he saves the seeds in his pouch for future use (Int by 5). While the others deal with the buzzing crystal, he pulls out 4 potions and puts them in the top of his pack with the ends facing out. He also puts the orb from the dragon in his belt pouch - hoping not to look at it again. Once organized the warrior stands ready for battle. He speaks soft words to his sword - and then realizes his shield is communing in the same way (Int). Making sure not to leave her out, he thanks her for her help and tells her he would never leave her in such a terrible place as this.
Tericus(poision immunity)
Tuesday August 15th, 2000 8:09:27 PM
after seeing everyone who ate the apples become cured, Tericus munches on his, trying to whistle as he eats
Onrad d20=5 d20=16
Tuesday August 15th, 2000 8:09:28 PM
Onrad draws his swords in surprise, then (intel. of 5 check) realizes what the buzzing is. He tries to determine where it is and who has it, but alas fails in this. He whispers loudly, "Stop that infernal buzzing! It will give us away!" He puts his back to the door and prepares for what may come through it.
Teko d20=15 d20=5
Tuesday August 15th, 2000 8:36:54 PM
Teko identifies the buzzing and remembers what the crystal is for. He waits eagerly for any communications from it.
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room) d20=11
Wednesday August 16th, 2000 12:12:29 AM
"Wow, thanks Nonam! That hits the spot," Jus quitely says as he eats the apple. After a quick wink at Onrad when he pops back into sight, Jus casts his second Improved Invisibility and disappears again. Hearing the crystal's buzz, Jus' eyes light up, "Rododingus, folks! Let's see what's up with the crystal."
DM JK
Wednesday August 16th, 2000 8:43:39 AM
Jus and Teko convince the group to listen to the crystal. An incredibly beautiful drow priestess appears in the crystal. This young drow lady rivals Flower and indeed Caeroldra the Goddess of Love in beauty. She smiles and the party melts. Then she speaks.
This is what I know of Mother Baenre. She is ancient--even as drow go. Most drow maintain their youthful appearance for most of their lives, but this drow woman has degenerated throughout her long and illustrious one. Her face is crisscrossed with numerous, deep wrinkles and her hair has become thin and stringy, giving her a strange, wraith-like appearance. There have always been rumors that the Matron Mother of House Baenre should have been dead long ago and might already be.
Matron Baenre carries herself with an ease that reeks of cockiness; if she ever had any fears they have been long forgotten. Matron Baenre has grown tired of most physical pleasures so now she devotes her time to the pleasures of political intrigue and psychological web weaving. She openly promotes strife within Menzoberranzan and seems to draw energy (perhaps life) from the resulting chaos. Feeling confident that she is safely set as First Matron Mother, she encourages ambitious drow on to great, and sometimes gory, glory.
On her left hand she wears a large, ornate, gold ring with a huge, shimmering sapphire in its setting. The gold band has been magically enchanted to writhe and squirm on the matron Mother's finger as if alive and the sapphire contains a magically sustained, live black widow spider. The ring, as a whole, has been enchanted to act as a "Ring of Arachnid Control."
On her right hand she wears a small ring made from the tooth of a mountain dwarf. The ring contains the trapped and tormented soul of a mountain dwarf king whose mining party ventured too near to Menzoberranzan. The party was captured and sacrificed to Lolth and the king's soul was trapped within the ring. The ring now functions as a "Ring of Anti-venom". The Matron Mother also carries a small bag filled with 25 tiny onyx spiders which acts similarly to a "Bag of Bones". Upon casting these items and uttering the command word, the onyx spiders become huge spiders fully under the command of Matron Baenre.
Her favorite little toy is her prized "Spider Wand". Her preferred tactic is to use the web power of the wand to entangle her victim and then poison the hapless victim until either he dies or Matron Baenre tires of the game (tired of torment? Not likely).
I would not presume to tell experts such as you how to best use this information. Use it well, or she is undefeatable. Ellistrae be with you.
Nonam d4+5=8
Wednesday August 16th, 2000 8:51:01 AM
"I recommed that there be no chitchat when we find her. We go in and blast her right off the bat. Teko and I can cast a couple of big spells. Then you sword-lovers mob her, and we'll use some more discrete spells. Potion up. Nows the time for strength, antivenom." Nonam pulls out a vial. "I also have some poison myself. We can give her a bit of her own medicine. There's enough in here for five treatments. Don't get it on your fingers." While he waits for the others to use the poison, he casts stoneskin on Onrad (8).
Gareth (poison imm, 50% invisible, %100 silent) 5d4(3+4+4+3+2)=16 5d4(4+3+4+1+4)=16 d20=9
Wednesday August 16th, 2000 12:34:40 PM
The warrior drinks the potion he had been carrying (note: not one of the 4 he has on the top of his pack.). He looks at the others and draws on his acquired tactical prowess. "Get ready guys. It's time. Like Nonam said, focus all your attacks on the Matron - once she is killed and we have the ring we can then retreat if necessary. Don't waste time on her body guards if at all possible. If we prevail we can look at taking out her daughters. Remember, focus on the women. Kill them and we hurt them worse then if we kill the men.". For a moment he pauses and looks the others in the eyes hoping to empower them even over the euphoria caused by the apples. "It's an honor to fight with you guys. You're all good friends (CHA by 9).". As Jus once again disappears, he says softy. "Jus, I would suggest you use your big spells too, I noticed you've not been using them. Saving them for the big one I hope?". The warrior then draws his sword and shield. Pausing to look at each of them he says "Finer companions a warrior could never have. You've been reliable and true every time. I can fight with confidence in your company.". The warrior then puts his shield over the back of his pack (i.e. puts it up) - he tells it he is doing this to protect his back as he believes many will sneak up on him and that he does not need to be silent right now. (Drank potion of invulnerability - lasts 16 rounds (5d4) - goofed and rolled twice [+2 on all saves,+2 on AC, immune from non-magical weapon attack]). The warrior waits for the others to prepare and then moves to the door. He signals for someone to check it for traps. When the all clear signal is given, he turn invisible and waits for Onrad to open it.
Gareth (poison imm, 50% invisible, %100 silent)
Wednesday August 16th, 2000 2:18:57 PM
The warrior also puts some of the poison from Nonam on his blade - "If it'll kill'em faster then fine by me.".
Tericus(poision immunity)
Wednesday August 16th, 2000 8:40:47 PM
after eating the apple and hearing about the Matron Mother's powers, Tericus walks over to Onrad and puts his hand on him. after humming a bit, his spell goes off and Onrad feels a tingling in his body(cast slow poision) "That should protect you from poision for a time, Onrad. I dont have any spells that can probably directly effect her, but I can slow up the guards a bit."
Teko
Wednesday August 16th, 2000 8:40:48 PM
Teko readies his Wand of Illusion. Teko drinks his Potion of Memory. "If I fall in combat, and if you can somehow restore me to a state where I can fight again, this will prevent me from forgetting my spells. This, gentlemen, is where we find out whether we should have listened to our mothers and stayed home."
Onrad (Priestess robes, able to Levitate)
Wednesday August 16th, 2000 9:08:41 PM
As Jus disappears, Onrad says, "Well, I guess I'm the lone lure then." He swallows. "Quick comments. Gareth use the shield again near the matron or other casters. See if you can prevent the matron from being able to activate her items. Here's another invis potion. Who wants? A levitation potion, who wants? Tericus, here is two heal potions and 1 extra heal. Teko, take this Rainbow Hues potion. Saire, here's a water breathing one. Use it...creatively. He gets some blood from the dead drow and smears it over his hood and especially his neck area. Onrad pulls a couple of large sacks to the top of his pack with the tops hanging out the side after he closes it again so he can grab them.) Then Onrad sips a potion of Levitation. He waits one more moment for everyone to nod their readiness, to let everyone get settled, while pulling his hood as completely as possible over his face and stooping slightly like a contrite priestess might do. "Wardd make me lucky," Onrad prays. (ooc: I'll open the door next post unless someone stops me.)
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room)
Wednesday August 16th, 2000 10:29:02 PM
"If anyone has it, I'd love something to help me fight poison.", Jus quitely says. "I don't want to fall again as soon as the fighting starts. Everyone remember our job, and Trant's favor. I don't know if we'll be able to do them both, but at least keep them in mind." Jus then casts one of his simpler spells, Shield, figuring it wouldn't hurt and may help him keep his Stoneskins intact. Nodding towards Gareth's comment, Jus replies, "Don't worry about me; by spells or by sword, I'll do major damage today."
Nonam
Thursday August 17th, 2000 9:13:44 AM
Nonam looks down at the priestess that didn't get stripped, snatches her holy symbol, and puts it on. He grins, "Maybe now spiders will leave me alone." Then he stoppers his vial of poison and puts it away. "Let's go. Start fighting as soon as we go in. Onrad's ruse won't work long, but long enough for us to get the first attack is all we need."
Nonam
Thursday August 17th, 2000 9:28:48 AM
As an afterthought Nonam says, "Gareth, for your first shot try to take off her right hand. That way she'll lose the antivenom ring, the spider wand, will have trouble casting, and she'll be poisoned from your blade."
DM JK
Thursday August 17th, 2000 9:32:02 AM
Everyone gets ready behind the door. Nervous energy fills the room.
Tericus(poision immunty)
Thursday August 17th, 2000 8:14:53 PM
takes the potions from Onrad, then paces around a bit nervously "If we're going to do this, then lets do it."
Teko
Thursday August 17th, 2000 8:14:54 PM
Teko casts Detect Invisibility. He waits for the door to open.
Jus (7 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room) d4=3
Thursday August 17th, 2000 9:15:18 PM
Hoping to avoid defensive casting during the upcoming combat, Jus drops his one remaining Stoneskin and casts the spell again (7 stoneskins now active). With the little disappointment in his voice, Jus comments, "No poison help, then? Ah, well; I'll just have to pray for the best." After a moment's hesitation, Jus perks up again, "Let's get to it and have fun. I'm getting tired of waiting -- although I guess I could find a few more spells to cast. Well, Onradette? You gonna do it or not?"
Onradette (looking beautiful and ready to levitate)
Thursday August 17th, 2000 10:26:24 PM
Onrad nods to all and then takes a couple of deep breaths focusing. He prepares himself for a possible grisly scene in this next room thinking it might be hell itself. Then he opens the door. He stumbles just a bit on purpose as if adjusting to "her" injuries and backs into the room. Spinning to see the room, "she" then clutches at her throat and makes a "Gaaarggghh" sound as if trying to say something. She stumbles forward then toward the matron if there hands outstretched and falls to her knees keeping "her" face hidden.
DM JK
Friday August 18th, 2000 8:55:35 AM
This room is hideously covered with spider webs. No walls can be seen. The scuttling of spiders of varying sizes can be heard as constant background noise within the chamber. (Gareth, save vs fear). The reflection of black candles set into inverted high-elven skulls give the room an eerie supernatural feeling. Your breathing comes back to you loud in your ears. In.....out......in......out. Despite the webs, the room looks extraordinarily clean.
There are two sets of doors leading into this temple. One, you just entered through. The other is a single door at the back of the sanctuary.
A set of three steps leads to an altar that stands in silent testimony to the evil god Lolth. Old blood drips from rare sacrifices performed here. The altar has a black marble top deeply engraved with runes, which are all variations of the form of a spider. Laid in front of the altar as in silent worship are 12 high-elven skulls. A grizzly tribute to their current enemy.
Behind the altar, is a huge idol of the goddess Lolth, in her spider form. Two of her legs grip a huge ring, strangely intangible. It is having the effect of making the ends of the idol's legs seems strangely insubstantial. On either side of the idol is a brazier made of some worked black metal that looks like gold.
Bowing before the idol is an ancient drow woman. She acts as if in a trance. A strange purplish black light shines on her from the ring. Other wisps of light stretch out from the ring and flow through the room making the room very cold. The woman is none other than Matron Baenre.
Caught in the webs around the room, are male elves entranced with huge insane grins on their faces. They are filled with the joy of Lolth and the power of the ring. The wisps of light from the ring eventually pass through the foreheads of each of these webs. It suddenly occurs to you that these warriors are being attuned to the ring as was described by Matron Millithor.
Behind the Matron, two daughters tend to the altar, constantly feeding it spider webs and spiders which disappear into its glossy surface. Four granddaughters bow in front of the altar, slender figures showing through their spider web attire. They are strangely and dangerously beautiful.
Then Onrad bursts into the room, everyone turns to look at him. Hesitation shows on their faces.
Suddenly teleportation doors open everywhere. The Red Team of the Lords of Diamonds comes through, grin and say, "We've got the daughters." The Red Tigers appear looking very beat up and near death. Helo's hair is even messed up and bloody with a head wound. She breathlessly points to the granddaughters. This leaves the Matron Mother for the party.
Nonam 10d6(5+6+4+3+1+3+4+6+1+3)=36 10d6(6+6+5+5+2+5+6+3+6+4)=48
Friday August 18th, 2000 9:17:12 AM
Nonam doesn't waste any time. That maniacal look is starting to come back, and he bursts into the room and starts casting. First a fireball explodes around the matron and possibly some of the daughters (36 sv 1/2). Then the mad mage casts a second spell, and a lightning bolt springs up right in front of the Matron. The stroke passes through her, burns her insides a bit, and goes on to strike the altar. He hopes it will reflect and hit the matron twice (48 sv 1/2).
Jus (7 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room) 8d6(2+3+4+1+5+6+2+2)=25
Friday August 18th, 2000 9:31:11 AM
Jus enters right beside Nonam, smiling when he sees Nonam's Wild Magic go Wild. Jus' fingertips crackle as he sends his own lightning bolt cascading through the Matron and into the altar, trying to get a rebound (25 sv 1/2).
Gareth (Poison Imm, %100 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 16 Rnds) d100=10 d20=15 d20=13 d20=4 d20=20 d20=6 d8+10=12 d8+10=18 d20=11
Friday August 18th, 2000 12:47:02 PM
The warrior follows Onrad into the room as stealthily as he can manage. His precision and silence is catlike as he moves (Silent by 40%). Seeing all the spiders he begins to have flashbacks to the pit trap but the battle rage within him is too strong and he doesn't flinch (15, Sv by plenty). His heart goes out to Helo and the Red Tigers seeing their injured state because he knows he cannot afford to do anything for them until the Matron has been killed. After the fireball and lightning bolts erupt he makes a bee line straight for the matron positioning himself between her and the back door, using the sounds of others closing to mask his approach. If he can block her offspring from the door and still maintain contact with his primary objective he does so. The warrior strikes focusing on the Matrons right arm - any part exposed. His sword rings true as he slices into it (hit AC -7[not including any + from being invisible or minus for called shot], 12 DMG). As he becomes visible he makes eye contact, giving her the warriors stare as he goes about his deadly business. He spins as he again attacks the Matron mother, swinging his sword in a wide and deadly arc. Noticing his blow beginning to go awry, the warrior deftly adjusts it and connects with a perfect cut! (Hero point, rolled a 20!, second roll hits AC 0 for 18+18=36 DMG - last d20 roll was a goof, sorry) Note: If the right arm does not come off with the first attack, the second attack hits the arm too).
Tericus(poision immunity) d4=4
Friday August 18th, 2000 6:50:27 PM
following in Jus and Noonan, Tericus stands besides them and casts one of his hold person spells on the ancient drow(normal save)
Onrad (able to levitate, slow poison) d20=14 d8+8=16
Friday August 18th, 2000 8:08:25 PM
Onrad smiles to himself despite the seriousness of the situation. This is why he became an adventurer. This scene right here. All worth it. Onrad makes to defend the matron staring in "horror" as the daughters and granddaughters are removed from the room. As she rises, otherwise if she doesn't, Onrad does a called shot on her other hand trying to actually knock the ring off of her finger or knock her finger off of her hand. He hits AC-8 before any adjustments for the called shot or the matron's hopeful lack of dex, etc. With any remaining movement, he moves to her far side so as to not line us up for area effect spells. His called shot does 16hpd if it hits.
Teko (Detect Invisibility) 5d4(3+4+1+2+2)+5=17
Saturday August 19th, 2000 4:01:35 PM
If Teko notices anything hidden or otherwise invisible, he notifies the party immediately. Using his Wand of Illusion (Deluxe Edition), he casts from it the stored non-illusory spell, Magic Missle (presumably at 12th level), doing 17 points of damage to the Matron.
DM JK d100=33 d100=78 d100=54 d100=77 d100=5 d20=17 d20=14 d100=62 8d8(6+8+4+1+5+5+2+4)=35
Monday August 21st, 2000 9:39:57 AM
Magical energy explodes around the maton, but she simply steps forward with an evil smirk. The two lightning bolts hit the altar behind the matron, but they do not bounce off. Instead they melt it. Turning briefly to look, the matron spins back around and screams, "DEFILERS!" Gareth rushes up and his blade rips through the matron, but without making a focused called shot, he is unable to sever her hand. Onrad manages to strike the ring on her left hand, but he fails to make her lose it. With a look of sheer hatred at Onrad and Gareth, the matron casts, and is instantly surrounded by a wall of spinning swords. Onrad and Gareth save vs spell or take 35pts. In any case, you are now both on the far side of the barrier. There seems to be no safe way through the swords.
The battle rages around the party, some of the drow fall to the ground, but heroes fall as well.
A deep unearthly rumbling begins to come from the altar.
Nonam d20=1
Monday August 21st, 2000 10:18:33 AM
Seeing that the group's spells had little effect, Nonam shouts, "She resists the magic, cast on our friends if you can, keep casting on her if you can't."
After the matron casts, Nonam, who knows a thing or two about spells, shouts, "That's a blade barrier! You can't go through it, but you can go over it."
Then the brave Nonam Firstorlast casts a couple of spells of his own. His first choice seems to do nothing, but Nonam knows it's something only the Matron can see, a Phantasmal Killer. The second spell, Fly, gives Gareth a way over the swords.
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 15 rnds) d20=15 d20=6 d20=12 d20=18 d8+10=17 d8+10=14
Monday August 21st, 2000 12:53:37 PM
Being prepared for the onslaught from the ancient dark elf, the warrior deftly avoids the blade barrier. When Nonam casts he somehow feels the ability to fly come to him and somehow knows instinctively how to make it happen - as if by magic (Int by 5). He moves over the barrier that blocks his quarry and crashes down on her again with a blade flurry of his own making. He again focuses his attack on her right hand - this time making sure he connects correctly with her wrist. He hits at it twice hoping to again seperate it from her body (Hit AC -6 and AC -12 before called shot for 17+14=31 DMG). The warrior, now in full combat mode, puts himself between the Matron and the back of the temple where the alter and door are located, blocking her from trying to escape.
Tericus(poision immunity) d20=1 d20=12
Monday August 21st, 2000 5:23:26 PM
concentration hard on the magical barrier, Tericus cast dispel magic on it. sensing that his power is failing, hes able to concentrate and recapture the spells energy(used hero point), dispelling 9th level or higher
Jus (7 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room)
Monday August 21st, 2000 5:23:27 PM
Expecting reinforcements to arrive, Jus pauses in his offense long enough to cast Hold Portal on the doorway behind the altar.
Teko (Detect Invisibility)
Monday August 21st, 2000 8:22:15 PM
Teko casts Continual Light into the Matron's eyes. He keeps an eye out for invisible creatures/objects.
Onrad (levitating, and possible stoneskins) d20=18 d8+8=10 d20=5
Monday August 21st, 2000 10:00:03 PM
Onrad grins and gives a thumbs up at the casters and their innovative spells. 'Good one Tericus!' He hopes it works and dispells the swords, but doesn't take the chance and levitates up 10' over them and then 10' back down so as to get that all important +2 to hit from above. He once again tries a called shot. This time to the wand arm to disarm it and send it flying hopefully toward our casters to use. He swings! Hoody Hoo! He hits AC-12 before adjustments are taken off for the called shot. He does 10 points of damage. He will use the rest of any movement he has to move with the Matron to prevent being hit by those nasty swords.(Oh, the save.) Oh the nasty swords! Onrad misses his save and takes the 35 points of damage. "AAUUUUGHHH!" Onrad screams as he is hit by more swords at once than he ever has experienced before. Then he realizes that he has that Stoneskin on. He wonders if he is truly injured or not and if his stoneskins remain or all of them are gone. He glances down to check his stoneskins and injuries in a bit of shock.
dm note
Tuesday August 22nd, 2000 9:40:42 AM
[to make a called shot, you only get one attack for the round at -4 - used Gareth's first attack only since you seemed to want the called shot]
dm jk d100=22
Tuesday August 22nd, 2000 9:42:20 AM
Onrad is unharmed but loses all of his stoneskins. The matron screams in rage as Onrad and Gareth circumvent her blade barrier. Then Tericus dispels it, and she looks so angry she looks like her head is going to explode. She gains just a bit of confidence as she resists Teko's spell and the room remains dark, but then the combined assaults from Gareth and Onrad result in her losing her right hand. She waves it around screaming, spraying Onrad and Gareth with some sort of unholy black blood (save vs spells -5).
Things are beginning to look bleak for the matron as our heroes beat her into submission, but about that time a ghostly form begins to coalesce above the altar. One of the matron's grandaughters notices it first, points at it, and screams out, "Lolth! Lolth! Myrsl Vomeklani Sarsili Lolth!" Then she stops combat and bows before the altar giving the hero attacking her time to make certain that she never rises again. Withing seconds ALL of the drow in the room are bowing before the altar. The matron is the last to do so. She shoots Gareth and Onrad a look of triumph before spinning to kneel.
The form above the altar is quickly taking shape. It is clearly feminine and black as night.
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 15 rnds) d20=15 d20=13 d20=11 d8+10=15 d8+10=16 d20=5
Tuesday August 22nd, 2000 12:30:34 PM
The warrior grits his teeth as the Matron's blood hits him - but he resists any effect it may have had. Seeing the Matron begin to bow he makes sure and capitalize on the situation. He wails on her twice more hoping to kill her before the new threat - Lolth was it? - appears. One problem at a time and all that. (Hit AC -7 and -5 for 15+16 DMG). He does not turn to face the new threat - that is until the neurons connect and he finally realizes who Lolth is (Int). "I new this was going too well...". The warrior continues to focus his attacks on the Matron - not wanting to turn away and let her recover and then have to face 2 threats.
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 14)
Tuesday August 22nd, 2000 3:54:35 PM
Note: forgot to deduct round from potion to 14.
Tericus(poision immunity)
Tuesday August 22nd, 2000 7:13:40 PM
pleased that he dispelled the wall, Tericus looks pleased with himself until the dark shape starts forming in front of the alter. pulling out a potion, he drinks it down in one gulp, and suddenly his muscles look like they are straining against his armor(potion of hill giant strength) pulling out the mace he got from the dragon, he whispers to it and a soft, soothing song begins to eminate from the mace, causing it to glow with magical powers
Jus (7 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room)
Tuesday August 22nd, 2000 7:13:41 PM
"Yes! Don't forget the vial!", Jus yells as the blade barrier falls and Onrad and Gareth get to do their damage. His elation turns into a momentary "Uh, oh" as he sees the figure appear by the altar.
"I wonder what would happen if...." Before he finishes talking, Jus is already running up to the altar. He takes hold of the ring there and tries to pull it free.
Onrad d20=18
Tuesday August 22nd, 2000 7:13:42 PM
Onrad grimacing an apology to Gareth, runs toward the alter and past it to the idol of Lolth. He sees that two of the spider's legs hold the insubstantial ring. "What vial Jus?" Onrad yells at him. Then Onrad once again pushes his luck and decides to try and break one of the two idol legs that holds the ring. Perhaps that would stop the manifestation. "WHACK!" Onrad slices into the idol's spider leg once again hitting AC-12 before adjustments. Onrad observes Jus' actions and grins at him hoping that he succeeds. "Good job Tericus! Got anything for manifesting gods?" Gareth, if what I do to the leg seems to help any, get the other one. If not, then I'm back on grandma here."
Teko (Detect Invisibility)
Tuesday August 22nd, 2000 9:31:28 PM
"I hope this wand is of high enough level to do some good," Teko mutters. Using the Wand of Illusion, he casts an illusion of the ceiling collapsing upon the appearing demon.
Nonam
Thursday August 24th, 2000 8:27:55 AM
Nonam tries to think of what he can cast at a god.
DM JK
Thursday August 24th, 2000 8:30:01 AM
[sorry about yesterday, school just started back]
Gareth and Onrad, who didn't wipe the nasty matron blood off their faces, save again at -6. Gareth, gets two more doses from stabbing the prostrate woman in the back, save twice more at -7 then at -8. The matron crumples beneath Gareth's blows and looks on the verge of death. The ceiling collapses above the dias and falls on top of the matron, the coalescing form, Onrad, Gareth, and Jus. Before the stones hit and crush everyone, the dark woman raises its head and looks up. Everything is instantly back to normal.
As Onrad hacks at the statue's leg, he hears a voice scream in his mind, "You would dare dishonor me in my presence!?! Bow before me or perish!" The voice hurts. It hurts bad. Ten times worse than Onrad's worst headache, and he feels unclean even after it's finished.
The black form coalesces into a near solid form, but there is no white for eyes, no real mouth. Only darkness. Then the two legs begin to multiply and give way into eight spider legs. Then Lolth waves a left hand, and the injuries on all of the drow in the room, including the matron, disappear. A pleasing silky voice says, "You have served me well, daughters." Then she slowly lowers her left hand. The figure made no movement save for the raising and lower of the hand, even while speaking.
Next she raises her right hand and points right at Nonam. The soothing voice is gone. Instead their is a horrible screaming, "HOW CAN YOU DARE COME INTO THIS PLACE OF WORSHIP WEARING MY SYMBOL AND DESTROY MY ALTAR?!" Some invisible force rips the holy symbol of Lolth off of Nonam. Then it lifts the mage and hurls him backward into the wall. The frail wizard crashes into it with a deafening crack. Then he slumps to the floor. An impression remains in the stone wall where he hit it. Gareth crashes to the floor about the same time Nonam does. The fly spell is gone.
During the comotion, Jus reaches the ring platform without incident. No one moves to stop him. He reaches his fingers out to touch it, and at the last possibile moment, the matron leaps up with her wand in her other hand. She points it at Jus and screams in common with a heavy drow accent, "Die, filth." A purple ray shoots forth and hits Jus. (sv v poison)
The dark figure of Lolth starts to raise her hand again but watches and waits instead. The other heroes in the room are staring open-mouthed in horror at the platform. A few have dropped their weapons. A few more are weeping. One has dropped to his knees and is praying to Alemi with all his heart.
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 14) d20=12 d20=6 d20=20 d20=15 d20=16 d8+10=14
Thursday August 24th, 2000 12:36:35 PM
The warrior gets up from falling down and shrugs off the blood at first. But the force of the spell hits him as the blood from the Matron's wounds splash him (saved 1st and 3rd time). He grits his teeth and somehow holds himself together while the god speaks (Save). When he sees the Matron fire her wand at Jus he uses his sword and cuts at her arm holding the wand at the wrist (called shot) again braving the effects of the blood - hoping to at least dislodge the wand if not sever the wrist again. He then begins to wipe the blood off him. (Called shot, hit AC -10 before called shot for 14 dmg).
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 13)
Thursday August 24th, 2000 12:40:40 PM
Note: forgot to deduct round from potion again - sorry.
Jus (7 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room) d100=13 d20=12
Thursday August 24th, 2000 12:40:41 PM
Jus is hit by the ray, but is able to withstand the poison effects [d20=12 saved vs. poison by 2 natural, by 3 with golden apple. Also rolled and made my amulet's magic resistance, if it applies].
In the best high-elf voice he can manage, Jus says, "I'll have to decline your offer, Matron; I'm a little busy right now."
Jus takes hold of the ring.
Teko (Detect Invisibility) d20=6
Thursday August 24th, 2000 9:11:46 PM
If it isn't too late, Teko (making a dex check by 12, if it matters) attempts to cast a Feather Fall to break Nonam's impact. In any case, he says his prayers.
Onrad d20=20 d20=15 d20=12 d8+8=12 d8+8=14
Thursday August 24th, 2000 10:26:40 PM
Onrad miraculously saves vs. the poison and screams. "Ahh Agh! My face is boiling." He doubles over as Lolth tries to get him to bow to her. However, just a quickly he jerks back up in another spasm. "Lucky Wardd. Holy Wardd. Aid me." After a bit, he somehow realizes through the pain that he's not going to die and opens his eyes a bit. "I...won't....bow. I....won't....die. Did that. Didn't like it." He didn't seem to do anything major in helping to release the ring with his attack on the statue, so intinctively he jumps back down nearly falling from the pain and attacks the Matron once! (15 hitting AC-9 ) and twice (12 hitting AC -6). [damage of 12 and 14 if they hit.] He then, again mostly by reflex, wipes the poison off his face (ooc: if wiping the poison off his face is an action, then he won't do that. Hitting the matron is a greater priority.) Onrad then stands tall and grins at Lolth, his face covered with boils from the poison and looking like something out of the deepest pits of hell. He speaks to all the despairing groups in the room. "It is the blood of this vile spidergod's children [cough] that will be killed this day. How strong can a god be that [hack] has to come [mocking tone] rescue her high priestess from a bunch of surface dwellers! Fight! Refuse to die! Slaughter this 8 legged spawn! Muhaaaahaaa!"
Tericus(poision immunity, hill giant strength) d20=2 d20=7 d6+12=13
Friday August 25th, 2000 4:15:35 AM
pulling his holy symbol from his neck, Tericus runs up to the alter next to Jus. holding his flute in one hand, and his mace in the other, he prays to himself. "Teresaila, guide my hand so my friends may survive this day." the steading himself, he smashes the mace down upon the alter, right above where the two spider legs holding the ring are solid(used hero point to reroll, hit ac 2 for 13 pts of damage)"When I get it loose, run with it Jus, rin and dont look back!!!"
Nonam
Friday August 25th, 2000 11:56:15 AM
Nonam lays still at the back of the room.
DM JK
Friday August 25th, 2000 11:59:18 AM
[you all do realize that this is a god and you are puny adventurers, right?]
Teko is unable to stop Nonam from hitting the wall, but he is close enough to see that the mage is breathing.
Onrad and Gareth wail on the matron. Again she looks on the verge of death. As his friends run interference, Jus touches the ring. Lolth does not move to intervene. Once his finger touches the soft gold, he hears the most beautiful voice he's ever heard in his mind, "Place my on your finger, and you can dispell this apparition. Love me, and you can rule this world."
The shadow of the goddess raises her hand to point at Tericus as he rushes forward with his mace, and he comes to a freezing halt in mid stride. Then comes a voice filled with loathing "Your pathetic goddess protects you, but you will not dishonor me in my house." Tericus finds that he can't move any closer to the altar. Then her other hand points at Onrad. He immediately feels an unseen force lift him off of the ground, and it starts crushing him. He is obviously having trouble breathing. The evil voice screams, "I SHOULD SLAY YOU FOR YOUR INSOLENCE! FEED YOU TO MY PETS! LET THEM DEVOUR YOUR FLESH! SUCK THE JUICES FROM YOUR WARM PUPLY SACK! PIECE OF HUMAN REFUSE!" She continues to hold him in the air crushing him slowly. Very slowly. It hurts bad. Very bad.
Still holding Onrad in the air, the shadow speaks again. This time in a warning whisper, "This is my holy temple, the next one who disgraces me here will die. I have blessed each and everyone here with my presence. Do not anger me further. I am not here to protect this pathetic... creature." She points at the Matron, and the drow priestess is crushed to the ground. "She intended to use this Ring to become my equal. She will suffer for it, but I will be the one to make her suffer over centuries. I have allowed you here, so that you will take this ring from my people. Dishonor your own gods with it."
At the final word, everything seems to happen at once. Onrad crashes to the ground. Tericus can move. The matron screams the most horrifying sound that you've ever heard, and she lies dead at Gareth's feet. The shadow of Lolth disappears.
Jus holds the ring as it whispers to him. Nonam lies still at the back of the room.
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 13)
Friday August 25th, 2000 4:14:28 PM
After the god finishes her speech the warrior begins to speak - trying to blubber out something like "We did not come here to oppose you - only the one you wish to punish. We did not mean to damage your place of worship...". But seeing the god has gone he saves his breath and immediately searches the matron for the dragon's vial. Interpreting the fact that everyone is still alive as a sign that Lolth approves of this action he yells out "Kill the others fast! Block the doors! Get them all - AND DON'T DAMAGE THE TEMPLE!". He searches and pulls off every ring, wand, amulet, and other item he can find (after the vial) - not wanting her to reanimate or something. Once done he looks at the others to make sure everybody seems OK and not on the verge of death before again joining the fray.
Onrad
Friday August 25th, 2000 4:14:29 PM
"We didn't come here to honor or dishonor. We came here by means of a very long road to kill and steal and you have robbed us of...AAUUUUGH! Ugh! Oof! ....nnnnnnnnnnnggggggggh No! Let me go! Let me! Go! Blam! Onrad crashes to the ground his face inches from the dead matron's face. He curls into a fetal position. He tries to spit on the dead Matron's body, but it runs down his chin. He rolls over and gets up on all fours, the best he can manage. "No. The victory is ours. You would have killed us if you could. Our Gods protect us. We win." Onrad then collapses again, holding his ribs and moaning.
Teko (Detect Invisibility)
Friday August 25th, 2000 6:07:29 PM
Teko looks around to see how the other occupants of the room react. He walks over to Jus and says, "Is everything all right?"
Jus (1 Stoneskin, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room) d20=20 d20=4
Friday August 25th, 2000 8:57:54 PM
Jus looks up at Teko, glassy eyed. Sweat is rolling down his forehead -- the appearance of the god must have really rattled him. "Yea, I'm fine," Jus mumbles, but his eyes look right through Teko. Jus tries to gain control, but he just can't do it (rolled reaction).
"You can rule this world...", it says. Jus is repugnant and wondrous about these words. He could've ruled once before, but he left home because of it. He hates the idea of ruling of others. But... he could be stronger than Gareth, and more powerful than Nonam -- Without a doubt! He knows better, but, oh! wouldn't it be fun!
Jus looks down at the ring, toying with the idea of putting it on. Then he pulls himself back to the present and remembers what this ring is (rolled perception), and what this game is all about. "Promote the Pawn?", Jus whispers his rhetorical question.
Not wanting to put the ring away, nor to give it to anyone else, Jus palms it in a tight grip. Looking around, he only now realizes that others are hurt and the Matron is dead. "Pity about the Matron," Jus says without sympathy, "we were supposed to get the vial before she died." Too distracted to do anything else, Jus stands there and looks around.
Tericus(poision immunity, hill giant strength) 2d8(6+5)+1=12
Saturday August 26th, 2000 2:00:11 AM
"Im glad my god will never forsake me." Tericus whispers to himself as he moves over to where Noonan is lying. touching his hand to Noonan's face, Tericus whistles a cheerful tune, and many of Noonan's wounds seem to dissapear(CSW for 12 pts of damage) "Onrad, come over here so I can examine your wounds, I want to make sure nothing is broken."
Onrad
Monday August 28th, 2000 8:37:27 PM
Onrad gratefully goes over to Tericus. "You're Teresalia, right? I don't know much about her. Tell me about her while you help me out here. Uhh. Ow. Sorry." Onrad watches to see how the other grops have fared. "Jus, you ok. I wouldn't put that ring on, bud. Bad news." Onrad stretches to see if anything is pulled or broken. "We need to git folks."
DM JK
Monday August 28th, 2000 11:08:09 PM
As the group casually saunters about, the remaining drow and the other heroes carry the battle out into the hallways, leaving the Three alone in the room with the dead matron. Gareth finds what might have once been a vial, but it's now smashed. Otherwise, he finds two rings, a wand, and a bag. Tericus sees that Nonam appears unhurt. Nevertheless, the wizard is unconsious. On closer inspection, Tericus sees a spider shaped mark burned into Nonam's chest. The holy symbol of Lolth is gone.
After Jus resists the initial temptation of the ring, it somehow changes. If Jus won't choose to wear it. The ring will choose for him. "Put me on, or I will crush you. Pathetic elves. I've offered you the world. Take it. TAKE IT!" Jus save v spell at -2, or you have to put on the ring.
Gareth's face starts to itch.
(Posting in the morning was becoming too difficult, so I'm switching to pm. Probably won't matter after the post today.)
Jus (7 Stoneskins, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room) d100=82 d100=57 d20=10
Tuesday August 29th, 2000 1:36:52 AM
Jus' desire to wear the ring is torn to shatters as the ring makes its demand. There is no way Jus will volunteer to wear the ring now (failed magic resistance rolls, but made save vs spells by two). Pulling out the box made for his ion stone, Jus places the ring inside, then tucks it into the most secure pocket he has, in the front on the right side of his chest.
Tericus
Tuesday August 29th, 2000 4:35:51 AM
"Oh, shes a wonderful goddess, when we have more time, ill tell you more about her." Tericus says as he places a hand on Onrad
Tericus 2d8(7+2)+1=10 2d8(6+5)+1=12 d20=15
Tuesday August 29th, 2000 4:37:19 AM
(sorry, hit the wrong key!!!!) healing Onrad 10 pts of damage. "But you and the others better go help our comrads over there while I try to revive Noonan here." then he easily picks up Noonan in his arms(giant strength) and carries him just outside the temple of Lolth. once they are out of the temple, Tericus touched his holy symbol the the burnt spider mark on Noonan and examins the burn and binds it(made healing prof. check)
Gareth (poison imm, 50% Invisible, 50% silent) d20=8 d20=2 d8+10=12 d8+10=15
Tuesday August 29th, 2000 4:05:20 PM
The warrior wipes all remaining blood from the Matron off him so it doesn't affect him any more. He then moves to the hallway to see if he can help kill the remaining drow. If he can he chooses to help any hero who appears to be in trouble - if not, he just attacks the nearest drow. (Hit AC -2 and 4 for 12+15 dmg)
Onrad
Tuesday August 29th, 2000 4:29:39 PM
Onrad, who was unaware that combat was continuing, searches out a drow to attack. If it's too late to help, he repeats his words, "We should git out of here quickly," and moves over to the door they entered through. He counts to see that everyone is ready. "Tericus, I still have some healing if you need it for Nonam. We need him up and scowling now!"
Teko (Detect Invisibility)
Tuesday August 29th, 2000 8:48:40 PM
If no more drow are in the room, Teko will follow the others. Otherwise, he uses the Wand of Illusion to crack a group of drow with a lightning bolt.
DM JK
Tuesday August 29th, 2000 10:42:15 PM
Tericus carries Nonam into the antechamber where the group killed the priestesses. After examining the burn, he determines that it is magical in nature. It's as if the holy symbol burned into the frail wizard's chest. Perhaps, a group a priests could get rid of it, but there's little that he can do alone out in the field.
After a few moments more tending, Tericus manages to ignore Onrad long enough to revive Nonam. The mage blinks his eyes a few times and grimaces with pain.
Teko doesn't see any more drow in the temple, but he sees some outside the other door. He blasts them all to good effect. Nonam and Jus couldn't have done it better, and they all run off, leaving the party absolutely alone. For the moment.
Gareth is absolutely certain that he gets every last bit of blood off himself. Nevertheless, he's beginning to feel sick.
Jus safely gets the ring put away and no longer feels compelled to wear it. But the magic of the ring is strong, and he can hear it screaming at him through the box. It clutches at your mind, Jus. You can tell the danger is gone, but it hurts. This ring is definitely not a good one.
It's nearly impossible for Jus to conceal the pain from anyone. Though the cause of his pain isn't obvious.
Nonam
Tuesday August 29th, 2000 10:54:06 PM
Nonam looks up at Tericus and manages to grin, "What did he do to me this time?" He nods feebly at Onrad.
Tericus(poision immunity)
Wednesday August 30th, 2000 4:15:57 AM
Noonan can see clearly that something is bothering Tericus. "If was only that simple, my friend. There isnt any easy way to tell you this, so ill be blunt. Lolth has burnt the holy symbol of hers that you wore into your chest, and I dont know how to remove it. I dont know if it can be removed." he says, with tears forming in his eyes. "Can you feel it inside you? How much pain is it causing you?"
Jus (7 Stoneskins, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room) d20=13
Wednesday August 30th, 2000 6:24:45 AM
Jus puts his fingers to his temples, trying to block out the pain. It doesn't work. He considers giving the ring to someone else, but that would only hand them into the ring's temptation -- and they may not be able to handle the stress. "We better decide now and go. Do we...." Jus grimaces in pain for a moment. Jus begins speaking in a very polite and cordial manner, as if nothing is wrong (made etiquette skill roll trying to cover up his duress). His words are spoken wonderfully, but Jus can't cover up the evident pain. "Do we return to the dragon, or get out as quick as we can? Personally, if we just ticked off a god, a dragon isn't going to make much difference; and I don't think an evil dragon and this ring should go near each other."
Gareth (poison imm, 50% Invisible, 50% silent) d20=2 d20=15
Wednesday August 30th, 2000 4:26:40 PM
Seeing the battle move away and feeling the sickly feeling coming over him, the warrior relunctantly returns to the antechamber and prepares for a hasty exit. He looks around to see if Helo (Red Tigers and the Lords) and the others intend to join them so they can retreat together. "Guys, I think we should get away as fast as possible. The dragon's vial is destroyed and so I doubt she would be happy to see us. I could bring her the remains of it but that's all that's left. And I agree with Jus, we shouldn't let her see the ring. I doubt we'd leave with it - or at all. We should join ranks with the other 2 groups and try to retreat with them. Everyone has a better chance that way. We've accomplished our mission so now it's up to us to get out best we can. Any idea which way we should go? The only way I know is back through the dragons lair - another reason to hook up with the others.". Seeing Nonam not being able to stand he reaches down and picks him up (Str). "I'm beginning to feel sick - can't figure out why (failed int) - I'll carry you as long as possible. I have a potion of vitality in my pack if you need it, Nonam. Let's go."
Onrad (invisible, Levitating.)
Wednesday August 30th, 2000 6:55:26 PM
"I disagree. Every group that came here did so knowing that they had to get out themselves. That has to be why we weren't told of their presence here. We get out our way." Onrad goes and scoops up the remnants of the busted dragon potion. "Just in case." Gareth, you're hurt. Take the tail position if you would. I'll lead if that's ok. Let's go. Form up and I"ll open the next door." While waiting, Onrad goes invisible for the 3rd time today. "Go invisible if you can. Save your last one though for going through the city. When everyone has formed up, Onrad heads out, through the outer room, into the hallway, and back across the trap walking along the side to avoid it. He continues leading the group back the way they had come until we hit "trouble."
Teko
Wednesday August 30th, 2000 10:13:30 PM
"Yes, let's get out of here..." Teko glances briefly at his injured, struggling companions and finishes his sentence, "...Quickly."
DM JK
Wednesday August 30th, 2000 10:58:24 PM
The group makes their plans. They see no other heroes, but they hear the sounds of battle echoing down the hallways.
Nonam
Wednesday August 30th, 2000 11:01:36 PM
Nonam grits his teeth, leans on Tericus a bit, and stands up, "It's not so bad." He listens to the group's plans for a minute. "Are you guys nuts? If we go back the way we came in, we have to go through the dragon's lair. Certain suicide if we don't give her the ring. We came that way to sneak in here. I say we go out through the front gate. There's enough of a destraction with all the fighting going on around here that it shouldn't be too bad. A few hundred drow is better than that dragon. Plus we sealed off the door from the dragon's lair to the battlemaze when they conjured up the demon. Remember?"
Tericus(poision immunity, giant strength)
Thursday August 31st, 2000 1:33:38 AM
easily supporting Nonnan, Tericus says "Lets go out the front then. The matron is dead, so the house must be in a state of confusion. Just be careful." then he begins to move out, making his way towards the front
Jus (7 Stoneskins, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room)
Thursday August 31st, 2000 5:42:03 AM
"Okay, let's go. But I have to say I don't feel right not going to the dragon... even though I don't think it would be a good idea. Ah, life would be so much easier without morals!" Before heading after Onrad, the invisible Jus takes Nonam's hand. "Here, I hate to give them up, but maybe they'll help a little." Jus passes Nonam his Ring of Spell Storing and his Ion Stone (Ring: Feather Fall, Fire Shield; Ion: Message, Alter Self, Forget).
Onrad
Thursday August 31st, 2000 12:12:46 PM
Onrad looks as if he's about to set off down the hallway in a new direction, when he stops at Jus' words and quietly shuts the door. "We gave our word didn't we? Just because someone is evil doesn't give us the automatic excuse of thinking that we don't have to treat that person fairly. If we avoid the dragon, we go back on our word and become like those we're attacking this day. I say we go give the dragon the remains of this potion. It should be able to determine if it is the real thing. We did do our best for her after all. Or if you vote against me, we can make for the front door and try to overcome all it's magical defenses. I've had my say. Front door or back door? State your preference and I"ll take off. I'm for the back door."
Gareth
Thursday August 31st, 2000 4:47:32 PM
The warrior looks grimly at the others. "I think our best bet is to return to the dragon. We know the way and she did promise to return us directly to Menzo upon our return with the potion. Somehow I think she has other means of exiting her lair than the drow battlemaze. We also stated that we would TRY to get the potion intact - we did not guarantee her success. If we show up with it then we have fulfilled our end of the bargain. I seriously doubt the dragon has not noticed a god mainfesting so near her lair and will at least know we are telling the truth. And I imagine she'll realize we helped her as well - the matron being dead and all. My only fear is that the dragon will go back on her word - but again she hasn't so far has she? We must move now. To stay is death for sure. Follow Onrad.". The warrior moves to the back and watches Nonam closely.
Teko (Detect Invisibility)
Thursday August 31st, 2000 8:01:07 PM
"The dragon may not treat us fairly, but we should not let her fault us for a lack of honesty. As I see it, we have been smiled upon by the powers that be. We should not have survived just now. Perhaps the gods' favor will continue. In any case, we should return to the dragon, and fulfill our promise. If we survive, then honor cannot be far behind us. If we die, only honor lies ahead."
DM JK
Friday September 1st, 2000 7:31:03 AM
As the group ponders which way to go, one of the Red Tigers leans his head into the door of the temple, "All adventurers are running a train to the front gates in five minutes! Hope to see you there!" He runs off.
Nonam
Friday September 1st, 2000 7:35:34 AM
Coming a little more into his own the longer he's awake, Nonam snaps, "This isn't a time for some nambsy-pambsy sense of honor. If we go down there, that dragon will kill us because we didn't get what she wanted done. I don't think it's going to work to say, 'We're sorry. We meant well. Don't eat us.'" He says this last bit in a dopey voice. Then more seriously, "I'll go with the party, but I say we aid our fellow heroes in an attack on the gates! Then we're in Menzo without being eaten."
Gareth
Friday September 1st, 2000 3:00:43 PM
"I have no problem going out the front gate with the others - if we can hook up. Up until right now, we did not have any way but trial and error to find it. Also, we may still be able to do damage to Banrae and therefore our mission is not over. We also did not put a time frame on our return with the vial - so we in essence have not broken our word. Lets do it. We've no time for discussion on this. Lets go!". The warrior moves to follow the Red Tiger and prepares for battle once again.
Jus (7 Stoneskins, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room)
Friday September 1st, 2000 6:02:22 PM
"Wow! I've never been the group's conscience before, this could be interesting. But I agree with Nonam that it would be a bad idea. If anyone has reservations, leave the dragon's gifts by or inside his door. Otherwise, let's get out of here." Jus laughes at Gareth's rationalization. "Is it that hard for you to say you're doing something wrong?"
Teko (Detect Invisibility)
Saturday September 2nd, 2000 12:39:15 AM
Teko pauses for a moment, looking very unsure, but finally shrugs his shoulders, grins, and walks alongside Gareth to the gates.
Onrad (invisible and levitating)
Saturday September 2nd, 2000 12:39:16 AM
Onrad counts on his fingers and says, "That makes 3 to 3 if you count both of Gareth's votes. If you only count Gareth's second vote, then it's 3 to 2. Tericus didn't vote. So we go out the front." Onrad races after the Red Tigers in frustration. He thinks, ::we're following? Isn't this half-donkied backwards?:: "Taking off after the Red Tigers...in case you can't see invisible."
Making a break for it(Dm sam) d20=10 d20=17 d8=5 d8=4
Thursday September 7th, 2000 4:09:01 AM
everyone meets up at the entrance to the temple. after a quick discussion, they decide to make a break for the front door. moving quickly, they are just able to keep the last member of the Red tigers in their sight. they move quickly for a few minuets, then loose sight of the red tiger they are following as he turns a corner. once they turn the corner, they see the hero they were running after sprawled out the floor, with 2 driders standing over him. each of then has an evil sneer on their faces. the left one bangs his axe hilt on the ground while the right one pulls out a bow and shoots at Gareth, hitting AC 4 for 5 pts of damage and AC -3 for 4 pts of damage(i dont have your character sheets, so i dont know your AC and HPs, so your on the honor system. if you would just send that, i would appreciat it) as soon as the axe shaft hits the ground, 8 of the bone spiders you fought before magically appear, 4 in front of the party, 4 in back, completely blocking in the party from the driders and the way they came from. the constructs bang their front legs together, ready for battle(party initiave)
Tericus(poision immunity, hill giant strength) d20=18 d8+10=17
Thursday September 7th, 2000 4:19:17 AM
setting Noonan against the wall, Tericus draws his mace and begins to hum. it quickly begins to glow, and he attacks the nearest bone spider at the rear of the party, hitting AC -3 for 17 pts of damage. "WE NEED TO MAKE THIS QUICK!!" he yells out
Nonam 8d6(2+4+6+1+6+6+5+6)=36
Thursday September 7th, 2000 9:26:24 AM
Slouching against the wall, Nonam pulls the fire wand out of his pocket. He points it toward the bonespiders in front and a pea-sized pellet of fire streaks toward them. The fireball explodes behind the spiders, hopefully catching the front four as well as the driders. (37pts/ea) Nonam grins, "See, I'm still pretty useful."
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 5) d20=8 d20+13=24 d8+13=19 d8+13=18
Thursday September 7th, 2000 10:17:17 AM
The warrior retorts to Jus "As long as we're still alive I would say we've done everything right - at least the stuff that counts.". The warrior races after the Red Tiger and grimaces when he sees him fallen. He deftly avoids the first arrow but is hit by the second. After the fireball subsides he engages the first spider to the front he can get to (if the spiders are dead he attacks the drider with the bow). "Focus on the front. We can run from the ones behind us!" he yells as he whacks his foe twice (AC -3 for 19 and AC -7 for 18 = 37 DMG).
Onrad (levitating, blessed from potion, visible) d20=2 d20=9 d8+8=15 d8+8=10 d12+8=17 d12+8=15
Thursday September 7th, 2000 7:06:17 PM
(ooc: I've sent Sam copies of everyone's character sheet just now.) Onrad nods to Gareth and circles to the rear of the Drider. He then follows Gareth's pattern hitting one and then the other of the spiders if left alive and then the drider. He'll see that one is dead before moving on the next. (this is not arrogance, just strategy.) He attacks twice, from the rear (surprise check hopefully since he was invisible?) hitting AC3 and AC-4 for (large creatures?)15 and 10hpd each if normal sized (17 and 15 if large sized) Onrad, weary of it all and just wanting to get out, fights like a zombie, just whacking--too weary to think too much for the moment.
Jus (7 Stoneskins, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room)
Thursday September 7th, 2000 7:24:35 PM
Jus turns to take care of the spiders in the back, giving the others time to clear the exit. He quickly judges the spiders' distance and the size of the hallway. Pulling out a wand, Jus creates a 6" thick Wall of Ice across the hallway between the spiders and the party. Jus yells, letting everyone know what he's done so they don't have to worry about an attack from behind.
Teko (Detect Invisibility) 5d4(3+1+2+3+4)+5=18
Thursday September 7th, 2000 10:30:04 PM
Teko aims the Wand of Illusion at one of the dryders in front of the party and shoots illusory Magic Missles at it for 18 hps of damage.
Round 2 (dm sam) d20=2 d20=1 d20=14 d20=5 d100=70 d100=39 d20=3 d20=7 d20=1 d20=5 d20=10 d20=9 d20=12 d20=14 d20=19 2d4(4+2)=6 2d6(3+4)=7 2d6(6+2)=8 d20=15 d20=5 d20=12 2d4(1+4)=5 2d4(2+1)=3 2d4(4+4)=8 d20=2 d20=2 d20=15 d20=7 d20=12 d20=2 d2
Friday September 8th, 2000 2:38:18 AM
Noonan's fireball lights up the hallway, and once the smoke clears, one of the spiders lies on the ground burning, while the other 3 also look like they took damage. knowing what they have to do, Onrad and Gareth move forward, Gareth charging the nearest one while Onrad floats in from behind. Both of Onrad's blows strike the monster, but it doesnt fall. realizing that the driders are too far away to attack, Onrad concentrates ont the two spiders that are not engaged. his first blow hits but doesnt drop the middle spider, so he uses his other attack, which alst hits, but its not enough to kill the creature(no surprise roll because they are not alive). then Jus casts his ice wall spell, but he realizes just after he cast it that Tericus had ran back to the spiders to fight then, thus his spell has seperated Tericus and the rear spiders from the party. and Teko casts his spell, and the opposing drider yelps in pain as the bolts strike him in the chest. realizing that there are more people in the hallway than he can see, one of the driders says an arcane word and faerie fire spreads all over the place, lighing everyone up(everyone +1 to hit, monsters and heros). the other drider shoots 2 more arrows, this time at Onrad, but his bowstring snaps in his hands(critical miss). then the spiders strike. the one on Gareth claws and bites at him, but all his attacks miss. the one fighting Onrad also attacks, his first attack missing, but his second one hits AC 1 for 6 pts of damage and his bite hist AC -4 for 7 pts of damage( i couldnt unzip the ch sheets, so im assuming everyone is over AC 5, so im only posting those hits. your still on the honor system). the other one whose not yet engaged quickly scurries around Onrad and Gareth and attacks Noonan, seeing him as an easy target, one clawed leg hitting AC -1 for 5 pts of damage. then the four spiders on the other side of the ice wall go medevial on Tericus, but his god must be smiling on him, as he is only hit twice for a total of 10 pts of damage
Tericus(hill giant strength, poision immunity) d20=1 d20=6 d8+10=15
Friday September 8th, 2000 2:43:00 AM
realizing that he's in deeeep trouble, Tericus swings again at the spider he attacked before. he starts to loose his grip on his weapon, but just manages to hold on(used hero point), hitting it again for 15 pts of damage. "HELP ME, BY TERISALIA HELP ME!!!!!" he screams, panic starting to creep in his voice
Gareth(Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 5) d20=16 d20=11 d8+13=19 d8+13=16
Friday September 8th, 2000 8:47:46 AM
The warrior attacks the spiders again connecting twice (AC -12 and -7 for 19+16=35 dmg) as he tries to finish them off fast. If the spiders he is engaged with die he moves on to the driders (note: did Gareth kill his spider last round? He intends to kill the spiders engaged with him and go straight at the driders, leaving the others for Onrad)
Onrad d20=16 d20=4 d8+6=13 d8+6=7 d12+6=16 d12+6=17
Friday September 8th, 2000 3:07:47 PM
Bothered that his body betrayed him in his fatigue, he labors on with the spider before him. (I posted that I wanted to attack the same spider as Gareth to try to finish one off. However, we'll leave things as they are. No worries.) He attacks the one on him. If he dies, he moves to the on on Nonam. He rolls a 16 and a 4 hitting AC-11 and AC1 for (still need to know what the size of the various creatures are please.) 13 and 7 points of damage resectively if medium sized or 16 and 17 hpd is large.
Teko (Detect Invisibility)
Friday September 8th, 2000 11:25:34 PM
Positioning himself so as not to hit party members, Teko uses the wand of Illusion again, this time to produce a lightning bolt aimed at the same dryder he attacked before. If he can hit both by forking the lightning bolt, he does so.
Nonam
Saturday September 9th, 2000 8:33:22 AM
Nonam grimaces as he takes damage for the first time since coming into Menzoberranzan. Then the mage whips out a scroll and starts reading. Infused with magic energy, he finishes the spell and casts "Hold Monster" on the spider before him. (sv@ -3).
Rnd 3(dm sam) d100=78 d100=23 d20=12 8d6(4+4+6+4+6+4+4+6)=38 d20=8 8d6(3+4+5+2+2+5+6+2)=29 d20=4 d20=6 d20=13 2d6(3+4)=7 d20=2 d20=2 d20=14 d20=16 d20=16 d20=14 d8+5=13 d8+5=11 d20=11 d20=1 d8+5=9 d20=2 d20=3 d20=17 d20=9 d20=11 d20=11 2d6(4+
Monday September 11th, 2000 7:50:48 PM
Gareth finishes off the remaining spider on him, freeing him up to engage the driders. as he charges in, a bolt of lightning flies over his shoulder, striking the 2 driders(you didnt roll damage Teko, so i did it for you). one of them is instantly fried to a crisp, while the other one seems not to be effected at all. as the monster falls to the ground, the faire fire that covers everyone dissapears. Onrad kills one of the spiders on him, but the other one continues its attacks, with the bite hitting AC 2 for 7 pts of damage. still a little shaken, Noonan reads off his scroll, freezing the bony spider in its tracks. then after dropping his wall, Jus runs up and uses his wand, freezing one of the spiders, but not causing alot of damage to the others. the drider Gareth runs towards looks behind his back, smiles, then runs to meet Gareth, attacking him twice with a cruel looking axe, hitting AC -6 and AC -4 for a total of 24 pts of damage(13 + 11, Gareth make a perception check). one of the spiders on Tericus moves to attack Jus, but because the faire fire spell is gone, it has a difficult time finding him(-4 to hit). it swings its arms in the air, hitting nothing, while the other two continue their attack on Tericus, one of them hitting him for 6 pts of damage
Tericus(poision immunity, hill giant strength) d20=6
Monday September 11th, 2000 7:53:39 PM
thankful for the help, Tericus swings again at one of the monsters, but his swing goes astray. "Thanks for the help Jus, whereever you are." he says as he prepares for the spider's onslaught
Teko (Detect Invisibility) d4+5=8
Monday September 11th, 2000 9:02:01 PM
Changing position a bit, Teko uses the wand again on the remaining dryder, this time producing 5 illusory Magic Missles.
Teko (Detect Invisibility) 4d4(4+1+2+4)=11
Monday September 11th, 2000 9:03:54 PM
(OOC: Whoops! Forgot the other 4d4. Total damage is 18 points.)
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 4, +1 Apple) d20=13 d20=16 d20=6 d12+12=14 d12+12=15
Tuesday September 12th, 2000 12:19:01 PM
The warrior swings back at the huge beast (large) striking him soundly twice (AC -8 and -11 for 14+15=29 DMG). He looks beyond the drider to determine what it is he was looking at - and smiling about (made perception).
Onrad d20=4 d20=17 d8+8=10 d8+8=12 d12+8=9 d12+8=19 d10=7
Tuesday September 12th, 2000 3:36:55 PM
As the spider's attack reaches for him, he somersaults backward barely escaping the bite. His face turning red from the near miss and his recent lack of concentration. He focuses once again on the remaining spider. He attacks once weakly hitting AC1 and then gets the correct position and lets the spider's own momentum drive it upon Onrad's blade hitting AC-12. He does 10 and 12 hpd if both attack hit. (9 and 19 if the monsters are large.) As the fighting continues, Onrad says, "Nice one Teko." Then he sees Jus draw his swords. "What? Where did you learn that Jus?" (made a voluntary surprise check rolling a 7.) Then realizing how funny this is, yells, "Hey guys! Jus can fight! I...I think I'm scared. Heheheeeee! Oh, run to your mamma your doom is certain. Jus can fight and you will soon be hurtin! Don't hang around. Jus ain't flirtin'!"
Nonam
Wednesday September 13th, 2000 11:15:47 AM
Nonam blinks and looks around for something else to fight. The mage makes an obvious grimace at Onrad's "poetry."
Rnd 4(dm sam) d100=65 d20=19 d20=11 d20=6 d8+5=10 d8+5=8 d20=20 d20=17 d20=5 d20=16 2d6(5+1)=6 2d6(3+6)=9 d20=19 d20=19 d20=20 d20=6 d20=10 d20=16 d20=2 2d6(5+1)=6 2d6(2+4)=6 2d6(3+3)=6
Wednesday September 13th, 2000 6:59:06 PM
Onrad finishes off the last of the spiders between the party and the drow, its body crumbling into pieces. Teko's missles strike the drider, but he resists some of the damage they cause. Gareth's two hits strike the drider soundly, but its not enough to drop the horrible monster. Jus attacks the skelital spider on him, hitting twice, but not doing enough damage to destroy it. the drider strikes back at Gareth, hitting AC -1 for 10 pts of damage, but his other blow falls wide. then he flees the battlefield, turning left at a corner just a few feet away(you get and even/odd, Gareth, odd you get to roll 1 attack on him). the spider on Jus attacks back, one attack hitting him critically(20) for 8 pts of damage, while one hits AC 2 for 6 pts of damage and AC 3 for 9 pts of damage. then the other 2 attack Tericus, mauling him for a total of 30 pts of damage. Gareth can here boots banging on the floor from where the drider dissapeared to, and the prone body of the Red Tiger stirs just a bit
Tericus(poision immunity, hill giant strength) 3d8(7+8+7)+3=25
Wednesday September 13th, 2000 7:01:22 PM
looking like he's near death, Tericus pulls out a potion and drinks it down. instantly he looks alot better. "We're getting tested here Jus!" he yells out, as he readies for another attack
Jus (AC:1, 7 Stoneskins, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield and Improv. Invis. cast at Apple Room) d20+2=3 d20+2=19 d8+4=7
Wednesday September 13th, 2000 7:38:09 PM
The spider's critical hit suprises Jus. Jus manages to avoid the spider's next two attacks, but is unable to recover in time to get his first attacks in (a1:fumble, skipped secondary attack). With renewed vigor, Jus wails on the spider again (3/2 primary), striking a solid blow to the skeletal creature (a19:ac-1:d7). "Then let's pray we pass the test!" Jus yells back to Tericus. "And have fun doing it!", he adds after dodging another of the spider's blows.
Teko (Detect Invisibility)
Wednesday September 13th, 2000 8:40:04 PM
Teko casts Color Spray on the spider attacking Tericus. If he cannot aim so as to avoid hitting a party member with the spell, he will, if possible, move to another spider upon which he can safely cast.
Onrad d20=8 d20=10 d8+8=10 d8+8=15
Wednesday September 13th, 2000 9:47:03 PM
Onrad yells, "Jus, Nonam, got another of those wall thingees? If so we could move on. In the meantime, though, mind if I help?" Onrad darts to the rear of the party and attacks the spider on Jus hitting AC -3 and -5 for 10 and 15 hpd.
Nonam
Thursday September 14th, 2000 9:12:01 AM
"I have one wall of stone, but it would be hard to cast while all of you are in hand to hand." While speaking, Nonam rushes over to the fallen Red Tiger. If he's still alive, the mage administers a potion of extra healing.
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 3, +1 Apple) d20=7 d20=11 d12+12=18
Thursday September 14th, 2000 1:12:08 PM
The warrior strikes at the drider as he breaks away (odd) hopefully taking him down (AC -6 for 18 DMG). "Guys there are more coming. I think one of those walls would be useful about now on that side passage!". He moves to the intersection (not so as to be caught in or behind any walls that should pop up. Just so he can step around the corner in an instant) and prepares to defend the passage so the party is not cut off.
Rnd 5 - Will it Ever End(dm sam) d20=6 d20=2 d20=9 d20=14 d20=1 d20=20 d20=9 d20=19 d20=12 2d4(2+3)=5 2d4(2+2)=4 2d6(6+5)=11 d20=2 d20=17 d20=13 d20=7
Thursday September 14th, 2000 6:47:56 PM
as the drider turns to flee, Gareth whacks him in the back, finishing the creature off. Jus and Onrad hack and slash at the same spider, but they just dont do enough damage to drop the monster(perception check everyone to figure out why your having trouble killing the bone spiders). Teko's spell has no effect on the spiders, and once Noonan gets to the fallen Tiger, he sees hes still breathing, just rendered unconcious. Once he gives him a potion, he coughs a bit and begins to stir. then the spiders attack back. seeing Onrad and not Jus, the spider on the 2 attacks Onrad, but misses with all his attacks. the two on Tericus continue their attack, mauling him once again for a total of 28 pts of damage. the cleric falls to the ground, puncture and bite wounds all over his body. Gareth gets to the corner just in time to see a wave of green bodies come running around the corner. goblins, many, many goblins. four of them stop to engage Gareth, while the others continue down the hallway towards the party. the goblins miss Gareth, and he spies three drow soilders with the goblins.
Tericus
Thursday September 14th, 2000 6:48:57 PM
after taking the hits from the spiders, Tericus falls to the ground, his mace falling out of his hand
Teko (Detect Invisibility)
Thursday September 14th, 2000 10:03:04 PM
"It ends NOW," Teko says, with a dark smile. Once the goblins have passed Gareth, Teko casts a Spectral Force of a Fire Ball centered upon the goblin hoard. Conveniently, the flames do not engulf Gareth. If necessary, and just as conveniently, the flames remain just out of reach of the party.
Jus (AC:1, 7 Stoneskins, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield cast at Apple Room) d20=10 2d4(2+3)+2=7
Friday September 15th, 2000 5:45:47 AM
"No!" Jus yells when Tericus drops. Heedless of his own safety, Jus runs through the spiders to Tericus, pulling a vial from the side of his pack as he goes. Not wanting to lose any time, Jus immediately pours a potion of healing down Tericus' throat (7hp healed). He then places himself between Tericus and the spiders, dropping his invisibility so they'll concentrate on him (DM requested perception check successful).
Nonam
Friday September 15th, 2000 10:16:03 AM
Seeing the rush of goblins, Nonam pulls out the scroll with wall of stone and hastily reads the words. The scroll disappears as the side passage is completely sealed off so that nothing else can come down it (he makes absolutely certain that all the party members are on the proper side). Then the wizard calls out, "EVERYONE GET NEAR ME NOW! It's time to get out of here!" He's holding his firewand and looks like he knows what he's talking about.
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 2, +1 Apple) d20=12 d20=7 d8+12=16 d8+12=14
Friday September 15th, 2000 11:06:04 AM
The warrior attacks the gobin closest to the party twice (unless he dies with one blow in which case the second closest gets it too) (AC -7 and -2 for 16+14=30 dmg). After delivering his blows he retreats back to where Nonam is standing, choosing to believe the mage knows what he's doing.
Onrad
Saturday September 16th, 2000 11:30:54 AM
Not waiting to see if Tericus is ok, Onrad breaks from the spider on him and races to pick up Tericus, then closes to Nonam's side making sure that nothing can attack him while he does his stuff. "Come on guys. Break now. Move it!"
Rnd 6(dm sam) d20=6 d20=9 d20=18 d20=5 d20=10 d20=20 d20=8 d20=5 d20=12 d20=8 d20=4 d20=8 d20=9 d20=19 d20=5 2d4(2+4)=6
Sunday September 17th, 2000 6:22:20 PM
Teko's illusionary fireball goes off, covering the goblins in fake flames. when it clears, only 5 of the goblins are left standing. then Jus comes to Tericus's aid, and once the potion has been administered, he begins to coughing and wheezing. Gareth slays two of the goblins near him, then he runs over to join the party just as Noonan's spell goes off, sealing the passageway. Onrad grabs Tericus and moves near Noonan. all the remaining goblins, seeing all their fellows dead, abruptly turn tail and run down the passage you all just came from, while the bone spiders continue their attack. seeing Jus as the nearest opponent, they all scurry at him, slashing at him with their claws and teeth. only one attack lands, though, causing 6 hps of damage(hit ac -4)
Tericus
Sunday September 17th, 2000 6:23:50 PM
after recovering his senses a bit, Tericus drinks another potion and some of his wounds dissapear
Tericus d10=3 3d8(2+5+4)+3=14
Sunday September 17th, 2000 6:24:35 PM
whoopse, healing 14 pts of dm
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 2, +1 Apple) d20=20 d20=16 d20=2 d20=20 d20=5 d8+12=14 d8+12=13
Monday September 18th, 2000 4:15:51 PM
The warrior moves around and attacks whatever spider he can get to cutting into it with great precision (20!). He delivers the blows and then prepares to do whatever he can to absorb the attacks from the spiders and divert them away from the others (Hit AC -10+ and AC 3 for 34+13 DMG - please disregard the last 2 d20 rolls).
Onrad d20=14 d20=16 d8+8=16 d8+8=16
Monday September 18th, 2000 10:02:55 PM
Onrad making sure that he stays close to Nonam, also lashes out at any nearby spiders hitting AC-8 and AC-11 for 16 and 16 hpd. Hoody Hoo! Maxed out! (John I like these new dice rollers....hehe) Onrad checks to be sure everyone is near Nonam. "Ready Nonam!"
Jus (AC:1, 7 Stoneskins, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield cast at Apple Room) d20=19 d20=1
Monday September 18th, 2000 10:56:12 PM
Jus backs up to Nonam, using one of his swords to successfully parry the spider's last attack (a19:ac-9). He prepares to parry again, if a spider manages to get too close before the party disengages (a1:failed parry).
"I'm ready when you are Nonam," Jus says. "Let's get out of here."
Teko
Monday September 18th, 2000 11:46:41 PM
With wand in hand, Teko stands ready to run with the others.
Nonam
Wednesday September 20th, 2000 7:05:23 AM
Nonam makes certain that everyone is in tight. Then he uses the firewand to create a circular wall of flame around the party. The flames crackle, but they feel cool. Nonam says, "I assure you that the other side is very hot.
DM JK
Wednesday September 20th, 2000 7:12:34 AM
With a mad fury, Gareth crushes the hapless spider that Nonam held into bits, and Onrad and Jus keep any other spiders at bay. Nonam's wall of flame engulfs the party. Everyone has to get in close, but there is plenty of room.
The effects of the apple wear off and suddenly you are all very aware that you still have to get out of this place.
Gareth has been trying to ignore it, but now that the effects of the apple are gone, he feels sick. He's starting to sweat, and it looks like he might throw up.
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent, Potion of Invulnerability - 1) d20=7
Wednesday September 20th, 2000 3:22:51 PM
The warrior heaves a bit at the shock of the apple wearing off but he keeps a reign on his unruly stomach (Con check). He moves forward with the rest of the group when Nonam says to. He looks to the Red Tiger. "Can you get us back out to the door with the wall up?".
Onrad
Wednesday September 20th, 2000 6:11:56 PM
Frustrated, Onrad says, "This doesn't help. We must keep moving. Otherwise it gives them more and more time to react and send in reinforcements." Onrad waits to see if the barrier can move. "Who can still go invisible? Perhaps we can sneak out. But we need OUT! I'm getting claustrophobic down here."
Teko (Detect Invisibility?)
Wednesday September 20th, 2000 11:06:17 PM
"I believe I'm going to have to remain visible, although I can appear as something else if need be. (I have quite a few illusions left.) And I can do the same for others. We can be drow or dryders or whatever you like."
Nonam
Thursday September 21st, 2000 8:03:52 AM
In answer to Onrad's question, Nonam starts moving, and the barrier moves with him. "Of course it moves, but we could sneak out though. That might be easier in the long run. I can take care of myself, but I can't do anything for anyone else." To demonstrate he holds something up to his face, sneezes, and ugly Nonam the orc stands before you.
DM JK
Thursday September 21st, 2000 8:05:56 AM
Gareth still feels sick, as if he had the flu. He notices that no one else looked queasy when the apple wore off. Nothing comes down the hall... yet. The one spider that remained burns up in Nonam's wall.
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent) d20=8
Thursday September 21st, 2000 9:59:33 AM
The warrior recalls the blood from the matron (Int). "I think I was affected by the Matron's blood. It is really making me sick. I don't know anything else that could be making me feel this way. I'm sick guys. Really sick.". He staggers forward with everyone else. "I am able to invisible one more time. Should I use it now or try and save it for when we get out?". The warrior pulls out his potion of vitality and quaffs it in hopes that it will help stave off any affects of the sickness.
Onrad
Thursday September 21st, 2000 12:45:14 PM
Onrad smiles at Nonam. "Good. Let's use this as far as it will get us. Then, perhaps we should Try Teko's illusions. Then we can fall back on final invisibilities, etc. if we need to." Onrad moves to support Gareth. "I got you my friend. Try to keep moving." Onrad tries to look through the flames to see what visibility we have through it. He estimates the inner size of their sanctum as well. He also listens to see how loud the flames are or if they make noise. "Keep a watch out for anyone that makes it through the flames. Nonam. You're the leader now. Set the direction and we're with you." Onrad grimaces as he supports some of Gareth's weight. "Teko, can you support his other side. I think the going will be easier. Especially if he falls."
Jus (AC:1, 7 Stoneskins, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield cast at Apple Room)
Thursday September 21st, 2000 3:01:03 PM
Jus keeps his swords ready, just in case something tries a suicide run through the flames. He also strains to listen for signs of the Tigers and their way out. Thinking of him, Jus checks on the Tiger and sees if he needs anything else.
Jus then, reluctantly, checks on Tericus -- a bit afraid of what he'll find.
Teko
Thursday September 21st, 2000 11:20:12 PM
Teko hurries to Gareth's side, wrapping Gareth's arm around Teko's shoulder. Teko says, in reassuring but concerned tones, "We're here with you friend."
Tericus(poision immunity) 2d8(1+2)+1=4
Friday September 22nd, 2000 1:24:09 AM
Tericus's eyes opens up, and he unsteadly gets to his feet. "Im beat up, but I can heal my wounds and some of your's too." then he casts CSW on himself, healing 4 pts of damage. he looks at Gareth. "I cant really do anything for you until I rest."
Nonam
Friday September 22nd, 2000 12:07:55 PM
Nonam tosses Onrad a vial in case Gareth is too sick to catch it. "I was told that ointment will heal any disease and stop any poison. Rub a bit on Gareth, and we'll see. Careful not to use too much. There's supposed to be several applications in there." [Keoghtum's ointment] The wizard makes certain that Onrad has the vial and starts moving down the hall with his wall of flames.
DM JK
Friday September 22nd, 2000 12:14:17 PM
The party starts to limp its way down the hallway, and the Red Tiger starts pointing out directions again. As the party moves around, they notice that the floor is hot, evidence that they wall is ineed hot on the other side. It's possible to see through the flames, but only barely. As far as sound, there is no crackle from the magical fire since no fuel is being consumed. There is a slight whooshing noise though as the fire heats the air. Occasionally, the group passes small patrols, but chaos seems to be the general rule in these parts. No one looks like they want to tackle whatever shadowy figures are lurking about inside the column of flame.
Onrad
Friday September 22nd, 2000 1:08:12 PM
Onrad says, "Gareth loosen your armor. My mom always said these ointments work best when applied to the chest." Onrad rubs in the ointment while trying to keep moving. He whispers, "Keep listening everyone. We should hear something if being attacked. At least I hope we can." Onrad helps Gareth close up his armor again. "Who has that Total Heal I gave out before the Matron battle? Give it to Tericus."
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent) d20=10
Friday September 22nd, 2000 3:15:54 PM
The warrior puts away his sword when Teko comes to his aid. He looks at him thankfully - not wanting to waste energy on words. He continues to move with the party at a reasonable pace (Con). He loosens his chest portion of his armor for Onrad to use the ointment. He looks up at his pack at the bottle heads sticking out. He gasps "I....there...potion of complete...".
Jus (AC:1, 7 Stoneskins, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield cast at Apple Room)
Friday September 22nd, 2000 4:05:25 PM
With tears in his eyes, Jus gives Tericus a big hug. "I'm so glad... I mean... for a moment I thought..." Letting go and sniffling a bit, Jus looks at Tericus and breaks into a big smile, "Were you really dead? Did you see anything? Bright lights? Your diety? Anything exciting?"
Tericus(poision immunity0
Friday September 22nd, 2000 9:16:14 PM
pats Jus on the back as he receives his hug. "I didnt see any light, it was kind of like going to sleep, except there was alot of pain just before I went out. But im alright now, I think." he says as he takes the potion from Gareth and drinks it down(fully healed(
Teko
Sunday September 24th, 2000 4:15:25 PM
Teko continues to assist Gareth as they walk. He pays close attention to the flames around them, just in case he needs to produce an illusionary version of it later.
Nonam
Monday September 25th, 2000 9:50:20 AM
Nonam moves along making certain that everyone is making sufficient progress.
DM JK
Monday September 25th, 2000 9:53:22 AM
The Red Tiger guiding the party signals for the group to stop. "The gates are just a little farther that direction." He points down the hallway. Then in an embarrassed sort of voice, he adds, "I need out of the fire circle to join my own group. It might be a good idea to get rid of it anyway because it will draw the attention of the drow at the gate. It might scare goblins, but it won't scare the guards."
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent) d20=4
Monday September 25th, 2000 10:28:42 AM
The warrior takes a deep breath, stands erect, and draws his sword (Con by 11). "Thanks guys, I'd better not let'em know I'm hurt. Let's do it.". He prepares for battle.
Onrad
Monday September 25th, 2000 3:43:39 PM
Onrad turns to Gareth, "So did the salve help any?" Gives the remainer back to Nomam. He says, "I'm up front then until Gareth feels better." Release the globe of fire at your convenience Nonam. Onrad takes an extra heal potion. (roll for me JK. I'm at school and don't remember the amount.) After Nonam releases the globe, Onrad takes a look around and if there is no opposition, or sees the other groups walking that way, leads the group in that direction himself.
Teko
Monday September 25th, 2000 9:12:47 PM
Teko takes his wand in hand and follows along, looking for trouble (but JUST looking).
Jus (AC:1, 7 Stoneskins, 75% Silent, 18/10 Strength, Shield cast at Apple Room)
Monday September 25th, 2000 9:16:09 PM
While listening for Gareth's answer to Onrad's query about his health, Jus switches weapons once again, sheathing his swords and getting his bow ready.
Jus frowns when he thinks about Tericus' words, "Where's all the fun stuff that's supposed to happen when you're about to die?" Shrugging, Jus says, "I guess I'll have to corner Teko one of these days and get some details -- or maybe..." with a faroff look, "maybe if one of you stand close by me with a potion of complete healing the next time I'm critically hurt..." Smiling mischievously, these thoughts perk Jus up again.
Tericus(poision immunity)
Monday September 25th, 2000 11:20:45 PM
"I didnt know there was anything fun about dying Jus." Tericus replies as he puts up his mace and pulls out his sling, loading it with a glowing rock
Gareth (Poison Imm, %50 Invisible, %50 Silent)
Wednesday September 27th, 2000 2:37:13 PM
The warrior tries to determine if the salve - or the vitality potion before that had any effect. He takes a position behind Onrad since he seems ready to lead.
DM JK
Monday October 9th, 2000 7:47:33 AM
Gareth feels better after the salve. A little stiff, but that's just from being tired and carrying all his gear around for so long. Nonam drops the fire wall, and the Red Tiger hurries off to find his companions. A quick peek around the corner reveals lots of drow guards fighting other drow with the occasional topsider thrown in here and there. For the most part though, this looks like an interhouse war.
Nonam
Monday October 9th, 2000 7:52:13 AM
"They aren't looking for us right now, so let's sneak out of here and meet back up at the gates. Follow the fingerprints." That said Nonam's head and hands turn invisibile. His staff hovers there for a moment until the wizard uses its magic to hide in the shadows. Hidden from view Nonam rounds the corner. About thirty feet down the hall, a glowing fingerprint appears on the wall. After another thirty another print appears. Otherwise, the wizard is hidden from view.
Gareth (Poison Imm., Invisible, Silent) d20=13
Monday October 9th, 2000 10:39:00 AM
The warrior follows Nonam as he uses the last charge of his ring for the day to go invisible. He also engages his shield and becomes silent. As he moves forward his confidence is renewed as he realizes he is only suffering from fatigue (Con). He ignores it and is ready for anything.
Teko
Monday October 9th, 2000 9:54:54 PM
Teko seems disappointed somehow that the wall of fire is gone, but, as he walks, he looks ever more closely for any signs of danger. He grips the wand in his hand very tightly. "This is amazing. I've been dead once, and sometimes I still catch myself in the old habit of being afraid to die." Immediately, he relaxes a bit and his old grin returns. Nevertheless, he concentrates intensely on the party's surroundings.
Onrad
Monday October 9th, 2000 10:49:04 PM
Onrad claps Teko on the back and says, "Cheer up, my friend. It's only normal. With me it worked the other way. I was paranoid of dying for awhile. Now I'm sorta back to normal." Onrad also invokes his last invisibility through his armor. He follows about 6' behind the Nonamprints.
DM JK
Tuesday October 10th, 2000 9:14:58 AM
Following the Nonam prints, the party manages to slink out through the gates (Tericus and Jus find that they are also compelled to follow).
Nonam
Tuesday October 10th, 2000 9:16:04 AM
Nonam places a handprint on the ground and waits for the party to find him, "At which point he asks, "Where to now? How do we leave?"
Gareth (Poison Imm., Invisible) d20=4
Tuesday October 10th, 2000 10:36:09 AM
Along the way, seeing the commotion, the warrior decides to disengage his silence since there is no need for it. As they exit the house he sighs in great relief. "I say we go back the way we came. Down the same street back to that dump of a bar. We can then exit this place. I remember the way (Int). Nonam, why don't you continue to lead as you can provide a trail. If you need directions let me know. I'm not too afraid of being silent right now.".
Jus
Tuesday October 10th, 2000 6:26:30 PM
After they pass the fights and are in more privacy, Jus talks quitely with Tericus, "I never said dying was fun -- it could be terribly painful. Being dead, though, is a incredible adventure. I've been blessed to be in the presence of two of our Elders as they departed; and I'll never forget the joy everyone felt when it happened. There are rumors of some elves' passage being politely forbidden, but even they talk of meeting ancestors and the excitement they felt in their moment's walk along the Path of Light."
Reflecting for a moment, Jus continues, "Surely you have similar views... I've heard humans bless one another and curse their enemies eternal lives in the same sentence. I've had a ship's priest -- human he was -- tell me of a great leviathan hunt a harpooner left for. You must know what I speak of, being a priest and all?"
Teko
Tuesday October 10th, 2000 9:14:36 PM
Teko takes interest in the conversation between Jus and Tericus, listening with a mischevious smirk. But most of his attention is still upon their path.
Onrad d20=3
Tuesday October 10th, 2000 10:33:36 PM
Onrad says, "I remember the way as well, Gareth. Go Nonam. Quickly. Give us a print every 100 feet or so. Every 5 blocks we'll do a name call to be sure everyone is still with us. Tericus you there?"
DM JK
Wednesday October 11th, 2000 7:28:14 AM
The explosive sounds of the battle at the gates make hearing each other speak a difficult task. Nevertheless, it is accomplished. Tericus fails to answer when called.
Nonam
Wednesday October 11th, 2000 7:29:04 AM
"Shall we wait for Tericus or move on?"
Gareth (Invisible, 50% silent, Poison Imm.)
Wednesday October 11th, 2000 2:34:12 PM
The warrior states flatly "We stay together. No exceptions. I don't suppose he's wearing that communication ring? The one you used before."
Tericus (by Jerry)
Wednesday October 11th, 2000 7:24:12 PM
"I'm here. Sorry. Missed a hand print." [ooc: I think Sam is out of town. At least that's what his girlfriend said by IM the other night.]
Teko
Wednesday October 11th, 2000 8:47:41 PM
"Excellent! We're all accounted for then?"
Jus
Thursday October 12th, 2000 1:18:35 AM
Jus nods to Teko as he approaches, "You have any thoughts, Teko? Our friend Tericus must have been out of earshot -- or maybe he's just prayerfully considering my words." When everyone gets back together, Jus makes a point to find Nonam, "This is a great idea, Nonam; you go forward and we'll follow! Just make sure you don't claim you are leading us in earshot of Gareth."
Tericus(poisoin immunity)
Thursday October 12th, 2000 3:52:11 AM
(sorry, i was out of town the last 3 days) "I think its better to save this conversation for later Jus. This isnt really the place for idol chitchat."
Nonam
Thursday October 12th, 2000 9:54:07 AM
Once the group is assembled, Nonam leads the way back through town toward the "dump of a bar." He stops occassionally to make certain that everyone is together.
DM JK
Thursday October 12th, 2000 9:57:52 AM
The group follows Nonam's prints, and everyone shortly arrives together outside the bar. Occassionaly it seemed as if certain drow noticed your passing, but everyone was busy going somewhere else, doing something else, or killing someone else. Obviously big things are happening tonight in Menzo, and you all have a good idea of just what those things are.
Gareth (Invisible, 50% silent, Poison Imm.) d20=11
Thursday October 12th, 2000 11:41:21 AM
The warrior moves through the city with the others and takes notice of those drow who seem to discover them. He makes sure they see that he notices them - and keeps a very menacing stance and demeanor as they move by just in case any of them get any ideas. When they arrive at the bar he says "Lets waste no time gentlemen. I'd be more than happy to leave without having to fight again. Who has the 'pass'?".
Teko
Thursday October 12th, 2000 4:47:38 PM
Teko moves as inconspicuously as ever, staying to the shadows when possible.
Jus
Thursday October 12th, 2000 8:54:47 PM
With a theatrical sigh, Jus says he'll stop talking about the everlife until they get somewhere more private. The quiet is too much for Jus, however, and he starts making quite comments on the drow they pass and wondering out loud if the Matron whom asked him to tea is still around.
Onrad
Friday October 13th, 2000 1:19:08 AM
"Well, let's enter the World's Serpent Inn. Who has the coin?" Onrad looks around nervously.
Nonam
Friday October 13th, 2000 9:15:32 AM
"I thought Gareth had it."
DM JK
Friday October 13th, 2000 9:16:01 AM
The party tries to figure out who has the coin.
Tericus (poison immunity)
Friday October 13th, 2000 6:10:17 PM
"I dont have the coin. I thought Onrad had it."
Jus
Friday October 13th, 2000 9:02:57 PM
Jus laughs at everyone's confusion. When asked himself, he just shrugs and says, "I thought Nonam had it. Don't we have more than one? Oh yeah!" Jus drops his pack and starts rummaging through it, pulling out bits and pieces of stuff he's collected in his travels with the party. Triumphantly, Jus pulls out a coin and holds it up for everyone to see. He drops it into a vest pocket and quickly repacks his bag. "I think I have two more in there somewhere." Shrugging again, he pulls the coin out once again.
"Okay, children," Jus says with a smile, "be good and hold hands for the trip." When everyone gets together, Jus begins staring into, and through, the coin.
Teko
Sunday October 15th, 2000 2:07:32 AM
Teko says, sounding as serious as he possibly can, "You're my hero, Jus." And he bursts out laughing, grasping the hands of those closest to him. Grinning, he is ready to go.
Onrad
Sunday October 15th, 2000 7:31:08 PM
"Well, I'm glad we came through with our sanity intact...most of us. Let's go. I'm feeling claustrophobic down here." Onrad puts on a cloak to hide the blood of varions colors that is all over him and pulls it close tying its sash. He takes one look around, shudders once, and loops his arm in Jus'.
Nonam
Monday October 16th, 2000 11:22:27 AM
Despite having an invisible head, Nonam makes his displeasure over the coin situation known by stamping his foot until it is found. When Jus pulls it out, he mutters, "Finally. Let's go."
DM JK
Monday October 16th, 2000 11:24:23 AM
With the coin found, the party advances on what is without doubt the shabbiest bar in Menzo. Horrid music pours out of the door, and it's relatively full inside despite the fighting in the streets. Obviously the riff-raff of this bar care little about what the great houses do.
Gareth
Monday October 16th, 2000 11:39:46 AM
The warrior grabs a hand, takes one last look around, and says, "Good riddance. I hope the others make it out OK." He then turns and faces the inn area, looking forward to one of those drinks...
Onrad d20=18
Monday October 16th, 2000 1:26:54 PM
"What an ignorant!.....Quickly let's get out of here. This is not the place. Jus, you forgot to look through the coin! I thought you knew that! Holy Lem! Give me those coins. You're fired!" Then with a grin born of long friendship, fatigue, and a little anxiousness, he drags Jus and the rest back outside. Then he holds out his hand for the coin. "You get so curious at times that you forget important things Jus." Onrad says, "Grab hold of me...try to see what I see." Onrad looks through the coin at the bar...trying to see the Inn that is not the inn. "If this doesn't work, then (oops failed voluntary intel check) I guess we get out the hard way."
Teko
Monday October 16th, 2000 6:42:58 PM
"I've never been irretrievably lost before. This is fun!"
Jus
Tuesday October 17th, 2000 1:44:29 AM
Jus looks at Onrad with a *very* puzzled look and takes the coin back. "Onrad, we had to come to the... ummm.. most appropriate place in town before we used the coin, that's why we walked to this tavern. But since you asked ssoooo nicely, you may use it this time." Jus politely -- with a flourish -- hands the coin back to Onrad.
Nonam
Tuesday October 17th, 2000 8:20:40 AM
Nonam doesn't say anything else, but he looks really creepy standing there without a head.
DM JK
Tuesday October 17th, 2000 8:24:43 AM
Jus and Onrad bicker over the coin for a bit but finally they open up the portal to the World Serpent Inn. The group steps through expecting perhaps cheers of rejoicing at their success, but only one person in the inn looks up as you arrive. You obviously aren't whoever he's waiting for, and he goes back to eating his... well whatever that is in front of him. It's yellow and blue. Other than that, it's hard to say. It certainly doesn't look edible, but then again they guy eating it has a fly's head. It doesn't take long to notice plenty of other strange looking "people" here in the World Serpent Inn.
Gareth
Tuesday October 17th, 2000 12:06:19 PM
The warrior says to the others, "Unless you think we should continue immediately, I'd say we should at least have one drink to celebrate. We can make it quick..." If there are no objections, he looks around for Mitchifer - the Inn owner. When he sees him he says, "Greetings Mitchifer. Please give me whatever you're pouring. You've never disappointed me yet."
Teko
Tuesday October 17th, 2000 6:39:39 PM
To the owner, Teko simply says, "I'd like a glass of cold milk."
Onrad
Tuesday October 17th, 2000 9:14:39 PM
"I agree Gareth! Mitchifer, give me something totally undrow like...and sweet....and strong."
Jus (7 Stoneskins)
Wednesday October 18th, 2000 5:53:25 AM
Trying to be nonchalant, Jus walks around the room, threading himself through the tables looking for the gorgeous lady they saw last time -- just curious, mind you. Jus pauses at one table, staring down at some especially peculiar looking... entities. "Hi," Jus says offering his hand in greeting.
Tericus
Wednesday October 18th, 2000 8:51:20 AM
"A drink sounds nice. Something strong, though."
Nonam
Wednesday October 18th, 2000 10:07:08 AM
Nonam drops the invsibility and his hand and hands come back into view, "I think wine would be nice. Red. Not too sweet either."
DM JK
Wednesday October 18th, 2000 10:20:00 AM
Mitchefer sidles up to the group from behind the bar. Looking at Teko he asks, "What kind? Ant milk?" He nods to a four legged being nearby who is sipping a thick brown liquid. While he waits for the answer he starts to whip up the other drinks. He pulls a draft of some frothy green liquid and hands it to Gareth, "House special today." Then he pulls out two glasses and three bottles whose labels are unintelligble. He pours the first clear liquid in about halfway up. Then he fills up the next third with some brown syrupy liquid. Finally he adds a dash of something blue from the third bottle. Then he pushes the end result, a bubbling orange liquid toward Onrad and Tericus, "An Able Pelican. Drow can't drink it. Makes them sick. Probably the gespani." He waves around the brown bottle in order to illustrate what gespani is. Finally he pulls a long bottle of green glass from under the counter and pours Nonam a glass of wine, "Fangberry. I know how you humans like it."
Meanwhile, Jus is wandering about the room without seeing any sight of the ladies. He stops at a table filled with people having elephant heads and offers his greeting. The nearest creature responds by blowing out the following from its trunk, "Hieeei thweimp reeaeai Neioupth." The other elephant-heads laugh (at least that's what you assume that horrible trumpeting is) and look at Jus as if waiting for him to do something else.
Gareth
Wednesday October 18th, 2000 12:27:38 PM
The warrior drinks the concoction at a relatively slow pace for one of his size and demeanor wanting to actually taste what it is Mitchifer just gave him. He enjoys the company of friends until they are ready to go.
Teko
Wednesday October 18th, 2000 4:14:17 PM
"Such variety! I forget. I'll take half cow's milk and half goat's milk. Thanks!"
Onrad
Wednesday October 18th, 2000 6:45:04 PM
"Mitchifer, sir, where is the usual crowd? I'd think that this place didn't have such down times. What's up?"
Tericus d20=19
Thursday October 19th, 2000 2:55:23 AM
As soon as his drink is poured, Tericus picks it up and takes a deep drink. The burning sensation of the alcohol is too much for him to handle, though, and he spits it right back up, spraying the bar. "Good god, man, are you trying to kill me!?!" he yells at the bartender.
Jus (7 Stoneskins)
Thursday October 19th, 2000 6:26:26 AM
Jus slaps his knee, pitched over in fits of laughter with these elephant types. Pulling a nearby chair up to the table, Jus sits down shaking his head and chuckling, "I have absolutely no idea what you said, but it must have been great!"
Jus calls for another round of drinks for his new friends, and strikes up a conversation. He may not understand a thing they say, but it sure is neat to talk with them!
DM JK
Thursday October 19th, 2000 8:32:54 AM
Mitchefer plops down a glass of milk before Teko, and then he calmly replaces Tericus's drink with some ale, "The monks of Karinthis brew this in New Elenna. Maybe you'll like it better." Mitchefer loads up a cart of drinks on the back of a thing that looks a little bit like a goat but isn't and sends it to the table of Jus and the Elephantheads.
The elephantheads look a little shocked that Jus decided to join them, but they're pleased that the elf ordered drinks. When the goat arrives they look to Jus to unload the cart. It looks like they're drinking fermented honey. Finally one of them pulls a little crystal out of its pocket and sets it on the table. He trumpets something out, and the crystal repeats it, "Where from?"
Mitchefer looks at Onrad questioningly. "What do you mean? There's people everywhere. You probably didn't notice because you came in on the ground floor. Everyone applauds a spectacular entrance from the rooms up above." As if to demonstrate, at that very instance a tall hairless dwarf dressed like it came from the desert leaps over the edge of the fourth floor balcony. He does a canonball and lands right in the middle of a table smashing it to bits. The crowd sits in stunned silence until the fellow stands up, dusts himself off, and bows. The crowd erupts in cheers and a couple of pretty elven girls wearing tight silver clothes call him over to their table. Mitchefer shakes his head, yells something into the back room, and a giant blob of clay walks out to clean up the mess. He turns back to Onrad again, "If you really want to turn the girls on you should visit the Paradissa on the 12th Elyssian. It opens up right at the top of the room. Everybody loves that entrance. Of course not too many people who go there ever want to leave."
Gareth
Thursday October 19th, 2000 10:56:52 AM
The warrior smiles at the scene before him as he finishes up his drink. "Well Mitchifer, I think we were successful in our mission. Your wish of luck appears to have worked. I'll have another of these when you get a chance. They are quite good. I think I'll leave the cannonballs to the dwarf, although the sight of those two elven women could make a guy reconsider...".
Teko
Thursday October 19th, 2000 6:45:18 PM
Teko enjoys his drink, but doesn't take too long at it - maybe five minutes. He sits back, enjoying the sights. He is ready to go.
Nonam
Friday October 20th, 2000 7:11:10 AM
Nonam sips down his wine but like Teko is ready to go home. He looks over at Gareth, "Once we give this ring to the mayor or whoever wants to study it, let's go back home for a little while. Plateau City is okay, but I like the Big Float better. It seems like its been years since we were back there."
DM JK
Friday October 20th, 2000 7:13:24 AM
Now that the drinks have been distributed, Mitchefer stands quietly before Gareth waiting for something.
The elephantheads wait for their new elf friend to do something else that's funny.
Gareth
Friday October 20th, 2000 11:08:14 AM
The warrior smiles at the thought of going home. "Nonam, I think that's a great idea. We have to show up from time to time to keep our reputation ,you know. Besides, I would love to trade stories with the Red Tigers - and the Lords of Diamonds if they have a mind to.". The thought of seeing Helo again makes him smile. To himself he muses.."Last time I saw her out of battle, I was an ugly unrefined troll. Now... now, well maybe...". He pays for everyone's drinks when he see's the barkeep - including that of the elephant looking guys - and makes sure to include a big tip. "Mitchifer, it's been good to see you. Somehow I think we'll be seeing each other again soon. May we have another pass to get back here when the time comes?". He waits for an answer but regardless of what it is, he bows and says "We thank you for your hospitality and look forward to our next meeting. Guys, you ready to go?".
Onrad
Friday October 20th, 2000 12:35:25 PM
Onrad looks at Jus and a realization hits him. "Yaknow, guys, I think I've just figured something out. At some point in Jus' infancy a mage polymorphed him from being a halfling into being an elf. His temperment is totally halfling, not elf. Elves are many times, great boors and way too self-important." Onrad then turns to Mitchifer and says "Here ya go good man." He flips Mitchifer the coin. "We'll be going home to Plateau City of the Continent of Yrth in The Wold please. If you have more than one location in the city, put us near the High Lord Mayor's Castle please. And during the mid-morning if you can manage that. Thanks." Onrad finishes his drink, shakes his head to clear it of the sugar rush, and rises. "Ready gentlemen?"
Jus
Friday October 20th, 2000 5:53:56 PM
Pleased to see the crystal will interpret his words, Jus launches into a long discourse on the ironic life growing up as an elf in a sea-port town. He begins to speed up his tale when he sees Gareth and Onrad pay for drinks, quickly going through the first fight his group had with a spider which killed a comrade, and skipping along to the meeting with Trantella.
Teko
Friday October 20th, 2000 6:11:33 PM
Paying for his milk, Teko gets up and shoulders his pack.
Nonam
Monday October 23rd, 2000 10:02:55 AM
Nonam looks at Gareth with raised eyebrows when he speaks about Helo and comments, "You know that she's... that she's a lot smaller than you. Right?"
DM JK
Monday October 23rd, 2000 10:07:11 AM
The elephants quickly tire of Jus' boring story. It didn't take long for everyone else to realize that they were just being polite since he bought drinks. To make matters worse, the elephant drinks were very strong without seeming like it. Jus turned into a raving drunk before he made it halfway through the glass.
Mitchefer says to Onrad, "3rd floor. Eighth door. Sorry, but it's the middle of the night. Can't change time..." He mumbles something unintelligible at the end and wanders off to meet with some other patrons. It wasn't as if he was being rude so much as that he realized he was saying something that he didn't want to.
Nonam
Monday October 23rd, 2000 10:08:01 AM
"Looks like it's going to be 3rd floor, eighth door." He glances over at Jus. "Who's going to take care of the elf?"
Gareth d20=4
Monday October 23rd, 2000 10:15:18 AM
Puzzled how Nonam heard his thoughts, the warrior turns his attention to Jus."I got this one.". He walks over to the table, smiles at the beings, bows, and then interrupts Jus mid-sentence. "I'm sure your tale is grand jus, but we must be leaving - now.". As he compels his friend to stand - if he can, the warrior says to them "I thank you for your politeness. We will take leave of you now.". And with that, helps Jus over to the wating group by whatever means necessary. "OK guys, lets go.". He follows the others up.
Teko
Monday October 23rd, 2000 6:28:21 PM
Assuming that Jus can walk, Teko follows closely behind him, watching carefully, in case Jus falls quickly in some unforeseen direction.
Jus
Monday October 23rd, 2000 8:10:56 PM
Jus stumbles up from the table, thanking the elephantines for their illustrious behavior. After staggering about two steps away with one arm around Gareth, he turns back to the table. "Oh.. by the way... this is G... G... Gareth.", Jus manages to get out. Patting Gareth on his breastplate, Jus adds, "He’s pretty rude, but a good ‘ol boy all in all." Jus stares for a moment at each of the elephants in turn, lost in his own thoughts. "Anyh... how, I hate to disa... disappoint you, but I gotta go."
Throwing his arms up, Jus spins and collapses once again against Gareth, this time bellowing out in song -- quite good even though he is drunk. Managing to avoid most of the tables with Gareth’s help, Jus weaves through the bar to the stairs, singing his bawdy song about three sailors boasting of the ports they’ve visited.
Tericus
Monday October 23rd, 2000 8:57:18 PM
finishes up his drink, and follows the others up the stairs. "I hope we accomplished our mission, and that everyone else made it out ok." he says to Jus "By the way, why were you talking to elephants?"
DM JK
Tuesday October 24th, 2000 9:31:02 AM
The elephantheads look relieved that Onrad has rescued them their boorish companion, if you can read an elephant's expression that is. Still they were all very polite and raise their trunks up in the air and trumpet a goodbye as Jus leaves.
Somehow the party manages to get Jus up to the third floor. In many ways, this is the hardest part of the quest. Finally after much coaxing and pulling, everyone stands before the eighth door of the third floor. As if to confirm this fact, the door reads 3.8.
Nonam
Tuesday October 24th, 2000 9:34:20 AM
"Third door, eighth floor. Even though there are a lot of doors here, I don't think it's enough to go to all the cities in the Wold... much less all the places all these other folks come from. I wonder... Let's all try to remember this door, and see if next time we come if we take the same one back to Plateau City."
Teko
Tuesday October 24th, 2000 1:05:02 PM
Teko smiles and says, "I get the feeling that it's never as straightforward as that. As long as we know which door will take us to our next destination, even if that door is different every time, I'm satisfied. But then, as a mage, I start wondering - *why* is it different every time?" He switches subjects. "Any unsettled details before we pass through?"
Jus
Tuesday October 24th, 2000 3:53:57 PM
"Well, now that you ask," Jus begins, dropping his arm around Teko. "Have I ever told you about my ig...ignoramous of a brother..."
Gareth
Tuesday October 24th, 2000 3:56:45 PM
The warrior helps/carries Jus as they go to the correct door. He waits for whoever is in front to open it and moves through with his friend in tow.
Tericus
Tuesday October 24th, 2000 7:04:17 PM
a little upset that he was snubbed by Jus, Tericus walks up to the door, opens it, and walks through
Onrad
Tuesday October 24th, 2000 10:29:58 PM
"Be alert guys, we hold the ring still." Onrad checks to be sure that his regular swords are back in the primary position and the drow ones are now pushed back in the secondary position and also steps through. He immediately looks around to see where they are. Then knowing it should be night, tries to spot the moon to see what time of night it might be.
Nonam
Wednesday October 25th, 2000 7:00:28 AM
Nonam looks at Teko, "I guess we're going through now."
DM JK
Wednesday October 25th, 2000 7:11:46 AM
There's been a terrible mistake. You step through the portal, and immediately struck by some sort of chill spell. It's dark. You can't see, and... oh, it's raining. Hard. Soon you realize that the trip through the door brought the party to Plateau City's trash district. You're all in the street, right in front of a dirty looking bar. It's hard to tell what time of day it is due to the clouds. It's certainly night time, but beyond that accurate guesses are difficult. There doesn't seem to be anyone moving about on the street, but that is more likely due to the rain than the hour. Even though it's dark, everything is accutely different from what it had been in Menzo. The air smells fresh. Nothing has that phosporescent glow. And of course the rain falling from the sky. Nothing like that ever happens under ground. The water may be cold and wet, but it's a supreme reminder that you're home again.
Gareth
Wednesday October 25th, 2000 9:28:07 AM
The warrior smiles at the sight and smell - and then begins to laugh. "Gentlemen, lets go see Sturtavent. If he's asleep he needs to be woke up. I don't think he'll mind.". He begins the trek to the Palace and continues to help Jus along until the rain and wind sober him up some. "I am glad to be walking in the rain.".
Onrad
Wednesday October 25th, 2000 2:43:44 PM
"Wake up the High Lord Mayor? Are you crazy! I say we go to The Red Wyrm Inn and get some early breakfast and catch up on any news. We can go see the mayor in the morning. Besides I'm hungry."
Tericus
Wednesday October 25th, 2000 3:51:05 PM
Tericus holds out his arms and does a quick little spin. "AAhhh, im glad to be out of there. I dont know if we need to wake the mayor, but we should go see if the others made it back ok."
Nonam
Thursday October 26th, 2000 9:13:34 AM
Nonam wraps his robe a little tighter and squints up into the rain, "Perfect." He frowns a bit and mumbles something about not having a hat. "Well, from here the castle and the Red Wyrm are in the same direction. Perhaps we'll get a better indicator of the hour as we walk. That might help make the decision for us. If it's nearly morning we can wait. If it's early evening, we might as well go see Sturty."
DM JK
Thursday October 26th, 2000 9:15:02 AM
The group begins the long walk across town and the rain doesn't let up. After a few minutes, Teko notices a clock that marks the time as 4:30.
Gareth
Thursday October 26th, 2000 11:18:18 AM
"With it being not long before the castle open, I'd say we wait. Some food would be a good thing right now - especially for Jus.". The warrior smiles as his friend continues to struggle with his lack of sobriety.
Onrad
Thursday October 26th, 2000 3:03:15 PM
Onrad nods and pulls his cloak close around him. Then suddenly he grins as he is wont to do as he gets a hairbrained scheme. He pulls his two drow swords and lays them down pointing at each other in the street. "They are going to disintegrage soon anyway....or whatever drow weapons do. Wanna start some interesting rumors? Could be fun! I guess we shouldn't, but it could be fun!"
Teko
Thursday October 26th, 2000 4:04:07 PM
"Let's get a meal and head to the Mayor's," Teko says. He seems to be holding his mouth open to the rain. "I'm glad I'm here," he says with a smile, "but...I keep wanting to disbelieve." He looks down and gazes, perhaps at the swords, perhaps at the rain hitting the ground.
Tericus
Thursday October 26th, 2000 4:51:01 PM
seeing what Onrad is doing, Tericus says "Hey Onrad, didnt the ring enchant those so that they wont disintergrate in sunlight? If you leave them there, some kid might find them." he says as he picks up the swords
Jus
Friday October 27th, 2000 12:26:24 AM
Jus wakes up with a start, and looks around only to find he's no longer in the Inn. Struggling to untangle himself from Gareth, he mumbles something about finding a bathroom quick. Not two seconds after his proclamation, he empties his stomach... not a pretty sight. "Um... nevermind," a somewhat rejuvenated Jus quietly says.
Nonam
Friday October 27th, 2000 6:55:57 AM
"That's an excellent decision, Gareth, but as I think on it, perhaps we should go somewhere besides the Red Wyrm. Somewhere with a little more privacy."
When Onrad lays down the swords, Nonam says, "I agree with Tericus. I don't know if the ring will still protect the swords since we stole it, but we shouldn't leave them here. Perhaps we could take them to Star Tower for study before dawn hits."
DM JK
Friday October 27th, 2000 7:09:17 AM
Following Riverside Road, the group slowly progresses across town. Onrad stops near the Open Palm Market in the Trade Quarter to lay down the swords.
As the group stops and waits, Gareth smells sausage cooking. He looks in the direction of the pleasant scent and sees Sampson's Place, a small tavern overlooking the river. As he looks on, a pair of merchants hurry out, cloaks pulled tight in the rain. One of them stops at a nearby building, pulls out his keys, and unlocks the door. He waves goodbye to his friend before going inside. The other stares briefly at the fools in the street, shakes his head, and disappears up the street.
Gareth
Friday October 27th, 2000 9:28:35 AM
The warrior says "I do not think starting a drow rumor would help our bid to be dragons much. It may also cause some real trouble for the ones we just helped get out of Menzo. I don't think you should.". Smelling the food he smiles. "Nonam, this place looks more private. How about it?".
If there are no objections, the warrior goes in and orders breakfast.
Onrad the Soaked
Friday October 27th, 2000 12:41:05 PM
Onrad picks up the swords. "I thought as much. Nowadays, it's all responsibility and no fun. We may want to do some serious thinking about whether becoming dragons is exactly what we want to do. It in many ways will cement our future to run in certain directions."
Onrad sniffs the air. "That inn there smells like it has good food. I've never been there. Let's try it."
He begins walking towards Sampson's Place. He checks for an "Open for business" sign or any signs of other patrons.
"As far as these swords being some of those augmented by the ring, well I don't know, but I'd guess all of those would have been given to the Army of Air that was heading for Culverwood. Did we ever hear if those Tunnels were collapsed successfully on the Drow? But you're right, we'll keep them and see what happens. Star Tower does sound like a good idea. Perhaps if it is magicked by the ring, it will help them understand the ring. You know they are going to want to study it."
Teko
Friday October 27th, 2000 3:57:14 PM
Assuming everyone starts moving that way, Teko says, "I vote for sausages. And something to dry off with."
Jus
Friday October 27th, 2000 4:41:42 PM
With a newly empty stomach, the sound of food sounds appealing. "Maybe they have some herbs for an upset stomach, too. What was that stuff I drank?" Jus heads over to see if there is anything cooking that is a little more bland than sausage.
Tericus
Saturday October 28th, 2000 12:00:19 PM
"I wonder if they have anything besides sausages. They give me gas." Teriucs says to no one in paticular as he follows the others into the tavern
Nonam
Monday October 30th, 2000 10:37:32 AM
Nonam heads into the tavern and looks around.
DM JK
Monday October 30th, 2000 10:41:12 AM
The group enters a common room filled with members of the merchant class having breakfast. It seems odd to enter such a place and not have anyone plotting your demise, but few seem interested in the arrival of the Three. The parties weapons earn a few long careful looks, but other than that things seem peaceful. Breakfast is served almost immediately. Everyone gets the same. Oatmeal, sausage, eggs, and toast. A jug of steaming tea is placed in the center of the table. The serving man indicates that the meal comes to 1 silver per head.
Nonam
Monday October 30th, 2000 10:44:18 AM
Nonam sits down and suddenly realizes how tired he is, "I think that a long nap is in order after we meet with the High Lord Mayor."
When the food arrives, Nonam hands over two gold coins and refuses any change. Then he falls into eating with a vengeance. In between bites he manages to declare, "It seems days since I last ate."
Gareth
Monday October 30th, 2000 11:28:29 AM
"It HAS been days since you ate last, Nonam.". The warrior enters and sits down, completely disregarding any looks, and begins to inhale food at an amazing rate. He pulls out a couple of gold and puts them on the table but otherwise focuses on the food. Between bites he continues. "I'm really suprised we made it this far without refuling... So what are saying... Onrad ... the thought of ... responsibility bothers you? ... I thought we wanted that? ... I know I do. ... At least, I think I do. I kind of liked this last adventure ... We made a difference for the kingdom ... We made it a better place for our families ... Seems like it will be easier to find jobs if we do some for the High Lord Mayor ..."....
Tericus
Monday October 30th, 2000 4:41:38 PM
"Anyone want my eggs and sausage? Eggs make me sick, and sausage doesnt agree with my digestion." Tericus says as he pours himself some tea
Teko
Monday October 30th, 2000 6:23:02 PM
"Tericus, I'll take you up on that. This is good!"
Jus
Monday October 30th, 2000 8:10:14 PM
Jus reaches for Tericus' plate, only to be intercepted by Teko. "Hey! You're small, you don't need that much food!", Jus kids. "Tell you what, I'll trade my sausages for the eggs.", Jus manages to offer while eating the oatmeal.
DM JK
Tuesday October 31st, 2000 2:29:17 PM
The breakfast is filling and quite good, but soon everyone is finished. A glance out the window reveals that dawn is just beginning to appear, and it seems that the sun has chased away the rain.
Gareth
Tuesday October 31st, 2000 2:47:50 PM
Seeing the light begin to break the warrior stands. "Gentlemen, we need to get to Star Tower if we are to preserve those swords - and we need to get to Sturtavent straightaway. Lets go.". With a bow to the innkeeper, the warrior exits the tavern and with the others, makes his way toward their destination.
Teko
Tuesday October 31st, 2000 6:53:46 PM
Teko passes the eggs to Jus but turns down the sausages, saying with a grin, "I don't think I could finish them anyway." When the time comes, Teko heads out the door with the others.
Onrad
Tuesday October 31st, 2000 10:17:31 PM
As the party heads outside once again, Onrad looks up to see if the rain is going to last the day. He then finally turns to Gareth and says, "It's not a matter so much of fearing responsibility. It's just that sometimes such a thing can truly hem you in. Look at the Gold Dragons, for example. I'd guess that they can't simply just go treasure hunting, or head out to explore the nearest dungeon. They probably have more people knocking on their door than they can deal with themselves. They have to pick the most dangerous ones for themselves, and maturely hire others for the rest. Everywhere they go people want them to do stuff. They couldn't stop in for breakfast like we just did. Someone or more than one would approach them to help fine their cousin Dorak or take revenge on the thugs that hit their warehouse the night before. No peace. Do you see what I mean? Do we want that?
If you've heard the legends of their past, they got so caught up in the responsibility of placing Claudia on the throne that they couldn't take the pressure when she didn't work out. They had to confront Joe Hand about her twins that she had with Flame the Dragon and would have had to kill them if Joe hadn't done that himself.
Picture being hated by whoever our enemies are so much that they attack our families while we are out saving The Wold? Gareth's family has already had to be resucued once. What if that had been an attack on us rather than just circumstance? What if the good Drow we just allowed to move to the surface are attacked by Elves who can't accept them and drow children are hurt and killed? Do you see how our actions cause things to happen?
Some say that adventurers spawn the evil that challenges The Wold. We go out and open Pandora's Box wherever we go and most of our kind don't care about the consequences. Do you see what I...."
Onrad stops and lets the rain fall on his face.
"....sorry. I guess I'm becoming a cynic. And I guess I'm very tired. But this is the truth, I didn't like all the pressure of this last venture. Too much was at stake. There was little joy in it." Onrad lets his friends move on ahead and gets lost in his thoughts as they move across town.
Tericus
Wednesday November 1st, 2000 3:51:06 AM
"He sure has changed." Tericus whispers as Onrad steps outside
Nonam
Wednesday November 8th, 2000 10:53:07 AM
Nonam looks suprised when he is called Stoneleg and mutters something about how he thought no one knew about that. Then he draws himself up and walks down the carpet. Head held high, doing his best to look like a hero.
DM JK
Wednesday November 8th, 2000 11:05:38 AM
The High Lord Mayor stands at the top of the dias and watches the procession while many of the spectators whisper amongst themselves. They obviously don't know what is going on.
When Gareth arrives at the front, he finds that Rezdek is already there. How he called out the names and still got to the front first seems something of a mystery. Nevertheless, he's there and motions for Gareth to stand at the foot of the platform. He likewise positions the others around and indicates that you should all kneel.
Once everyone arrives at the front, all eyes seem to focus on Sturtevent, and he begins speaking, "Citizens of New Elenna. Friends. What I am about to tell you was secret to all but a few only a few hours before. Today we have the bold adventurers known as the Three stand before us. A few days ago, they and other brave New Elennians infiltrated the Drow City of Menzoberranzan. There they aided a renegade Drow house that feared the cult goddess Lolth and the power of their High Priestess. This Priestess possessed one of the Elemental Rings. The Ring of Air I am told. The other adventurers were sent to cover and aid the Three. They were also to aid the renegade Drow. The Three, however, had the most important task. They were to return with the ring."
Now Sturtevent looks down at the Three, "Brave heroes, I trust that you were successful. Will you know entrust the Ring to the people of New Elenna so that it might be studied and used for good against the dark forces that are arrayed against us?"
At these words, a wizard steps from one of the chairs at the rear of the platform. He holds what appears to be a crystal box. It is empty.
All eyes now focus on the Three.
Nonam
Wednesday November 8th, 2000 11:06:56 AM
Nonam silently hopes that Jus didn't drop the ring in the street. He has no wish to look like an idiot. He glances to Jus next to him and silently mouths, "Stand up."
Gareth
Wednesday November 8th, 2000 11:21:56 AM
looks over to the elf, hoping he keeps his antics to a minimum as he delivers the goods.
Jus
Wednesday November 8th, 2000 11:27:55 AM
As he realizes everybody is looking at him, he resists the urge to say something silly and begins to fumble with his pouch to get it open. Whe nhe finally gets it open, he looks up for a brief moment to the others with a look shock and dismay - which quickly resolves into a big grin as he pulls out the ring and places it in the box. Looking up to Sturtavent he says "The Three were indeed successful in all aspects of our quest. The ring was retrieved and the High Priestess of Lolth destroyed. I would suggest you not touch this thing. It has a mind of it's own.". Touching his head in salute he stands with his fellow adventurers - or kneels - or whatever looking at Rezdek for an idea of what he's supposed to do exactly.
Teko
Wednesday November 8th, 2000 6:44:22 PM
For a moment, Jus, with his look of shock and dismay, has Teko fooled. Teko jaw drops. Then as the ring becomes visible, Teko closes his mouth and grins, shaking his head. He chuckles silently.
Tericus
Wednesday November 8th, 2000 7:33:12 PM
Tericus just stands at his place, not sure what to do once Jus delivers the ring
Rewards (DM JK)
Thursday November 9th, 2000 9:46:19 AM
The people in the audience cheer as Jus stands up with the ring. Sturtevent beams with pride, and the representative from Star Tower quickly closes the box once he has the powerful item. Then the mage steps back into the shadows on the platform.
Once the mage is gone, Sturtevent begins speaking again, "On behalf of Plateau City and New Elenna, I thank you. This heroic act will aid us in our fight against the rising power of the Dark Lord." The people in the audience clap a little more. Sturtevent raises his hand, "There is much more that I have to say, but first there are others that wish to offer their thanks." Sturtevent nods to one of the other figures on the platform.
It takes a second, but the group recognizes the mn who steps forward. It is none other than Hatchme. Excited and angry whispers begin to run through the crowd at seeing a drow standing before them.
Hatchme waits a moment for the whispers to die down and begins, "I am Hatchme, representative of Irrilyn Millithor, the Matron Mother and a child of Ellistrae. Unlike many of our fellows, House Millithor worships Ellistrae. We have recently warred with those who worship the evil spider goddess Lolth. That fact, added to a few other grievances, has made our stay in Menzoberranzan a thing of agony. House Banrae had great power, and we lacked the power to stop them. But with the aid of these six who are Three, the power of House Banrae was crushed, and we have made our escape from the underground. We have sought assistance from New Elenna before, but those sent previously failed. In my opinion, these heroes who stand before you are the best of New Elenna... and we have previously met those that you praise as your best." Hatchme pauses a moment to allow people to think who he could mean by his cryptic remark and continues, "The people of New Elenna have our eternal thanks. The Three have our eternal thanks, and we owe them a debt of gratitude." Here Hatchme pulls out six pale blue daggers. They seem to be completely made of the same strange pale blue metal from the tip of the blade through the hilt. He steps down and passes them out to the Three. "These are not weapons so much as symbols. The madara ai'lelis, or the Blue Knife, symbolizes a debt amongst my people. One that we hope that we may one day repay." After saying Blue Knife, Hatchme frowns as if it sounds too ordinary, and he briefly pauses before continuing, "I have not said it clear enough. The madara ai'lelis symbolize a life debt. The Three have saved our House, and we owe them their lives. Our people have therefore agreed to give this award. The Blue Knife is rarely given. It has always been a personal marker in the past. Never before has an entire house awarded the Blue Knife. Never before have humans or gnomes received the Blue Knife. You have our thanks, and we hope you realize the honor we give to you."
Hatchme finishes. The crowd stands in stunned silence. Sturtevent waits. Rezdek frowns and nods at the group to say something.
Onrad
Thursday November 9th, 2000 11:34:18 AM
Onrad nods to Gareth to speak for the party. He hopes Gareth doesn't blow this.
When Hatchme makes his speech, Onrad is totally sobered by the honor. 'Here goes our freedom. Here begins the ridicule. Us? Better than the Gold Dragons? Hehe. Valdor will steam about that! I hope that doesn't backfire in our faces.
Gareth d20=4
Thursday November 9th, 2000 11:45:49 AM
The warrior is taken aback at the 'weightiness' of the jesture that was just made. Seeing that a pronouncement of some sort is needed, and that the one who gives the gift is a fighter as he, the warrior bows deeply to Hatchme and speaks (CHA by 14). "You do us a great honor with your House's gift - one we did not expect. We fight for New Elenna and those who are - or would be - part of it. We were honored to be at your service. And will be more than glad to help again if the need arises. We humbly accept your gift - and we will not forget it. Please take our thanks to your Matron.".
Pausing just long enough to make sure his next words are clearly not part of the gift pronouncement, the warrior speaks again. "Hatchme, we The Three also have something else we must be sure and do in this forum. As we entered Menzoberranzen, we met you and you gave us information which enabled us to accomplish our mission. I do not know if we could have been successful without it. In fact, I'm almost sure we would have failed. I would request of the mayor that he make sure that the Matron Mother knows of this effort on your part. And if we are given the opportunity, we will tell her ourselves. You are as much a part of this victory as we.". Looking him right in the eyes, the warrior draws his sword and salutes the drow with the speed of an accomplished sword master - from one warrior to another, and then steps back saying "Thank you." and resheaths.
Teko
Thursday November 9th, 2000 6:27:07 PM
Teko accepts his gift gratefully, but otherwise listens to the thanks offered by Gareth. He beams with pride at the warrior's words.
Nonam
Friday November 10th, 2000 9:54:48 AM
Nonam nods his appreciation and otherwise simply hopes that Gareth doesn't botch things up. He does grimace when Gareth draws his sword and hopes that drawing a sword in the High Lord Mayor's audience hall isn't considered a threat.
... and the next award (DM JK)
Friday November 10th, 2000 10:09:53 AM
Hatchme bows to Gareth after his speech and seems to regard the warrior fondly, and the audience erupts into applause. It seems they've finally forgotten about the early morning summons. Hatchme bows once more to the crowd and then moves to the back of the dias.
Sturtevent steps forward once again and motions for the group to quiet. "Before I would bestow honors from our city there is one other who must give his award first." The mayor steps back, and the next speaker walks to the front. His head is covered with a hood and people eagerly wait to see if this is an orc or some fanciful thing come to speak. When the man draws back his hood a gasp of suprise springs up from the audience. If it could be possible, people seem more suprised than when the drow appeared. It is none other than the Overlord of Floating City.
The Overlord grins at the suprised response and then launches into his own speech, "Lords of Plateau City, it is my esteemed pleasure to appear before you today to offer my own thanks to these brave heroes. In the past few days, they have helped to save the Kingdom of New Elenna," the Overlord says Kingdom with a look of distaste but continues without pause. "I've just come to remind all of you that they hail from the Floating City, and that we from the Big Float wish to do what we can in these times of turmoil. To honor our these brave heroes who are citizens of our town for their service to their country, I name the Three 'Champions of the Floating City.' Furthermore, when they return home, they will find that these are the keys to their new mansion there." He holds a set of keys aloft and hands one to each of the Three. "I have no doubt that these heroes will soon be Dragons and will begin thinking of building their palace, but until that time, I am happy to make this small gesture." The Overlord finishes his speech and looks absolutely joyful when the angry whispers start in the crowd.
Nonam d20=5
Friday November 10th, 2000 10:12:48 AM
Having been thinking about going back to his home for some time now, Nonam stands up to make this speech. "We thank you from the bottom of our hearts. We are proud to serve our kingdom, but Floating City is home."
Onrad
Friday November 10th, 2000 11:06:06 AM
Onrad stands there steaming. He whispers to Tericus, "Whoever said the Float is our home? I didn't know we had one. We spent like a few days there once and had a few adventures there." Grrrr...
Gareth
Friday November 10th, 2000 11:16:31 AM
As Nonam handles the speech, the warrior marvels at how things have really begun to change for he and his friends - and how Onrad's concerns may not be so far fetched after all... Boy, having a drow house pledge a life debt with their representative claiming our superiority to the Gold Dragons, and 2 big cities and their mayors fighting over who gets credit and bragging rights. Maybe that means we get 2 mansions - and a palace?!? Wow, this will indeed be an interesting time! Gareth bows to the mayor and coveys his thanks if additional response is needed.
Jus
Friday November 10th, 2000 3:54:00 PM
Seeing all the fuss over their adventure, the elf is content to stand silently with pride and reflect on how his clan will react to this news, knowing they will learn of it some time soon.
Teko
Sunday November 12th, 2000 11:42:08 PM
Teko accepts his key with a "Thank you very much..." and bows. Nervous, he looks very much out of his element.
Tericus
Monday November 13th, 2000 4:13:43 AM
after receiveing his knife and hearing about their other reward, Tericus blushes a bit and seems embarressed to be there
The Best for Last? (DM JK)
Monday November 13th, 2000 7:43:03 AM
The Overlord nods his approval toward Nonam, grins, and walks back to his place on the platform. Sturtevent returns to the fore.
"Gentlemen, the entire kingdom thanks you for your service, and as the representative of Plateau City, I too wish to present you with a small token of gratitude."
He pauses a moment as if trying to decide what the reward should be. After a moment, he nods to Rezdek, and the seneschal moves forward. He takes a small blue satin bag from his belt and hands it to Sturtevent. The High Lord Mayor removes a large golden key from the bag and holds it aloft. A few in the crowd recognize it and begin to whisper. "The Overlord has given you the keys to a house in Floating City, and I for one have no worries about where you make your home when you decide on the matter. In the meantime, you have rendered a service to us in Plateau City, and I wish to present you with this key. The Key to the City. It doesn't actually open anything in the city save for the hearts of the people. We thank you for your service." He presents the key to Gareth, and the crowd erupts in applause. They've either already forgotten the giving of the mansion, or they think this key is a better gift.
Gareth d20=2
Monday November 13th, 2000 10:42:20 AM
The warrior accepts the key from Sturtavent with a smile and a bow. After the crowd ceases it's applause, he says "Gifts of the heart - the ones that bring back good memories - are among the finest gifts one can receive. We thank you for this gesture and we look forward to being of service in the future." (Cha).
Onrad
Monday November 13th, 2000 2:46:36 PM
Seeing the ceremonies come to what he hopes is an end, Onrad is realizing a couple of things about himself. He doesn't like fame with his fortune. He hates politics. He doesn't like being responsible for the rising and falling of nations.
However, he thinks a trip to the Big Float where he could toss Nonam into the lake. Then He begins to grin.
He edges himself over to Nonam. He whispers, "What do you think about a vacation BACK to the Floating City?" While Nonam ponders it, he adds, "We could throw Gareth in the lake this time..."
Teko
Monday November 13th, 2000 6:29:02 PM
Teko, too, smiles warmly and bows twice when Gareth accepts the gift.
Tericus
Tuesday November 14th, 2000 3:26:06 AM
getting caught up in the cheers, Tericus raises one hand and waves to everyone, while his other hand is crossed over his chest, making small bowing motions as he waves
Nonam
Tuesday November 14th, 2000 8:43:17 AM
Nonam whispers back to Onrad, "We can leave right after I've taken a long nap."
Then he turns to the crowd and bows low.
Finished (DM JK)
Tuesday November 14th, 2000 9:00:19 AM
Once the applause dies down, Sturtevent raises one hand into the air, and all eyes focus on him almost immediately.
"My lords, gentlemen, and ladies. That ends the presentation to the Three. We will be honoring other groups that participated in this mission throughout the day. I do hope that you will stay to honor these other groups, but most of all, I wished you here to see this particular group because they were the ones that confronted the Matron and returned with the Ring. Now if you will briefly excuse me, I will usher these gentlemen out. They've gone sometime without rest. However, there will be a reception this evening in the main hall. I do hope each and everyone of you will attend."
The crowd erupts into applause once again when Sturtevent finishes. At which point, Sturtevent steps off the dias to the Three. Once closer, he speaks more quietly, "If you would all follow me, I can get you out of here so that you don't have to visit with everyone in the audience."
Without waiting for an answer, the High Lord Mayor ascends the dias and heads toward the back of the platform. He makes sure that everyone is following and then steps behind a tapestry. As each of you go behind it, you find Sturtevent holding open a door. Once everyone is in the small room, Sturtevent closes the door and says, "Once again, well done."
A quick survey of the room reveals that it is probably just a waiting room before guests appear on the stage. There are a few chairs and some refreshments sitting out on a table.
The mayor continues, "Feel free to have some refreshments and to rest here for a little while." Taking his own advice, he grabs an apple an sits down in a chair.
Jus
Tuesday November 14th, 2000 11:44:14 AM
The elven practitioner looks back to the crowd with some regret, liking the visiting part a great deal - but also realizing rest is important right now. He grabs a piece of cheese and some tea when they get into the room and then plops down on a chair. "That was sure fun. A whole lot better than slogging through the underdark. So what now?".
Gareth d20=8
Tuesday November 14th, 2000 11:46:08 AM
The warrior waits for the others to follow the mayor. He brings up the rear and wastes no time grabbing some goodies and a chair. He eats politely as this is still a formal function (Cha). He waits for the mayor to speak, feeling very proud to be part of such a group as this.
Teko
Tuesday November 14th, 2000 6:40:58 PM
Teko follows the mayor into the room. He looks for tea admidst all the refreshments, pours a cup and sits down.
Onrad
Wednesday November 15th, 2000 12:41:55 AM
Still full from breakfast, Onrad fidgets and yawns. He fights to stay awake. Then suddenly he breaks out in giggles and looks at Nonam with a huge unforgiving grin on his face. He waits, almost like an overgrown child stuck in school until the bell rings, to be dismissed.
Nonam
Wednesday November 15th, 2000 6:58:33 AM
Nonam frowns back at Onrad, and then he sighs. "Whoopee! We get to go to a party tonight."
alone with the mayor (DM JK)
Wednesday November 15th, 2000 7:02:19 AM
Sturtevent munches on his apple and finally says, "You know you can talk in front of me. What do you think of all this fame and fortune... and responsibility?"
Tericus
Wednesday November 15th, 2000 8:59:33 AM
after following everyone, Tericus finds the most confortable chair in the room and flops down into it. he tries to listen to what everyone has to say, but his eyes grow heavy and soon hes fast asleep, snoring gently
Gareth
Wednesday November 15th, 2000 9:57:49 AM
"This is certainly a lot different than what we're used to. I'm sure it will have it's pros and cons just like everything else - and I'm sure each one of will disagree on what the pros and cons are. But we'll be able to deal with it together just like we always have. I see no reason not to move forward. So Nonam, what's this 'Stoneleg' thing all about?"
Onrad
Wednesday November 15th, 2000 12:05:03 PM
Onrad turns to Sturtavent. "I hate it. Adventuring used to be fun. Now it's work and responsibility and we "should" do this and "really have" to do that rather than going after adventuring for the glory of it and the fun of it. Hunting for treasure with the vain hopes of getting rich." He slouches back in his chair. "I guess I became an adventure to escape responsibility and enjoy the freedom. Most people look at us as free, chaotic and uncontrollable. But there's more responsibility in this job than in being a Pryderi." He pulls out a flask and takes the first sip of alcohol you've ever seen him drink. "Here's to our next adventure being totally selfish and free of responsibility to king and throne... No offense intended, sir."
Teko
Wednesday November 15th, 2000 6:39:45 PM
Teko grins at Onrad's words. To the mayor, he says, still smiling, "I died down there. I am hoping that it isn't a trend. I don't mind politics, if means seeking the good of the land. The fame and fortune are nice, but I have danced with the elves by the light of moon and fire, and so the honor and gold are just so much icing on the cake. Too much of them would make me sick. Whatever we may do in the future, I only ask for things worth dying for. And a good cup of tea afterwards." Teko lifts his cup and sips appreciatively.
Tericus
Thursday November 16th, 2000 2:43:50 AM
continues to sleep, slightly shifting to one side
Nonam
Thursday November 16th, 2000 9:34:33 AM
Nonam looks at Teko, "You're sitting right there. You didn't die. Come on we made it back not too much the worse for wear. We all got a few magic goodies, and we have a mansion and a bit of glory." He says glory as if it means very little to him. "Now cheer up, and here's what this stoneleg stuff is all about." Nonam hikes up his robe and displays his left leg. Below the knee it appears to be stone. "This is why I made the changes in my approach to magic. You know, new robes, shaved head, and the rest. You all remember the funeral I went to before we left? I tried to teleport there. I was ready for the spall, and well... I teleported into a rock. Fortunately, there were plenty of mages around, and they got me loose. I had wanted to keep it secret, but I guess they blabbed."
When Sturtevent talks, people listen (DM JK)
Thursday November 16th, 2000 9:48:03 AM
Sturtevent listens to Onrad's complaints, and seems about to comment when Nonam displays his leg. After hearing the story, "You were extremely lucky, and I would lecture you about it. However, you seem to have taken the lesson to heart. And have no fear, most of the songs about it feature a gorgon or some such. It seems the common people don't believe in the stupidity of heroes." Sturtevent chuckles.
Then he looks to Onrad, "Don't let this become a burden to you. Only choose to do those things that you believe are right. If you waste away in drink, you'll be of no use to yourself, your family, your friends, or your country. You needn't weigh in on affairs of state like the Gold Dragons did. Certainly there are challenges and responsibilities, but they waded into making and unmaking kings. There are advisors and politicians for those decisions. Despite the way it may seem to you Valdor and the rest chose to become involved because they believed that was right, but the country would have progressed without their interference in this area. Truth be told, I'm not certain that they made the right choice. By placing the High Lord Mayor in charge, they've come dangerously close to pushing the nation into a system of city-states. Floating City already stood at the edge of the king's authority. The Overlord hardly feels beholden to the decisions of the High Lord Mayor. So far, it has only been in his best interest to do so. Likely it will be until the Dark Lord is defeated, but if we don't have a king soon... But, those are my problems, not yours. Today, I will think of them no more. I have honors to bestow, and a party to attend this evening. I hope you'll be there. And I trust you will dispell these demons gnawing at your soul, Onrad."
Gareth
Thursday November 16th, 2000 10:50:10 AM
The warrior sits contentedly as the conversation progresses. "So how long would you suggest we stay here before we leave? I think we'd do well to get some rest before this evening.".
Teko
Thursday November 16th, 2000 6:43:39 PM
Teko brightens at the mention of a party. "Now there's something to look forward to! Perhaps a few illusions to tell our tale, yes?"
Nonam
Friday November 17th, 2000 7:02:35 AM
Nodding at Teko and Gareth, "You are both absolutely right. We sorely need to rest, but the party should be fun. We should find some out of the way place to stay though. I don't want to deal with all those crowds at the Red Wyrm just yet."
Interview over (DM JK)
Friday November 17th, 2000 7:16:18 AM
Sturtevent sniffs at Onrad's lack of response to his comments, and then rises and says, "Well, I have other things to attend to. It was good visiting with all of you... and you might try the Wild Griffin just across the street. People coming to the city on business usually stay there, and it gets busy at lunch and when the palace is close. But, this time of day, it's usually completely empty. It's closest too."
Sturtevent strides to the door, "Good day. I hope to see you all this evening."
Sturtevent walks out, and almost immediately Rezdek appears in the room, "I can guide you gentlemen out whenever you're ready."
Gareth
Friday November 17th, 2000 10:49:59 AM
The warrior stands and bids the mayor farewell. He waits for the others and goes with Rezdek out the door. "Guys, the Griffon sounds fine by me. Lets do it.".
Jus
Friday November 17th, 2000 2:33:08 PM
The elf leaves with the others, looking forward to some rest as the drink from the Worlds Serpent Inn still affects him a bit. None of the food looked like a good idea right now...
Onrad
Friday November 17th, 2000 4:20:33 PM
Onrad remains silent and follows the party out not commenting on anything which is very unusual for him. He takes another drink from his flask and then as if Sturtavent's words might have finally sunk in, slams the thing down into a waste receptacle as they exit the castle.
Teko
Friday November 17th, 2000 5:04:40 PM
"To the Wild Griffin then! A bit of rest and then a party." Teko puts his tea aside, gets up, and follows their guide.
Nonam
Monday November 20th, 2000 6:52:36 AM
Nonam follows along but tries to strike up a conversation with their guide, "So Rezdek, how does one go about becoming a seneschal? I would imagine it requires a great deal of ability and isn't just a political appointment."
Dm Kent (Eat, Drink, and be Merry??)
Monday November 20th, 2000 7:30:26 PM
Rezdek slows down just enough so that he can talk to Nonan without seeming rude, answers, Hmm well, that is very astute of you. Most people think that becoming a seneschal is purely politics. And while I will admit that being well connected can be helpful. There is a lot of hard work and knowledge that goes in to the job. Not to mention that it is a 24 hour job. He continues with his self-important monologue as he leads you to front entry and has the doors opened for you. He points across and just down the street, There's the Wild Griffin. They are a bit pricey but their service and quality leave little to be desired. Good Luck Gentlemen in whatever the winds may bring you.
DM Kent 8d20(20+16+19+7+18+8+17+5)=110
Monday November 20th, 2000 7:38:42 PM
As you all walk the block and a half to the Wild Griffin, you see very few people on the street, which is kind of odd for this part of the city but.... Anyway as you get to the Inn, above the door is the most exquisitely carved Griffin. It almost seems alive except that this griffin is painted in the brightest most gaudy, wild, colors you could ever imagine. Teko, Jus Nonan and Tercius all notice that the griffins eyes move as you all approach and reach for the door.
(I will post daily around 7 EST and will post thru the holiday as long as there are at least 5 character posts.)
Gareth
Monday November 20th, 2000 9:15:50 PM
The warrior enters the inn and approaches whatever appears to be the front desk. "A room please.".
Tericus
Tuesday November 21st, 2000 4:34:51 AM
stares back at the griffin's eye as it moves. "Thats certainly not normal." he comments to himself
Onrad
Tuesday November 21st, 2000 9:54:20 AM
"Yeah," Onrad says agreeing with Tericus. "I think I like it." Feeling more chipper now that they are out of the clutches of the bureaucracy, at least for a few hours, Onrad bows to the Griffin and enters the tavern. "Nice place. Hmm...He marches up beside Gareth. Gotta suite or an Adventurer's Suite with a common room? We don't like being crunched up in one room if we can help it." He smiles a winning smile and puts a sack of coins on the table to get the innkeeper's attention.
Teko
Tuesday November 21st, 2000 6:35:36 PM
Teko gazes at griffon. "I wonder," he says, "if it talks?" He enters and, while he waits for the innkeeper's response as to what rooms are available, he digs out some coins.
Nonam
Tuesday November 21st, 2000 7:09:52 PM
Hearing Teko's comment, Nonam wishes that he has a suitable spell memorized. But, not wanting to waste an opportunity he settles for the only available alternative, and he says out of the corner of his mouth, "Of course, I can talk!"
DM Kent
Tuesday November 21st, 2000 8:23:06 PM
As you each enter the door The griffin's eyes follow each of you in. As Teko and Nonan enter, Nonan hears a voice come from above and behind him. " I can speak for myself Mage."
As you all approach the front desk an extremely attractive Elven lass awaits you and welcomes you each by name as you come up. She listens to what your needs are and then with a smile simply states, "All we have here are suites. They each have a common room and a private bath. We have 2, 3, and 4 bedroon suites. Breakfast is served between 4 and 7 in the morning. The Lounge will be open until 3 in the morning. The entertainment continues until midnight. If you need some sort of repast tonight, I am sure we can find something suitable. My name is Lorna Lorelli. If there is anything that you need, please don't hesitate to ask.
Nonam
Wednesday November 22nd, 2000 7:17:04 AM
With a momentary thought on how boring it must be to be a sentient sign, Nonam moves to the counter, "I believe we shall take two 3-room suites Lady Lorelli. That is what you had in mind, isn't it Gareth?" Nonam looks around for a guest book to sign. "Oh, and a wake-up about 4 o'clock this afternoon would be much appreciated."
Gareth
Wednesday November 22nd, 2000 12:24:01 PM
The warrior's eyes light up as the elf introduces herself and doesn't grimace at him (This good looks thing is quite new to him still...). He nods to Nonam. "Fine by me, I'll be most interested in sleeping right now I think.". He waits to be shown to his room and follows when it happens.
Jus
Wednesday November 22nd, 2000 12:27:22 PM
The elven adventurer smiles his dashing smile and offers "My what a wonderful place you have here. I'm VERY pleased to make your acquaintance my dear. Perhaps we can visit later after we recover some.".
Tericus
Wednesday November 22nd, 2000 7:50:01 PM
"Lorna, what makes that Griffin's eye move like that?" Tericus asked the innkeeper
Lorna (DM Kent)
Thursday November 23rd, 2000 9:14:35 AM
Looking at each in turn as they speak, Lorna smiles an extremely captivating smile and answers their questions.
I just happen to have two adjoining three room suites left. They are however on the third floor, but they do overlook the gardens in the rear and both have small balconies upon with you may sit if you like. And a mid afternoon wake up call. Ok It shall be as you wish.
Almost blushing as Jus makes his emphasis on the word YOUR, Lorna recovers quickly, or was it an act, and looking straight in to Jus' eyes says I'm sure that I can find the time and I am also sure that the time will be most pleasantly spent.
At Tericus' question, Lorna pauses for a moment, as if thinking, and then simply says, why the same things that make our eyes move, I would think. he is alive after all.
So gentle men shall I have you shown to your rooms? As she sees assent from the members of the group, you all hear the light single chime of a bell and moments later, several boys appear just to the side of you.
One of the boys, who looks just slightly older than the others, steps forward and says, "My name is Lyrik. These are, indicating each boy in turn, Friel, Q'ajil, Seryph, Korig, and Bart. Can we take your things, and show you to your rooms good sirs?"
Gareth
Friday November 24th, 2000 3:40:46 PM
The warrior eyes Jus a bit as he appears to have made a date. As the boys arrive he smiles and says "Thanks, guys. I will carry my own things but I would be glad for you to take us up.". He follows them up to the room and finds his bed quickly. He stops only long enough to give a tip and his thanks.
Jus
Friday November 24th, 2000 3:45:00 PM
The wiley elf grin big as his invitation is apparently accepted. "OK then, I'll be by to get you say, 6:30 tonight?". He follows the others to the rooms and decides sleep would be a good thing to have before the festivities this evening - which appear to have taken on a whole new and positive light.
Nonam
Saturday November 25th, 2000 10:31:00 AM
Nonam nods at the lass behind the counter and grins at Jus' fortune. Then the mage trots up the stairs, suddenly looks very tired. Maintaining his composition for the past few hours has obviously been a task in and of itself, "I believe that I will lodge with Teko and Tericus. If no one objects. Quieter that way, don't you know. Give us the chance to study spells when we wake. And you boys can play with your swords or whatever you do."
As if the matter is settled, Nonam nods to Lyric, "As you see, I have no bags. Lots of wizards pockets, don't you know. As if to emphasize the point, Nonam slips his staff into one of the outer pockets where it promptly disappears. But if you would show me and these two notable scholars to our room, I would be most grateful."
Teko
Sunday November 26th, 2000 10:36:26 PM
"Excellent, Nonam! Lead the way."
Tericus
Monday November 27th, 2000 9:02:01 AM
gives the innkeeper a yeah, sure look then says to Noonan. "Sure, I dont mind sharing."
Onrad
Monday November 27th, 2000 11:13:28 AM
Onrad takes a bed near the balcony. He opens up the window so he can have fresh air when he sleeps. He steps out on the balcony to look out on the gardens.
"It is lovely," Onrad whispers to himself. "So much better than being trapped below tons of rock." He sighs.
"I think I'll sit down just for a bit." Yawn...
"This chair is nice. What a wonderful view"
"Zzzzzzzzzzzzzzz."
Lyric (DM Kent)
Monday November 27th, 2000 7:04:37 PM
Lyric looks at you all and then over to his fellow lads and says, "Well if They're gonna carry their own things, You all can go back to the game I'll be back in a bit. With a couple of aww, geez and why yous, the other four boys head back to where they came from. As they leave, Lyric turns to the group and with a quick wave of his head indicates that you are to follow him and he heads towards an elaborately carpeted and carved staircase. As he leads you up to your rooms on the fourth floor and toward the rear of the building he keeps up a running litany of the things he can get or do for you all. All you need to do is just call for him and let him know what you need. He shows you all around your suites, showing you the ammenities, indoor facilities and running hot and cold water and a large burnished tub in each suite. There are a table with chairs, a setee and several sitting chairs in each common room. In each bedroom, there is a small desk and chair, a chest, a wooden wardrobe, and a very large feather bed. When he finishes showing you your rooms he turns to you and asks, So, will there be anything else tonight gentlemen?
DM Kent
Monday November 27th, 2000 7:06:49 PM
Those of you who sleep do so very soundly in some of the most comfortable beds you have ever slept in.
Teko
Monday November 27th, 2000 7:58:16 PM
"Thank you, Lyric, I'm fine." Teko takes a moment to wash up, falls on an appropriate bed, and passes out. He smiles blissfully.
Nonam
Tuesday November 28th, 2000 5:21:28 AM
Passing Lyric a gold piece, "Many thanks for your aid in navigating those treacherous stairs Lyric."
Nonam starts to slip inside for bed but pokes his head out and says, "...and share some of the coin with you fellows. They would have willingly helped us as well."
Then the mage collapses on the bed in a heap while briefly wondering if Tericus shut the d... zzzzzzzzz
Gareth
Tuesday November 28th, 2000 8:20:48 AM
The warrior drops his pack, belts, and everything else as he walks over to the tub. He takes a bath and cleans the rest of his wounds as every good warrior does. Once done he stumbles over to whatever bed is not taken and sleeps deeply.
Tericus
Tuesday November 28th, 2000 9:10:23 AM
seeing Lyric off, Tericus moves into his side of the suite. "See ya all later." he says to the others as he closes the door. then he pulls out the mace he received from the deep dragon. sneaking into Noonan's room, he quietly places it near his bed and whispers "Record". after a few minuets of that, he takes it from Noonan's room and places it in Teko's room. once again he whispers "Record". after a few more minuets he takes it from Teko's room and goes to his own room. whispering "Play" the mace replays Teko and Noonan's snoring. smiling to himself, Tericus whispers "Stop" then lies down for a nice long nap
Jus
Tuesday November 28th, 2000 9:21:11 AM
Jus tosses Lyric another gold and says "Lyric, please wake me at 3:30 instead of 4. I have some work to do before this evening.". Seeing Gareth hog the tub, he goes, grabs a bed and finds sleep very quickly.
Onrad
Tuesday November 28th, 2000 3:11:09 PM
Onrad dreams of showing up at the party tonight and all his big brothers are there. They start picking on him as usual, except that this time, Onrad is the quicker...
The next scene in Onrad's dream is his brothers all pinned to the ground and begging for mercy.
Onrad slips into a deeper sleep and it is dreamless.
DM Kent
Tuesday November 28th, 2000 9:43:35 PM
Those of you who wish bathe first and then sleep and those of you who wish sleep first and bath after and even those who don't wish to bath, just sleep. And sleep you do. The beds are extremely comfortable and just invite you to sleep deeply.
However all sleep must come to an end and at 3:30, Lyric knocks on Jus' door and murmurs, "Umm Good sir, this is the wake up call you asked for. Other lads come back at 4:00 and 4:30 to give the other requested wake up calls.
As you all meander around the common rooms you all notice a piece of parchment on your small tables. The two sheets are identical. They are aged parchment that is all but breaking apart as you look at it. There are rust-red damp blotches on the paper and written on the parchments is a single symbol. An upside down black spider and nothing else.
Nonam
Wednesday November 29th, 2000 7:11:44 AM
Nonam looks at the parchment and wonders which side is actually the top. As he stares a strange idea settles, and he traces the spider three times with his finger.
Tericus d20=6
Wednesday November 29th, 2000 9:44:18 AM
looking a bit closer at the paper, Tericus examins it closely, seeing if he can remember if there is any kind of religious meaning to an upside down spider(made regligion prof. check by 11)
Jus
Wednesday November 29th, 2000 10:44:04 AM
gets up at 3:30, bathes, and prepares for a fun evening. He gets Lyric to go get him some new 'poofy' clothes from the tailor they used before, knowing he'll want to look his best with his new lady friend tonight. He moves over to the table and watches Nonam play with the parchment with a bit of indifference, not feeling the desire to deal with any more mysteries just yet.
Gareth
Wednesday November 29th, 2000 10:46:58 AM
The warrior rises at 4:00 and begins to dress. When he sees Lyric return with Jus's new duds he rolls his eyes. "Oh great, I forgot. We have to do the fru-fru thing again. Lyric, please go over to that inn the halflings run and get them to let you into our suites there. Get our fancy clothes and bring them back - and please hurry.". He tosses him 2 golds for his efforts.
Onrad
Wednesday November 29th, 2000 12:43:07 PM
Onrad tosses a few gold coins at Gareth's messenger and says, "Thanks and hurry."
Then Onrad asks for some ice. When it arrives, he sneaks in and tosses it on Jus and in his Bathwater.
Then he goes and takes his own bath...quickly. He does some stretching exercises as he waits for his "duds" to arrive.
He trusts Nonam to get to the bottom of the spider message. For himself, he's had enough of them lately.
Teko
Wednesday November 29th, 2000 7:50:55 PM
Teko add a two more gold to Lyric's pile. "Another shirt and pants like these will do fine. Thanks!"
DM
Wednesday November 29th, 2000 8:47:21 PM
Eyes wide and almost buldging as four more gold coins cross his palm. Yes Gentlemen, I will get right on it. Can I get anything else for you? are you going to dine with us this evening. Or do you want to eat in your rooms? I will make whatever arrangements that are necessary. He waits for a moment for your answers and then hustles out.
As Nonan finishes his third tracing there is a bright flash of light quickly followed by a thud.
All roll suprise
Tericus d20=5
Thursday November 30th, 2000 8:54:47 AM
"What was that noise?" Tericus asks as he looks at Noonan's direction(not surprised)
Nonam d10=10
Thursday November 30th, 2000 9:18:33 AM
Not phased in the slightest, Nonam looks for a change in the parchment, and then he abesntly looks around for the sources of the thud.
He answers Tericus as he searches, "It's the same type of spider symbol that guided us through Menzoberranzan. There we would trace one three times, and a door would open. I assumed that this was much the same. I expected it to be a secret key of some sort for us to use like before. Now we just to see what it opened."
Jus d20=15
Thursday November 30th, 2000 10:31:05 AM
The carefree elf blinks but doesn't get too worked up about the ruckus knowing Nonam is on the case. He looks aroubd to see whats happening, though.
Gareth d20=3
Thursday November 30th, 2000 10:33:19 AM
"No Lyric, we're dining with the Mayor this evening. But we will be needing some other things after that I'm sure. We'll let you know.". The warrior hones in instantly on the noise and light, preparing for yet another possible battle, muttering "Not again...".
Onrad d10=10
Thursday November 30th, 2000 4:52:23 PM
Onrad turns to the young man. "How about a couple of nice carriages to take us there tonight? Would that be hard to arrange?"
As Nonam gets the "thing" to pop, he says, "We used to get excited when drow stuff explodes....Ho hum..." [then he grins in spite of himself.] When the clothing arrives he dresses.
"Hmm...I hope styles haven't changed in the last couple of weeks."
Not only is Onrad not surprised, he's unconcerned (rolled a 10.)
Teko d20=15
Thursday November 30th, 2000 7:35:29 PM
Not suprised, Teko springs to attention. He quickly rests his hand on the pommel of his dagger.
Dm Kent
Friday December 1st, 2000 7:03:52 PM
As the sound of something hitting the floor settles on your ears and you turn around you see Onrad staring at what dropped in out of thin air.
There on the floor in an ever-widening pool of blood is a very recognizable Lorna. What is not as you remember from your check in, are the two daggers sticking out of her breast. As you look closer you see there is something clutched in her hand.
Jus, and Teko also notice something about the daggers. The daggers sticking out of the lovely elf maiden's breast belong to the two of them.
Tericus d8=8 d8+1=7
Friday December 1st, 2000 8:34:18 PM
"What has happened!?!" Tericus exclaimes as he rushes over to Lorna's fallen body. working quickly, he removes the two daggers and then places his hands on the wounds. chanting quickly, he casts a CSW spell for 15 pts. "Someone check to see if she is alive!" he demands as his spell takes effect
Nonam
Saturday December 2nd, 2000 8:42:16 AM
Nonam stares at Lorna for a second and says, "Well that's certainly not what I had in mind."
Then the wizard pulls out a potion of complete healing and bends down to see if she's still living. If so, he administers the potion. If not...
Gareth d20=20
Monday December 4th, 2000 9:56:30 AM
The warrior curses and pulls whatever she is holding out of her hand, letting the others do their thing. He begins to look around for other clues - to no avail (Missed Int). He examines whatever she had.
Onrad
Monday December 4th, 2000 4:31:49 PM
"Ok, nobody dies, making us look like the murderers, if I can help it. Life is precious. You don't kill someone to make a point or to create fear. This will not stand!" Onrad spins on the others, "Who's got money? I'm gonna go get a priest. Lorna's not gonna stay dead unless Gargul says it's her time.
Then he kinda pulls Teko over into a corner and very seriously whispers so the others can't hear, "Um, who's Lorna? I'm drawing a blank."
Jus d20=13
Monday December 4th, 2000 4:49:35 PM
The elf looks in horror as he realizes who it is. "Quickly Onrad! The Sapphire Dragon's Ring of Regeneration that Gareth gave you (Int). Put it on her finger! And doesn't someone have that potion from Gargul?".
Teko d20=4
Monday December 4th, 2000 8:49:17 PM
Teko draws a blank on who Lorna is, but searches his memory. If he recalls her, then he will fill Onrad in on her identity. Otherwise, he looks sheepish. Meanwhile, he looks closer at what is in Lorna's hand.
Dm Kent
Monday December 4th, 2000 8:53:42 PM
Tercius' spell seems to heal the physical damage so that only a slighty bruised scratch remains. As Nonam checks Lorna's body there is NO sign of life left at all in her.
Gareth recovers a small piece of what appears to be the corner of an envelope with only one word legible on it. _ _inkwater It appears that there may have been another letter or two in front of the word you see.
Tericus
Tuesday December 5th, 2000 6:57:05 AM
realizing that shes dead, Tericus closes her eyes and says a quick prayer "This journey is over, may your next one be filled with joy and happiness."
Nonam
Tuesday December 5th, 2000 7:24:33 AM
Nonam puts the heal potion away. Then he stands and starts pulling his staff from out of the front pocket on his robe. As he does so, he chides "She is the woman from the front desk. I'm suprised you've forgotten her already."
Once the staff is out, Nonam twists the top to reveal a hidden compartment and takes out a small vial, "I do still have the vial from Gargul. Fortunately, we never had need of it ourselves. My understanding is that it should bring her back to life immediately."
Nonam kneels down and prepares to administer the potion, "Onrad, hold her head up so I don't spill any." Once Onrad gets into position, Nonam pours but warns, "Guys, be prepared. She may think that we attacked her."
Onrad
Tuesday December 5th, 2000 10:54:56 AM
Onrad helps Nonam and also puts the ring on her finger to aid in her healing. He looks on intently willing her to LIVE!
"She's not moving Nonam. Make her move! Come On!"
Jus
Tuesday December 5th, 2000 11:53:55 AM
Looks on as he knows her best chance lies with those who are helping her now. He waits...
Gareth d20=16
Tuesday December 5th, 2000 12:01:40 PM
The warrior puzzles over the scrap and draws a blank on what the word could actually be (Int). He looks around for any sign of other activity in the room to include the ceiling, walls, and floor.
Onrad
Tuesday December 5th, 2000 2:35:54 PM
Onrad quickly does what Nonam says and then slips the ring on her finger. "Come on! Dying's no way to live!"
Teko
Tuesday December 5th, 2000 6:24:49 PM
In spite of himself, Teko titters at Onrad's morbid humor. Teko gazes at the envelope, but does not open it, not yet.
DM Kent
Tuesday December 5th, 2000 7:19:20 PM
As the ring is slipped on to her finger and the liquid passes her lips, nothing seems to happen and then slowly the remaining injury fades away, followed by a noticable return of pink to her previously ashen colored skin. Moments later there was a gasp, caused by the intake of air into previously empty lungs, her eyes flutter open for a second and close again as she seems to lose conciousness. Her breathing remains steady but shallow.
You all manage to make her a bit more comfortable and about 5 minutes later she opens her eyes. As she looks up at Nonan and Onrad she seems to relax a bit and starts to say something. "What happ.... At that moment she looks past her two saviors and sees Jus and Teko. Her eyes go wide and she lets out an ear piercing scream. She passes out.
Tericus
Wednesday December 6th, 2000 6:48:58 AM
Tericus stands up and begins to wring his hand wildly. "What are we suppost to do?" he says in a near panicked voice
Gareth
Wednesday December 6th, 2000 9:55:03 AM
The warrior scowls at the woman's response to Jus and Teko. "Apparently she thinks you two had something to do with this. I would say when she comes to next time that you two not be around. At least that way we can see what's going on. I also recovered this from her hand. Some letters are missing and I can't make heads or tails of it.". The warrior goes over to the remaining envelope and opens it. "Might as well see what else is going to happen.".
Nonam
Wednesday December 6th, 2000 10:13:38 AM
After a moment spent staring at the unconcious Lorna, Nonam looks up at Onrad and asks, "Did you just say 'dying is no way to live'?"
The wizard shakes his head and thinks for a moment, "Gareth is right. We have two rooms. Jus and Teko should go to the other before she awakens. I would suggest that Onrad go too since one of his knives was in her when we found her. Perhaps you three can puzzle over her note in there. Gareth perhaps you and I should go downstairs and see if anything is amiss. Someone might have seen what happened. Tericus that leaves you. She's a wreck. Having a priest here when she wakes may be a comfort to her, and she may also confide in you. How does that sound gentlemen? We can work things out with her, but right now, I'm more worried about getting lynched."
Gareth
Wednesday December 6th, 2000 10:37:01 AM
The warrior nods at Nonam's idea. He hands the note and scrap off to Jus and prepares to go downstairs.
Onrad
Wednesday December 6th, 2000 2:44:52 PM
Onrad nods. "We have two choices here. Skip town, or dig into this and make sure no one EVER has the inkling to do this again to The Three!"
As he leads the others out, he then says, "BTW, in case anyone thinks there might be Doppelgangers or Polymorphed enemies involved here. I'll identify myself. He turns to Gareth pulls out a sheet of paper and says, "Write a question that only I would know the answer to." do the same for the rest of us. I'm going downstairs to....look about a bit."
Onrad then dons his armor, and goes invisible.
The door opens letting Teko and Jus out and then closes again...seemingly all on it's own.
Onrad says, "If you two can go invis. you can join me downstairs. Any takers?"
Jus
Wednesday December 6th, 2000 5:25:00 PM
Jus is visibly shaken by Lorna's reaction to him, filled with anger and despair that people have the ruthlessness to do something so abhorrent.
Jus starts to protest when Gareth suggests that Jus and Teko lay low, but holds his tongue when Nonam says the same. "Just make sure she knows we didn't hurt her -- whatever it takes, make her believe that!"
As he leaves, Jus sadly addresses Onrad, "You were almost right, Onrad. Yes, our lives will never be the same. But it won't happen when we become dragons, it happened as soon as we became Enemies of the Drow."
Teko
Wednesday December 6th, 2000 6:24:41 PM
"I fear this means we cannot rest. Retirement may no longer be one of our options." Teko gazes at the sleeping Lorna. "So be it, then." He mutters something that must be a command word and disappears from view. "After you Jus."
DM Kent
Wednesday December 6th, 2000 7:58:53 PM
Moments after Teko, Onrad and Jus take their leave from the room, The young elf lass' eyes flutter and she utters a soft moan. Soon after Lorna's eyes open and with a sharp look upward she looks around the room. As she doesn't see Teko or Jus anywhere she noticably relaxes but it is very obvious that she still is not relaxed and is not comfortable with you hovering over her. With a quiet and tremulous voice she asks, "Why am I here?
As the invisible trio head downstairs, they notice quite a bit of activity in the lobby and the inn. In fact they see several of the young boys scrubbing at rust colored stains on the walls, floor, and door behind the desk, leading to the back rooms. They over hear parts of a conversation between the boys.
"... didn't show up at home and hasn't been back to work."
"I bet she saw something."
"Nah, I bet that she elf killed someone and then ran."
Ah shut yer mouth, Lorna wouldn't hurt nuthin er nobody."
Tericus d20=16
Thursday December 7th, 2000 9:11:20 AM
"Lorna my dear, you were walking down the hall and slipped on something. Bumped your head pretty good. Why dont you sit down for a bit and rest." Tericus says as he pulls out his healers bag and pulls out a soft stone from it. "Put this in your mouth, but dont chew it. It will make the pain in your head lessen."(mistakenly hit roll, stone is a magic stone of headache curing)
Nonam
Thursday December 7th, 2000 9:34:07 AM
Nonam frowns that everyone decides to go downstairs, so he stays in the room. He questions the wisdom of lying to Lorna about what happened, but figures that Tericus is a priest and knows more about that kind of thing. So, he goes along, "Yes, when you were knocked unconcious it looked like you were having some sort of bad dream. Jus said his heart would be broken for 700 years if anything happened to you, so we brought you in here so Tericus could have a look. He's an excellent healer, and I imagine he's fixed you up enough that you'll be ready to go to that party this evening with Jus... hmm, do you have a dress? I figure that I need to get some clothes myself, or at least clean my robes. I could go out with you. I'd truthfully be obliged, I don't know Plateau City very well. To repay you for showing me around, I would be happy to buy a dress."
Gareth
Thursday December 7th, 2000 10:23:15 AM
The warrior puzzles over why there was no apparent interest from Jus in the envelope or scrap - but understands as it occurs to him that he is shocked at the moment. He decides to stay in the room and open it up himself since it doesn't look like it's going to get done any other way. Realizing nobody has hiddne the daggars from Lorna, he picks them up while she is engaged with Tericus and Nonam and hides them. After which he looks at the envelope's contents. He stays well back of The elf and his friends in case there is a trap.
Teko
Thursday December 7th, 2000 11:05:24 PM
Teko keeps listening to the conversation, hoping to piece events together. He moves out of the way of the stairs and makes sure that his Hat of Hiding is securely on his head.
Jus d20=6
Thursday December 7th, 2000 11:16:13 PM
Jus stands to the side and watches the boys. He takes his time examining the blood stains and furniture, hoping to find some indication of where the attack came from and how quick it was over.
"I wish I paid more attention to my brothers and their lessons," Jus thinks to himself as he begins to look for tracks. His concentration and determination make up for his poor skills as he examines anything that may be of interest (made tracking skill by 3).
Onrad
Friday December 8th, 2000 1:41:05 PM
Onrad whispers back to Jus. "Yes, our "popularity" has started. But our hidden enemies made one mistake..."
He stops.
"They made me angry."
After hearing the conversation, Onrad does the logical. He look around the bar for suspicious folks, listening to snipets of conversaton. Then he ventures outside for a bit looking for anyone suspiciously watching the place. He works his way around to the area below the party's room and looks up that way as well checking to see if anyone is scoping the windows.
DM Kent d20=16
Friday December 8th, 2000 7:49:46 PM
(OOC the paper retrieved from Lorna's hand is nothing more than a scrap piece of an envelope with the partial word --INKWATER on it.)
With aconfused tilt to her head, Lorna shakes her head at Jus and says, "No I mean How did I get here? I remember wht appened earlier...." as she fades out she gets a very fearful look on her face. "Why would you try to tell me that I tripped when I was really brutally attacked?" Her breathing is getting very rapid and her eyes are showing that she is becoming rapidly hysterical.
As Teko listens to the boy's conversation he doesn't learn much of anything and soon the boys have gotten near to the end of what they can easily clean up. As they start to pack up, one of the boys stops and says, "Hey, Maybe she went home to see her family."
Jus is able to discover that the attack was two-fold and came from both in front of the desk and from the door behind the desk.
Onrad wanders through the bar and sees nothing or noone strange or out of order. But as he heads outside to check things out, he stops and realizes that NOONE, not one single soul, was showing any interest, or talking about what was obviously a very noticable and bloddy mess in the lobby.
As he exits the inn and looks around he sees nothing overtly out of place or strange. The only oddity seems to be the beggar boy that doesn't seem to have moved an inch from when they arrived at the inn. As he goes around to the rear of the inn however, he finds that the garden area is very accessible and the area below the groups windows is extremely disturbed.
Nonam
Saturday December 9th, 2000 8:36:24 AM
Nonam answers Lorna, "Umm, well, I lied because Tericus did. He's a priest you know. I figured he knew how to handle such things best. The truth of the matter is, when we woke we found a paper that had a spider symbol on it. This was similar to what we had followed when we were recently in Menzoberranzan, so I traced it three times because that's what we did there to oppen secret doors. As soon as I finished, there was a loud crash, and you materialized in our room. There were two daggers in your body, and you were dead. These two daggers belonged to Onrad and Jus, but I assure you that they were up here the whole time. My only guess can be that someone stole them while we were sleeping. So, we felt responsible, that our knives were used to slay you, and Jus did say that his heart would break for 700 years if you died. Tericus healed up your wounds, and then I gave you a potion that returned you to life. When you awoke you screamed and passed out again. When you came to again, I suppose it seemed the best course to lie to you, so that you wouldn't fear anymore. The rest of our group is out right now trying to learn what happened. Gareth is over there trying to figure out what the scrap of paper that you had in your hand means." Nonam stops and tries to think if he left anything out. He decides he said it all and simply waits.
Teko d100=43
Saturday December 9th, 2000 6:52:27 PM
Teko moves quietly (easily making his Move Silently roll) back up the stairs, to listen to the conversation with Lorna.
Tericus
Saturday December 9th, 2000 7:07:13 PM
shocked at what Noonan just said, Tericus just stands there, waiting to see what happens next
Jus d20=2
Sunday December 10th, 2000 5:03:15 AM
Jus examines the tracks he found, memorizing the size and shapes of the footprints and any unique markings they may have. He intends to check his and Teko's own shoes later, to see if they match what he finds -- it's not something he wants to find out is true, but he'd better make sure anyway.
After a moment's thought, he turns around and looks at the path he's just taken, seeing if he has left any bloody footprints coming down the stairs.
Gareth d20=5
Monday December 11th, 2000 9:06:20 AM
The warrior moves over toward Lorna in a very non-threatening way and speaks (CHA by 13). "My dear, we believe you were attacked because of our recent operations against the Drow. Why they chose to involve you remains a mystery. This seems a very weak attempt by them to get to us. If they were in our room while we slept they could have done much worse to us I think. You wrote this down but the first 2 letters are unreadable. Could you tell us what it says, and why? It might help us catch who did this.".
Onrad
Monday December 11th, 2000 2:39:32 PM
Onrad looks for clues for a minute or two in the garden beneath the window to see if he can determine for sure whether this was the means that the intruders got his daggers.
Then he goes over to the boy. He looks to see if his chest is going in and out. He flicks a small pebble at him to see if he'll move...nothing offensive, just a harmless flick....there.
He then reenters the inn and looks for Jus a bit to whisper in his ear what he has found and to see what he has discovered.
Dm (Kent)
Monday December 11th, 2000 8:45:06 PM
Lorna looks between Tericu and Nonan, not sure what to think and then merely shrugs. "Well I guess if you wanted me dead I wouldn't be talking with you now, but I did see the elf I was supposed to meet, Jus was his name I think, pull a dagger and jump the counter coming after me. And then his friend attacked me from behind as well. I remember his dagger plunging in to my chest and that's the last thing I remember."
As Gareth approaches, Lorna starts a bit and then relaxes again. As he asks about the envelope, her eyes widen a bit. Oh yeah I had forgotten about that. It was a message that I was about to send up to you when... Any way this elf, or at least I think he was an elf, he was all covered up as if he was hiding...really strange now that I think of it, I mean no rain, not cold. Really strange he was. Hmm, Now where was I? Oh yes, This strange elf, came in and handed me this letter and said, in a very soft but very powerful voice, Make sure this gets to The Three. It is important. He handed the envelope to me and left. I had just looked down at the envelope when I heard another noise. I thought he had come back to add something. So I looked up and there was Jus. I was just reaching out to hand him the envelope when he... well you know. as for what was written on the outside of the envelope. I think It only had your Group name on it and I think maybe the city from which it was sent. I think maybe the city was Brinkwater.
Onrad can't really tell if their rooms were entered from this vantage point or not, but there has definately been a lot of traffic underneath them, on the ground. There don't however appear to be any climbing marks on the wall.
The Boy is definately breathing and when the pebble is kicked at him, the boy says, Yeah, that's about what I expect from the gentry. Too far above us street kids. Not even good enough to talk to are we? Well that's fine by me, for we both know who really is free.
Nonam
Tuesday December 12th, 2000 8:26:50 AM
Nonam sighs, "It appears that her attacker took the contents of this envelope that was meant for us. I suppose we will have to go to Brinkwater to get to the bottom of things."
Nonam stands and asks Lorna, "Do you need anything, milady? A glass of water? An escort to some other place that you feel more comfortable?"
While he waits for an answer, the wizard moves over to Gareth and whispers in his ear, "When Jus and the others return we should search them for this letter. I don't believe they did it willingly, but people can be possessed. You remember what happened to Onrad."
Gareth
Tuesday December 12th, 2000 10:37:00 AM
When Lorna finishes speaking, he says "I'm sorry to be asking you more questions, but I think it important for us to know what we can so we can avenge this attack on you. Did you happen to see the color of the elf's skin who handed you the envelope? And was there anyone else in the area when this attack happened. They may be dead too if so. But if they are alive, then maybe we could get more info. And one last things, we are at your disposal, M'Lady. Please name anything you need - as my friend here has stated - and you shall have it.". When Nonam whispers his message, the warrior takes a deep breath and sighs. "Sounds like a good idea, Nonam. We'll do it immediately upon their return.". He turns his attention back to the lady.
Tericus
Tuesday December 12th, 2000 11:00:33 AM
"Im sorry about deciving you earlier." Tericus says. its obvious hes ashamed at what he did, and he dolts around Lorna, examining every nick and scratch she has
Onrad (visible)
Tuesday December 12th, 2000 1:46:54 PM
Onrad is totally taken aback by the brazenness of the street youth. His mouth hangs open for a moment and then he laughs.
"I thought you were dead. I was checking to be sure." He pauses considering the boys words.
"You, boy, are exactly right. You are free and I'm overwhelmed with responsibility. Plus you're pretty alert to observe all that since I"m invisible."
Onrad releases his invisilibity.
Onrad watches his face carefully to see if he reveals seeing it before...like when someone looking like him might have passed this way earlier.
Onrad sits, not invading the kid's space, but sits. He sags against the wall and closes his eyes.
"I envy you everything except your empty stomach and the hard ground."
Jus d20=10
Wednesday December 13th, 2000 12:11:01 AM
Jus remains crouched down on his knees, looking around at the patrons. He spends a moment on each face, memorizing those he can see. Call it intuition, but Jus half expects that the true murderers are here.
Satisfied he's done all he can in this room, Jus begins to look for a quiet way into the back room. He quickly realizes, however, that he probably shouldn't be down here at all. If Lorna thought she saw him attack her, someone else could claim the same.
Quietly retracing his steps, Jus makes his way back upstairs to his room. He takes this opportunity to use his skills again and search his room for any signs of an unwelcomed entry (volunteer skill check rolled).
Teko (Invisible)
Wednesday December 13th, 2000 3:04:05 PM
Assuming that Teko returned to the room soon enough to hear what is going on he waits for a chance to let one of the other party members know that he is there without being overheard by Lorna.
DM (kent) d20=18
Wednesday December 13th, 2000 7:06:26 PM
Lorna listens to what the two are saying to her and thinks for a moment. Well I expect I am going to need someone to speak to the owner about my unexplained absence.
As for the color of the Elf's skin, I have to say that I really didn't notice anything unusual, but then he was pretty well covered up and never really even looked up as far as I can tell. Wait, there was something that was a bit peculiar. He said something else but it didn't make any sense to me. Before he said to give the envelope to you all, he mentioned something about a name. It sounded like he sneezed when he said it so I guess It didn't register. But it sounded a bit like, Hattchhume. I don't know, does it mean anything to you?
She thinks amoment about his next question and then shakes her head. No there was noone else in the area when the attack happened. I had sent all the boys on errands. There were, however, quite a few patrons in the bar, but you can't see the desk from in there.
Jus peruses the folk in the bar and is fairly sure he would recognize them again if necessary.
His inspection of the exterior of their rooms turns up nothing unusual.
Brindle (DM Kent)
Wednesday December 13th, 2000 7:40:21 PM
Even before Onrad becomes visible the boy seems to be looking right at him. So that's hows you be treat'n th' dead then? throw rocks at'm? Gargul not be happy w'that. An if'n yous don wanna be seed then you'n ought be standing where's you cast shadows. Geesh, you'n a mage an don know that?
As Onrad becomes visible, the boys eyes open wide and with a silent "OH" he then says, Yous not a mage. How'd you do that? I thouts only mages coud do that?
Well atual like me stomachs not all that empty. I eaten morning afore. As for the ground being hard, well it ain t'bad if'n yer used to't. Hey how's com you spek'n to me like? I ain no like thems inna "the dis'rict."
Tericus
Thursday December 14th, 2000 6:28:21 AM
after hearing the elfs name, Tericus looks a Noonan, but doesnt say anything
Nonam
Thursday December 14th, 2000 7:58:50 AM
Nonam moves over to Tericus and whispers the same message about Jus and the others to the cleric.
Gareth d20=1
Thursday December 14th, 2000 10:09:24 AM
Noticing Tericus' decision not to mention his name (Int), the warrior nods at the womans words. "Interesting. So this well covered elf wants us to join him in Brinkwater, eh. That should be interesting. We will be happy to speak to your owner regarding your absence. We can manufacture an excuse for you. Do you have a preferrence as to what it is? We want to make sure your reputation and position are intact from this encounter. Also, if you would like, I'm sure Jus would be honored if you were to still accompany him tonight to the party - and so would we.".
Jus
Thursday December 14th, 2000 5:48:54 PM
Jus leans against the wall, noticing the old worn surface full of scratches and history. He's reminded of his home, so far away, and all that has happened since he left.
Casually scratching the back of his leg with his other foot, Jus waits outside the rooms for one of those inside to come get him -- hoping Lorna will accept the truth that he wasn't involved.
The wood of the hallway, the voices drifting up from downstairs, and his rare time alone give Jus a peace he hasn't felt in a long time. Closing his eyes, he relaxes and enjoyes the solitude.
Tericus
Friday December 15th, 2000 6:38:18 AM
nods back at Noonan.
Nonam
Friday December 15th, 2000 9:28:01 AM
Nonam corrects Gareth, "The Inn's owner. Not her owner. That's much different."
Onrad
Friday December 15th, 2000 2:39:26 PM
"Hmm...I've never shown a shadow before. I wonder what's wrong? I'll have to get that checked out. Thanks."
He sits down by the kid, but not too close.
"The district huh? Which do you mean? The arrogant adventurers of Adveturer's Square or the Snobby rich of Gold Quarter? I hates 'em both."
He pauses pulling out a piece of bread and some butter and taking a bite.
"And to be honest, I'm afraid I'm becoming that first type. I became an adventurer to have unlimited freedom. To escape my father and 4 bullying brothers. Now, though, it seems that all adventuring has turned out to be is a different kind of responsibility."
He tears the bread and offers the boy some.
"I have to go to a party tonight at the Mayor's place. We have to dress up in all sorts of frilly stuff that makes us look like girls. I hates it. Perhaps I can use my invisibility to sneak out early. Hmm..."
He offers the kid some butter.
"Well I guess you saw me looking around. I saw some tracks over under our rented room in the garden. Seems someone was casing us or used it to get up into our rooms while we were sleeping. Someone came in supposedly magically looking like me and hurt one of the waitresses. Did you see anything? Would help me out if you did."
He watches the lad's face hard, but pretends to be self-absorbed.
Teko (Invisible)
Sunday December 17th, 2000 7:21:29 PM
When Teko sees Jus waiting outside the room, he, too, waits outside and whispers to Jus, "It's me, Teko. I found out nothing downstairs. I'm not sure when it will be best to make myself visible again. I'll play it by ear." And he listens quietly to the conversation with Lorna.
DM Kent
Monday December 18th, 2000 8:05:31 PM
(ooc, Hey guys, I just realized that my friday nite post didn't go thru, I'm terribly sorry about that, I guess I will have to start checking,)
Dm Kent ( interrogations) d20=1
Monday December 18th, 2000 9:08:28 PM
Looking between Tericus, Nonan, and Gareth and noticing the look, Lorna raises an eyebrow and at Gareth's question, shrugs and then says, "Well I guess you could tell him, you had me running and errand for you.
At the mention of the party, she looks a bit askance and with a shake of her head answers, "Well I don't know about that. After, all, that ruckus . what she was about to say, fades out. And besides I would have nothing to wear at such a fancy affair.
Teko and Jus hear and then see several boys coming up the stairs carrying packages.
At this time there is a knock on the door.
Brindle listens to Onrad and answers as he goes along. "Well I've always 'een able to see majiks been dun er been used. Tis a talen I gots. t's why ahm so goods at my job. Four brothers? T'aint nuttin, I got 6 sisters all oler'n me. Talk about a dwarf's boil.
As Onrand asks about seeing anything in the back the boy shakes his head and gives a succinct "nope ain' seen nuttin don go back there ain no profit init."
As Onrad asks about anything odd or out of the ordinary out front, where he has been sitting, Onrad, because he is looking for it, notices a distinct change in the boy's tenseness and when he speaks there is a tightness in his voice that wasn't there a moment ago.
Taking a quick nervous and almost unnoticeable glace over his shoulder, Brindle shakes his head and very firmly states, "I ain't seen nuttin all night since you all came in and then you and the others went back in." "Aint been no funny elves or nuttin." "An besides iffen I had see sump'm an I was to talk to you, My life be not worth usd sewr papr. They'd be back t'kill me too."
Onrad
Monday December 18th, 2000 10:44:34 PM
Onrad makes no move as he says this. No threatening looks, etc. In fact he looks away as he says it.
He whispers, "Son you just gave yourself away. The tightness in your voice... Funny elves? I didn't ask about that. They'd kill you? Who? Don't worry, I ain't gonna hurt you. I'll help you. Come inside. We'll hear what you got to say and plan how to keep you and your family out of trouble over it. You have my word. You must trust me."
Then Onrad says, "They still inside? I can deal with that too. Just talk to me...but not here. Up in our room where our mages can secure the area."
"It's your choice young man. You can fall in with the good guys who are gonna win, or the bad guys who are gonna lose. Your choice."
Teko (Invisible) d100=98
Monday December 18th, 2000 11:32:36 PM
Teko steps quickly into the room, wishing to do so quietly. Unfortunately, he stumbles loudly in the doorway. "Sorry, Onrad," he whispers, "It's just me." Teko moves on inside the room and listens intently to every word being spoken.
Gareth
Tuesday December 19th, 2000 10:51:55 AM
The warrior winces at his misuse of words but smiles as Lorna mentions the dress code. "I actually intended to say your employer, not your owner. That just came out wrong - sorry. On the issue of wardrobe, we can most certainly take care of that. In fact, I'm sure Jus would prefer to help you with that - if your still interested. We cannot promise a 'quiet' evening but we most certainly can keep you safe. There won't be anybody trying to kill you while your with us. That's simply up to you.". As the boys come up with the packages, the warrior gets his clothes and prepares to put them on.
Jus
Tuesday December 19th, 2000 11:31:35 AM
Jus quietly walks in behind the errand boys. He stays by the door, watching quietly, trying to guage the situation.
When Lorna looks his way, Jus gives a shy smile and nods his head in greeting.
"How are you feeling?", Jus carefully asks.
Nonam
Tuesday December 19th, 2000 3:09:54 PM
Seeing the situation under control for the moment, Nonam moves to a corner and plops his nose in his spell book.
Tericus
Tuesday December 19th, 2000 3:48:53 PM
taking a hint from Noonan, Tericus goes to a quiet corner and begins to chat softly, praying to his goddess
Brindle d20=6 d20=11
Tuesday December 19th, 2000 5:12:23 PM
With a look like he is dealing with the daft, Brindle shakes his head and says, "I know you didn't ask me those thins, But I was try'n not to tip off the one watchen us know tha' I was tell'n you sumfin, while tell'n you that I did know sumfin." "Geesh, Just how you be manag'n to stay 'live as long as you ben? As fer who, I thin yer bout to fin out. Fac'is, I'd be say'n he's bout 8 ft behin you and clos'n fas."
Just as he says this Onrad catches a movement in the corner of his eye as a black figure suddenly appears and a sword misses Onrad by a scant hair.
Lorna
Tuesday December 19th, 2000 5:17:50 PM
As the door opens and the parade of adventurers and boys with parcels enters, Lorna starts momentarily and as Jus speaks she looks a bit nervous. With a shaky smile she says, I think I'm doing a bit better than I was a little while ago any way." As for tonite I believe I would enjoy a pleasant evening after todays excitement, although as I was just telling your friends, I really don't have anything to wear."
Onrad d20=6
Tuesday December 19th, 2000 9:40:22 PM
"Boy run inside to room 1 now for help. Go!"
He grabs the boy and pulls him to his feet, as Onrad himself does the same. He propels the lad towards the door. Onrad then spins on his opponent, his action spent helping the lad.
"Who is so cowardly as to attack me by surprise! Identify yourself!"
Onrad's face is set in stone.
Tumbling to disengage, (see dexterity master--rolled 6 needed 17), he uses his movement to move 60', half his move, retreating backwards toward the garden and even within it if possible developing his options as he goes.
Then he draws two daggers, studying his enemy for a moment.
Teko (Invisible)
Tuesday December 19th, 2000 10:03:38 PM
Teko reluctantly holds off on his spellbook for the moment. He simply watches and waits.
Tericus
Wednesday December 20th, 2000 7:18:33 AM
chanting away...
Nonam
Wednesday December 20th, 2000 9:55:14 AM
Oblivious to the commotion outside, Nonam looks momentarily looks up from his book, "Like Gareth and I have both said milady, we will be happy to take you out to find something... or send you out on your own if you prefer. We will be happy to pay."
Then Nonam returns to his studies, trusting Gareth to handle the rest.
Gareth
Wednesday December 20th, 2000 12:17:16 PM
The warrior nods to Lorna as Nonam speaks and walks back over near her as he unwraps his package. "I'm sure Jus wishes to speak to you. I will be glad to stay here or to leave as you please. I will speak to the inn owner and will make sure you are properly attired for tonight. It will be our treat completely.". The warrior makes no move to leave unless asked to.
Jus
Wednesday December 20th, 2000 4:19:21 PM
"I know just the people to help," Jus tells Lorna with a smile. Stopping one of the boys before they leave, Jus asks them to visit the halflings once again. "Tell them we have a most beautiful female that will honor us with her company at a party tonight, and that I would like her to have an outfit fitting for her beauty." He stresses that he would like it tailored and made just for her -- and to let us know where to escort the lady for her fittings.
After the boys leave, and after another shy smile towards Lorna, Jus walks over to Gareth to talk quietly -- but loud enough for Lorna to hear, if she so chooses. "I would like to escort Lorna somewhere a bit away from here until we find the culprits. I would trust the halflings to see to her protection until tonight, if everyone is amenable to the walk. We could also request the mayor's help, or go to a suitably secure inn. Thoughts?"
Gareth
Wednesday December 20th, 2000 4:22:34 PM
The warrior nods to Jus. "I think that would be a good idea. I'll be glad to go with you when you're ready. I wonder what is taking the others so long to return?".
Lorna
Wednesday December 20th, 2000 6:06:33 PM
Still a bit nervous of Jus she takes an involuntary step backwards as he steps forward. Catching herself as she does so, she gives Jus an apologetic smile and steps back forward. Then as he takes control of the clothing situation she seems to relax a bit more.
The boy chosen rushes off and almost runs over a begger lad as he exits the inn. Several moments later there is some very frantic and loud knocking on the room door.
*Knock Knock Knock* "OPEN UP!,"*Knock Knock* "HELP!,"*Knock Knock "COME QUICK!,"*Knock Knock Knock* "Help Him"
Brindle
Wednesday December 20th, 2000 6:13:58 PM
At Onrad's urging the lad runs helter skelter to the inn's door and is almost run over by one of the inn's lads charging out on an errand.
Onrad gets up, draws his daggers, and retreats in to the gardens quickly followed by his cloaked and cowled opponent.
Onrad can't see his opponents head or face at all due to the cowled cloak his opponent is wearing and gets no response from his question except for a hollow laugh. He is able to see that his opponet is now sporting 2 rapiers, is wearing leather armor and is slowly advancing on the now waiting Onrad.
Teko (Invisible)
Wednesday December 20th, 2000 8:13:09 PM
"I'm here Gareth. I thought it expedient for the lady's sake to remain invis-..." Teko is cut short by the knocking at the door.
Onrad d20=5 d20=20
Thursday December 21st, 2000 2:21:28 AM
Onrad, spins suddenly and throws his two daggers at the window of the room where the rest of the party is. (He had spotted it earlier, remember?) The first one misses horribly. The second one, however, finds it's mark breaking the window.
Onrad, continues to back another 60' or until he's just below the broken window. He now draws his two swords.
"Oh, are we all mysterious then?" Onrad says in a mocking voice.
"I have a hood in my pack somewhere. Shall I put it on too so we can both be mysterious?"
Onrad waits ready.
Gareth
Thursday December 21st, 2000 7:51:15 AM
Hearing the commotion at the door, seeing Onrad's daggar come through the window, and then hearing Onrad taunting his opponent, the warrior grabs his sword and barrels down the stairs to help his firend. He goes invisible as he hits the front door (how many rounds to get outside?).
Tericus
Thursday December 21st, 2000 9:12:01 AM
moving to the window that was just broken, Tericus looks outside and sees Onrad in his battle stance. "Whats wrong?" he yells to Onrad as he prepares a spell to cast
Nonam 5d4(4+4+1+4+4)+5=22
Thursday December 21st, 2000 9:48:17 AM
The words of a spell already on his lips, Nonam moves to the window. If he sees Onrad's attacker, Nonam shoots his Magic Missiles at the attacker (22pts). If not, he stops the casting and drops to the ground from out of the window.
Dm (kent) Twins
Friday December 22nd, 2000 9:34:56 AM
As Onrad's dagger flies through the window and he turns back toward his opponent, hooded one drops his cloak in between the two combatants and in a very familiar voice says, " I believe you know me very well. In fact you probably know me, as well as I know myself. (Onrad roll surprise as you seem to be fcing yourself)
Gareth turns and bolts for the door, stairs, outside and into the garden and as soon as he hits the door runs into and over a young scruffy looking beggar boy, sending him flying against the opposite wall in a heap.
(31/2 rounds normal, 2 rounds full bolt. Of course you run the risk of running into more human obstacles)
Tericus and Nonan run to the window and look down to see what the problem is and see Onrad facing Onrad, both circling each other and both holding twin rapiers at the ready.
Lorna looks out the window and quickly places a hand over her mouth. "Oh my, which is your friend?"
Gareth d20=2
Friday December 22nd, 2000 10:52:20 AM
The warrior calls over his shoulder "Sorry, son. It's an emergency.". He also yells back "Make sure the boy is OK!". As he bolts down the stairs he yells a warning to anyone who might hear hoping to avoid any more 'heaps' (full bolt). He watches as he goes and tries to go around or jump over anyone else (Dex by 13).
Nonam d20=2
Friday December 22nd, 2000 2:33:50 PM
Nonam leans out the window and stares in confusion. Knowing little else to do, he studies the two Onrads to see if he can tell a difference. (Int by 16)
Jus (7 Stoneskins) d20=15 d20=12
Friday December 22nd, 2000 6:31:35 PM
Jus pulls out a wand and fires it down into the Onrad and Onrad pair. A 6" thick Wall of Ice forms between the two, with its top below the window's level. Hoping to keep them cut off from each other, Jus tries to orient the wall accross the entire garden (10'x60', 20'x30', etc).
Hopefully, this will give Gareth some extra time to get down there -- and time for them to figure out which Onrad is which.
Jus calmly but quickly moves to Lorna, talking to the others while he goes. "Anyone have some way to test for magic resistance? Or maybe a dispel magic? Be on the lookout for another Jus." Turning to Lorna, he asks, "Might I have a lady's colorful favor that I could tie to my sholder -- so my friends will know which is the real Jus."
Tericus
Saturday December 23rd, 2000 9:03:53 AM
"Onrad?" Tericus says in confusion. then, as Noonan and Jus have crowded the window, Tericus moves back away from it a bit and moves near Lorna. "We better wait here for a bit until they figure out who is who." he tells her. and to make sure no one enters the room and surprises us, he thinks to himself
Onrad (water spot on seat)
Saturday December 23rd, 2000 12:23:10 PM
"Thanks Jus. One of you try a dispel magic on both of us. It has to be magicked somehow. Otherwise, take us both out. You can determine who is who with us both in custody."
(I will not resist any attacks upon my person from my party.)
As the moment before hand to hand ensues continues to be avoided for the nonce, I pull out a flask of water and pour water on the back of my pants to distuinguish me from my opponent, hopefully in a way that he won't notice, since I plan on staying faced toward him. I look up toward the window for a second to see that they notice what I'm doing. Then I concentrate on the wall of ice before me. I watch the edges of the ice in case the False Onrad races around.
Teko (Invisible)
Sunday December 24th, 2000 12:37:35 AM
Teko casts Detect Magic and gazes out the window. He seeks to identify the type of magic emanating from each Onrad, one at a time.
Onrad (Kent)
Wednesday December 27th, 2000 8:44:34 AM
As the two Onrads face each other with swords drawn, a wall of ice crossing from one wall of the garden to another and 20 ft tall appears between the two of them, effectively trapping the real Onrad between wall and Inn. As Gareth comes around the corner he sees the wall and Onrad trying to peer through the ice. Hearing Gareth's approach, Onrad looks up and sounding just a bit more than irritated says, "He's back there somewhere behind the ice. He better not escape. I really want some ansers from him." How much time before we have to be at dinner.
DM kent
Wednesday December 27th, 2000 8:50:27 AM
As the ice wal forms between the two Onrads, those looking down from below can see one but not both Onrads now as the wall is 20 ft tall. The Onrad you see, fumbles at his waist and taking a water skin pours some on his britches.
Teko's Detect Magic focussed on the Onrad you can see, lights up several auras from items held by or found on this Onrad. As he moves to try and check the other Onrad, Teko nearly blinds everyone nearby when his spell hits the wall of ice.
Brindle (kent)
Wednesday December 27th, 2000 8:52:35 AM
As the boy lies crumpled in a small heap outside your door from being battered and then run over by Gareth, a soft moan can be heard emanating from his mouth. "ooohh."
Gareth d20=13 d20=15 d8+10=16 d8+10=15
Wednesday December 27th, 2000 6:02:34 PM
The warrior draws his sword and closes in on 'Onrad'. "Drop your weapons. If you are the real Onrad I will be able to tell soon enough. If you're not, nothing can save you from me. Do it now or I will make you - and if you are the real Onrad, you know I can.". If this Onrad moves to engage him, he attacks, watching his moves to see if they are truly that of a Dexterity master. If he does not immediately comply, he also attacks and observes his moves. (Hit AC -6 and -5 for 31 DMG).
Teko (Invisible)
Wednesday December 27th, 2000 9:19:53 PM
Teko let out a disgusted "Agh!" when the wall of ice blocks his "view". Assuming the visible Onrad to be well in hand, he waits for the other one to appear (and takes his attention off of the wall of ice). He will scan the other Onrad if he appears.
Jus (7 Stoneskins) d20=6
Thursday December 28th, 2000 6:11:27 AM
Tying something to his shoulder [whether something from his pack or a scarf from Lorna], speaking the whole time. "I can Dispel and Detect Magic, and perhaps get a Message the Onrads asking for something only the real one can answer. If you need the Wall dropped, let me know and I'll do it in an instance." When another idea pops into his head, he adds, "I suppose we can drop the wall and tell Onrad not to fight. One will either ignore us, or we'll have time to consider which one is real."
Jus hears the moan from outside the door [rolled perception]. He motions to the others that someone else is down -- perhaps another enemy. Whatever happens, Jus does not leave Lorna unprotected.
Tericus
Thursday December 28th, 2000 9:50:18 AM
"Ill stay with Lorna." he says to the others. "Go down if you need to."
Nonam
Thursday December 28th, 2000 11:06:55 AM
Keeping watch out the window Nonam says, "Drop the wall, Jus. If the fake Onrad is the one we can't see, he might escape somehow."
Onrad
Thursday December 28th, 2000 12:23:16 PM
Deciding that the only way to handle this is to dispel magic or defeat the imposter, Onrad begins to prepare for the latter. He begins the extreme contortions that he calls stretching.
Looking up to the window, he asks Jus, "Is the girl ok?"
Dm Kent d20=18 d20=6
Friday December 29th, 2000 8:43:51 AM
Almost as if waking from a dream, Lorna looks up sharply as Jus calls her name. "What...a favor? As she looks down at the tattered bloddy remains of her dress and the blanket she is wrapped in, she finds a 10" piece of forest green, nearly luminescent ribbon on the end of one sleeve. With a quick tug she tears it off and hands it to Jus, whispering, "Go with my blessing Warrior."
As he starts stretching, Onrad hears Gareth on the other side of the ice talking to Onrad. It is eerie for Onrad to hear his voice emanating from another's mouth in near perfection.
DM Kent
Friday December 29th, 2000 8:53:49 AM
Gareth aproaches Onrad with his command and weapons at the ready and Onrad looks at him like he's lost his mind. "You want me to put my weapons away when there is an armed imposter around here? Oh fine then." He sheathes his weapons. "Now what?" "And what was that nonsence about knowing that you can defeat me? You might be able to over power me in a straight on battle but I could run rings around you and tire you out, not to mention letting out some of that hot air that you are so full of. As Onrad finishes speaking, he vanishes from Gareth's sight.
Gareth d20=18 d20=12 d8+10=18 d8+10=17
Friday December 29th, 2000 11:43:33 PM
The warrior says nothing, closes his eyes and attacks instantly slashing his invisible foe as if he is still visible (Improved Blind Fighting - penalty figured into AC) slicing him twice (Hit AC -10 and AC -4 for 35 DMG). He is almost certain he now has the right 'Onrad' in his crosshairs and maneuvers so as to block his assailant from retreating around the wall of ice.
NOTE: Gareth has only a -1 to hit invisible opponents due to his Improved Blind Fighting skills garnered from Patrark. That is unless he went invisible.
Onrad
Saturday December 30th, 2000 3:06:33 AM
Hearing Onrad on the other side in combat, Onrad decides to crossover. He looks around and then pulls out a levitation potion from one of his front pouches and imbibes it.
Half his move left, he rises 10'. (how tall is the ice?)
Nonam
Saturday December 30th, 2000 3:58:13 PM
Nonam rather helplessly stares out the window.
Teko(Invisible, Detecting Magic)
Saturday December 30th, 2000 11:44:12 PM
Teko continues to wait for the other Onrad to come into view.
Jus (7 Stoneskins)
Sunday December 31st, 2000 1:32:10 AM
Jus drops the Wall of Ice and heads over to the boy groaning by the door. Jus carefully checks for a pulse and sees if he can do anything to help the boy recover. Jus glances around while he works -- still expecting another Jus to show up at any moment.
Tericus
Monday January 1st, 2001 9:49:25 AM
Moves over to the window next to Noonan "Anything happen yet?" he asks Noonan
DM Kent
Monday January 1st, 2001 12:55:49 PM
(the ice wall was 20 ft tall)
Onrad levitates, Gareth swings his sword, Jus drops the wall, those watching suddenly see Gareth attacking nothing. Jus checks on Brindle and he seems to be fine considering he was just battered by a door and then run over by a charging Gareth. He is regaining conciousness.
Gareth Feels his first strike bite home and is rewarded with a grunt of pain and the sight of blood on his sword. His second strike appears to have missed and moments later, Gareth and those who are really paying attention, see something push aside some branches and exiting near the top of the garden wall. Out of the corner of Gareth's eye he sees a vast disturbance as the wall comes down and something is floating above the level of his head.
Onrad (levitating) d20=2 d20=14
Monday January 1st, 2001 7:10:11 PM
Onrad sees Jus trying to help the boy. "Jus, get him inside and give him a potion or get Tericus to help him."
In the meantime, Onrad shouts, "Gareth, something over by the collapsing wall!"
Onrad descends the 10', impatient to do something other than slowly descend, and then rushes towards the false Onrad closing, but unable to attack this round.
He draws one of his swords and starts looking for differences in this guys fighting style that he can take advantage of. (I want to know how exactly he's imitating my fighting style and how well's he's doing at fighting dexterously.)
Teko(Invisible, Detect Magic)
Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 12:05:50 AM
When the wall finally clears away, Teko will detect magic on the Onrad that just appeared to his how that aura appears with the other Onrad's.
Nonam
Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 9:52:10 AM
Nonam decides that it would be better to be on the ground, and he leaps out the window with the aid of a featherfall spell.
Gareth d20=3 d20=10 d20=4 d10+8=16 d10+8=18
Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 12:05:02 PM
The warrior sees and hears the retreat of the fleeing Onrad and follows (Int). He again attempts to close and attack the assailant who he now is 99% sure is the correct one. As the other 'Onrad' approaches he says "Put your weapons away, Onrad. If you're the real one you won't attempt to flee or fight.". (Hit AC -3 and AC 4 for 16+18 DMG).
Tericus
Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 7:09:58 PM
for the moment, Tericus decides to stay in the room, keeping an eye out for anything unusual
Teko(Invisible, Detect Magic)
Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 10:28:21 PM
Urr...that is to say, Teko wants to compare the auras of the two Onrad's.
Jus (7 Stoneskins)
Tuesday January 2nd, 2001 11:51:07 PM
Jus pulls the boy into the room, closes and locks the door. He then heads back to the window to check on the Onrads, seeing that Gareth seems to have things in control. With occasional glances back to the boy by the door, Jus strings his bow and nocks an arrow. He scans the roof and windows across the garden for anything suspicious.
"Nonam, Gareth!", Jus calls out, "We need to get the real Onrad and quickly find the Mayor or Sturtevent. We may each have a double loose in the city -- there's no telling what atrocities they may be perpetrating."
Dm Kent d20=3
Wednesday January 3rd, 2001 6:56:15 PM
Onrad can tell nothing of the imposters fighting style as Onrad 2 is invisible. Gareth's next attacks hit absolutely nothing but air. Jus gets Brindle indise and resting doesn't appear to be terribly injured other than a few bruises.
Teko never sees the other Onrad but following line of escape and rustling branches gets an accidental hit with his spell which shows a possible different type of aura, but not for long enough to truly br sure.
Nonan floats to the ground safely and is currently 20 feet behind an Onrad and about 38 feet behind Gareth, who is at the garden's exterior wall, swinging at the trees.
Teko(Invisible, Detect Magic)
Wednesday January 3rd, 2001 9:22:01 PM
Teko will continue to scan for the invisible Onrad. If he can find that magic source again, and if it is relatively still (still enough to hit with a spell), Teko will cast Glitterdust upon it, assuming that he can avoid hitting the others of his party.
Onrad (levitating, but on the ground)
Thursday January 4th, 2001 12:16:37 AM
Exasperated, Onrad puts up his swords, but says, "No Gareth, it's not what I'd do I'd help you, that's what I'd do. Now stop stereotyping me please. Any signs?"
He turns to Nonam behind him, "You have a dispel magic up? Might help if you knew where to center it."
Nonam d20=6
Thursday January 4th, 2001 2:00:01 AM
Nonam says rather curtly, "I didn't cast dispel magic. Now then, you're levitating just like the real Onrad would do, and you have no idea what you're talking about. Ergo, you're the real Onrad."
The wizard points at Gareth, "This musclebound twit is foaming at the mouth, swinging at nothing but air, and threatening everyone in earshot. So, he is the real Gareth."
Here Nonam holds out his hands to put himself on display, "I'm rude and snappish. Furthermore," Nonam pauses and pulls his impossibly long staff out of a small pocket on his robe," I can do that. Therefore, I am the real Nonam."
"Now then, Teko is invisible somewhere probably nearby... yes, he's probably the one that just cast the glitterdust (made spellcraft by 12), and Tericus and Jus are up in the room with the girl. If Teko's spell catches anyone, rush after them, but if not, we should reassemble in our rooms and come up with a password or something to distinguish ourselves from impostors. That is unless Gareth thinks it would be better to dash all over town looking for invisible clones."
Even though he's been speaking, Nonam keeps an eye out for anything showing up in Teko's spell or otherwise looking out of place.
Gareth
Thursday January 4th, 2001 11:23:04 AM
The warrior looks over the wall to see if he can locate any sign of the assailant (or the other Jus). He smiles as Nonam begins his verbal assault. "Yes Nonam, I believe it would be very difficult to immitate your ability to simultaneously annoy everyone. Sorry Onrad, I figured you were the right one. If you put away your weapon and complained I knew I'd be right - and you did.". Unless he sees the assailant or another Jus - in which case he would pursue - the warrior sheaths his sword and walks back to the room. "I feel no need to chase 'ghosts'. Let's regroup and get ready for this evening.".
Jus (7 Stoneskins)
Thursday January 4th, 2001 7:41:46 PM
Jus leans out of the window, shaking his head in mock disgust, but loving every minute of the bantering he hears.
"Are you guys finished proving who is whom... whom is whom... who is who? Anyway, not to rehash anything, but to rehash what I just said: I *really* think we need to get in touch with the city's law enforcers and possibly the mayor. There may be a brutish half-orc Gareth storming the mayor's residence right now, and unless we let the law know of these imposters, they'll be hunting for us."
DM kent
Thursday January 4th, 2001 10:06:44 PM
Tekos dust gthers on nothing and the others finally adjourn back to their rooms. The boys show up with Lorna's gown and she promptly heads down to change.
Brindle is now sitting up, but has moved himself to a far corner and is watching you all warily.
Very nervously, in fact almost scared, he speaks up. "Umm taint youens thos day call The Three? Yuse in trub the quarter. Why yuse bin trashin dem inns?
Teko(Invisible, Detect Magic)
Thursday January 4th, 2001 11:56:20 PM
Teko shrugs his shoulders when the Glitterdust fails to reveal anything. He cancels his invisibility and becomes visible to all. "If I had had time to relearn Detect Invisibility...ah, well." Hearing Brindle's words, Teko replies, "It wasn't us. It should be an easy thing to have clerics and wizards verify for the authorities that we speak the truth. It's more complicated than that, of course. It appears, Jus, that, in seeking the authorities right now, we'll also be turning ourselves in. Not necessarily a bad thing; it might certainly minimize the damage done. But I am wondering: who owns who in this town?"
Onrad (levitate capable)
Friday January 5th, 2001 1:01:16 AM
"Whoever owns who? Good assessment Teko. To the room."
Onrad levitates into the window. Once in the room, Onrad suggest several things in quick fashion, while he begins to dress.
"First, we need the ability to do as Nonam said---be able to identify ourselves to each other. Second, we are not secure here. We could be scryed upon, and infiltrated with inivisibility. This may be occuring right now. We need something that gives us protection from that. Moving quickly, for now, we should buy some detect magic scrolls and dispel magic scrolls.
Now, if our imposters have been doing all this, then we may be wanted by the law. If nothing else, our reputations have been besmirched in those places. We may be walking into a "social trap" this evening by showing up and another one by not showing up. Therefore we might as well use ourselves as bait and show up, just to see what will happen.
"No doubt we'll have to be quick with the tongue to deflect some planned accusations tonight and remain regal and debonair. I have experience in this area growing up in a wealthy family. The rest of you have common sense in this area. We'll be fine.
"After the party, hopefully, we'll dig into this further and set up a sting for those who have been imitating us.
"For now, can we stop by a magic shop quickly on our way to the party and buy some scrolls?"
Onrad finishes dressing.
He turns to Nonam. "BTW, I was suggesting that you cast a Dispel Magic, if there was a opportunity, not complaining about where one had been cast. Sorry I wasn't clear."
He turns to Brindle. "Son, you have been most helpful this night. You have our thanks. After all this is over, we'll talk about a reward for you."
Onrad lets some gold jingle as he dresses.
Tericus
Friday January 5th, 2001 9:34:22 AM
amazed at the speed everyone arrived back at the in, Tericus says "What now?"
Gareth
Friday January 5th, 2001 12:32:53 PM
The warrior dresses quietly as he ponders what the party should do. After he finishes he says "Well, at least if we show up we can defend ourselves. And I'm sure this sort of thing has happened before. No suprise for the mayor I'm sure. In fact, he might help us with the problem if need be.".
Jus (7 Stoneskins)
Friday January 5th, 2001 2:31:48 PM
"Thank you for confirming my suspicions," Jus says, addressing Brindle. "Yes we are The Three. No we haven't been trashing any inns -- we've been here all night, as a matter of fact."
Turning back to the others, Jus says, "As always, I'll go along with the majority, but I think it's a mistake to go to the party without letting the authorities know there are doubles of us -- after all, they'll probably just think we've come to crash the party."
Nonam
Saturday January 6th, 2001 8:58:15 AM
After a few more checks to make sure everyone is really everyone, Nonam gathers them in close and says, "Our password is, 'The Gold Dragons won't be first much longer.' And the counter will be, 'Because nothing can stop a Three-Headed Dragon.' Now let's go."
Dm Kent
Sunday January 7th, 2001 1:21:18 PM
Brindle looks around at you all and then back at Onrad as you all get dressed and ready for the dinner and says, " I'lls beleef when I's sees that's fer shur. I got's to go. I spectin my life ain worht squat bout now so's I gots to find a hidey.
Just as he reaches the door and you are all still debating whether to go or not there is a timid knock on the door.
When opened Lorna is standing there in this beautiful forest green gown with gold brocade and a neck scarf that sesm to change everytime you look at it. First it was a grove of trees, but now as you look at it, it is showing a scene of several children playing. the dress really emphasizes Lorna's emerald green eyes and long auburn-red hair. All signs of her recent experiences are gone and as you stand looking at her, she smiles and then blushes lightly.
Tericus
Monday January 8th, 2001 8:47:04 AM
bowing toward Lorna Tericus says "You look ravishing, my lady. may I have the honor of escorting you?" he asks her with a bow
Nonam
Monday January 8th, 2001 10:09:02 AM
Nonam smiles at Lorna and then closes the door behind her. He waits a moment and then opens it back up and gives a quick check for eavesdroppers. Once he's sure no one is around, he says, "I didn't intend to let Brindle hear the password, so we should change it. Something completely different. Begin with, 'The evildoers are in trouble.' Counter it with, 'I know. Gareth just cast a blue fireball.' If anyone tries that other password, then they are a phony, and our friend Brindle has some explaining to do. Now let's go."
Gareth d20=8
Monday January 8th, 2001 10:32:33 AM
Gareth retains his composure without gawking too much as Lorna enters the room. He kicks himself for not being more aggressive than Jus in securing the company of this beautiful woman. He notes this for later situations. He bows and says "Greetings Lorna, I'm pleased that you chose to join us. You looks very nice this evening. I hope your time with Jus is most pleasant.".
Onrad
Monday January 8th, 2001 12:42:07 PM
Onrad does a slow stretch to see how flexible he can be in this outfit. He hears a slow "riiiip" sound begin and stops stretching. "Uh oh, gonna have to be careful and stiff tonight."
Onrad grins at Tericus and waits to see if he can steal the girl from Jus.
Meantime, he opens the door for everyone and with a few flourishes and "careful" bows, follows the others down stairs.
Teko
Monday January 8th, 2001 9:08:01 PM
Teko quickly dresses, exits, and heads downstairs. "This is going to be much too interesting. I wonder if we'll actually make it to the party?" He smoothes his clothes and keeps walking.
Jus (7 Stoneskins)
Monday January 8th, 2001 11:56:33 PM
"Lorna, you are very beautiful, as is evident by Tericus' honest request. If you are still willing to join me tonight, I would be honored to be your escort." While Jus awaits Lorna's response, he admires her eyes and hair. He can't help but smile even more when he realizes that her luxurious hair is almost the identical color as his own. Indeed it will be nice to dress up and escort this lovely Elfin to the party.
DM Kent (decisions, decisions or do I stay or do I go)
Tuesday January 9th, 2001 6:27:13 PM
Blushing, at the compliments and the attention being paid to her Lorna looks for a moment as if she is going to cry and then as Onrad almost splits at the seams, with the next breath says, "You are all far to kind, and Tericus I would be honored to accompany you, however it must be another time perhaps as I have already agreed to and look forward to spending the evening with Jus.
The Three and Lorna head down the stairs and out of the inn and make the short stroll to their destination, without any interference.
About half the way there, Gareth realizes he is still holding the scrap of envelope that Lorna had been clutching in her hand from Hatchme.
Onrad
Tuesday January 9th, 2001 10:22:27 PM
Onrad on the way out the door, on instinct, stops dead in his tracks looking at his usual attire.
With a totally worried look on his face he says rather quietly, "Uh guys, what about our stuff? Will they allow us to carry weapons? Check them at the door? Confiscate them? What about potions and other stuff. I feel naked without my stuff."
Nonam
Wednesday January 10th, 2001 9:54:15 AM
Nonam trots down the stairs, "It would be horribly gauche to wear a backpack to a party. Though I imagine you'll be able to wear your sword."
Tericus
Wednesday January 10th, 2001 10:14:51 AM
Tericus bows again. "Of course, my lady." he says to Lorna. then he journeys down with the others
Gareth
Wednesday January 10th, 2001 10:56:42 AM
The warrior strides on having already strapped on his sword. "I am not too worried about our supplies, but the mayor has always allowed weapons in his audiences. I doubt this will be any different.". As they walk he hands the scrap of paper to Nonam and whispers "You looked at this yet? Please check it out.".
Jus (7 Stoneskins) d4=3
Wednesday January 10th, 2001 4:10:21 PM
Jus puts his swords across his back -- impressed that the new outfit was made to make the weapons seem as if they belong. He's pleased even more as he finds discreet pockets around his waist for spell components, and a discreet holster for a single dagger.
Slipping the dagger in place, Jus realizes something is odd about his hand. When it finally dawns on him, Jus turns to Nonam, "Nonam, would you mind returning my Ion Stone and Ring now? It 's been so long since the Dragon [or at least feels like it], that I've almost forgotten I gave them to you."
After one last look around, Jus calls for Lyric and has him contact the halflings once again and arrange to have their backpacks transferred to secure facilities. Giving Lyric 10 gold pieces, Jus stresses how pleased everyone's been with Lyrics help.
As he finally finishes getting ready, Jus offers his hand to Lorna. With genuine affection, Jus requests, "Lorna, would you mind if I placed a spell upon you? You won't notice it is there, but it will offer some protection from accidental harm." [If agreeable, Jus casts his spell conferring 7 Stoneskins upon Lorna.]
Teko
Wednesday January 10th, 2001 10:29:58 PM
"I'm interested myself as to what's on that paper", Teko says, and he looks on as Nonam examines it.
DM Kent
Thursday January 11th, 2001 8:20:38 AM
The piece of envelope hasn't changed it still only has a part of what is probably a towns name on it.
Lorna looks a bit uneasy at the mention of a spell being placed on her but warily nods her head.
Lyric looks at Jus, nods, and as he gets ready to leave turns and asks with a slight grin, "Just how secure do you want them?"
The Three have now arrived at the Mayor's party headquarters and are at the door. There is noone visible around and no sound out side of normal night noises can be heard.
Nonam
Thursday January 11th, 2001 9:41:59 AM
Nonam glances at the paper and passes it to Teko. "I assume we should take a journey to Brinkwater. Other than that, who can say?"
After the long walk across the street, Nonam pauses in front of the High Lord Mayor's, "Why aren't there any guards at the door?"
Gareth
Thursday January 11th, 2001 3:30:30 PM
The warrior looks around warily. "My, my. I'm really hoping this is not a bad sign. Of course, it might be merely the way things are for parties. We really didn't see all the nobles arrive when we came to see the mayor upon our arrival back from Menzo either.". He knocks on the door, pauses, and opens it if nobody answers. He stands ready to draw his sword, but refrains fearing his actions might not be looked upon kindly if they are being watched by the guards.
Jus (7 Stoneskins)
Thursday January 11th, 2001 3:50:51 PM
"I've got a bad feeling about this...", Jus says, like he's quoting something. "Does anyone else smell a setup? If Lyric was around, I'd send him off to find some priests. If nothing else, it wouldn't hurt to have them so we can prove we're telling the truth. Then again, if the drow can replace us, who knows who else has been doppleganged."
Jus gives Lorna's hand a reassuring sqeeze, knowning these comments probably isn't helping her any.
"Nonam, I don't suppose you have Whispering Wind memorized? What about you, Teko and Tericus? Do you have a way to quickly contact one of the chapels?"
Teko
Thursday January 11th, 2001 10:02:47 PM
"Sorry, I don't have anything of the kind," Teko says. He looks around briefly and continues, "At least we made it this far."
Tericus
Friday January 12th, 2001 1:19:54 AM
"Sorry Jus, no I dont." Tericus says to Jus. "About the best I can do is detect magic right now."
Onrad
Friday January 12th, 2001 12:31:39 PM
Onrad looks at Lorna and says, "Hey, she looks like a stone giant in miniature. No offense, but very funny."
Onrad gets very serious when no one is around the Mayor's Castle. It's closed up for the night. Cause during the day, the central area is open to the outside. They use magic to keep the elements inside and out.
He looses the peace bonds on his swords and prepares to split his pants.
Nonam
Monday January 15th, 2001 10:02:34 AM
"Sorry, Jus. I only know spells that blow things up."
Onrad
Tuesday January 16th, 2001 12:27:16 PM
When no one comes to the door, Onrad knocks again. LOUDLY!
Lets Party(dm sam)
Wednesday January 17th, 2001 7:51:36 PM
while everyone stands around a few feet from the door, Onrad finally gets fustrated and bangs on the door loudly. after what seems like an eternity(really about 2 minuets) a man answers the door. "May I help you?" he asks
Tericus
Wednesday January 17th, 2001 7:52:45 PM
when he sees the door open, Tericus walks next to Onrad and says. "I think we are expected, arnt we Onrad?"
Teko
Wednesday January 17th, 2001 10:39:50 PM
While they wait, Teko stays alert for any surprises, glancing periodically in all directions.
Onrad
Wednesday January 17th, 2001 11:57:05 PM
"We're here for the party. We are The Three!"
Onrad looks for a sign of recognition in the guards face. He also looks past the guard for a sign of the party.
Nonam
Thursday January 18th, 2001 7:25:51 AM
Nonam stands regally and waits to be taken to the party.
Gareth
Thursday January 18th, 2001 11:53:00 AM
The warrior looks at the person answering the door carefully and then looks past him seeing what may lie beyond which looks unusual.
Onrad
Thursday January 18th, 2001 1:19:07 PM
He turns to Gareth. "I think this guy is deaf."
"HEY! WE'RE HERE FOR THE PARTY! WE'RE THE THREE!"
There, that should help.
Jus (7 Stoneskins)
Thursday January 18th, 2001 5:29:22 PM
Despite the foreboding that a fight is imminent, Jus can't help but smile as Onrad's character shows through. Jus leans over to Lorna and whispers -- a little loudly -- , "Never mind Onrad; he's still a kid. He just looks old for his age."
Hoping a fight doesn't break out, but ready to protect Lorna if one does, Jus begins to think about finding a safe house for the people that have helped The Three. "Becoming Dragons is too much responsibility and too little fun," Jus ponders to himself.
Party? Whose Party(dm sam)
Friday January 19th, 2001 9:32:29 AM
the well dressed man(not dressed like a guard) seems polite enough until Onrad declares who you all are. "Ah yes, The Three." he says with an obvious sneer. "You are expected." and he holds open the door for everyone to enter.
Tericus
Friday January 19th, 2001 9:33:10 AM
not liking the man's attitude, Tericus none the less enters the door
Nonam
Friday January 19th, 2001 10:40:43 AM
Nonam steps backward and takes a look up at the building to make certain that it's the right one before he follows everyone in. As he walks through he slips his hand into his pocket so that he can pull out his wand if necessary.
Gareth d20=15
Friday January 19th, 2001 12:21:48 PM
The warrior moves into the building with a smile for the doorman. "Sorry for our 'loud' announcement, we have had a very trying afternoon and are under a bit of stress. I thank you for letting us in." (CHA by 3).
Jus (7 Stoneskins)
Friday January 19th, 2001 4:19:58 PM
Jus escorts Lorna inside, conversing politely while also looking around the room they enter. Loud enough for everyone to hear, Jus prods Gareth, "Tired? You must be getting out of shape; you'd better get with Onrad and learn some excersises before it's too late."
In a little more serious tone, but still to everyone, Jus continues, "But I can make a safe bet that those losers posing as us today will feel a lot worse once we catch them."
Onrad
Friday January 19th, 2001 4:40:43 PM
Onrad skips in looking to be the first to spot the beautiful unattached ladies!
He turns to Gareth and says, "Workout hour before dawn. We'll get you back into shape friend. No flabby bellies in The Three!"
Turning on his most winning smile and his experience at such functions, he begins mingling and flirting.
DM Kent
Monday January 22nd, 2001 8:46:03 AM
as the three make there way inside, the doorman all but ignores them as he makes his way towards the ballrooms large, closed, double, doors. As Gareth makes his semi apology, the door man merely nods and then just under his breath says, "Nothing more than I expected, from a bunch of boors."
As he gets to the doors he stands aside to let you all prepare to enter and without so much as a "are you ready," opens the doors. After a few seconds, almost as if it is an after thought, he steps forward and announces, The Adventures and Heroes of the City, The Three.
It is hard to say but his announcement almost seems to be mocking you.
As your introduction is made there is a moment of absolute silence in the hall and then many hushed side conversations immediately start up. At the far end of the hall you see Sturdevant holding court, as it were. As you see him he looks up and beckons you to come to him.
As you approach some snatches of the conversations you overhear are:
"I hear they are responsible for the drow coming among us."
"Did you hear about the inn they trashed because they weren't given credit?"
"I heard they went on a three day binge and tore up five inns and a brothel in the quarter."
"No I can't believe any of that, I have dealt with them before and they have always comporte themselves with the utmost nobility."
"Hey, they don't look like ogres."
"Yeah? Well looks can be deciving, I heard....."
As you finally reach Sturdevant, The smile that came so easily the last time you met, appears to be very strained and all but pasted in to place. He faces you all as you arrive and you notice something that you haven't seen before. The Mayor is wearing a sword.
Nonam d20=9
Monday January 22nd, 2001 9:36:59 AM
Nonam recognizes this form of mistrust though he hasn't faced it in a long time. In the past he would simply have left town to move on, but now he has too much invested in this life and these... friends. Recognizing that this is a time for diplomacy, he lets go of his wand and slowly removes his hand from his robe pocket. Then he silently walks toward Sturtevent with his head held high. When reaching the platform, he bows low. When he rises, he clasps his hands together down by his waist in an attempt to look as peaceful as possible. (Ch by 10)
Gareth d20=7
Monday January 22nd, 2001 9:55:54 AM
Noticing all the comments and the mayors demeanor, the warrior says in an even diplomatice tone (CHA by 11). "Its seems someone has been determined to sully our name. It would appear that we've had a lot of things attributed to our credit while we slept this afternoon. Perhaps we should compare notes so you can determine that we are not the ones you should be worried about?".
Onrad
Monday January 22nd, 2001 12:19:50 PM
Onrad, realizing that it was Jus' place to stand on the other side of Gareth from Nonam, takes a place in the party's second row, between Tericus and Teko. He bows in turn.
He silently thanks his mother and granny for teaching him the ways of the court when he was a lad.
Unconsciously, he reaches for his holy symbol of Wardd and brings it out. He says a silent prayer for luck and for grace.
Return To Index
Next Scene (Dinner and Dance)